Edusehat - Edusehat

Integrating Anaerobic Digestion in Recirculating Aquaculture Systems

Edusehat — Mon, 24 Aug 2026 20:25:05 +0700

Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) have become popular due to their compact and manageable size. Compared to traditional net pens in open waters, RAS allow operators to rear fish at high densities in indoor tanks in a more biosecure manner.

One of the biggest benefits of RAS is lower water consumption, as it can recirculate and recycle 90-99% of the water, making it a sustainable aquaculture option. Though they offer several benefits compared to traditional aquaculture systems, they are not without their flaws.

According to Dr. Abhinav Choudhury, Environmental Research Engineer with The Conservation Fund (TCF) Freshwater Institute, one of the biggest challenges to RAS is waste management. While the collection and removal in itself is not necessarily difficult, the challenge lies in what RAS farmers do with that waste.

40,000-gallon Growout tank (left) and radial flow settler (right) for waste solids removal at the Freshwater Institute. (Credit: Sam Levitan / The Conservation Fund)

Waste Removal in Recirculating Aquaculture Systems

Culture tank design is an important consideration to prevent the build-up of solids. Once removed from the tanks, mechanical filtration systems, such as drum filters, can separate most of the solid waste particulates.

Regardless of how the waste is removed, the process results in a backwash rich in organic matter and nutrients. Massive volumes of this discharge can be generated on a daily basis.

“Many RAS producers consider this a concentrated stream, but from an engineer’s perspective, it is actually quite dilute, with a high moisture content,” shares Choudhury.

The next step to treatment is dewatering—or reducing the volume of waste that needs to be treated and/or disposed of.

Anaerobic digester setup at the Freshwater Institute. (Credit: Abhinav Choudhury / The Conservation Fund)

The Freshwater Institute relies on gravity thickening settlers, which raise the dry matter content of the wastewater from roughly 0.1–0.5% up to about 10%.

“To put those numbers into perspective, a 1,000-metric-ton fish farm could produce 800 metric tons of backwash every single day. After dewatering, that drops to 8 metric tons of sludge at 10% solids. That still sounds like a lot, but it is 99% less than what the farm started with,” explains Abhinav.

Even with the reduced volume, the waste still needs to be dealt with daily. After dewatering, farmers are ultimately left with a highly concentrated waste stream that needs to be treated or disposed of, as it can lead to the eutrophication of local water bodies if it’s discharged untreated.

“This is exactly where my work comes in: investigating technologies that allow RAS farmers to generate revenue from this waste, instead of paying someone else to dispose of it,” Choudhury introduces.

He’s explored composting of aquaculture waste to produce a sellable fertilizer and is currently investigating energy generation through anaerobic digestion.

Abhinav Choudhury collecting data on the composting of aquaculture sludge. (Credit: Kata Sharrer / The Conservation Fund)

Anaerobic Digestion: Creating Energy out of Waste

Choudhury has been trialing a pilot-scale anaerobic digestion system at the institute since 2025. The digester tank, constructed from fiberglass, is partially underground and sealed with a geomembrane liner to maintain anaerobic conditions.

The system is designed to keep the digester’s waste level constant, releasing the digested effluent whenever raw waste is added.

“We expect to maintain a hydraulic retention time of 20-25 days during regular operation. The digester temperature is maintained using a shell-and-tube heat exchanger.

The recirculation system pumps wastewater through the heat exchanger at regular intervals to keep the solids mixed and the temperature within the optimal range of 35-38 ℃, to keep the microorganisms happy,” explains Choudhury.

Inside the digester, microorganisms break down organic matter in the absence of oxygen, producing a mixture of gases (biogas)—including methane, carbon dioxide, traces of hydrogen sulfide, ammonia, and water vapor.

The biogas is continuously measured and stored in inflatable bladders, which can be used as needed for energy production. “The methane content in the biogas can vary between 50–75%, making this product highly energy-dense,” adds Choudhury.

Inflatable bladders containing biogas generated from the anaerobic digestion of aquaculture waste. (Credit: Abhinav Choudhury / The Conservation Fund)

Additional Benefits and Possible Drawbacks

In addition to energy generation, the anaerobic process also creates a stabilized digestate byproduct rich in dissolved nutrients that can be used as fertilizer on land. There is also a substantial reduction in the pathogen load in raw wastewater after digestion.

Another benefit is the reduction of offensive odors. The closed anaerobic system prevents the release of toxic gases and odors.

While seemingly a minor issue, offensive odors and toxic gases generated in open waste treatment systems can prevent the acceptance and implementation of aquaculture at a broader scale.

There is also the possibility of the anaerobic digester being used for other waste removal and processing, including food/organic waste from other sources. “This prevents the food waste from going to a landfill and increases the digester’s energy production potential,” notes Choudhury.

Abhinav Choudhury analyzing aquaculture sludge characteristics data. (Credit: Kata Sharrer / The Conservation Fund)

Even with these benefits, Choudhury notes that there are potential drawbacks as well. One of which is that, even though there is a substantial reduction in solids, the actual volume of the digested effluent and its nutrient content remain roughly the same.

Another possible drawback stems from having nowhere to dispose of the digestate. While land application is the most common management form, without access to land, disposal may be challenging and may require more expensive treatment methods to reduce its nutrient load and eutrophication potential.

Third, the microorganisms in the tank are most effective at 35 ℃, making it a less accessible and efficient option for colder climates, as “a substantial fraction of the generated energy may need to be returned to the digester to maintain optimal process performance,” explains Choudhury.

According to Choudhury, the biggest challenge, however, tends to be the capital cost of highly engineered large-scale anaerobic digestion systems, which limits their economic feasibility for smaller farms.

“However, addressing these issues is part of ongoing research in this area,” he adds.

Boiler setup for supplying heat to maintain the digester temperature at optimal levels. (Credit: Abhinav Choudhury / The Conservation Fund)

Initial Testing of the Anaerobic Digester

As of April 2026, the digester was equipped with a control panel that automates the process. Since then, the team has been testing the system’s capabilities and troubleshooting operational challenges.

“Our goal is to optimize all the components of the anaerobic digestion system by 2027, so that we can start running our planned experiments at that time,” explains Choudhury.

He continues, “Our goal for this research cycle is to optimize digester operating conditions for aquaculture waste, identify and address inhibitory conditions (if they arise), and investigate changes in the microbial community over long-term operation.”

Sourced from a digester that processes protein- and fat-containing food waste and dairy manure as feedstocks, the inoculum (microbial source) appears to be handling the aquaculture waste well.

“As aquaculture waste, specifically salmonid waste, contains high levels of fat and protein, it was likely that the microorganisms could easily adapt to this new feedstock, and they did,” explains Choudhury.

The suited inoculum enabled the digester to achieve the highest methane concentration obtainable (75%) in the biogas from aquaculture waste.

High methane concentrations indicate the presence of fats in the feedstock and suggest that the inoculum is acclimated to these conditions; however, high fat concentrations can also lead to inhibitory conditions, according to Choudhury.

He continues, “It will be interesting to see how more concentrated aquaculture waste affects process efficiency and biogas production.”

Semi-commercial scale recirculating aquaculture system (RAS) at the Freshwater Institute. (Credit: Kata Sharrer and Scott Tsukuda / The Conservation Fund)

Scaling up Operations

Dr. Choudhury has been working on this project for 6 years, progressing from lab scale to pilot scale. Seeing the system work at a large scale at the institute has been particularly rewarding, he shares.

“Coming from a lab-scale research background, the project was quite overwhelming at the beginning, as it has so many moving parts and safety considerations. But thanks to my supervisors, colleagues, and support staff, we were able to get the system up and running, while also doing our best to ensure operator safety,” explains Choudhury.

He continues, “There are always new challenges that come up, but having a supportive team at the Freshwater Institute who are as invested as I am in making sure this project succeeds has been the real highlight.”

The post Integrating Anaerobic Digestion in Recirculating Aquaculture Systems appeared first on FishSens Magazine.

When trust is corrupted

Edusehat — Mon, 24 Aug 2026 20:15:05 +0700

Well, the breakdown in the most recent trade talks between Canada and the US should surprise no one. At this point, America’s former close allies and neighbours have to work around the current regime, rather than with it. Giving the US any benefits results in nothing returned, over and over. There is no good faith bargaining with this bunch, it seems. Mark Carney, Canada’s Prime Minister (and former governor of the Bank of England, by the way) has rightfully recalled the negotiators back to Ottawa.

Dairy Farmers of Canada, an industry group representing over 9,000 Canadian dairy farms, says it supports the federal government’s push for fair trade terms with the US, according to the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation News website. “Dairy farmers stand united with all sectors in their concern about the impacts that tariffs will have on economies on both sides of the border,” the group said in a statement on Saturday, prior to remarks by Prime Minister Mark Carney. “Measures like these disrupt integrated North American supply chains, jeopardise processing jobs and penalise food manufacturers.

“We know that our federal and provincial governments are working hard to find appropriate solutions and support to help mitigate these impacts,” the statement read. “Canadian dairy farmers stand with Canadians who were hoping to see this resolved with a fair and mutually beneficial agreement.”

Where the heat is really being felt is in areas such as automotive, tourism and the alcohol industry. “Last month, the Trump administration said Canadian imports of US alcoholic beverages are down about 81 per cent year-over-year, dropping to $137 million US for March 2025 through February 2026, from $718 million US in the same period a year ago,” CBC News noted.

Canadians are voting with their wallets and just not turning up for American goods now, and who can blame them? Elbows out, Canada.

The post When trust is corrupted appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Anaëlle Le Teuff joins Customer Support Team France

Edusehat — Mon, 24 Aug 2026 19:55:10 +0700

France – Hubbard is pleased to announce that Anaëlle Le Teuff joins the Hubbard Customer Support department as Technical Manager for France. Anaëlle is based at Hubbard’s headquarters in Brittany and reports directly to Roberto Yamawaki, Hubbard’s Global Technical Director.

After obtaining her University degree in Biological Engineering (specialisation in Agronomy) in June 2020, Anaëlle enrolled at ESA (École Supérieure des Agricultures – Angers, France). In September of that same year, she started working at Hubbard to complete her higher education through a work-study program. She joined the Applied Innovation department, where she was entrusted with applied research projects for the next three years. Anaëlle defended her thesis in October 2023; holding a degree in Agricultural Engineering, she then joined Hubbard’s Production department, where she diligently and enthusiastically managed internal Grandparent stock farms in Brittany.

From March 2026, Anaëlle gradually took on a new challenge by joining the Customer Support department for France. Working alongside Nicolas Neyra (Sales Manager France) and Émeric Denieul (Premium Range Manager and Nutritionist), she further developed her technical and commercial expertise. Early summer 2026, she officially became Technical Support Manager forming a new duo with Émeric Denieul within the French Customer Support department.

In her new role, in which she collaborates closely with the existing team and Hubbard’s global support department, Anaëlle focuses on supporting customers with the continuous improvement of their breeding stock management and strengthening technical dialogue. In doing so, she shares the expertise of Hubbard’s Customer Support team and the latest innovations from the field.

Roberto Yamawaki comments: “I am delighted to see Anaëlle taking on this new role within the Customer Support team. Throughout her journey with Hubbard, Anaëlle has consistently demonstrated commitment, professionalism and a strong passion for supporting our customers. She embodies a new generation of talented professionals who combine solid technical expertise with a collaborative mindset and a customer-focused approach. We are confident that she will make a valuable contribution to strengthening our customer support in France and continue helping our customers achieve the best flock performance, while further reinforcing Hubbard’s commitment to technical excellence and innovation.”

Nicolas Neyra adds: “Anaëlle brings a fresh dynamic to the Customer Support department. Her keen observational skills, technical expertise and personal qualities will provide new momentum to the monitoring of breeder flocks of our customers in France. I am certain she will quickly earn the respect of her peers and become an indispensable member of the team. I wish her every success.”

Émeric Denieul concludes: “I have known Anaëlle for a number of years and am delighted that she is joining the team. With her experience and knowledge in monitoring Grandparent flocks, she brings a fresh approach to supporting our French customers. I am convinced that by combining our respective experiences and expertise, we will provide increasingly effective support and contribute fully to customer satisfaction.”

The Hubbard team wishes Anaëlle great success and fulfilment in her new role!

Source: Hubbard press release

New SEGES trial confirms strong results for FreshFoss Premium

Edusehat — Mon, 24 Aug 2026 13:05:07 +0700

The study investigated whether dry acid products could improve the aerobic stability of TMR on the feed table by delaying heating. FreshFoss Premium was tested alongside another dry-acid product and untreated control feed using TMR from three dairy herds. The result was clear: FreshFoss Premium significantly delayed the increase in feed temperature compared with untreated TMR.

Why TMR stability matters?

Once silage and TMR are exposed to oxygen, wild yeasts, fungi and other aerobic microorganisms can begin to grow. This can result in heating, reduced feed quality and, in some cases, visible mould. In practice, this can mean loss of energy in the ration, reduced palatability and potentially lower feed intake.This is particularly relevant during warm periods, when TMR remains on the feed table for many hours, or when silage is of high quality, with high level of protein and sugar available for the microorganism to grow. Improving aerobic stability is therefore not only about keeping the ration cooler. It is also about protecting the quality of the feed from mixing until consumption.

Independent trial under controlled conditions

The SEGES trial was carried out at the Cattle Research Laboratory in autumn 2025. TMR from three dairy herds was treated with FreshFoss Premium, another dry-acid product or no additive. Both dry-acid products were applied at the same dosage of 1.25 kg per tonne of TMR. After mixing, the feed was placed in containers fitted with temperature sensors and kept at 20°C. Feed temperature was then continuously monitored for 48 hours. Because an increase in temperature is an indication of declining aerobic stability, the trial made it possible to compare how quickly the different treatments began to heat.

FreshFoss Premium showed the clearest effect. According to SEGES, TMR treated with FreshFoss Premium had a significantly slower temperature increase compared with untreated control feed. The other dry-acid treatment showed the same tendency, but its difference compared with the control was not statistically significant. There was no statistically significant difference between the two dry-acid products. The temperature measurements also illustrate the effect:

Bar chart comparing TMR temperatures after 12, 24 and 48 hours for FreshFoss Premium, Heatstop and untreated control feed. FreshFoss Premium shows the lowest temperature at each measurement: 21.6°C after 12 hours, 22.6°C after 24 hours and 25.0°C after 48 hours, compared with 22.6°C, 25.1°C and 27.6°C for the untreated control.

Under the conditions of the trial, FreshFoss Premium therefore delayed noticeable heating by more than eight hours compared with untreated feed.
Another important measurement was the the aerobic stability until the temperature increased by 2.5°C above its minimum. The untreated control reached this point after 20.1 hours. With FreshFoss Premium, it took 28.4 hours. This means that, in the conditions of the trial, FreshFoss Premium delayed the point at which the TMR began to heat noticeably by more than eight hours compared with untreated feed.

What does this mean for dairy farmers?
The results are especially relevant in situations where maintaining feed stability is a challenge. According to SEGES, a product that delays heating may be particularly relevant when:

• TMR remains on the feed table for a long time
• temperatures in the barn are high
• silage is already beginning to heat
• mould is observed in feed residues
• improved stability is needed during periods of high temperatures
Visible mould was also observed in some of the samples during the trial, further supporting the connection between heating and feed deterioration.

SEGES concludes that the addition of dry acid can improve the aerobic stability of TMR on the feed table and that FreshFoss Premium significantly reduced the rate of temperature increase compared with untreated feed.

When the ration stays stable, farmers have a better basis for preserving the quality of the feed they have already invested in producing.

Learn more about FreshFoss Premium.

Source: SEGES Innovation. Kviesgaard, H. & Fjordside, M. Stabilisering af TMR-fuldfoder på foderbordet. LandbrugsInfo, 2026.

Analysis of Sustainability Differences Among Various Shrimp Farming Models: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis

Edusehat — Sun, 23 Aug 2026 11:25:06 +0700

By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

Shrimp farming faces the challenge of increasing productivity while reducing environmental impacts. This study demonstrates that production model and farming technology strongly influence economic, ecological, and social performance, highlighting integrated multitrophic aquaculture and recirculating systems as the most promising strategies for achieving long-term sustainability, resource efficiency, and resilient shrimp production.

Shrimp farming plays a vital role in global aquaculture by supplying high-quality protein, strengthening food security, supporting local economies, and generating income for millions of producers. As one of the fastest-growing sectors of aquaculture, shrimp production has expanded rapidly in recent decades. However, this growth has also increased concerns regarding environmental impacts, resource consumption, and the long-term sustainability of farming practices. Consequently, developing production systems that combine economic efficiency with environmental responsibility has become a major priority for the industry.

Several shrimp farming models have been developed to address these challenges. Indor Super Intensive Culture (ISIC) achieves very high production through intensive water management but requires substantial water use, continuous aeration, and high energy consumption. Indoor Super Intensive Recirculating Culture (ISIRC) reduces water consumption and pollution by recycling and treating culture water through mechanical, biological, and chemical filtration processes.

Pond Integrated Multi-Trophic Aquaculture (PIMTA) achieves the highest overall sustainability score among shrimp farming models. By integrating multi-species production, it optimizes nutrient recycling, lowers pollution, enhances microbial diversity, and reduces long-term operational risks.

Meanwhile, Indoor Super Intensive Biofloc Culture (ISIBC) enhances water quality by adding carbon sources that stimulate beneficial microbial communities, converting waste nutrients into microbial protein that can be reused as natural feed. Traditional systems such as Pond Monoculture (PMC) remain widely used because of their low investment costs, whereas Pond Integrated Multi-Trophic Aquaculture (PIMTA) combines multiple aquatic species to recycle nutrients, improve resource efficiency, reduce waste, and increase farm profitability.

Despite the diversity of available production systems, comparing their overall sustainability remains difficult. Most previous studies have focused on individual aspects such as economic, ecological, and social benefits remain limited. Existing assessment methods often rely on subjective scoring or fail to capture the relative contribution of different sustainability indicators. To address these limitations, this study applies a systematic review and meta-analysis to quantitatively compare the comprehensive benefits of different shrimp farming models, providing a more objective framework for evaluating sustainability and supporting the future development of environmentally responsible and economically viable aquaculture systems.

Materials and Methods

A systematic literature was conducted using the Web of Science, Scopus, and Google Scholar databases with keywords related to intensive aquaculture, shrimp farming, water quality, bioeconomy, social benefits, and integrated benefits. From 439 retrieved publications, 136 studies met the selection criteria and were included in the meta-analysis after data screening and extraction. Comprehensive, economic, ecological, and social benefits were treated as qualitative indicators.

Indicator selection was based on previous studies evaluating economic efficiency, production costs, profitability, water quality, environmental impacts, and sustainability. Economic indicators included fixed and variable costs and cost-benefit performance, whereas ecological indicators considered water quality parameters, nutrient pollution, carbon emissions, microbial diversity, and microplastic contamination. Social benefits, including employment generation and income creation, were incorporated alongside environmental and economic indicators to provide a comprehensive assessment of the sustainability of different shrimp farming models.

Results

The meta-analysis revealed significant differences in the economic, ecological, and social performance of the shrimp farming models evaluated. Comparisons among ISIC systems showed that the ISIC_Exchange and ISIC_Unknown models performed similarly, suggesting that many undefined ISIC systems likely rely on conventional water-exchange practices (Figure 1a). Compared with ISIC recirculation, the ISIC_Exchange model exhibited significantly lower ecological performance but higher social benefits, while economic performance remained similar (Figure 1b).

Relative to ISIC_Biofloc, ISIC_Exchange achieved better ecological performance but lower economic benefits, whereas social benefits showed no significant differences (Figure 1c). Compared with traditional PMC and PIMTA systems, ISIC_ Exchange generally showed lower ecological performance while maintaining similar economic and social outcomes (Figures 1d-e).

Indoor Super Intensive Recirculating Culture (ISIRC) consistently delivers superior ecological performance over traditional water-exchange methods. Biological filtration processes effectively treat culture water, remove nitrogenous wastes, and reduce pollutant discharge into local ecosystems.

The ISIC Unknown model followed similar trends displaying lower ecological performance than ISIC_Recirculation, PMC, and PIMTA, as well as lower economic performance than ISIC_Biofloc, although most social indicators did not differ significantly (Figures 1f-i). In contrast, ISIC_Recirculation consistently demonstrated superior ecological performance compared with ISIC_Biofloc and PMC, together with improved social benefits over Biofloc systems, while economic differences remained limited (Figures 1j-l).

Among intensive production systems, ISIC_Biofloc produced the highest economic benefits, outperforming both PMC and PIMTA, but its ecological performance was significantly lower than those systems. Likewise, PIMTA consistently exhibited the highest ecological performance among all farming models, significantly surpassing PMC (Figure 1o).

Overall, the analysis confirmed that farming model selection has a significant influence on the comprehensive sustainability of shrimp production, although substantial variability among studies indicates that local conditions strongly affect outcomes (Figure 1). Several key indicators were identified as major drivers of sustainability differences. Ecological performance was primarily influenced by total solids (TS), microbial diversity (Simpson index), ammonia nitrogen (NH₃-N), and microplastic contamination (MPS). Social performance was largely determined by food production capacity, while land rent was identified as the economic indicator with the greatest influence on overall benefits.

Comparisons among production technologies further highlighted important differences. The PIMTA model achieved the highest overall sustainability score, followed by ISIC Recirculation, whereas conventional ISIC systems, biofloc technology, and traditional production methods showed lower comprehensive benefit scores. However, when comparing intensive, semiintensive, and extensive pond systems, intensive farming generated greater pollutant emissions but achieved higher overall benefits due to substantially greater shrimp yields.

Indoor Super Intensive Biofloc Culture (ISIBC) yields high economic returns by converting waste nutrients into consumable microbial protein. However, its overall ecological performance remains significantly lower than multi-trophic and recirculating farming systems.

Finally, the study evaluated how environmental variables modify sustainability performance. Survival rate (SR), pH, and dissolved oxygen (DO) significantly influenced the comprehensive benefits of different farming models. Sustainability improved as survival increase up to approximately 68.4% after which additional gains became less influential. Higher pH values reduced differences among production systems, whereas higher dissolved oxygen concentrations increased the performance differences between farming models. Together, these findings demonstrate that both farming technology and water quality conditions play critical roles in determining the overall sustainability of shrimp aquaculture.

Discussion

The study compares shrimp farming models and technologies to determine which provide the greatest overall economic, ecological, and social benefits. Among the production models, PIMTA achieve the highest comprehensive performance due to its balanced profitability, environmental sustainability, and resilience.

By integrating multiple species such as shrimp, shellfish, and other aquatic organisms, PIMTA improves nutrient recycling, reduces pollution, enhances microbial diversity, promotes carbon sequestration, and lowers production risks. Although intensive systems may generate high short-term profits, PIMTA offers superior long-term sustainability.

Key ecological drivers influencing sustainability scores include total solids, ammonia nitrogen, microbial diversity, and microplastic contamination. Additionally, water quality parameters like dissolved oxygen, pH, and survival rates strongly modify overall farming benefits.

The ISIC model ranked second, providing strong economic returns through high-density production but suffering from higher nutrient emissions, wastewater generation, and environmental impacts. The PMC model, based on traditional monoculture, showed the lowest overall performance.

Among farming technologies, biological hierarchy technology delivered the best results by efficiently recycling nutrients, improving ecological balance, and increasing profitability. Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) also performed well because they effectively reduce pollutants and maintain water quality through biological filtration, although their high energy demand increases carbon emissions. In contrast, water exchange systems, traditional farming and biofloc technology demonstrated lower comprehensive benefits due to greater pollutant emissions, high energy requirements, carbon outputs, and operational costs.

Land rent and feed costs are primary economic drivers impacting farm profitability. On the social level, food production capacity directly governs community benefits, balancing financial returns with local food security goals.

Comparisons within intensive systems showed that recirculation technology provides better ecological performance than water exchange, while water exchange contributes more to social benefits through higher production. Biofloc systems can improve shrimp survival and profitability but still face environmental and operational challenges.

The study also identifies key factors influencing overall performance, including feed costs, electricity consumption, product conformity, total solids, microbial diversity, survival rate, dissolved oxygen, and pH. Future improvements should focus on optimizing multispecies farming, reducing carbon emissions, improving wastewater treatment, adopting renewable energy, and integrating advanced ecological technologies. Overall, the findings indicate that combining environmental sustainability with economic efficiency is essential for achieving long-term resilience and sustainable shrimp aquaculture.

Future improvements should focus on optimizing multi-species farming, reducing carbon emissions, improving wastewater treatment, adopting renewable energy, and integrating advanced ecological technologies.

Conclusion

The study concludes that the PIM-TA model using biological hierarchy technology provides the highest overall economic, ecological, and social benefits, followed by the ISIC recirculation system, while the traditional PMC model performs the worst. Among intensive systems, recirculation offers the best environmental performance, whereas water exchange contributes more to social benefits. Feed, energy use, product compliance, microbial diversity, and water quality are key factors influencing outcomes. Dynamic models that predict water quality and disease risk could optimize farming strategies, improve efficiency, and support the long-term sustainability and resilience of shrimp aquaculture.

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “ANALYSIS OF SUSTAINABILITY DIFFERENCES AMONG VARIOUS SHRIMP FARMING MODELS: A SYSTEMATIC REVIEW AND META ANALYSIS)” developed by: WANG, Y. – Ocean University of China, Chinese Academy of Fishery Sciences and Qingdao Marine Science and Technology Center; CHEN, Z., WANG, J., CHANG, Z., ZHANG, S., MENG, G. & LI, J. – Chinese Academy of Fishery Sciences and Qingdao Marine Science and Technology Center. The original article, including tables and figures, was published on JANUARY, 2026, through SCIENTIFIC REPORTS. The full version can be accessed online through this link: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-025-34072-6

Innovafeed to Present Breakthrough Scientific Findings in Insect-Based Nutrition at Aquaculture Europe 2026 in Ljubljana

Edusehat — Sat, 22 Aug 2026 10:15:11 +0700

Innovafeed, a global leader in the production of insect-based ingredients for animal and plant nutrition, announced today its participation in Aquaculture Europe 2026, taking place from September 29 to October 1 in Ljubljana, Slovenia. The company’s multidisciplinary team of experts will showcase cutting-edge research on Black Soldier Fly (Hermetia illucens) larval meal, highlighting its biochemical properties, functional gut health benefits, and palatability performance in aquaculture species.

As the global aquaculture industry seeks sustainable, high-performance alternatives to traditional marine proteins, Innovafeed continues to pioneer evidence-based solutions that enhance aquatic health while reducing environmental impact. At this year’s conference, company representatives will deliver three scientific abstract presentations on Wednesday, September 30, offering critical data on larval meal applications and transparent science communication in the industrial sector.

Scientific Sessions & Abstract Highlights

Innovafeed’s research team will lead two technical sessions focused on functional nutrition and one session on industry communication standards:

1. “Palatability of Black Soldier Fly Larval Meal in Penaeus vannamei: A Biochemical and In Vivo Comparison with Squid Meal”

Session: Nutrition – Functional Ingredients 1 | Presenters: Luca Donati & Dr. Marine Bezagu

This presentation evaluates the biochemical attractant profile of Black Soldier Fly larval meal compared to traditional squid meal, detailing in vivo trial results on feed intake and palatability responses in Pacific white shrimp (Penaeus vannamei).

2. “Beyond Protein: Hermetia illucens-Based Ingredients as Functional Performance and Gut Health Drivers for Fish”

Session: Nutrition – Functional Ingredients 1 | Presenters: Dr. Marine Bezagu & Fabio Zanuzo (Onda)

Developed in collaboration with Contract Research Organization (CRO) partner Onda, this scientific presentation explores the bioactive properties of insect ingredients that promote gut integrity, biome resilience, and overall immunological performance in finfish beyond standard crude protein metrics.

3. “Communicating Science from Industry: Building Trust, Avoiding Bias, and Creating Genuine Engagement”

Session: Communicating Science | Presenter: Nadège Audiffren

Addressing the critical bridge between commercial research and public perception, this talk examines framework strategies for delivering transparent, unbiased scientific data to foster stakeholder trust and foster authentic engagement across the sustainable food chain.

Multidisciplinary Delegation in Attendance

Innovafeed’s presence in Ljubljana brings together specialists spanning research and development, performance engineering, commercial strategy, and corporate communications. Conference delegates, industry partners, and media representatives are invited to meet directly with the attending leadership team:

Marine Bezagu, PhD

Head of Product Development, Aquaculture

Luca Donati

Product Performance Engineer

Elodie Petit

Animal Nutrition Sales Director

Nadège Audiffren

Head of Global Communications

Throughout the three-day summit, Innovafeed’s team will be available for technical discussions, strategic commercial inquiries, and collaborative research planning, demonstrating the company’s ongoing commitment to driving sustainable innovation across European and global aquaculture markets.

About Innovafeed

Innovafeed is a biotech company and a leading producer of insect-based ingredients (Hermetia illucens) for animal and plant nutrition. By breeding insects at an industrial scale through an innovative circular economy model, Innovafeed provides sustainable, high-quality, and high-performance nutritional solutions for aquaculture, livestock, pet food, and agriculture, contributing to a more resilient global food system.

Media Contact & Meeting Scheduling:

Nadège Audiffren – Head of Global Communications Innovafeed Communications Team

Event: Aquaculture Europe 2026 (Ljubljana, Slovenia)

Dates: September 29 – October 1, 2026

Troutlodge stands out at WCGALP 2026 with a presentation on advances in trout genetics

Edusehat — Sat, 22 Aug 2026 10:15:10 +0700

By: Troutlodge

The Salmonids Business Unit of Hendrix Genetics had a notable participation at the World Congress on Genetics Applied to Livestock Production (WCGALP), held July 11–17 in Madison, Wisconsin—one of the most influential scientific events in animal‑production genetics. More than 20 members of the Hendrix Genetics team attended the congress, representing various Business Units.

Research Presented by Dr. Katharina Correa

In the Aquaculture session, Dr. Katharina Correa, geneticist in the Salmonids Business Unit and part of the team supporting Troutlodge operations in Chile, presented the study: “Accounting for Different Ploidy Levels in Trout Genetic Evaluations in a Commercial Breeding Program”.

The work was developed in collaboration with specialists from Hendrix Genetics/Troutlodge and Wageningen University & Research.

Relevance for the Trout Industry

The research addresses a key challenge in genetic improvement programs: how to integrate phenotypic data from triploid fish into the genetic evaluation of diploid broodstock.

Triploids—fish with three sets of chromosomes—are widely used in the industry due to their performance and sterility, which reduces environmental risks. However, incorporating their information into commercial genetic models has been complex.

The study proposes a methodology applicable to breeding programs that enables:

Improved selection accuracy for broodstock.
Integration of triploid data without distorting evaluations.
Optimized genetic progress in key production traits.

This advancement directly strengthens the competitiveness and sustainability of rainbow trout production.

Commitment to Innovation

Dr. Correa’s participation in WCGALP reinforces the commitment of Hendrix Genetics and Troutlodge to applied research and the development of genetic solutions that drive global aquaculture forward.

The article is available in the official WCGALP repository, where congress publications are hosted: “Accounting for Different Ploidy Levels in Trout Genetic Evaluations in a Commercial Breeding Program”

Read the article: Bink | Accounting for Different Ploidy Levels in Trout Genetic Evaluations in a Commercial Breeding Program | World Congress on Genetics Applied to Livestock Production Digital Archive

Global Salmon Initiative Publishes Latest Sustainability Report, Expanding Transparency in Feed Sourcing with Three New Metrics

Edusehat — Sat, 22 Aug 2026 10:15:09 +0700

By: Global Salmon Initiative

The Global Salmon Initiative (GSI) published its latest Sustainability Report, marking 13 consecutive years of transparent, aligned reporting on the environmental and social performance of its farmed salmon members. The report covers 11 farming member companies across Canada, Chile, Norway and Tasmania – providing the largest industry-wide data set publicly available.

For the first time, the report includes three new feed metrics: marine ingredients derived from trimmings, inclusion of novel ingredients, and the percentage of low-risk soy used in feed, as well as an expanded metric on the use of new non-medicinal technologies for sea lice management. Together, these additional metrics help provide a clearer baseline of feed evolution, monitor progress, and mobilize collective action to demonstrate continued advancement year on year.

“Responsible feed sourcing is one of the most important ways to reduce aquaculture’s environmental footprint, said Taylor Voorhees, Global Aquaculture Director, The Nature Conservancy. “While the sector has made meaningful gains, progress has not always been easy to track at the necessary level of detail. By introducing these new metrics, GSI members are demonstrating their commitment to sustainability in feed sourcing and providing a clearer picture of improvements across the industry.”

By incorporating these metrics to its long-running, public reporting platform, GSI is building on its common evidence base for improved dialogue, accountability, and continued improvement across the sector to strengthen its role in providing nutrient-rich, sustainable food.

“Aquaculture has an important role to play in building nutritious food systems that provide food security and climate benefits, but its contribution must be backed by robust evidence. Transparent and consistent reporting helps move discussions beyond perceptions and allows progress to be assessed against clear metrics over time.

Initiatives such as GSI’s sustainability reporting can contribute to greater accountability and help stakeholders better understand where improvements are being made and where further effort is needed” added Tom Pickerell, Global Director, Ocean Program, World Resources Institute (WRI).

Key findings from this year’s report include:

68% reduction in average antibiotic use for salmonids since 2013, including a 22% reduction in the last five years alone. GSI members continue to reduce antibiotic use through improved holistic fish health management and advanced best-practices.

79% reduction in the average use of combined medicinal sea lice treatments since 2013. A result of significant investment in non-medicinal approaches to sea lice management and farm innovations, which are now also reported on in their own metric showing percentage of farms using non-medicinal strategies.

Since 2013, a 64% decrease in average fishmeal use and a 31% decrease in average fish oil use. A reflection of continued improvements in feed efficiencies and ingredient utilization

65% of members’ production is ASC-certified. Calculated as an average across total production, it highlights that almost two-thirds of all GSI production meets the leading global certification program for responsible farmed seafood.

21,600+ employees worldwide. Farmed salmon continues to be a major employer in coastal regions. This year, GSI members also expanded their reporting on employment, providing data broken down by age, gender, and employment type. This gives a clearer picture of salmon farming’s contribution to regional employment and community development.

Together, these findings point to a common thread across this year’s report: that measurable progress is built on transparent, consistent data and collective action.

While the report shows the industry’s overall trajectory continuing in the right direction, GSI members are clear that there is more work ahead.

“There is no hiding from the data,” said Sophie Ryan, CEO, GSI. “Every metric in this report – from feed sourcing to antibiotic use, to how many people we employ – exists so we can see clearly where we’ve made progress and where we still have work to do. This year’s new and expanded metrics give us, and our stakeholders, a more complete picture of how our members our performing and where our collective efforts are driving improvements and that’s the kind of data driven progress GSI was built to deliver.”

Alongside company data, the report also highlights farmed salmon’s role in global food systems both from an environmental and nutrition outlook.

“Aquaculture, including farmed salmon, has an important role to play in global food systems,” said João Campari, Global Leader, Food & Agriculture Practice, WWF International. “But like the broader food system, change is needed to bend the curve of biodiversity loss and the lack of green infrastructure that often underpins development in local landscapes and seascapes. What GSI and the results of this Report show us is that pre-competitive collaboration among producers, feed manufacturers, and external partners is what drives change at the speed and scale our planet needs.”

GSI members are committed to farming salmon that is raised to be better, for people and planet, by using transparent reporting to measure progress, foster collaboration, and identify opportunities for continuous improvement.

The full 2025 Sustainability Report, including company-level data deep dive, and a dedicated section on farmed salmon’s role in sustainable food systems is available now at: globalsalmoninitiative.org/en/our-progress/sustainability-report.

ABOUT GSI

Global Salmon Initiative (GSI) is a leadership initiative established in 2013 by global salmon farming CEOs focused on making significant progress on industry sustainability. Today, GSI comprises 17 companies that are fully committed to realizing a shared goal of providing a highly sustainable source of healthy food to feed a growing global population, whilst minimizing our environmental footprint, and continuing to improve our social contributions.

GSI member companies are Australis Seafoods S.A.; Blumar; Cermaq; Salmones Camanchaca SA; Empresas AquaChile; Grieg Seafood ASA, Multi X Foods S.A.; Salmones Austral; Salmones Aysen; Tassal; and Ventisqueros. GSI companies have a presence in Australia, Canada, Chile, and Norway.

GSI also has a number of supply chain Associate Members in both the pharmaceutical and feed industries, including: BioMar; Cargill; Merck, Sharpe and Dohme (MSD) Animal Health; PHARMAQ; Salmofood; and Skretting.

For further information on GSI, please visit or contact us at:

Website – www.globalsalmoninitiative.org
LinkedIn – Global Salmon Initiative
Instagram – @GSI_Salmon
X – @GSI_Salmon

German Biotech AquaNab Targets a USD 4 Billion Salmon Farming Problem with Nanoantibody Technology – Secures Funding to Combat Global Sea Lice Challenge

Edusehat — Sat, 22 Aug 2026 10:15:09 +0700

By: AquaNab

With sea lice costing the aquaculture industry an estimated USD 4 billion annually, the Hamburg-based company has developed AquaNabs, a first-of-its-kind nanoantibody treatment, delivered through fish feed, offering a sustainable alternative to conventional chemical and mechanical delousing.

AquaNab, a Hamburg-based biotechnology company, is developing precision nanoantibody technology to treat and prevent sea lice, one of the costliest and most persistent challenges facing salmon farming. The company, backed by Nordic Foodtech VC from Finland, is the first in the world to apply alpaca-derived nanoantibodies through fish feed, with research demonstrating that the nanoantibodies called AquaNabs can cross the fish’s intestinal barrier and enter its bloodstream.

This breakthrough comes as the food industry seeks more sustainable ways to feed a growing global population. Sea lice cost the aquaculture industry an estimated USD 4 billion annually in treatment costs, lost production, and fish mortality.

Beyond the economic toll, sea lice pose environmental and animal welfare challenges, raising concerns about chemical runoff, the health of surrounding waters, and the impact of mechanical and chemical delousing methods on fish welfare. As scrutiny from regulators, retailers, and consumers intensifies, producers are seeking more effective, sustainable alternatives.

“Animal welfare and fish health remain the biggest challenges facing sustainable aquaculture, and producers need better tools to protect it,” said CEO Dr. Ruth Tamara Montero, an experienced fish immunologist with a PhD from Germany’s Friedrich-Loeffler-Institut.

“Sea lice is just the start. Right now, producers are stuck choosing between costly, stressful treatments and losses from the parasite itself. We want to give them a way out of that cycle, one that protects their fish, their business, and helps secure the future of food.”

The company’s first product is being developed for Atlantic salmon, but the platform is designed to be adapted to bacterial, viral, and parasitic diseases across multiple aquaculture species.

Dr. Alejandro Rojas Fernandez, co-founder of AquaNab.

AquaNab has secured an investment from Nordic Foodtech VC, an early-stage venture capital firm focused on solving the hardest problems in food and agriculture, to support the development of its technology. AquaNab represents the first investment outside the Nordics for the venture capital.

Mika Kukkurainen, Partner at Nordic Foodtech, said, “AquaNab has the potential to transform not only how disease is managed in aquaculture, but how we think about health and resilience across food production. By turning advanced nanoantibody science into a practical, feed-based solution, the team is creating a pathway from breakthrough biotechnology to measurable outcomes in farming: lower losses, healthier animals, and greater efficiency. This is the kind of technology that can reshape an industry.”

AquaNab was co-founded by Dr. Ruth Tamara Montero, Dr. Alejandro Rojas Fernandez, and Gunnar Johildarson in Hamburg with a mission to transform aquaculture through robust, low-cost, and sustainable precision immuno-therapeutics. The science behind AquaNab builds on internationally recognized expertise in nanoantibody development. Chief Scientific Officer Dr. Alejandro Rojas was among the first researchers globally to develop neutralizing nanoantibodies against SARS-CoV-2 and other viruses.

Gunnar Johildarson, co-founder of AquaNab

AquaNab is advancing its lead program towards finalizing proof of concept while expanding collaborations with salmon producers, feed manufacturers, and animal health companies. The company is currently seeking additional investment to accelerate development of its nanoantibody platform and bring its first products to market.

About AquaNab

AquaNab is a Hamburg-based biotechnology company developing nanoantibody-based precision therapeutics for aquaculture. Founded in 2023, the company combines expertise in immunology, biotechnology and fish health to create sustainable alternatives to conventional parasite and disease treatments. Its platform is designed to improve fish welfare, reduce reliance on harsh chemical treatments and antibiotics, and help producers protect their bio-capital while building a more resilient and sustainable aquaculture industry. For more information, visit https://aquanabs.de/

The FeedTech Division of the Canadian Company Onda Achieves FeedAssure Certification

Edusehat — Sat, 22 Aug 2026 10:15:08 +0700

• They also informed about a partnership with Innovafeed to investigate the antibacterial potential of insect-derived protein

• The organization maintains one of the most extensive proprietary libraries of aquaculture pathogens in the industry

The Canadian company Onda announced some days ago that its FeedTech Division has officially achieved FeedAssure certification, a significant milestone that recognizes the division’s commitment to rigorous quality management, feed safety, and operational excellence. After a year-long process to achieve this certification, they said, “Onda’s FeedTech operations are very proud to be nationally recognized for best practices for feed production and quality assurance. Having the official certification awarded to our FeedTech Division highlights Onda’s continued commitment to quality in everything they do”.

“Innovation in animal nutrition is essential to strengthening the global food supply chain,” said Myrna Gillis, CEO of Onda. “FeedAssure certification expands our ability to support feed companies and ingredient suppliers as a small-batch-to-scale contract manufacturer. We can manufacture custom research and commercial diets, evaluate innovative ingredients under real-world conditions, and help clients move promising products toward commercial markets around the world,” she added.

FeedAssure is the feed industry’s recognized certification program for demonstrating compliance with strict standards related to ingredient sourcing, manufacturing controls, traceability, sanitation, documentation, and continuous improvement.

Important Advantages

The certification process involved extensive cross-functional collaboration between FeedTech operations, quality assurance, technical staff, and management teams. Team members participated in detailed process reviews, training initiatives, internal audits, and corrective action implementation to ensure full alignment with FeedAssure requirements.

For Onda’s clients, the certification provides several important advantages such as enhanced confidence in feed trial integrity, improved traceability and documentation, reduced operational risk and greater assurance for commercial-scale ingredient evaluations and product development programs.

Commercial and Custom Experimental Diets

According them, as a contract research organization serving the global aquaculture industry, Onda’s FeedTech Division produces both commercial diets and custom experimental diets with the ability to conduct a variety of aquatic animal research studies for feed manufacturers, ingredient suppliers, pharmaceutical companies, and aquaculture producers. FeedAssure certification strengthens Onda’s ability to support clients with data generated under a recognized quality framework, helping accelerate the development and commercialization of innovative feed solutions.

“The foundational requirements were already in place from our GLP and GMP programs. These shared processes coupled with the specific manufacturing, Feed Fraud, Feed Defense and HACCP programs made FeedAssure a perfect fit for Onda” said Catherine Albert, Quality Director at Onda.

Ingredient Abilities

After breaking the news, the Canadian company informed that they recently partnered with Innovafeed to investigate the antibacterial potential of insect-derived protein. They will evaluate the antibacterial activity of Black Soldier Fly larvae (BSFL)-derived ingredient against key aquaculture pathogens.

The primary goal of this study was to determine whether Innovafeed’s BSFL ingredient demonstrated direct antibacterial activity against bacterial pathogens relevant to aquaculture production. Specifically, the study evaluated the ingredient’s ability to inhibit bacterial growth and its potential to reduce the overall bacterial burden across multiple bacterial species impacting key aquaculture sectors.

To accomplish this, the protein ingredient was screened at multiple concentrations against a panel of aquaculture pathogens using Onda’s established in-vitro testing platform.

Innovafeed chose Onda because the company maintains one of the most extensive proprietary libraries of aquaculture pathogens in the industry, enabling clients to rapidly evaluate functional ingredients against bacteria relevant to commercial production systems.

For Innovafeed, this capability offered several advantages, including access to a diverse panel of aquaculture pathogens and the ability to perform controlled in-vitro screening prior to more expensive in-vivo trials to control budgets and guide investment planning in continued research.

As the aquaculture industry seeks alternatives to traditional protein sources such as fish meal and soy, Innovafeed has focused on developing insect derived ingredients that support farming performance, animal health and environmental sustainability. Beyond nutritional value, recent research suggests these ingredients may also be seen as functional ingredients, contributing among other aspects to improved gut health and immune function in a variety of aquaculture species.

Aker QRILL Company Joins Sustainable Shrimp Partnership, Strengthening Its Commitment to Shrimp Industry

Edusehat — Sat, 22 Aug 2026 10:15:07 +0700

By: Aker QRILL Company

Aker QRILL Company, a producer and supplier of krill meal and krill oil—innovative ingredients with unique nutritional properties—has announced its membership in the Sustainable Shrimp Partnership (SSP), the leading alliance of producers and companies committed to the sustainable and responsible development of the shrimp industry.

Aker QRILL Company’s incorporation into SSP reflects the company’s commitment to innovation, sustainability, and collaboration across the shrimp value chain. Through this membership, the company aims to strengthen its presence in Ecuador while actively contributing to the continued development of an increasingly efficient, transparent, and sustainable shrimp industry.

As a supplier of innovative marine ingredients for aquaculture nutrition, Aker QRILL Company shares SSP’s vision of promoting responsible practices that enhance the industry’s competitiveness while creating value for producers, consumers, and local communities.

“We are very pleased to become part of this organization. Although we have collaborated on several initiatives in the past and have closely followed the important work SSP has carried out to strengthen Ecuador’s shrimp industry, we are excited to officially join this initiative and take on a more active role both within SSP and across the industry as a whole,” said Webjørn Barstad, CEO of Aker QRILL Company.

“We want to contribute our expertise, knowledge, and innovative capabilities to support the sustainable growth of the industry. We are delighted to join SSP and to actively participate in the various activities and initiatives it promotes for the benefit of the sector,” added Xavier Zurita, Commercial Manager Ecuador at Aker QRILL Company.

Xavier Zurita, Commercial Manager Ecuador at Aker QRILL Company.

As part of this new stage of collaboration, Aker QRILL Company will participate in the technical, educational, and promotional activities led by SSP, contributing to knowledge exchange and the advancement of best practices throughout Ecuador’s shrimp industry.

This commitment to knowledge exchange was recently reflected in Aker QRILL Company’s participation in SustainED 2026, held on July 29 and organized by the Sustainable Shrimp Partnership (SSP) and the National Chamber of Aquaculture (CNA). Xavier Zurita, Commercial Manager Ecuador at Aker QRILL Company, participated as a featured speaker in the event “Decisions that drive better results: Nutrition, ingredients, and new solutions for more efficient shrimp production,” where he presented “Alternative marine ingredients in the new normality.”

His presentation addressed the role of alternative marine ingredients in building more resilient supply chains and enabling more efficient and sustainable shrimp production. The event brought together key stakeholders and customers from Ecuador’s shrimp industry, reinforcing Aker QRILL Company’s contribution to the conversation on the future of sustainable aquaculture.

The company also reaffirms its commitment to providing Ecuadorian shrimp producers with innovative and sustainable nutritional ingredients designed to support animal health, production efficiency, and the sustainability of modern aquaculture.

Pamela Nath, Director of SSP, added: “We are delighted to welcome Aker QRILL Company to SSP. Their expertise in marine ingredients will bring new ideas and knowledge that will enrich the discussions we foster with our members, helping us continue to identify opportunities to strengthen the sustainability of shrimp aquaculture.”

About Aker QRILL Company

Aker QRILL Company is a global leader in the development of innovative nutritional ingredients derived from Antarctic krill. Through its QRILL portfolio, the company delivers science-backed, sustainable solutions for aquaculture designed to improve production performance, animal health, and farming efficiency.

About Sustainable Shrimp Partnership (SSP)

The Sustainable Shrimp Partnership (SSP) is a group of leading companies committed to transforming the future of shrimp aquaculture. Pioneers in Ecuador, SSP members are dedicated to producing and promoting the highest-quality shrimp, raised according to the highest social and environmental standards through greater collaboration and transparency.

Norway’s Leading Producer Ode, First Company in the World to Achieve ASC Certification for Farmed Cod

Edusehat — Sat, 22 Aug 2026 06:35:06 +0700

• They worked closely with the Council over several years to develop the standard

• Days before, the company announced they made the operation profitable for the first time

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) opened for certification of Atlantic cod, in 2025, when cod was included in the revised ASC Salmon and Cod Standard v1.5. Now, the Norwegian company Ode become the first company to have completed a full audit and been awarded a certificate under the new standard. Ode, Norway’s leading cod producer, just obtained the most rigorous and widely recognized sustainability, quality and responsibility standard in aquaculture.

The importance of this achievement was highlighted by Ola Kvalheim, CEO of Ode, and not only for the wider cod industry but for the customers too. “This certification is a strong validation of Ode, the way we operate, and the products we provide our customers. Now consumers and the wider society can have even more trust in farmed cod being a high-quality sustainable product produced in a responsible manner,” said Kvalheim.

He also pointed to the fact that Ode has worked closely with ASC over several years to develop the standard. “ASC ensures that companies operate according to sustainable principles, prioritize animal welfare, and act in a socially responsible manner”, he assured.

The ASC certification is the most rigorous and widely recognized sustainability, quality and responsibility standard in aquaculture. This makes Ode the first cod producer in the world certified against the standard of the ASC.

Tough Requirements Across the Entire Operation

The ASC standard sets tough requirements across the entire operation, for both sea-based and land-based production: impact on the seabed and on water quality around the farms, containment and escape prevention, traceability of feed ingredients, fish health and fish welfare, working conditions and health and safety, and transparency towards local communities and authorities.

The audit covered both the environmental and the social principles of the standard and included interviews with employees at the sites and a review of documentation from the full production cycle.

“The team at Ode has been working on this for a long time, especially our operations and quality departments, who have developed the systems that enable us to document sustainable operations down to the smallest detail. A certification like this is something you must earn through documented sustainable and responsible operations,” said for his part Tor Olav Seim, Head of Strategy and Business Development at Ode.

Global Mega Trend

According to the company, the certification comes at a time of growing demand for demonstrably sustainable and responsible seafood. Wild fish populations are under pressure, and the United Nations states that significant growth in aquaculture is needed to meet the ever-growing demand. “Being part of this global mega trend, Ode is growing and supplying fresh cod year-round to a selection of customers globally”, they said in a press release.

“For several of the large retail chains and customers, ASC is not nice to have, but rather a table-stakes requirement for being on the shelf. Now we finally have that validation, and it opens doors we have been knocking on for a long time,” declared Anders Tofte Wilhelmsen, Commercial Director at Ode. For him, the certification carries a value that extends beyond any individual customer agreement.

And he finally added: “Farmed cod is a young, innovative and exciting industry, working in a professional, sustainable and responsible manner — and an independent certification body has now verified that. The fact that the product now comes with independent certification behind it strengthens the position of the entire category”.

Grew Revenue

Days before the announcement, the company reported that they grew revenue by 118.7% from NOK 401 million in 2024 to NOK 877 million (USD 91m / EUR 80m). EBITDA came in at NOK 109 million (USD 11m / EUR 10m), a margin of 12.4%, while the net result after tax of NOK 66 million (USD 7m / EUR 6m) corresponds to a net margin of 7.5%. According to them, several companies have farmed cod since the early 2000s, but Ode‘s 2025 accounts are the first to prove the business can be profitable.

“Although expected as part of our business plan, this is a major milestone for Ode, and I thank our employees, customers and partners for their contribution. Five years of significant investment in our organization, value chain and product offering — coupled with strong biology and consistently high quality — delivered both record revenue growth and profitability in 2025,” said the CEO of Ode.

The role of the G20 group in global meat production and trade. Part 3: global meat imports

Edusehat — Fri, 21 Aug 2026 19:25:10 +0700

Two previous articles examined the role of the G19¹ countries in global meat production and exports (Windhorst, 2026, 2026a). These studies highlighted the significant role of this group of countries, as they accounted for approximately 70% of the production volume of the four most important meat types² and 55% of global meat exports. Another article analyses whether a similar dominance of a few countries existed in trade involving the meat types considered here. The findings revealed that exports increased faster than production, indicating a growing demand for meat. Furthermore, it was found that the concentration of exports to just two countries was very high for poultry meat, and to just one country for sheep and goat meat, while for pork and beef, four countries each accounted for over 80% of the export volume. This article aims to analyse whether there are corresponding patterns in meat exports and in meat imports, or whether they differ.

Imports rose faster than production

A comparison of the long-term development of global meat production and meat imports reveals that the trade volume has increased more sharply than the production volume. Between 2010 and 2024, global production increased by 28.4%, while meat imports grew by 45.2%. The development was similar in the G19 group. Here, production increased by 34.3%, but imports by only 42.5%, remaining below the global average. This had impacts on the G19’s share of global production and imports. The G19’s share of production grew from 72.3% to 75.7% during the period under review, but its share of imports increased only from 51.4% to 52.7%. Figure 1 shows that meat imports increased, in particular between 2000 and 2005, and then again after 2010, especially for poultry meat.

Figure 1 – The development of global meat imports between 1999 and 2024, by meat types
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

A comparative analysis of the dynamics, broken down by meat type, from 2010 onwards is interesting (Table 1). Globally, poultry meat showed the highest absolute increase in both production and imports, but the relative increase was higher for beef, sheep and goat meat exports. However, the significantly lower starting values must be taken into account. This pattern was repeated in the G19 group. Here, too, the production volume of poultry meat increased much faster than that of the other three meat types. The high import volume of pork is surprising at first glance. The collapse in pork production in China following the massive outbreaks of African swine fever and the resulting supply problems led to a sharp increase in imports of other meat types for several years. The shortage of pork in other Asian countries, which were also affected by the disease, had a similar impact on beef trade and explains the high absolute and relative growth rates.

Table 1 – Changes in global and G19 meat production and imports between 2010 and 2024
Source: own calculation based on FAO data.

It is noteworthy that despite the high absolute increase in poultry meat production among the G19 countries, which accounted for almost 94% of the global increase, the relative increase in imports was roughly in line with the global average. It must be taken into account that in some G19 countries in Asia, Europe, and in Mexico, demand rose significantly, and production was insufficient to meet the domestic needs, thus increasing imports became necessary (see also Table 2).

Table 2 – A comparison of the shares of the leading five countries in the overall meat exports and imports of the G19 country group (2024)
Source: own calculation based on FAO data.

Significant differences between exports and imports at the country level

A comparison of the composition and ranking of countries in meat exports and meat imports reveals similarities, but also significant differences depending on the meat type. For poultry meat, the regional concentration in imports was considerably lower than in exports. While Brazil and the USA accounted for over two-thirds of the export volume, imports were more evenly distributed. The five leading countries accounted for 65.8% of the import volume (Table 2).

A detailed analysis of the development in the four leading importing countries (Figure 2) reveals a remarkable correlation in the absolute increase in their import volumes between 2010 and 2024, with values ranging from 425,000 tons to almost 500,000 tons. However, the relative growth rates differed significantly, with Japan‘s increase at 44.0% compared to China‘s at 85.5%. The graph for China reveals that the outbreaks of African swine fever in China triggered a doubling of imports starting in 2019, but that these imports declined significantly once the disease was contained. Germany’s imports are attributable to the steadily increasing per capita consumption of chicken, which led to a drop in its self-sufficiency rate below 100%. The significant undersupply of duck and goose meat also contributed to the rising imports.

Figure 2 – The development of the meat imports of the four leading G19 importing countries between 2010 and 2024, by meat types
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

The pattern was repeated for pork. Here, too, the concentration of imports in just a few countries was about 25% lower at 64.9% than at exports.

A closer look at the import trends of the four leading countries reveals significant differences, as reflected in the respective graphs in Figure 2. While Italy‘s imports remained very consistent over the period under review, increasing by only 8.5%, Mexico‘s imports rose by 930,000 tons, or 163%. China experienced particularly large fluctuations. Imports roughly quadrupled between 2010 and 2024. A relatively steady increase until 2018 was followed by a dramatic rise between 2019 and 2021. The peak was reached in 2020 at over 4.5 million tons, representing a relative increase of 1,800% compared to 2010. With the successful control of African swine fever, imports fell by 3.4 million tons, 76% since 2021. This unusual dynamic had far-reaching consequences for the global pork trade. Rapid gains in exports to China by some countries, e.g. Spain, were offset by equally rapid declines in exports and caused economic problems.

In the beef sector as well, regional concentration was 13% lower for imports than for exports. However, there were significant differences in the spatial pattern. While four countries in the Americas, in addition to Australia, led the export markets, three Asian countries were leading in the import rankings, with China, for the reasons already mentioned, ranking first by a considerable margin. Surprisingly, the USA, despite its high domestic production and substantial exports, ranked second among importing countries. The unusual dynamics are reflected in the import trends of the four leading countries. While Japan’s import volume changed only slightly, increasing by 76,500 tons or 10.8%, it rose by 3.6 million tons or 9,150% in China and by 1.1 million tons or 109% in the USA. The dynamics in China are particularly interesting. Imports saw a slow increase until 2017, after which they rose significantly faster, reaching a preliminary peak of 3.6 million tons in 2024. In addition to supply problems resulting from the collapse in pork production, which led to compensatory imports of other meat types, the increasing consumption of beef by higher-income groups, which is regarded as an indicator of wealth and a status symbol, was also an important steering factor.

The trade in sheep and goat meat also showed a considerable imbalance between exports and imports. Here, Australia, the dominant exporter, contrasts with China, two European countries, and the USA as the main importers. It is noteworthy that the United Kingdom and France were represented in both top groups. Looking at the overall dynamics across the four meat types, it becomes obvious that China, Japan, and Mexico were the most significant importing countries within the G19 group. The USA was only a major destination for beef. Several European countries imported larger quantities of poultry meat and pork; however, trade within the EU (27) was more significant than trade with other G19 countries. A detailed analysis of trade flows would document this.

Summary: lower concentration in imports than in exports

The preceding analysis of the role of the G19 countries in global meat imports focused on whether the countries that dominated exports also played a leading role in imports. It was shown that, overall, the degree of concentration in imports was lower than in exports, and the composition of the leading importing countries differed considerably from that of the exporting countries. Figure 3 shows the share of the top ten importing countries in the total imports of the group for each of the four meat types. For poultry meat and pork, there was no high concentration in just a few countries. For beef, sheep, and goat meat, however, the concentration was significantly higher due to the large shares of China and the USA.

Figure 3 – The share of the ten leading importing countries in the overall meat imports of the G19 group (2024), by meat types
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

In conclusion, it can be noted that the G19 countries dominated meat production and exports. Regarding imports, it became clear that, in addition to trade between member countries, sales to countries outside the group were of great importance for countries with a production surplus.

Data source and supplementary literature

Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (n.d.). FAOSTAT. https://www.fao.org/faostat

Windhorst, H.-W. (2026). The role of the G20 countries in global meat production and trade. Part 1: Production. Zootecnica Poultry magazine, (4).

Windhorst, H.-W. (2026). The role of the G20 countries in global meat production and trade. Part 2: Global meat exports. Zootecnica Poultry magazine, (5).

¹ Only the 19 member states are considered in the analysis, not the EU (27) and the African Union.

² Poultry meat, pork, beef, as well as sheep and goat meat.

Milk fever prevention that works – because we know how

Edusehat — Fri, 21 Aug 2026 16:00:10 +0700

Proven transition nutrition, practical farm experience and expert support from around the world.

The transition period is one of the most demanding phases in a dairy cow’s production cycle. Around calving, clinical and subclinical hypocalcaemia can affect cow performance, increase the need for interventions and place additional pressure on farm teams.

Successful milk fever prevention therefore requires more than an effective product. It depends on choosing the right strategy, integrating it correctly into the ration and adapting it to the individual farm.

More than a product

X-Zelit is backed by many years of international experience in transition feeding. Vilofoss advisers support farmers and nutritionists in assessing the existing feeding programme, available forages, grouping routines and the timing and consistency of X-Zelit feeding.

This practical support helps ensure that the strategy is implemented correctly and that X-Zelit can deliver its optimal effect under real farm conditions.

“After more than ten years with X-Zelit in Germany, I have seen how much difference the right transition strategy can make. For me, the greatest strength of X-Zelit is its reliability and flexibility. It can be used with many different rations and forage types, provided that the farm management is adapted accordingly. In 2025 alone, approximately 103,000 cows in Germany received X-Zelit during the transition period.”

Dr. Katrin Metzger-Petersen
Specialist Department Cattle, Vilofoss Germany

One principle, many farm systems

X-Zelit can be used across a wide range of farm sizes, forage bases and production systems. Its mode of action gives nutritionists greater flexibility when formulating close-up rations and reduces the need for the intensive monitoring associated with some other transition strategies.

Experiences from Europe, North America and Latin America show that the same principle can be adapted successfully to very different farming conditions.

“Since introducing X-Zelit on our first farms in Spain in 2021, I have directly advised around 50 farms and supported many nutritionists working with cooperatives and independently. What impresses me most is that X-Zelit delivers reliable results across very different production systems—from intensive, high-yielding farms to pasture-based herds in Latin America. Compared with DCAD strategies, it is simpler to manage and requires less intensive monitoring. When used correctly, we consistently see clinical hypocalcaemia reduced to levels close to zero.”

Victor Marcen Lupiañez
Ruminant Expert, Vilofoss Spain

Correct implementation makes the difference

For the best possible results, cows must enter the close-up group at the right time, receive X-Zelit consistently and achieve the recommended daily intake. The ration, grouping routines and general transition management must also support the strategy.

This is where experienced advice and follow-up make a real difference. Vilofoss experts help farmers and nutritionists identify practical challenges, monitor results and adapt the programme when necessary.

“With more than 35 years of experience in the dairy industry, I have worked with many different transition strategies. Today, I advise large California dairy farms ranging from approximately 1,300 to 8,000 cows, with an average herd size of around 3,000 cows. What impresses me about X-Zelit is that it delivers consistent results while giving nutritionists greater flexibility in prepartum ration formulation. In practice, this can mean fewer calcium boluses, fewer interventions around calving and an approach that is easier for both the farm team and the nutritionist to manage.”

Miguel Morales
Veterinarian, Protekta, California, USA

Healthier transitions and smoother calving

When correctly integrated into the farm’s transition programme, X-Zelit supports calcium balance around calving and helps reduce the risk of milk fever. Fewer urgent interventions can make daily work more predictable, while a smoother transition supports the cow’s start into lactation.

From family farms in Europe to large dairy operations in California and pasture-based systems in Latin America, our experts combine global experience with local support.

Would you like to know how X-Zelit could fit into your transition strategy? Contact your local Vilofoss adviser.

Interested in X-Zelit® and how it could fit into your transition feeding strategy? Fill out the form at this link and a Vilofoss expert will get in touch with you.

Could green feed cues give poults a stronger start?

Edusehat — Fri, 21 Aug 2026 05:10:04 +0700

Helping turkey poults find feed and water soon after placement is one of the first steps in supporting early growth, health and welfare.

New research from the University of Arkansas Division of Agriculture suggests that green, moisture-rich feed attractants may help turkey poults find feed sooner, forage earlier and gain more weight during the first 10 days after placement.

The findings point to a practical opportunity for turkey producers: using visual feed cues not only to draw poults to feed, but also to deliver hydration support and other early-life additives during a critical window in poult development.

Why early feed discovery matters

Commercial turkey poults may go through hatchery processing, handling and transport before they reach feed and water in the brooder. During that window, they rely on residual yolk reserves for hydration and nutrients. However, that reserve is limited.

Delayed access to feed and water can contribute to dehydration, reduced body weight, altered metabolism and impaired early tissue development. For turkey producers, helping poults find feed quickly after placement can support a stronger, more uniform start.

That challenge has researchers searching for practical ways to encourage poults to engage with feed sooner.

Testing a green visual attractant

The Arkansas study, led by graduate student Victor Oyeniran and published in the Journal of Applied Poultry Research, evaluated whether green alginate beads used as a feed top dressing could attract day-of-hatch turkey hen poults to starter feed.

The project brought together the work of Danielle Graham, MS, PhD, in early nutrition and gut health and the work of Shawna Weimer, MS, PhD, in poultry behavior and welfare to understand how birds respond to their environment and how behavioral responses relate to performance.

The beads were moisture-rich and contained electrolytes, vitamins C and D and betaine, making them a potential carrier for early-life additives and a visual cue.

Turkey hen poults were placed into three treatment groups. Control pens received untreated feed flats. A treated group received green beads on both feed flats. A preference group received one treated feed flat and one untreated feed flat, allowing researchers to evaluate whether poults showed a behavioral preference when both options were available. (Figure 1)

Figure 1.

“Turkey poults are naturally curious. But getting them to engage with feed quickly after placement can still be a challenge,” Weimer said. “We were interested in whether a green attractant could help stimulate that first feeding behavior.”

Poults preferred treated feed flat

The preference treatment provided one of the study’s most compelling behavioral results.

When poults had access to both a treated and an untreated feed flat, more birds were observed on the feed flat with the green attractant. More poults were also actively engaged on the treated flat, with more observed walking, standing or foraging rather than sitting or resting.

That distinction is important. The birds were not simply gathering randomly on the feed flats; they showed greater interest in the treated feed source and were more active when they got there.

“We saw evidence that the green beads drew poults to the feed and encouraged active engagement,” Graham said. “That early activity is important because the sooner poults begin exploring and consuming feed, the better positioned they may be for early growth.”

Across treatment groups, poults exposed to the green attractant were also more active on feed flats during the first hour after placement compared with poults in the control group.

Beads consumed quickly

The green attractant was consumed rapidly after placement.

In the treated group, beads were found in the crop of 50% of sampled poults within 15 minutes and in 100% of sampled poults by 45 minutes. Beads were also detected in the lower ileum within the first hour, showing rapid movement through the gastrointestinal tract.

At 24 hours after placement, crop fill was similar among treatments. Most poults across all groups had soft, full crops, indicating they had consumed feed and water. That finding suggests the green attractant did not interfere with normal feed and water intake.

Growth improved by day 10

The early behavioral response was reflected in performance.

By day 10, poults with access to the green attractant were heavier than control poults. Poults in the treated and preference groups averaged about 124 grams, compared with about 118 grams for controls. Body weight gain followed a similar pattern, with poults exposed to the attractant gaining about 6 to 7 grams more than control poults during the first 10 days.

Feed conversion ratio and mortality were not statistically different among treatments, suggesting the attractant improved early growth without negatively affecting feed efficiency or livability.

Implications for turkey production

The results point to two potential opportunities for turkey production.

First, green visual attractants may be a practical way to encourage poults to find and interact with feed shortly after placement. That could be especially useful during the critical early brooding period, when producers focus on hydration, feed intake, livability and flock uniformity.

Second, moisture-rich beads may offer a delivery platform for targeted early-life additives. In addition to attracting poults to feed, the beads could potentially carry ingredients such as electrolytes, vitamins, energy sources or other functional additives designed to support gut health, immune readiness and resilience to placement stress.

The researchers noted that the current study followed poults only through 10 days of age, so additional studies are needed to determine whether early improvements carry through a full commercial turkey production cycle.

Still, the findings suggest that a simple visual cue may do more than catch a poult’s attention. It may help poults get off to a better start during one of the most important windows in production.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Could green feed cues give poults a stronger start? appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Mild feed restriction has variable effects on cage-free pullets’ weight, activity and egg production

Edusehat — Fri, 21 Aug 2026 05:10:04 +0700

Today’s cage-free laying systems provide extra vertical space for birds to be physically active, which can lead to variability in feed intake and body composition. If feed was restricted, would chickens change their activity levels, or would a hypothalamic response be triggered to increase feed intake?

Researchers from Auburn University and the University of Guelph conducted a trial to answer those questions. During the trial, they recorded where the birds spent their time, egg production and body fat deposition.

Olivia McGuire, a graduate student at Auburn, discussed the research and results during the 2026 International Poultry Scientific Forum.

Trial design

The study involved 600 Lohmann LSL Lite pullets at 12 weeks of age. The pullets were randomly assigned to four rooms divided into six aviary pens. Each pen had two perches, two elevated platforms, a 45-degree ramp and nest boxes.

At 13 weeks of age, birds in half of the pens were fed ad libitum. Birds in the other half were fed twice daily and received 20% less feed than average consumption. The feed restriction ended at 21 weeks of age.

Pen-mounted cameras scanned pens hourly to record bird locations. The number of eggs laid and where chickens laid the eggs were also recorded.

Every 2 weeks, one bird per pen was euthanized to measure abdominal fat, record weight and collect hypothalamus and pituitary tissue for analysis.

Feed-restricted outcomes

Overall, restricted birds spent more time on the litter while ad libitum birds preferred perches and elevated platforms, McGuire noted.

“We noticed a shift in location preference during the time of sexual maturation,” she added. “Between 18 and 20 weeks of age, both treatment groups spent more time on the litter than in other locations.”

Feeding treatment did not affect birds’ location at the start of the night. All birds chose to roost or seek shelter.

“But feed-restricted birds definitely had a delay in egg production compared to birds fed ad libitum from 20 to 21 weeks of age,” McGuire said. “We also observed that all birds preferred to lay eggs within the nest boxes rather than on the litter. So, restricted feed did not impact where eggs were laid.

“We expected to see a weight decrease with feed restriction,” she continued. “By the time feed restriction was lifted, those birds were 8.8% lighter than birds fed ad libitum.”

Feed-restricted birds had lower abdominal fat measurements at 16 to 20 weeks of age than ad libitum hens.

The researchers also tested whether the mild feed restriction elicited a hypothalamic response to increase feed intake or decrease locomotion. They did not observe an increase in neuropeptide Y (NPY) or Agouti-related peptide (AgRP) expression in either feeding group. McGuire added that the expression of these peptides, which stimulate hunger, typically increase during energy deficit.

Final takeaways

“Mild feed restriction caused a decrease in bodyweight, energy reserves and delayed maturation,” McGuire said. “The birds preferred to stay on the floor.

“Decreased energy intake did not affect NPY and AgRP expression,” she continued. “Feed-restricted birds ate less than an hour a day. They were fed twice a day but never reached chronic hunger.”

McGuire suggested that the level of energy restriction was not sufficient to trigger a hypothalamic response to hunger.

Feed restriction also did not affect the choice to seek shelter at night or the location of egg laying.

She also noted that the increased use of litter by the feed-restricted birds “is likely not to conserve energy but rather due to unmet behavioral satisfaction.”

The post Mild feed restriction has variable effects on cage-free pullets’ weight, activity and egg production appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Six hours: Why the feed-deprivation clock impacts feed conversion, yield, food safety and profit

Edusehat — Thu, 20 Aug 2026 21:55:07 +0700

By Douglas L. Fulnechek, DVM
Public Health Veterinarian
GTS Health

Of all the levers a broiler operation can pull in the final hours before a flock is harvested, few pay back as quickly — or cost as much — as the feed-deprivation program. Get the timing right and you ship cleaner birds, hit your microbiological performance standards and protect every ounce of yield.

Get it wrong and you make your feed conversion worse, lose saleable meat weight and increase the Salmonella load at the processing plant. Optimizing the period from the flock’s last meal to the kill blade makes money you can bank.

Timing the deprivation

The bird’s body experiences two stages during feed deprivation: emptying of digestive tract contents and depletion of water and muscle mass. The first stage happens during the first 6 hours and cannot be changed. The second stage is where you can make a difference.

A comfortable broiler under full or near-full light eats about every 4 hours and drinks several times in between. This is steady-state consumption. The instant that feed is pulled, that eat-drink-rest rhythm becomes a clock. The crop is empty and the bird is hungry roughly 4 hours after the last meal. Feed leaving the gizzard clears the lower intestine in about 2 more hours.

But even the best-run 6-hour deprivation program cannot overcome the reality of a flock’s eating pattern. The flock should be eating continuously. When the feed pans are raised, some birds will have just filled their crops, and some birds’ crops will be empty. Under the best circumstances, the time off feed for individual birds will range from 5 to 11 hours at slaughter.

That time span comes from the plant. If you have a 33,600-head house, the plant runs 16,800 head per hour. Feed-up time is calculated from the midpoint of processing, and you get a 5-to-11-hour deprivation range for individual birds, as shown in the graphic (Figure 1).

If your operation has mega-houses with over 45,000 broilers, feed deprivation becomes even more difficult! For houses of that size, the plant needs to run about 21,000 birds per hour to keep the slaughter window as small as possible. The logistics then become really complicated when trying to catch and deliver four, five or even six truckloads per hour to the plant.

Figure 1.

Unforgiving numbers

There is extensive scientific research about this subject, and the arithmetic is unforgiving. Researchers have observed that live shrink, which is pre-processing weight loss, ranges from 0.18% to 0.43% of bodyweight per hour.

In the following scenario, the dollar math is painful.

Plant processes 1.2 million broilers per week.
Average live weight at catch is 6.7 pounds (3 kg).
Average live shrink is conservative — about 0.25% per hour.
Feed-conversion ratio (FCR) increases by about 0.005 per hour.
FCR is about 1.67.
Feed costs about $270 per ton (907 kg).
Plant sells whole carcasses for about $1.20 per pound.
Optimal feed deprivation period is 6 hours.
Actual feed deprivation period is 10 hours.

This same 4-hour over-deprivation loss shows up in two ledgers — farm feed cost and plant revenue — and the two don’t add together. The 10-hour program is costing roughly $1 million per year in feed value tied up in weight lost to shrink and approximately $4 million-per-year loss in saleable product.

It is important to remember that you cannot value live shrink at whole-bird prices — it’s the dressed broiler that gets sold.

In my career, I have evaluated more than 1,000 feed deprivations, and I have never found a program where the period was too short. Plant personnel will tell you they would rather deal with feed in the crop than feces in the colon.

With the parameters above, a 10-hour target puts some birds at 15 hours off feed. That’s a problem. At 15 hours the lining is sloughing, bile is backing up into the gizzard, the ceca are about to empty and the intestine breaks easily.

Final points

Here are important takeaways regarding feed deprivation:

Avoid feed outages, light interruptions and temperature extremes that trigger binge eating.
Count deprivation from the flock’s last meal to the kill blade. Catching, loading, transportation and lairage are logistics that occur within the deprivation window. They do not impact the clock.
Calculate feed-up time backward from the midpoint of the processing window.
Target empty but strong intestines — shorter beats longer.
Leave water available until the catch crew arrives.
Regularly evaluate intestinal tracts at the plant.

Six hours isn’t a stretch goal. Hitting it doesn’t take new equipment or a bigger budget. It takes a calculation and a habit: Figure feed-up time backward from the kill, and open intestinal tracts at the plant. By doing that, you protect feed conversion and yield, the plant gets cleaner birds and the money stops leaking from both ledgers at once.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post Six hours: Why the feed-deprivation clock impacts feed conversion, yield, food safety and profit appeared first on Modern Poultry.

The role of the G20 group in global meat production and trade. Part 2: global meat exports

Edusehat — Thu, 20 Aug 2026 18:10:09 +0700

A previous article analysed the role of the G19¹ countries in the global meat industry (Windhorst, 2026). This revealed the significant role of this group of countries, as they accounted for approximately 70% of the production volume of the four most important types of meat. Within the group, the most populous countries dominated, with China, the USA, Brazil, India, and Russia holding the leading positions. Two subsequent articles will explore whether a similar situation existed in the trade of the meat types analyzed here. This article focuses on the role of the G19 in global meat exports.

Exports increased faster than production

A comparison of the long-term development of global meat production and meat exports reveals that trade volume increased faster than the production volume. Between 2010 and 2024, global production increased by 28.4%, while meat trade grew by 36.5%. The development was even more dynamic among the G19 countries. Here, production rose by 34.3%, but trade increased by 61.3%. This had a significant impact on the G19’s share in global production and exports. The G19’s share of production grew from 72.3% to 75.7% during the period under review, and its share in trade increased from 51.4% to 60.7%. Figure 1 shows that meat exports increased particularly sharply after 2010, especially poultry meat. The increase in pig meat production was interrupted from 2020 onwards due to the massive outbreaks of African swine fever in Asia and Eastern Europe.

Figure 1 – The development of global meat exports between 1999 and 2024, by meat types
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

A comparative analysis of the dynamics, broken down by meat type, from 2010 onwards is interesting (Table 1). Globally, poultry meat showed the highest absolute increase in both production and exports, but the relative increase was higher for beef, sheep, and goat meat exports. However, the significantly lower starting values must be taken into account. This pattern is repeated in the G19 group. Here, too, the production volume of poultry meat increased much faster than that of the other three meat types. The high export volume of pig meat is surprising at first glance. The production slump in China following the massive outbreaks of African swine fever and the resulting imports caused pork trade to rise sharply for several years. This will be discussed in detail in the following article on import development. The shortage of pig meat in the countries affected by African swine fever also impacted beef trade and explains the high absolute and relative increases observed there.

Table 1 – Changes in meat production and meat trade of the G 19 countries between 2010 and 2024 in comparison to the global development
Source: own calculation based on FAO data.

It is noteworthy that despite the high absolute increase in poultry meat production among the G19 countries, which accounted for almost 94% of the global increase, the relative rise in exports was significantly lower than both the absolute and relative global figures. It must be considered that the strong production increase occurred primarily in some Asian countries where demand rose sharply due to higher disposable incomes and production was therefore mainly for domestic consumption. Exports, dominated by Brazil and the USA, which accounted for over 40% of global poultry meat trade in 2024, did not increase as sharply in their respective markets as in some emerging and developing countries outside the G19.

Significant differences between production and exports at country level

A comparison of countries rankings in meat production and meat exports reveals similarities but also significant differences depending on the meat type. For poultry meat (Figure 2), regional concentration in exports was much higher than in production. Brazil and the USA together accounted for over two-thirds of the group’s total exports, but contributed only 31.5% to production. China, which accounted for almost a quarter of global production in 2024, lagged significantly behind the other two countries with a share of less than 10%. Production primarily focused on supplying its own population. The sharp decrease in pig meat production due to African swine fever resulted in consumers increasingly favoring the cheaper broiler meat over beef. Germany, which was not among the top ten G19 producers, ranked fourth.

A detailed look at the development of poultry meat exports from the four leading countries between 2010 and 2024 reveals some notable differences. Overall, exports from the G19 countries increased by 2.25 million tons. Of this, Brazil accounted for 1.22 million tons, or 54.2%, and China for 568,000 tons, or t.2%. In contrast, the US export share declined by 200,000 tons, or 5.4%, despite a significant increase in production. The rising per capita consumption of broiler meat and the recurring outbreaks of the avian influenza virus since 2015, which resulted in high losses (Windhorst, 2025), were the decisive steering factors.

The export volume of pig meat from the G19 countries increased by 3.64 million tons between 2010 and 2024 (Figure 2). The USA saw the highest absolute increase at 1.1 million tons, representing a rise of 62.0%. However, the highest relative increase was in Brazil at 143.7%, resulting from an expansion of exports by 900,000 tons. Canada also recorded a significant growth in exports of 297,000 tons, or 28.9%. These three countries together shared 63.6% in the G19’s total export growth. In Germany, which still ranked third among the leading exporting countries in 2024, exports have declined by 528,000 tons, or 25.0%, since 2020. The reasons for this decline were, firstly, a decrease in the per capita consumption, with pork losing significantly to broiler meat, and secondly, outbreaks of African swine fever in wild boar populations. These outbreaks led some major importing countries to either drastically reduce or even completely stop their imports. Furthermore, declining profits caused numerous pig farmers to abandon pig fattening. The unresolved situation regarding eligible housing systems for financial support by the government also deterred many pig farmers from investing. In France, pork exports fell by 88,000 tons during the period under review, resulting in a drop to seventh place among the leading G19 exporting countries. Export growth was particularly dynamic in the four leading cattle meat exporting countries, as can be seen from the graphs in Figure 2. Exports from the G19 countries increased by 5.02 million tons between 2010 and 2024, thus tripling. Brazil recorded the largest absolute increase at 2.15 million tons, representing a relative increase of 144.5%. Argentina followed with 717,000 tons. With an increase of 217.6%, Argentina had the highest relative growth rate of the four countries. Australia expanded its beef exports by 635,000 tons, or 45.8%, while the USA only showed an increase of 274,000 tons. The USA also recorded the lowest relative growth rate at 22.5%.

Figure 2 – The development of the meat exports from the four leading G19 exporting countries between 2010 and 2024, by meat types
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

A comparison of the four countries’ shares in the overall increase in cattle meat exports for the G19 shows that Brazil contributed the largest share at 42.7%, followed by Australia at 18.6% and Argentina at 14.3%. The USA, at 4.9%, lagged significantly behind the other three countries. In total, the four countries accounted for 74.5%. Looking at the overall dynamics across the three meat types, it becomes obvious that Brazil, Australia, and Argentina were the big winners in meat exports for the G19. The USA lost market shares in poultry, pig meat, and cattle meat, while Germany lost ground primarily in pig meat. China began to expand its position in poultry meat exports. Brazil is positioned to become the dominant power in the meat trade, not only within the G19 but also globally (see Windhorst, 2025a).

Summary: higher concentration in exports than in production

The preceding analysis of the G19’s role in global meat trade focused on the question of whether the countries dominating production also played a leading role in exports.

Figure 3 shows the share of the top 10 exporting countries in the total exports of each of the four meat types considered here. It is apparent that there was a strong concentration in a few countries for all meat types, but significant differences existed nonetheless. This concentration was very high for sheep and goat meat as well as poultry meat, and lower for pig meat and cattle meat. To answer the initial question, Table 2 compares the top five countries in production with those in exports.

Figure 3 – The share of the ten leading exporting countries in the overall meat exports of the G19 group (2024), by meat types
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

Table 2 – A comparison of the shares of the five leading G19 countries in the country group’s overall production and export, by meat type (2024)
Source: own calculation based on FAO data.

Even a cursory glance at the data reveals that for all four meat types, the five countries’ share in exports was significantly higher than their share in production. With the exception of poultry meat, shares of nearly 90% or even more were achieved. However, a more detailed analysis of the composition and ranking of the countries reveals remarkable differences. For poultry meat, Brazil accounted for only 12.9% of production but 39.8% of exports. The opposite was true for China. It is evident that Brazil was heavily focused on the global market, while China primarily on its domestic demand. This was also the case for Russia and India.

In pork production, China held a dominant position but played no role in exports; Russia also produced almost exclusively for its own population. The USA, Canada, and Germany were more strongly oriented towards the global market, although, as already mentioned, Germany has lost considerable market share in recent years. It is worth noting that Brazil accounted for over a third of cattle meat exports but only for 21.1% of production. Here, too, the focus on the global market was evident, as it was in Argentina and Australia. The ratio between production and exports in the USA requires explanation. The analysis of imports, which follows in the third section, will show that despite its high production volume, the USA imported a considerable amount of high-quality beef but exported lower-value cuts.

China and India, which together produced nearly three-quarters of the G19’s sheep and goat meat, played no significant role in exports because both meat types were almost exclusively used by their own populations. Overall, it should be noted that while populous countries also played an important role in meat exports, they were not as dominant, and countries with smaller populations, such as Canada, Australia, Saudi Arabia, and South Africa, were also able to break into the top group. The importance of the top five countries in each meat type, not only within the G19 group but also in global meat trade as a whole, is evident in the fact that they accounted for over 50% of the meat reaching the world market.

Data source and supplementary literature

Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (n.d.). FAOSTAT. https://www.fao.org/faostat

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025a). Der Seuchenzug im Winter 2024/2025. Vierte AI-Epidemie in den USA innerhalb des zurückliegenden Jahrzehnts. Fleischwirtschaft, 105(9), 33-36.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025b). Fourth AI epidemic in the USA in the past decade – The epidemic in winter 2024/25. Zootecnica Poultry magazine, 1(7/8), 22-27.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025c). The dynamics of global meat trade. Part 1: Exports. Meatingpoint, (63), 34-37.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2026). Die Rolle der Gruppe der G20 in der Weltfleischerzeugung und im Weltfleischhandel. Teil 1: Weltfleischerzeugung. Fleischwirtschaft, 106.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2026). The role of the G20 group in global meat production and trade – Part 1: meat production. Zootecnica Poultry magazine, 2 (4), 28-33.

¹The following analysis considers only the 19 member countries. The population and economic output of the EU (27) and the African Union are not included.

Top Safety Gear for Traveling with Large vs. Small Dogs

Edusehat — Thu, 20 Aug 2026 14:25:05 +0700

Travelling with your dog across India, whether it is a weekend drive to Lonavala or a longer trip home for Diwali, brings its own set of challenges. A Pomeranian curled on the back seat and a Labrador stretched across the boot need very different protection. The right gear keeps your dog secure during sudden brakes, comfortable through summer heat, and calm through the noise of traffic and railway platforms. This guide breaks down the safety essentials for both ends of the size spectrum, with practical advice suited to Indian roads, weather, and travel rules.

Why Size Matters When Choosing Travel Safety Gear

A small dog weighing four to eight kilograms and a large dog weighing thirty kilograms or more react very differently to a sudden stop or a bumpy stretch of highway. Force during a collision scales sharply with body weight, which means a harness that holds a Shih Tzu safely may snap or slip on a Rottweiler. Similarly, a spacious crate meant for a German Shepherd would let a Dachshund slide around and injure itself. According to the American Kennel Club, unrestrained dogs are a leading cause of driver distraction and can suffer serious injury even at moderate speeds. Beyond safety, size affects comfort. Small breeds often feel exposed and anxious in wide open car interiors, while large breeds need room to stretch, lie flat, and cool down. Matching gear to your dog’s build is the single most important decision you will make before setting out.

Essential Safety Gear for Small Dogs

Secure, Well-Ventilated Travel Carriers

For small breeds like Pugs, Shih Tzus, Pomeranians, and Indian Spitz puppies, a rigid or semi-rigid carrier is the safest choice for both car and air travel. Look for mesh panels on at least two sides, a leak-proof base, and a strong top handle. Soft-sided carriers with seatbelt loops work well for short city drives, while carriers approved by the International Air Transport Association are required for flights. A quick browse through the dog travel range at PetsWorld will show carriers sized for dogs up to ten kilograms.

Padded Harness with Car Seatbelt Attachment

A small dog on a collar and leash can slip out or choke during a jolt. A padded step-in or vest-style harness spreads pressure across the chest and pairs with a short tether that clips into the seatbelt buckle. This keeps the dog seated without restricting breathing, and prevents the panic scramble that often happens when brakes are applied suddenly on Indian city roads.

Familiar Bedding and Calming Aids

Small dogs pick up on unfamiliar smells and sounds quickly. Line the carrier with a soft, washable mat and tuck in a shirt that carries your scent. For anxious travellers, a calming spray or a pheromone collar can take the edge off long journeys, and a few long-lasting chews and treats can keep them happily occupied between stops.

Essential Safety Gear for Large Dogs

Crash-Tested Harness and Seatbelt Tether

Labradors, Golden Retrievers, German Shepherds, and Indian breeds like the Rajapalayam need harnesses built for real impact. The Center for Pet Safety recommends crash-tested harnesses with wide, reinforced straps and metal buckles rather than plastic clips. Pair the harness with a short tether that anchors to the seatbelt or an ISOFIX point in the back seat, so your dog stays in place during sharp turns on ghat roads or sudden highway braking.

Sturdy Travel Crate for the Boot or SUV Cargo Area

A large dog is safest inside a rigid crate secured against the rear seats. Steel-frame or heavy-duty plastic crates prevent the dog from being thrown forward during braking. Measure your dog standing, then add ten centimetres in every direction so it can sit, turn, and lie flat comfortably. The collars, harnesses, and travel accessories collection carries size-appropriate options for medium and large breeds.

Non-Slip Boot Liner and Barrier Grille

Sudden brakes send loose dogs sliding across the boot. A rubber-backed cargo liner grips both the surface and the dog’s paws, while a mesh or bar barrier keeps the dog from lunging into the front cabin. This setup is especially useful for hatchbacks and SUVs on hill roads to places like Kasauli, Coorg, or Ooty, where continuous curves can unsettle even a well-behaved dog.

Safety Gear Both Sizes Need

Regardless of size, a few items belong in every travel kit. Start with a well-fitted collar carrying an ID tag with your mobile number and city, since QR-enabled tags are increasingly common in Indian metros. Pack a collapsible bowl and a bottle of clean water, because service station taps are unreliable and dehydration hits fast in Indian summers when interior car temperatures can cross forty-five degrees Celsius within minutes. A basic first-aid pouch with cotton, antiseptic, tick remover, and any prescribed medication is essential. Cooling mats and portable fans are worth carrying between April and June, especially if your route passes through Rajasthan, Vidarbha, or the plains of Tamil Nadu. During monsoon travel, quick-dry towels and a waterproof seat cover prevent soaked upholstery and skin infections. For after-journey clean-ups, keep basics from the dog grooming essentials section on hand to wipe down muddy paws and freshen coats before you head indoors.

Rules for Indian Railways and Flights by Dog Size

Indian Railways permits dogs in first-class AC coupes when the entire coupe is booked, and in the guard’s van in a parcel crate for other classes. Small dogs travelling in a coupe still need a carrier for boarding and platform movement, while large dogs must travel in a wooden or metal crate in the luggage compartment. Book at least two days in advance at the parcel office and carry a recent vaccination certificate along with a fitness note from your vet.

For domestic flights, IndiGo, Air India, and SpiceJet have their own pet policies, but most align with IATA live animals regulations. Small dogs under seven kilograms including the carrier may travel in the cabin on select carriers, while larger dogs travel in the pressurised cargo hold in approved crates that meet strict standards on ventilation, floor space, and labelling. For road trips, small dogs are safest in a carrier strapped to the rear seat, and large dogs are safest crated in the boot or harnessed on the back seat. Never let any dog ride with its head out of a moving vehicle window.

Quick Packing Checklist by Dog Size

For small dogs: carrier, padded harness, seatbelt tether, calming spray, familiar blanket, collapsible bowl, water, treats, poop bags, ID tag, and vaccination record.

For large dogs: crash-tested harness, seatbelt tether, travel crate, boot liner, barrier grille, collapsible bowl, at least two litres of water, first-aid kit, cooling mat, poop bags, ID tag, and vaccination record.

Review both lists a day before departure and top up any missing item. For festive travel around Diwali or long weekends, add ear muffs or a snug anxiety wrap to help your dog cope with firecracker noise on the road. Keep a printed copy of your regular vet’s contact number and the details of at least one veterinary clinic near your destination, since accessing digital records on the move is not always reliable in smaller towns and highway stretches.

Frequently Asked Questions

Q1. Is it safe to let my small dog sit on my lap during a car journey?

No. Even at city speeds, an airbag deployment or a sudden brake can seriously injure a dog on your lap. A carrier strapped to the back seat is much safer for both of you.

Q2. What size crate should I buy for a Labrador travelling by train?

For an adult Labrador weighing between twenty-five and thirty-two kilograms, choose a crate roughly one hundred centimetres long, seventy centimetres wide, and seventy-five centimetres tall. Your dog should be able to stand fully upright and turn around without touching the sides.

Q3. Can I use the same harness for daily walks and car travel?

Regular walking harnesses are not built to absorb crash forces. Keep a separate crash-tested harness for the car, and use your walking harness for daily outings and training sessions.

Q4. How do I keep my dog cool during summer road trips in India?

Travel early morning or after sunset, run the air conditioner steadily, offer water every hour, and place a cooling mat inside the crate or on the seat. Never leave your dog alone in a parked car, even for five minutes.

Q5. Do Indian domestic airlines allow large dogs in the cabin?

Most Indian carriers only allow dogs under seven kilograms, including the carrier, in the cabin. Larger dogs travel in the temperature-controlled cargo hold inside an approved crate that meets international live animal transport standards.

Q6. What documents should I carry when travelling with my dog?

Carry a recent vaccination certificate, a rabies booster record, a health fitness certificate from a licensed vet issued within the last ten days, and your dog’s microchip or ID details. For train travel, keep printed copies handy at the parcel office.

5 Ways to Celebrate National Dog Day

Edusehat — Thu, 20 Aug 2026 07:50:02 +0700

Every pup deserves to be celebrated, which is why National Dog Day is dedicated to our furry friends each year on August 26th. To help celebrate your dog, we’ve put together some fun and meaningful ideas that both you and your dog will love.

From planning a special day together and creating a keepsake to trying enrichment activities, exploring the outdoors, or enjoying a day of play at Dogtopia, there are plenty of ways to make National Dog Day special for your pup.

1. PLAN THE ULTIMATE DOGGY DAY

Your dog is your best friend, and you probably know all the little things that bring them excitement. Give your pup a day filled with all their favorite things, whether that’s a special dog-safe meal, their favorite treats, cuddling on the couch, time playing together in the backyard, or a playdate with their best furry friend.

2. MAKE A PAW PRINT KEEPSAKE

Arts and crafts are a fun way to spend quality time with your dog while creating a personalized keepsake to celebrate the special bond you share. Try one of these dog-safe ideas:

Paw print art: Dip your pup’s paw in dog-safe, non-toxic paint, gently press it onto paper or canvas, and let it dry. Once it’s ready, add a fun design around the paw print to make a unique design.
A clay paw ornament: Create a lasting keepsake by gently pressing your dog’s paw into air-dry clay to make a paw print. Add their name or the date for extra personalization.
Framed paw print: Frame your dog’s paw print with their name or a favorite photo of you two together to display at home.
Custom dog portrait: Draw or paint a simple portrait of your dog either as they sit in front of you (no promises they’ll stay still, and extra treats may need to be involved) or from a photo.

3. TRY A NEW ENRICHMENT ACTIVITY

A new enrichment activity with your dog is a great way to encourage them to explore and engage their natural instincts, such as sniffing, foraging, and problem-solving. Enrichment activities provide mental stimulation, help keep pups calm and focused, and add variety and excitement to their daily routine.

See also

5 Easy Scent Games You Can Try at Home with Your Dog

Enrichment can be as simple as creating a DIY dog puzzle using a muffin tin, setting up a cardboard foraging box, letting your pup bob for dog-safe fruit in water, or turning mealtime into a game of scatter feeding. Treating your dog to a new, engaging activity is a fun way to celebrate your pup on National Dog Day while also supporting their overall health and well-being.

Canine Coach tip: Keep enrichment activities fun and let your dog go at their own pace. Follow their interests and allow them to explore and problem-solve rather than rush them to finish.

4. TAKE YOUR DOG TO THEIR FAVORITE OUTDOOR SPOT

Whether it’s their favorite hiking spot, local park, beach, or walking path, spending time outside is a fun way to celebrate your dog on National Dog Day. Explore a familiar place or discover a new adventure together to give your pup a chance to sniff and explore.

Outdoor adventures provide plenty of exercise and mental stimulation, which can help keep your dog happy, healthy, and engaged. Don’t forget to bring plenty of water, extra food, and treats to make the outing the best it can be.

5. TREAT YOUR DOG TO A DAY OF PLAY AT DAYCARE

Treat your dog to a day full of fun, socialization, and play at daycare. At Dogtopia, your pup will stay active, build confidence, and enjoy supervised open play in spacious indoor playrooms with expert Canine Coaches. They can enjoy enriching activities such as brain games and agility exercises, as well as have plenty of opportunities to socialize and play with other dogs. And while your pup is at daycare, spoil them with a relaxing treatment at our doggie spa.

See also

How Predictable Routines Can Reduce Dog Anxiety

Dogtopia loves to celebrate dogs, so a daycare day at Dogtopia is the perfect way to make National Dog Day extra special. Beyond the fun, enrolling your pup in regular daycare is a great way to support their overall well-being by strengthening their social skills, providing mental stimulation, and giving them the physical activity they need to stay healthy and happy.

Want to see just how active your dog is during the day? Reach out to your local Dogtopia to learn about our DASH activity monitor. Like a fitness monitor for humans, DASH keeps track of your dog’s step count, distance traveled, time spent resting, and more throughout the day and can be used both in and out of the playroom. You can use this data to monitor your dog’s activity patterns over time and determine whether they may benefit from adding more activity to their routine.

Find your closest Dogtopia location here.

The post 5 Ways to Celebrate National Dog Day appeared first on Dogtopia.

The Mealtime Secrets Your Cat Wants You to Know

Edusehat — Thu, 20 Aug 2026 04:10:06 +0700

Chances are, you’ve spent time researching which cat food—whether commercial dry or wet, a boutique brand or a fresh or raw diet—is best for your cat. But substantially less time is devoted to how we feed our cats. How we feed our cats can have a significant impact on their natural feeding behaviour and overall well-being. By considering cats’ natural feeding behaviours and drawing from current feline research, we can use food to support our cats’ behavioural well-being, not just physical health. Here’s what your cat wishes you’d do come dinnertime!

How to Feed Your Cat: Supporting Natural Feeding Behaviours

How Much to Feed a Cat?

It can be challenging to figure out the right amount of food to feed your cat. The first person to ask is your veterinarian. They can give you guidance on how many calories your cat should be fed per day. A rough estimate is that a healthy, spayed or neutered adult cat will need approximately 20 to 30 calories per pound of weight each day. An indoor, less active cat needs fewer calories than an active cat or a growing kitten. Be sure to check packaging carefully to calculate how much food to feed your cat each day. Often, it’s more or less than you think! We are cautioned about the perils of extra pounds, but many people are actually underfeeding their cats.

How Many Times a Day Should You Feed a Cat?

Cats are solitary hunters who primarily capture and kill small prey animals, such as mice and birds. As a result, they are used to hunting and eating small meals throughout the day. When allowed to control their feeding frequency, cats eat approximately 8 to 16 meals a day!

Studies have also shown that most cats prefer to eat food when it is fresh. We can help our cats follow a more natural feeding pattern by splitting their daily caloric allotment into several small meals throughout the day.

*There’s no one right answer for every cat, but I suggest a minimum of five meals a day.

Denis Val/Shutterstock

How to Fit in Five Meals a Day

The Five-a-Day Felix Feeding plan was developed by the International Society of Feline Medicine to help cat caregivers support healthy feeding behaviours. It may seem like a lot, but it doesn’t have to increase your workload significantly. Here’s a suggested feeding schedule that accommodates your cat’s natural feeding behaviours.

Feed your cat in the morning, shortly after you wake up
Leave your cat with a puzzle feeder while you are away at work
Feed your cat when you return home from work
Feed your cat just before you go to bed
Leave your cat with a puzzle feeder to work from overnight

Automatic feeders can also help you fill in gaps overnight or while you are at work.

What About Free-Feeding?

Free-feeding may work for some cats, but this lifestyle tends to be associated with overweight cats. The other reasons I don’t generally recommend free-feeding are:

Cats prefer food when it is fresh. The longer food sits out, the less appealing it is to your cat.
Free-feeding makes it harder to track how much and when your cat is eating. You may not notice as quickly that your cat is eating less, or not at all, which can be a key sign of a health problem.
Caregivers who free-feed are less likely to keep the feeding area clean or wash feeding bowls daily.

*If you free-feed: wash and refresh bowls daily. Weigh your cat at least monthly to ensure they are maintaining and not gaining or losing weight.

The Feeding Dish

Vera Verano/Bigstock

Take a careful look at your cat’s feeding set-up. Cats are clean animals who don’t leave a lot of food to return to later. Similarly, cats appreciate a clean feeding area and fresh food. Do you wash your cat’s plates or bowls daily? If not, the bowl may be full of saliva and crumbs! The National Science Foundation has identified pet bowls as one of the most bacteria-laden kitchen surfaces. Don’t let your cat’s bowls be one of them!

*Wash your cat’s food dishes after every meal or at least once daily. An easy solution: use dishwasher-friendly dishes and have multiples so you always have a clean option readily available.

Does your cat need a whisker friendly dish? There’s only one study to date on this issue, and it was inconclusive. Some cats preferred a flatter feeding surface, while other cats did not seem to mind a higher sided bowl. You can give your cat choices and let them tell you if they have strong feelings!

Multiple Cats Means Multiple Feeding Areas

As previously mentioned, cats are solitary hunters—and that means they are also solitary eaters. They do not naturally share food or eat close to other cats—not even ones they are friendly with! Feeding your cats separately can reduce conflict and stress and allows each cat to eat in peace. Eating while stressed has been associated with increased storage of adipose tissue (fat), another reason for each cat to have a separate, safe place to eat.

*Food dishes in a multi-cat household should be spaced several feet apart, or even better yet, in separate rooms.

High-Tech to the Rescue

Multiple cats can also mean juggling different diets or feeding styles. Some cats are chronic food-stealers, which can lead to conflict between cats and challenges to feline weight loss programs. Other cats would prefer to graze but are forced to wolf down food before their housemates eat it all. Thankfully, there are several products on the market that can help you manage your multi-cat household’s feeding needs. Microchip feeders, such as the SureFeed, the PortionPro Rx, Pet Libro One RFID, and the Wireless Whiskers can all control which cats have access to what food. Each feeder has different features. The SureFeed controls which cat can access a bowl, but does not deposit food, making it a great option for wet or dry food. The PortionPro Rx, Pet Libro, and Wireless Whiskers are designed to be used with dry food, and they can deliver portions in addition to controlling which cats have access.

Food Puzzles: Giving Cats Their Jobs Back

Catit Senses Treat Puzzle

Because cats naturally work for food, we can restore that work ethic by providing some of their food in puzzle feeders. Puzzle feeders are objects that your cat can interact with to extract food. These can be small toys that your cat bats around with a paw. Holes in the puzzle allow food to fall through, which your cat can then retrieve. These puzzles usually work best with a dry diet.

Other puzzles are a stationary board or tray with compartments that your cat can interact with to get food. They are often compatible with dry or moist diets. Although food puzzles aren’t exactly equivalent to hunting, they can provide your cat with problem solving opportunities and mental stimulation.

Tips for Introducing Food Puzzles

Offer food puzzles as a choice initially; continue to offer food to your cat in their regular dish.
Using treats (as opposed to kibble) in the puzzle may make your cat more excited to try food puzzles!
Food puzzles can be used for meal feeding for healthy, enthusiastic eaters.

How we feed our cats may be just as important as what we feed them—and with a few simple adjustments, we can help our cats eat in ways that are more natural to them and that support their physical and behavioural health!

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post The Mealtime Secrets Your Cat Wants You to Know appeared first on Modern Cat.

Did you know? A three Tesla MRI’s magnetic field actually drops to one Tesla

Edusehat — Thu, 20 Aug 2026 03:35:07 +0700

Did you know that the three Tesla magnetic field at the core of an MRI machine actually drops to one Tesla as you move away from its center?

An MRI machine does not produce a uniform magnetic field throughout the room. Its strength is highest at the center and decreases with distance, much like the heat from a fire fades the farther you step away. For a three Tesla MRI, this drop is such that the field reaches one Tesla or less right at its immediate periphery.

That is exactly the threshold our Optimax MRI Conditional anesthesia machines are approved for. Designed to operate safely in a magnetic field of one Tesla or less, they were tested directly against a three Tesla MRI, the most demanding benchmark on the market today, in a compatibility study conducted by MED Institute Incorporated of West Lafayette, Indiana. As a result, an Optimax machine can be positioned right next to a three Tesla MRI without compromising either patient safety or imaging accuracy.

Have an even more powerful MRI, such as a seven Tesla unit? The same principle still applies. Just confirm with your MRI manufacturer the distance at which the field drops to one Tesla, so you can position your Optimax with the same peace of mind.

Our team is happy to share the results of our MRI compatibility study upon request. Contact your Dispomed representative to learn more.

FAQ: Veterinary Anesthesia and MRI Compatibility

The ASTM F2503-20 standard defines three categories for equipment used in MRI environments: MR Safe (safe in any MRI environment), MR Conditional (safe under specific conditions of field strength, gradient, and specific absorption rate), and MR Unsafe (never to be brought into the MRI room). The Moduflex Optimax is classified MR Conditional at 1 Tesla, which covers the vast majority of current veterinary MRI installations.

Yes, as long as the static magnetic field at the equipment’s positioning point does not exceed 1 Tesla. It is always recommended to confirm this distance with your MRI manufacturer prior to installation.

The compatibility study is available upon request. Contact your Dispomed representative or reach out to us directly through our online form. We will provide you with the complete technical documentation.

Record 272 poultry facilities recognized for outstanding safety performance

Edusehat — Wed, 19 Aug 2026 20:25:09 +0700

The Joint Poultry Industry Safety & Health Council recognized a record 272 chicken and turkey facilities for outstanding safety performance at the 2026 National Safety Conference for the Poultry Industry in Destin, Fla. The facilities were honored for their commitment to employee safety and health through the implementation of innovative and effective programs.

Award consideration was based on injury statistics from a three-year period (2023–2025) and a review of written applications evaluated by academic and industry safety experts.

This year, 81 facilities earned the highest level of recognition, the Award of Distinction, which honors facilities that demonstrate excellence in safety and health training, education and employee involvement and that maintain injury and illness rates at least 75% lower than the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) averages.

One hundred and thirteen facilities received the Award of Honor, recognizing the same core safety principles with incident rates between 75% and 50% lower than BLS results. An additional 78 facilities received the Award of Merit, which recognizes facilities with rates between 50% lower and equal to BLS results.

“Safety is not simply a metric, a program or something we measure at the end of the year. It is a responsibility we share every day, and it is reflected in how we work and how we care for the people who do that work,” said Rick Hellinga, senior director of Safety, Health and Loss Prevention at Simmons Foods and chair of the Joint Poultry Industry Safety & Health Council. “Recognizing a record 272 facilities this year is an outstanding achievement. More importantly, it reflects the poultry and egg industry’s continued commitment to putting people first and creating workplaces where working safely is simply how we work.”

The Joint Industry Safety & Health Council consists of members from the U.S. Poultry & Egg Association, National Chicken Council and National Turkey Federation. Collectively, the three organizations represent companies that produce 95% of the nation’s poultry products and directly employ more than 350,000 workers.

Source: USPOULTRY press release

The Best Accessories for Road Trips with Dogs

Edusehat — Wed, 19 Aug 2026 13:10:06 +0700

Road trips with dogs are one of the most rewarding ways for Indian pet parents to travel. From weekend drives to Lonavala and Coorg to longer journeys toward Manali or Munnar, more families are bringing their dogs along. The catch is that Indian roads, weather, and long driving hours can be tough on pets. A sudden monsoon shower near Mumbai, peak summer heat in Rajasthan, or a bumpy ghat section in Uttarakhand can quickly turn an exciting trip stressful. The right accessories make the difference between a restless dog and a calm travel buddy. This guide covers the most useful road trip accessories for dogs, chosen with Indian conditions in mind.

Why Travel Accessories Matter for Indian Road Trips

India is a country of long distances and dramatic weather shifts. A drive from Bengaluru to Ooty can go from humid plains to chilly hill air within hours, and dogs feel these changes more sharply than humans do. According to the American Veterinary Medical Association, unsecured pets are at high risk during sudden braking, and heat stress can set in within minutes inside a parked car. Good accessories protect your dog and keep you focused on the road.

1. Car Safety Harness or Seat Belt

A car safety harness is the single most important accessory for any road trip. It clips into the seat belt buckle and keeps your dog secured on the back seat, preventing lunges toward the driver or injuries during hard braking. Look for padded chest support and crash-tested webbing. Small breeds like Shih Tzus, Pomeranians, or Indian Spitz puppies do well in booster seats with a built-in tether. Larger breeds such as Labradors, Golden Retrievers, and Indies suit a wide-strap harness attached to the rear seat belt.

2. Travel Crate or Soft Carrier

For dogs that get anxious in cars or for long overnight journeys, a well-ventilated travel crate offers a familiar, den-like space. Hard-shell crates are sturdier and preferred if you are flying domestically after the road journey. Soft carriers are lighter and easier to fold when not in use. The American Kennel Club recommends choosing a crate that lets your dog stand up, turn around, and lie down comfortably. Line it with a familiar blanket that carries the scent of home. You can browse durable options in the travel and outdoor range at PetsWorld for both crates and carriers built for Indian climates.

3. Collapsible Water Bowl and Insulated Bottle

Hydration is critical, especially during summer road trips across Gujarat, Rajasthan, or Tamil Nadu, where daytime temperatures often cross 40 degrees Celsius. A collapsible silicone bowl fits into any door pocket and pops open for quick water breaks at petrol pumps or dhabas. Pair it with an insulated stainless steel bottle so your dog gets cool water even four or five hours into the drive. Avoid letting your dog drink from roadside puddles or open taps, which can carry bacteria and cause stomach upsets mid-journey.

4. Travel Food Container and Familiar Treats

Sudden diet changes can trigger loose stools and vomiting. Carry your dog's regular kibble in an airtight container to keep it fresh in humid coastal weather. Pack familiar treats for reward moments and long toll queues. Freeze-dried treats and single-ingredient chews travel well because they do not melt or spoil. Explore the dog treats and chews collection to stock up before your trip.

5. Travel Bed or Cooling Mat

A soft travel bed on the back seat gives your dog a defined space and reduces motion sickness. In summer, a gel-based cooling mat absorbs body heat and stays cool for hours without electricity, perfect for cars with weak rear AC. On winter drives to Shimla or Gangtok, swap it for a fleece-lined blanket.

6. Waste Bags, Wipes, and Seat Covers

Biodegradable poop bags are a must at every rest stop, and since most highway dhabas lack disposal facilities, carry a sealed pouch for used bags. Pet-safe wet wipes help clean muddy paws after a monsoon walk. A waterproof seat cover protects upholstery from fur, drool, and accidents. Hammock-style covers that clip to both headrests also stop your dog from slipping into the footwell during sharp ghat turns.

7. First Aid Kit and Updated ID Tag

A basic pet first aid kit should include gauze, antiseptic solution, tick-removal tweezers, and any regular medication your dog takes. The ASPCA recommends keeping vaccination records handy, especially for interstate trips where checkposts sometimes ask for proof. Attach an ID tag to the collar with your mobile number, and if your dog is microchipped, confirm the details are updated before you leave.

8. Chew Toys and Boredom Busters

Long hours in the car get boring quickly. A quiet chew toy or a treat-dispensing puzzle can keep your dog engaged during highway stretches. Avoid squeaky toys inside a moving vehicle, since they can distract the driver. Stuffable rubber toys filled with a bit of peanut butter or kibble work well for calm chewing. Have a look at the dog toys collection for travel-friendly picks that hold up to enthusiastic chewers.

9. Sturdy Leash, Collar, and Reflective Gear

Highway rest stops can be unpredictable. A strong leash with a locking clip prevents slips when trucks pass nearby. A reflective collar helps during early morning starts or late-evening arrivals. For beach trips to Goa or forest trails near Wayanad, a longer training leash gives safe exploring room.

10. Calming Aids for Anxious Travelers

Not every dog loves the car right away. Puppies and rescue dogs often show motion sickness, drooling, or whining during first trips. Calming sprays with pheromones, anxiety wraps, or vet-approved calming chews can help. Start with short 15 to 20 minute drives around your neighborhood before a full road trip.

Quick Packing Checklist for Indian Road Trips

Car safety harness or crate
Collapsible bowl and insulated water bottle
Regular food, treats, and airtight container
Travel bed, cooling mat, or blanket depending on season
Poop bags, wipes, and waterproof seat cover
First aid kit with vaccination records
Chew toys and calming aids
Reflective collar, ID tag, and sturdy leash

Weather and Route Tips for Indian Pet Parents

Plan driving hours around your dog's comfort. In peak summer, start before sunrise and take a long break during the hottest afternoon. During monsoon, keep a towel handy for wet fur and check tick prevention before forested areas in the Western Ghats. On hill routes, drive slowly on winding ghats to prevent nausea. For essentials like tick sprays, shampoos, and paw balms suited to Indian weather, the dog grooming and hygiene section has options built for humid and dusty conditions.

Final Thoughts

A road trip with your dog can be one of the most memorable experiences you share. The right accessories make the journey safer and more enjoyable. Start with essentials like a harness, water bowl, and first aid kit, then add comfort items based on your route and season. With a little planning, Indian highways open a whole new world of adventures for you and your four-legged co-pilot.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. Is it safe to take my dog on long road trips in India?

Yes, road trips are generally safe if your dog is healthy, vaccinated, and secured with a proper harness or crate. Plan breaks every two to three hours, carry enough water, and avoid traveling during the hottest part of the day. Puppies under four months and senior dogs with health issues should get a vet check before long journeys.

2. What is the best way to secure my dog in the car?

A crash-tested safety harness attached to the seat belt is the safest option for most dogs. Small breeds do well in booster seats with tethers, while larger dogs benefit from wide-strap harnesses or a well-ventilated travel crate placed in the back of an SUV.

3. How do I prevent my dog from getting car sick?

Feed a light meal at least two hours before driving, keep the car well ventilated, and start with short practice drives. Face your dog forward instead of sideways, and avoid heavy meals or too many treats during the journey. If motion sickness continues, ask your vet about safe anti-nausea options.

4. Can I take my dog to hill stations like Manali or Ooty?

Yes, most Indian hill stations welcome pets, and many hotels and homestays are now pet-friendly. Carry a warm blanket, avoid steep hikes on the first day, and give your dog time to adjust to the cooler air and thinner atmosphere. Always check the pet policy of your accommodation before booking.

5. What documents do I need for interstate travel with my dog?

Carry an updated vaccination card, a rabies certificate, and a recent health record from your vet. Some states and forest areas may ask for these during checks. If you are flying part of the way, additional health certificates issued within ten days of travel are usually required.

6. How often should we take breaks during a road trip?

A good rule is to stop every two to three hours for water, a short walk, and a bathroom break. Puppies and senior dogs may need more frequent stops. Choose safe, shaded areas away from highway traffic and always keep your dog on a leash outside the car.

Six hours: Why the feed deprivation clock impacts feed conversion, yield, food safety and profit

Edusehat — Tue, 18 Aug 2026 23:00:04 +0700

By Douglas L. Fulnechek, DVM
Public Health Veterinarian
GTS Health

Of all the levers a broiler operation can pull in the final hours before a flock is harvested, few pay back as quickly — or cost as much — as the feed deprivation program. Get the timing right and you ship cleaner birds, hit your microbiological performance standards and protect every ounce of yield.

Timing the deprivation

Figure 1.

Unforgiving numbers

In the following scenario, the dollar math is painful.

Plant processes 1.2 million broilers per week.
Average live weight at catch is 6.7 pounds (3 kg).
Average live shrink is conservative — about 0.25% per hour.
Feed-conversion ratio (FCR) increases by about 0.005 per hour.
FCR is about 1.67.
Feed costs about $270 per ton (907 kg).
Plant sells whole carcasses for about $1.20 per pound.
Optimal feed deprivation period is 6 hours.
Actual feed deprivation period is 10 hours.

It is important to remember that you cannot value live shrink at whole-bird prices — it’s the dressed broiler that gets sold.

Final points

Here are important takeaways regarding feed deprivation:

Avoid feed outages, light interruptions and temperature extremes that trigger binge eating.
Count deprivation from the flock’s last meal to the kill blade. Catching, loading, transportation and lairage are logistics that occur within the deprivation window. They do not impact the clock.
Calculate feed-up time backward from the midpoint of the processing window.
Target empty but strong intestines — shorter beats longer.
Leave water available until the catch crew arrives.
Regularly evaluate intestinal tracts at the plant.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post Six hours: Why the feed deprivation clock impacts feed conversion, yield, food safety and profit appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Sustainable animal welfare implementation for more efficient poultry farming

Edusehat — Tue, 18 Aug 2026 19:20:09 +0700

Over the last decades, there have been increasing attempts to implement animal welfare standards within the food production systems, aiming to prevent unnecessary suffering for animals. Particularly as regards poultry production, both for meat and eggs, many non-governmental campaigns have put birds’ welfare under the spotlight with the goal of improving their living conditions. They also made consumers more aware of some poultry production practices, stimulating their demand for greater welfare standards to be met by all stakeholders involved in the production chain, from farms to slaughterhouses. At the same time, it is beneficial for industry stakeholders to guarantee animal welfare: not only will they satisfy both market demands and legal requirements but they will also witness better animal performances and reduced losses, leading to substantial economic gain.

Economic benefits coming from animal welfare implementation: what do we know?

Despite the widely shared consensus on the financial returns coming from improved animal performances and reduced losses thanks to animal welfare implementation, the scientific community has not been providing the number of related studies one would expect, given the importance of the topic, especially for broiler producers. A systematic search of the relevant scientific literature (1982–2022) revealed that, although there was a significant and increasing number of articles addressing animal welfare, only a few of them focused exclusively on chicken production. These studies were mainly coming from North America, Europe, and Australia. Only seven articles, while also directly or indirectly evaluating what variables influenced the welfare of broilers, considered the economic impact of applying or failing to apply animal welfare principles without, however, specifically evaluating and estimating the economic returns coming from these welfare practices.

Guaranteeing a comfortable environment for birds is paramount to reduce mortality, as well as food and water wastage and, thus, increase profitability per bird. Comfort on a poultry farm is affected by many different factors that, in turn, are strictly intertwined: stocking density, litter and air quality, temperature, lighting, nutrition, and overall management practices. A quality litter, for instance, is influenced by variables such as inadequate ventilation, intestinal health, feed composition, stocking density, season, and bird live weight. Furthermore, there is a relevant body of studies that investigated the impact of stocking density on animals’ body weight gain, feed conversion ratio, and mortality, which would be worsened due to increased litter moisture, air ammonia concentrations, microbial loads in the environment, and cortisol levels associated with stress. Although mainly associated with high growth rate, lameness incidence also appears to be related to population density, as well as to diseases such as footpad dermatitis and hock burns, nutritional deficiencies, air quality, lighting and circadian rhythms, age, and management practices, including bird genetics. Animal comfort should be maintained also during transport to the slaughterhouse, including during handling and loading. Poor animal handling strategies at these stages, such as loading from different farms, are highly stressful for birds, resulting in increased mortality. Birds that die during transport are referred to as dead-on-arrival (DOA) and such deaths are considered to be caused by factors that act during the transportation process. Both DOA and other slaughter condemnations, greater in high-DOA flocks, carry clear economic consequences, and they may be related to both pathological or non-pathological causes. Research has demonstrated that DOA rates may be influenced by extreme climatic conditions, such as those in summer and winter, for which alternative transport management practices need to be implemented to keep animals within their thermoneutral zone. However, the stress suffered by birds during harvesting and transport remains one of the most harmful factors. Studies have reported a greater incidence of lung congestion and trauma in DOA birds, which can be directly related to stressful catching and transportation. Nonetheless, higher DOA rates may also be due to pre-existing diseases, such as ascites and osteomyelitis, and to a greater incidence of sudden death syndromes.

The Poultry Chain Management platform for a more efficient and sustainable poultry production chain

Regardless of the fact that mortality is recorded on farm or at arrival, all causes of death represent a financial loss that needs to be addressed. Aware of the great relevance of the topic, researchers have developed the Poultry Chain Management platform — an automated monitoring tool collecting data from the entire poultry production chain, from the arrival of the birds at the farm to the slaughterhouse. Data are then divided according to four production stages:

Breeding: temperature, humidity, luminosity, CO₂, and ammonia levels are recorded every 30 seconds;
Loading: monitoring of how batches are loaded into cages and trucks according to the operators’ arm swinging recorded by electronic bracelets;
Transport: mortality, duration of transportation, temperature, humidity, acceleration, ammonia, and CO₂ levels;
Slaughterhouse: number of animals killed and their physical conditions (broken wings, contusions, bruises, other broken bones), processing and packaging procedures (percentage of poorly eviscerated and poorly washed birds), quality of the meat (classified as “A” if most of the final meat is of high quality and “B” if otherwise).

Thanks to this integrated data collection, Key Performance Indicators could be identified and analyzed to highlight critical issues within each stage and, thus, improve the overall management of the chain.

Consumers’ perspectives

It is interesting to note that, although concerns about animal welfare are nowadays an established reality among both the stakeholders of the sector and the general public, no final consensus is shared by consumers towards what animal welfare is exactly and what ensures ethical living conditions for animals. There has been a study that divided consumers into three main categories depending on their perceptions of animal welfare in the broiler production systems. A first group (39% of involved individuals) “focused on space” as the main welfare factor, considering elements such as access to open air and low animal stocking density crucial to birds’ welfare. A second category of individuals (14%) “focused on the slaughter method” and, particularly, whether stunning was used. These first two consumer profiles had a more speculative view of the poultry rearing systems and, likely, a “one-dimensional” view of animals. Only about half (47%) of involved consumers “focused on multiple attributes”, demonstrating a balanced and comprehensive perspective on the complex concept of animal welfare. They seemed to hold a more nuanced perception of what the different broiler production systems are and, therefore, to be aware that animal welfare needs to be ensured through a wide range of different standards.

Final considerations

Especially in light of the expected increase in world population and, as a consequence, in the demand for animal food, poultry and, even more, broiler production is bound to play a crucial role in the global food security and protein supply, particularly in developing countries. Ensuring animal welfare, therefore, needs to go hand in hand with the growth of the sector. Not only because of ethical considerations but also due to the economic implications associated with poor welfare practices, such as reduced farm performances and consumer acceptance, and greater carcass condemnations. However, deeper considerations should be made in research to evaluate and describe the financial impact of welfare issues, especially for farmers, so as to raise their awareness on the benefits coming from good and sustainable animal welfare implementation while, at the same time, help them navigate their options to change their management strategies or, possibly, farm facilities. In fact, it should be acknowledged that ensuring higher welfare standards usually comes with greater production costs that farmers might not be willing to accept, especially in a highly competitive sector such as that of poultry farming, unless compensated by market mechanisms such as price premiums on the final products.

Source

Barbosa, D.K.; Heiss, V.A.R.C.; Burbarelli, M.F.C.; Seno, L.O.; Garcia, R.G.; Pietramale, R.T.R.; Caldara, F.R. Relationship Between AnimalWelfare Metrics, Production, Slaughter, and Economic Gain in Poultry Farming. Poultry 2025, 4, 48. https://doi.org/10.3390/poultry4040048 Licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CC BY 4.0) (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/).

Text summarized and editorially adapted by the Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine editorial team.

Air Travel with Dogs: Accessories That Make It Easier

Edusehat — Tue, 18 Aug 2026 19:15:05 +0700

Flying with a dog is rarely a spontaneous decision. For most Indian pet parents, it involves weeks of paperwork, health checks, and quiet worry about how the little one will cope at 30,000 feet. The good news is that the right set of accessories can turn a stressful transit into a manageable, even calm, experience. From Mumbai to Guwahati or Bengaluru to Srinagar, thousands of dogs now travel by air every month, and the accessory market has evolved to meet the demands of Indian climates, cabin rules, and cargo hold conditions. This guide walks through the essentials that genuinely make a difference, along with practical tips shaped by how airlines in India actually operate.

Understanding Air Travel Rules for Dogs in India

Before shopping for accessories, it helps to know what Indian carriers permit. Air India currently allows small dogs in the cabin on select routes, while most other domestic airlines only accept pets in the cargo hold. International flights follow stricter rules, and dogs travelling out of India need an export health certificate from a government veterinarian, along with updated vaccination and microchip records. The Directorate General of Civil Aviation sets the broad framework, but each airline publishes its own weight limits, breed restrictions, and crate specifications.

Snub-nosed breeds such as Pugs, Bulldogs, and Boxers face additional scrutiny because they are more prone to breathing distress during flights. Many carriers refuse to accept them during peak summer months, particularly on routes through cities like Delhi, Nagpur, or Ahmedabad where tarmac temperatures can cross 45 degrees Celsius. Planning your route and season is as important as choosing the right gear.

IATA-Approved Travel Crates: The Foundation of Safe Flying

The single most important accessory for air travel is a sturdy, airline-compliant crate. According to the IATA Live Animals Regulations, the container must be large enough for the dog to stand, turn around, and lie down comfortably, with secure locks, ventilation on at least three sides, and a leak-proof floor.

Cabin Carriers vs Cargo Kennels

For in-cabin travel, soft-sided carriers with mesh panels work well for dogs under seven kilograms. They fit under the seat and are easier to handle through security at airports like Kempegowda International or Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj International. For cargo travel, only hard-shell plastic kennels with metal fasteners are accepted. Avoid crates with plastic snap locks, since many Indian airlines reject these at check-in. Attach a Live Animal sticker, arrows indicating the upright position, and a pouch containing your dog's health certificate and contact details. Investing in a well-fitted crate from a trusted collection of dog travel accessories saves last-minute panic at the counter.

Comfort Accessories That Ease the Journey

Even the best crate feels harsh without proper padding. A washable orthopaedic mat or a soft fleece liner provides insulation against cold cargo holds, which often drop to around 7 degrees Celsius during cruise. For summer travel, breathable cotton liners work better than synthetic ones.

Attach a spill-proof water dispenser to the crate door. Regular bowls slosh during turbulence and leave your dog dehydrated by landing. Freeze the water the night before so it melts slowly through the journey, giving a steady supply without spillage during taxi and takeoff. Absorbent training pads placed under the liner catch accidents, which are common even for well-trained dogs during long-haul flights or delayed layovers on humid days in Chennai or Kolkata.

Temperature control matters as much as bedding. During monsoon travel, avoid thick woollen blankets that hold moisture and cause skin irritation. A thin, quick-dry mat works better in coastal cities where humidity stays high through the year. In winter routes to Chandigarh or Dehradun, add an extra fleece layer without blocking ventilation slots.

A familiar-smelling blanket or an unwashed t-shirt from home makes the crate feel safer. Dogs rely heavily on scent for reassurance, and the American Kennel Club recommends crate acclimation with familiar bedding for at least two weeks before any long journey.

Identification and Safety Essentials

Losing track of a pet at a busy airport is every owner's worst fear. A double-layered identification system reduces the risk significantly. Start with a sturdy collar or a padded harness carrying an engraved metal tag with your name, mobile number, and destination address. Add a second tag with the flight number and date of travel.

Microchipping is mandatory for international travel and strongly advised for domestic flights too. Keep a printed copy of the microchip registration in the crate pouch along with vaccination records. Reflective harnesses and leashes are useful during early morning or late-night airport transfers when visibility drops. A well-fitted harness from a reliable range of dog collars and harnesses also gives you better control during the walk from the terminal to the aircraft.

Carry a compact first-aid kit with cotton, antiseptic wipes, and any regular medication your dog takes. Airlines rarely stock pet-specific supplies, and finding a veterinary pharmacy inside an airport is nearly impossible.

Calming Aids for Anxious Flyers

Flight anxiety in dogs is real, and the roar of jet engines combined with cabin pressure changes can trigger panic even in confident pets. The American Veterinary Medical Association discourages the use of sedatives during air travel because they can affect balance and breathing at altitude. Instead, focus on non-pharmaceutical calming aids.

Pheromone sprays that mimic the natural dog appeasing pheromone can be sprayed on the crate bedding around 30 minutes before departure. Calming collars work on the same principle and last several weeks. Long-lasting chew toys keep the jaw busy and release soothing endorphins during the flight. A silicone lick mat smeared with a thin layer of peanut butter or plain curd works wonders during boarding.

For dogs with severe anxiety, consult your veterinarian at least a month in advance. A short course of behavioural conditioning, combined with the right selection of calming dog toys and chews, often produces better results than medication. Practice short car rides inside the travel crate to build positive associations with confined spaces.

Post-Flight Recovery Kit

The journey does not end at baggage claim. A recovery kit ensures your dog settles quickly at the destination. Pet-safe grooming wipes remove the smell of the cargo hold and any accidents. A collapsible silicone bowl allows you to offer water immediately after landing, since dehydration is common after long flights.

Pack a small container of your dog's regular food along with a few familiar treats. Sudden diet changes on top of travel stress often cause loose stools. If you are flying during the monsoon season to cities like Kochi or Kolkata, carry a quick-dry towel and a light raincoat to protect your dog during the walk to the taxi. Booking a pet-friendly cab in advance saves the awkward negotiation at the pickup point, especially at smaller airports where drivers may hesitate.

Once you reach the destination, give your dog a quiet corner with familiar bedding for the first few hours. Avoid crowded introductions, long walks, or heavy meals until behaviour returns to normal. Most dogs bounce back within a day when the essentials are handled well, and the accessories you choose for the flight are what make that recovery smooth.

Frequently Asked Questions

Q1. Which Indian airlines allow dogs in the cabin?

Air India currently permits small dogs in the cabin on select domestic and international routes, subject to a combined weight limit of around seven kilograms including the carrier. IndiGo, Akasa Air, and SpiceJet do not accept pets in the cabin, though some allow cargo transport with prior booking. Always confirm the latest policy directly with the airline before booking your ticket.

Q2. What size crate do I need for my dog?

The crate must be large enough for your dog to stand fully upright without touching the top, turn around comfortably, and lie down in a natural position. Measure from the nose to the base of the tail and from the floor to the top of the head or ears, then add a few centimetres for movement. IATA provides detailed sizing charts categorised by breed.

Q3. Can I sedate my dog before a flight?

Veterinary bodies including the AVMA advise against sedation for air travel because it can interfere with breathing and balance at altitude. Non-drug calming aids such as pheromone sprays, familiar bedding, and calming chews are safer alternatives. Speak to your veterinarian if your dog has severe travel anxiety.

Q4. How do I prepare my dog for the crate before the flight?

Start crate training at least two to four weeks in advance. Leave the crate open at home with treats and favourite toys inside so your dog explores it willingly. Gradually increase the time spent inside, then simulate short car journeys in the crate to mimic actual travel conditions.

Q5. Are there specific rules for flying with dogs during Indian summers?

Yes. Most airlines impose heat embargoes between April and June, refusing cargo bookings when ground temperatures at the origin, transit, or destination airport exceed a set limit, usually around 29 to 32 degrees Celsius. Snub-nosed breeds face year-round restrictions on many carriers. Early morning or late-night flights offer the safest options during peak summer.

Q6. What documents should I carry when flying with my dog?

Carry the vaccination record with a valid anti-rabies certificate, a fitness-to-fly certificate issued within 10 days of travel, the microchip registration, and the airline's pet booking confirmation. For international flights, add the export health certificate from a government veterinarian, an import permit from the destination country, and any blood test reports the destination requires.

Portable Bowls, Bottles, and Feeders for On-the-Go Pets: A Practical Guide for Indian Pet Parents

Edusehat — Tue, 18 Aug 2026 19:15:05 +0700

Weekend road trips to Lonavala, morning walks through Cubbon Park, long train journeys to visit family in Kolkata, or a quick vet visit across town in Delhi. Life with a pet in India involves plenty of movement, and every one of those outings raises the same practical question: how do you keep your pet fed and hydrated without turning the car into a mess or the backpack into a puddle? Portable feeding gear has quietly become one of the most useful categories for Indian pet parents. A good travel bowl, water bottle, or compact feeder can make the difference between a stressed, thirsty pet and one that stays comfortable through the journey. This guide walks through what actually works, what to look for, and how to build a simple on-the-go feeding kit.

Why Portable Feeding Gear Matters More Than You Think

India's climate is not gentle on pets. In cities like Ahmedabad, Nagpur, or Chennai, summer temperatures often cross 40 degrees Celsius, and dehydration can set in within minutes of outdoor activity. According to the ASPCA, pets can lose fluids far faster than owners realise during warm weather, and access to clean drinking water is one of the simplest ways to prevent heat stress. During monsoon, when unexpected downpours strand you at a café or park shelter, having a collapsible bowl means your dog does not have to drink from a puddle. And during festivals like Diwali, when you might be visiting relatives for hours, a portable feeder ensures meal times stay consistent, which matters for dogs on prescription diets or puppies on strict feeding schedules. Even short trips to the vet or the dog grooming salon become easier when a small hydration kit lives permanently in your car. Portable gear is not a luxury for frequent travellers alone; it is basic equipment for everyday urban pet life.

The Main Types of Portable Feeding Gear

Collapsible and Silicone Bowls

Silicone travel bowls fold flat, weigh almost nothing, and clip onto a leash or bag. They are the most versatile option for daily walks, café stops, and short outings. Food-grade silicone is dishwasher safe and does not retain odours, which is a genuine advantage in humid coastal cities like Mumbai or Kochi where plastic bowls quickly develop that stale smell.

Water Bottles with Built-In Bowls

These are the workhorses of Indian pet travel. A single-hand bottle with a flip-out trough lets you offer water mid-walk without stopping to unpack anything. Look for leak-proof valves and a lock button, because a bottle that empties itself inside your bag is a familiar frustration. Bottles between 300 ml and 550 ml suit most small to medium dogs for a two to three hour outing.

Compartmentalised Travel Feeders

For longer trips, especially train journeys or overnight stays, a two or three compartment feeder holds kibble, treats, and water separately. These are worth their weight for road trips to hill stations or beach holidays where you cannot always find pet-safe food nearby. Many models double as storage during the journey and serving bowls at the destination.

Slow Feeders and Puzzle Bowls

Travel-sized slow feeders help anxious pets settle in unfamiliar environments. They stretch meal time, which calms the nervous energy that often surfaces in new places. Pair one with a few high-value dog treats and even a car ride becomes manageable.

What to Look for When Buying

Not every portable bowl or bottle is built for Indian conditions. A few things genuinely matter.

Material safety comes first. Food-grade silicone, BPA-free plastic, and stainless steel are the three safe choices. The American Kennel Club notes that stainless steel is the most hygienic option because it resists bacterial buildup and does not scratch the way plastic does, though it is heavier for travel.

Leak resistance is the second big one. Test the bottle by turning it upside down in the sink at home before your first trip. A slow drip in the store display becomes a soaked seat cover on a Mumbai to Pune drive.

Capacity should match the trip length. A 300 ml bottle is fine for a park visit but insufficient for a three hour car ride in April.

Ease of cleaning matters more than most buyers realise. Narrow-necked bottles are impossible to scrub properly, and residue builds up quickly in warm weather.

Weight and clip design decide whether you actually carry the thing. A bowl that lives in a drawer because it is too bulky is not a portable bowl.

Building a Travel-Ready Feeding Kit

A practical on-the-go kit for an Indian pet parent usually contains four items. First, a collapsible silicone bowl clipped to your regular walk bag or the outside of a dog carrier. Second, a leak-proof water bottle with a built-in trough, filled fresh each morning during summer. Third, a small zip pouch with a day's worth of kibble in a sealed container, plus a few training treats. Fourth, a lightweight microfibre cloth for wiping paws, spills, and the bowl itself before folding it back into your bag.

For train travel, the Indian Railways permits pets in specific coaches with prior booking, and the IATA travel guidance for air journeys recommends offering water at every rest stop and small, familiar meals rather than large ones during transit. Keeping your kit consistent means your pet's routine barely shifts, even on a twelve hour journey.

Cleaning and Maintenance in Indian Weather

Humidity and heat accelerate bacterial growth in any container that holds food or water. Wash silicone bowls with warm soapy water after every use, especially during monsoon when mildew appears within a day or two. Stainless steel bowls tolerate boiling water, which is the easiest way to sanitise them after a long trip. Water bottles need attention to the valve, where residue collects invisibly. A pipe cleaner or narrow bottle brush should live with your kit.

Never leave water sitting in a bottle inside a parked car in Indian summer. Plastic can leach compounds when heated, and the water itself becomes a breeding ground for bacteria within hours. Empty, rinse, and refill fresh for each outing. This one habit prevents most stomach upsets that owners blame on outside food.

Matching Gear to Your Pet's Size and Routine

Toy breeds like Shih Tzus and Pomeranians do well with 200 to 300 ml bottles and shallow silicone bowls. Medium breeds such as Beagles and Indian Pariahs benefit from 500 ml bottles and standard collapsible bowls. Large breeds like Labradors, German Shepherds, and Rottweilers need 750 ml or larger bottles, and often a full-size travel feeder for longer outings.

Cats travelling to the vet or a boarding facility appreciate low, wide bowls that do not tip. For rabbits and small pets, sipper-style bottles that attach to a carrier are safer than open bowls, which spill easily in transit. Matching the gear to the pet, rather than buying the most popular model, is what makes a kit actually useful.

Final Thoughts

A well-chosen portable bowl, bottle, or feeder is one of those small purchases that changes how confidently you move around with your pet. It removes the low-level worry about hydration on a hot afternoon, keeps meal routines steady during festivals or holidays, and turns a stressful car ride into a manageable one. Match the gear to your pet, your climate, and how you actually travel, whether that is daily park walks in Bengaluru or long weekends in Goa. Browse the full range of dog travel and outdoor gear to build a kit that fits your routine.

Frequently Asked Questions

How much water should I carry for my dog on a day trip in Indian summer?

As a general guide, plan for roughly 50 to 70 ml of water per kilogram of body weight for a full day of activity in hot weather. A 15 kg dog on a Delhi summer outing should have access to at least 750 ml to a litre across the day. Offer small sips frequently rather than large amounts at once.

Are silicone travel bowls safe for daily use?

Yes, food-grade silicone is safe, dishwasher friendly, and does not leach chemicals at normal temperatures. Look for FDA-approved or LFGB-certified silicone on the label, and replace the bowl if it develops cracks or a persistent odour.

Can I use a portable feeder for my cat on train journeys?

Portable feeders work well for cats during travel, though most cats eat less when stressed. Offer familiar food in small portions and place the bowl inside the carrier rather than on the seat, so your cat feels secure while eating.

What is the best bowl material for pets prone to allergies?

Stainless steel is generally the safest choice for allergy-prone pets, as it does not harbour bacteria or trigger contact reactions the way some plastics can. Guidance from PetMD on bowl materials supports this for both dogs and cats.

How do I keep water cool in a portable bottle during peak summer?

Freeze the bottle halfway the night before, then top up with fresh water in the morning. The ice melts gradually and keeps water cool for three to four hours even in 40 degree heat.

Inside Modern Hatcheries: Why People Still Power Performance

Edusehat — Tue, 18 Aug 2026 15:55:04 +0700

The role hatcheries play in modern poultry production is significant, laying the foundation for flock health and business performance. As hatcheries utilize more automation and technologically advanced equipment, the role people play in driving performance can be overlooked. Hatchery experts suggest the importance of skilled personnel and operational discipline is only growing stronger.

“Proficient staff are vital to all hatchery operations because every detail can directly impact hatchability and chick quality,” said Ekapol (Duke) Pruengpanyanont, Cluster BioDevice Support Specialist – APAC for Zoetis.

The reality is becoming more important as hatchery managers face growing pressure to improve consistency, maximize flock performance, and operate efficiently amid ongoing labor and disease pressure.

Technology depends on human execution

While modern hatcheries rely on automation and advanced vaccine delivery systems, experts caution that technology alone does not guarantee results.

“When we talk about our in ovo vaccination device, it performs critical vaccination functions in the hatchery,” said Dr. Nicky Love, global hatchery veterinary and technical services manager at Zoetis. “However, things can go very wrong if everything around the in ovo process is not taken care of and that requires people.”

Love said issues such as hygiene lapses, inconsistent vaccine handling or overlooked daily maintenance needs can quickly undermine otherwise reliable systems. Trained staff who monitor check steps surrounding in ovo vaccination can have a tremendous impact.

“You can have the best equipment in the world, but if seemingly small things wrong, the outcome is not great,” she said.

This operational reality is reshaping how hatcheries approach workforce development. Rather than reducing labor demands, technology is changing the type of expertise hatcheries require. Process oversight and continuous training are becoming more important for hatchery personnel at every level.

Why daily habits matter

Hatchery teams operate in environments where small inconsistencies can create large downstream consequences.

From visiting hatcheries around the world, both Love and Pruengpanyanont summarize what successful hatcheries are focused on:

Biosecurity and hygiene

Quality control measures

Cross training and retraining

Cultures where employees are encouraged to identify areas for improvement

Love said one of the biggest risks hatcheries face is the gradual normalization of shortcuts.

“We do things so often day in and day out that we start to find shortcuts,” she explained. “And then when that person trains the next person, they train all those shortcuts.”

Small deviations can often have an outsized impact on any number of factors, including vaccine efficacy. In the controlled environment of the hatchery, staff have the unique opportunity to improve consistency and early flock protection but only when operational execution remains strong.

The best hatcheries build a culture of improving

Some of the world’s most successful hatcheries are not necessarily the most technologically advanced. Instead, high-performing operations share common culture

characteristics, including paying attention to details, being open to feedback, and providing continuous learning for teams.

Pruengpanyanont said he has visited hatcheries in regions with limited access to advanced technology that still consistently produce strong chick quality because they execute the fundamentals exceptionally well. These hatchery leaders are also open to specialized knowledge in areas such as embryology and immunology that Zoetis can provide to help teams understand the “why” behind everything they do.

“We have local teams who work with veterinarians and hatchery managers every day to look holistically at hatchery operations, build on what they are doing well and address challenges,” he said, encouraging decision makers “to not underestimate the value an outside partner can bring to provide objective insights and tailored services that may be needed.”

However, in many regions of the world, finding and retaining skilled labor is a challenge. This is where external expertise can play an even bigger role. Beyond being a biodevice and vaccine provider, Zoetis Hatchery Health Team members work alongside hatchery personnel to reinforce best practices, identify opportunities for improvement and help bridge knowledge gaps that may emerge as turnover occurs.

The Zoetis team’s support extends beyond local field personnel to include specialists in embryology, immunology, equipment maintenance, flock management, research and development, creating access to a breadth of expertise that many hatcheries would find difficult to maintain internally.

“The goal is not simply to solve problems when they occur, but to proactively transfer knowledge and build confidence in day-to-day hatchery decision making,” said Pruengpanyanont. This model is about empowering hatcheries by drawing on our experience collected from hatcheries all over the world, he added.

Looking ahead, the important role that hatchery operations play in flock health suggests that human expertise will remain essential to making systems work effectively. Even the most advanced hatchery technologies still depend on people to deliver results

EU poultry meat market records higher output and lower broiler prices

Edusehat — Tue, 18 Aug 2026 15:45:10 +0700

EU production rose by 5.1% in January-April 2026. Imports increased faster than exports, while broiler prices remained below 2025 levels.

Poultry meat production and trade increased in the European Union during the first four months of 2026. Imports grew faster than exports, while the average broiler price in week 32 was lower than one month and one year earlier.

The figures come from the latest European Commission poultry meat dashboard, updated on 13 August. The production and trade data cover January-April 2026, while the latest price refers to week 32.

EU poultry meat production rises by 5.1%

EU poultry meat production increased by 5.1% in the first four months of 2026 compared with the same period in 2025, according to Eurostat data included in the dashboard.

Production rose in most Member States, although national trends differed widely. Hungary recorded the largest increase, at 21.7%, followed by Poland at 15.1% and Romania at 14.8%. Output also grew by 12.4% in Latvia and 10% in Cyprus.

Several major producers reported lower volumes. Production declined by 1% in France, 2.7% in Italy and 4.1% in Germany. Sweden registered the largest fall, at 6.7%.

The dashboard also shows the structure of European poultry meat production. EU output totalled 14.32 million tonnes in 2025. Poland was the leading producer, with 2.89 million tonnes and a 21% share of the total.

Spain accounted for 13% of EU production, France for 12%, Germany for 11%, Italy for 10% and the Netherlands for 6%. Together with Poland, these five countries represented 72% of EU output.

Broiler meat accounted for 87.1% of poultry meat production. Turkey represented 9%, duck 2% and other poultry meat 1.8%.

EU broiler price down 6.7% year on year

The average EU broiler price stood at €281.67 per 100 kg of carcase weight in week 32. It was 3.1% lower than the previous week and 7.4% below the level recorded one month earlier. Compared with the same week in 2025, the price was down by 6.7%.

The Commission also compares the broiler farm price with directly attributable fattening costs. Feed is the largest cost included in the calculation, followed by other costs and energy.

The chart does not cover every cost borne by poultry farms and therefore cannot be used as a complete measure of production costs or profitability.

Production and price figures also refer to different periods. The dashboard reports their respective movements but does not establish a connection between the increase in output and the decline in the broiler price.

Poultry meat imports grow faster than exports

EU poultry meat exports reached 695,407 tonnes between January and April 2026, 2.1% more than in the same period of 2025. Their value increased by 3.5% to €1.74 billion.

The United Kingdom remained the largest destination, receiving 242,046 tonnes. This was 0.2% more than in January-April 2025.

Exports to Ghana rose by 18.5% to 70,444 tonnes, while shipments to the Democratic Republic of the Congo increased by 22.4% to 49,159 tonnes. The strongest percentage growth among the main destinations was recorded for the Philippines, where exports rose by 48.1% to 22,209 tonnes.

EU poultry meat imports totalled 362,326 tonnes, an increase of 7% compared with the first four months of 2025. Import value rose by 1.9% to €963.2 million.

Brazil was the largest supplier, with 154,649 tonnes, 31.7% more than in the same period last year. The country accounted for 42.7% of total EU poultry meat imports during the period.

Ukraine was the second-largest supplier, with 76,993 tonnes, an increase of 7.9%. Imports from Thailand rose by 6% to 61,811 tonnes.

Imports from the United Kingdom moved in the opposite direction, falling by 32.4% to 41,977 tonnes. The country nevertheless remained the leading destination for EU poultry meat exports. Imports from China also declined, falling by 5.6% to 20,678 tonnes.

Volume and value did not always follow the same pattern. Imports from Ukraine increased by 7.9% in volume but declined by 11.3% in value. The dashboard does not include a product-level breakdown that would explain the difference.

EU poultry meat market at a glance

Indicator	Result
EU production, January-April 2026	+5.1% year on year
EU exports, January-April 2026	695,407 tonnes, +2.1%
EU imports, January-April 2026	362,326 tonnes, +7.0%
EU broiler price, week 32	€281.67/100 kg, -6.7% year on year

EU poultry meat exports exceeded imports by 333,081 tonnes during the first four months of 2026. The EU therefore remained a net exporter in volume terms over the period covered by the trade data.

The dashboard presents three distinct developments: higher production, growth in both exports and imports, and a broiler price below the levels recorded one month and one year earlier. Imports showed the strongest rate of increase, while production trends varied considerably between Member States.

Source: European Commission, DG Agriculture and Rural Development, Poultry Meat Dashboard, updated 13 August 2026.
13 AUGUST 2026 Dashboard: Poultry meat

Conceptual Foundations of the Water Footprint: Components, Scope, and Application in Water Management

Edusehat — Tue, 18 Aug 2026 05:25:06 +0700

* By Juan Diego Rodriguez Triana

In an era of global environmental strain, efficient resource management dictates aquaculture sustainability. Juan Diego Rodriguez Triana establishes the conceptual foundations of the aquaculture water footprint. By decomposing usage into blue, green, and gray components, this analytical framework maps direct farm consumption alongside indirect supply chain pressures, offering stakeholders a robust, lifecycle-based tool to maximize water-use efficiency and protect local watersheds.

In a global context marked by increasing pressure on water resources, efficient water management has become a determining factor for the sustainability of productive systems, especially in aquaculture.

This sector depends directly on the availability and quality of water resources, not only as the physical medium for cultivating aquatic organisms, but also as an element that conditions productivity, animal health, welfare, and the relationship between the production system and surrounding ecosystems. In this context, the water footprint emerges as a key indicator for understanding not only how much water is used, but also how, where, and with what impacts it is utilized throughout the value chain.

The application of the water footprint in aquaculture systems makes it possible to reveal dynamics that have traditionally been addressed only partially, such as water abstraction and recirculation, evaporation losses, effluent discharges, pollutant loads associated with farming activities, and the indirect use of water embedded in inputs such as feed, energy, and other materials required for production.

The water footprint quantifies freshwater volumes used per product unit or system. It is tied to virtual water, illustrating how trade implicitly transfers resource pressures from consuming territories to producing regions worldwide.

In this way, the analysis is not limited to the volume of water present in ponds, raceways, cages, or recirculating systems, but rather incorporates a broader perspective on the water pressures generated directly and indirectly by aquaculture activities.

This article establishes the conceptual foundations necessary to understand the water footprint as an analytical and management tool in aquaculture systems, addressing its main components, the distinction between direct and indirect water footprints, and the concept of virtual water.

Based on this approach, the aim is to provide a theoretical framework that facilitates the interpretation of results and supports decision-making processes aimed at improving water-use efficiency, reducing impacts on water bodies, and strengthening the environmental sustainability of a growing sector that is increasingly demanding in productive, sanitary, and environmental terms.

Water Footprint

The water footprint is an indicator that quantifies the volume of freshwater used to produce a good, provide a service, or sustain the consumption of a person, community, company, or country. Depending on the objective of the analysis, it may be expressed per unit of product, per hectare, per monetary unit, or for an entire system.

The concept is closely related to that of virtual water, understood as the volume of water incorporated directly and indirectly into the production of goods and services that are subsequently traded or consumed elsewhere. From this perspective, when a product is exchanged, the water required to produce it is also implicitly transferred.

The notion of virtual water was an important foundation for the subsequent development of the water footprint approach, as it highlighted how consumption and trade can shift water pressures from consuming territories to producing territories.

The blue footprint measures surface and groundwater consumption via evaporation or incorporation. Conversely, the green footprint tracks soil-stored rainwater evapotranspired by crops, reflecting indirect water use embedded in commercial aquaculture feeds.

However, the water footprint should not be interpreted solely as an isolated volumetric value. Its significance depends on the hydrological and territorial context in which water use occurs. The same volume may have very different implications depending on whether it is associated with a water-abundant basin or a region affected by scarcity, competition among users, or water quality degradation. Therefore, the water footprint is most useful when interpreted together with information on water availability, seasonality, resource quality, and ecosystem requirements.

Conceptually, this approach is divided into three main components: blue water footprint, green water footprint, and gray water footprint (Figure 1).

Blue water footprint

The blue water footprint corresponds to the consumption of freshwater originating from surface or groundwater bodies, that is, from rivers, lakes, reservoirs, and aquifers, which does not return to the same basin at the same place and time, either because it evaporates, becomes incorporated into the product, is transferred to another basin, or returns at a time different from that required by the hydrological system (Figure 2). In aquaculture, this component mainly includes water used for pond filling and exchange, facility cleaning, hydraulic transport, and replacement of losses caused by evaporation or infiltration.

Evaporation is usually the dominant loss component, especially in extensive and semi-intensive aquaculture systems due to the large exposed surface areas. Nevertheless, all relevant loss mechanisms should be considered, including those associated with water transport, processing, and disposal.

In intensive aquaculture systems, reductions in the blue water footprint have been supported by technologies such as Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) and Biofloc Technology (BFT), which significantly reduce water exchange through internal reuse. RAS employ mechanical and biological filtration processes to remove suspended solids and transform nitrogen compounds, while BFT systems rely on microbial communities to recycle nutrients and convert nitrogen into biomass that can be utilized by cultured organisms.

The gray water footprint represents the theoretical freshwater volume required to assimilate pollutant loads, such as ammonia, phosphorus, and biochemical oxygen demand, ensuring receiving water bodies maintain acceptable local quality standards.

From a productive perspective, the blue water footprint is the dimension most closely associated with physical water scarcity, allocation conflicts, and overexploitation of water sources. Its relevance, however, depends not only on the extracted volume but also on local water availability and the environmental requirements of the watershed.

A particular case is harvested rainwater: if it is collected and used before becoming runoff, it is generally accounted for as blue water footprint; if it remains in the soil and is used by vegetation, it corresponds to green water footprint. This distinction is important because it shows that the classification of the same resource depends not only on its origin, but also on how it is integrated into the production process.

Direct footprints quantify visible operational use within the aquaculture farm. Indirect footprints capture upstream supply chain impacts, including feed manufacturing, input processing, and energy production, demanding a comprehensive lifecycle assessment perspective.

Green water footprint

The green water footprint corresponds to the use of rainwater stored in the soil and available to plants, which is subsequently evapotranspired or incorporated into biomass (Figure 3). This component is particularly important in agricultural, forestry, and livestock systems that depend on soil moisture derived from precipitation.

Unlike the blue water footprint, the green footprint does not necessarily imply direct abstraction from rivers or aquifers, but it does represent the appropriation of water available within the territory to sustain biological production. In aquaculture, this appears as an indirect green water footprint associated with the production of agricultural ingredients used in balanced feeds, such as corn and soybeans, whose growth depends significantly on rainfall.

The incorporation of the green water footprint was a decisive contribution of the water footprint approach, as it broadened the traditional perspective focused solely on abstracted or artificially distributed water. Conceptually, it recognizes that a significant part of agricultural and livestock production depends on natural water flows that also possess ecological and productive value.

However, its interpretation requires caution, since the use of green water does not automatically imply the absence of impacts. Changes in land cover, soil management, or productive expansion may alter rainfall partitioning, infiltration, runoff, and other relevant ecological processes.

Gray water footprint

The gray water footprint represents the theoretical volume of freshwater required to assimilate a pollutant load until a specified water quality standard is met (Figure 4). It does not represent physically consumed water, but rather the volume needed to dilute or absorb pollutants so that the final concentration remains within acceptable limits. This component integrates the relationship between production and water quality deterioration, including both point-source discharges and diffuse inputs such as runoff or leaching.

In aquaculture, this component is closely related to the discharge of nutrients, organic matter, and suspended solids originating from uneaten feed, feces, nitrogenous metabolites, and products used in sanitary management. The main compounds associated with the gray water footprint include ammonia nitrogen, nitrites, nitrates, phosphorus, and biochemical oxygen demand (BOD).

The gray water footprint depends directly on local conditions, since both natural concentrations and water quality standards may vary among watersheds and types of water bodies. For this reason, the same pollutant load may generate different gray water footprint values depending on the geographical context.

A value greater than zero for this parameter does not necessarily imply non-compliance with regulations, but rather indicates the use of part of the assimilative capacity of the system. However, when this indicator exceeds the water availability of the receiving body, it demonstrates that the pollutant load surpasses its dilution capacity.

Direct and Indirect Water Footprint

In addition to being analyzed according to its blue, green, and gray components, the water footprint can also be assessed according to the location within the value chain where water use or resource appropriation occurs. Under this approach, a distinction is made between direct and indirect water footprints, two complementary dimensions that allow for a more comprehensive understanding of the water dependency of aquaculture systems.

The direct water footprint corresponds to water used within the aquaculture production unit and associated with the system’s own operations, representing the visible and operational use of water resources within the aquaculture farm.

In contrast, the indirect water footprint comprises water used in upstream stages and throughout the aquaculture supply chain. In this case, the main contribution is generally related to the production of balanced feed, especially through the cultivation of agricultural raw materials, whose production incorporates significant volumes of water, particularly green water. Additionally, the indirect footprint includes water associated with the manufacturing of inputs, energy production, transportation, infrastructure, and other services required by the production system.

The true potential of water footprint metrics depends on local hydrological contexts. Assessing volumetric data alongside seasonal availability, resource quality, and ecosystem requirements helps operations improve efficiency and mitigate localized environmental impacts.

This distinction is particularly relevant in aquaculture because most water pressure does not occur at the visible point of consumption, but rather upstream in the production chain, particularly in feed manufacturing. Therefore, an analysis limited solely to direct consumption may considerably underestimate the system’s actual dependency on water resources and their associated impacts; consequently, a holistic assessment requires a life-cycle perspective rather than an operational on-site measurement.

Analytically, it is important to emphasize that the direct and indirect categories do not replace the blue, green, and gray categories. Rather, they are complementary dimensions. The first classification indicates the type of water used or the pressure generated; the second indicates at which stage of the value chain that appropriation or impact occurs. Thus, an indirect footprint may simultaneously include blue, green, and gray components, just as a direct footprint may (Figure 5).

Conclusion

The water footprint constitutes a comprehensive tool for understanding the relationship between aquaculture and water resources, enabling the simultaneous assessment of water consumption, appropriation, and pollution throughout the production chain. Its application in aquaculture systems is particularly relevant because water acts not only as an input, but also as the primary biological support for production.

The distinction between blue, green, and gray water footprints, as well as between direct and indirect footprints, provides a robust analytical framework for studying the water dependency of goods, services, and territories. However, its true potential emerges when these components are interpreted according to local context, water availability, water quality, and the ecological conditions of watersheds.

* Juan Diego Rodriguez Triana
Clima Soluciones SAS Coordinador
Phone: +57 3219782480
Bogotá, Colombia

Innovative nesting system significantly reduces floor eggs, maximizing income

Edusehat — Mon, 17 Aug 2026 21:55:04 +0700

Poultry production continues to increase in the US, accounting for 40% of all egg production today. Although making it profitable and sustainable, it creates challenges for producers. It also paves the way for new ideas and technologies from industry suppliers.

One innovation taking the broiler industry by storm is Comfort Nest, a mechanical egg-laying system that more than doubles the nest size to accommodate high-yield broiler-strain hens.

“Hens are getting bigger and need more space to be comfortable in the nest and lay their eggs in today’s high-production systems,” says Doug Bertke, an engineer for VAL-CO, which designs and manufactures equipment and systems for poultry and egg production.

“We wanted to expand the nest and build on the success of our proven technology.”

Minimizing floor eggs

Introduced in 2019, Comfort Nest provides extra room and increased nest darkness that, according to Bertke, promotes optimum egg production while minimizing costly floor eggs.

VAL-CO field data with Comfort Nest show that increasing production by just five extra eggs per hen housed will provide an extra $2,875 per cycle ($0.60/dozen eggs) — enough to offset labor costs required to gather and attempt to dry-clean floor eggs, Bertke says.

In addition, he says Comfort Nest easily accommodates today’s larger birds, which weigh 5% more than they did 10 years ago, according to industry figures.

Incidental reports from the field showed a strong response, says Andrew Thompson, VAL-CO territory sales manager.

“One customer producer had an average of 150 floor eggs a day,” he explains. “The Comfort Nest reduced floor eggs by two-thirds to an average of 50 eggs per day.”

Today, Comfort Nest accounts for more than 90% of VAL-CO’s nest-box business, Bertke adds.

“The acceptance of our Comfort Nest has greatly increased among growers and integrators,” he states. “The rest of the poultry market is going in that direction too, but we were the first to the market with this design.”

Creating a better nesting environment

When VAL-CO engineers began designing the Comfort Nest, they enlarged the original nest by removing every other nest divider to create 19-inch-wide nesting areas.

“The extra space gave us what we needed for the comfort of the birds,” Bertke explains. “But in the process, it allowed more light into the nest. We had to make sure the nests were dark enough, so the birds were still comfortable enough to lay their eggs.”

VAL-CO engineers used hen trials to determine how much light hens need to lay eggs and the optimum size of the nest opening to allow enough light.

“This is when we came up with covers that allowed enough opening for the birds and the right amount of light for nesting,” he says.

The design of the Comfort Nest also produced more useable floor space, at 19 inches X 12 inches in each nest, compared to the original single nest (5.5 inches X 10 inches).

“In a 500-foot hen house, the pad area increased 70%, which is a lot more available space to lay the eggs,” notes Thompson.

After determining what worked best for the hens, VAL-CO tested the nest in a four-barn site. Two barns had original-size nests, and two barns were equipped with the newly designed Comfort Nests.

“We found the amount of floor eggs was drastically lower in the barns with Comfort Nests compared to barns with the original nests,” Thompson reports. “The hens seemed to do better in Comfort Nests where they laid their eggs versus finding a dark spot on the floor.”

Features of Comfort Nest

Bertke describes the Comfort Nest as a modern evolution of the original design, providing hens with a private, well-ventilated and comfortable environment for laying eggs while ensuring smooth transfer onto the collection belt. Durable wire nest bottoms with plastic turf pads promote cleaner eggs, improve airflow and provide secure footing for hens.

Nests can be automatically programmed to open and close at specific times. An optional plastic tube kit is available to prevent egg expulsion when hens pile into a nest.

VAL-CO continues to use high-quality materials in the nests, including galvanized metal and ammonia-resistant plastic components to ensure long operational life.

For more information on the Comfort Nest and other product innovations, click here .

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Innovative nesting system significantly reduces floor eggs, maximizing income appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Veterinary Medical Gas System Planning: What Every Clinic Owner Must Know

Edusehat — Mon, 17 Aug 2026 21:50:07 +0700

When a practice owner decides to build a new clinic or renovate an existing space, the gap between what they envision and what ends up installed can cost thousands of dollars and create daily frustration for years. Medical gas systems, including central oxygen supply and waste anesthetic gas (WAG) evacuation, are among the most misunderstood elements of veterinary clinic construction. The good news: nearly every common problem is preventable with the right expertise involved from the start.

Having supported hundreds of clinic openings, our team at Dispomed has seen the same planning mistakes repeat themselves. This guide captures what every practice owner and clinic manager needs to know before finalizing drawings.

Common Installations Errors in Veterinary Medical Gas Systems Installation

Most new veterinary hospitals have their central oxygen systems installed by a certified plumber. This sounds straightforward but without detailed, specialty-specific direction, the result is often a technically compliant system that does not actually work well in practice.

Here are the installation errors we see most often:

Oxygen outlets positioned mid-table instead of at the head of the surgery table, forcing staff to work around the hose.
Outlets placed at the back of oxygen cages instead of the front, making patient connection awkward and unsafe.
Threaded connections installed where quick-connect fittings are required, creating incompatibilities with anesthesia machines.
Ceiling outlets supplied without a hose and quick-connect assembly, leaving the installation incomplete at commissioning.
WAG evacuation lines omitted or undersized, which creates ongoing compliance and safety concerns for clinic staff.

Each of these problems is easy to prevent during the design phase and expensive to fix once walls are closed.

Choosing the Right Oxygen Supply Method

The oxygen source must be selected before architectural drawings are completed. Each option carries different space, infrastructure, and long-term cost implications.

Central Oxygen Generator

High-volume or remote clinics. Requires dedicated equipment space, electrical service, and connection to a central piping system.

Oxygen concentrator

Supplies oxygen directly to a single anesthesia machine. Does not require a central piping system but has limited flow capacity and is not intended to supply multiple outlets simultaneously.

Compressed oxygen cylinders (H-tanks)

Small to mid-size practices Needs secure, ventilated storage area; simplest to install

This decision must be locked in before the floor plan is finalized. Changing the oxygen source after construction begins can require relocating walls, adding ventilation, or rerunning pipe all at significant cost. Explore Dispomed’s veterinary oxygen systems to compare options before your planning meeting.

Final Verification Before Your First Patient

Before any patient enters the clinic, every medical gas outlet must be physically verified:

Ceiling-mounted outlets must have a hose with the correct quick-connect fitting properly attached.
Wall-mounted outlets should terminate in a quick-connect fitting directly at the wall plate.
Each anesthesia machine must be supplied by a hose of the correct diameter and length, with matching fittings.
WAG evacuation connections must be tested for proper suction and airflow at each operatory.

A system that is thoughtfully installed will improve clinical efficiency from day one and for years to come. Installed incorrectly, it becomes a permanent daily reminder of decisions that should have been made earlier.

FAQ

It depends on your anticipated caseload and facility size. Compressed cylinder systems are the simplest starting point for smaller practices. High-volume clinics or those in remote areas often benefit from an oxygen generator. Liquid oxygen suits large multi-OR hospitals with high daily usage. This choice must be made before drawings are complete.

Waste anesthetic gas (WAG) evacuation sometimes called a scavenging system removes excess anesthetic gases from the operatory environment to protect staff health. It is a critical safety component in any clinic performing inhalant anesthesia. Dispomed’s Moduflex Evacuation line is designed specifically for veterinary applications.

Yes. Beyond supplying equipment, Dispomed brings hands-on clinic opening experience to help you get the layout right from the start before costly corrections become necessary. Learn more about our clinic opening support services.

Medical gas piping is typically installed by a certified plumber, but the system design outlet placement, supply method, WAG routing must be specified by someone with veterinary workflow expertise. A plumber will install what is on the drawing. If the drawing is wrong, the installation will be too. This is where early involvement from a specialized supplier makes a measurable difference.

Each evacuation outlet should produce measurable negative pressure (suction) at the point of use. Flow should be tested at every operatory before the clinic opens, and periodically thereafter. A system that has never been tested is not a system you can trust. If you are unsure whether your current setup is performing correctly, Dispomed’s equipment maintenance services include system verification.

Start Your Clinic Project the Right Way

Great planning starts with the right partner. Whether you are designing your first practice or renovating an existing space, Dispomed’s team brings both the equipment expertise and the real-world clinic opening experience to help you avoid the most common and most costly medical gas planning mistakes.

Learn How we Support Veterinary Clinic Openings

The expansion of Lactalis

Edusehat — Mon, 17 Aug 2026 18:35:06 +0700

Lactalis has been a superpower in the cheese making world for many years, with purchases of many brands globally. It is now further strengthening its hand in European and British cheese making with the announcement last Friday that it is purchasing Saputo UK’s operations, which include iconic brands such as Cathedral City and Wensleydale.

The Davidstow creamery will put up another new owner sign, having swapped the Dairy Crest one for Saputo back in 2019. It will be found under the Lactalis UK & Ireland (Lactalis Mclelland) branch, and this is expected to conclude subject to regulatory approvals by March 2027. The Lactalis UK & Ireland brand range includes items we regularly consume here at the house and this will add to the collection. See photo.

Lactalis has a habit of buying these companies and then letting them get on with it, it seems. I know that with one recent purchase down in the Southern Hemisphere, the company was quite enthusiastic about the benefits the dairy giant could bring to their operations.

Is the global takeover of these brands by Lactalis a good thing? We shall see. The British artisanal cheese makers work terribly hard and there are many quality brands who are making innovative products while still being family-owned – Heler Foods, Wyke Farms, Butlers, Dewlay, Combe Castle, Belton Farm, White Lake, Sharpham Cheese…

We are certainly graced with many good cheeses here on these isles. Does this still work when owned by a multinational? Not sure there is much impetus to change up a successful brand or add to the mix once you’re owned by Lactalis, but it does serve the local market, wherever it is. I buy Baron Bigod and I also buy President, because the former cheese is eaten so quickly at the house, we never get a chance to put it in sandwiches. Dang it.

Suzanne Christiansen, editor, Dairy Industries International. Keep in touch via email: suzanne@bellpublishing.com Twitter: @dairyindustries
Linkedin: @dairyindustriesinternational

The post The expansion of Lactalis appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

EuroTier 2026: DLG spotlights showcase the future of livestock farming

Edusehat — Mon, 17 Aug 2026 18:15:09 +0700

10-13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany – Leading theme: “Intelligence in Animal Farming”– DLG Spotlights: Live demonstrations and special feature exhibitions focus on key topics at the world’s leading trade fair for professional animal farming and livestock management www.eurotier.com

Covering all major livestock species, including pigs, cattle, poultry, horses, sheep and goats, the DLG Spotlights at EuroTier 2026 – the leading exhibition for livestock professionals, will showcase innovations and future-focused developments across the livestock sector. From 10 to 13 November, attendees can explore the latest developments in robotics, emission reduction and forage production. Among the highlights of the DLG Spotlights are the “TopTierTreff” (“Top Genetics”), where selected breeding animals are presented live, the “Barn Robot Event”, Emission Reduction and the new Forage Production focus. DLG (German Agricultural Society), the organizer of EuroTier, expects around 2,100 exhibitors from more than 55 countries at the global industry event in Hanover, Germany.

The EuroTier 2026 technical program covers all livestock sectors

The technical program of EuroTier 2026 includes lectures, panel discussions and networking formats covering all key areas of livestock production and related energy sectors. Complementing this program, the DLG Spotlights provide practical insights into the industry’s most important future-oriented themes. Through live demonstrations and curated special exhibitions, visitors can discover innovative technologies, processes and concepts designed to make livestock farming more efficient, sustainable and animal-friendly.

Practical DLG spotlights bring innovation to life

One of the key attractions for the cattle sector is the Barn Robot Event in Hall 13, where manufacturers of advanced milking technology will present their latest robotic solutions for automated milking systems. The focus will be on conversion concepts from conventional milking parlors to robotic systems, solutions for new barn construction projects and technologies for milking large dairy herds. Moderated demonstrations throughout the exhibition will provide practical insights into the potential of automation in modern dairy farming.

The DLG Spotlight “Emission Reduction” in Hall 17 will demonstrate how livestock farming and climate protection can be successfully combined in practice. Exhibitors will present innovative technologies and processes for reducing emissions in pig and poultry production. Through direct exchanges with industry experts and presentations on the adjacent Expert Stages for pigs and poultry, visitors will gain valuable insights into environmentally responsible and economically viable production systems.

The “TopTierTreff” (“Top Genetics”) in Hall 11 will once again serve as a central meeting place for national and international breeders in 2026. Leading breeding companies and organizations will present current breeding strategies while providing a platform for knowledge transfer, networking and innovation in dairy and beef cattle breeding. New in 2026, live animals can be viewed both at their stands and on a large panoramic video screen.

The DLG Spotlight “Forage Production” will celebrate its premiere at EuroTier 2026. In Hall 12, exhibitors will demonstrate how smart farming technologies can improve the quality of maize silage, grass silage and hay throughout the entire production chain, from harvesting to ensiling and storage. This offering will be complemented by the new “Forage Days”, taking place on 12 and 13 November. During these special theme days, the DLG Expert Stage Cattle, as part of the Forage Production Spotlight, will focus on the production of high-quality forage and its targeted use in ruminant nutrition.

Another new feature at EuroTier 2026 is the “Innovation Boulevard”. Located in a central area at the entrance to Hall 21, this special exhibition will feature products recognised with the Innovation Award, alongside other notable innovations in animal farming, feed, management and technology. Visitors will gain a concise overview of the latest developments and then have the opportunity to meet the product developers directly at their exhibition stands for more in-depth discussions.

Poultry suppliers in South Trinidad struggle amid severe shortfall

Edusehat — Sun, 16 Aug 2026 20:45:09 +0700

Poultry operators in South Trinidad are facing a critical shortage, receiving up to 50% fewer birds than usual, forcing some businesses to reduce staff or temporarily close their doors as chicken prices surge.

The shortfall has been ongoing for several months, with suppliers reporting dramatic reductions in weekly volumes. At the Lallbeharry Chicken Depot, a source confirmed the business previously sold about 7,000 chickens per week but is now receiving between 3,000 and 4,000 birds. At least one poultry depot in Penal has limited customers to two chickens each.

Prices surge as supply tightens

The retail price of chicken in parts of South Trinidad has increased from about $5.99 to as much as $9 per pound. The shortage has also resulted in smaller birds reaching the market, compounding the challenge for both retailers and consumers.

“Sometimes we have to close because we’re not getting any supplies right now,” said Jitta, a poultry depot operator. Customers confirmed difficulties sourcing chicken, with at least one depot limiting purchases to two chickens per customer.

Multiple factors behind the crisis

According to industry sources and the Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries, the shortage reflects a combination of factors affecting both imported chick supplies and local production.

International supply disruptions: St Mary’s Hatchery owner Vijay Bhagwat said that his supply of chicks from the United States had declined significantly. He attributed part of the wider supply disruption to international factors, including avian influenza outbreaks that have affected breeding flocks in several countries. According to Bhagwat, these disruptions have affected the local fertilised hatching egg market and reduced the number of chicks available for export and import.

Bhagwat also said that import constraints from the United States had limited the ability to supplement local shortages, with suppliers reporting reduced availability even at short notice.

Heat stress on local production: Extreme heat has also put additional pressure on local poultry production. The Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries said exceptionally hot weather has affected poultry farmers, with some reducing the number of birds placed on farms to protect bird welfare, limit heat-related losses and maintain healthy growth.

Customers have also attributed part of the shortage to heat stress. One customer, Franklyn Ramsaroop, said some farms lacked adequate insulation and were therefore unable to maintain normal production levels.

Government response and outlook

The Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries says the current tightening in chicken supplies is temporary, with availability expected to improve in the coming weeks. Based on current hatchery projections, the Ministry expects an increase in chick availability over the next two weeks, with poultry supplies expected to progressively increase and return to full levels approximately three weeks later.

However, the Trinidad and Tobago Farmers’ Union has warned that the current chicken shortage could recur within the next six to 12 months if key structural issues are not addressed.

Long-term solutions under consideration

To strengthen the sector’s resilience, the Ministry is pressing ahead with new measures aimed at securing a more reliable supply of eggs and day-old chicks for local farmers. Central to the plan is a proposed Public-Private Partnership (PPP) to establish a large-scale poultry breeding and hatchery facility in Trinidad and Tobago.

If realized, the facility would produce fertile eggs, breeder stock and day-old chicks locally for both the broiler and layer industries. Officials say building this kind of domestic breeding and hatchery capacity would reduce the sector’s reliance on imported inputs, strengthen biosecurity and food security, conserve foreign exchange, generate employment and lower the risk of disruptions tied to international supply chains.

Alongside the hatchery initiative, the Ministry is working to diversify supply sources. The Netherlands has been approved as an additional source for hatching eggs and live chicks, joining the United States as an approved supplier.

The Ministry emphasised that simply increasing the number of egg farms will not, on its own, resolve supply shortages. A stable domestic egg supply depends on the strength of the entire poultry value chain, from access to quality layer chicks, feed and feed ingredients, and suitable housing, to reliable water and electricity, veterinary services, biosecurity, financing, labour, transportation, packaging and stable markets.

BranValt Takes Effect as New Global Brand for Bushel Plus

Edusehat — Sun, 16 Aug 2026 13:45:08 +0700

Bushel Plus Ltd., a global leader in harvest optimization technology and innovation, has officially transitioned to its new global brand, BranValt. First announced in January 2026, the name change is now in effect across the company’s operations, dealer network, communications, digital platforms, and industry presence worldwide.

The rebrand underscores the company’s transformation into a comprehensive provider of harvest optimization solutions, delivering integrated technologies, specialized training, and technical expertise that enable farmers to reduce grain loss, enhance combine efficiency, and safeguard crop value.

“BranValt reflects both our current capabilities and our long-term vision,” said Marcel Kringe, Founder and CEO. “By bringing our innovations, knowledge, and global reach together under a single identity, we are strengthening our ability to help farmers protect every bushel and improve profitability at harvest.”

Founded in Brandon, Manitoba, the company began with a practical solution for accurately measuring grain loss behind the combine. Today, BranValt offers a portfolio of harvest optimization solutions trusted by customers in more than 45 countries and supported by a global network of dealers and industry partners.

A Brand Built for a Growing Global Category

The company’s transition to the BranValt brand comes as harvest optimization emerges as a rapidly growing category within the global agribusiness sector. Farmers are increasingly adopting technologies that provide real-time performance insights, reduce grain loss, improve harvest timing and combine throughput, and optimize labor, fuel, and other operating resources.

According to MarketsandMarkets, the global precision harvesting market is projected to grow from $21.52 billion in 2025 to $29.79 billion by 2030, representing a compound annual growth rate of 6.7%.¹

Growth is being driven by rising labor costs and labor shortages, increasing emphasis on yield optimization and waste reduction, smart farming initiatives, and the expanding use of GPS, automation, sensors, connected equipment, data analytics, artificial intelligence, and IoT technologies.

Kringe said these systems provide farmers with greater visibility into harvest performance and can contribute to higher yields, improved grain quality, reduced crop damage, and lower operating costs.

“Harvest is becoming increasingly measurable and connected,” Kringe said. “Farmers want to know where losses are occurring, how their combines are performing, and what tools will help them capture more of the crop. The growth of this category reflects a clear shift toward using technology and data to make every harvest pass more efficient and profitable.”

Brazilian poultry exporters reject South African dumping claims, stressing a complementary role

Edusehat — Sat, 15 Aug 2026 23:15:04 +0700

Brazilian poultry exporters are rejecting claims that their shipments to South Africa amount to dumping, arguing that imports play a complementary role in the local market, particularly when domestic production is affected by disease outbreaks or shortages of specific poultry products.

The issue was discussed during the International Animal Protein Trade Show (SIAVS) in São Paulo, where Ricardo Santin, president of the Brazilian Association of Animal Protein (ABPA), said Brazilian poultry helps meet South Africa’s animal protein needs and supports supply during disruptions such as avian influenza.

Brazil’s position: complementing South African supply

Santin argued that Brazilian poultry exports should not be viewed simply as competition for South African producers. According to ABPA, Brazil supplies products that fill specific gaps in the South African market, including mechanically deboned meat (MDM).

MDM is widely used as an ingredient in processed meat products. Brazilian representatives argue that South Africa has limited domestic capacity to produce this ingredient and therefore relies heavily on imports for some processed-food applications.

Santin said South Africa was Brazil’s fourth-largest destination for chicken meat exports in 2025, with 336,022 tonnes, equivalent to 6.5% of Brazil’s total chicken exports, according to figures presented by ABPA at SIAVS. The United Arab Emirates, Japan and Saudi Arabia ranked ahead of South Africa.

ABPA said it has 140 member companies, whose combined operations account for approximately 15% of Brazil’s poultry exports and 98% of its pork exports. These figures are ABPA’s own organisational data.

“Protectionism from industry, not government”

Santin and Estevao Carvalho, ABPA’s executive manager for markets, argued that opposition to Brazilian poultry imports is largely driven by domestic industry concerns about competition.

“There is protectionism, not from the government, but from industry,” Santin said, arguing that Brazilian supplies can help maintain protein availability when South African production is disrupted by events such as avian influenza.

Carvalho also highlighted the importance of MDM in South Africa’s processed-food sector. He said much of the Brazilian poultry entering the country is MDM and argued that South African producers have limited capacity to replace these imports quickly.

Brazilian poultry entering South Africa is also subject to substantial import tariffs. Carvalho cited rates of 42% for deboned poultry, 62% for bone-in chicken and 82% for whole chickens. These are general import tariff rates for the relevant products and should not be confused with the separate anti-dumping duties imposed on certain frozen bone-in chicken portions.

Anti-dumping duties and a long-running trade dispute

The dispute over Brazilian poultry imports has a long history. South African producers have accused Brazilian exporters of dumping poultry products, and the issue has resulted in investigations and trade-remedy measures.

In 2022, the International Trade Administration Commission of South Africa (ITAC) concluded an investigation concerning frozen bone-in chicken portions originating in or imported from Brazil, Denmark, Ireland, Poland and Spain. The investigation resulted in anti-dumping duties being approved on these products.

The South African government subsequently suspended implementation of the duties for 12 months. The decision reflected concerns about food prices and the affordability of chicken for consumers.

The suspension expired in 2023. ITAC subsequently confirmed that the anti-dumping duties on frozen bone-in chicken portions from Brazil and the other countries concerned had been reinstated.

The duties should not, however, be described as a single 265.1% tariff applying to all Brazilian poultry. Different rates were established for different exporters, while the highest residual rate applied to exporters that did not cooperate with the investigation. The anti-dumping measures also concern specific frozen bone-in portions, rather than all Brazilian poultry products.

This distinction is particularly important because MDM and other poultry products are not necessarily covered by the same trade-remedy measures.

Food security and the role of imports

South African meat importers argue that imports play an important role in food security by filling supply gaps that domestic producers cannot immediately cover.

Georg Southey of Merlog Foods said imports have a stabilising role in South Africa’s food system, particularly for products that cannot be rapidly replaced at scale. He also said Brazil supplies a large share of the MDM used in affordable processed products such as viennas and polony.

Southey estimated that imports account for approximately 10% of South Africa’s total meat consumption and said imported poultry products support more than 100 million meals per week. These figures are industry estimates and should therefore be treated as such rather than as official national statistics.

The importance of imports can become more pronounced when domestic production is affected by animal-health problems. South African producers have faced disruptions associated with diseases including avian influenza, while foot-and-mouth disease and African swine fever have also affected other parts of the country’s livestock and meat sectors.

A dispute between food security and industry protection

The latest statements from Brazilian exporters and South African importers present the relationship as one of complementarity: Brazil supplies products that South Africa needs, particularly MDM, and can help maintain availability when domestic production is disrupted.

South African poultry producers, however, have historically argued that imported chicken can place pressure on domestic production, employment and investment. The South African authorities have used anti-dumping investigations and other trade measures to address allegations of unfair competition.

The dispute therefore involves more than the question of whether Brazilian poultry is competitively priced. It reflects a broader tension between protecting domestic poultry production and maintaining affordable food supplies.

The current debate should also be distinguished from the long history of Brazil-South Africa trade disputes at the WTO and in bilateral trade relations. Rather than describing the issue as a single unresolved WTO “chicken dispute”, it is more accurate to view the current controversy as part of a broader and long-running disagreement over poultry imports, tariffs, trade remedies, domestic production and food security.

For Brazil, the message from SIAVS 2026 is clear: Brazilian exporters want South Africa to be viewed as a market in which imports can complement domestic production rather than undermine it. For South African producers, however, the continuing use of trade-remedy measures shows that concerns about the competitive impact of imports remain significant.

VETCONVERGENCE 2026 – 2nd edition of Vice chancellors meets supported by IPEMA-Poultry India concludes successfully

Edusehat — Sat, 15 Aug 2026 19:30:09 +0700

VETCONVERGENCE 2026 – 2nd edition of Vice chancellors meets supported by IPEMA-Poultry India concludes successfully: Hon’ble Shri Bandaru Dattatreya, Former Union Minister, Government of India and former Governor of Himachal Pradesh, graced the conclave as Chief Guest.

Hyderabad, July 11, 2026 – VETCONVERGENCE 2026 brought together more than 30 Vice-Chancellors to impact actionable roadmap for the sustainable growth of the livestock and poultry sectors.

The 2nd Edition of the Vice-Chancellors’ Conclave – VETCONVERGENCE 2026, organized by Maharashtra Animal and Fishery Sciences University (MAFSU), Nagpur and supported by Indian Poultry Equipment Manufacturers Association (IPEMA)–Poultry India, was successfully held on 10th and 11th July 2026 at Hotel AVASA, Hyderabad.

The two-day event brought together more than 30 Vice-Chancellors from veterinary universities across India, policymakers, scientists, academicians, and industry leaders under the theme “Aligning Livestock Research with Industry Demand and Entrepreneurship Development.” The conclave focused on strengthening academia-industry collaboration to drive innovation, entrepreneurship, and sustainable growth in the livestock and poultry sectors.

Hon’ble Shri Bandaru Dattatreya, Former Union Minister, Government of India and former Governor of Himachal Pradesh, graced the conclave as Chief Guest. In his inspiring address, he emphasized making veterinary education and research more practical, industry-focused, and impact-oriented. He highlighted the need for universities to produce employable graduates equipped with hands-on skills and an entrepreneurial mindset, while stressing demand-driven research, technology transfer, and university-industry partnerships. Shri Dattatreya also specifically highlighted the involvement of the female workforce in the poultry sector promoting inclusive growth.

The conclave featured impactful panel discussions covering critical topics including reorienting veterinary research to demand-driven frameworks, entrepreneurship development and agri-business incubation, technology commercialization and start-up promotion, priority research areas for the poultry sector in the next decade, developing a collective roadmap with institutional commitments, and applications of Artificial Intelligence in the livestock sector.

The following six impactful panel discussions were conducted addressing critical priorities in veterinary research, entrepreneurship, technology commercialisation, poultry sector needs, institutional collaboration, and AI applications in the livestock sector.

Session I: Reorienting Veterinary Research from Publication-Driven to Demand-Driven Frameworks

Moderated by Shri Tarun Shridhar, IAS (Retd.), DG, ICFA, with Dr. Atul Dhok as Rapporteur.

Distinguished panellists shared insights on making veterinary research more industry-focused, impactful, and innovation-driven.

Session II: Entrepreneurship Development and Agri-Business Incubation in Veterinary Universities

Moderated by Dr. Niteen V. Patil, Vice-Chancellor, MAFSU, Nagpur.

Experts discussed strengthening entrepreneurship, innovation, and incubation ecosystems within veterinary education and the livestock sector.

Session III: Technology Commercialisation, Start-up Promotion, and Stakeholders Empowerment

Moderated by Dr. Nazeer Ahmad Ganai, Vice-Chancellor, SKUAST, Kashmir.

The session explored pathways to bridge research and enterprise, promoting startups and translating innovations into impactful ventures for the livestock sector and rural economy.

Session IV: Poultry Sector – Priority Research Areas for the Next Decade

Moderated by Mr. O. P. Singh, Managing Director, ABTL & Huvepharma India.

Industry leaders and experts identified key research priorities, technology adoption needs, and collaborative strategies to enhance the sector’s competitiveness and resilience.

Session V: Developing a Collective Road Map – Institutional Commitments and Actionable Outcomes

Moderated by Dr. Yashpal Singh Malik, Dy. Director General (Edn.), ICAR, New Delhi.

Leaders from academia, research, and regulatory bodies emphasised stronger collaboration, institutional commitments, and measurable strategies to drive innovation and growth in the livestock sector.

Session VI: Artificial Intelligence Applications in Livestock Sector

Moderated by Mr. O. P. Singh, Managing Director, ABTL & Huvepharma India.

The panel highlighted AI’s transformative potential in productivity, disease surveillance, precision farming, and building a more efficient, sustainable livestock ecosystem.

The Commemorative Souvenir of the 2nd Edition of the Vice-Chancellors’ Conclave, VETCONVERGENCE 2026, was unveiled during the inaugural session, symbolizing the shared commitment to collaborative progress.

Shri Uday Singh Bayas, President, IPEMA–Poultry India, led the IPEMA delegation along with Treasurer Shri M. Srikanth and other senior members, actively contributing to the deliberations. The event witnessed enthusiastic participation from key industry representatives including Prof. M. Gnana Prakash (VC, PVNRTVU), Suresh Chitturi (MD, Srinivasa Farms), O.P. Singh (MD, ABTL & Huvepharma India), and several others.

Dr. Niteen Vasantrao Patil, Vice-Chancellor of MAFSU, led the knowledge-sharing efforts on behalf of the organizers. Maharashtra Animal and Fishery Sciences University (MAFSU) excelled in fostering insightful discussions and enriching the overall quality of the conclave.

Shri Uday Singh Bayas, President, IPEMA–Poultry India remarked, “VETCONVERGENCE 2026 has successfully created a powerful platform for dialogue between academia and industry. The rich insights and commitments made here will translate into tangible outcomes that benefit farmers, entrepreneurs, and the entire livestock ecosystem, and most importantly Poultry sector.”

During the conclave, IPEMA–Poultry India unveiled the official poster for the 18th Poultry India Expo 2026. The World’s Largest Poultry Expo to be held at HITEX, Hyderabad, from 25–27 November 2026, preceded by the Poultry Knowledge Day on 24 November 2026, bringing together innovation, knowledge, and collaboration for the global poultry industry.

Source: IPEMA–Poultry India press release

Why Evaluating Water Chemistry and Fish Growth Performance Matters

Edusehat — Sat, 15 Aug 2026 01:55:07 +0700

Water quality is one of the most important factors determining success in aquaculture. Fish live, breathe, feed, and release waste into the same water. Changes in water chemistry can therefore influence their health, behavior, feeding activity, and growth.

Monitoring water chemistry alongside fish growth performance helps farmers identify problems early, improve feeding efficiency, reduce stress, and achieve more consistent production. The Food and Agriculture Organization emphasizes that water-quality conditions must be evaluated as interacting factors rather than isolated measurements.

Dissolved Oxygen Supports Growth and Metabolism

Fish need dissolved oxygen to convert feed into energy and support essential body functions. When oxygen concentrations decline, fish often become less active and consume less feed. Prolonged exposure to low oxygen can increase stress, weaken disease resistance, and reduce growth.

Adequate aeration, circulation, and regular oxygen monitoring help maintain conditions in which fish can feed normally and use nutrients efficiently.

Oxygen requirements vary according to species, water temperature, fish size, stocking density, and production system. Farmers should therefore establish operating targets that are appropriate for the fish being raised.

pH Affects Fish and the Entire Aquatic System

Water pH affects fish physiology, microbial activity, mineral availability, and the behavior of other chemicals in the water. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s guidance on pH explains that pH influences many chemical and biological processes and can change the toxicity and availability of other substances.

Sudden pH changes can stress fish even when the final measurement falls within a generally acceptable range. Stable pH supports healthy biological processes and helps beneficial bacteria function effectively.

Because different fish species have different pH requirements, producers should manage pH according to the species, life stage, and production system involved.

Ammonia Can Reduce Appetite and Damage Fish

Ammonia enters aquaculture systems through fish waste, decomposing organic matter, and uneaten feed. Beneficial bacteria normally convert ammonia into less harmful nitrogen compounds, but this process can become overwhelmed when stocking density, feeding, or waste production increases.

According to the EPA’s aquatic-life guidance on ammonia, ammonia can produce direct toxic effects in aquatic organisms. Its toxicity is also influenced by environmental conditions, particularly pH and temperature.

Elevated ammonia can damage fish tissues, reduce appetite, interfere with respiration, and limit growth. Effective biological filtration, careful feed management, water exchange, and routine testing are essential for keeping ammonia under control.

Temperature Determines How Efficiently Fish Grow

Fish are cold-blooded animals, which means their body temperature and metabolic activity are strongly influenced by the surrounding water.

Each species has a preferred temperature range in which digestion, feeding, immune function, and growth operate most efficiently. When the water becomes too warm or too cold, fish may consume less feed and grow more slowly.

Temperature also affects dissolved oxygen and ammonia toxicity. For this reason, it should never be evaluated by itself. A temperature change may alter several other parts of the aquaculture system at the same time.

Hardness, Alkalinity, and Mineral Balance Support Stability

Calcium, magnesium, carbonates, bicarbonates, and other dissolved minerals influence water hardness and alkalinity. These conditions can affect fish physiology while also helping stabilize pH.

Mississippi State University Extension’s guidance on pH and alkalinity explains that alkalinity represents the water’s buffering capacity. Water with insufficient buffering capacity may experience larger daily pH fluctuations.

Extremely soft water or rapidly changing mineral conditions can create additional stress. Monitoring hardness and alkalinity helps producers maintain a more stable environment, particularly in intensive ponds and recirculating aquaculture systems.

Carbon Dioxide Affects Respiration

Fish and microorganisms release carbon dioxide through respiration. Carbon dioxide can accumulate in systems with high stocking densities, high biological activity, insufficient water movement, or inadequate gas exchange.

When carbon dioxide concentrations become excessive, fish may have more difficulty exchanging gases through their gills. They may then use more energy for respiration and have less energy available for growth.

Proper aeration, degassing, circulation, and ventilation can help control carbon dioxide. The Mississippi State University overview of catfish-pond water quality provides additional information about the relationship between dissolved oxygen, carbon dioxide, ammonia, feeding, and fish production.

Stability Is as Important as Individual Measurements

Fish generally respond better to stable conditions than to frequent and dramatic changes. Rapid adjustments in pH, temperature, oxygen, or mineral balance can create stress—even when the final measurement falls within the desired range.

Regular monitoring allows producers to identify trends before they become serious problems. When corrections are necessary, gradual adjustments are generally safer than sudden changes.

Monitoring should also account for daily cycles. Dissolved oxygen, carbon dioxide, and pH may change between daytime and nighttime, especially in ponds with high biological activity.

Water Chemistry Should Be Compared With Growth Data

Water-quality measurements become more valuable when they are evaluated alongside production results. Important growth-performance indicators include:

Weight gain
Specific growth rate
Feed intake
Feed conversion ratio
Survival rate
Size uniformity
Changes in behavior or appetite

For example, reduced growth may appear to be a feeding problem when the underlying cause is low dissolved oxygen, elevated ammonia, unstable pH, or an unsuitable temperature.

Tracking feed use and periodically measuring fish growth also makes it possible to calculate feed conversion and evaluate production efficiency. Connecting water-quality records with growth data helps farmers identify the real cause of poor performance and avoid wasting feed or treating the wrong problem.

Better Monitoring Supports Better Decisions

A single water test only shows conditions at one moment. Consistent recordkeeping reveals patterns and helps producers understand how water chemistry changes throughout the day, across seasons, and during different stages of production.

This information can guide decisions about:

Aeration
Stocking density
Filtration
Feeding schedules
Water exchange
Fish grading
Harvest timing

Environmental monitoring also supports responsible aquaculture development. NOAA’s National Centers for Coastal Ocean Science describes monitoring as an important tool for identifying environmental trends around aquaculture operations.

Conclusion

Successful aquaculture depends on more than monitoring one water-quality parameter. Dissolved oxygen, pH, ammonia, temperature, mineral balance, and carbon dioxide interact to shape the environment in which fish grow.

Evaluating these conditions together—and comparing them with growth, feeding, and survival data—gives producers a clearer picture of system performance. Stable water chemistry supports healthier fish, more efficient feed use, predictable growth, and better production outcomes.

For more practical information about aquaculture, sustainability, and planet-positive business opportunities, visit the EAT Community and discover new ways to make a little money while making the planet better.

Laser enrichment produces short-term increases in broiler activity

Edusehat — Sat, 15 Aug 2026 01:35:38 +0700

Can laser enrichment improve broiler health and marketability? Kayla Elmore, a graduate student at the University of Iowa, conducted a study to investigate this question, following up on two previous studies that reported increased activity among broilers exposed to lasers compared to control groups with no laser exposure. She found that a longer exposure time also showed positive but temporary effects.

The impetus for the research was that modern broilers “have been selected for rapid growth and increased muscle mass,” Elmore said, which can lead to “leg lameness and reduced mobility” near market age. She explained that this prompts veterinary visits and is “a major welfare concern” that can “lead to economic losses.”

Prior studies

Research has shown that exposing birds to a laser could increase their activity levels and decrease leg lameness. In one study, the birds were exposed to a laser in their pen 4 times a day, each exposure lasting 4 minutes. The laser’s presence increased their activity for several days, generally during weeks 3, 4 and 5 of age.

The laser-enriched birds also walked significantly farther than control birds on the first day and generally in weeks 3 and 4.

A second study increased laser exposure from 4 to 6 minutes. Again, the exposed birds exhibited more active behaviors for several days during week 1 and then overall in weeks 2 and 3. They also walked farther than control birds on many days and throughout week 2.

Increasing laser exposure, measuring behavior

Elmore hypothesized that increasing the laser exposure duration to 8 minutes would increase the positive effects on the exposed birds.

The study included 1,360 day-old straight-run Ross 708 broilers housed in 20 floor pens and randomly assigned to laser enrichment or control. The researchers selected 80 birds from 8 control and 8 laser-enriched pens (5 birds per pen) as focal birds to measure behavior and welfare.

A second-generation laser projected four red dots in a random pattern over two pens 4 times a day, at 5:30 and 11:30 a.m. and p.m.

Video ran for 20 hours and was edited into 8-minute segments covering both the enriched and control groups. For behavioral analysis, the researchers collected data on the first 9 days of life and then weekly for 7 weeks. For welfare assessments, they collected data on the third day and each week thereafter.

“Birds with their legs moving in continuous forward motion” were considered to be active, Elmore explained, while those birds that were standing without moving or resting in the litter were considered inactive.

A bird was at the feeder if its head was resting in the feeder or feeder tray. A bird standing beneath the drinker was at the drinker.

Gait scores were collected weekly: 0 (walk 5 feet without lameness), 1 (walk 5 feet but with an awkward or uneven gait) and 2 (can’t walk 5 feet without lameness).

Birds that were obstructed by a feeder or heat lamp were considered out of view. Other behaviors, such as preening and dust bathing, were not evaluated.

Laser-exposure effects

During the first week of life, the laser-enriched birds were more active and walked farther distances than the control birds.

The at-drinker behavior of the enriched and control birds was similar during week 1, but the birds exposed to lasers spent less time at the feeder.

After week 1, the control birds continued to spend more time at the feeder and drinker than the laser-enriched birds.

The inactivity of laser-enriched birds increased in weeks 3, 5, and 6. Meanwhile, active behaviors, and specifically distance walking, correspondingly decreased after week 1.

Measures of animal welfare indicated no breast blisters or footpad dermatitis throughout the study period. All birds had a gait score of 0 until week 7, when a few birds scored 1. Week 7 results were too insignificant to analyze.

Future plans

Elmore concluded that laser enrichment stimulated walking distance and activity only during the first week of life, but both measures fell off each succeeding week. Meanwhile, the enriched birds spent less time at the feeder than control birds.

Therefore, she said, “This 8-minute duration might just be too much for the birds, based on the measures that we’ve currently analyzed.”

In the future, she plans to investigate the effects of twice-daily 6-minute laser on performance, behavior, and meat and bone quality.

The post Laser enrichment produces short-term increases in broiler activity appeared first on Modern Poultry.

2026 Poultry Sustainability & Welfare Summit announces keynote speakers and IPWA Student Award winner

Edusehat — Fri, 14 Aug 2026 21:50:10 +0700

Dr. Chavonda Jacobs-Young and Dr. Temple Grandin will headline the Atlanta summit; University of Saskatchewan researcher Domenica Medina receives the 2026 IPWA Student Award of Excellence

The U.S. Roundtable for Sustainable Poultry & Eggs (U.S.-RSPE) and the International Poultry Welfare Alliance (IPWA) have announced the keynote speakers and student award winner who will be featured at the 2026 Poultry Sustainability & Welfare Summit, taking place September 21–23 at the Loews Atlanta Hotel. The biennial summit brings together leaders from across the poultry and egg value chain, academia, government, civil society and allied industries to examine emerging challenges and identify practical, science-based opportunities to advance poultry sustainability and welfare.

Dr. Chavonda Jacobs-Young will deliver the summit’s Sustainability Keynote. Jacobs-Young previously served as the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Under Secretary for Research, Education and Economics and as USDA’s Chief Scientist. Confirmed by the U.S. Senate, she led a research enterprise spanning five national science agencies and helped shape strategies addressing agricultural innovation, food and nutrition security, climate resilience and global scientific collaboration.

The Welfare Keynote Session will feature a recorded conversation sponsored by American Humane with Dr. Temple Grandin, professor of animal sciences at Colorado State University and one of the world’s most influential authorities on animal behavior, handling and welfare. Grandin’s pioneering research, facility designs and practical approaches to welfare assessment have contributed to significant improvements in the care and handling of farm animals around the world.

“Bringing together Dr. Jacobs-Young, Dr. Grandin and the next generation of poultry researchers reflects exactly what this summit is designed to accomplish,” said Andy Vance, executive director of U.S.-RSPE and IPWA. “Meaningful progress requires visionary leadership, credible science and practical collaboration across the full poultry value chain. These speakers will challenge attendees to consider both the progress already achieved and the opportunities still ahead of us.”

Domenica Medina named 2026 IPWA Student Award of Excellence winner

IPWA also announced that Domenica Medina, a researcher in the University of Saskatchewan’s College of Agriculture and Bioresources, has been selected as the winner of the 2026 IPWA Student Award of Excellence.

Medina received the award for her research:

“Illuminating Poultry Science: Light Wavelength Effects on the Production and Health of Nicholas Select Beak-Treated and Non-Beak-Treated Turkey Hens Reared to 11 Weeks.”

The IPWA Student Award of Excellence recognizes outstanding student research that advances poultry welfare knowledge, practices or outcomes. Submissions were evaluated for their relevance to poultry welfare, scientific merit, clarity, organization and presentation quality.

Medina will be recognized during the summit and will present her research as part of the student award program.

“Supporting emerging researchers is essential to the future of poultry welfare,” Vance said. “Domenica’s work demonstrates the value of examining management decisions through measurable bird health, welfare and production outcomes. We are pleased to recognize her achievement and provide a platform for her research at the summit.”

About the Summit

The 2026 Poultry Sustainability & Welfare Summit begins September 21 with an industry site visit and opening reception. Sustainability-focused programming will take place September 22, followed by poultry-welfare programming on September 23.

In addition to the keynote sessions and student research recognition, the program will include executive leadership discussions, scientific presentations, cross-sector panels, emerging technology sessions, interactive conversations and networking opportunities.

Attendees may earn up to 12 continuing education credit hours certified by the Professional Animal Auditor Certification Organization. In-person registration is open to members and nonmembers, and a virtual attendance option is available to members.

For the complete program, registration information, hotel details and sponsorship opportunities, visit:

https://poultrywelfare.org/Membership/About_Membership_Join

About U.S.-RSPE

The U.S. Roundtable for Sustainable Poultry & Eggs is a multistakeholder organization working across the U.S. chicken, turkey and egg value chains to advance sustainability through collaboration, continuous improvement and credible measurement. U.S.-RSPE provides a neutral forum where poultry-sector stakeholders can identify shared priorities, develop practical resources and support measurable progress for people, planet and poultry.

About IPWA

The International Poultry Welfare Alliance is an independent, global, multistakeholder organization committed to continuously advancing poultry welfare. IPWA fosters open dialogue, shares practical resources and best practices, and supports science-based research and innovation that improve poultry welfare in socially, environmentally and economically viable ways.

Source: IPWA and US-RSPE press release

Heat and drought put Europe’s poultry sector under pressure

Edusehat — Fri, 14 Aug 2026 18:15:09 +0700

Record temperatures and drought are adding pressure to Europe’s poultry sector, affecting bird welfare, farm productivity, water availability, feed costs and logistics. While EU chicken meat production is still expected to grow in 2026, recent developments in Germany and France show how extreme weather is creating significant challenges for individual poultry producers.

German poultry production falls

Germany provides one of the clearest indications of the pressure currently facing the sector. During the first half of 2026, German commercial slaughterhouses produced approximately 755,000 tonnes of poultry meat, 3.2% less than in the same period of 2025. This was the lowest first-half production level since 2017.

The number of poultry birds slaughtered also declined by 0.8%, to 343.2 million.

The decline in German poultry production has several possible causes and should not be attributed to heat and drought alone. The sector has also been affected by animal diseases, including highly pathogenic avian influenza, while Newcastle disease has affected poultry production elsewhere in Europe.

The figures therefore point to a challenging operating environment in which animal health, weather conditions and production costs are all important factors.

Heat stress becomes a direct production risk

The scale of the climate challenge became particularly evident in western Europe during June and July. According to the Copernicus Climate Change Service, western Europe experienced its warmest June–July period on record, with an average temperature of 21.62°C, 2.79°C above the 1991–2020 average.

For poultry producers, the significance of these figures lies not in the temperature record itself, but in its effect on birds and farm management.

As temperatures and humidity rise, poultry have increasing difficulty dissipating body heat. Heat stress can reduce feed intake and production performance and, under severe conditions, cause mortality. Extreme temperatures are also a recognised animal-welfare risk during catching, handling and transport.

The risk is particularly significant in poultry houses with inadequate ventilation or cooling capacity. Reliable electricity and functioning ventilation systems are therefore important components of heat-stress management.

France shows the immediate impact

The effects have already been visible in France. During the late-June heatwave, hundreds of thousands of poultry died, according to agricultural organisations cited by Reuters. The losses were severe enough to overwhelm carcass collection services in some areas.

The episode illustrates how quickly extreme heat can move from a weather event to a direct production problem for poultry farms.

The main measures available to producers include:

effective ventilation and cooling systems;
adequate access to drinking water;
regular checks of electrical systems and emergency generators;
monitoring of temperature, humidity and bird behaviour;
reducing handling and catching during the hottest hours;
avoiding unnecessary transport during periods of extreme heat;
reducing loading densities where appropriate to improve ventilation.

European animal-welfare guidance identifies high temperatures as a major risk during animal transport and stresses the importance of ventilation, appropriate space allowances and minimising journey times under challenging thermal conditions.

Drought could add pressure on feed costs

The effects of drought extend beyond the poultry house. Reduced rainfall and soil moisture can affect cereal production, potentially increasing volatility in the availability and price of feed ingredients.

The situation is uneven across Europe. In Germany, the German Farmers’ Association expected an average grain harvest for 2026, while warning of significant regional differences.

For poultry producers, the key issue is not simply the size of the cereal harvest, but whether weather-related production losses translate into higher prices for feed ingredients.

Any sustained increase in the cost of cereals, protein sources or other feed components can put additional pressure on poultry producers’ margins. However, a direct increase in European poultry feed prices attributable specifically to the 2026 drought has not yet been established.

Low river levels add a logistics risk

Low water levels on major European rivers are creating an additional challenge for agricultural supply chains.

The Rhine has been particularly affected. In early August, water levels at Kaub reached record lows, with the disruption forcing greater reliance on road transport and contributing to higher freight rates. The situation has become severe enough for several German states to suspend Sunday driving restrictions for trucks in an effort to ease the pressure on supply chains.

For poultry production, the relevance is primarily through the movement of feed ingredients and other inputs. Cereals, soybean products, feed additives and fuel all depend on reliable logistics.

If low water levels persist, higher transport costs could add further pressure to poultry production costs. The extent of the impact will depend on the duration of the disruption and the ability of suppliers to switch to alternative transport routes.

Disease remains a major threat

Extreme weather is only one part of the risk picture. Animal disease continues to have a direct impact on European poultry production.

Newcastle disease was particularly significant in Poland during 2025. According to USDA data, Poland reported 53 Newcastle disease outbreaks in commercial broiler farms, out of 83 outbreaks in poultry farms overall, leading to the culling of almost 7.1 million broilers.

Spain reported its first Newcastle disease case on a chicken farm in December 2025, with additional cases reported in early 2026. Newcastle disease was also detected in Slovakia and Bulgaria during 2025.

Highly pathogenic avian influenza remains another important risk for the European poultry industry, although the USDA expected HPAI pressure in the EU to be lower in 2026 than in previous years.

For producers, disease prevention therefore remains a critical part of risk management alongside measures to protect birds from extreme temperatures.

EU production still expected to grow

Despite these pressures, the broader European poultry market remains on a growth trajectory.

According to the USDA Foreign Agricultural Service, EU chicken meat production is forecast to reach 12.25 million tonnes in 2026, compared with 12.09 million tonnes in 2025 and 11.73 million tonnes in 2024. The forecast represents growth of approximately 1.3% compared with 2025.

Poland is expected to remain the EU’s largest chicken meat producer, accounting for more than 22% of total production. France and Spain are also expected to increase output.

These figures show that the impact of heat, drought and disease is not uniform across Europe. While some producers are experiencing significant operational pressure, the overall EU market is still expected to expand.

However, the USDA forecast was published in March 2026, before the full extent of the summer heatwaves and drought became apparent. It therefore provides a baseline for the market outlook rather than a final assessment of the impact of the 2026 summer.

What comes next for poultry producers?

For the European poultry sector, the key issue is how effectively farms and supply chains can adapt to increasingly challenging weather conditions while maintaining animal health and production efficiency.

The main factors to watch during the second half of 2026 will be:

heat-related mortality and reductions in bird performance;
availability and cost of drinking water;
cereal and protein feed prices;
new HPAI and Newcastle disease outbreaks;
reliability of ventilation and cooling systems;
electricity availability during extreme heat;
transport conditions for feed and other inputs.

EU poultry production may still increase in 2026, but the experience of Germany and France shows that growth at market level does not necessarily mean that individual farms are operating under favourable conditions.

For poultry producers, the growing challenge is the interaction between heat stress, animal disease, feed costs, water availability and logistics. Extreme weather is therefore becoming an increasingly important production risk for the European poultry industry—not as a single cause of market disruption, but as an additional pressure on an already complex production system.

Summer heat stress is detrimental to broiler chickens

France: extreme heat causes hundreds of thousands of losses in poultry farms

The Big50 gives us a powerful advantage in the replacement market

Edusehat — Fri, 14 Aug 2026 14:50:08 +0700

MagFan Big50 opens new opportunities for Plasson SA

The partnership between South Africa-based Plasson SA and DACS continues to strengthen.With the launch of the new MagFan Big50, Head of Sales Stephan Jacobs sees significant growth potential.

Higher performance, lower energy use

“MagFans stand out by delivering higher airflow with lower energy consumption.In South Africa, where the power grid is under constant pressure, this provides greater operational reliability while reducing energy costs.

Another key advantage is flexibility. MagFans integrate with virtually any controller and power supply, making installation and operation simple for both us and our customers.”

A strong position in the replacement market

Plasson SA has enjoyed great success with the 57″ MagFan but retrofit projects have required a dedicated 50″ solution.“The MagFan Big50 changes that. It delivers outstanding airflow while using significantly less energy than other 50″ fans, giving us a clear competitive advantage. It enables us to expand our replacement business, win new customers, and offer a solution that delivers both better performance and lower operating costs.”

Research sheds light on how chicks develop immunity after DOA vaccination

Edusehat — Fri, 14 Aug 2026 04:00:04 +0700

Hatchery day-of-age (DOA) vaccination has been a cornerstone of broiler health for decades, but new research is shedding light on the mechanisms that help it protect chicks despite the immaturity of their immune systems.

The findings are significant because DOA vaccination is widely used throughout the poultry industry, yet relatively little is known about how newly hatched chicks develop protection following vaccination, said Rodrigo Gallardo, DVM, PhD, who led the research at UC Davis School of Veterinary Medicine.

“We know a lot about adult immunology in chickens, but until recently, we didn’t know much about young chick immunology,” he said. “By helping explain how young birds respond to vaccine stimulation, our research could ultimately support efforts to optimize vaccination programs and improve health outcomes in commercial flocks.”

In a recent study, Gallardo and his team evaluated how chicks respond to live vaccines against respiratory diseases when administered at DOA. They vaccinated groups of chicks against Newcastle disease virus (NDV), the Mass strain of infectious bronchitis virus (IBV) or both, while a control group was left unvaccinated. The team used a heterologous IBV strain (DMV/1639) to challenge the chicks on day 15 of age. They collected Harderian glands and tracheas to evaluate cellular immune responses, and serum and tears to evaluate antibody responses.

Immature but effective

The researchers found that despite the immaturity of the chicks’ immune systems, effective application boosted mucosal and cellular immunity. Vaccinated birds had increased macrophages (specialized white blood cells of the innate immune system), B cells and unconventional T cells, which bridge innate and adaptive immunity. They also had increased levels of key antibodies (IgA and IgY), including elevated NDV-specific and IBV-specific IgY responses.

Another notable finding was that dual vaccination appeared to promote stronger immune training in the respiratory tract and a faster response when later exposed to the IBV DMV/1639 strain. IBV vaccination reduced respiratory signs and viral shedding following the challenge.

“Immature adaptive responses play a role in protecting chickens against subsequent challenges, when they are vaccinated at day of age,” Gallardo said.

Most critical, however, may have been evidence that immature T cells are capable of generating immunological memory.

“It’s a very early finding, but if correct, it suggests that when these cells are stimulated through vaccination, they can remember the pathogen. Then, if the bird is exposed to that pathogen again, the immune response is more efficient,” Gallardo continued.

“If that proves to be the case, we would need to make sure that the vaccines we use persist long enough to stimulate those cells and support development of immune memory. In turn, that could help generate a stronger protective response when birds are later exposed to the pathogen.”

One possible intervention could be to include adjuvants or cytokines in vaccines to stimulate these immature cells, though he acknowledged that such innovations could still be several years away from commercial use.

Maximizing the benefits of DOA vaccination

Despite the encouraging findings, vaccinating newly hatched chicks still comes with inherent biological challenges, Gallardo said, stressing that vaccination doesn’t always lead to immunization. Because their immune systems are still developing, producers must balance multiple vaccines while ensuring optimal vaccine delivery and hatchery management.

According to Gallardo, the key is understanding and managing the critical control points that influence vaccine performance.

“There are several key points in the hatchery that need to be managed consistently,“ he said. “When those are under control, you give the birds the best opportunity to develop protection.”

Managing control points

Gallardo said hatcheries can maximize vaccine effectiveness by focusing on fundamentals, such as maintaining the cold chain, ensuring proper vaccine reconstitution through water-quality management, administering vaccines at the correct time and keeping equipment properly calibrated.

Spray vaccination quality is also important, including droplet size and coverage. Beyond vaccination itself, factors such as egg quality, sanitation, environmental management and monitoring vaccine take all contribute to creating the conditions needed for a strong immune response.

“The message for producers is to go back to the basics and make sure those critical control points are being checked every time,” Gallardo said. “Those management practices are what help ensure the vaccination program performs as intended.”

DOA vaccination highly effective when well managed

While researchers continue to investigate exactly how protection develops in young chicks, including the role of immune memory and the effects of different vaccine delivery methods, the latest findings are helping explain why DOA vaccination remains an important pillar of broiler health.

For most producers, vaccinating at DOA is the only economically feasible option, Gallardo said. Modern facilities may hatch millions of birds each week, and chicks generally receive 2 to 4 vaccines before leaving for farms.

“When you have the chicks in the hatchery, it’s much easier. You can control vaccine delivery. If you spray a certain number of milliliters or deliver a certain amount of gel, you make sure that every chicken gets exposed,” he noted.

“Our research offers reassurance that when vaccines are properly administered and supported by good hatchery management, DOA vaccination remains a highly effective tool for protecting flocks,” Gallardo said.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Research sheds light on how chicks develop immunity after DOA vaccination appeared first on Modern Poultry.

World Bank announces US$60 million project to strengthen Congo’s poultry sector

Edusehat — Fri, 14 Aug 2026 00:20:09 +0700

The World Bank Group has announced US$60 million in financing for a project aimed at strengthening poultry and aquaculture value chains in the Republic of Congo, with poultry production being one of the project’s two target value chains. The financing was announced on 7 August 2026 under the Poultry and Aquaculture Development Project, also known as PADeP or PD-2AC. The project was approved on 25 June 2026.

The project seeks to improve the competitiveness and resilience of Congo’s poultry value chain by addressing some of the main constraints affecting producers and agribusinesses, including limited access to quality feed and day-old chicks, inadequate infrastructure, insufficient technical skills and difficulties accessing finance.

For the poultry industry, these constraints affect several stages of the value chain, from the supply of inputs and farm production to processing, distribution and market access.

Improving access to feed and day-old chicks

Access to quality inputs is one of the central issues identified by the World Bank. The project will support improved access to poultry feed and quality day-old chicks, two essential inputs for the development of domestic poultry production. It also includes measures aimed at improving access to improved parent stock and supporting private operators involved in the production of commercial day-old chicks.

The availability and affordability of these inputs are particularly important in a market where domestic poultry production remains insufficient to meet national demand. World Bank project documents indicate that Congo relies heavily on imported poultry products and that local producers face significant competitiveness challenges.

By improving access to inputs, production efficiency and technical support, the project aims to help poultry farmers increase productivity and strengthen the competitiveness of the domestic value chain.

Technical assistance and training will also form part of the intervention. Farmers, entrepreneurs, processors, traders and other value-chain operators will receive support aimed at improving production practices, business management and market access.

Strengthening poultry infrastructure and investment

Infrastructure is another important component of the project. The programme will finance productive and climate-resilient infrastructure in selected Protected Agricultural Zones, helping improve conditions for agricultural production and related businesses.

The project will also support critical infrastructure and services relevant to the poultry value chain, while improving access to finance for farmers and private investors and seeking to mobilise additional private capital.

These measures are intended to create a more favourable environment for poultry businesses seeking to invest in equipment, infrastructure and productive capacity.

The Republic of Congo’s Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries will act as the project’s implementing agency. The overall development objective is to improve the competitiveness and resilience of the country’s poultry and aquaculture value chains.

Addressing Congo’s poultry supply gap

Strengthening domestic poultry production is particularly relevant because Congo remains heavily dependent on imports to meet demand for poultry products.

According to recent World Bank project documentation, poultry-product imports were worth approximately US$222 million in 2024. The same analysis highlights the strong competitive pressure faced by domestic producers from imported poultry products.

The World Bank identifies a substantial cost disadvantage for local producers competing with imported poultry meat, particularly frozen products. In the analysis used for project preparation, imported poultry meat could reach the Congolese market at a cost of less than US$1,000 per tonne, while local production costs could exceed US$2,000 per tonne.

These figures underline the competitiveness challenge facing Congo’s poultry industry and help explain the project’s focus on improving access to inputs, increasing production efficiency, strengthening infrastructure and facilitating investment.

At the same time, the cost comparison should not be interpreted as meaning that all domestic poultry production is uncompetitive. Local producers can benefit from advantages associated with supplying fresh poultry to the domestic market, while imported products are largely frozen.

The project therefore targets several structural constraints that currently limit the expansion and competitiveness of the Congolese poultry industry.

Supporting a stronger poultry value chain

The project will also seek to strengthen links between farmers, producer organisations, micro, small and medium-sized enterprises, financial institutions and markets.

Women and young people are expected to receive particular attention within the project’s employment and economic inclusion objectives, potentially creating new opportunities across the poultry value chain.

Environmental and social safeguards will also be incorporated into project implementation. The World Bank’s framework identifies potential risks associated with waste, water use, disease, biodiversity, occupational health and safety and community health. These risks will need to be managed as project-supported production and infrastructure investments are implemented.

The project follows preparatory work carried out with the Congolese authorities and development partners. A pre-appraisal mission conducted in Brazzaville in January 2025 identified limited access to finance, shortages of quality inputs, weak distribution networks, insufficient technical skills and poor market access among the main constraints to the development of the poultry and aquaculture sectors.

For Congo’s poultry industry, the new financing represents an effort to strengthen domestic production capacity and develop a more competitive local value chain. The effectiveness of the programme will ultimately depend on how successfully investments in infrastructure, inputs, finance, technical capacity and market access are translated into greater productive capacity for poultry farmers and businesses.

The aquaculture component remains part of the broader World Bank programme, while the poultry component is expected to contribute to efforts to strengthen domestic poultry production and reduce reliance on imported poultry products.

Broiler breeder fertility also depends on group dynamics

Edusehat — Thu, 13 Aug 2026 20:45:09 +0700

Social interactions may help explain part of the variation in fertility in breeder flocks

Broiler breeder fertility may be influenced not only by the characteristics of individual males, but also by the dynamics that develop within the group. This is one of the findings to emerge from research conducted by researchers at Auburn University and presented at the 2025 International Poultry Scientific Forum, with support from the U.S. Poultry & Egg Association and the USPOULTRY Foundation.

The study investigated the effects of group size, male spiking, and flock uniformity on reproductive performance in broiler breeders. The experimental design involved a total of 396 females and 64 males, distributed among groups of different sizes and subjected to treatments with or without the introduction of new males.

The results suggest that reproductive performance in broiler breeders cannot be interpreted solely by considering individual male characteristics. The conditions and dynamics of the group may also contribute to the overall reproductive outcome.

Larger groups, higher fertility

In the experiment, birds were distributed between large and small pens. The 396 female and 64 male breeders were randomly allocated to four treatments: large groups with spiking, large groups without spiking, small groups with spiking, and small groups without spiking. There were four pens per treatment.

The results showed differences in reproductive performance associated with group size. Fertility declined with age, but the larger groups had higher fertility rates than the smaller groups at 40 and 50 weeks of age. At the same time, smaller groups produced more eggs per hen.

The finding highlights that egg production and fertility do not necessarily change in the same direction. Higher egg production does not automatically translate into a higher proportion of fertile eggs and, consequently, greater reproductive efficiency.

Group size therefore emerges as an important management factor to be considered alongside the other parameters that determine breeder performance. The study also found effects of group size on embryonic mortality, although these effects varied according to the stage of embryonic development.

Individual indicators do not tell the whole story

One of the most interesting aspects of the research concerns the relationship between individual characteristics and the reproductive outcome of the group.

Previous scientific literature had already highlighted the complexity of this relationship. A study published in Poultry Science by Bilcik, Estevez, and Russek-Cohen in 2005 investigated reproductive success in broiler breeders under natural mating systems, examining male-male competition, mating behavior, sperm quality, and morphological characteristics. The researchers compared males under competitive and noncompetitive mating conditions and found that reproductive behavior plays an important role in male fertility, alongside sperm competition and morphological and physiological characteristics.

However, the study did not find a simple relationship between individual traits and fertility. The authors reported an overall lack of association between mating behavior, morphological traits, sperm quality, and fertility. They also found that some individual characteristics were associated with mating behavior without necessarily predicting fertility.

These findings help put the Auburn research into perspective. The point is not that the characteristics of individual males are irrelevant, but that individual measurements may not fully predict reproductive performance under natural mating conditions, where interactions among birds can influence the outcome.

The role of spiking

The Auburn research also examined the introduction of new males, a practice commonly referred to as spiking. The experimental design included treatments with and without spiking in both large and small groups.

According to USPOULTRY, male spiking improved reproductive outcomes in the study, while group size and flock uniformity also influenced reproductive performance.

The results should nevertheless be interpreted in the context of the experimental conditions rather than as evidence that spiking will always increase fertility under every commercial management system. The Auburn study compared different combinations of group size and spiking, allowing the researchers to examine reproductive performance under different management conditions.

The role of uniformity and weight management

Broiler breeder reproductive performance is also influenced by body weight management and flock uniformity. These factors are particularly important because growth, body development, sexual maturity, and reproductive capacity need to remain in balance.

In broiler breeders, therefore, fertility management cannot be separated from overall flock management. Body weight, male-to-female ratio, flock age, reproductive behavior, and management strategies such as spiking can all contribute to the final reproductive outcome.

The Auburn research also identified flock uniformity as a factor influencing reproductive performance. USPOULTRY reported that traditional measures of reproductive capacity and individual male or female reproductive traits were poor predictors of fertility and age-related declines.

Towards behavior-based management

The findings suggest that reproductive management should consider not only the numerical ratio of males to females and the individual characteristics of breeders, but also group structure and interactions among birds.

A fertility problem, therefore, should not automatically be attributed to a single male or to an isolated semen-related parameter. Where possible, assessment should also consider male and female distribution, mating behavior, flock age, body-weight uniformity, and the overall management of the breeding group.

The most cautious conclusion to emerge from the research is that broiler breeder fertility is a multifactorial phenomenon in which individual breeder characteristics interact with flock conditions and group dynamics. Group size may therefore represent an important management factor and, under the conditions examined in the Auburn study, was associated with differences in fertility and other reproductive outcomes.

Hubbard do Brasil highlights Efficiency Plus and poultry industry collaboration at SIAVS 2026

Edusehat — Thu, 13 Aug 2026 20:45:09 +0700

Campinas, SP, Brazil – Hubbard do Brasil connected with customers and poultry industry stakeholders at the 2026 International Animal Protein Show (SIAVS), hosted by the Brazilian Animal Protein Association (ABPA). Held Aug. 4-6 in São Paulo, SIAVS brought together poultry producers, processors, suppliers, researchers and other industry stakeholders. The Hubbard team took the opportunity to share commercial field results for Hubbard Efficiency Plus, discuss industry trends and exchange ideas across the poultry sector.

Field results reflect genetic progress

A key focus was the presentation of commercial field results for Hubbard Efficiency Plus broiler breeders. The results demonstrate how Hubbard’s continued investment in genetic improvement and innovation supports strong production performance, flock welfare and efficient resource use under commercial conditions. According to Carlos Antônio Costa, General Manager of Hubbard do Brasil, broiler breeding must continue to evolve to meet the changing needs of broiler producers.

“The broiler industry is constantly evolving and requires solutions that improve production efficiency. Hubbard Efficiency Plus has consistently delivered the results our customers need throughout the production cycle. Brazil offers significant opportunities for growth, and we are confident the Efficiency Plus is well positioned to support the continued success of the country’s broiler sector,” said Carlos Costa.

Supporting customers and strengthening relationships

Hubbard’s commercial and customer support teams were available throughout SIAVS to discuss flock management, share practical knowledge and help broiler producers maximize the potential of Hubbard genetics. “SIAVS gave us valuable time to meet directly with broiler producers, better understand their priorities and discuss how Hubbard genetics can help them achieve their goals. We leave the event with stronger customer relationships and confidence that Hubbard is well positioned to continue expanding its presence in Brazil,” concluded Carlos Costa.

Source: Hubbard press release

CLFMA of India : 59th AGM & 67th National Symposium on Advancing Sustainable Animal Agriculture

Edusehat — Thu, 13 Aug 2026 17:20:04 +0700

AGM and Symposium aim to chart a collective roadmap for a sustainable, resilient and globally competitive animal agriculture sector
Dr Muthukumarasamy B., Joint Secretary (NLM), Department of Animal Husbandry & Dairying, Government of India, to address the inaugural session as Special Guest
CLFMA Awards, Student Awards, Souvenir and Survey Report to be unveiled during the inaugural session

Mumbai, 10^th August, 2026: The Compound Livestock Feed Manufacturers Association (CLFMA) of India, the apex industry body representing the country’s livestock sector, will host its 59th Annual General Meeting (AGM) and 67th National Symposium on September 11–12, 2026, at The Leela Mumbai. Centered on the theme, “Animal Agriculture – The Backbone of Sustainable Development,” the two-day event will convene policymakers, industry leaders, academicians, researchers, farmers and allied stakeholders to discuss the future of India’s animal agriculture sector.

As India’s livestock ecosystem continues to evolve, the symposium will provide a platform to address the key priorities shaping its growth. Discussions will focus on sustainability, animal nutrition, feed innovation, technology adoption, policy support and international trade, while encouraging greater collaboration between government, industry and academia. The deliberations aim to identify practical strategies that strengthen productivity, improve resilience and enhance the global competitiveness of India’s animal agriculture sector.

The inaugural session will be graced by Dr Muthukumarasamy B., Joint Secretary (NLM), Department of Animal Husbandry & Dairying, Ministry of Fisheries, Animal Husbandry and Dairying, Government of India, as the Special Guest. The session will also feature addresses by CLFMA leadership and other distinguished dignitaries from government and industry. As part of the inaugural ceremony, CLFMA will present its annual Awards and Student Awards, followed by the launch of the CLFMA Souvenir and the CLFMA Survey Report. The session will conclude with a networking interaction among stakeholders from across the animal agriculture value chain.

The second day of the symposium will feature keynote addresses, expert presentations and panel discussions on some of the sector’s most pressing priorities. Sessions will cover government-industry collaboration, the application of Artificial Intelligence in animal agriculture, international trade, pet food, and the sector’s contribution to global food security. A dedicated panel discussion on “One Nation, One Voice” will bring together leading national industry associations to explore a more unified approach towards policy advocacy and sectoral development.

The symposium is expected to witness participation from senior officials of the Department of Animal Husbandry & Dairying, Government of India, representatives from national livestock and poultry associations, business leaders, researchers, academicians and international experts. The event will serve as an important forum for exchanging knowledge, sharing best practices and fostering partnerships that can support the long-term growth of India’s animal agriculture ecosystem.

Mr. Divya Kumar Gulati
Chairman , CLFMA of India

Speaking ahead of the event, Mr Divya Kumar Gulati, Chairman, CLFMA of India, said, “India’s animal agriculture sector has become increasingly important to the country’s food security, rural economy and agricultural growth. As the sector continues to modernise, sustained collaboration between policymakers, industry, researchers and farmers will be critical to addressing emerging challenges and unlocking new opportunities. Through this year’s National Symposium, CLFMA aims to facilitate meaningful dialogue that encourages innovation, supports evidence-based policymaking and advances sustainable growth across the animal agriculture value chain.”

The 59th AGM and 67th National Symposium reaffirm CLFMA’s commitment to strengthening industry dialogue, promoting scientific and technological advancements, and supporting policy initiatives that contribute to the sustainable development of India’s animal agriculture sector.

About CLFMA of India

Founded in June 1967 as The Compound Feed Manufacturers Association, CLFMA of India is the apex body for the country’s livestock sector. It represents over 250 members across various sub-sectors, including feed manufacturing, poultry, dairy, aquaculture, animal nutrition, and veterinary services. CLFMA is recognised by Central and State Governments, livestock farmers, government agencies, agricultural universities, veterinary colleges, and national research institutes. As the voice of the Indian livestock industry, CLFMA advocates for sustainable growth, industry standards, and policy development, contributing significantly to the advancement of the animal protein value chain in India and internationally.

The post CLFMA of India : 59th AGM & 67th National Symposium on Advancing Sustainable Animal Agriculture appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Dog Treat Recipes That Promote Dental Health

Edusehat — Wed, 12 Aug 2026 23:40:02 +0700

Dental health is an essential part of your dog’s overall health and well-being. While regular teeth brushing and routine professional dental care are effective ways to maintain your pup’s oral health, certain treats can also play a supportive role.

If you’re looking for a fun way to spoil your pup while supporting their dental routine, here are some simple, DIY dog treats you can make at home that can help encourage chewing to help remove surface debris on your pup’s teeth and freshen their breath.

As always, consult with your veterinarian before introducing new foods, especially if your dog has any health concerns or dietary restrictions. Homemade treats should always be served in moderation as part of a balanced diet.

DEHYDRATED SWEET POTATO CHEWS

These treats have a tough, chewy texture that encourages your dog to spend more time chewing, gently scraping the surface of the teeth, which can help reduce plaque buildup. They can also provide a fun source of enrichment, giving your pup something tasty to chew on and enjoy.

Ingredients:

1 large sweet potato

How to make:

Preheat oven to 120°C (250°F).
Peel and slice the sweet potato lengthwise into strips about ¼ inch thick.
Place them flat on a baking sheet lined with paper.
Bake for 2 to 3 hours and flip them halfway through.
Let them cool completely before giving them to your dog.

FROZEN MINT & PARSLEY FRESH-BREATH BITES

Parsley and mint can be a simple way to add a fresh boost to your pup’s treats. These herbs contain naturally occurring compounds and antimicrobial properties that may help reduce the germs and bacteria that contribute to bad doggie breath.

Ingredients:

1 cup plain unsweetened Greek yogurt, without xylitol
¼ cup finely chopped fresh mint
¼ cup finely chopped fresh, curly-leaf parsley*

*Avoid Italian flat-leaf and spring parsley, as this contains higher levels of toxic compounds like furanocoumarins, which can cause skin reactions and other health issues for dogs when eaten in large amounts.

How to make:

Mix the Greek yogurt, chopped mint, and parsley in a bowl.
Spoon the mixture into silicone ice cube molds.
Freeze for 3 to 4 hours until solid.

CRUNCHY CELERY & COCONUT CHEWS

Celery is crunchy, fibrous, and has a stringy texture that can help remove some surface debris from teeth while your dog chews. A light coating of coconut oil contains antimicrobial compounds that may help support a healthier mouth by fighting oral bacteria and germs that contribute to bad breath.

Ingredients:

3 large celery stalks
1 teaspoon of melted extra-virgin coconut oil

How to make:

Wash the celery thoroughly and trim the ends.
Cut the stalks into sticks appropriate for your dog’s size.
Lightly brush each celery stick with a thin coating of the melted coconut oil.
Place them on a plate and freeze for 1 hour before serving.

Alternatively, instead of using coconut oil, you could add a bit of natural, smooth (xylitol-free) peanut butter to each celery stalk.

SUPPORT YOUR DOG’S OVERALL WELL-BEING AT DOGTOPIA

Homemade dog dental treats can be a fun way to complement your pup’s oral care routine while providing a rewarding snack, but they’re just a small part of maintaining your dog’s overall health and wellness. At Dogtopia, your pup can get plenty of exercise, structured social play, learning opportunities, and engagement, as well as healthy treats. Find a Dogtopia near you and give your dog a fun-filled day of play, socialization, and enrichment!

This blog was reviewed/edited by Dogtopia’s Senior Director of Health & Safety Lorraine Rhoads, an experienced animal biologist and environmental scientist.

Photos courtesy of: Dogtopia of Houston – Washington Ave, Dogtopia of Belden Canton, and Dogtopia of Stamford.

The post Dog Treat Recipes That Promote Dental Health appeared first on Dogtopia.

BATN Foundation and Lagos: “Chicks to Plate” to strengthen the poultry value chain

Edusehat — Wed, 12 Aug 2026 23:05:11 +0700

The BATN Foundation (British American Tobacco Nigeria Foundation) and the Lagos State Government have launched the “Chicks to Plate” project, a poultry development initiative that will train 200 prospective and existing poultry farmers in modern poultry production, farm management and agribusiness. Forty participating layer farmers will also receive additional enterprise support to help expand their businesses.

Project objectives

Implemented in partnership with the Lagos State Agricultural Development Authority (LSADA), the initiative aims to:

strengthen food production and food security in Lagos State;
improve the productivity of poultry farmers;
support agricultural livelihoods and economic opportunities.

The project comes as Lagos seeks to increase the proportion of food consumed in the state that is produced locally. According to Lagos State Commissioner for Agriculture and Food Systems, Abisola Olusanya, local food production is currently estimated at about 25%, with the state targeting an increase to 50%.

Training and technical content

The “Chicks to Plate” training workshop was held from 4 to 6 August 2026 at the LSADA facility in Oko-Oba, Agege, involving 200 farmers engaged in poultry production across Lagos State.

Participants received practical training covering:

modern poultry production techniques;
farm management and agribusiness;
biosecurity practices aimed at supporting productivity and the resilience of poultry businesses.

In addition to the training, 40 layer farmers will receive enterprise support designed to help them expand their poultry businesses. The available reports do not provide sufficient detail to specify the exact nature of this support.

From “Fingerlings to Fork” to “Chicks to Plate”

“Chicks to Plate” represents the latest phase of an eight-year agricultural partnership between BATN Foundation and the Lagos State Government, which began in 2018 with the “Fingerlings to Fork” programme focused on aquaculture.

Between 2018 and 2025, “Fingerlings to Fork” trained 1,436 fish farmers in modern aquaculture, processing, packaging, export readiness and farm management. Participants also received productive assets, including fish-smoking kilns and tarpaulin ponds.

According to Lagos State officials, the experience gained through “Fingerlings to Fork” provided a basis for extending the partnership into poultry production. The new initiative maintains the broader focus on improving farmers’ productivity, incomes and participation in agricultural value chains.

Positions of institutions and the foundation

The Lagos State Commissioner for Agriculture and Food Systems, Abisola Olusanya, said poultry has the potential to improve access to animal protein, create employment opportunities and strengthen agricultural value chains.

Emmanuel Audu, Permanent Secretary at the Ministry of Agriculture and Food Systems, described “Chicks to Plate” as an extension of the partnership between the Lagos State Government and BATN Foundation. According to state officials, the experience from the “Fingerlings to Fork” programme helped provide the basis for expanding the collaboration into poultry production.

Oludare Odusanya, Executive Director of BATN Foundation, stressed that sustainable agricultural development requires more than training, arguing that farmers also need practical skills, tools and opportunities that can improve the commercial viability of their businesses.

LSADA Programme Manager Aderonke TojuTubi said the initiative would strengthen agricultural extension services by providing farmers with practical knowledge and modern production techniques.

Context and implications for the poultry sector

The initiative is part of Lagos State’s broader efforts to expand local agricultural production and improve food availability. According to state officials, poultry can contribute to this objective by increasing access to animal protein while creating employment opportunities and strengthening agricultural value chains.

Lagos is also seeking to reduce pressure associated with its dependence on food supplies from outside the state by increasing local production. The “Chicks to Plate” project therefore places poultry within the state’s wider strategy to strengthen agricultural production and food security.

The partnership between the Lagos State Government and BATN Foundation is consequently expanding from its earlier focus on aquaculture to poultry production, while maintaining its broader emphasis on farmer productivity, livelihoods and agricultural value-chain development.

Taiwan egg prices reach two-year high

Edusehat — Wed, 12 Aug 2026 19:30:10 +0700

Wholesale egg prices in Taiwan have reached their highest level in nearly two years after the Taipei Egg Traders Association announced a NT$3-per-jin increase.

The wholesale price has risen from NT$46 to NT$49 per jin, while the farm-gate price has increased from NT$36.5 to NT$39.5. In Taiwan, one jin is equivalent to 600 grams.

The price increase comes amid tighter egg supplies, with production affected by prolonged high temperatures, the molting of older laying hens and the ongoing replacement of flocks. Feed costs and adjustments to production capacity are also among the factors cited by Taiwan’s Ministry of Agriculture.

Daily egg production is currently estimated at around 123,000 cases, approximately 500 fewer than the previous week. Based on an average of about 200 eggs per case, the weekly reduction corresponds to roughly 100,000 fewer eggs per day.

Heat and flock replacement affect production

Prolonged hot weather has reduced laying performance and made flock management more difficult. At the same time, older laying hens are undergoing molting or being replaced, creating a temporary transition period before replacement hens reach productive age.

The resulting reduction in supply has been particularly noticeable for eggs that undergo grading and washing. Supplies of traditional loose eggs have been less affected.

Slightly stronger demand has also contributed to the recent price increase. The Taipei Egg Traders Association said that expectations of a possible typhoon had encouraged some consumers and businesses to purchase eggs in advance, adding to market pressure.

No nationwide shortage

Taiwan’s Ministry of Agriculture has stressed that the current situation does not amount to a nationwide egg shortage. Rather, supplies are tighter in some areas and for certain types of eggs.

The ministry has asked farmers to strengthen flock management and egg traders to improve distribution between regions. It is also working with industry organizations and local egg traders to help stabilize supplies.

The ministry has also pointed out that the color of an eggshell is determined primarily by the hen’s genetics and does not, by itself, indicate differences in nutritional value.

Supply expected to improve

Market participants expect egg supplies to gradually improve from around September as replacement laying hens enter production.

Until then, the availability of some graded and washed eggs may remain relatively tight, while prices could continue to fluctuate depending on production and demand.

The situation also highlights the challenges posed by high temperatures to Taiwan’s egg industry. Poultry farms have been encouraged to improve environmental management and adopt measures to reduce heat stress, including better ventilation and cooling systems.

Although egg prices have reached a two-year high, Taiwan’s authorities continue to characterize the situation as a temporary tightening of supply rather than a nationwide shortage. Conditions are expected to improve as replacement flocks enter production and the effects of the summer heat ease.

The hidden impact of veterinary care: new insights from a global survey of veterinarians

Edusehat — Wed, 12 Aug 2026 12:30:10 +0700

Animal owners may think they know what happens during a veterinary visit — but
a new global survey of 1,000+ veterinarians across 51 countries shows there is far more going on than meets the eye.
Among species-specific veterinarians surveyed, overlooked aspects included “spotting hidden health problems and pain” among pet veterinarians (87%) and equine veterinarians (60%), “food-chain safety” and “disease surveillance” among livestock veterinarians (65% and 62% respectively).
Boehringer Ingelheim and its veterinary association partners are spotlighting these findings to help build greater understanding of the essential yet often unseen role of veterinary care.

Boehringer Ingelheim today published new global survey findings revealing the often-overlooked aspects of veterinary care that are essential in protecting animals, people, and society.

Drawing on responses from 1,046 qualifying veterinary professionals across 51 countries, the survey identified three of the most important yet underrecognized aspects of veterinary care:

Uncovering hidden health problems and pain, identified by 87% of pet veterinarians and 60% of equine veterinarians
Protecting food-chain safety, identified by 65% of livestock veterinarians
Surveillance programs to limit spread of disease, identified by 62% of livestock veterinarians

The findings underscore the far-reaching role veterinary professions play in everyday life, from caring for pets in over half of households globallyⁱ to safeguarding the animals and animal-derived products that help feed 97% of the world’s population.^ii,iii,iv

“Every day, veterinarians make decisions that matter far beyond the consulting room – for the animals in their care, for the people who love them, and for the food systems and public health we depend on,” said Claire Fowler, Head of Global Strategic Marketing, Boehringer Ingelheim Animal Health. “Through this Going Beyond survey, together with our partners, we are highlighting the value of something many of us in the animal health world have long felt to be true: the most critical parts of what veterinarians do are often the least visible.”

The expertise behind every quiet veterinary decision

That invisible expertise begins with years of training. Identifying health issues in animals and determining the course of action relies on a depth of knowledge that isn’t always immediately obvious. Qualifying as a veterinarian can take five to six years of university study, while specialist veterinarians may complete four or more additional years of advanced training, meaning decisions are informed by more than a decade of education and hands-on clinical experience.v For cats and dogs, this expertise can be the difference between catching a condition like diabetes or chronic kidney disease early and missing it entirely.

As expectations around animal health and wellbeing rise among pet owners^vi,vii,viii veterinary judgement plays an increasingly important role across every stage of care – from prevention and early diagnosis to managing complex conditions. Yet much of this work is invisible to animal owners, with 87% of pet veterinarians identifying “spotting hidden health problems” as the most important aspect of their role most likely to be overlooked.

“Diagnostic and treatment decisions are based on the veterinarians professional training and experience. This unnoticed layer of expertise ensures animals receive precise, efficient, and life-preserving care,” said Dr. Jim Berry, President of the World Small Animal Veterinary Association. “Helping pet owners understand the full scope of that expertise is key to building trust and partnership with their veterinary teams to support the long-term health of our animals.”

The hidden power of preventative veterinary care

Much of veterinary care is preventive by nature, with timely intervention and careful observation helping to address issues before they escalate and easing long-term emotional and financial strain on animal owners.

Yet when equine veterinarians were surveyed, they ranked “detecting hidden pain and subtle early disease signs” (60%) and “using a horse’s environment and clinical history to predict risk” (42%) as the most important but overlooked aspects of their role.

In practice, this includes tailored advice on a horse’s diet, dental and hoof care, vaccination, parasite control, and stable management, helping to reduce the risk of conditions such as colic, laminitis, and respiratory disease.

“Much of an equine veterinarian’s work goes unnoticed precisely because it is effective,” said Dr. Sarah M. Reuss, President of the American Association of Equine Practitioners and Equine Technical Manager at Boehringer Ingelheim. “Its impact is seen in problems identified early, avoided altogether, or managed before they escalate.”

The veterinary care protecting food systems and public health

Livestock veterinary care – which protects animals such as cattle, pigs, and poultry – has a direct and measurable impact on the food that people depend on every day, underpinning around 34% of the global food protein supply.^ix

It also matters for public health, as 60% of human infectious diseases are known to spread between animals and humans,^x and 70% of emerging diseases originate in animals.^xi

Yet, according to livestock veterinarians, the broader impact of their role often goes unrecognized. In the survey, most identified “protecting food-chain safety” as an aspect of their role most likely to be overlooked by the public (65%), followed closely by “surveillance to limit the spread of disease” (62%).

“Livestock veterinarians are guardians of our food supply and frontline defenders against the diseases that can cross from animals to people – yet this role is rarely visible to the public who depend on it most,” said Arcangelo Gentile, President of the World Association for Buiatrics. “Recognizing it is not just a matter of professional pride; it is essential if we are to attract, retain, and support the veterinary workforce that global food security and public health are increasingly reliant on.”

Conceptual Foundations of the Water Footprint: Components, Scope, and Application in Water Management

Edusehat — Wed, 12 Aug 2026 05:35:04 +0700

* By Juan Diego Rodriguez Triana

In an era of global environmental strain, efficient resource management dictates aquaculture sustainability. Juan Diego Rodriguez Triana establishes the conceptual foundations of the aquaculture water footprint. By decomposing usage into blue, green, and gray components, this analytical framework maps direct farm consumption alongside indirect supply chain pressures, offering stakeholders a robust, lifecycle-based tool to maximize water-use efficiency and protect local watersheds.

Water Footprint

Conceptually, this approach is divided into three main components: blue water footprint, green water footprint, and gray water footprint (Figure 1).

Blue water footprint

Green water footprint

Gray water footprint

Direct and Indirect Water Footprint

Conclusion

* Juan Diego Rodriguez Triana
Clima Soluciones SAS Coordinador
Phone: +57 3219782480
Bogotá, Colombia

Dr. Bob Buresh receives PSA Distinguished Poultry Industry Career Award, sponsored by USPOULTRY

Edusehat — Tue, 11 Aug 2026 22:05:10 +0700

Bob Buresh, Ph.D., received the 2026 Poultry Science Association (PSA) Distinguished Poultry Industry Career Award, sponsored by the U.S. Poultry & Egg Association (USPOULTRY). The honor recognizes outstanding contributions by an industry leader. As the award sponsor, USPOULTRY also makes an annual contribution to the PSA Foundation in the recipient’s name.

“Dr. Buresh has devoted his career to advancing poultry nutrition while generously sharing his knowledge and leadership with our industry. His contributions have strengthened not only poultry production but also the organizations and professionals he has mentored along the way. We are pleased to recognize his remarkable career and lasting impact,” said Nath Morris, president of USPOULTRY.

After earning his bachelor’s and master’s degrees in Poultry Science from Clemson University, Dr. Buresh completed his Ph.D. in Poultry Nutrition at the University of Florida in 1985. His professional journey included roles with Purina Mills and Eastern Minerals, followed by 18 years as a broiler and breeder nutritionist at Tyson Foods and another 18 years with Novus International.

Throughout his career, Dr. Buresh has made significant contributions to the advancement of poultry nutrition through both scientific research and technical outreach. He has co-authored numerous peer-reviewed journal articles, technical publications and industry resources addressing broiler and breeder nutrition, trace mineral supplementation, feed efficiency, reproductive performance and practical nutritional strategies for commercial poultry production. His work has consistently bridged the gap between research and commercial application, providing poultry companies and nutritionists with science-based solutions that improve bird health, productivity and sustainability.

Beyond his professional career, Dr. Buresh has been an active mentor in the poultry industry, serving in leadership roles with the Southern Poultry Science Society, PSA, the World’s Poultry Science Association and the Pacific Egg & Poultry Association. He also held an appointment as an adjunct professor at Clemson University. Following his recent retirement from Novus International, Dr. Buresh has continued to support the poultry industry through leadership in professional associations and his consulting firm, Palmetto Poultry Nutrition.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Three decades of growth, resilience and commitment: celebrating 30 years of Ross 308 in Syria

Edusehat — Tue, 11 Aug 2026 18:30:10 +0700

Aviagen^® Türkiye, Middle East & Africa (TMEA) is celebrating a significant milestone with its long-standing distributor in Syria, Sayyad Poultry, which marks 30 years as an authorized distributor of the Ross^® 308. The anniversary reflects three decades of collaboration built on trust, resilience and a shared commitment to supporting the poultry industry in Syria.

Having entered the poultry industry in 1970 producing broiler chicks, Sayyad Poultry earned a strong reputation for quality and professionalism. By the late 1990s, that reputation led to an important milestone when the company received its first Ross 308 Grandparent (GP) shipment, establishing the formal relationship with Aviagen that continues today.

Over the past 30 years, Sayyad Poultry has played an important role in supplying highquality Ross 308 breeding stock to producers throughout Syria. Despite periods of economic uncertainty and regional conflict, the company has remained committed to maintaining high standards of flock health, biosecurity and customer support, helping poultry producers continue to succeed under challenging conditions.

“Our longstanding collaboration is a testament to the strength of our relationship and the shared values that have guided us throughout the years,” said Bulent Tanyildizi, Business Manager, Middle East & North Africa (MENA). “Their resilience, professionalism and unwavering commitment to supporting poultry producers, even during the most challenging circumstances, have made them an invaluable part of the

Aviagen family. We look forward to continuing our collaboration for many years to come.”

The Ross 308 has played an important role in that relationship, delivering consistent performance that has supported Sayyad Poultry’s growth and success. Renowned for delivering reliable results under demanding regional conditions, the Ross 308 has enabled the company to expand from broiler production into GP and parent stock (PS) operations, while continuing to provide customers with confidence in their flock performance.

One of Sayyad Poultry’s proudest achievements has been maintaining disease-free, flocks and high standards of biosecurity throughout periods of regional instability, while rebuilding and expanding its operations to meet the country’s growing parent stock requirements. Throughout the changing needs of the poultry industry, Sayyad Poultry has remained focused on delivering reliable genetics while supporting food security and the long-term success of its customers.

Reflecting on the milestone, Ghaleb Sayyad, Owner, Sayyad Poultry commented: “For the past 30 years, the Ross 308 has been the backbone of our business. Its consistent performance and Aviagen’s ongoing support have given us the confidence to grow, even during the most challenging times. Together, we have supplied outstanding genetics, supported our customers and contributed to strengthening Syria’s poultry industry. We are proud of what we have achieved together and look forward to building on this success.”

Looking ahead, Sayyad Poultry continues to invest in expanding its infrastructure to meet increasing demand for parent stock while strengthening its contribution to national food security. The company is also extending its distribution activities into Lebanon, alongside continued investment in new facilities to support sustainable long-term growth.

As Aviagen and Sayyad Poultry celebrate this important anniversary, their relationship stands as a testament to the value of trusted collaboration, resilient operations and a shared commitment to helping poultry producers succeed. Together, both organizations remain focused on delivering high-quality genetics, expertise and customer support that will continue to support Syria’s poultry industry for generations to come.

How to Introduce Your Dog to a Travel Carrier

Edusehat — Tue, 11 Aug 2026 14:50:05 +0700

Travel is becoming a regular part of life for many Indian pet parents. Weekend trips to Lonavala, family visits across states, monsoon vet runs in Mumbai, or a summer holiday in the hills all call for one shared essential: a travel carrier your dog actually feels safe inside. Most dogs are not born loving enclosed spaces, and pushing a nervous pup into a new carrier minutes before a journey almost always ends in whining, drooling, or a full meltdown.

The good news is that carrier training is not complicated. With patience and small daily sessions, most dogs learn to see their carrier as a personal den within two to three weeks. This guide walks you through the process from the very first sniff to your first real trip, with practical tips shaped for Indian homes, weather, and travel routes.

Why Carrier Training Matters for Indian Dog Parents

A travel carrier is more than a plastic box with a door. For your dog, it is a safe zone during unfamiliar experiences like flights, long car drives, or crowded railway platforms. According to the American Kennel Club, dogs are naturally den animals, and a properly introduced carrier taps into that instinct, giving them a private space where they can relax rather than panic.

In Indian conditions, this matters even more. Summers in Delhi and Ahmedabad cross forty degrees, monsoon travel in Mumbai brings sudden delays, and Indian Railways requires dogs to be transported in secure carriers. A dog trained to love its carrier handles all of this with far less stress, and so do you.

Choosing the Right Travel Carrier First

Training goes smoothly only when the carrier itself is a good fit. Pick one that suits your dog’s size, travel style, and climate. Look for sturdy construction, ventilation on multiple sides, a secure latch, and enough room for your dog to stand, turn, and lie down comfortably.

For short car rides and cabin flights within India, soft-sided carriers work well for small breeds like Pugs, Shih Tzus, and Indie pups under ten kilograms. For larger breeds such as Labradors, Golden Retrievers, and German Shepherds, hard-shell crates approved by the International Air Transport Association are the safer choice, especially for cargo travel. You can browse a range of options in the dog carriers and crates collection at PetsWorld to match your dog’s size and travel needs.

Step by Step Guide to Introducing Your Dog to a Travel Carrier

The single biggest mistake pet parents make is rushing. Give the process at least two weeks, and adjust the pace based on how your dog responds. Below is a gentle, reward-based method that works for puppies, adult dogs, and even nervous rescues.

Step 1: Place the Carrier in a Familiar Spot

Set the carrier in the room where your dog spends most of the day, such as the living room or a quiet corner of the bedroom. Keep the door open or remove it entirely for the first few days. Do not force interaction. Let your dog sniff, circle, and investigate on their own terms.

Add a soft towel or a piece of your unwashed clothing inside. Your scent is a powerful calming signal, especially for puppies and rescues adjusting to Indian apartment life.

Step 2: Make the Inside Inviting

Once your dog seems relaxed around the carrier, start tossing tasty treats near the entrance, then just inside. Chicken pieces, paneer cubes, or high-value training treats work well. The goal is to build a positive association: carrier equals good things happen.

Place a favourite chew toy or a stuffed puzzle toy inside. Rotating rewards keeps things interesting. You can pick up long-lasting options from the dog treats and chews collection at PetsWorld to keep training sessions rewarding without overfeeding.

Step 3: Feed Meals Near and Inside

After a few days of positive sniffing and treat taking, move mealtime to the carrier. Start by placing the bowl at the entrance, then shift it deeper inside each day until your dog walks fully in to eat. This step alone changes how most dogs feel about the carrier, since eating is naturally calming for them.

If your dog hesitates, do not push. Move the bowl back an inch and try again the next day. Progress in small steps is still progress.

Step 4: Practice Short Closures

Once your dog eats and rests inside willingly, gently close the door for a few seconds while they finish a treat or chew. Open it before they show any stress. Gradually build up to one minute, then five, then fifteen. Sit nearby during early sessions so your dog does not feel abandoned.

Add a calm cue word like "carrier" or "in" as they enter, so you can direct them with a single word later. Reward every successful entry. Consistency is what makes the behaviour stick.

Step 5: Take Short Trips

Now the fun begins. Carry your dog in the closed carrier around the house, then to the balcony, then to the car for a short drive around the block. Keep the first outings under ten minutes and end them with something enjoyable, such as a walk in a nearby park or a favourite item from the dog toys collection at PetsWorld. Slowly extend trip length as your dog grows confident.

Common Mistakes to Avoid

Even with the best intentions, a few missteps can undo weeks of progress. The ASPCA points out that using the carrier as punishment is one of the fastest ways to make a dog fear it. If your dog has chewed a shoe or had an accident, do not send them to the carrier as a time-out. The carrier must always feel like a safe, positive space.

Other frequent mistakes include forcing a nervous dog inside, locking them in for hours during early training, skipping ventilation checks in hot weather, and never practising with the door closed until the day of travel. Rushing the timeline is the most common issue, especially before a booked flight or a Diwali trip home.

Seasonal and Travel Tips for Indian Conditions

Indian weather adds a layer of planning that pet parents in cooler countries do not face. During peak summer months in cities like Chennai, Hyderabad, and Nagpur, avoid mid-day travel and choose carriers with mesh panels on all four sides. Freeze a small bottle of water and wrap it in a towel inside the carrier for long car journeys. Pair it with cooling gear or a spill-proof water bowl from the dog travel accessories collection at PetsWorld to keep the interior comfortable without wetting your dog.

During monsoon in Mumbai, Goa, and parts of Kerala, waterproof soft carriers with a rain cover and check that ventilation openings do not let water pool inside. For winter travel to hill stations, line the carrier with a soft blanket and avoid sudden temperature changes between a heated car and cold outdoor air.

For train journeys, familiarise your dog with station sounds by playing recordings at home during meals. Indian Railways allows dogs to travel with proper documentation, so keep a copy of the rabies certificate along with your ticket. For flights, follow the airline’s specific carrier dimensions, which vary between IndiGo, Air India, and Vistara.

Carrier training is a small investment that pays off every time you travel, visit the vet, or ride out a stressful situation like Diwali fireworks. Take it slow, keep it positive, and your dog will soon walk into the carrier on their own.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. How long does it take to train a dog to like a travel carrier?

Most dogs take two to three weeks with daily short sessions. Puppies often adjust faster, while nervous rescues or older dogs may need four to six weeks of patient work.

2. Should I leave the travel carrier out all the time?

Yes, especially during the training phase. Keeping the carrier accessible as a resting spot helps your dog view it as a normal part of the home rather than something that only appears before stressful trips.

3. Is it safe to give my dog a treat inside the carrier during travel?

Small, easy-to-chew treats are fine for short trips. Avoid large chews or bones during car rides to prevent choking, especially on bumpy Indian roads. Fresh water in a spill-proof bowl is a better choice for long journeys.

4. What size travel carrier does my dog need?

Your dog should be able to stand up, turn around, and lie down comfortably inside. Measure from nose to tail base and from floor to the top of the head, then add a few centimetres for comfort.

5. Can I use a travel carrier for crate training at home?

Yes, a travel carrier can double as a home crate for small breeds. For larger dogs, a bigger home crate paired with a separate travel carrier usually works better, since travel carriers are designed to be more compact.

6. My dog whines inside the carrier. What should I do?

Do not open the door while they whine, as this teaches them that noise leads to freedom. Wait for a quiet moment, even a brief pause, and reward calm behaviour. If whining continues for days, slow the training pace and return to shorter, easier sessions.

Can Dogs Eat Avocado? Safety, Risks & What To Do

Edusehat — Tue, 11 Aug 2026 04:10:03 +0700

Avocado’s flesh is not considered poisonous to dogs and cats, but the pit can cause a serious intestinal obstruction, and the high fat content can trigger pancreatitis in some pets. Because individual reactions vary and these risks can be serious, any avocado ingestion is worth a call to your veterinarian or a veterinary toxicology expert at Pet Poison Helpline.

Can Dogs Eat Avocado? The Short Answer

Avocado shows up in many kitchens, and it is a common question among dog owners whether it is safe to share. The honest answer has some nuance to it. Avocado is considered non-toxic to dogs and cats, which sets it apart from foods like chocolate or grapes. That said, non-toxic does not mean risk-free. The seed inside an avocado is a genuine hazard on its own and the high fat content creates a risk for pancreatitis. Because there is no way to predict how an individual dog will react, our veterinary toxicology experts recommend keeping avocado out of reach and calling if your dog eats any part of one.

Is Avocado Bad for Dogs? What is Persin?

Persin is a naturally occurring compound found throughout the avocado plant, including the leaves, fruit, seeds, and bark. Persin is a concern for birds, rabbits, horses, and ruminants such as cows and goats. Persin can also cause vomiting and diarrhea in dogs, even though the more serious effects, including cardiovascular and respiratory signs, are seen far more often in other species. In short, dogs are not considered as sensitive to persin as many other animals, but that does not rule out digestive upset.

Which Parts of an Avocado Carry the Most Risk?

The Pit

The pit, or seed, is the biggest concern for dogs since the ingestion of the avocado seed can result in an intestinal obstruction. A pit is large, hard, and can lodge in the digestive tract, which may require emergency veterinary care or surgery to resolve. Dogs should never be allowed to chew on or swallow an avocado pit.

Skin, Leaves, and Bark

Persin is concentrated in the leaves, skin, and bark of the avocado plant. Dogs should not be given access to these parts, or to the plant itself if you grow avocado trees at home or have one in the yard.

The Flesh

The fruit itself also contains persin, though avocado overall is non-toxic to dogs and cats. Because reactions can vary from dog to dog, it is best not to offer avocado flesh as a treat, and to contact Pet Poison Helpline if your dog eats any amount.

What to Do if Your Dog Eats Avocado

What to do next depends on what your dog actually ate.

If your dog ate only a small amount of avocado flesh: Avocado flesh isn’t considered poisonous, so this is typically the least concerning scenario. That said, Pet Poison Helpline’s veterinary toxicology experts can help you factor in your dog’s size, health history, and how much was eaten, so it’s worth a call if you want that guidance or if you notice vomiting, diarrhea, or lethargy.

If your dog ate the pit: Treat this as an emergency. The pit can cause a life-threatening obstruction even if your dog seems fine at first. Because this is a physical injury risk rather than a poisoning, contact a trusted veterinary hospital immediately rather than Pet Poison Helpline.

If your dog ate guacamole: Guacamole often contains onion and garlic, both of which are poisonous to dogs on their own. Treat this as a multi-ingredient exposure and contact Pet Poison Helpline right away. See our pages on onion poisoning in dogs and garlic poisoning in dogs for more detail.

Pet Poison Helpline’s veterinary toxicology experts are available 24/7 at (855) 764-7661 to help guide you with next steps.

Symptoms to Watch For

Persin exposure in dogs can include vomiting and diarrhea. The high fat content can result in pancreatitis, which can cause vomiting, diarrhea, and a lack of appetite. If the pit was swallowed, watch closely for signs of an obstruction, such as repeated vomiting, lethargy, loss of appetite, straining, or abdominal discomfort.Seek emergency veterinary care right away if these occur.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can dogs have avocado?
Pet Poison Helpline considers avocado non-toxic to dogs, though the pit can cause a serious intestinal obstruction and the high fat content can cause pancreatitis. Because reactions vary, it is best to keep avocado away from your dog and call Pet Poison Helpline if your dog eats any.

Is avocado bad for dogs?
Avocado is not classified as toxic to dogs, but it is not risk-free either. The pit can cause a dangerous obstruction and the high fat content can cause pancreatitis, so it’s best to keep this food away from pets.

Can dogs eat guacamole?
Dogs should not eat guacamole. Beyond the avocado itself, guacamole often contains onion and garlic, both of which are poisonous to dogs. If your dog eats guacamole, contact Pet Poison Helpline for guidance tailored specifically to your pet and their exposure.

Are avocados dangerous to cats, too?
Avocado is non-toxic to cats as well as dogs, though the pit still poses a choking and obstruction risk for cats.

What happens if a dog eats an avocado pit?
An avocado pit can lodge in a dog’s digestive tract and cause an intestinal obstruction, which is a medical emergency. Contact a veterinary hospital right away if your dog swallows a pit.

The post Can Dogs Eat Avocado? Safety, Risks & What To Do appeared first on Pet Poison Helpline.

Changing IBDV landscape warrants vaccine programming reset

Edusehat — Tue, 11 Aug 2026 00:40:04 +0700

By Kalen Cookson, DVM, MAM, DAPVC
Director of clinical research
Zoetis

Infectious bursal disease virus (IBDV) has evolved to include multiple phylogenetic clusters, including variants with different antigenic looks.

When variant strains, such as AL2, or emerging variants, such as the Del-E subtypes similar to China variant SHG19 (A2dB1), break through expected protection, not only can an IBD challenge hit early, but it may also affect how well birds respond to other health challenges.

As veterinarians consider vaccination strategies against these emerging IBDV variant strains, it’s important to keep a clear goal in mind: provide every chick the strongest possible immune start while keeping pace with a changing virus.

Complex and changing IBDV landscape

In cooperation with Zoetis Diagnostics Services, technical service colleagues regularly conduct bursal surveillance programs with customers to determine IBDV strains present in flocks, in order to help inform vaccination programming decisions. Consolidated results from these surveillance efforts also provide insight into the complex IBDV landscape in the field.

Figure 1.

Phylogenetic analyses conducted by Zoetis categorized IBDV into six general clusters (Figure 1). The Classic cluster is made up mostly of the Faragher insert contained in most rHVT-IBD vaccines but also contains live vaccine strains and Winterfield-2512.¹

The Group-6 cluster, named after the many IBDVs sharing the same restriction enzyme pattern, contains the most extensive branching.¹

There are two Del-E clusters: The prototype cluster and another cluster containing the 254S→N mutation. Over half of the Del-E 254N cluster also contains 299S, making them 98% identical to the SHG19 China variant that has spread to much of Southeast Asia, Western Canada (BC/Del-E) and, more recently, the Middle East.¹

The Del-E prototype cluster represents about 10% of all sequences mapped in the US.²

The Variant Other cluster notably includes viruses from Pennsylvania that are also most prevalent in Eastern Canada and closely related to South Africa variant 05SA8.¹

Del-E and AL2 viruses are identical everywhere except in Peak B, where they differ in three positions. These differences in the immune-dominant hydrophilic Peak B region most likely allowed AL2 to become the predominant variant since the turn of the century. Group-6 IBDVs differ from Del-E in one to four positions in Peak B.¹

Matching vaccine type, timing to IBDV variant

Live IBD vaccines can help protect chicks by stimulating immunity against IBDV as maternal antibodies decline. They can also serve as strategic boosters and help block early field infections. Recombinant vaccines can help provide a consistent “cushion” of active immunity, delay field infections and reduce the bursal atrophy that occurs when field viruses do infect.

A study tested three vaccination strategies given by subcutaneous administration at hatch:³

Recombinant vaccine (Poulvac^® Procerta^® HVT-IBD)
Live vaccine
Combination of both vaccines

Specific-pathogen-free (SPF) chickens were vaccinated and then exposed to AL2 or a Novel SHG-19-like variant IBDV.³

After challenge, all three vaccination methods provided strong protection, with 90% to 97% protection against AL2 and 87% to 100% protection against the SHG-19-like variant. Birds that were not vaccinated showed severe bursal damage from the virus.³

Although the live vaccine alone may not work as well in chicks with high levels of maternal antibodies, the study demonstrates how valuable live IBD vaccine administration can be for protecting chicks starting with marginal antibody levels. Live vaccination is thus useful to fill the protection gap before significant immunity from recombinant vaccine is attained.³

Live vaccine can protect susceptible birds (low maternal antibodies) quickly and reduce early variant IBDV replication, while recombinant HVT-IBD immunity is not affected by maternal antibodies but takes longer to kick in. Live vaccine plus recombinant IBD is a complementary hatchery strategy to help control both early and late IBDV infections.³

Additionally, a series of leghorn challenge studies showed the cushioning effect of Procerta HVT-IBD when birds were challenged with AL2 or the SHG-19-like Del-E subtype at either 3 or 4 weeks of age. Vaccination with the recombinant vaccine provided a cushioning effect against AL2 through 35 days and against the SHG-19-like Del-E subtype through 29 days.⁴(Figure 2)

When vaccination programs for IBDV are developed and timed based on active surveillance programs, they can support the chick’s immune foundation, care for flock health from day one and be adjusted appropriately as the field challenge changes.

Figure 2.

IBDV programming best practices

Know local field pressure through diagnostics and surveillance programs and stay alert to emerging variant types. With multiple types of IBDV in the field, it is important to choose a vaccine that provides protection against the most dominant variants in your area. Taking a “set it and forget it” approach may miss the mark on the level of protection needed over successive flocks in an operation.
Choose a vaccine program strategically. Distinct vaccine options — recombinant vaccines, immune complex vaccines and live vaccines — may complement each other to achieve IBDV management goals.
Monitor protection levels and adjust breeder, hatchery or field vaccination programs to close gaps. With information from active bursal surveillance programs, an IBDV vaccination strategy can be developed using all the available tools to help minimize the severity of an IBDV challenge and limit immune suppression.

References

Yu P-H, Cookson K, Schaeffer J. Phylogenetic analysis of over 1,000 IBDV sequences of VP2 from commercial chicken flocks since 2009 and a comparison of key mutations shared with reference strains. International Poultry Science Forum 2025.
Cookson K, Alig B, Jordan B, Schlenker J, Yu P-H. Phylogenetic analysis of over 1,000 IBDVs from North American chicken flocks since 2009 and how today’s commercial killed vaccines protect against IBDVs in each major cluster. World Poultry Congress 2026.
Data on file, Study No. RM-OQO-KC8330, Zoetis Inc.
Cookson K, Alig B, Yu P-H, Jordan B. A comparison of uninfected vs. IBDV challenged bursa sizes at several different ages from broilers and leghorns from at least 8 challenge studies. AAAP 2026.

All trademarks are the property of Zoetis Services LLC or a related company or a licensor unless otherwise noted.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Changing IBDV landscape warrants vaccine programming reset appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Broiler breeder behavior impacts mating and fertility

Edusehat — Tue, 11 Aug 2026 00:40:03 +0700

Is it dominance or experience that wins the day? When it comes to mating success and fertility in chickens, the answer might be surprising.

Broiler breeder fertility has been declining over the past decade, raising concerns about both productivity and the long-term sustainability of the industry. At the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting, Marcela Quino, a graduate student at Auburn University, presented her research examining how time of day, rooster competition and behavior influence mating success and fertility during the early production period.

“Hatchability, fertility, chick viability and production efficiency have been declining,” she said. Past research focused on physical and physiological traits such as rooster body condition, sperm quality and body weight. Quino’s research examined behavior.

“One of our study objectives was to identify daily patterns in mating interactions and attempts and their evolution with age to evaluate mating behavior. We also sought to assess the relationship between fertility and mating attempts,” Quino explained.

Why behavior matters

According to Quino, mating behavior is influenced by several social and environmental factors. “It is believed that if a rooster is more dominant, it’s more likely to have more mating interactions,” she noted.

Courtship behavior also plays a role in whether hens accept a mating attempt. And male-male competition can increase aggression and disrupt successful copulation.

Another key factor is timing. Birds naturally regulate their activities to a 24-hour biological rhythm. However, the behavior of commercial broiler breeders is affected by lighting control.

“Knowing the timing of some behaviors is really important so that we can enhance the birds’ reproductive efficiency,” Quino said.

Study design

The study involved 472 broiler breeders, including 64 Ross 44 roosters and 480 Ross 308 hens. Roosters were placed into one of two treatments starting at 20 weeks of age:

With competition: four roosters housed together with 36 hens (1:9 ratio)
Without competition: single roosters housed with nine hens

Behavior was recorded during the early egg-production period at 25 and 30 weeks of age, with lighting from 7 a.m. to 9 p.m. and feeding at 8 a.m.

Mating attempts were classified as successful when cloacal contact was achieved and unsuccessful if cloacal contact was not visible. Fertility was measured weekly using egg breakout at day 3 of incubation.

Mating success

Quino found that roosters housed with other males had a high incidence of unsuccessful attempts, even as the total number of mating attempts increased. However, successful matings remained consistent regardless of competition.

Age also played a role. Younger roosters at 25 weeks showed more unsuccessful attempts than those at 30 weeks. Quino suggested this was because the younger males lacked experience and were simply habituating to the hens. Older, more sexually mature roosters showed “more expected strategies of courtship due to their experience,” she said.

Timing makes a difference

One of the more producer-relevant findings in Quino’s research was how mating behavior changed throughout the day. Her study revealed fewer mating attempts and lower success during midday and two clear peaks in mating activity: early morning and late evening.

“We had peak total mating interactions at 7 a.m. and 7 p.m.,” Quino said. However, success differed between those windows. Early morning showed higher mating activity but also more unsuccessful attempts. In contrast, the most effective period occurred in the evening. “We had a peak of successful attempts at 7 p.m. with fewer failures compared to the morning.”

Linking mating behavior to fertility

The study also examined how mating behavior translated into actual fertility. “We observed a moderate negative correlation between fertility and unsuccessful attempts and a moderate positive correlation between fertility and successful attempts,” Quino noted.

She also explained that reproductive success has both pre- and post-copulatory components. “With more cloacal contact, fertilization success was increased. When cloacal contact did not occur, we saw that the eggs were less fertile,” she said.

Practical takeaways

In conclusion, Quino emphasized that management decisions can influence mating success. “Although competition increased mating activity, it didn’t translate to more success.”

Timing, however, mattered greatly. “The late-evening period emerged as an important window for successful attempts, making it a potential focus for breeder management strategies.”

The results also indicate that experience matters. “The consistent success and declining lack of success of roosters with age suggests a potential role of experience and learning on mating interactions,” Quino said.

Looking ahead, she said that her future research will focus on hen receptiveness, courtship behaviors and how rooster interference affects mating outcomes.

For producers, Quino’s work revealed that when and how birds mate can be just as important as how they are fed or physically managed, and that small adjustments to the timing of light periods and the age of birds can increase fertility.

The post Broiler breeder behavior impacts mating and fertility appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Machine learning authentication of laying hen housing via egg quality

Edusehat — Mon, 10 Aug 2026 21:00:09 +0700

Introduction

Egg quality is a critical indicator of poultry welfare and consumer trust. Mislabeling of housing systems—such as cage, barn, free‑range, or organic—represents a growing food fraud concern. Machine learning (ML) offers a robust solution by analyzing egg quality parameters to authenticate production systems. Recent studies highlight the potential of ML models to classify eggs with high accuracy, ensuring transparency in the poultry industry¹.

Egg quality parameters as predictors

Egg quality encompasses shell strength, yolk composition, albumen height, and chemical markers. These parameters vary significantly depending on the housing system, influenced by factors such as diet, stress, and environmental conditions. For instance, free‑range hens often produce eggs with higher yolk pigmentation and stronger shells compared to caged hens. By quantifying these differences, ML algorithms can establish predictive models that distinguish housing systems with remarkable precision².

Machine learning models in authentication

Support Vector Machines (SVM), Random Forests, and Neural Networks are among the most effective ML techniques applied to egg authentication. A large‑scale study analyzing over 4,000 egg yolks using ^1H NMR spectroscopy demonstrated that SVM achieved 98.5% cross‑validation accuracy, outperforming other models. This highlights the suitability of ML for complex classification tasks where subtle biochemical differences must be detected.

Integration of spectroscopy and isotope analysis

Beyond traditional egg quality metrics, advanced methods such as nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and stable isotope analysis have been integrated with ML. These techniques capture chemical fingerprints of eggs that reflect housing conditions and feed composition. Seasonal variations, which can complicate authentication, are effectively addressed by combining isotope data with ML classifiers, ensuring consistent accuracy across production cycles³.

Implications for food fraud prevention

The application of ML in egg authentication has direct implications for combating food fraud. Supermarket testing revealed that only 62.8% of eggs matched their labeled housing system, underscoring the prevalence of mislabeling. ML‑based verification systems could be implemented at production and retail levels to safeguard consumer trust and regulatory compliance. This approach also supports traceability initiatives within sustainable agriculture frameworks.

Conclusion

Machine learning provides a powerful tool for authenticating laying hen housing systems through egg quality parameters. By integrating biochemical data, spectroscopy, and isotope analysis, ML models achieve high classification accuracy, offering a scalable solution to food fraud. Future research should focus on expanding datasets across breeds and regions, ensuring global applicability of these models. Ultimately, ML‑driven authentication strengthens transparency, enhances consumer confidence, and promotes ethical poultry production.

References:

Implementation of PPWR

Edusehat — Mon, 10 Aug 2026 17:45:05 +0700

It is Europe’s slow season of August , when everyone is hot and on holiday. What better time than now for the European Union to mandate the EU Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation, which is due to come into force on 12 August. It presents a challenge for retailers, for packagers and manufacturers. In a way, it is like the low emission zones around London. People complain, but once they get started and get going, the resulting lowered emissions and better environment make up for it.

I live near Blackwall and Silvertown Tunnels in London, and that area is much cleaner than it used to be when I first moved there nearly 30 years ago. We all complained about the Silvertown Tunnel, but sitting traffic is down and thus emissions. The rise of electric cars and vehicles versus diesels, and zero emission buses being employed, have made a difference.

In our next issue, we discuss PPWR and other items with Craig Shakespeare of European packaging company Coveris. He notes, “For manufacturers, the focus is increasingly on future-proofing packaging investments by choosing solutions that can adapt to changing legislation while maintaining operational efficiency and protecting product quality. Shelf life and waste reduction also remain critical considerations, particularly in a category where preventing food waste is an important part of sustainability performance.”

These are all good points. As packagers of products, dairy processors have to look on from the cheapest to the most environmentally friendly, while still being cost-conscious. It is a tall order for the sector, especially as most people have dairy in their refrigerators. We are doing the best we can, lightweighting and making the caps and cartons all one colour here in the UK. In Europe too, the changes are afoot, although as some say, the rates are slower in some countries than others. Fair enough. It’s a 27-country union after all.

Suzanne Christiansen, editor, Dairy Industries International. Keep in touch via:
Email: suzanne@bellpublishing.com
Twitter: @dairyindustries
Linkedin: @dairyindustriesinternational

The post Implementation of PPWR appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

The gateway to a profitable cut-up process

Edusehat — Mon, 10 Aug 2026 13:55:05 +0700

For poultry processors facing labor shortages, rising costs, and increasing demand for cut-up products, improving efficiency in the cut-up department is no longer optional. It is a direct duty to increase margins and unlock growth. This can be done easily with JBT Marel’s ACM-NT automated cut-up solution. Various processors testify to its benefits.The ACM-NT makes it possible to take that step without major disruption. Even in plants where space is limited and budgets are tight, processors can start automating by installing the entry-level ACM-NT Compact version, and immediately benefit from higher efficiency, consistent product quality, and less dependency on manual labor. Built on proven breast, leg, and wing cutting modules, one-on-one inherited from the full-size ACM-NT system, the system delivers reliable, high-quality cuts while taking up only limited space.

Turn market demand into growth

Around the world, markets that are traditionally focused on whole birds are shifting towards cut chicken pieces. In markets that have already evolved towards cut-up products, demand for convenient chicken portions is still growing due to urbanization and consumers’ preference for easy-to-prepare food. This means that almost every market is asking poultry processors to produce higher volumes of cut-up chicken meat. This offers clear opportunities to prepare your factory to meet this demand and process higher-value products.

To do so, however, you’ll need to ensure that you produce those cuts in an efficient, controlled, and profitable way. Automation allows you to benefit from this market trend without increasing labor needs. The modular ACM-NT cut-up system allows you to start at a level that meets your current needs and scale up as demand grows. And of course, the yield and consistency of the resulting chicken cuts is higher than ever.

Adapt your production to your customers

Every market is different, and the cut-up line should reflect that The ACM-NT can be tailored to produce the desired product mix. Whether the market’s focus is on wings, breast meat, or leg products, the system adapts to these needs. It is possible to produce according to exact customer specifications across different channels, from retail to food service. The result is a higher percentage of A-grade cuts and better access to premium markets. The perfect means to achieve this are ACM-NT modules such as WingMaster and ALPINE.

WingMaster provides a precise anatomic cut of the second wing joint, with adjustable skin coverage for ideal presentation of both mid-wing and drumette. Independent left and right wing cutting ensures optimal yield and the best destination for each piece, especially when integrated into JBT Marel’s Q-Wing setup.

The ALPINE leg processing module performs precise, high-yield anatomical cuts to meet specific customer specifications. Integrated sensors identify and prevent the presence of undesirable back pieces. ALPINE accepts water and air-chilled legs up to the super HD ‘big bird’ weight range. The integrated HMI screen provides monitoring functions, including tracking product losses.

For more information: – https://jbtmarel.com/

FEFAC and Sindirações sign Memorandum of Understanding to strengthen cooperation and to facilitate a more connected and resilient global feed sector

Edusehat — Sun, 09 Aug 2026 19:50:09 +0700

The European Feed Manufacturers’ Federation (FEFAC) and the Brazilian Feed Industry Association (Sindirações) have signed a Memorandum of Understanding to deepen cooperation between the European and Brazilian feed sectors. Through the agreement, FEFAC and Sindirações will focus on areas of common interest: feed safety, animal health & welfare, biosecurity, international feed and food standards, sustainable feed production and regulatory developments affecting the sector.

A key element of the Memorandum of Understanding will be the exchange of regulatory developments and relevant expertise, helping both organisations to follow respective legislative initiatives in areas such as feed legislation, feed ingredient approvals, labelling requirements and maximum residue levels. The agreement also covers cooperation in the context of global organisations such as Codex, WOAH (World Organisation for Animal Health) and the WTO to promote science-based international standards. The dialogue on sustainable production will cover topics such as responsible sourcing and the environmental footprint of feedstuffs. The cooperation will look to facilitate implementation of the EU–Mercosur Partnership Agreement and Interim Trade Agreement, which entered into provisional application on 1 May 2026, to contribute to relevant EU-Brazil and EU-Mercosur stakeholder dialogue on trade of feed ingredientssuch as soy products, feed grains, co-products from biofuel productions and essential feed additives.

“We welcome this reinforced partnership between FEFAC and Sindirações, which strengthens cooperation between two important compound feed-producing regions exploring the opportunities which can deliver mutual benefit to our respective members. Brazil represents a region of great significance in global feed production and trade with feed ingredients.
It is fundamental to maintain market access to ensure EU feed security and a competitive and sustainable livestock production in Europe. Jointly ensuring both European and Brazilian feed production can thrive,” said FEFAC President Nicolas Coudry-Mesny.

“The European Union plays a pivotal role in the global production and trade of feed and feedstuffs. Preserving market access is essential to safeguarding the EU’s feed supply while supporting competitive and sustainable livestock production across Europe. Through close cooperation, Europe and Brazil can foster the continued growth and resilience of their feed industries,” stated Sindirações President Roberto Ignacio Betancourt.

The agreement was signed in the margins of the 19th International Feed Regulators Meeting (IFRM), organised by the International Feed Industry Federation (IFIF) in cooperation with the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO), which gathered feed regulators and industry representatives from around the world.

Source: FEFAC press release

2026 Environmental Management Seminar to address regulatory changes, sustainability and environmental solutions

Edusehat — Sat, 08 Aug 2026 18:20:09 +0700

The 2026 USPOULTRY Environmental Management Seminar, taking place Sept. 17-18 in Destin, Fla., will bring together environmental professionals from across the poultry industry to explore the latest regulatory developments, sustainability initiatives and environmental management strategies. Sessions will cover regulatory updates, optimizing dissolved air flotation systems, the future of land application, anaerobic digesters, PFAS response and advanced wastewater treatment technologies for nutrient removal and system recovery.

Attendees will also gain practical insights into energy efficiency, water reduction and reuse, recyclable packaging, social responsibility audits and environmental stewardship through presentations from Clean Water Award-winning facilities and virtual plant tours. An interactive discussion with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency will provide attendees the opportunity to discuss current priorities and emerging environmental issues.

“We’re in business with our neighbors and it’s up to us to stay informed and be good stewards of the resources we use. Environmental regulations, sustainability expectations and operational challenges continue to evolve, making it more important than ever for industry professionals to stay informed. This seminar provides attendees with practical solutions, valuable peer-to-peer discussions and direct access to industry experts and regulators, equipping them with the knowledge they can immediately apply at their facilities,” said Bobby Weeks, senior environmental manager at Wayne-Sanderson Farms and planning committee chair.

The 2026 planning committee comprises Michele Boney, West Liberty Foods; Dr. Brian Kiepper, University of Georgia; Austin Pajda, Amick Farms LLC; Alex Sullivan, Fieldale Farms Corporation; Stephen James, Pilgrim’s; Joe Miller, Rose Acre Farms Inc.; Neal Powell, Perdue Farms; and Bobby Weeks, Wayne-Sanderson Farms and planning committee chair.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Eumofa Analyzes the Causes of the Downward Trend in Consumption of Fish and Aquaculture Products in the EU

Edusehat — Sat, 08 Aug 2026 04:20:10 +0700

✓ Consumption fell from 12.94 million tons in 2014 to 10.25 million tons in 2023, representing a 21% decrease.

✓ Spain, along with Portugal, leads in the consumption of these products.

✓ In countries like Italy and Poland, on the other hand, there has been a slight increase.

The latest report from the European Fisheries and Aquaculture Market Observatory (EuMOFA), ‘Consumption of Fisheries and Aquaculture Products in the EU,’ analyzes the downward trend in the consumption of fisheries and aquaculture products in the EU in recent years and its possible causes. Consumption fell from 12.94 million tons in 2014 to 10.25 million tons in 2023, representing a 21% decrease. Per capita consumption in 2023 was 22.9 kg, its lowest level in a decade.

The study provides a comprehensive assessment of the evolution of fishery and aquaculture product consumption in the EU, examining changes in consumption patterns, consumer behavior and preferences, and the main economic and structural factors shaping demand.

EU apparent consumption declined from 12.94 million tons in 2014 to 10.25 million tons in 2023, while per capita consumption fell from 25.5 kg to 22.9 kg, its lowest level of the decade. Trends varied considerably across Member States: consumption decreased in countries including Spain, France and Lithuania, while it increased in Italy, Poland, Romania and Slovakia. Portugal and Spain remained the EU’s largest per capita consumers.

From Frequent At-Home Consumption Towards Occasional Patterns

The study identifies a gradual shift from frequent at-home consumption towards more occasional patterns and greater out-of-home consumption. This trend is particularly pronounced among younger consumers, who tend to have lower familiarity with fish preparation and stronger expectations regarding convenience. Demand is increasingly oriented towards portioned, prepacked, ready-to-cook and ready-to-eat products.

Price and product appearance remain the main purchasing criteria, although origin, convenience and sustainability are gaining importance. At the same time, EU supply also shape consumption patterns. The EU market’s reliance on imports and retail strategies favoring stable, predictable supplies are contributing to a concentration of consumption around a limited number of species, such as salmon, tuna and shrimp.

The report also provides detailed analyses of Spain, France, Italy, Poland, the Netherlands and Austria, showing how cultural traditions, income, retail structures, product availability and price sensitivity influence consumption differently across national markets.

Special Cases

Spain, along with Portugal, leads in the consumption of these products, although from 2014 to 2024 the first one experienced a 32% decrease in average per capita household consumption. Thus, while in 2014 each household consumed 26.4 kg of fish and aquaculture products, in 2024 this figure fell to 17.9 kg per capita.

In countries like Italy and Poland, on the other hand, there has been a slight increase, although the most significant rise has been in Romania, Slovakia, Bulgaria, and Hungary, although it should be noted that these countries also started from lower per capita consumption levels.

Determining Factors

The report indicates that, in the case of Spain, the consumption of fish and aquaculture products has shifted from frequent to occasional. The determining factors are price (the most significant aspect), product appearance, and supply structure. Regarding the latter, the report notes that “the growing dependence on imports, the decline in domestic production, and retail strategies have contributed to changes in the products offered to consumers, ultimately influencing consumption patterns.”

Another key factor is convenience: consumers prefer to buy products that are easy to prepare, in portions, pre-packaged, ready to cook and ready to eat, which are increasingly in demand.

Regarding the type of product, consumers prefer those from wild-caught fish over those from aquaculture, although in Spain the consumption of farmed species such as salmon, sea bass, and gilthead seabream has increased. Specifically, gilthead seabream consumption grew by 5%, sea bass by 29%, and smoked salmon by 18%.

In contrast, the decline in consumption of hake, fresh sardines, anchovies, tuna and bonito from extractive fishing in Spain has been very pronounced, especially that of hake, which has decreased by 49% in the last decade.

Market Intelligence Tool

The European Market Observatory for Fisheries and Aquaculture (EuMOFA) is a market intelligence tool on the European Union fisheries and aquaculture sector, developed by the European Commission. It aims to increase market transparency and efficiency, analyses EU markets dynamics, and supports business decisions and policy-making.

EuMOFA enables direct monitoring of volumes, values and prices of fisheries and aquaculture products, from the first sale to retail stage, including imports and exports. Data are collected from EU countries, Iceland, Norway, United Kingdom and from EU institutions and updated every day.

FoodTechBangladesh Inaugurates Aquaculture Centre of Excellence in Mymensingh

Edusehat — Sat, 08 Aug 2026 04:20:09 +0700

The entity aims to bring farmers, researchers, businesses and public institutions closer together.

The five-year public-private partnership was co-funded by the Embassy of the Kingdom of the Netherlands in Bangladesh and co-implemented by Larive International and LightCastle Partners.

FoodTechBangladesh inaugurated some days ago its third Aquaculture Center of Excellence (CoE) in Mymensingh. The inauguration marks an important step toward expanding the practical use of advanced technologies for productive, commercially viable, and sustainable aquaculture in Bangladesh. The center has been designed as a learning, research, and demonstration platform for modern aquaculture production. It includes both in-tank and in-pond Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS).

Through this Center of Excellence, FoodTechBangladesh aims to bring farmers, researchers, businesses, and public institutions closer together. As a result, aquaculture technologies can move beyond demonstration and contribute to wider adoption, improved productivity, and sustainable sector growth.

FoodTechBangladesh (FTB) is a five-year public-private partnership (PPP) co-funded by the Embassy of the Kingdom of the Netherlands in Bangladesh. Co-implemented by Larive International and LightCastle Partners, the program aims to enhance Bangladesh’s aquaculture sector through sustainable and scalable interventions. FTB focuses on improving technical performance, reducing post-harvest losses, and strengthening market linkages. Key initiatives include establishing Centers of Excellence across regions, training thousands of farmers, and promoting innovative aquaculture technologies.

Combining Government Support with Appropriate Technology

Addressing the event, Khaled Kanak, Director General of the Department of Fisheries, who attended as Chief Guest, emphasized the importance of combining technology with institutional support. “The Netherlands has demonstrated how Bangladesh can achieve high productivity from limited land. By combining government support with appropriate technology, we can create greater opportunities to advance the fisheries sector,” he said.

The inauguration brought together representatives from government organizations, private companies, research institutions, and academia, such as Kanak, Joris van Bommel, Ambassador of the Kingdom of the Netherlands to Bangladesh, attended as Guest of Honour; Rezaul Karim, as Director of Administration from the Department of Fisheries. Ataul Karim Bhuiyan, Managing Director of FishTech, joined as Special Guest.

Technology Transfer, Farmer Training, Applied Research…

Following the welcome remarks by Ataul Karim Bhuiyan, Rogier Becker, Senior Project Manager at Larive International, presented an overview of the FoodTechBangladesh program. He explained how the CoEs support technology transfer, farmer training, applied research, and stronger market linkages.

For his part, Võ Nguyên Khánh (Kaidan), Aqua Researcher at De Heus Asia, discussed the experience and future prospects of the technology partnership in Bangladesh. He also highlighted technical training, research trials, and continued support for advanced aquaculture systems.

The technical sessions continued with Imran Hossain, Technical Officer (R&D) at FishTech. He presented research findings and success stories from the in-tank and in-pond RAS facilities. Furthermore, he highlighted the potential of RAS to improve water management, fish health, production efficiency, and commercial performance.

Meanwhile, Ariful Islam, Assistant Manager (R&D) at FishTech, presented outcomes from In-Pond Raceway System trials. He demonstrated how the technology can support higher productivity, improved feed efficiency, better fish survival, and stronger financial returns than traditional production systems.

Van Bommel, for his part, highlighted that the long-term value of the center would depend on how effectively its knowledge and technologies reach farmers and entrepreneurs. “The true success of these centers will be measured by the farmers who adopt better practices, the entrepreneurs who invest with confidence, and the young people who develop new skills,” he stated.

In his closing remarks and vote of thanks, Farhad Hossain acknowledged the collective contribution of the program’s partners, technical teams, government representatives, and farming communities.

Touring the RAS Facilities

Following the formal program, the guests toured the RAS facilities and observed the systems in operation. The FishTech team explained the design and operational processes of the facility. Finally, the inauguration concluded with a ribbon-cutting ceremony, fish feeding, and live demonstrations of the center’s aquaculture technologies.

New GFCM Publication Showcases Results of Research Program on Red Coral in the Mediterranean Sea

Edusehat — Sat, 08 Aug 2026 04:20:08 +0700

By GFCM/FAO

Red coral (Corallium rubrum) is an emblematic species of the Mediterranean Sea, long valued and harvested in the region for millennia. In the past, its shallow populations were nearly depleted in some areas due to excessive fishing pressure.

To improve knowledge on the species and strengthen the management of red coral fisheries in the region, the General Fisheries Commission for the Mediterranean (GFCM) of the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) conducted a research programme on red coral. Funded by the European Union, the program was implemented from 2020 to 2023 by research institutes and universities, in cooperation with national administrations across the Mediterranean.

“The research program enabled data collection on the status of red coral stocks, including colony demographic structures, catches by fishing ground, observer data, socioeconomic aspects, growth and habitat conditions, providing valuable knowledge to managers and fishers,” said Adel Gaamour, researcher at the National Institute of Marine Sciences and Technologies of Tunisia.

The detailed findings of the research program have now been released in a new GFCM publication. The report presents the results of data collection activities conducted in Croatia, France, Greece, Italy and Tunisia and provides insights into the population genetics of red coral across Mediterranean subregions, the stock assessments carried out, as well as the socioeconomic dimensions of red coral harvesting. It also highlights the results of targeted training and capacity-development activities conducted with other partner countries, including Algeria, Malta and Morocco.

The results of the research program informed the development and subsequent adoption of a GFCM recommendation on long-term measures for the sustainable exploitation of red coral. Positive developments are already seen at country level.

“This research program has allowed us and will hopefully allow us to continue collaboration with countries that were previously more difficult to reach,” said Federica Costantini, associate professor in marine ecology, BiGeA, University of Bologna, Italy. “And above all, from a practical point of view, it enabled us to create protocols (for molecular analysis and for data analysis) that can then be used in the future by these countries for the management and conservation of this species.”

“Based on the findings of the research program, Tunisia is currently developing legislation to regulate red coral fisheries,” explained Gaamour. “The proposed framework includes provisions on designated fishing areas, authorized fishing gear and the minimum harvestable size of red coral. In parallel, we have developed an operational manual for red coral harvesting and marketing in close collaboration with coral divers, relevant ministries, fisheries authorities, observers and inspectors to promote sustainable harvesting and ensure the effective implementation of the new regulatory framework.”

Check out this video for more details on the GFCM research program on red coral: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xlr4MkkVPSs

About the GFCM

The GFCM is a regional fisheries management organization operating under the framework of FAO, whose competence extends over all marine waters of the Mediterranean and the Black Sea. Its main objective is to ensure the conservation and the sustainable use of living marine resources, as well as the sustainable development of aquaculture.

GFCM Members include 24 contracting parties (Albania, Algeria, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Egypt, European Union, France, Greece, Israel, Italy, Lebanon, Libya, Malta, Monaco, Montenegro, Morocco, Romania, Slovenia, Spain, Syrian Arab Republic, Tunisia, Türkiye, Ukraine) and five cooperating non-contracting parties (Bosnia and Herzegovina, Georgia, Jordan, Moldova, Saudi Arabia).

UAPB Researcher: Arkansas Can Grow Shrimp in Fresh Water

Edusehat — Sat, 08 Aug 2026 04:20:07 +0700

By Steve Brawner

University of Arkansas at Pine Bluff (UAPB) researcher is studying how Arkansas freshwater aquaculture farms could grow white leg shrimp, a saltwater creature.

The product is currently imported into the United States. But Dr. Yathish Ramena, director of UAPB’s Department of Aquaculture and Fisheries Center of Excellence, is leading research aimed at raising the shrimp by acclimating them to indoor freshwater production in Arkansas.

Ramena said the Arkansas Game and Fish Commission permits growing Litopenaeus vannamei, or white shrimp, as an approved conditional species. The raising must occur in an indoor, enclosed system without any water exchange or discharge to protect the native species.

The project is being funded by the Arkansas Research Alliance (ARA), a nonprofit organization founded in 2008 by chancellors from Arkansas research universities and private company chief executives.

Bryan Barnhouse, the Alliance’s president and CEO, said the ARA invests in job-creating opportunities in seven areas where the state’s private sector needs match university research competencies. Its ARA Academy includes roughly 35 active research leaders from the University of Arkansas, University of Arkansas at Little Rock, University of Arkansas at Pine Bluff, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Arkansas State University, and the University of Arkansas System Division of Agriculture. Ramena was recently inducted into the academy.

In an online webinar July 22, he said Arkansas is a “birthplace” of U.S. warm water aquaculture, with the first commercial goldfish farms established in the 1940s followed by baitfish, and catfish following in the 1950s.

The industry has a total value of USD 67.7 million. The state leads the nation in baitfish production and sport fish production and is No. 4 in catfish production.

Ramena said the United States is the world’s largest shrimp importer. “And so, we have a big market, and we don’t have producers here,” he said. “So, this would be a great opportunity to start as a supplemental income apart from our other native species.”

The main challenge in raising the shrimp is its need for a high-protein diet. Researchers are trying to replace fish meal with plant-based products, but these cause problems.

Ramena discussed how feeding the white shrimp with early-stage artemia shrimp could improve the white shrimp’s gut microbiomes and protect them against disease. Worldwide, shrimp losses have reached almost USD 10 billion every year since 2010.

He also said the researchers are using artificial intelligence to assess the results of the study.

Discover the Latest Trends in Intensive Shrimp Farming at LACQUA26

Edusehat — Sat, 08 Aug 2026 04:20:06 +0700

By LACQUA26 Organizing Committee

Renowned international shrimp farming expert David Kawahigashi to present innovative intensive production systems.

San Salvador, El Salvador – The Latin American & Caribbean Aquaculture Congress – LACQUA26 is honored to announce the participation of internationally recognized shrimp aquaculture specialist David Kawahigashi as one of its Plenary Speakers.

With more than 40 years of technical and management experience spanning every stage of shrimp aquaculture, David Kawahigashi is the founder and director of Vannamei 101, a Hawaii-based aquaculture consulting and training company dedicated to advancing knowledge transfer and innovative technologies throughout the global aquaculture industry.

His plenary presentation, entitled: “Are Vietnam’s Circular and Multi-Phase Pond Systems the Future of Global Intensive Aquaculture?” will address one of the most relevant topics in modern shrimp farming: the evolution of intensive production systems and the potential of the innovative models developed in Vietnam to meet the industry’s growing challenges of sustainability, productivity, and operational efficiency.

After graduating from the University of Hawaii, Kawahigashi began his professional career in Hawaii (1979–1986). He later led major aquaculture projects throughout Central and South America until 2003 and, since 2004, has played a key role in the rapid expansion of Penaeus vannamei farming across Asia through technical training and technology transfer programs.

His areas of expertise include:

Design and implementation of intensive and multi-phase shrimp production systems.
Genetic improvement programs and broodstock management.
Technical management of shrimp hatcheries.
Development of sustainable high-intensity grow-out systems using circular ponds.
Application of biofloc technology and Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS).
Use of probiotics, symbiotics, and postbiotics to enhance production performance.
Technical training and capacity building for aquaculture professionals.

Today, his work focuses on developing sustainable shrimp farming models based on biofloc protocols, super-intensive circular pond systems, and water recirculation technologies—approaches widely recognized as some of the industry’s most promising solutions for improving production efficiency while reducing environmental impacts.

His extensive international experience across Latin America, Asia, and the United States makes this plenary session a unique opportunity for producers, researchers, industry leaders, students, and aquaculture professionals interested in learning about the technologies and production strategies shaping the future of global shrimp farming.

LACQUA26 will bring together leading international experts, researchers, companies, and aquaculture stakeholders to exchange knowledge, strengthen partnerships, and showcase the innovations driving the sustainable development of aquaculture in Latin America and the Caribbean.

The Congress will take place October 27–30, 2026, in San Salvador, El Salvador, and is organized by the Latin American & Caribbean Chapter of the World Aquaculture Society (LACC-WAS) in collaboration with the Salvadoran Blue Economy Authority (ASEA), with the support of the Government of El Salvador.

The Organizing Committee invites the international aquaculture community to participate in this premier scientific, technical, and commercial event, recognized as the leading aquaculture conference in Latin America and the Caribbean.

Participants are encouraged to register at:

https://www.was.org/Meeting/Registration/Submit/LACQUA26

LACQUA26 Organizing Committee

Sustainable Aquaculture, a Blue Future for Latin America and the Caribbean

October 27–30, 2026
San Salvador, El Salvador

Contact: carolina@was.org

Ventisqueros recovered 99% of its waste in 2025, moving closer to its “Zero Waste to Landfill” goal

Edusehat — Sat, 08 Aug 2026 04:20:05 +0700

Over the past six years, the company reduced the proportion of waste sent to landfills from 26% to just 0.6%, marking one of the most significant achievements of its circular economy strategy.

In 2025, Ventisqueros recovered 99.4% of the waste generated by its operations. This result reflects the company’s steady progress towards its goal of eliminating waste sent to landfills by 2026 as part of its “Zero Waste to Landfill” program.

During the year, the company generated 30,592 metric tons of waste, of which 30,396 metric tons were recovered, reused, or otherwise diverted from disposal. As a result, only 0.6% was sent to an authorized landfill.

The evolution of this indicator demonstrates the scale of the progress achieved. In 2019, 26% of Ventisqueros’ waste ended up in landfills. Six years later, that figure had fallen to just 0.6%, thanks to systematic efforts to strengthen circular economy practices across all its operations.

“Reducing the proportion of waste sent to landfills from 26% in 2019 to just 0.6% in 2025 reflects a profound transformation in our management practices and tangible progress toward more circular operations”, said Igor Stack, Technical Manager at Ventisqueros.

The main materials recovered in 2025 were organic salmon byproducts, totaling 23,376 metric tons, followed by 5,672 metric tons of organic sludge. The company also recovered plastics, wood, cardboard, paper, household-like waste, metal and electronic scrap, and other industrial waste.

Since 2022, the company has maintained a 100% recovery rate for dewatered sludge and, since 2025, has also achieved full recovery of liquid sludge. Ventisqueros continues to work with specialized waste management partners to expand recovery alternatives and strengthen its circular economy model.

“The challenge now lies in the remaining 0.6%. We want to continue identifying solutions that will enable us to meet our goal of sending zero waste to landfills in 2026”, Stack added.

These results are included in Ventisqueros’ 2025 ESG Report and reflect the company’s progress in circular economy practices, resource optimization, and sustainable waste management.

EuroTier 2026: A global platform for knowledge exchange, networking and innovation

Edusehat — Fri, 07 Aug 2026 20:25:09 +0700

10 to 13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany – Guiding Theme: “Intelligence in Animal Farming” – Extensive Networking Opportunities and Events – Premiere of DLG-VetCon – Young Farmers Party Takes Place in Hall 2 for the First Time – www.eurotier.com

As the world’s leading trade fair for professional animal farming and livestock management, EuroTier 2026, 10-13 November, offers an extensive programme of conferences, specialist events and networking opportunities for livestock professionals from around the world. Highlights include the International Cattle & Pig Event, the International Farmers Day and the new DLG-VetCon 2026. Organizer DLG (German Agricultural Society) expects around 2,100 exhibitors from more than 50 countries to attend the exhibition in Hanover, Germany.

Under the guiding theme “Intelligence in Animal Farming”, trade visitors can explore over four days how intelligent solutions are shaping the future of livestock production. The exhibition covers all major livestock sectors, including pigs, cattle, poultry, horses, sheep and goats.

Dialogue with leading experts and decision-makers from across the industry is another key attraction. To encourage this exchange, EuroTier 2026 offers a comprehensive programme of events, conferences and networking opportunities.

International Poultry Day
Monday, 9 November 2026

The programme begins on 9 November, the day before the exhibition opens. The International Poultry Day brings together poultry professionals from around the world to discuss current developments and challenges within the sector.

Topics include animal welfare, nutrition, animal health, sustainability and market perspectives. Experts from science, practice and industry will present innovations and solutions for sustainable poultry production.

International Farmers Day and International Cattle & Pig Event
Wednesday, 11 November 2026

Wednesday, 11 November offers extensive opportunities for international networking and professional exchange with the International Farmers Day taking place on this day.

In 2026, the spotlight countries are the United Kingdom, Ireland and Poland. Presentations, panel discussions and networking sessions will provide insights into markets, strategies and innovations in these important agricultural nations.

The International Cattle & Pig Event concentrates current topics in cattle and pig farming on one common platform. International experts from politics, practice, science and business will present trends, developments and best-practice examples while discussing solutions for sustainable, animal-friendly and economically viable livestock production.

International visitors will also once again find the International Visitors’ Lounge in Hall 13.

Female Agri Fellows Networking Event and Women in Ag Award Ceremony
Wednesday, 11 November 2026, 16:00-18:00, DLG Stand, Hall 13

This Female Agri Fellow Networking Event and Women in Ag Award Ceremony celebrate women in agriculture while creating space for connection, exchange and inspiration. Both events take place at the DLG stand in Hall 13.

During the Female Agri Fellows Networking Event, women from across the agricultural and food industries will come together in an inspiring environment to network, share experiences and learn from one another, from start-up founders to business leaders from family farms.

A special highlight is the presentation of the Women in Ag Award from 16:00 to 17:00. This international award recognizes outstanding women from around the world, honouring their achievements and contributions to agriculture.

Open Agri Influencer Meet-up
Wednesday, 11 November and Thursday, 12 November 2026, 13:00-14:00, DLG Stand, Hall 13

The DLG Agri Influencer Team invites everyone active in agricultural social media to join this informal networking event.

Without a formal agenda, participants can meet over a drink, exchange ideas and connect with fellow content creators and social media professionals. The goal is to foster networking and collaboration among stakeholders in agricultural communication and content creation. The events take place at the DLG stand in Hall 13.

DLG-VetCon 2026: Professional Conference for Large-Animal and Herd Veterinarians

Thursday, 12 November and Friday, 13 November 2026, Above Hall 19, First Floor, Conference Room

DLG-VetCon, powered by EuroTier, is a new international forum for large-animal veterinarians.

Combining professional development, networking and innovation, the conference creates an ideal environment for knowledge exchange in an international setting. Through its close integration with EuroTier, participants benefit from unique synergies including access to market leaders in livestock technology and animal nutrition, leading farmers and producers, as well as the latest industry trends and technologies.

Young Professionals Day and Young Farmers Party
Thursday, 12 November 2026, DLG Stand, Hall 13

The Young Professionals Day is the meeting place for young farmers, engineers and scientists.

A compact programme of presentations, discussions and interactive activities at the DLG stand offers opportunities to expand knowledge, establish professional contacts and exchange ideas with peers.

The highlight of the day is the legendary Young Farmers Party, which will this year be held in Hall 2 of the Hanover Exhibition Grounds. More space, more participants and more opportunities: with up to 3,500 guests, digital features and a completely new atmosphere, the Young Farmers Party is expected to be larger than ever before.

Science Campus: Platform for Science, Research and Careers
Hall 13

The Science Campus in Hall 13 offers insights into the work of leading research institutes, universities and technical colleges and serves as a hub for everyone interested in shaping the future of science and research.

Visitors can explore: Study programs and career opportunities: Information on degree programs and educational institutions.

Science and Innovation: Presentations of current research findings and technological developments.

Networking and Exchange: Opportunities to connect with experts, share ideas and discuss innovation.

Agrifood Start-ups: Cultivating the Future of Farming

The EuroTier Start-up area is the central platform for visionary ideas and groundbreaking technologies in the agriculture and food sectors.

Located in Hall 25, innovative start-ups meet a global network of investors, established industry leaders and decision-makers. The aim is to provide today’s pioneers with a stage on which to showcase solutions that will help shape a sustainable, efficient and future-oriented agriculture sector.

Source: DLG press release

Uzbekistan targets poultry expansion with US$432 million investment plan through 2028

Edusehat — Fri, 07 Aug 2026 20:25:09 +0700

TASHKENT, Uzbekistan – Uzbekistan has unveiled an ambitious programme to expand its poultry industry as part of a broader livestock development strategy running through 2028. The measures, presented to President Shavkat Mirziyoyev on 5 August, aim to increase domestic poultry production, strengthen feed manufacturing, modernise processing facilities and introduce digital technologies across the sector.According to the Uzbek government, poultry projects worth US$432 million are planned over the coming years. The investments are expected to increase poultry meat production by 100,000 tonnes by 2028, helping to meet growing domestic demand while supporting the country’s wider food security objectives.

Feed production and processing capacity

Alongside production expansion, the government plans to increase feed manufacturing capacity to 3.3 million tonnes, recognising feed availability as a key factor for the sector’s continued growth.

Processing infrastructure is also set to be upgraded. Uzbekistan aims to raise the share of poultry processed in modern slaughter facilities from the current 20% to 50%, a move intended to improve efficiency, product quality and food safety standards.

The government has also emphasised that expanding poultry production is intended to improve the availability and affordability of poultry products for domestic consumers.

Digital technologies for poultry farming

The development programme places considerable emphasis on digitalisation. Authorities plan to introduce the Smart Fermer platform, an artificial intelligence-based management system designed to support livestock producers through digital animal identification, veterinary services, feeding management, pasture monitoring and access to government support schemes.

Although designed for the livestock sector as a whole, the platform could also support poultry enterprises through improved digital management and traceability as digital technologies become more widely adopted.

Poultry development within a broader livestock strategy

The poultry investment programme forms part of a wider national livestock development plan covering the period 2026–2028. During a government meeting chaired by President Mirziyoyev, officials outlined plans for 802 new livestock projects, the rehabilitation of 103 inactive farms, and total livestock investments of US$463 million. The strategy also includes the establishment of 16 specialised livestock districts to support breeding and production activities.

The broader strategy includes measures to improve animal genetics through artificial insemination and embryo transfer, expand breeding programmes, strengthen veterinary services and establish the Uzbekistan Livestock Breeders Association.

These initiatives complement the objectives set out in Presidential Resolution PP-179, adopted in May 2026, which established national targets for expanding livestock production, improving breeding quality and increasing feed crop cultivation by 2028.

Focus on implementation

President Mirziyoyev instructed officials to assess the economic viability of the proposed projects, ensure that financing is used for its intended purposes and introduce digital systems for monitoring implementation and improving accountability.

While the announced figures represent government targets rather than completed achievements, the programme signals Uzbekistan’s intention to accelerate the modernisation of its poultry industry through investment in production capacity, feed manufacturing, processing infrastructure and digital technologies.

The importance of feed particle size: From milling efficiency to gizzard function – Part I

Edusehat — Fri, 07 Aug 2026 16:55:04 +0700

Poultry diets may be formulated to identical nutrient specifications, yet their biological performance can differ markedly due to one often-overlooked factor: feed structure. This first part explores how particle size distribution influences digestive physiology, gizzard development, gut health and feeding behaviour, demonstrating why particle size should be regarded not merely as a milling parameter, but as a critical nutritional characteristic that bridges feed manufacturing and animal performance.

M. Reza Abdollahi
Professor of Poultry Nutrition Massey University,
New Zealand

Marc Perel
Independent Consultant in Feed Technology, Premix, Additives FeedSphere Solutions, France

Poultry feed formulation has reached a high level of precision, yet differences in bird performance persist despite identical nutrient specifications. Increasing evidence suggests that these discrepancies are not explained solely by nutrient composition, but also by feed structure, particularly particle size distribution.

This paper examines how grinding, mixing, handling, and pelleting shape feed structure and, in turn, influence digestive physiology, gut health, nutrient utilization, and feeding behavior in poultry. Particular attention is given to particle size distribution—not only its average value, but its overall profile—and its role in feed homogeneity, segregation, and digestive function.

The effects of pelleting on particle size are discussed, together with the need for appropriate measurement methods in finished feeds. Finally, the paper advocates a more integrated approach in which particle size is defined, measured, and managed as a nutritional parameter. Emerging tools for real-time monitoring and process control are highlighted as key enablers of this transition.

Ultimately, particle size should be viewed not as a by-product of grinding, but as a functional feed attribute that must be aligned with nutritional objectives.

ONE FORMULA, TWO OUTCOMES
Two feed mills may produce the same broiler diet on paper, using identical ingredient compositions and meeting the same nutrient and energy specifications. Yet, under commercial conditions, bird performance can differ substantially. Broilers fed from one mill may achieve faster growth, convert feed more efficiently, and superior gastrointestinal development compared with those receiving feed from the other mill. The difference lies not in the formulation matrix itself, but in the extent of feed processing and the resulting physical structure of the finished feed.

Modern poultry nutrition is built on precision. Nutritionists formulate diets to meet biological requirements with increasing accuracy, while feed technologists design processes to ensure throughput, efficiency, and pellet quality. Both disciplines ultimately pursue the same objective: delivering nutrients to the animal in the most effective way. Yet between formulation and feeding, a critical transformation occurs. During grinding, mixing, conditioning, and pelleting, feed is not only processed—it is structurally redefined.

This transformation governs how nutrients are accessed, digested, and utilized by the bird. It shapes how feed is perceived, selected, retained, and broken down in the gastrointestinal tract. Feed structure, and particularly particle size distribution, thus emerges as the missing link between what is formulated and what is biologically expressed.

Despite its importance, this link remains insufficiently integrated into both nutritional formulation and feed manufacturing practices. Particle size is still too often treated as a secondary parameter, reduced to equipment settings or a single analytical value. This paper explores how particle size reduction and feed processing shape both technological outcomes and biological responses and argues for a more integrated approach in which particle size is considered a functional parameter of nutrition.

Source: Mai.Chayakorn | Shutterstock

DEFINING FEED PARTICLE SIZE
Feed particle size (PS) is often reduced, in practice, to a single number: the median diameter, commonly expressed as D50. While useful, this simplification hides a much richer reality. Particle size is not a single point, but a distribution. Two feeds with the same D50 may behave very differently in the animal if one contains a high proportion of fine particles and the other a wider spread including coarse fractions.

Understanding particle size therefore requires moving beyond a single value and considering the full particle size distribution, including its shape, its extremes, and its consistency over time. Characterizing this distribution requires a standardized series of sieves. A set including 100, 200, 500, 800, 1000, 1600, 2000, and 3150 µm provides a practical framework for describing feed granulometry. Beyond D50, the geometric standard deviation (GSD), which reflects dispersion, together with the proportion of each particle fraction, are essential descriptors of feed structure.

From a processing perspective, the properties of the raw materials set the starting particle size. Milling then reduces these particles to smaller sizes, so the final particle size is determined by the milling operation. Depending on plant design, ingredients may be ground together after dosing (post-grinding) or individually before mixing (pre-grinding), the latter offering greater flexibility to tailor particle size distributions to nutritional objectives.

Particle size is shaped primarily by the choice of grinding technology and operating conditions. Hammer mills generally produce broader distributions with a higher proportion of fines, whereas roller mills generate more uniform particles with fewer fines. Beyond equipment selection, screen size, tip speed, throughput, specific energy input, and equipment wear all influence the final distribution. Raw material properties such as hardness, moisture content, fiber structure, and fat level further contribute to grinding behavior and particle size variability.

Targeting a lower D50 generally requires higher specific energy input and is frequently accompanied by a greater proportion of fines and increased dispersion within the particle size distribution. Consequently, particle size should not be viewed solely through its average value, but through the overall balance between mean size, distribution width, and process efficiency.

Particle size is therefore a measurable, traceable, and repeatable technological outcome. When properly defined and monitored, it becomes a genuine feed quality attribute, comparable to pellet durability or moisture content. More than a by-product of grinding, it is a parameter that can be deliberately targeted, controlled, and optimized.

Source: DenisNata | Shutterstock

THE ANIMAL’S PERSPECTIVE
During feed manufacturing, most ingredients, particularly cereal grains, are ground prior to incorporation into the final diet. Grinding reduces particle size and alters the physical characteristics of ingredients, improving blending ability and homogeneity, reducing segregation during handling, and facilitating the pelleting process. Particle size reduction is also believed to enhance the accessibility of digestive enzymes to substrates due to the increased surface area of feed particles. However, excessively fine particles may adversely affect the development and functionality of the foregut, particularly the proventriculus and gizzard, which play a critical role in regulating intestinal health and nutrient utilisation. Feeding coarser particles has been associated with improved foregut development, enhanced gut motility, and better digestive function, contributing to overall gut health. Nevertheless, results from studies evaluating the effects of feed particle size on upper gastrointestinal tract development remain inconsistent. These discrepancies are largely attributed to confounding factors, particularly feed form (mash vs. pellets), which can mask or modify the biological effects of particle size.

The influence of feed particle size on gizzard development is well documented. The gizzard possesses a remarkable capacity to mechanically reduce feed particles to a relatively uniform size, regardless of initial particle dimensions. Early work by O’Dell et al. (1959) demonstrated that birds fed purified diets composed predominantly of fine particles exhibited an enlarged proventriculus and a reduced gizzard size compared with birds fed diets containing coarser particles. Diets consisting of fine particles were also shown to pass more rapidly through the gastrointestinal tract (135 vs. 165 minutes). Additionally, birds consuming finely ground diets exhibited increased water intake, likely to facilitate feed ingestion, resulting in a pendulous crop. These observations highlight the physiological consequences of excessive particle size reduction on foregut function.

Hetland et al. (2002) demonstrated in broilers that, irrespective of the original feed structure, the majority of digesta particles measured less than 0.04 mm in diameter upon leaving the gizzard. These findings highlight the gizzard’s critical role in regulating particle size before digesta enters the small intestine. Gizzard weight in broilers is positively correlated with feed particle size when diets are offered in mash form. Broilers fed mash diets containing coarsely ground particles exhibit prolonged digesta retention time in the gizzard, leading to enhanced gizzard development. Increased grinding activity within the gizzard stimulates hypertrophy of the gizzard musculature, which is characterized by well-developed myelinated muscle fibres (Figure 1).

Figure 1 | Source: Adapted from Abdollahi et al. 2019. J Anim Physiol Anim Nutr. 103:146–161.

Enhanced gizzard function has been associated with increased pancreatic enzyme secretion, mediated in part by elevated cholecystokinin release (Svihus, 2014), as well as improved gastrointestinal tract motility. A well-developed gizzard generates stronger reverse peristaltic contractions, thereby enhancing the mechanical breakdown of feed and promoting increased proteolysis by pepsin, trypsin, and other endogenous proteases in the small intestine. Gabriel et al. (2003) reported that the inclusion of larger feed particles enhanced pepsin activity in the proventriculus, reinforcing the role of feed particle size in modulating digestive enzyme activity and protein digestion efficiency. Collectively, these physiological adaptations contribute to more efficient digestion and improved nutrient utilisation (Figure 2).

Figure 2 | Source: Adapted from Abdollahi and Ravindran, The Perfect Pellet: Issues and Challenges, 14th European Poultry Conference, 2014, Stavanger, Norway.

A well-developed gizzard also plays a critical role in regulating gastrointestinal microbial ecology by acting as a physiological barrier against pathogenic bacteria entering the distal gastrointestinal tract. Enhanced gizzard function is associated with increased hydrochloric acid secretion and lower pH in the digestive tract, creating an antimicrobial environment that suppresses acid-sensitive pathogens. Studies have shown that birds fed coarse mash diets exhibit increased populations of beneficial Lactobacillus spp. in the caeca, whereas finely ground and pelleted diets are associated with reduced lactic acid bacteria counts. Increased inclusion of coarse particles has also been linked to higher Lactobacillus and Bifidobacterium populations and reduced counts of pathogenic or opportunistic bacteria such as Clostridium, Campylobacter, and Bacteroides spp. In contrast, finely ground feed particles pass more rapidly through the gizzard, limiting exposure to acidic conditions and proteolytic enzymes. The resulting influx of undigested material into the small intestine may promote dysbiosis and facilitate the proliferation of pathogens such as Clostridium perfringens and Escherichia coli. Collectively, these findings suggest that feed particle size influences gut microbiota through two primary mechanisms: enhanced antimicrobial action mediated by a functional gizzard and the promotion of competitive exclusion via increased colonisation of commensal bacteria.

Poultry are highly sensitive to feed particle size and can distinguish textural differences through mechanoreceptors in the beak from an early age. Birds consistently show a preference for larger particles, and this preference intensifies as they mature. Feed particle size, together with dietary nutrient density, is a primary determinant of voluntary feed intake (FI), with numerous studies demonstrating that changes in particle size alone, without altering diet composition, can significantly influence FI in poultry. Feed selection behaviour further indicates that birds preferentially consume coarse particles, leaving behind fines, underscoring feed particle size as a key driver of feeding behaviour and intake regulation in poultry.

Studies evaluating the effects of feed particle size on FI in broilers fed mash diets have produced inconsistent results, largely due to the influence of multiple confounding factors, including grain type and cultivar, endosperm hardness, particle size characteristics (mean size, uniformity, and distribution), grinding method, and bird age. Amerah et al. (2007) reported that broilers fed coarsely ground wheat mash diets (7-mm screen) consumed approximately 13% more feed than those fed medium-ground diets (3-mm screen), resulting in significant improvements in weight gain and feed efficiency. Yasar (2003) demonstrated that the negative effects of soluble non-starch polysaccharides (NSP) in wheat-based diets were exacerbated by fine grinding. Reducing screen size from 7.0 to 6.0, 5.0, and 4.0 mm progressively increased ileal digesta viscosity (from 7.3 to 18.3 cP), which was associated with reduced FI. This effect was attributed to increased solubilisation of NSP following fine grinding, leading to slower digesta passage rate and consequent suppression of feed intake. Nir et al. (1994) demonstrated that, irrespective of cereal type (maize, wheat, or sorghum), mash diets with a medium particle size, corresponding to a GMD of 966–1266 μm, resulted in the highest FI and optimal growth performance.

However, when diets are pelleted or crumbled, differences in pre-pelleting particle size often result in similar broiler performance outcomes. This convergence in performance is largely attributed to the pelleting process, which tends to homogenize particle size distribution, effectively minimizing structural differences created by grinding intensity (Abdollahi et al., 2011). Particle size reduction during pelleting is thought to occur because larger particles are preferentially fractured under the compressive forces generated by the narrow gap between pellet rollers and the die, as well as the frictional forces within the die channels.

It is noteworthy that the optimal feed microstructure may vary with bird age. During the starter phase, broilers are assumed to have an incompletely developed gizzard, which may limit their tolerance for large feed particles compared with later grow-out phases. Several studies have reported negative effects of high inclusion levels of coarsely ground maize particles in mash diets fed to young birds, an effect commonly attributed to the limited grinding capacity of an immature gizzard. In contrast, when diets are provided in pelleted form, even during the starter phase, broilers exhibit a high tolerance for coarse particles. These findings indicate that pelleting process largely mitigates the negative effects of coarse particles observed in mash diets and allows the inclusion of coarser grains even in young broilers. Therefore, and based on the available literature, responses observed in broilers fed mash diets differing in particle size cannot be directly extrapolated to pelleted or crumbled diets, as particle size differences are largely reduced during the pelleting process. In broilers fed pelleted or crumbled diets, the inclusion of coarsely ground grain does not appear to depress FI and may, in fact, improve feed utilisation. From a feed manufacturing perspective, coarse grinding offers additional advantages, including substantial energy savings with wider grinder screen openings and increased mill throughput.

References are available upon request.

About Dr. Reza Abdollahi
Dr. Reza Abdollahi is currently affiliated with the Monogastric Research Centre, at Massey University as an Adjunct Professor of Poultry Nutrition. He is also the founder of “A2Z Poultry Feed DynamikZ”, an international independent research and consultancy firm. Dr Abdollahi is a globally recognized poultry nutrition expert with over 28 years of experience across academia, research, and industry, with an extensive track record in feed formulation, nutrient utilisation, and commercial poultry performance optimisation.

About Marc Perel
An engineer specializing in feed manufacturing technologies, Marc Perel is the founder of FeedSphere Solutions©, an independent consulting firm serving the global animal nutrition industry. With more than 30 years of international experience and projects spanning over 400 production sites in 45 countries, he provides expert guidance on feed manufacturing, process optimization, and industrial performance, helping companies implement practical, unbiased solutions tailored to their operational needs.

The importance of feed particle size: From milling efficiency to gizzard function – Part I yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Tips for Stress-Free Travel with Your Dog

Edusehat — Fri, 07 Aug 2026 16:45:10 +0700

Travelling across India with a dog can feel like organising a small expedition. Long highway drives from Delhi to the hills, weekend getaways to Goa, monsoon trips to Kerala, or festive family visits during Diwali all come with their own challenges. Dogs pick up on every change in routine, and a nervous pup can turn a happy trip into a stressful one for everyone. The good news is that with a little planning, the right gear, and some patience, you can help your dog stay calm, safe, and happy on the road. Here is a practical guide built around Indian weather, transport rules, and real pet parent experiences.

Prepare Your Dog Before the Journey

Preparation begins long before you pack your own bag. Schedule a vet visit at least two weeks before travel to update vaccinations, check for fleas and ticks, and pick up a health certificate if you are crossing state borders or flying. Ask your vet about deworming and any calming aid your dog might need for long journeys.

Make sure your dog wears a well-fitted collar with an ID tag that carries your phone number and current address. Microchipping is a smart backup, especially for trips to busy hill stations or beach towns where dogs can wander off. If your dog is not used to being outside your home for long, start with short car rides around your neighbourhood. A few practice runs to a nearby park in Bangalore traffic or through Mumbai lanes helps your dog associate the vehicle with pleasant outings rather than stressful vet visits. Puppies and senior dogs both need extra preparation time, so build up gradually from ten-minute drives to hour-long trips over two to three weeks.

Pack a Travel Kit That Covers Every Situation

A well-stocked travel kit prevents most on-the-road panics. Pack enough of your dog's regular food for the entire trip plus two extra days, since sudden diet changes often cause stomach upsets. Carry a collapsible bowl, a sealed bottle of drinking water, and any prescription medicines with clear labels.

Add a soft blanket that smells like home, two or three familiar toys, poop bags, a grooming brush, and a small first aid pouch with antiseptic, gauze, and tick removal tools. According to the ASPCA travel safety guidelines, keeping a recent photo of your dog on your phone helps enormously if your pet ever gets lost during a trip.

For carriers, leashes, harnesses, and travel bowls that hold up well on long Indian road trips, browse the range of dog travel accessories and pick items sized correctly for your dog's breed and weight.

Choose the Right Carrier or Crate

The carrier is your dog's safe space on the move. It should be sturdy, well ventilated, and roomy enough for your dog to stand, turn around, and lie down comfortably. Soft-sided carriers work for small breeds like Pugs, Shih Tzus, and Indian Spitz puppies, while hard crates suit Labradors, Golden Retrievers, and larger Indies.

Introduce the crate at home a few weeks before travel. Leave the door open, place a soft mat inside, and toss in a treat or favourite chew now and then. This turns the crate into a familiar den rather than a scary box. For train journeys and flights, airline-approved crates with secure locks are non-negotiable. Explore durable options in the dog crates collection to find a size that matches your travel plans.

Travelling by Car in Indian Conditions

Car travel is the most common choice for Indian pet parents, and it needs a few smart safety habits. Never let your dog sit on your lap or hang out of the window, however much they enjoy it. A sudden brake on a Mumbai flyover or a bumpy Ghat road can cause serious injury. Use a crash-tested harness attached to the seat belt, or secure the crate on the back seat or boot.

The American Kennel Club recommends restraining your dog during every car ride to protect both the pet and passengers. Plan a break every two to three hours for water, a short walk, and a bathroom stop. In summer, when temperatures in Delhi, Ahmedabad, and Nagpur can cross 42 degrees Celsius, travel early in the morning or after sunset and never leave your dog inside a parked car, even with the windows cracked.

A comfortable, no-pull harness makes rest stops safer. Have a look at the dog collars and harnesses range for options built for Indian weather and sizes.

Travelling by Train or Flight

Indian Railways allows dogs to travel with their owners in first AC coupes or in the parcel van under the pet luggage rules. Bookings must be made at the parcel office at the originating station along with a valid health certificate from a registered veterinarian. Carry enough water, since long routes like Delhi to Bangalore can stretch over 30 hours.

For flights, most Indian carriers permit small dogs in the cabin and larger dogs in the cargo hold, subject to specific weight and crate rules. The IATA live animal regulations set the global standard for pet travel crates, and Indian airlines follow these closely. Book direct flights whenever possible to reduce transit stress, and avoid peak summer or Diwali travel dates when airport handling delays are longer.

Managing Anxiety and Motion Sickness

Even confident dogs can feel queasy or anxious during long journeys. Feed a light meal about three to four hours before departure rather than right before you leave. Keep the car cool, play soft music to mask engine and road noise, and avoid strong perfumes or air fresheners that can worsen nausea. Panting, whining, drooling, and restlessness are the most common signs of travel stress, and a calm voice from you goes a long way in settling your dog.

Chew toys and long-lasting treats work wonders in keeping nervous dogs distracted. Puzzle toys and calming chews from the dog toys collection can hold attention for hours on end. If your dog has severe travel anxiety or vomits frequently, speak to your vet about anti-nausea medication or natural calming aids before the trip.

Weather and Seasonal Considerations

Indian weather shapes travel plans in a big way. During the monsoon, carry a quick-dry towel, a waterproof mat for the car seat, and paw balm to protect against wet, slippery surfaces in Mumbai, Kochi, or Guwahati. Fleas and ticks multiply in humid weather, so use vet-recommended preventives before heading to green destinations like Coorg, Munnar, or the Western Ghats.

Summer travel calls for extra water, cooling mats, and shaded rest stops. Watch for heavy panting, drooling, or wobbly walking, all early signs of heat exhaustion that need immediate cooling and vet attention. Winter trips to Manali, Shimla, or Darjeeling need a warm coat for short-coated breeds like Beagles, Dachshunds, and Boxers, along with paw balm for icy roads. Always match your travel schedule to your dog's tolerance for heat, cold, and humidity, and check the destination weather forecast a day or two before you leave home.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. Is it safe to give my dog a sedative before travel?

Sedatives should only be used under veterinary guidance. Most vets prefer natural calming aids or behavioural training over strong medication, since sedated dogs can struggle with balance and breathing during transit.

2. How do I stop my dog from getting car sick?

Feed a light meal a few hours before travel, keep the car well ventilated, and take short breaks every couple of hours. Facing your dog forward and avoiding sudden turns also helps a great deal.

3. Can I take my dog on Indian Railways trains?

Yes, Indian Railways allows dogs in first AC coupes with prior booking, or in the pet compartment of the parcel van. Carry a valid vaccination and health certificate from your vet.

4. What documents do I need for flying with my dog within India?

You will need an up to date vaccination record, a health certificate issued within ten days of travel, and an airline-approved crate. Some airlines also ask for a fit-to-fly certificate for senior dogs or brachycephalic breeds.

5. How often should I stop during a long road trip?

Plan a break every two to three hours for water, a short walk, and a toilet stop. Puppies and senior dogs may need more frequent breaks.

6. What is the best way to keep my dog calm in a new hotel or homestay?

Bring familiar bedding, toys, and their regular food. Stick to feeding and walking times as close to home routines as possible so your dog settles in faster.

Travel becomes truly stress-free when your dog feels safe, understood, and well prepared. With the right gear, a calm approach, and a little practice, every trip from a weekend Lonavala drive to a long Himalayan holiday can turn into a happy memory for you and your best friend.

Lucretia Löscher to become new COO of Big Dutchman AG

Edusehat — Fri, 07 Aug 2026 13:25:09 +0700

Strengthening the Big Dutchman team: Lucretia Löscher assumed the position of Chief Operating Officer (COO) on 1 August 2026. The 43-year-old has a deep understanding of international industrial enterprises from different perspectives – and brings with her much experience in driving complex processes forward and successfully implementing change.Lucretia Löscher was most recently COO of the globally active plant construction and engineering company Thyssenkrupp Uhde. Prior to that, she held senior positions at Siemens Energy and Osram Lighting Solutions, among others.

Lucretia Löscher studied law, business administration and management in Leipzig (Germany) and Paris and completed a senior executive programme in artificial intelligence at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Boston, complementing her academic education.In addition, she is a qualified emergency medical technician (EMT) and volunteers for the Red Cross society.

“Lucretia Löscher convinced us with her broad commitment, her impressive CV and her in-depth management experience,” says Bernd Meerpohl, Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Big Dutchman AG. “Her modern approach will bring fresh energy to our family business, strengthening it further and helping to guide it into the future.” CEO Steffen Bersch: “With her impressive career, she brings exactly what we need for Big Dutchman’s next phase of growth: global experience, strategic depth and a modern leader who not only thinks about change but lives it. I am looking forward to working with her and the entire team to lead Big Dutchman into the future with even greater determination and focus.”

Lucretia Löscher: “I am looking forward to this new challenge at Big Dutchman. Together with the team, I want to further enhance operational excellence, consistently align our processes with our customers’ needs, and drive the company’s successful development in a sustainable manner.”

12 Cutest Cat Breeds That Will Steal Your Heart

Edusehat — Fri, 07 Aug 2026 10:10:06 +0700

The cat world is filled with adorable breeds, featuring fluffy tails, round, expressive eyes, or wild-cat coat patterning. How many cat breeds there are depends on who you ask; The International Cat Association recognizes 73 cat breeds, while the Cat Fanciers’ Association (CFA) recognizes 45.

What makes a cat breed officially “cute”? Is it the giant eyes, the fluffy coat, the tiny toe beans, or that irresistible little face? While beauty is always in the eye of the beholder (every good cat parent knows their cat is the cutest), these adorable cat breeds have earned a spot on our entirely subjective list of the cutest cats around. Meet the breeds with the sweetest looks, most charming personalities, and undeniable feline appeal.

(Remember that the cuteness factor is just one aspect to take into consideration. You’ll also want to think about the breed’s temperament, energy level, grooming needs, and health concerns. Here, we give you a peek into what these breeds are actually like to live with.)

The Cutest Cat Breeds That Deserve a Spot on Your “Must Love” List

1. The Ragdoll

Life on White/Bigstock

Ragdoll cats go limp when picked up, a sign of their docile nature.

With that soft, fluffy coat and gorgeous blue eyes, the Ragdoll is an undeniable beauty. This breed gets its name from a unique trait: Ragdoll cats go limp when picked up, a sign of their docile nature. Ragdolls are known for being friendly and playful. Despite their large size—they’re one of the largest cat breeds—Ragdolls are gentle and social.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 8-20 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Affectionate, playful, docile
ENERGY LEVEL: Low to medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Semi-long and silky; main colours include seal, chocolate, blue, lilac, red, and cream
HEALTH CONCERNS: Can be predisposed to heart disease, kidney issues, and obesity
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 13-18 years

2. The Scottish Fold

LeniKovaleva/Bigstock

The sweet Scottish Fold’s hallmark folded ears give it an endearingly owl-like appearance. Add the breed’s trademark, adorably round face, eyes, and body, and you have an irresistibly cute cat breed. Scottish Folds are typically gentle and affectionate without being needy.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 6-13 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Gentle, quiet, affectionate
ENERGY LEVEL: Moderate
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Both long and short-haired; variety of colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to osteochondrodysplasia, a genetic condition that impacts cartilage and bone development
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 14-16 years

3. The Maine Coon Cat

Grisha Bruev/Bigstock

Maine Coon Cats are often described as having dog-like qualities.

Commonly referred to as “the gentle giant,” the Maine Coon Cat is a large, muscular, affectionate cat that can tip the scales at a whopping 25 pounds. The breed’s large, bushy tail and fluffy neck call out for cuddles. Tall ears are often tufted with fur, giving them a lynx-like appearance. Because of their laid-back personality, Maine Coon Cats are a good fit for households with other cats or dogs. In fact, Maine Coon Cats are often described as having dog-like qualities. They are known for their friendly, playful, and trainable nature, often enjoying activities like playing fetch, going for walks on a leash, and responding to commands.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 10-16 inches
WEIGHT: 10-25 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Friendly, playful, trainable
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Long; variety of colours and patterns
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM), spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), hip dysplasia, and polycystic kidney disease (PKD).
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 10-13 years

4. The Selkirk Rex

NynkevanHolten/Bigstock

The Selkirk Rex’s super-curly hair and large, fuzzy paws make it an indisputably adorable breed. The unusual, highly curled coat is the most notable attribute of these charming, laid-back cats. This medium to large breed is muscular and short-muzzled. The Selkirk Rex is known to be an affectionate breed that loves to cuddle.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 7-16 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Loving, loyal, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Long or short; common colours include chocolate, lilac, white, black, red, and cream
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM) and polycystic kidney disease (PKD).
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 10-15 years

5. The Russian Blue

NynkevanHolten/Bigstock

The Russian Blue is a gorgeous cat that comes in a range of beautiful blue colours. Striking almond-shaped green eyes vividly contrast with their coat. Although Russian Blues can be reserved with new people, they typically develop strong, loyal bonds with one person.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 7-15 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Intelligent, loyal, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short, dense coat; blue with silver tipping
HEALTH CONCERNS: Generally healthy
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 15-20 years

6. The American Bobtail

Lapina/Shutterstock

With their signature, naturally occurring bobbed tail, American Bobtails look like wildcats—but unlike a wild feline, they’re affectionate and cuddly. Intelligent, gentle, and loving, they love to play hunting games. They also tend to get along well with kids and other pets.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 10-12 inches
WEIGHT: 7-16 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Playful, friendly, intelligent
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Both long and short hair; variety of patterns and colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hip dysplasia and kidney disease
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 13-18 years

7. The Siberian

Touch of Love/Shutterstock

One of the interesting things about Siberian cats is that they take five years to reach their full size and maturity, meaning that you can enjoy the kitten years for a bit longer. Full-grown or not, Siberian cats have big, round eyes and a full, fluffy tail that up their cuteness factor. They’re also affectionate and highly loyal.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 8-20 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Loyal, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: High
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Semi-long, variety of colours and patterns
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to HCM and PKD
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 10-18 years

8. The Persian

Life on White/Bigstock

The Persian cat’s fluffy, long-haired coat, round face and eyes, short muzzle, and sweet expression give it a classically adorable look. It perpetually ranks in the top 10 most popular cat breeds. While Persians are affectionate, they’re also quiet and not overly demanding.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 7-12 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Gentle, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: Low to medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Long, variety of colours and patterns
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to breathing difficulties and eye problems
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 15-20 years

9. The British Shorthair

Margarita Svalova/Shutterstock

Thanks to their round face, full cheeks, and dense coat, British Shorthairs have a teddy bear-like appearance that is the definition of cute. These loyal cats are cuddly, affectionate, quiet and tend to be good in homes with children and other cats.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 12-14 inches
WEIGHT: 7-17 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Affectionate, intelligent, easygoing
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short, dense; variety of colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to heart disease, kidney disease, and eye conditions
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 12-20 years

10. The Bengal

Seregraff/Bigstock

With their gorgeous spotted or marble coat, these show-stopping cats resemble little leopards. Bengal cats also have a “glimmer gene,” meaning that their coat sparkles or shimmers in the sun. A high-energy breed, Bengals love to play and are highly intelligent.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 8-15 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Affectionate, curious, active
ENERGY LEVEL: High
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short to medium; brown, silver, and snow
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to HCM, progressive retinal atrophy (PRA), hip dysplasia, patellar luxation, and pyruvate kinase (PK) deficiency
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 12-16 years

11. The Abyssinian

Alexander Petukhov/Shutterstock

Abyssinians have a gorgeous “ticked” tabby coat, which means that each hair contains bands of different colours, giving their coat a glowing appearance. A playful and energetic breed, Abyssinians are endlessly curious.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 8-12 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Loyal, curious, intelligent
ENERGY LEVEL: High
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short to medium; unique “ticked” pattern
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hip dysplasia and eye disease
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 9-15 years

12. The Norwegian Forest Cat

puteli/AdobeStock

Looking straight out of a storybook, Norwegian Forest Cats have thick, fluffy coats. While they’re larger cats, they have a small, kitten-like face. This affectionate breed works well in homes with children and other pets.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-12 inches
WEIGHT: 8-20 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Playful, intelligent
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Semi-long, various colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to HCM, hip dysplasia, glycogen storage disease type IV, and PKD
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 12-20 years

Want to discover more amazing cat breeds?
Explore our complete cat breed guide!

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post 12 Cutest Cat Breeds That Will Steal Your Heart appeared first on Modern Cat.

The (Entirely Subjective) List of Cutest Cat Breeds

Edusehat — Fri, 07 Aug 2026 06:25:05 +0700

As any good cat parent knows, their cat is the cutest. But the cat world is filled with adorable breeds, featuring fluffy tails, round, expressive eyes, or wild-cat coat patterning. How many cat breeds there are depends on who you ask; The International Cat Association recognizes 73 cat breeds, while the Cat Fanciers’ Association (CFA) recognizes 45.

Remember that the cuteness factor is just one aspect to take into consideration. You’ll also want to think about the breed’s temperament, energy level, grooming needs, and health concerns. Here, we give you a peek into what these breeds are actually like to live with.

1. The Ragdoll

Life on White/Bigstock

With their soft, fluffy coat and gorgeous blue eyes, the Ragdoll is an undeniable beauty. This breed gets its name from a unique trait: Ragdoll cats go limp when picked up, a sign of their docile nature. Ragdolls are known for being friendly and playful. Despite their large size—they’re one of the largest cat breeds—Ragdolls are gentle and social.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 8-20 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Affectionate, playful, docile
ENERGY LEVEL: Low to medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Semi-long and silky; main colours include seal, chocolate, blue, lilac, red, and cream
HEALTH CONCERNS: Can be predisposed to heart disease, kidney issues, and obesity
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 13-18 years

2. The Scottish Fold

LeniKovaleva/Bigstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 6-13 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Gentle, quiet, affectionate
ENERGY LEVEL: Moderate
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Both long and short-haired; variety of colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to osteochondrodysplasia, a genetic condition that impacts cartilage and bone development
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 14-16 years

3. The Maine Coon Cat

Grisha Bruev/Bigstock

Commonly referred to as “the gentle giant,” the Maine Coon Cat is a large, muscular, affectionate cat that can tip the scales at a whopping 25 pounds. The breed’s large, bushy tail and fluffy neck call out for cuddles. Tall ears are often tufted with fur, giving them a lynx-like appearance. Because of their laid-back personality, Maine Coone Cats are a good fit for households with other cats or dogs. In fact, Maine Coon Cats are often described as having dog-like qualities. They are known for their friendly, playful, and trainable nature, often enjoying activities like playing fetch, going for walks on a leash, and responding to commands.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 10-16 inches
WEIGHT: 10-25 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Friendly, playful, trainable
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Long; variety of colours and patterns
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM), spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), hip dysplasia, and polycystic kidney disease (PKD).
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 10-13 years

4. The Selkirk Rex

NynkevanHolten/Bigstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 7-16 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Loving, loyal, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Long or short; common colours include chocolate, lilac, white, black, red, and cream
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM) and polycystic kidney disease (PKD).
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 10-15 years

5. The Russian Blue

NynkevanHolten/Bigstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 7-15 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Intelligent, loyal, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short, dense coat; blue with silver tipping
HEALTH CONCERNS: Generally healthy
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 15-20 years

6. The American Bobtail

Lapina/Shutterstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 10-12 inches
WEIGHT: 7-16 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Playful, friendly, intelligent
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Both long and short hair; variety of patterns and colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hip dysplasia and kidney disease
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 13-18 years

7. The Siberian

Touch of Love/Shutterstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 8-20 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Loyal, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: High
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Semi-long, variety of colours and patterns
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to HCM and PKD
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 10-18 years

8. The Persian

Life on White/Bigstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 7-12 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Gentle, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: Low to medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Long, variety of colours and patterns
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to breathing difficulties and eye problems
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 15-20 years

9. The British Shorthair

Margarita Svalova/Shutterstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 12-14 inches
WEIGHT: 7-17 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Affectionate, intelligent, easygoing
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short, dense; variety of colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to heart disease, kidney disease, and eye conditions
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 12-20 years

10. The Bengal

Seregraff/Bigstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 8-15 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Affectionate, curious, active
ENERGY LEVEL: High
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short to medium; brown, silver, and snow
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to HCM, progressive retinal atrophy (PRA), hip dysplasia, patellar luxation, and pyruvate kinase (PK) deficiency
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 12-16 years

11. The Abyssinian

Alexander Petukhov/Shutterstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 8-12 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Loyal, curious, intelligent
ENERGY LEVEL: High
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short to medium; unique “ticked” pattern
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hip dysplasia and eye disease
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 9-15 years

12. The Norwegian Forest Cat

puteli/AdobeStock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-12 inches
WEIGHT: 8-20 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Playful, intelligent
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Semi-long, various colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to HCM, hip dysplasia, glycogen storage disease type IV, and PKD
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 12-20 years

*Interested in learning more about cat breeds?
Check out more content here!

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post The (Entirely Subjective) List of Cutest Cat Breeds appeared first on Modern Cat.

How to Build an Isopod Enclosure

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 22:55:02 +0700

Isopods have earned their reputation as the ultimate bioactive cleanup crew (along with their fellow springtail friends). These small crustaceans break down waste, uneaten food, and decaying plant matter, helping keep bioactive enclosures clean and balanced. They're low-maintenance, easy to care for, and a great addition to many bioactive setups.

But before your isopods can get to work, they need a home of their own! Building the right enclosure gives them the humidity, hiding spots, and food sources they need to thrive. Here's how to put one together in a few simple steps.

What You'll Need:

An appropriately sized bin – In our example, we used a six-quart bin, but the right size depends on how many isopods you're keeping and how much room they need to roam.
ABG mix – A well-draining bioactive substrate that holds moisture without staying waterlogged.
Sphagnum moss – Helps create a humidity gradient so your isopods can regulate moisture on their own terms.
Cork bark accents – Flats, rounds, or half rounds all work great and give your isopods plenty of places to hide.
Leaf litter – Doubles as both a hiding spot and a food source.
A calcium source – PangeaCal, cuttlebone, or crushed eggshells all support healthy exoskeleton development.
A spray/mist bottle – For keeping your substrate and moss evenly moist.

Building the Setup

Start with a clean, ventilated bin.
Make sure your container has adequate airflow so your isopods can breathe and moisture doesn't get trapped. We're using a six-quart bin for this build, but size it up depending on your colony.
Add a layer of ABG mix to the bottom.
How deep you go depends on the species you're keeping, since some isopods burrow more than others. Give burrowing species extra depth to work with.
Lightly mist the substrate and mix it in.
Spray until it's evenly moist throughout, (not soggy though). This gives your isopods a stable base humidity to start from.
Sprinkle a layer of leaf litter across the surface.
It gives your isopods extra hiding spots and doubles as a natural food source.
Add a handful of sphagnum moss to one side of the enclosure, then mist it damp.
Keeping the moss on just one side creates a humidity gradient, so your isopods can move toward or away from moisture as they need.
Add your cork bark accents across the enclosure.
Flats, rounds, or half rounds all work. Spreading them throughout (not just piled in one spot) gives your isopods plenty of spaces to hide.
Finish with a calcium source.
PangeaCal, cuttlebone, or crushed eggshells all work well and support healthy exoskeleton development as your isopods grow.

Your Setup is Ready!

And that's it! In just a few simple steps, you've built an isopod setup that's ready for its new residents. With the right humidity gradient, hiding spots, and food sources in place, your isopods will have everything they need to thrive as your enclosure's cleanup crew.

Shop the products used in this build on our site to get started on your own setup!

SHOP NOW >

7 Innovative Ways to Use Cork Bark in Herp Enclosures

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 22:55:02 +0700

If you’ve been in the herp hobby for a while, you may have noticed that cork bark is kind of…everywhere. That’s because it’s incredibly versatile for our needs as herp keepers! Unlike other types of wood, you can get cork bark as a flat, tube, or entire branch. Whether you have reptiles, amphibians, or invertebrates, there’s a good chance that you can use this material as an inexpensive way to beautify and add function to your pet’s enclosure. Here’s seven ideas — have you tried them all?

Natural Hides

One of the most common applications for cork bark in the terrarium is as an all-natural hide. Both flats and tubes and provide the kind of tight squeeze that herps crave in a good hidey-hole. For example, snakes and scorpions often like to tuck themselves under flats, while tubes are often popular with frogs and arboreal geckos. Due to cork bark’s unique properties, you can use it for a warm hide or a moist hide, depending on placement and shape.

Need a bigger flat than you can find in one piece? Try sticking a few together with a nontoxic, wood-friendly superglue.

Climbing Branch

For some reason, cork branches are a bit of an accidental secret in the herp hobby. We get so fixated on the bark pieces that we forget about the branches! While most available branches have been sandblasted to make them smooth and bark-free, cork branches retain their natural texture to add extra visual appeal to both desert and tropical terrariums. Plus, the bark makes them grippier than other options, perfect for pets that may be on the clumsier side.

For safety, make sure that all branches are anchored securely so they don’t wobble or fall when in use.

Basking Surface

Wild reptiles bask on all kinds of surfaces in the wild: sand, soil, stone, aaaand wood! Have you ever noticed that a wood deck rarely gets uncomfortable for bare feet, even on a hot, sunny day? This is because of wood’s unique thermal properties, and these properties make it a comfortable basking spot. As an added bonus, wood is nowhere near as heavy as a stone basking slab.

Try using a cork flat or large tube as a basking surface for terrestrial species. If you have an arboreal or semi-arboreal species, cork branches work great.

Floating Basking Island

If you haven’t heard, cork is very buoyant. This can make it a perfect, natural material for turtles and other species to bask on and dry off in a semi-aquatic setup or pond. Anchor a large flat under the basking lamps, or use a slab of cork as part of a grippy ramp to help your pet haul itself out of the water when needed.

For best results, use a piece that is gently curved and significantly larger than your pet so it doesn’t tip over when they try to climb onto it. This means that this particular hack may not work for larger turtles, such as adult pond sliders or painted turtles, but you may be able to succeed if you get hands-on. Try cobbling together an appropriate float sticking a few cork flats into the right size and shape with a wood-friendly, waterproof superglue.

CUC Microclimates

CUC (Clean-Up Crew microfauna) rarely like to hang out in the open. Aside from avoiding hungry predators, CUC are often vulnerable to dehydration, and need a moist home base to retreat to and foster their delicate babies. Scattering small cork tubes and/or flats in one or two spots around the enclosure can do a lot for protecting your CUC population and support them in their work of keeping your bioactive setup fresh.

Bioactivity Booster

As detritivores, CUC are built to break down and recycle organic waste like wood, leaf litter, animal droppings, and carcasses. In the wild, there’s plenty of this to be found. In a terrarium context, we often have to be intentional about making sure we’re providing enough waste to keep the CUC thriving and the soil healthy. Use chips or chunks of cork bark, sprinkled on top of the soil.

If you mix those cork chunks into the soil, you will create pockets of air that will benefit the soil at a deeper level. This supports beneficial aerobic bacteria and helps combat compaction.

Natural Background

We’ve covered cork flats, cork tubes, and cork branches, but what about cork tiles? Cork tiles create the impression of a tree trunk in your enclosure, and help trap both heat and humidity in stubborn setups. These pre-flattened pieces are easy to install, and often come pre-cut to common enclosure sizes.

If you’re feeling creative, you can make your own cork background instead. This option is more natural-looking and creates more texture for claws to grip:

1. Gather a bunch of cork flat pieces.

2. Plan out how to fit them together on one or more sides of the enclosure.

3. Once you have your plan, glue them in one at a time with expanding foam.

4. After the foam has dried and the cork is secure, smear the cracks with 100% silicone sealant and cover with coconut fiber, sphagnum moss, green moss bits, and/or Spanish moss to achieve the desired appearance.

5. Vacuum out the leftover filler and you’re done!

When gluing in a cork background, make sure not to leave any gaps for a reptile to potentially squeeze behind and get trapped! The last thing you want to do is tear apart your hard work to free a trapped pet.

Conclusion

Cork is a highly versatile material with many benefits, usable in both dry and moist environments. It can be used as a basking surface, climbing object, hidey-hole, bioactive support material, and even a gorgeous terrarium background. Plus, when you use cork, you get peace of mind knowing that you’re using a highly sustainable, eco-friendly material in your enclosure.

Shop Pangea Cork Bark >

Aviagen South Africa celebrates expansion opening, reinforcing long-term commitment to South Africa’s poultry industry

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 22:35:10 +0700

EDINBURGH, Scotland. – Aviagen^® South Africa officially celebrated the opening of its expanded facilities at Schikfontein Farm in Heidelberg, marking a significant milestone in the company’s continued investment in South Africa and its commitment to strengthening the country’s poultry sector.

The event brought together more than 30 guests, including customers, industry colleagues and government representatives. Among those in attendance were Aviagen South Africa’s distributors – Astral Foods (Ross Poultry Breeders), Arbor Acres South Africa and Rainbow Chickens – underscoring the strong relationships that continue to drive the growth and resilience of South Africa’s poultry industry.

Guests were welcomed by Duard Kleynhans, General Manager, Aviagen South Africa, followed by an opening address from Sergio Illán, President, Aviagen TMEA, before officially opening the facility and touring the expanded operations.

During his speech, Sergio acknowledged Aviagen South Africa’s customers and industry colleagues for the trust they have placed in the business for many years. He highlighted that while the industry has demonstrated remarkable resilience despite disease challenges, rising production costs and global market pressures, continued success will depend on ongoing investment, innovation and collaboration.

Duard highlighted that the expansion reflects Aviagen’s long-term commitment to South Africa and the customers it serves: “This opening represents much more than an expansion of our facilities. It reflects our long-term commitment to supporting our customers with reliable supply, world-class genetics and the expertise they need to grow their businesses. By investing in our facilities, our people and our capabilities, we are strengthening our ability to support sustainable poultry production and contribute to food security across South Africa.”

Representatives from Aviagen South Africa’s distributors also welcomed the investment.

“This investment demonstrates confidence in the future of South African agriculture and reinforces the importance of continued investment in local production, biosecurity and innovation. As a long-standing customer, we value Aviagen South Africa’s commitment to strengthening local breeding capacity and supporting a sustainable and resilient poultry industry,” shared Robert Roszkopf, Managing Director, Agriculture, Astral Foods.

Arno van der Nat, General Manager, Arbor Acres South Africa added: “The level of thought and planning that has gone into the design of these new facilities reflects Aviagen’s long-term commitment to the South African market. This investment provides an important foundation for the continued growth, resilience and sustainability of our poultry industry.”

“The scale of investment, technological sophistication and attention to detail evident throughout the new facilities are truly impressive. Aviagen has created a world-class operation that combines high standards of biosecurity, animal welfare and responsible breeding practices. These facilities strengthen the South African poultry value chain and reinforces the country’s ability to sustainably meet the growing demand for high-quality poultry,” commented Mbusi Dlamini, Breed & Agriculture Director, Rainbow Chickens.

Using compost thermometers to improve compost efficiency, safety

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 19:05:03 +0700

By Zac Williams, PhD
Extension specialist – Poultry Husbandry and Management
University of Arkansas

Composting is a biological process that transforms organic materials such as manure, food waste and animal mortalities into a nutrient-rich soil amendment. On the outside, composting may appear like a simple process. However, successful composting depends on careful management of several factors, including, but not limited to, carbon, porosity and moisture.

Among these, temperature is perhaps the most crucial indicator of compost activity; we’ll look at why later in the article. A compost thermometer is a simple yet effective tool to monitor temperature and make informed management decisions.

Why compost temperature matters

You may find yourself asking, “Why does temperature matter in composting?” Temperature is an indicator of compost activity, telling you how well the bacteria inside the compost are performing.

As microorganisms break down organic matter, they generate heat as a byproduct of metabolism. When conditions are favorable, this heat builds up, raising the compost pile’s internal temperature.

Monitoring this temperature helps determine if the composting process is progressing efficiently. High temperatures indicate microbial activity and matter breakdown, extremely high temperatures indicate a potential fire hazard and low temperatures indicate that something is inhibiting the composting process.

For these reasons, compost temperatures must be maintained within an optimal range: about 120˚ F to 140˚ F (49˚ C to 60˚ C). This is the range at which organic matter breakdown is most efficient.

Compost thermometers

So, how do you know the temperature of the compost? You need a compost thermometer. Compost thermometers are designed to measure internal compost pile temperatures. Most compost thermometers consist of a long probe, 18 to 36 inches long, attached to a dial or digital display, with the very tip of the thermometer being the actual probe that measures temperature. This design allows users to measure temperatures deep within the pile without disturbing it.

Using a compost thermometer is incredibly simple. The probe should be inserted into the compost pile at a height and angle that reach the center of the pile, where temperatures are typically highest. Care should be taken to avoid accidentally putting the thermometer into the base, where temperatures will be low.

Compost piles go through several phases of activity: heating, cooling and curing. Without a thermometer to measure temperatures, there is no way of telling what phase a pile is in.

Temperature readings, when properly interpreted, can give valuable insight into compost conditions and overall performance. When temperatures rise into the thermophilic range, microbial activity is strong and decomposition is proceeding efficiently. Sustaining temperatures in this range is crucial for effective pathogen reduction.

If temperature never increases, increases slowly or stops increasing before reaching the thermophilic range, this indicates potential problems, such as improper moisture content, nutrient imbalance or poor aeration. Fortunately, these problems are fixable. But if you don’t measure temperature, you will have no way of knowing if there is a problem and what that problem might be.

Temperature trends

Temperature trends are equally as important as high or low temperatures. A decline in temperature after a thermophilic period indicates that readily available materials and oxygen have been consumed and that turning is needed to reinvigorate the process. Temperature trends are critical to the overall composting process and the final product, but that information would not be available without monitoring temperature.

Temperature monitoring is important when composting materials that may contain pathogens, such as manure, poultry litter and carcasses. Many state and federal guidelines specify exact temperatures and times that must be met to be considered safe. Without a compost thermometer, you would never know.

Not only is it crucial to have a compost thermometer and use it correctly, but it must also be calibrated regularly to ensure accuracy. Fortunately, calibration is quick and simple, requiring only a container, ice and water. The University of Arkansas poultry science Extension team has a quick instructional video on how to perform a calibration.

A compost thermometer is a simple, low-cost tool that provides valuable insight into the performance of a compost pile. Regular temperature monitoring and response to temperature changes give producers the opportunity to improve compost performance, enhance end-product quality and help control pathogens. Consistent use of temperature data supports sound decision-making and helps achieve reliable and repeatable compost outcomes across a wide range of operations.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post Using compost thermometers to improve compost efficiency, safety appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Egypt looks to Sub-Saharan Africa to expand poultry and egg exports

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 19:00:10 +0700

Egypt is intensifying efforts to expand poultry and egg exports into Sub-Saharan Africa, with Uganda emerging as a key partner in a broader strategy to turn domestic oversupply into export growth. The move comes as Egypt’s poultry sector reports self-sufficiency and an exportable surplus, prompting renewed efforts to open new overseas markets.

Food Business MEA reported that Egypt is targeting Sub-Saharan Africa to widen exports of poultry and eggs. That reporting is consistent with recent official and sector-level developments, including a high-level Egyptian-Ugandan meeting in Cairo on 27 July 2026, where agriculture ministers discussed opening the Ugandan market to Egyptian poultry and egg products.

Export ambitions built on surplus

The export push reflects industry claims that Egypt’s domestic poultry and egg production now exceeds local demand. In January 2026, the General Union of Egyptian Poultry Producers said the country had reached full self-sufficiency in poultry meat and table eggs, with a production surplus of more than 20% available for export.

Earlier reports also indicated that the Ministry of Agriculture was working with the sector to open new overseas markets and reduce pressure from excess supply. According to earlier reporting by Al-Ahram Weekly, around 40 Egyptian companies export poultry products to approximately 20 countries across the Arab world, Asia and Africa, suggesting that Egypt has already established an international export base.

Uganda as a strategic gateway

Uganda appears to be more than just a potential customer. During the 27 July talks in Cairo, Egyptian Agriculture Minister Alaa Farouk and his Ugandan counterpart Frank Kagyigyi Tumwebaze discussed broader cooperation in agriculture, livestock and fisheries, while also addressing the possibility of opening the Ugandan market to Egyptian poultry and egg shipments.

The discussions also highlighted Egypt’s poultry production facilities operating under WOAH-standard compartmentalisation, including compartments that Egypt has self-declared as free from highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) in accordance with WOAH guidelines. Egyptian officials also emphasised the country’s certified production facilities, laboratory capabilities and research centres, together with their readiness to provide technical support, biosecurity expertise and veterinary inspection services. Such animal health assurances are an important component of market access requirements alongside commercial and logistical considerations.

Beyond trade: veterinary and technical cooperation

The Egypt-Uganda relationship is also developing on the animal health front. New Vision reported that Tumwebaze’s visit included discussions on veterinary vaccine production, while other reports indicated that the two sides reviewed cooperation on the annual supply of around 10 million doses of foot-and-mouth disease vaccine to Uganda.

The discussions point to a broader bilateral agenda: Egypt is seeking not only to expand exports of poultry and eggs but also to strengthen its role as a technical partner in livestock health and agricultural production systems. For Uganda, the partnership could provide access to veterinary expertise, vaccines and opportunities for further agricultural investment and capacity building.

Dog Car Seats: Ensuring Safety on Every Ride

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 18:55:05 +0700

A quick trip to the vet, a weekend escape to Lonavala, or the daily school run with your pup in tow: every car journey with your dog carries more risk than most pet owners realise. An unrestrained dog can distract the driver, get thrown around during sudden braking, or bolt out of an open door in busy traffic. A well-designed dog car seat solves all three concerns at once. It keeps your companion secure, comfortable, and calm while you focus on the road. From compact hatchbacks in Mumbai to SUVs cruising the Bengaluru outer ring road, choosing the right car seat is one of the smartest decisions you can make for your dog. This guide walks you through everything you need to know before your next drive, from the different types of car seats to the small habits that make every trip safer, cooler, and calmer for your best friend.

Why Dog Car Seats Are a Must for Indian Pet Parents

Indian roads are unpredictable. Potholes appear without warning, two-wheelers weave through gaps, and sudden lane changes are the norm rather than the exception. Add stray cattle, unexpected pedestrians, and monsoon-slick surfaces to the mix, and even a short drive can turn eventful. In this environment, a loose dog in the back seat is a real hazard. Even at 40 kilometres per hour, a sudden stop can send a 15 kilogram dog flying forward with enough force to injure both the pet and any passenger in front.

The American Kennel Club recommends that dogs be safely restrained during every car ride, both to protect them in a collision and to prevent driver distraction. A car seat also stops your dog from jumping into your lap at the wrong moment, sticking their head too far out of the window, or panicking during heavy monsoon downpours when visibility drops. For small dogs especially, a raised seat lets them see out of the window, which reduces motion sickness and anxiety. For larger dogs, a proper restraint keeps them from lunging at a passing dog or delivery rider at a traffic signal.

Vets in metros like Delhi and Chennai are increasingly seeing preventable injuries from car incidents involving unrestrained pets, from cracked teeth caused by a face-first jolt against the dashboard to sprained limbs after a fall from the seat. A restraint system built for your dog’s weight and shape prevents most of these emergency visits.

Types of Dog Car Seats and Who They Suit

Not every dog needs the same setup. The right choice depends on your dog’s size, temperament, and your car’s interior.

Booster Seats

Booster seats are raised, box-shaped seats designed for small breeds such as Shih Tzus, Pugs, Lhasa Apsos, and Indian Spitz puppies. They lift the dog high enough to look out of the window while keeping them tethered with an internal safety strap. Most models come with a soft plush lining and clip onto the headrest and seat belt buckle.

Bucket and Bowl Seats

Bucket seats offer deeper sides and a semi-enclosed feel, which suits anxious dogs or breeds that prefer to curl up. They work well for Beagles, Dachshunds, and Cocker Spaniels who like a snug, cave-like space, and they contain shedding to one easy-to-clean pocket.

Hammock and Bench Covers

For medium to large breeds like Labradors, Golden Retrievers, and Indian Pariah dogs, a hammock cover across the back seat is often the best option. It protects your upholstery from fur, mud, and drool, and pairs with a car safety dog harness that clips into the seat belt receiver.

Travel Crates and Carriers

For long trips, or for dogs that get overstimulated by traffic, a hard-sided crate strapped into the boot or back seat offers the highest level of crash protection. Explore sturdy options in the dog carriers range if this suits your travel style.

How to Choose the Right Dog Car Seat

Picking the right seat comes down to six practical factors.

Size and weight capacity. Always check the seat’s maximum weight rating and compare it to your dog’s current and expected adult weight. A seat that is too small will feel cramped, while one that is too large will not keep your pet stable during turns.

Safety certifications. Look for products tested to crash-safety standards. The Center for Pet Safety maintains a public list of independently certified car restraints and harnesses, which is a useful reference even for Indian buyers shopping online.

Material and breathability. Given Indian summers, choose seats with mesh panels, breathable padding, and removable washable covers. Faux leather looks smart but can trap heat, especially in parked cars sitting under the afternoon sun.

Anchor system. The seat should attach to both the headrest and the seat belt anchor. Avoid seats that rely on a single strap. A twin anchor design stays firm during sudden braking and quick lane changes.

Comfort extras. A pocket for treats, a chew-proof tether, and a non-slip base make daily use easier. Pair the seat with a well-fitted collar and ID tag so that your dog remains identifiable if they slip out during a stop.

Ease of cleaning. Indian conditions demand it. Dust from summer commutes, muddy paws after a monsoon walk, and the occasional accident during a long drive are all part of daily life. Pick a seat with a machine-washable cover, wipeable inner lining, and a design that comes apart in under a minute. You are more likely to keep the seat clean, and therefore keep using it, when maintenance is quick.

Setting Up the Seat and Getting Your Dog Comfortable

Even the best car seat fails if it is installed poorly or introduced abruptly. Start by placing the seat on the rear bench, never the front passenger seat, as airbag deployment can seriously injure a small dog. Thread the seat belt through the designated anchor loops and tighten until the seat does not shift when pulled from side to side.

Next, let your dog explore the seat while the car is parked at home. Place a familiar blanket, a favourite chew, or a few treats inside. Once your dog steps in willingly, clip the internal tether to their harness and sit beside them for a few minutes. Repeat this over two or three days before the first real drive.

Start with short trips of five to ten minutes around your neighbourhood. Gradually build up to longer rides. According to the ASPCA travel safety guidelines, gradual acclimatisation greatly reduces travel anxiety and motion sickness in dogs of all ages.

Safety Practices Every Indian Pet Parent Should Follow

A car seat is one piece of the puzzle. Combine it with these habits for a truly safe ride:

Never leave your dog alone in a parked car. Interior temperatures in Indian summers can cross 50 degrees Celsius within ten minutes, causing fatal heatstroke.
Keep the windows only partly open. A dog leaning fully out risks eye injury from flying debris and can leap after a stray animal.
Carry water, a collapsible bowl, and a light towel for quick clean-ups after monsoon drives.
Plan bathroom breaks every two hours on highway trips. Look for shaded areas away from busy roads.
If your dog is prone to car sickness, feed a light meal at least two hours before departure and avoid heavy treats during the drive.
Keep a basic pet first aid kit in the glove box, including gauze, antiseptic wipes, and any prescribed medication.

Round out your setup with useful add-ons from the dog travel accessories range, from cooling mats to spill-proof bowls.

Common Mistakes That Undo the Safety Benefits

Even careful pet parents slip up. The most frequent mistake is clipping the tether to a regular flat collar instead of a harness, which can injure the neck during sudden braking. Others include using a seat that is far below or above the dog’s weight rating, letting a large dog ride in the front seat, or driving with the car seat balanced loosely on the rear bench without any belt anchoring. Skipping the acclimatisation phase is another common misstep. A dog that panics on the first drive often develops long-term car anxiety, which makes future travel harder for everyone. Cleaning matters too. A soiled seat cover collects bacteria and odours over time, so wash the removable parts every two weeks during warmer months.

Final Thoughts

A dog car seat is not a luxury. It is essential safety gear, much like a seat belt for humans. The right seat protects your dog from injury, prevents driver distraction, and turns every ride into a calmer, more predictable experience for the whole family. Take time to match the seat to your dog’s size and temperament, introduce it gradually, and pair it with sensible travel habits suited to Indian roads and weather. Investing in a good car seat today saves years of stress, vet bills, and worry down the road. Every drive, short or long, becomes safer the moment your dog is properly secured.

Frequently Asked Questions

Are dog car seats safe for puppies?

Yes, provided the seat is sized correctly and paired with a soft, well-fitted puppy harness. Start using one from the very first car ride to build a positive lifelong habit and to avoid car anxiety later.

What size dog can use a booster seat?

Booster seats typically suit dogs under 10 kilograms. Small breeds like Pugs, Shih Tzus, Indian Spitz puppies, and small mixed breeds fit comfortably. Always verify the manufacturer’s weight limit before buying.

Can I use a regular collar instead of a harness with a car seat?

No. Clipping the internal tether to a flat collar can cause serious neck injury during braking. Always use a padded body harness designed for car travel.

How can I stop my dog from getting car sick?

Feed a light meal two hours before travel, keep the car cool and well ventilated, use a raised seat so your dog can see out of the window, and begin with short, calm drives to build tolerance over time.

Where should I place the dog car seat in my vehicle?

The safest spot is the middle of the rear bench, secured with the seat belt and headrest anchors. Never install it in the front passenger seat, as airbag deployment can be fatal for small pets.

Can large dogs like Labradors use a car seat?

Large breeds are better suited to a bench-style hammock cover combined with a crash-tested harness that clips into the seat belt receiver, or a well-secured travel crate placed in the boot.

Most Popular Bridgerton-Inspired Pet Names Revealed

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 05:15:07 +0700

With the long-awaited season four of Netflix’s hit series Bridgerton now streaming, mania for all things inspired by the alternative-history regency romance is at an all-time high.

The show has already left its mark on fashion and beauty, but there’s another, lesser-known influence beginning to emerge—Bridgerton-influenced pet names.

Bridgerton’s romance, glamour, and unforgettable characters aren’t just captivating viewers—they’re inspiring pet parents, too. From elegant names like Penelope and Charlotte to fan favorites such as Simon and Violet, these Bridgerton-inspired cat and dog names are growing in popularity among pet owners looking for a name with charm, personality, and a touch of Regency flair. Recent pet naming data shows several characters from the hit series have become top choices for cats and dogs alike.

How to Create Your Cat’s Bridgerton Pet Name

After the previous season dropped in May 2024, a new TikTok trend emerged. The viral “Bridgerton pet name reveal” videos worked by choosing Lady or Lord, then combining your pet’s real name with their favourite food and adding ‘-ton.’ To complete the full title, “of” and the pet’s breed is added to the end. Comical results like Lady Poppy Cheeseton of Persian, Lord Joey Cheerioton of Tabby, and Lady Willow Shrimpton of Scottish Fold had many cat lovers jumping on the bandwagon.

What’s Your Cat’s Bridgerton Name?

Lord or Lady
Your pet’s name
Your pet’s favourite food + ‘ton’ at the end
‘of’ your pet’s breed

The trend was huge, with some videos racking up over half a million views—but for some pet owners, this wasn’t just a viral moment. Among the show’s devoted fanbase, actual Bridgerton-inspired pet names are growing in popularity.

Delving into the trend, global pet-sitting platform TrustedHousesitters surveyed its members to reveal the most popular Bridgerton-inspired pet names in the UK. Out of the 75,000 registered pets in the UK, these were the top-ranking Bridgerton-inspired names.

In the #1 spot, Daphne—the eldest Bridgerton daughter—embodies elegance and grace. Next up, Lady gives a regal feeling.

For the male pet names, Colin topped the charts. The Bridgerton character is known to be charming and loyal, much like many loved pets.

Simon was the second most popular boy’s pet name inspired by the show. The character is known to be loyal to those he loves, just like our four-legged friends. In addition to leading monikers like Daphne and Lady, the names Charlotte, Portia, Lord, and even Benedict received honourable mentions.

**Top Bridgerton-themed Pet Names in the UK:**

Daphne
Lady
Violet
Colin
Simon/Penelope (TIE)

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Most Popular Bridgerton-Inspired Pet Names Revealed appeared first on Modern Cat.

Cats Get Dementia, Too: What Cat Parents Need to Know

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 05:15:05 +0700

She was one of my long-term feline patients, a domestic shorthair,” recalls Dr. Kathryn Dench, a holistic and integrative veterinarian from Cambridge University and the Chief Scientific Advisor at Paw Origins. “When she was around 15 years old, she began pacing the hallway and yowling loudly after midnight.” The cat would calm down if her owners found her and petted her and would often follow them back to their room.

“They initially thought she was just a bit confused, but her distress grew more frequent, and she often seemed unsure where she was,” Dench continues.

Dench ordered a full work-up for the distressed cat, including thyroid, renal, and blood pressure checks. The results ruled out pain or systemic illness and pointed to a diagnosis: Feline Cognitive Dysfunction (FCD), sometimes referred to as feline dementia or Cognitive Dysfunction Syndrome (CDS).

Similar to Alzheimer’s disease in humans, CDS in cats and dogs is caused by age-related changes to the brain. It’s progressive and degenerative. CDS becomes more common as cats age, with over 25 percent of cats aged 11 to 14 showing one or more symptoms. By age 15 and over, 50 percent of cats display symptoms.

Yavdat/Shutterstock

Symptoms of Feline Cognitive Dysfunction

“Because of the nature of FCD, a lot of the time we’re relying on owners noticing and mentioning changes they see in their cat’s behaviour at home,” Dench says. The acronym VISHDAAL summarizes the behavioural changes indicative of cognitive dysfunction that a pet owner might witness.

Vocalization: Excessive meowing and yowling, especially at night.
Interactions: Noticeable changes in interactions between the cat and its owner or other pets, such as a marked increase or decrease in demands for attention and affection or an increase in aggression.
Sleep-wake cycle: Noticeable changes in the cat’s sleep patterns. Often this means the cat is restless during the night, wandering around and vocalizing constantly.
House-soiling: Urinating or defecating outside the litter box, sometimes in front of the owner.
Disorientation: Wandering aimlessly while seeming confused or lost.
Activity level: Either a marked increase (pacing, wandering) or decrease (sleeping a lot, not playing much) in the cat’s activity level.
Anxiety: Visible indicators of stress and nervousness.
Learning and memory: Forgetting where items, such as the food dish and litter box, are located or forgetting previously learned behaviours.

Diagnosing Cognitive Dysfunction

“Diagnosis of Feline Cognitive Dysfunction can be challenging because feline patients can’t talk to us to tell us about their symptoms. Generally speaking, FCD will present as cats who seem confused in what is otherwise a familiar environment,” says Dr. Julie Hunt, a veterinarian at Embrace Pet Insurance and the Executive Dean of the Lincoln Memorial University-Richard A. Gillespie College of Veterinary Medicine in Tennessee. “In general, FCD goes unnoticed until it is quite far advanced. Typically, the first sign that owners notice is night yowling, because it disrupts the owner’s sleep, or problems with litter box use. Those are the things that bring them into the veterinary clinic. However, often the cognitive decline has been ongoing for several years at that point.”

Typically, the first sign that owners notice is night yowling, because it disrupts the owner’s sleep.

In addition to the VISHDAAL symptoms, Hunt mentions a less-common sign: difficulty eating. She recalls, “One FCD patient of mine grew to only eat from the near side of his bowl. As soon as the food was pushed to the far side of the bowl, it was like he didn’t know it was there anymore. Once the owner turned the bowl around so that the food was on the near side, he would begin eating again.”

Some symptoms of cognitive dysfunction may at first seem to point to other neurologic diseases, but a good veterinarian will systematically rule out other conditions before arriving at a diagnosis of FCD. Hunt says, “The signs of FCD can be differentiated from arthritis, which should only impact a cat’s mobility; vision loss, which generally minimally impacts a cat’s movement through the house unless it is complete; hearing loss, which has little impact upon the cat’s function unless complete, and even then is tolerated well in a stable home environment; and metabolic diseases, which can cause yowling and a decrease in appetite but not the other signs typical of FCD.”

Sazonov/Bigstock

Caring for a Cat with Cognitive Dysfunction

To help a cat diagnosed with cognitive dysfunction, an owner should minimize changes in the home’s physical layout. This is not the time to knock out walls, rearrange furniture, or otherwise make major changes that could be disruptive to the cat. “Adding or removing cats or family members can be similarly disruptive,” Hunt points out. “A clear daily routine can be helpful.”

A clear daily routine can be helpful for a cat diagnosed with cognitive dysfunction

Also helpful for a cat with FCD is ready access to several food dishes, water bowls, comfy sleeping areas, and litter boxes. Hunt recommends providing lots of play opportunities along with safe access to the outdoors, perhaps via a catio, and visual access to the outdoors via a window shelf, all to make the cat’s day more interesting and help keep the cat’s mind sharp. “Providing puzzle toys, engaging play, and toys is helpful for keeping these cats engaged in their environment.” Of course, cats of any age benefit from an enriched environment.

Some supplements and nutritional changes can be advantageous for cats with FCD. “Science Diet makes a feline Brain Care diet that supports brain health with nutrients like fish oil (DHA), antioxidants including vitamin E, and L-carnitine. It is often combined with their j/d diet that supports joint health, as many senior cats also have arthritis symptoms,” Hunt says. “If owners prefer to keep their cat on their current diet, they can support their cat’s brain function by supplementing omega-3 fatty acids or DHA, antioxidants such as S-adenosylmethionine (SAMe).”

Cats that often become confused or agitated, especially at night, may be prescribed gabapentin to help ease the anxiety. “Gabapentin will make your cat tired, so you may not want to dose them with it 24 hours a day,” Hunt says. “Using a pheromone diffuser such as Feliway can also help with calming your cat.”

Kathryn Dench describes some modifications that were made to help the 15-year-old domestic shorthair with FCD mentioned earlier. “We established a calm bedtime routine: she received a small bedtime treat, followed by gentle petting before being placed in her bed as the lights went out. We added a SAMe-based cognitive supplement and left dim night-lights on in the hall,” she says. “The yowling didn’t disappear, but as the routine became established it reduced to a few brief calls each night—manageable for both cat and owners. In these cases, better rather than fixed is often the realistic goal.” When it comes to cognitive dysfunction, any improvement should be counted as a win.

irontrybex/Bigstock

“Another case I remember was a 17-year-old Persian, who began sitting near her food bowl but not eating, as if she had forgotten why she was there. The owner sometimes found her wandering into the kitchen, meowing in confusion,” Dench recalls. “We made practical adjustments: her food bowl always stayed in the same place, on a brightly coloured mat to catch her attention, and we kept the same brand and scent of food to maintain familiarity. Her owner began gently guiding her to the bowl at set mealtimes and hand-feeding a little food to help remind her it was dinner time. While these simple cues didn’t ‘cure’ the problem, they re-established a predictable routine that reduced stress for both the cat and her owner.”

Dench mentions one more symptom she sometimes sees in the exam room that may point to FCD: the empty stare. She describes it as the cat zoning out or disappearing into their own thoughts. “One patient of mine with early FCD did this during an exam, and her owners mentioned she would sometimes stop mid-grooming and stare into space, seemingly forgetting what she was doing. She’d ‘come back’ if they petted her and talked to her, and then either carry on with what she was doing or move on to something else.” What makes this case particularly fascinating, Dench says, is what happened when the family then fostered a four-month-old kitten. “The older cat initially seemed confused but gradually began watching and then cautiously engaging—batting at a toy, following the kitten to the food area. The zoning out decreased dramatically, as the active kitten around her kept her attention in the here and now.” Similar to having a catio or a window shelf, having an active kitten to play with may help to keep a cat with FCD engaged—or it could stress out the cat even more, since each cat is different.

Dr. Nathaniel Rakestraw, a veterinarian with TelaVets, reinforces the need to keep everything as simple as possible for cats living with FCD. “These cats can still have a good life for quite a while, but they really depend on routine and stability,” he says. “Keep pathways clear, make sure the litter box is easy to find and easy to get into, and try to keep lighting steady, especially at night. Consistency is key. Feeding them at the same times each day, speaking softly, and maintaining predictable patterns helps reduce anxiety.” Of equal importance, he says, is managing your expectations. “FCD isn’t just memory loss. It’s confusion, restlessness, sometimes even anxiety.”

Quality of Life for Cats Living with FCD

As cognitive dysfunction progresses, the signs of it become more apparent. “Cats might start wandering aimlessly, get stuck in corners, or meow loudly at night. They might forget where the litter box is or even stop recognizing familiar people,” Rakestraw says. “When that starts happening, I tell owners to focus on quality-of-life indicators. Are they eating? Are they comfortable? Do they still enjoy being petted or sitting with you?”

When it comes to a cat with FCD, these tough questions often must be asked much sooner than anyone would like.

These are questions no animal lover ever likes to consider, but they’re part of choosing to share one’s life and home with pets. And when it comes to a cat with FCD, these tough questions often must be asked much sooner than anyone would like. Rakestraw says, “When a cat begins to withdraw completely, stops eating, or seems anxious and lost more often than calm, that’s when it may be time to have a conversation about what’s next. No one can pinpoint a perfect moment, but your cat will often show you when they’re tired and ready.”

Alex Zotov/Shutterstock

Preventing Feline Cognitive Dysfunction

Is there any way to prevent Feline Cognitive Dysfunction? “It’s unclear that it can be prevented, as it is primarily caused by age-related changes in the brain,” says Dr. Mikel Maria Delgado, a scientist and cat behaviour expert at Rover. However, like humans attempting to ward off Alzheimer’s disease by exercising regularly and doing crossword puzzles, some strategies may be worth trying for cats.

“It is possible that cat caregivers can slow the progression of CDS by feeding their cat a high-quality diet, engaging the cat in regular exercise and mental stimulation, and setting up the environment to support an aging cat,” Delgado says. For a senior cat, that could mean food puzzles, regular playtime, and ramps or stairs for easy access to favourite spots. It’s also a good idea to minimize stress for the cat as much as possible, Delgado says, and to take the cat to the vet twice a year for a checkup. “Speak to your veterinarian about supplements or medications that may be helpful. To date, their efficacy has been limited, but medications that treat anxiety may help calm your cat who is struggling with changes in their capabilities.”

CBD and Feline Cognitive Dysfunction

A study published in December 2020 in the Journal of Cannabis Research examined Cannabidiol (CBD) as a possible treatment for Feline Cognitive Dysfunction, using the condition as a model for Alzheimer’s disease in humans.

The study concluded that the use of CBD to treat Alzheimer’s seems extremely promising, thanks to CBD’s anti-inflammatory and antioxidant properties and its ability to slow or reverse many of the pathological processes in Alzheimer’s disease. However, much more research on CBD benefits, risks, and doses is still needed, preferably through clinical veterinary trials on aging domestic cats with FCD.

“At VetCS we frequently see interest from pet owners looking for ways to support aging animals experiencing behavioural or cognitive changes,” says Trish Wilhelm, a registered veterinary technician and the cofounder of VetCS, which focuses on cannabinoid-based therapies for cats, dogs, and horses. “While most clinical observations currently come from canine patients, cats possess the same endocannabinoid system involved in neurologic balance, inflammation, and stress response. In practice, many veterinarians take a cautious approach with cats due to their unique metabolism, using very low doses and monitoring closely.” Wilhelm is optimistic about what the future holds for this area of veterinary care. “More research is needed, but the endocannabinoid system represents a promising area of exploration for supporting senior pet wellness.”

CBD does appear to help ameliorate some of the symptoms of Feline Cognitive Dysfunction, says Dr. Katherine Kramer, an integrative veterinarian at VCA-Canada Vancouver Animal Wellness Hospital and co-author of the first textbook on Veterinary Cannabinoid Medicine. “A majority of my geriatric feline patients have had very positive responses to CBD.”

“Studies have shown CBD to have anti-inflammatory effects which can help address symptoms made worse by pain,” she continues. “Full spectrum products contain flavonoids and other cannabinoids, which when mixed with MCT oil, has been shown to have antioxidant action and slow down neural degeneration.”

Dr. Kramer notes that obtaining a safe product continues to be a challenge as there are no legal or regulated pet products, and that it is important to be mindful of potential drug interactions as many senior cats are on medications: “Please work with your veterinarian for safety and effective dosing,” she says.

Cats may prove to be a useful model for studying dementia and, ultimately, curing it.

Studying Cats Might Be the Key to New Human Treatments for Alzheimer’s

Cats who develop dementia in old age show brain changes similar to humans with Alzheimer’s, new research has found. The study, published in August 2025 in the European Journal of Neuroscience, looked at the brains of 25 cats postmortem, examining the differences between young cats, older cats, and cats with CDS. The brains of the cats afflicted with CDS showed changes like those found in the brains of humans with Alzheimer’s disease, including atrophy, loss of neurons, tau tangles (twisted fibers of protein inside neurons), and an accumulation of amyloid-beta plaques (misfolded proteins) between nerve cells. Since cats develop CDS spontaneously, similar to how humans develop Alzheimer’s disease, and since cats live in our environments with us, sharing risk factors such as poor air quality, cats may prove to be a useful model for studying dementia and, ultimately, curing it.

With more research, the hope is that someday dementia will be eradicated for everyone, humans and pets alike. In the meantime, some extra patience, love, and care on the owner’s part can help a cat with cognitive dysfunction to live a long and happy life.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Cats Get Dementia, Too: What Cat Parents Need to Know appeared first on Modern Cat.

Starter phase length can affect breeder fertility, hatchability

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 21:35:03 +0700

The starter-phase duration for broiler breeders can affect their reproductive performance later, including development, fertility and hatchability, according to a study led by Artur De Freitas Ribeiro, North Carolina State University.

In his presentation at the 2026 International Poultry Scientific Forum, De Freitas Ribeiro noted that “the starter phase is especially important because birds are still establishing metabolic and structured systems.”

The research team evaluated the effects of feeding broiler breeders a starter diet for 4 or 6 weeks on reproduction and investigated the role of targeted body weight, which is “known to play a major role in breeder reproductive efficiency,” De Freitas Ribeiro explained.

The study’s hypothesis was that different starter phase durations, in combination with different targeted body weights, “could influence reproductive parameters…such as fertility, hatchability and embryo development,” he said.

The key takeaway was that a 6-week starter diet, compared with a 4-week starter diet, was associated with higher embryo mortality, independent of targeted body weight.

Study design

The researchers examined two targeted body weight profiles (high and low) and two starter phase durations (4 weeks and 6 weeks). The birds received either starter diets or grower or developer diets.

Feed was allocated to control body weight.

In one dark house, 1,600 day-old Cobb commercial broiler breeders were placed in 16 pens and 288 day-old Cobb males were placed in 16 other pens. Each set of 16 pens was divided into 4 groups, each receiving a different treatment.

Lighting was set at 8 hours until 21 weeks of age, then increased to 14 hours with increments to peak according to egg production.

At 22 weeks the breeders were also transferred to the laying house, where seven roosters each were placed in 72 pens.

During incubation, eggs were collected three times a day. Incubation occurred every other week between weeks 25 and 40 for a total of nine times. The eggs were turned four times per hour at first, then every half hour, and every hour for 7 to 14 days, with no turning after day 14.

The eggs were then transferred to a hatchery at 18 days and stored at 57^oF (14^oC) for 1 to 4 days before being set. Only clean, defect-free eggs were used.

Longer starter phase harmful

The study evaluated fertility, hatchability, hatch of fertile and embryo mortality with the 4- and 6-week starter diets.

De Freitas Ribeiro first noted that “fertility was overall excellent in this study and above the standard” for Cobbs. However, the hens on the 4-week starter phase diet fared better in all categories than those on the 6-week starter diet:

Average fertility (99.41% versus 98.02%)
Average hatchability (93.94% versus 92.20%)
Hatch of fertile (95.15% versus 94.13%).

Hens on the 4-week starter phase also had fewer embryo mortalities on days 1 through 3 (3.31%) versus birds on the 6-week diet (4.23%).

These findings suggest “that changes occurring during early pullet development can have long-term consequences expressed during incubation,” De Freitas Ribeiro believed.

Target body weight, however, “did not significantly influence fertility, hatchability, hatch of fertile or embryo mortality” for either group, he said.

In sum, extending the starter phase to 6 weeks reduced fertility and hatchability and increased embryo mortalities, compared to the 4-week starter phase. Targeted body weight, however, had no measurable effect on reproductive performance.

The post Starter phase length can affect breeder fertility, hatchability appeared first on Modern Poultry.

DAR turns over egg layer project to strengthen Sibugay cooperative livelihood

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 21:30:10 +0700

The Department of Agrarian Reform (DAR) has turned over an Egg Layer Production project with chicken shed materials and marketing assistance to the Tomitom Farmers Agrarian Reform Cooperative (Tomfarco) in Ipil, Zamboanga Sibugay, under the government’s Partnership Against Hunger and Poverty (PAHP) programme. The initiative was formally handed over on July 30, 2026, as part of efforts to build sustainable livelihood opportunities for agrarian reform beneficiaries.

According to the original report, the project includes 192 ready-to-lay chickens, chicken shed materials and marketing assistance to support the cooperative’s egg production enterprise. DAR officials said the project is intended to strengthen the cooperative, improve members’ income opportunities and pave the way for additional support from partner agencies.

The PAHP programme is a convergence initiative involving government agencies that aims to reduce poverty, mitigate hunger and improve food security. In this case, DAR presented the layer project not only as a poultry-based source of income but also as a way to support organised rural communities through enterprise development and collective management.

Similar layer chicken projects implemented by DAR in other parts of the Philippines have likewise aimed to provide cooperatives with an additional source of income through egg production, supported by training, market linkages and institutional assistance.

DAR officials urged Tomfarco members to manage the project responsibly and to maintain financial discipline, active participation and shared commitment. Cooperative leaders and local officials, in turn, expressed support for the initiative and said close community monitoring would be important to ensure its sustainability over time.

More broadly, poultry-based livelihood projects continue to be promoted by Philippine government agencies as a way to improve food security and diversify farmers’ income sources, reinforcing the role of small-scale poultry enterprises in supporting rural livelihoods and local food production.

Iron Cages vs. Plastic Carriers: Which Is Better for Your Dog?

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 21:25:08 +0700

Bringing home a dog changes daily routines in ways that first-time pet parents rarely anticipate. Trips to the vet, weekend travel, house training, and quiet rest time all become easier when your dog has a safe, enclosed space of their own. In India, two options dominate the market: sturdy iron cages and lightweight plastic carriers. Both serve similar purposes, but they behave very differently once you factor in monsoon humidity, summer heat, small city apartments, and long train journeys across states.

Choosing the wrong one can leave your dog anxious, uncomfortable, or unsafe. This guide breaks down how each option performs in real Indian conditions, what suits different breeds and lifestyles, and how to pick the right fit without overspending.

Iron Cages: What They Offer

Iron cages, often called metal crates or wire crates, are built with welded steel rods and a removable tray at the base. They are the most common choice for home use across Indian households because they balance ventilation, visibility, and durability. A German Shepherd or Labrador puppy that chews through fabric will find it hard to damage a properly built iron cage. Most models fold flat, which helps in compact Mumbai or Bangalore flats where storage matters.

Ventilation is the strongest advantage. Open bars allow airflow from every side, which is critical during the humid summer months in cities like Chennai, Kolkata, and coastal Goa. Your dog can also see the family around them, which reduces separation anxiety during crate training. According to the American Kennel Club, crates that allow visibility help puppies settle faster because they still feel connected to their household.

However, iron cages are heavy. Moving them between rooms or lifting them into a car boot is inconvenient. They are also not suitable for air travel, and most Indian railways do not permit them in passenger coaches. Exposed metal can rust in coastal areas if not wiped down regularly.

Plastic Carriers: What They Offer

Plastic carriers, sometimes called travel kennels or airline crates, are moulded from hard plastic with ventilation slots on the sides and a secure metal door at the front. They are lighter, easier to carry, and designed with movement in mind. If you fly often between Delhi, Bengaluru, or Kochi, or take your dog on road trips, a plastic carrier is almost always the better pick.

The enclosed design creates a den-like feel, which many dogs find comforting during long journeys. Nervous or noise-sensitive breeds such as Shih Tzus, Pugs, and Indies often settle better inside a plastic carrier than an open cage. Plastic is also easier to clean after motion sickness or accidents, and it does not rust in humid weather.

The trade-off is airflow. Even well-ventilated plastic carriers heat up faster than iron cages, which is a real concern during Indian summers when interior temperatures can climb quickly. The ASPCA recommends never leaving a dog inside an enclosed carrier in warm environments without airflow, since heatstroke can develop within minutes. They also offer less floor space for the same footprint, so larger breeds may feel cramped if the size is not chosen carefully.

Head to Head Comparison Across Key Factors

Safety and Durability

Iron cages hold up better against strong chewers and larger breeds. Plastic carriers can crack under heavy impact but perform well for small and medium dogs during travel. For a Beagle or Cocker Spaniel that stays mostly at home, an iron cage lasts longer. For frequent movers, plastic wins on portability without compromising basic safety.

Climate Suitability

This is where the Indian context matters most. In coastal and humid regions, iron cages ventilate better and prevent overheating. In air-conditioned homes or during winter in northern cities like Delhi and Chandigarh, plastic carriers retain warmth, which suits short-haired breeds. During peak summer, always place either option in a shaded, cross-ventilated corner of the house.

Travel Friendliness

Plastic carriers are the only option accepted by most Indian and international airlines, provided they meet IATA Live Animals Regulations. Iron cages are impractical for flights, and even for long car journeys, they are heavy and awkward to secure. If travel is part of your routine, invest in a good quality carrier from a reliable range of dog carriers and travel bags.

Cleaning and Maintenance

Both are easy to clean, but plastic wipes down faster and dries quickly during monsoon. Iron cages need occasional rust checks, especially if you live near the sea. A dry cloth after every wash helps extend their life significantly.

Cost and Long Term Value

Iron cages typically cost less per square foot of space and last longer at home. Plastic carriers cost more upfront for travel-grade quality but save money if you would otherwise rent one for every trip.

Which One Suits Indian Conditions Better

The honest answer is that most Indian pet parents benefit from owning both. An iron cage works as the primary home base for crate training, mealtime, and quiet rest. A plastic carrier handles vet visits, weekend getaways, and any air travel. If budget forces a single choice, consider your dog’s daily reality. A large breed dog in a spacious independent house does well with an iron cage. A small breed dog in a high-rise apartment who visits the vet often will get more use from a plastic carrier.

For homes without air conditioning during peak summer, prioritise ventilation and go with iron. For frequent travellers or families with anxious dogs, plastic is the safer bet. Pair either option with a comfortable dog bed or soft mat inside to make the space inviting and reduce pressure on joints during long rest periods.

How to Choose the Right Size

Size matters more than material. Your dog should be able to stand up, turn around, and lie down comfortably. Measure from the nose to the base of the tail and add four inches. Measure from the floor to the top of the head while sitting and add four inches. Use these numbers against the manufacturer’s size chart. Undersized cages cause joint stiffness and stress. Oversized ones defeat the purpose of a secure den. Explore size-specific options in the dog crates and cages collection for guidance before you buy.

Training and Introduction Tips

No matter which option you pick, introduction matters more than the material itself. Place treats and a familiar blanket inside. Let your dog explore without closing the door for the first few days. Feed meals near or inside the cage or carrier so your dog begins associating it with positive experiences. Build up crate time gradually, starting with a few minutes and extending only when your dog stays relaxed. Never use the crate as punishment. Consistency and patience turn either option into a space your dog genuinely enjoys returning to.

Final Thoughts

Choosing between an iron cage and a plastic carrier is less about which one is better overall and more about which one fits your dog’s daily life. Consider your home, your climate, your travel habits, and your dog’s temperament. Whichever route you take, invest in quality, size it correctly, and introduce it with patience. A well-chosen enclosure becomes a place of comfort rather than confinement, and that difference shapes how your dog feels every single day.

Frequently Asked Questions

Q1. Is an iron cage safe for a puppy?

Yes, provided it is the right size and has no sharp edges or loose welds. Add soft bedding and remove collars during crate time to prevent snagging on the bars.

Q2. Can I use a plastic carrier for daily home use?

It is possible but not ideal. Plastic carriers offer less ventilation and floor space, which makes long hours inside uncomfortable, especially during Indian summers.

Q3. Which is better for train travel in India?

Neither option is officially permitted in Indian Railways passenger coaches for most dogs. For the parcel van, a sturdy plastic carrier with proper labelling and food arrangements works best.

Q4. How do I prevent my iron cage from rusting during monsoon?

Wipe it dry after every cleaning, keep it away from direct rain exposure, and apply a light coat of food safe oil on the base tray once a month during the wettest weeks.

Q5. Are collapsible iron cages sturdy enough for large breeds?

Good quality folding cages hold up well for most large breeds. Look for reinforced corners and heavy gauge wire if you own a Rottweiler, Boxer, or Great Dane.

Q6. What size plastic carrier do I need for a Pug or Shih Tzu?

Small breeds usually fit comfortably in a size 100 or 200 plastic carrier, which measures around 20 to 24 inches in length. Always confirm dimensions against your dog’s measurements.

Bird flu pressure exposes a fault line in Australia’s free-range egg sector

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 17:55:09 +0700

Australia’s free-range egg sector is facing fresh scrutiny as authorities and industry weigh how to protect poultry from H5 avian influenza without misleading consumers about production systems.

The core problem is straightforward: free-range systems depend on outdoor access, but that same exposure can increase contact with wild birds, one of the principal recognised pathways for avian influenza introduction into poultry flocks. Recent Australian guidance has therefore prioritised biosecurity, even if that means hens are temporarily kept indoors.

Biosecurity first

According to the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC), producers who temporarily move hens indoors for biosecurity reasons are currently not being targeted for enforcement action over free-range labelling. The regulator has made clear that this is a temporary enforcement approach, and where hens are required to be housed under official state directions or recommendations issued in response to an avian influenza outbreak, the enforcement period would generally be limited to up to 90 days, or until those measures are lifted.

That position reflects the coordinated approach adopted by Australian authorities, veterinary services and the poultry industry to reduce the risk of virus introduction. Australian veterinary and industry sources have been urging producers to minimise contact between poultry and wild birds, particularly in free-range systems where such exposure can be more difficult to control.

Why free-range is under pressure

The concern is not theoretical. A 2019 modelling study found that shifting 25% of conventional indoor chicken farms to free-range production would increase the risk of a highly pathogenic avian influenza outbreak by 6–7%. The same study also showed that relatively small biosecurity improvements, such as limiting wild bird access to feed and sheds, could offset much of that additional risk.

A later overview of avian influenza in Australian poultry reached a similar conclusion, noting that the country’s risk profile is influenced by factors including the expansion of free-range production, the ecology of wild waterfowl and on-farm biosecurity practices.

A consumer issue as well

The bird flu debate is not only a disease-control issue; it is also a labelling issue. In Australia, free-range eggs are expected to come from hens with meaningful and regular outdoor access during daylight, at a stocking density of 10,000 hens or fewer per hectare, with that density displayed on the egg carton.

If hens must be housed for an extended period, producers face a difficult choice between maintaining strict disease control and preserving the marketing claim that many consumers associate with outdoor access and higher animal welfare standards. That is why the ACCC’s temporary enforcement approach is significant: it gives farms flexibility to respond to a biosecurity emergency without immediately facing enforcement action over their free-range claims.

What this means for the sector

For now, there is no evidence that Australia’s commercial poultry supply has been severely disrupted by H5N1. However, the current situation illustrates how quickly a major outbreak could place pressure on both production and consumer confidence, especially in a market where free-range eggs account for a large share of consumer purchases.

Industry voices quoted by SBS say the sector has been preparing for this risk for years, while acknowledging that prolonged housing measures could reduce the availability of free-range eggs for as long as the disease threat remains elevated.

Squeaky Toys: Why Dogs Love Them So Much

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:06 +0700

Ask any Indian pet parent what makes their dog perk up in a second, and chances are the answer involves a small, plush toy that goes squeak. From Labrador puppies in Mumbai high-rises to Indies bouncing around Bengaluru balconies, that high-pitched sound seems to hold a special kind of magic. Dogs will chase it, carry it around, guard it fiercely, and sometimes even sleep with it. The fascination is not random. There is real science, instinct, and emotion behind the obsession, and understanding it can help you pick better toys, keep playtime safer, and strengthen the bond you share with your dog.

The Instinct Behind the Squeak

Dogs are descended from wild ancestors that hunted small animals for survival. That instinct did not disappear when they moved into our homes. The squeak of a toy mimics the high-pitched sound a small prey animal makes when caught, which taps directly into your dog's natural prey drive. According to the American Kennel Club, prey drive is a hardwired sequence of behaviours that includes searching, stalking, chasing, and capturing, and squeaky toys satisfy that final capture moment in a safe, controlled way.

For breeds with strong hunting backgrounds, such as Beagles, Dachshunds, terriers, and even our beloved Indian Pariah dogs, this instinct runs particularly deep. When they bite down and hear that squeak, their brain registers a small victory. Every squeak is a reward, which is why some dogs will happily chew, squeak, pause, and repeat the process for what feels like forever. The behaviour is not destructive or strange. It is your dog fulfilling a very old, very natural need using something soft and squeaky instead of a real animal.

How Squeaky Toys Engage the Canine Brain

Beyond instinct, squeaky toys offer serious mental stimulation. Dogs need more than food, walks, and cuddles to feel content. They also need to use their brains, and unpredictable sounds are one of the easiest ways to challenge them mentally. A squeak that responds only when the toy is bitten a certain way keeps your dog thinking, adjusting pressure, and experimenting with how they hold and shake the toy.

This kind of engagement is especially valuable for pet parents living in Indian cities, where long summer afternoons or heavy monsoon days often keep dogs indoors for hours at a stretch. A squeaky toy can turn a boring afternoon into an enriching play session without needing outdoor space. It also helps prevent boredom-related behaviours like chewing furniture, digging into cushions, or excessive barking. Interactive dog toys that combine squeaks with textures, hidden compartments, or treat pockets offer even deeper stimulation and are a smart pick for high-energy or anxious pets who need extra mental exercise indoors.

Emotional and Behavioural Benefits for Indian Pet Parents

Playing with a squeaky toy is not just fun for your dog. It has genuine emotional benefits too. Regular play helps burn off nervous energy, reduces stress, and lifts mood, which is particularly helpful for rescue dogs or pets adjusting to new homes. Many Indian pet parents report that their anxious or shy dogs become noticeably more confident after regular interactive play sessions with squeaky toys.

Squeaky toys also strengthen the bond between you and your dog. When you toss a squeaky ball or play tug with a squeaky rope, your dog associates you with excitement and reward. This builds trust, improves recall training, and makes obedience work feel more like fun than a chore. For families with children, supervised squeaky toy play can also teach kids gentle handling and turn-taking with the pet. Just remember to match the intensity of play to the weather. During peak Indian summers, keep sessions short, indoors, and near a cool spot, since dogs overheat quickly and often do not know when to stop.

Choosing the Right Squeaky Toy for Your Dog

Not every squeaky toy suits every dog. The right choice depends on your pet's size, chewing style, personality, and even your local climate.

Match the size to your dog

Toys that are too small pose a serious choking risk, while oversized toys can be hard for small breeds to grip. A Pomeranian and a Rottweiler should never share the same toy. Look for size guides on packaging and pick something your dog can carry comfortably but cannot swallow whole.

Consider the material

Plush squeaky toys are perfect for gentle chewers who love to cuddle and carry. Rubber and latex toys handle rougher play and last longer. For power chewers, look for reinforced squeakers set inside thick, durable rubber, since flimsy plush toys will not survive a single afternoon. Explore a wide range from PetsWorld's dog chew toys collection to find something suited to your dog's chewing intensity.

Think about your dog's play style

Some dogs love to shake and toss, others prefer to chew slowly, and some live for fetch. Ball-shaped toys suit fetch lovers, plush animals appeal to cuddlers, and rope-and-squeaker combos are great for tug enthusiasts. If your dog has a strong preference, lean into it. You will get much more mileage out of a toy your dog naturally gravitates toward.

Factor in India's climate

Humid, damp conditions during monsoon can cause plush toys to develop odour or mildew. Rubber or silicone squeaky toys are easier to clean and dry quickly, making them a practical choice for the monsoon months. In peak summer, avoid leaving rubber toys in direct sunlight for long, since heat can warp them.

Are Squeaky Toys Safe? Understanding the Risks

Squeaky toys are generally safe when used correctly, but pet parents should stay aware of a few important risks. The squeaker itself is a small plastic or rubber component that can become a choking hazard if a determined chewer manages to rip it out. As the ASPCA notes in its guidance on safe pet toys, any object small enough to be swallowed or shredded into sharp pieces should be avoided or used only under close supervision.

Always inspect toys before and after play. Look for tears, exposed stuffing, loose threads, or damaged squeakers. If any part looks compromised, throw the toy out. Never leave a heavy chewer alone with a plush squeaky toy for long stretches. Also avoid toys with painted eyes or plastic accessories that could detach easily. If your dog is a persistent destroyer of squeakers, consider hidden-squeaker toys built into thick rubber, which are much harder to break apart. These small precautions keep playtime joyful without turning it into a vet emergency.

Tips to Make Squeaky Toys Last Longer in Indian Homes

Squeaky toys can wear out quickly, especially with enthusiastic chewers, but a few simple habits help stretch their life.

Rotate toys every few days so your dog does not lose interest or destroy one out of boredom. Wash plush toys in mild soap and sun-dry them thoroughly, particularly during humid weather. Store toys off the floor to protect them from dust, ants, or accidental damage. Do not let your dog play with a squeaky toy on rough concrete surfaces, since that shortens its lifespan dramatically. For power chewers, invest in a few strong rubber interactive dog toys rather than many cheap plush ones, since durability saves money in the long run. Puppies do better with softer, smaller options, and you can find gentle picks in PetsWorld's puppy accessories range.

When to Replace a Squeaky Toy

Even the best toy has a shelf life. Replace a squeaky toy when the squeaker stops working, the outer material tears, stuffing starts leaking, or the toy develops a persistent smell that no wash removes. A worn out toy is not just unhygienic. It can also become dangerous if small parts break loose. As PetMD explains in its guidance on choosing safe dog toys, regular inspection is one of the simplest ways to prevent accidents at home.

Frequently Asked Questions

Why do dogs get so excited about squeaky toys?

The squeak mimics the sound of small prey, activating your dog's natural hunting instinct. Every squeak feels like a small victory, which is why the excitement builds with every bite.

Are squeaky toys safe for puppies?

Yes, provided the toy is puppy-sized, made from soft, non-toxic material, and used under supervision. Avoid toys with detachable parts or hard plastic squeakers for very young pups.

Why does my dog try to destroy the squeaker?

Your dog is trying to silence the source of the sound, which is instinctive prey behaviour. It does not mean your dog is aggressive. It simply means the toy is doing its job well.

Can squeaky toys make my dog aggressive?

No. Squeaky toys do not create aggression. They channel natural prey drive into safe, playful behaviour. Aggression stems from other issues such as fear, poor socialisation, or lack of training, not from toys.

How often should I replace my dog's squeaky toy?

Inspect toys weekly. Replace them the moment you see tears, exposed stuffing, or a broken squeaker. On average, plush squeaky toys last a few weeks with active chewers, while sturdy rubber ones can last several months.

Are squeaky toys suitable during Indian summers?

Yes, but keep sessions short and indoors during peak heat. Choose rubber toys that do not trap sweat or moisture, and always offer fresh water alongside play to help your dog cool down.

Best Interactive Dog Toys for Mental Stimulation: A Guide for Indian Pet Parents

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:06 +0700

A tired dog is a happy dog, but physical exercise alone rarely does the full job. Dogs are natural problem solvers, and without regular mental workouts, even a long walk can leave them restless by evening. This is especially true in Indian cities, where long summers, humid monsoons, and packed work schedules often cut outdoor time short. Interactive dog toys fill that gap by turning play into a thinking activity, keeping your dog engaged for hours without needing a park visit. Whether you have a curious Indie pup in Pune, a food loving Labrador in Delhi, or a senior Beagle in Bengaluru, the right toy can ease boredom, reduce anxiety, and prevent destructive habits. This guide covers the best interactive dog toys, how to choose them, and how to keep enrichment fresh throughout the year.

Why Mental Stimulation Matters for Dogs

Dogs experience the world through their nose, eyes, and problem solving instincts. According to the American Kennel Club, mental exercise can tire a dog just as effectively as physical activity, sometimes even more. When dogs do not get enough of it, boredom sets in quickly. That boredom often shows up as chewed slippers, dug up plants, endless barking, or restless pacing around the house.

Mental stimulation supports emotional wellbeing too. It helps reduce stress, builds confidence in shy dogs, and slows cognitive decline in seniors. For puppies, it channels their bottomless energy into productive learning. For working breeds like German Shepherds, Beagles, and Border Collies, it satisfies an inbuilt need to have a job. In Indian homes where apartment living is common and outdoor space is limited, interactive play becomes one of the most reliable ways to keep dogs balanced and content.

Signs Your Dog Needs More Mental Enrichment

Not every restless dog needs more walks. Sometimes the answer is a better puzzle. Look for these common signals:

Chewing on furniture, shoes, or wires even after regular walks
Excessive barking at nothing in particular
Following you from room to room without settling down
Digging into the sofa or scratching floors
Zoomies at odd hours, especially late at night
Losing interest in favourite toys within minutes

Senior dogs may show subtler signs, such as staring at walls, sleeping more than usual, or seeming disconnected during interactions. Puppies often express boredom through nipping and jumping. If any of these patterns feel familiar, adding a couple of interactive toys to the daily routine can bring noticeable calm within a week or two.

Best Interactive Dog Toys for Mental Stimulation

The right toy depends on your dog’s chewing style, size, and personality. Here are the categories worth stocking up on, along with what makes each one useful.

Puzzle Feeders and Treat Dispensing Toys

Puzzle feeders turn mealtime into a brain workout. Your dog has to nudge, roll, or paw the toy to release kibble or treats, which naturally slows down fast eaters and keeps them mentally engaged. Brands like Kong Classic, Outward Hound, and Trixie offer excellent options with varying difficulty levels. For beginners, start with a simple rolling ball dispenser. For seasoned puzzle solvers, sliding puzzle boards with multiple compartments work beautifully. These toys are ideal on hot afternoons when stepping out is not practical. Explore a wide range of interactive dog toys suited to different skill levels and breeds.

Snuffle Mats

A snuffle mat is a fabric mat with dense fleece strips where you hide small treats or kibble. Your dog uses its nose to sniff out every piece, which taps into natural foraging instincts. According to PetMD, scent based activities can lower stress and tire dogs faster than a walk of the same duration. Snuffle mats are especially useful during monsoon weeks when outdoor sessions get cancelled. They also suit senior dogs and recovering pets who cannot manage high impact play.

Chew Toys with a Purpose

Chewing is not just a habit, it is a stress reliever. Interactive chew toys go a step further by combining chewing with problem solving. Rubber toys with hollow centres let you stuff peanut butter, curd, or soaked kibble inside. Freeze them for a longer challenge, which also gives welcome relief during Indian summers. Nylabone, Kong, and Petstages are trusted names in this category. For strong chewers, look for options labelled as heavy duty. Browse durable chew toys for dogs built to last through determined chewing sessions.

Squeaky and Sound Based Toys

Sound based toys trigger a dog’s prey drive and curiosity. Squeakers, crinkle toys, and toys that make animal sounds are excellent for short bursts of high energy play. They work best in supervised sessions, since some dogs try to extract the squeaker. Rotate these toys weekly so the novelty stays alive. Small breeds like Shih Tzus, Pomeranians, and Dachshunds especially enjoy this category.

Interactive Fetch and Chase Toys

Automatic ball launchers, wobble toys, and treat balls that roll unpredictably are a great fit for high energy breeds. They work well indoors during peak summer months when outdoor play is unsafe. Wobble toys, in particular, hold attention for long stretches because the movement is never the same twice. Pair them with short training sessions to build focus alongside physical activity.

Lick Mats

Lick mats are silicone mats with textured patterns where you spread soft food like curd, pumpkin puree, or wet food. Licking is calming for dogs and releases endorphins, which makes these mats useful during thunderstorms, grooming, or vet visits. They are also excellent for cooling dogs down in summer when you freeze the topping first.

How to Choose the Right Interactive Toy

Start with your dog’s chewing style. Gentle chewers do well with soft plush puzzles, while power chewers need heavy duty rubber or nylon. Next, consider size. A toy that is too small becomes a choking risk, and one that is too large can frustrate smaller breeds. Always match the toy to your dog’s weight class as mentioned on the packaging.

Difficulty level matters too. Beginners need visible treat openings and easy movement, while experienced dogs enjoy multi step puzzles. If your dog loses interest quickly, the toy is either too easy or too hard.

Material safety is non negotiable. Look for BPA free rubber, non toxic dyes, and reinforced stitching. The ASPCA recommends inspecting toys regularly for tears, loose parts, and worn edges, and replacing them promptly.

Finally, factor in the climate. Freezable toys and lick mats help during summer, while dry indoor puzzles suit monsoon days. Rotating between two or three types keeps your dog curious throughout the year. Pairing interactive play with high value training treats and chews makes puzzle sessions even more rewarding.

Tips to Keep Interactive Play Fresh

Even the best toy loses its charm if it is always available. Rotate toys every three to four days by keeping some out of sight and reintroducing them later. This creates the feeling of a brand new toy without spending anything extra.

Mix in short training bursts of five to seven minutes before or after puzzle play. Teach a new trick, practice recall, or work on name recognition. This doubles the mental workout without adding much time. Adjust difficulty as your dog improves: start with treats fully visible, then hide them deeper, then add layers of movement.

On busy workdays, prepare a stuffed and frozen Kong the night before so your dog has a calm morning activity while you get ready. Small habits like these keep enrichment consistent, which is where the real behavioural benefits show up over time.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. How long should my dog play with an interactive toy each day?

Most dogs benefit from 20 to 40 minutes of interactive play spread across the day. Puppies and seniors usually prefer shorter, more frequent sessions of about 10 minutes each. Watch for signs of frustration or fatigue and end the session on a positive note with a reward.

2. Are interactive toys safe to leave with my dog when I am not home?

Only durable, single piece toys with no small parts should be left unsupervised. Puzzle feeders, lick mats with soft toppings, and stuffed rubber toys are usually safe. Avoid plush toys or squeaky toys when you are away, since they can be torn apart and swallowed.

3. Which interactive toys are best for Indian summers?

Freezable rubber toys, lick mats with frozen curd or fruit puree, and snuffle mats used indoors work very well. They keep your dog cool and mentally engaged without the heat exposure that outdoor play can bring during peak summer afternoons.

4. Can interactive toys help with separation anxiety?

Yes, they can help take the edge off. A stuffed and frozen Kong or a puzzle feeder given right before you leave can redirect anxious energy into a rewarding activity. For severe separation anxiety, pair toys with guidance from a certified trainer or your veterinarian.

5. What are the best interactive toys for aggressive chewers?

Look for heavy duty rubber toys labelled for power chewers, such as Kong Extreme or Nylabone Power Chew. Avoid soft plush, thin latex, or hollow plastic, since these break down quickly and can cause choking or gut blockages in strong jawed dogs.

6. At what age can I introduce interactive toys to my puppy?

You can start as early as eight weeks with soft, puppy specific puzzle toys. Choose options with easy difficulty and gentle textures. Always supervise the session, and upgrade to more challenging toys as your puppy grows and its jaw strength develops.

Rope Toys for Dental Health: Are They Effective?

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:05 +0700

Dental disease is one of the most common health problems seen in Indian pet clinics, and most cases begin quietly at home. Many pet parents notice bad breath, yellowing teeth, or gum swelling only after the problem has settled in. This is where chew toys enter the conversation, and rope toys are often the first suggestion from breeders, trainers, and fellow dog parents. They are affordable, easy to find, and dogs seem to love them. But do rope toys actually clean teeth, or is it a well-marketed myth? This guide breaks down what rope toys can and cannot do, backed by veterinary insight and practical tips for Indian homes.

How Rope Toys Support Canine Dental Health

Rope toys are made of tightly woven cotton or cotton-blend fibres. When a dog chews and tugs on the strands, the fibres act like a rough cloth against the tooth surface. This gentle friction can help scrape away soft plaque before it hardens into tartar. The chewing action also increases saliva flow, and saliva contains natural enzymes that reduce bacteria in the mouth. According to the American Veterinary Medical Association, regular chewing on appropriate toys can be a useful part of a home dental care routine, especially between professional cleanings.

That said, a rope toy is not a toothbrush. It cleans only the surfaces the fibres reach, which is usually the outer sides of the canines and premolars. Deeper grooves, inner tooth surfaces, and the gum line still need brushing or professional care. Think of a rope toy as a helpful supporting tool, not a stand-alone solution. Owners exploring the full range of dog chew and rope toys will find plenty of options designed with dental benefits in mind.

What the Science Says About Chewing and Plaque

Veterinary dental research consistently shows that mechanical action, meaning brushing or chewing, is the most reliable way to reduce plaque in dogs. The American Kennel Club notes that dogs who chew regularly tend to have less plaque build-up than dogs who do not. The Veterinary Oral Health Council also lists specific chew products that meet clinical standards for plaque and tartar reduction.

Plain cotton rope toys are not officially certified for plaque control, but the flossing effect of the fibres between teeth is often compared to dental floss for humans. Studies on chew-based dental aids suggest that the frequency and duration of chewing matter more than the exact material. In simple terms, a dog who spends fifteen to twenty minutes chewing a rope toy several times a week is likely to have cleaner teeth than a dog who does not chew at all. This is one reason why chewing is often called a natural form of oral hygiene for dogs. It also explains why breeds that chew less, such as toy breeds and senior dogs, tend to develop dental issues earlier and need more frequent professional cleanings.

Extra Benefits Beyond Dental Care

Rope toys do more than support oral health. They give dogs a healthy outlet for their natural chewing and tugging instincts, which is especially useful for young dogs, working breeds, and pets left alone during the day. Regular tug sessions build jaw strength, improve bite control, and burn mental energy.

Reduces boredom and destructive chewing on furniture or shoes
Encourages bonding through interactive tug and fetch games
Supports jaw muscle development in puppies over four months
Provides low-cost enrichment during long monsoon days indoors

For Indian pet parents dealing with hot summers and heavy rains, indoor play with rope toys can replace missed walks without compromising the dog's activity needs. Pairing a rope toy with a few healthy training treats can turn a short indoor session into a full mental workout.

Limitations and Risks Every Pet Parent Should Know

Rope toys are helpful, but they are not risk-free. The biggest concern flagged by veterinarians is fibre ingestion. When a dog chews aggressively, loose threads can break off and be swallowed. Small amounts usually pass through, but longer strands can cause a serious condition called linear foreign body obstruction, which sometimes requires surgery. PetMD warns that any toy showing loose threads or significant fraying should be removed and replaced immediately.

There are a few other issues worth keeping in mind:

Bacteria and mould grow quickly on damp rope in humid Indian weather, especially during the monsoon
Very hard chewers can fracture teeth if the rope is too stiff or knotted too tightly
Dyed rope toys may leach colour, so unbleached or naturally coloured options are safer
Puppies under four months should chew only under close supervision

The safest approach is short, supervised sessions of ten to twenty minutes, followed by storing the toy away. This prevents both overuse and unsupervised nibbling that leads to swallowed fibres.

How to Choose the Right Rope Toy for Your Dog

Not every rope toy suits every dog. The right choice depends on size, chewing style, and age. A small breed like a Pug or Shih Tzu needs a lighter, softer rope, while a Labrador or Indie dog needs a thicker, denser one that can handle stronger jaws.

Material: Look for 100 percent cotton or a cotton and jute blend, ideally undyed
Size: The toy should be larger than the dog's mouth to prevent accidental swallowing
Weave: Tightly braided ropes shed fewer fibres than loosely twisted ones
Design: Ropes with rubber or nylon handles can add variety of textures for better gum stimulation

For a curated selection suited to Indian breeds and climate, browse the PetsWorld dog toy collection, which includes rope toys in different sizes, weaves, and combinations. Pet parents focused on daily oral care can also pair rope play with dog dental care products such as toothbrushes, enzymatic pastes, and dental chews.

Safe Usage Tips for Indian Homes

India's climate adds a layer of care that pet parents in cooler regions do not always think about. Heat and humidity speed up bacterial growth on any damp fabric, and rope toys are no exception. A few simple habits keep the toy safe and hygienic.

Wash rope toys in warm water every week and sun-dry them completely before use
Microwave a damp rope toy for one minute to kill surface bacteria, but only if it has no plastic or metal parts
Replace the toy the moment strands come loose or the rope smells sour
Keep separate rope toys for indoor and outdoor use, particularly in monsoon months

Rope Toys vs Other Dental Care Options

Rope toys sit somewhere in the middle of the canine dental care spectrum. Daily brushing remains the gold standard, followed by veterinary-approved dental chews and water additives. Rope toys work best as a supplement to these methods rather than a replacement. A practical routine for most Indian pet parents looks like brushing three to four times a week, offering a dental chew on other days, and using rope toys during play sessions. This combined approach keeps plaque under control and reduces the need for professional cleanings, which can be expensive and stressful for the dog. Pet parents building a long-term wellness routine can also add joint and immunity boosters from the dog supplements range to support overall health alongside oral care.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do rope toys really clean a dog's teeth?

Rope toys help remove soft plaque through a gentle flossing action as the fibres slide between teeth. They do not replace brushing, but they are a useful addition to a home dental routine when used regularly and safely.

Are rope toys safe for puppies?

Puppies over four months can use rope toys under supervision. Choose a small, soft rope, limit sessions to ten minutes, and remove the toy if the puppy starts pulling loose threads. Very young pups should stick to softer teething toys.

How often should I replace a rope toy?

Replace a rope toy the moment it starts fraying badly, smells musty, or has loose strands longer than two centimetres. For heavy chewers, this can be as often as every four to six weeks. Light chewers may get several months of use.

Can rope toys damage my dog's teeth?

Rope toys are generally softer than bones or antlers, so tooth fractures are rare. However, aggressive tug-of-war with very tight knots can stress the teeth. Keep tug games gentle and let the dog set the pace.

Are rope toys suitable for Indian summers and monsoons?

Yes, provided you clean and dry them thoroughly. Humid weather encourages mould, so wash the toy weekly, sun-dry it fully, and store it in a dry spot. Avoid leaving a damp rope toy in the dog's bed or crate.

Should I combine rope toys with other dental products?

Yes. A complete oral care plan usually includes brushing, dental chews, and occasional professional cleanings. Rope toys support this plan by adding daily chewing time. Speak to your vet if your dog already shows tartar or gum redness before starting any new dental routine.

How to Choose the Right Ball for Your Dog's Size: A Complete Guide

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:05 +0700

A ball is often the first toy an Indian pet parent buys, and for good reason. It is simple, affordable, and works for almost every breed. But the moment you scroll through a catalogue, the choices become overwhelming. Rubber, rope, squeaky, tennis, floating. Sizes range from marble small to almost football large. Pick the wrong one and your dog either loses interest in minutes or, worse, ends up with a choking scare or a cracked tooth.

The right ball keeps your dog mentally stimulated, physically active, and safe. This guide covers how to match a ball to your dog's size, chew style, and play personality, with notes on how India's climate should influence your choice.

Why Ball Size Matters More Than You Think

Size is the single most important factor when buying a ball. A ball that is too small can slip to the back of the throat and block the airway. The ASPCA warns that toys and balls small enough to be swallowed pose a serious choking risk, and this is especially true for medium and large breeds with wide mouths. On the other hand, a ball that is too big is uncomfortable to carry and often ignored after a few tries.

A well-sized ball should be large enough that your dog cannot fully close its jaws around it and swallow it, but small enough to pick up, carry, and drop with ease. If you can hold the ball comfortably between your dog's back teeth without it sliding down the throat, it is too small. Size up.

Ball Size Guide by Dog Size

Small Breeds (up to 10 kg)

Shih Tzus, Pugs, Pomeranians, Beagles, Dachshunds, and Indian Spitz puppies fall into this group. Look for balls in the 3.5 cm to 5 cm range. These are light enough for a smaller mouth and easy to chase across a living room floor. Soft rubber or light foam balls work well because they cushion the impact on smaller teeth and jaws.

Medium Breeds (10 to 25 kg)

Cocker Spaniels, Indies of average build, Bull Terriers, and Border Collies do best with balls in the 6 cm to 7 cm range. This is roughly the size of a standard tennis ball. Medium dogs tend to be enthusiastic fetchers, so durability starts to matter here. Reinforced rubber and firm, bouncy materials get more use out of each session.

Large Breeds (25 to 40 kg)

Labradors, Golden Retrievers, German Shepherds, Boxers, and Rottweilers need balls in the 7.5 cm to 9 cm range. A tennis ball is too small for most adults in this group and can be a genuine choking hazard. Choose thick, solid rubber that stands up to strong jaws. Textured surfaces help with grip and add some dental cleaning benefit during chew and carry.

Giant Breeds (over 40 kg)

Great Danes, Saint Bernards, and Mastiffs need balls in the 10 cm and above range. At this size, softer materials will not survive one solid bite. Look for heavy-duty rubber or nylon-blend options built specifically for power chewers. A good rule for giant breeds: if the ball fits comfortably inside their mouth with room to spare, it is not the right size.

Match the Ball to Your Dog's Chew Style

Two dogs of the same size can have completely different chew personalities. Watching how your dog handles toys tells you which material to buy.

Gentle chewers: Dogs who fetch, carry, and drop without biting down hard do well with plush balls, soft rubber, or classic tennis-style balls. These are ideal for older dogs and puppies with developing teeth.
Average chewers: Most family dogs sit here. Solid rubber balls, textured fetch balls, and rope-and-ball combinations offer the right balance of bounce and bite resistance.
Power chewers: If your dog destroys toys within days, look for balls labelled for aggressive or heavy chewers. Thick natural rubber and reinforced designs are worth the extra investment. Explore a wider selection of durable dog toys built for tough chewers that hold up over months, not days.

Understanding Ball Materials

Rubber: The most versatile choice. Natural rubber is bouncy, floats in water, and handles regular chewing. Look for non-toxic, food-grade rubber, especially for puppies.
Tennis balls: Cheap and easy to find, but not built for dogs. The fuzzy outer layer is abrasive and, according to the American Kennel Club, can wear down tooth enamel over time. Use them for short fetch sessions only.
Foam and plush: Great for indoor play and puppies, but they shred quickly. Supervise closely and remove them once the outer layer starts breaking.
Rope-and-ball: A smart pick for interactive play. The rope adds a safe grip for tug, and the ball adds fetch value.
Squeaky balls: The squeaker keeps most dogs hooked. Check that it is sealed inside thick rubber, not a thin plastic shell a chewer can crack open.

Choose Based on How Your Dog Plays

Not every dog wants the same game. A ball that suits a Labrador who lives to fetch will bore a Bulldog who prefers to lounge and gnaw.

The fetch fanatic: Go for a bouncy rubber ball or a launcher-compatible ball. Look for high-visibility colours like bright orange or blue so the ball stays easy to spot on grass and dust.
The tugger: A rope-and-ball combo is your friend. It doubles as a fetch toy and a tug toy without you needing two separate purchases.
The thinker: Puzzle balls that dispense treats keep intelligent breeds like Border Collies and Beagles engaged for longer. Pair with a few smart picks from a curated range of interactive treat-dispensing toys to rotate through the week.
The water lover: Floating rubber balls are perfect for dogs who enjoy pool time or the occasional beach trip in Goa or Chennai.

A Note on India's Climate

India's weather affects both when your dog plays and what material lasts. During peak summer in cities like Delhi, Ahmedabad, and Hyderabad, ground surfaces heat up fast. Dark rubber balls left on hot tiles or concrete can soften and lose shape. Store balls indoors during the afternoon and schedule fetch sessions for early morning or after sunset.

The monsoon brings its own issues. Plush and rope balls soak up water, hold odours, and grow mildew within days. During monsoon months, switch to solid rubber or waterproof balls that can be rinsed and dried in minutes. If your dog plays in muddy parks in Mumbai or Bangalore, a quick wash after every session prevents skin irritation and keeps the toy usable for longer.

Safety Checks Before and After Every Play Session

Even the best ball has a shelf life. PetMD recommends inspecting toys regularly for cracks, missing chunks, and worn-out seams. Retire any ball that shows deep tears, exposed stuffing, or a squeaker that has broken loose.

A quick pre-play check takes ten seconds. Squeeze the ball to feel for soft spots, look for punctures, and make sure it has not shrunk or warped from heat. After each session, wipe it down with a damp cloth. Once a week, wash rubber balls with mild soap and let them air dry fully.

When to Replace the Ball

Rubber balls used daily typically last three to six months for average chewers and closer to one month for power chewers. Tennis balls should be replaced sooner, especially if the fuzz starts peeling. Plush and foam balls rarely last beyond a few weeks. Rotate two or three balls at a time. This keeps play sessions fresh and lets you spot wear before it becomes dangerous. Building a small collection from a well-stocked range of dog fetch and play balls makes rotation easy and affordable.

Final Thought

Picking the right ball is not about the fanciest design or the highest price. It is about matching size, material, and play style to your specific dog. Start with the size guide, watch how your dog engages, and adjust based on wear and interest. A carefully chosen ball turns a five-minute distraction into a daily bonding ritual, and that is what makes it one of the smartest purchases any pet parent can make. Browse a wide collection of dog toys and accessories to find the right fit for your companion.

Frequently Asked Questions

What size ball is safe for a Labrador?

For an adult Labrador, choose a ball between 7.5 cm and 9 cm. Standard tennis balls are too small and can pose a choking risk for full-grown Labs. Look for a firm rubber ball built for medium to large breeds.

Are tennis balls safe for daily use?

Tennis balls are fine for occasional fetch, but not ideal as an everyday chew toy. The abrasive outer layer can wear down enamel over months of use. Reserve them for short outdoor play and offer rubber alternatives for regular chewing.

How do I know if a ball is too small for my dog?

If your dog can fit the entire ball inside its closed mouth, it is too small. A safe ball should always be visible when your dog is holding it, with a portion sticking out on both sides of the jaw.

What is the best ball for a power chewer?

Thick natural rubber balls labelled for aggressive chewers work best. Look for solid, single-piece construction without hollow centres or thin plastic parts. These typically last far longer than standard rubber or foam balls.

Can puppies play with hard rubber balls?

Puppies have developing teeth and softer jaws, so extra-hard rubber can cause discomfort or minor damage. Choose soft, flexible rubber or plush balls sized appropriately for their small mouths until adult teeth come in around six to seven months.

How often should I clean my dog's ball?

Wipe rubber balls after every session and wash them with mild soap once a week. Plush and rope balls need more frequent cleaning, especially during the monsoon when moisture and bacteria build up quickly.

Toy Safety: What Materials Should You Avoid in Pet Toys?

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:05 +0700

Picking a toy for your pet feels like a small decision, but the material inside that squeaky ball or colourful chew can shape your dog or cat’s health for years. Indian pet parents face a unique challenge. Local markets are flooded with cheap imports, unbranded rubber toys, and brightly dyed plush items that rarely list their material composition. Combine that with heat, humidity, and monsoon dampness, and unsafe materials break down faster, releasing chemicals your pet chews, swallows, or inhales.

This guide walks you through the materials worth avoiding, the safer alternatives available in India, and simple checks you can do before handing any toy to your pet.

Why Toy Material Safety Deserves Serious Attention

Pets chew, lick, and gnaw for hours. Anything they put in their mouth ends up in their digestive system. Toxic dyes, brittle plastics, and loose parts can cause anything from mild stomach upset to intestinal blockages and long-term organ damage. According to the ASPCA, toys that are too small, contain removable parts, or are made from harmful materials pose a real choking and toxicity risk, especially for aggressive chewers.

In Indian conditions, the risk multiplies. Summer temperatures across cities like Delhi, Ahmedabad, and Chennai can push indoor surfaces above 40 degrees Celsius, causing low-grade plastics to leach faster. Monsoon humidity encourages mould growth on cheap fabric toys. A toy that seems fine in December may become a hazard by May.

Pet Toy Materials You Should Avoid

1. PVC and Phthalates

Polyvinyl chloride, better known as PVC, is one of the most common materials in cheap squeaky toys and soft rubber bones. To make PVC flexible, manufacturers add phthalates, a group of chemicals linked to hormonal disruption. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration has flagged concerns about phthalate exposure in consumer products, and pets who chew these toys daily face repeated low-dose exposure. If a rubber toy has a strong plasticky smell straight out of the packet, that odour is often a sign of phthalate content.

2. BPA and Low-Grade Plastics

Bisphenol A, or BPA, is used to harden plastics. It shows up in unmarked plastic fetch toys, feeder balls, and some tug rings sold at street markets. Long-term BPA exposure has been studied for its effects on endocrine health in mammals. Always look for toys clearly labelled BPA-free. If a plastic dog toy has no material information at all, treat that as a warning sign rather than a bargain.

3. Lead-Based Paints and Cheap Dyes

Bright reds, deep blues, and neon greens on unbranded toys often come from industrial dyes not meant for oral contact. Some imported chew toys have tested positive for lead and cadmium in international recalls. Pets who chew painted toys can ingest small paint flakes over time. Stick to toys where the colour is molecularly bonded to the material rather than painted on top. A quick test: rub the toy with a damp white cloth. If colour transfers, the dye is not stable.

4. Rawhide Chews

Rawhide is marketed as a natural chew, but the manufacturing process often involves bleaching, chemical treatments, and preservatives. Chunks can break off and cause choking or intestinal blockages. Veterinary bodies including the American Kennel Club have raised repeated concerns about rawhide safety, particularly for dogs that gulp rather than chew slowly. Safer options include natural buffalo horn, yak milk chews, and vet-approved dental sticks, many of which are available under dog treats and chews collections.

5. Toys With Small, Detachable Parts

Plastic eyes, sewn-on noses, tiny bells, and squeakers that pop out easily are among the most common causes of emergency vet visits. Small parts are a choking hazard and can also cause dangerous intestinal obstructions if swallowed. Before buying a plush toy, tug firmly on every attached piece. If anything wiggles loose with light pressure, skip it.

6. Loose-Fibre Stuffing and Cheap Polyester Filling

Many low-cost plush toys are stuffed with recycled polyester or foam beads. When the outer fabric tears, pets can swallow large amounts of filling, which does not digest. In humid Indian weather, damp stuffing also becomes a breeding ground for bacteria and mould. Look for plush toys with reinforced double stitching and cotton or non-toxic fibre filling.

7. Cooked Bones and Hard Nylon Chews

Cooked bones splinter and can puncture the digestive tract. Very hard nylon toys, on the other hand, can fracture teeth, especially in medium and large breeds that chew aggressively. According to PetMD, a good rule of thumb is that if you cannot make a slight indent in the toy with your fingernail, it is too hard for your dog’s teeth. Rubber-based chew toys with a bit of give are a safer middle ground.

8. Strong-Smelling Rubber and Latex Toys

A sharp chemical smell in a new rubber toy usually points to industrial solvents or off-gassing plasticisers. Natural rubber toys have a mild, earthy scent. If your nose recoils when you open the packaging, your pet’s nose and lungs are handling that same load at close range.

Safer Toy Materials to Look For

The good news is that safer options are widely available in India today. When shopping, prioritise these materials:

Food-grade natural rubber, which is durable, non-toxic, and gentle on teeth. Untreated cotton rope, which doubles as a dental cleaner during tug play. Nylon-free canvas plush with cotton stuffing. Wood-based chew toys made from coffee tree wood or olive wood, which are naturally splinter-resistant. BPA-free hard plastics from established brands that clearly label their composition.

For puzzle feeders and interactive play, look for silicone-based lick mats and slow feeders from labelled brands. Curated options across these categories are available under interactive dog toys and cat toys, which makes it easier to filter by material and pet size.

How to Check a Pet Toy Before You Buy

A quick five-point check before purchase or before handing the toy over saves a lot of trouble later.

First, read the label for material information, country of origin, and any safety certifications. Second, smell the toy. A strong chemical odour is a red flag. Third, tug on all attached parts to test durability. Fourth, run a damp cloth over painted areas to check for dye transfer. Fifth, match the toy size to your pet. A toy that fits entirely inside your pet’s mouth is a choking risk.

Also inspect toys regularly once they are in use. Indian summers accelerate wear, and a toy that lasted six months in winter may crack or shed material by mid-May. Retire any toy that shows cracks, exposed stuffing, loose squeakers, or a change in smell.

Climate-Specific Storage Tips for Indian Homes

Store rubber and plastic toys away from direct sunlight, which speeds up chemical breakdown. Wash plush toys weekly during monsoon to prevent mould, and dry them fully before returning them to your pet. Rope toys should be air-dried in sunlight after a wash to kill bacteria naturally. Rotate toys every few days so no single item gets over-chewed, which extends the life of safer, higher-quality products.

Final Word

Toy safety is not about spending more. It is about knowing what to skip. Avoid PVC, BPA plastics, painted dyes, rawhide, and toys with loose parts. Choose natural rubber, cotton, and clearly labelled brands. Inspect regularly, store smart, and match toys to your pet’s size and chew style. With these small habits, playtime stays what it should be: safe, joyful, and enriching for both of you.

Frequently Asked Questions

Are squeaky toys safe for dogs?

Squeaky toys are safe as long as the squeaker is deeply embedded, the outer material is non-toxic, and your dog is supervised during play. Aggressive chewers who tear open toys within minutes should be given solid rubber alternatives instead.

Is rawhide banned in India?

Rawhide is not banned in India, but many veterinarians recommend avoiding it due to choking risks and chemical processing. Safer chew options include yak milk chews, buffalo horn, and vet-approved dental sticks.

How do I know if a pet toy contains BPA or phthalates?

Look for clear labelling that says BPA-free and phthalate-free. Unbranded toys with strong plasticky smells, no country of origin, and no material information are most likely to contain these chemicals.

Can I give my dog soft plastic toys during summer?

Soft plastic toys break down faster in extreme heat, releasing more chemicals. During peak Indian summers, switch to natural rubber, cotton rope, or wood-based toys, and store all toys in a cool, shaded area.

What size toy is safest for my pet?

The toy should be large enough that it cannot be swallowed whole and small enough that your pet can carry it comfortably. For puppies and small breeds, check small dog toys sized specifically for their jaw strength and bite range.

How often should I replace pet toys?

Inspect toys weekly and replace them at the first sign of cracks, exposed stuffing, loose parts, or unusual smells. In humid weather, plush toys often need replacement every three to four months even with regular washing.

Seasonal Toys for Pets: Fun Ideas for Indian Holidays and Festivals

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:05 +0700

Festivals in India arrive one after another, each bringing its own colours, sounds, sweets, and shifts in weather. For pets, these celebrations can feel exciting, confusing, or even overwhelming. A thoughtful toy chosen for the season does more than entertain. It comforts an anxious dog during Diwali crackers, keeps an indoor cat busy through a long monsoon afternoon, and turns a quiet Christmas evening into playful family time. This guide walks you through practical, festival-friendly toy ideas for every major season in India, along with safety pointers that suit our climate and lifestyle.

Why Seasonal Toys Matter for Indian Pets

Pets thrive on routine, but Indian festivals often disrupt it. Loud fireworks, colour powders, guests at home, changing meal timings, and extreme weather all affect their mood and behaviour. Enrichment and play help pets cope with these changes in a healthy way.

According to the ASPCA, regular mental and physical enrichment reduces stress-related behaviours in dogs and cats and supports overall wellbeing. Seasonal toys tap into that principle by giving pets an outlet suited to the moment, whether that is chewing through Diwali noise, staying active during the monsoon, or cooling off during peak summer.

The right toy also protects your home. A dog with a treat-stuffed chew is far less likely to shred your rangoli decorations, and a cat with a puzzle feeder will leave your Christmas tree alone. Matching the toy to the season is a small step that saves a lot of trouble.

Diwali: Calming and Distraction Toys

Diwali is one of the toughest festivals for pets, mainly because of firecracker noise. The American Kennel Club notes that sudden loud sounds can trigger anxiety, trembling, and escape attempts in dogs. Toys that channel this nervous energy into safe, focused activity can make a real difference.

Best Toy Choices for Diwali

Long-lasting chew toys are a top pick during firecracker hours. The steady act of chewing releases calming chemicals in a dog's brain and gives them something to focus on other than the noise outside. Rubber chew toys that can be stuffed with peanut butter, curd, or soaked kibble work especially well because they extend the activity for thirty minutes or more.

For cats, interactive puzzle feeders and crinkle balls hidden inside a quiet room can offer welcome distraction. Explore a variety of safe chew and interactive dog toys to build a small Diwali comfort kit. Keep the toys in a quiet, familiar room with curtains drawn and background music playing softly.

Avoid squeaky toys during Diwali. The sharp sound can add to the sensory overload rather than soothe it. Snuffle mats, lick mats, and slow feeders are calmer, more grounding options.

Holi: Safe, Washable, and Colour-Free Play

Holi is joyful for people but tricky for pets. Colours, water balloons, and crowded gatherings can cause skin irritation, stress, and stomach upsets if pets ingest gulal. The safest approach is indoor play with toys that are easy to wash and free of loose parts.

Best Toy Choices for Holi

Rubber tug toys, rope pulls, and fetch balls made of solid, non-porous material are easy to wipe clean if any colour drifts indoors. Silicone lick mats spread with curd or mashed banana keep dogs happily occupied in one spot, which is helpful when your gate keeps opening for guests.

For cats, wand toys with feathers or ribbons offer active indoor play without the risk of them running out into the colour chaos. A rotating selection of engaging cat toys can keep indoor cats stimulated through the entire festival day.

Skip soft plush toys during Holi. If they get stained with colour, washing them repeatedly ruins the material and traps chemicals in the fabric your pet chews on. Solid, wipeable toys are safer and last longer.

Monsoon: Indoor Engagement Toys

The monsoon brings its own set of festivals, from Raksha Bandhan and Janmashtami to Onam and Ganesh Chaturthi. It also brings days on end when walks are cut short by rain, humidity spikes, and pets bounce off the walls with unused energy. Indoor enrichment toys become essential.

Best Toy Choices for the Monsoon

Puzzle toys and treat-dispensing balls are worth their weight in gold during rainy weeks. They combine mental work with movement, which tires pets out faster than a plain walk would. Rotate two or three puzzles through the week so your pet stays curious rather than bored.

Snuffle mats are another monsoon favourite. Hiding kibble or dry treats in the folds of the mat lets dogs use their nose, which is deeply satisfying and calming. For high-energy breeds like Indies, Labradors, and Beagles, a fifteen minute snuffle session can feel as satisfying as a short walk.

Humidity also affects toy hygiene. Wash rubber and silicone toys weekly, and air-dry them fully before storing. A well-stocked shelf of durable chew toys means you always have a fresh option when the rain refuses to stop.

Summer Festivals: Cooling and Water Toys

Summer in most of India is intense. Festivals like Baisakhi, Rath Yatra, and regional new year celebrations happen when temperatures cross forty degrees in many cities. Dogs and cats can overheat quickly, and heavy chew sessions in daytime are not ideal. Cooling toys and gentle indoor play work best.

Best Toy Choices for Summer

Freezable rubber toys are excellent. Stuff them with curd, watermelon puree, or wet food, freeze them overnight, and offer them in a shaded corner. Your dog gets hours of engagement and a natural cooldown at the same time.

Splash pools and floating fetch toys are another summer joy for dogs who love water. PetMD recommends water play and shaded exercise as safe ways to help dogs regulate body temperature during hot months. Even a small tub of cool water with a few floating balls turns your balcony into a summer playground.

For cats, chilled catnip toys or ice cube games in a shallow bowl work well. Keep summer play sessions short, offer plenty of fresh water, and avoid tiled floors that heat up in the afternoon sun.

Winter and Christmas: Cozy, Festive Play

Winter in northern India brings crisp mornings, and December closes the year with Christmas and New Year celebrations. Pets are usually more active in cool weather, which makes it a great time to introduce new toys and family-style play.

Best Toy Choices for the Festive Winter Season

Plush squeaky toys, festive-themed rope tugs, and fetch balls are winter favourites. Longer outdoor play sessions are safe now, so fetch, tug-of-war, and hide-and-seek games with toys work beautifully in the mild morning sun.

For a Christmas twist, wrap a new toy in a simple cloth bundle and let your pet unwrap it. This turns gift-giving into an enrichment activity. Browse seasonal dog toys and gift options to build a small festive stocking for your pet.

If your city gets truly cold, avoid metal toys that stay chilled and can be uncomfortable in a pet's mouth. Soft, warm materials feel more inviting during winter play.

How to Choose Safe Seasonal Toys

A festival toy is only a good toy if it is safe. Check the size first. It should be too large to swallow but light enough for your pet to carry. Inspect the material. Non-toxic rubber, food-grade silicone, and tightly woven cotton rope are trusted choices. Avoid toys with small bells, buttons, or ribbons that can be chewed off.

Rotate toys through the seasons rather than leaving all of them out at once. A rotated toy feels new again, which keeps engagement high without needing constant new purchases. Wash toys regularly, especially after monsoon and Holi, and discard any toy with cracks, sharp edges, or loose stuffing.

Final Thoughts

Festivals in India are richer when pets feel safe, occupied, and included. Matching toys to the season is a simple, thoughtful way to protect them from stress, keep them healthy, and turn every celebration into a shared family moment. Build a small seasonal rotation, refresh it once a year, and your pet will greet every festival with the same excitement you do.

Frequently Asked Questions

Which toys are best for calming pets during Diwali fireworks?

Long-lasting chew toys, treat-stuffed rubber toys, snuffle mats, and lick mats are best for Diwali. They redirect nervous energy into steady, calming activities. Keep pets in a quiet room, close windows and curtains, and play soft music while they engage with the toy.

Are plush toys safe for pets during Holi?

Plush toys are not ideal for Holi. If gulal or coloured water touches them, they absorb chemicals that are hard to wash out and can irritate your pet later. Choose solid rubber, silicone, or rope toys that can be wiped clean quickly.

What indoor toys work best during the monsoon in India?

Puzzle feeders, treat-dispensing balls, snuffle mats, and interactive tug toys are ideal for monsoon days when outdoor walks are limited. They combine mental stimulation with light movement, which helps prevent boredom and destructive behaviour.

How do I keep my dog cool with toys in summer?

Freezable rubber toys stuffed with curd or fruit puree are the easiest way. Splash pools with floating balls, chilled chew toys, and shaded indoor play sessions also help. Always keep summer play sessions short and provide fresh water throughout the day.

Can cats also enjoy seasonal toys, or are these mostly for dogs?

Cats benefit just as much from seasonal enrichment. Wand toys, puzzle feeders, catnip-filled soft toys, and crinkle balls suit different moods and seasons. Indoor cats especially need extra stimulation during festivals when routines change and household energy shifts.

How often should I replace or wash my pet's toys?

Wash rubber and silicone toys weekly, and plush or rope toys every two to three weeks. Replace any toy with cracks, loose parts, or worn stuffing. During monsoon and after Holi, clean toys more often to prevent mould, bacteria, or chemical residue from building up.

Why Every Dog Needs a Mix of Toys, Not Just One Type

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:05 +0700

Watch any dog with a single favourite toy and the same story tends to play out. The excitement lasts a few days, maybe a week, and then the toy sits ignored in a corner. Meanwhile, the dog starts chewing shoes, digging into cushions, or barking at nothing. The problem is rarely the dog. It is the toy box.

Dogs are curious, energetic animals with different moods, needs, and instincts across the day. One toy cannot cover all of that. A chew toy cannot satisfy a bored brain. A squeaky plush cannot burn off zoomies. A tennis ball cannot help with anxiety during Diwali evenings. Just like children need a mix of activities to grow well, dogs need a mix of toys to stay balanced, happy, and out of mischief. Here is why variety matters and how to build the right toy mix for your dog.

One Toy Cannot Do Everything

Every dog toy is designed with a purpose. Some are built for hard chewing, others for gentle carrying. Some challenge the brain, others trigger physical bursts of running and tugging. When a dog is given only one type, only one part of them gets exercised.

A dog that only has chew toys will develop a strong jaw but a restless mind. A dog with only fetch toys will burn energy but may still feel anxious by evening. A dog with just soft plush companions may become destructive because the natural chewing urge is never met. Dogs also outgrow single objects fast. What thrilled them last month may bore them by next Sunday.

According to the American Kennel Club, play is a core part of a dog’s emotional and cognitive development, not just a way to pass time. That development needs variety. Different toys build different skills, from problem solving to bite control to social bonding. A rotating, thoughtful mix keeps every side of your dog engaged.

The Main Types of Dog Toys and What Each One Does

Understanding what each toy category actually does makes it easier to see why one type will never be enough.

Chew Toys

Chewing is a natural, calming behaviour for dogs. It relieves stress, cleans teeth, and gives puppies relief during teething. Sturdy rubber chews, nylon bones, and dental chews all fall into this group. Without safe chew options, most dogs will chew what they find, which is usually your slippers or the sofa leg. A well-chosen range of chew toys for dogs gives your pup a healthy outlet and protects your furniture in the bargain.

Interactive and Puzzle Toys

These toys make dogs think. Treat-dispensing balls, snuffle mats, and puzzle boards force the dog to work out how to earn a reward. According to PetMD, mental stimulation can tire a dog as much as a long walk, sometimes more. In Indian summers, when afternoon walks are too hot, interactive dog toys become a real lifesaver. They keep the dog busy indoors while burning genuine mental energy.

Fetch and Chase Toys

Balls, flying discs, and rope launchers turn play into cardio. These toys build stamina, improve coordination, and satisfy the natural chase instinct in most breeds. Retrievers, Indies, Beagles, and Labradors especially thrive with a fetch routine, even a short one in the park during cooler hours of the morning or evening.

Tug Toys

Ropes, braided cotton toys, and rubber tugs allow dogs to play with their humans in a physical, connected way. Tug builds bond, teaches impulse control, and gives strong-jawed breeds a proper workout. Done with basic rules, such as a clear release cue, it is one of the best trust-building games between dog and owner.

Plush and Comfort Toys

Soft toys serve an emotional purpose. Many dogs carry a favourite plush around, sleep with it, or bring it out when they feel unsure. These are especially helpful for rescue dogs, puppies new to a home, or dogs dealing with separation anxiety. They are not built for heavy chewing, but their comfort value is very real.

Enrichment and Sensory Toys

Lick mats, scent toys, and squeaky enrichment items work on senses that most other toys ignore. They are useful for slow feeding, calming an anxious dog before travel or a vet visit, or giving a rainy afternoon some meaning when the monsoon keeps everyone indoors.

Every category serves a different need. Missing one is a bit like giving a child only puzzles and no ball to run with, or only a bicycle and no books.

Why the Indian Climate Makes Variety Even More Important

In most Indian cities, the weather decides when a dog can head outside. Delhi and Ahmedabad get furnace-like summers where morning walks must end by seven. Mumbai and Chennai deal with humidity that tires dogs quickly. The monsoon in Kerala, Goa, and the Northeast can keep a family indoors for days. Winter smog across the north makes outdoor play risky for weeks at a stretch.

In all of these situations, a single toy is not enough to keep a dog balanced. Indoor puzzle toys and lick mats become vital during peak heat and monsoon. Sturdy chew toys help during long indoor stretches. Fetch and tug toys are perfect for the short, cool windows of the day. Building your toy mix around the local weather is not a luxury. It is how you keep an active dog sane through an Indian year.

How to Build the Right Toy Mix for Your Dog

Start with your dog’s basics: age, breed energy level, chewing strength, and personality. A high-energy Labrador puppy needs different tools than a senior Shih Tzu. As a simple starting mix, most Indian pet parents do well with the following:

One or two strong chew toys, sized correctly for the dog’s jaw
One puzzle or treat-dispensing toy for indoor days
One fetch item, such as a ball or soft frisbee
One tug rope for interactive play with you
One soft plush for comfort and quiet time

The ASPCA recommends checking toys regularly for damage and removing any with loose parts, torn seams, or exposed stuffing. Safety comes before novelty. Also match the size carefully. A toy too small becomes a choking risk, and one too large will simply not engage a small breed. Browsing a wide category of dog toys helps you compare sizes, materials, and use cases in one place before you decide.

Rotate Toys to Keep Interest Alive

Even with the perfect mix, dogs get bored if the same five toys are available every single day. The trick most trainers use is rotation. Keep six to eight toys in play at a time, and store the rest out of sight. Swap them every one or two weeks. A toy that was ignored last month suddenly feels brand new.

Rotation also lets you observe which toys your dog truly loves and which ones flop. Over time, you will build a smarter, leaner collection instead of a cupboard full of chewed rejects. Pair rotation with occasional new additions from a trusted pet store online and your dog will stay curious, active, and mentally sharp all year.

Frequently Asked Questions

How many toys should a dog have at one time?

Most dogs do well with six to eight active toys covering different categories. Chew, puzzle, fetch, tug, and comfort should each be represented. Keep extras stored away for rotation every one to two weeks.

Can I give my dog only chew toys?

No. Chew toys handle only one instinct. Dogs also need mental challenge, physical play, and comfort. Relying on chews alone often leads to bored, restless behaviour like barking, digging, or destructive chewing of household items.

Are puzzle toys really necessary for Indian dogs?

Yes, especially in cities with harsh summers, heavy monsoons, or high air pollution. Puzzle toys give indoor days a real purpose and tire the dog mentally when outdoor walks are shortened by the weather.

How often should I replace or rotate dog toys?

Rotate every one to two weeks to keep interest fresh. Replace any toy showing cracks, loose squeakers, torn fabric, or exposed stuffing, since damaged toys can become a choking hazard very quickly.

What is the safest toy material for heavy chewers?

Natural rubber and tough nylon are generally safer for strong chewers than soft plastic or thin plush. Always pick the size recommended for your dog’s weight and jaw strength to avoid any risk of swallowing.

My dog ignores new toys. What can I do?

Introduce the toy during play, rub it lightly with a treat, or use it in a short training game. Sometimes a toy just needs to be linked to a fun moment with you before the dog starts to value it.

Choosing the Right Dog Crate for Home and Travel

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:04 +0700

A dog crate is one of those purchases that seems simple until you actually start looking. Wire, plastic, fabric, heavy-duty, airline-approved, foldable, furniture-style. The options multiply quickly, and picking the wrong one can leave your dog uncomfortable at home or unsafe on a trip. This guide walks through what actually matters when choosing a crate for daily use in your home and for safe travel across Indian cities.

Why a Well-Chosen Crate Matters

A crate is not a cage. When introduced correctly, it becomes a personal den where your dog can rest, decompress, and feel safe. The American Kennel Club notes that dogs are natural den animals and often seek out enclosed, quiet spaces on their own, which is why crate training tends to work so well when done gradually. For Indian households, where visitors, festivals, construction noise, and monsoon thunderstorms are common, having a calm indoor retreat can genuinely help reduce a dog’s stress levels.

For travel, the role of the crate changes. It becomes a safety device that protects your dog during long car rides between cities, keeps them secure during train transfers, and meets airline requirements for cabin or cargo travel.

The Main Types of Dog Crates

Not every crate suits every situation. Here is a quick breakdown of the most common types available on Indian pet retailers.

Wire Crates

Wire crates are the most popular choice for home use. They offer excellent ventilation, which matters a lot in humid coastal cities like Mumbai and Chennai. Most come with removable trays for easy cleaning and fold flat for storage. If your dog runs hot or you live in a home without constant air conditioning, wire is usually the right pick.

Plastic Crates

Plastic crates are enclosed on most sides with ventilation slits, giving dogs a more den-like feel. They are lighter, easier to carry, and generally accepted for air travel when they meet International Air Transport Association standards. Anxious dogs often settle better in plastic crates because visual stimulation is reduced.

Soft-Sided Fabric Crates

Soft-sided fabric crates work well for calm, crate-trained dogs and short trips. They are lightweight and easy to fold, but they are not suitable for puppies, chewers, or dogs left unsupervised. You can explore a full range of options in the dog crates collection to compare styles side by side.

Heavy-Duty and Furniture-Style Crates

Heavy-duty crates are built for escape artists and large, powerful breeds. They cost more but are worth it if your dog has a history of bending wire or breaking latches. Furniture-style crates double as end tables or side units. They look good in living rooms but usually work best for smaller breeds and calmer dogs.

Getting the Size Right

Size is where most first-time buyers slip up. A crate should be large enough for your dog to stand up without hunching, turn around comfortably, and lie down with legs stretched. Anything larger than that and puppies may start using one corner as a toilet, which defeats the purpose of house training.

To size correctly, measure your dog from the tip of the nose to the base of the tail, then add about ten centimetres. For height, measure from the floor to the top of the head when your dog is sitting, and add five to ten centimetres. If you are still in the puppy stage with a breed that will grow large, look for a crate with a divider panel so you can expand the usable space as your dog grows.

For popular Indian breeds, wire crates in the 24 to 30 inch range typically suit Indies and Beagles, while Labradors, Golden Retrievers, and German Shepherds usually need something in the 36 to 48 inch range.

What to Look For in a Home Crate

Ventilation is the single most important factor for Indian homes. Summers in cities like Delhi, Hyderabad, and Ahmedabad can push indoor temperatures well past comfortable levels, and a poorly ventilated crate becomes a heat trap. Choose a design with open sides or plenty of slits.

Ease of cleaning is the second priority. Removable plastic trays make daily hygiene simple, especially during monsoon months when muddy paws and damp fur are a constant. A washable, water-resistant crate mat placed inside adds comfort without trapping moisture. If you want something softer for the crate floor, an orthopaedic or cooling option from the dog beds and mats collection works well and is easy to swap out for washing.

Placement matters too. Keep the crate away from direct sunlight, kitchen heat, and busy corridors. A quiet corner of the living room or bedroom works best because dogs still want to feel included in family life.

What to Look For in a Travel Crate

Travel crates have a different set of priorities: safety, containment, and compliance with transport rules.

For car travel, look for a crate that can be secured with seat belts or cargo straps. The ASPCA recommends restraining pets during car rides because an unsecured dog can be seriously injured during sudden braking and can also distract the driver.

For air travel, the crate must meet IATA Live Animals Regulations. That means hard-sided construction, secure metal door bolts, ventilation on at least three sides for international flights, and enough space for the dog to stand and turn. Indian carriers such as IndiGo, Air India, and Vistara publish their own specifications, so always confirm the exact requirements with the airline before booking.

For train travel or road trips between cities, a lightweight plastic crate or a sturdy fabric option usually works. Pair it with a comfortable dog carrier or travel bag for smaller breeds when you need something more portable.

Making the Crate a Positive Space

A crate only works if your dog wants to be in it. Introduce it gradually. Place familiar bedding, a favourite toy, and a few treats inside. Never use the crate as punishment. Feed meals near or inside it to build positive associations, and let your dog explore at their own pace.

For puppies and young dogs, adding chew-safe dog toys inside the crate can turn quiet time into productive play. Rotate the toys occasionally so the crate stays interesting rather than becoming a boring space your dog wants to leave.

Climate Considerations for Indian Homes

Heat and humidity change what a good crate looks like. In coastal regions, moisture builds up quickly inside enclosed plastic crates, which can make bedding damp and encourage skin issues. Wire crates with breathable cotton mats tend to work better in these conditions. In dry, dusty northern cities, a plastic crate with occasional cleaning helps keep allergens and pollen off your dog.

During peak summer, always place a bowl of fresh water inside the crate and never leave your dog in a crate inside a parked vehicle, even for a few minutes. PetMD warns that vehicle interiors can reach dangerous temperatures within ten minutes, and heatstroke in dogs can turn fatal very quickly.

Common Mistakes to Avoid

The biggest mistake is buying based on price alone. A flimsy crate that bends or breaks is a safety hazard and rarely lasts more than a few months. The second common error is choosing a crate that is too big, which slows down house training. The third is leaving a dog crated for too many hours at a stretch. Adult dogs should not be crated for more than four to five hours during the day, and puppies need much shorter stretches with frequent breaks.

Final Thoughts

The right crate is one that fits your dog’s size, your home’s climate, and the way you actually travel. A wire crate for home use paired with a lighter travel-specific crate is a combination that works for most Indian pet parents. Invest in quality once, train patiently, and the crate will quickly become one of the most useful things in your home.

Frequently Asked Questions

How many hours can a dog stay in a crate?

Adult dogs should not be crated for more than four to five hours at a time during the day. Puppies need much shorter periods, typically one hour for every month of age, up to a maximum of four hours.

Is it cruel to crate a dog at night?

No, provided the crate is the right size and the dog has been trained to see it as a safe space. Many dogs sleep more soundly in a crate because it feels enclosed and secure.

What size crate should I buy for a Labrador?

Most adult Labradors need a 42 inch crate. If your Labrador is still growing, buy the full adult size with a divider panel so you can adjust the space as they get bigger.

Can I use the same crate for home and travel?

You can, but a dedicated travel crate is often safer and more practical. Home crates are usually larger and heavier, while travel crates are built for portability and vehicle security.

Are wire crates safe for puppies?

Yes, as long as the wire spacing is small enough to prevent paws or heads from getting stuck. Look for crates specifically labelled puppy-safe.

What is the best crate for summer in India?

Wire crates offer the best airflow and are the safest choice for hot, humid climates. Add a cooling mat inside and place the crate in a shaded, well-ventilated part of the home.

Tips to Manage Your Dog’s Itchy Skin

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 00:25:03 +0700

Have you noticed that your dog has been scratching, chewing, or licking their fur more than usual? While occasional itching can often be harmless, frequent scratching may indicate something is irritating your pup’s skin. The good news is that many causes of itchy skin are manageable once you identify the source.

In this post, we provide tips for how you can manage your dog’s itchy skin, including:

WHAT COULD BE CAUSING YOUR DOG’S ITCHY SKIN?

There can be several factors causing your pup to itch, so it is always recommended to set up an appointment with your vet to get to the bottom of it. However, you can do some investigating on your own to help determine what you think might be the cause, especially if you can notice a pattern around when your dog starts scratching.

Some common causes of itchy skin for dogs include:

Seasonal allergies caused by grass, mold, pollen, etc.
Fleas or ticks
Dry skin
Skin infections caused by bacteria or yeast
Dermatitis from environmental irritants
Food sensitivities or allergic reactions

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR WHEN YOUR DOG STARTS SCRATCHING

If your pup starts itching out of nowhere or develops red spots, dry patches, thinning fur, bald spots, bad odor, or signs of an infection, it may be a sign of a more serious issue that needs to be evaluated by your vet. Take note of where your dog is scratching the most as that may provide clues for your vet. If your dog is chewing on their paws, they may have seasonal allergies related to contact with grass or pollen. If you dog is scratching their ears mostly, your vet may find a yeast infection or allergies as the diagnosis.

USE GENTLE SHAMPOO PRODUCTS FOR DOGS WITH SENSITIVE OR ITCHY SKIN

If your pup experiences mild, general itchiness, a gentle shampoo formulated specifically for dogs can help ease symptoms. Bathing them can help remove irritants from their coat, like pollen or dirt, and prevent further irritation by protecting their skin barrier.

DOG SPA PRODUCTS AT THE DOGTOPIA SHOP

We have several options available for itchy pups, including:

Aloe & Oatmeal Soothing Dog Shampoo & Conditioner: This hypoallergenic duo can help restore natural moisture and relieve itchy skin.
Keto Dog Medicated Shampoo: Using ketoconazole and chlorhexidine gluconate, this shampoo is formulated to provide a therapeutic bath to help manage skin problems caused by bacteria, dermatitis, seborrhea, yeast, and fungi.
Keto-Dog Foam Aloe Vera: This leave-on foam helps manage hot spots and skin folds, yeast overgrowth, bacterial dermatitis, and more.

SUPPORT YOUR DOG’S SKIN THROUGH NUTRITION

A complete and balanced diet is the foundation of healthy skin. Adding certain foods and supplements into your dog’s diet can be one way to help relieve itchy skin from the inside out. For example, omega-3 fatty acids, found in fish oil and salmon, can help support skin health and reduce inflammation. Other foods high in antioxidants, such as carrots, blueberries, sweet potatoes, and pumpkin, can also help promote skin health.

Before introducing any new food item or supplement, it is best to get the green light from your vet, as some supplements could cause stomach upset if not properly managed.

REGULARLY CLEAN YOUR DOG’S BELONGINGS

See also

How Often Should I Clean My Dog’s Belongings?

Sometimes environmental triggers, such as dust in your pup’s environment, can cause itching. It is recommended to wash their beds and blankets weekly, but stains or odors may require more frequent washing. Pro tip: if your dog is safe around blankets, add a light weight blanket topper on your dog’s bed that can be washed more frequently and easier than a dog bed cover.

MAINTAIN DAILY HYGIENE

Keeping your dog’s skin clean between baths can help eliminate built-up dirt and irritants, such as pollen, that accumulate from outdoor activities. Dog-safe grooming wipes are a convenient option for use after a walk or playtime outside.

Pay extra close attention to wiping your pup’s paws, legs, belly, and face after spending time outdoors, as these areas often come in contact with environmental allergens that could cause itchiness.

Dogtopia Shop’s Keto Dog Medicated Wipes provide therapeutic relief for dogs with bacterial dermatitis, seborrhea, yeast, or fungi on their skin, while our Cleansing Facial Wipes and Gentle Ear Wipes are great options for targeting specific areas.

AVOID THESE COMMON MISTAKES

Don’t use human shampoos, as they are more likely to disrupt your dog’s skin barrier.
Avoid giving human allergy mediations unless directed by your veterinarian.
Skin conditions can worsen by bathing too frequently.
Never ignore persistent itching, especially if your dog is creating wounds.

SCHEDULE REGULAR GROOMING SESSIONS AT THE DOGTOPIA SPA

Maintaining your dog’s hygiene routine is crucial, especially because it can help catch signs of skin issues early. At Dogtopia, our team of experts provides a range of treatments to keep your pup looking and feeling their best. Check out our spa page for more details, and reach out to your local Dogtopia today to learn more.

This blog was reviewed/edited by Dogtopia’s Senior Director of Health & Safety Lorraine Rhoads, an experienced animal biologist and environmental scientist.

The post Tips to Manage Your Dog’s Itchy Skin appeared first on Dogtopia.

Enhancement of Aquaculture Performance of Cobia, Rachycentron canadum (Linnaeus 1766): A Review

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 00:15:05 +0700

*By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

Cobia (Rachycentron canadum) is a promising species for aquaculture, distributed in subtropical and tropical waters, yet primarily caught through recreational fishing. Notable landings occur in countries like Pakistan, Iran, Malaysia, and Brazil.

Cobia’s feeding habits are less understood for juveniles, though they are believed to consume copepods. This species exhibits traits favorable for mariculture, including rapid growth (up to 6 kg in a year), high fecundity, and a favorable feed conversion ratio (FCR). Initial culture attempts showed promising results, leading to an expansion of cobia aquaculture from 1995 to 2012 (Figure 1). However, production has since fluctuated, with challenges such as inconsistent fingerling production, larval survival rates, seasonal mortalities, and disease outbreaks hindering growth. Additionally, the adoption of alternative plant-based proteins in adult diets poses challenges. This review addresses these issues and proposes solutions to enhance cobia aquaculture performance for commercial viability.

Broodstock Selection and Improvements

Cobia broodstock for aquaculture has traditionally been sourced from wild populations, making it essential to assess natural growth rates for effective selection. Growth rates vary geographically, influencing sex ratios and maturation, which are critical for optimizing fertilized egg production (Table 1). For instance, growth rates (K) differ, with values reported as low as 0.37 in North Carolina and 0.63 in Australia. Genetic studies have identified differences among populations, such as those in the Northern Gulf of Mexico and Taiwan, highlighting the importance of careful broodstock transfer. Cobia populations in regions like the Gulf of Thailand show homogeneity, attributed to mixing and migration, suggesting regional management strategies are vital.

While genetics can enhance broodstock through trait selection — such as growth, disease resistance, and cold tolerance — these methods remain underutilized in cobia aquaculture. Lessons from Nile tilapia breeding demonstrate the potential for significant growth improvements through selective breeding and genetic analysis. Future broodstock development could benefit from selecting for traits like cold tolerance, especially as reduced temperatures hinder cobia growth. Utilizing genetic markers linked to desirable traits could lead to better adaptation and performance in aquaculture settings.

Cobia is a highly promising mariculture species thriving in subtropical and tropical waters. It exhibits rapid growth potential of up to G kg in a single year, high fecundity, and favorable feed conversion ratios

Production of Cobia Seed

Cobia exhibits extended batch spawning, with peak seasons varying by location. Reports indicate spawning intervals of 5 to 12 days, influenced by factors like temperature and habitat productivity. Understanding these conditions can enhance spawning optimization in captivity. Induced spawning methods have been explored, showing promising results. For instance, using photoperiods of 13:11 or 14:10 and maintaining temperatures between 24.5 to 28.5°C led to significant spawning activity, with hatch rates reaching 83%. Continuous spawning for up to nine months was achieved in recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS) at temperatures of 20 to 26°C.

Additionally, environmental manipulation has allowed for year-round natural spawning. Hormonal induction using human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) has been effective, producing over 2 million eggs per female with high fertilization rates. Research indicates spawning occurs approximately 39 to 42 hours post-hormone administration. Luteinizing hormone (LH-RHa) has also been utilized successfully, yielding comparable fecundity to natural methods. Optimizing hormone dosages is essential for maximizing hatch rates. Combining hormonal and environmental methods may facilitate consistent seed production, crucial for establishing hatcheries and ensuring a year-round supply of cobia fingerlings.

Cobia (Rachycentron canadum) is a promising aquaculture species, thriving in subtropical and tropical waters with rapid growth potential of up to 6 kg in a year. Despite its advantages, the industry faces challenges like inconsistent fingerling supply, low larval survival rates, and disease outbreaks, along with difficulties integrating alternative plant-based proteins. This review examines key aspects of cobia aquaculture, proposing solutions to enhance efficiency and sustainability for commercial viability.

Rearing and Environment

Cobia can be reared in various systems, including ponds, offshore cages, raceways, and RAS, providing flexibility for farmers. In Taiwan, China, and Vietnam, cage culture is predominantly used, where environmental factors like temperature and salinity fluctuate with seasons and weather. However, cobia is susceptible to mass mortality when temperatures drop below 16°C in winter, posing a significant challenge to production. Developing a cold-tolerant strain and utilizing controlled environments like RAS are crucial for overcoming this issue.

Research indicates that RAS is suitable for cobia, with findings showing a negative correlation between stocking density and larval growth. Lower densities resulted in higher survival rates, highlighting the importance of optimal rearing conditions for cost-effective production. A study found that cobia could thrive in RAS up to 2 kg body weight at densities of ≤ 30 kg/ m*, achieving survival rates over 96% and favorable feed conversion efficiencies of 65% to 85.7%. Implementing RAS can mitigate the challenges associated with open sea culture, especially in regions with strict environmental regulations.

Nutrition

Cobia are opportunistic carnivorous feeders, consuming a diverse diet in their natural habitats, including fish, crustaceans, and mollusks. However, there is currently no commercially available broodstock feed tailored for cobia. Studies have shown that dietary composition significantly affects spawning success, with a need for higher levels of n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) and controlled levels of arachidonic acid (ARA) to optimize egg quality. For larval rearing, cobia larvae initially thrive on rotifers before transitioning to Artemia, with research indicating that copepods can enhance growth due to their higher concentrations of beneficial fatty acids.

As cobia reach the juvenile stage, dietary protein requirements increase, with optimal levels around 45%. Traditional feeds often utilize fishmeal as the primary protein source, but alternatives are being explored due to rising costs and sustainability concerns. Studies indicate that cobia can utilize various plant and animal protein sources without negatively impacting growth, with specific amino acids like taurine necessary for optimal performance. Replacements such as poultry by-product meal have also shown potential for up to 60% substitution without adverse effects. Overall, optimizing nutrition through tailored feeds and alternative protein sources is vital for sustainable cobia aquaculture.

Cobia broodstock development benefits from selective breeding targeting key traits like disease resistance and cold tolerance. Utilizing genetic markers improves environmental adaptation, preventing mass winter mortalities when temperatures drop below 1G°C.

Feed Utilization in Low Salinity Conditions

Cobia culture has been successfully conducted in ponds using seawater, but research shows varying responses to low salinity levels. Atwood et al. (2004) found that juvenile cobia experienced high mortality rates as salinity decreased to 2 g/l, while Denson et al. reported significantly reduced growth rates at 15 ppt and poor health at 5 ppt. Conversely, Resley et al. (2006) noted that cobia in 5 ppt showed comparable or improved growth compared to those in higher salinities, likely due to a high-protein diet (53% crude protein) fed to satiation.

This suggests that the nutritional composition and feeding regimes play critical roles in cobia’s adaptability to low salinity. Holt et al. (2007) indicated that cobia could be reared successfully at salinities as low as 15 g/L with appropriate supplemental feeds. Understanding optimal diet composition and feeding intensity in lower salinities will be crucial for the future of cobia pond culture, which can also benefit from natural food sources available in the environment.

Nutritional composition and high-protein feeding regimes play critical roles in cobia’s adaptability to low salinity. Understanding optimal diet formulation enables successful pond rearing in salinities aslow as 15 g/L

Conclusion

As cobia farming develops worldwide through mariculture and other technologies, the diverse bottlenecks in cobia aquaculture have to be overcome. The use of genetic markers for trait selection like disease resistance, survival ability, and food utilization efficiency will be essential interventions for the improvement of cobia culture. An ability to utilize a wide range of plant and animal protein as food demonstrated by cobia signifies its promising future. Hence optimizing its inclusion with the required amino acid supplement is recommended for cost-effective production. Further understanding of larvae diet, especially for the fatty acid requirement, can be utilized to supplement life feed such that it reaches an optimal level required by cobia larvae. For the sustainability of the cobia aquaculture industry, improvements in the management of feeding strategies and a detailed understanding of the physiological basis of feed utilization in a low-salinity environment are crucial.

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “ENHANCEMENT OF AQUACULTURE PERFORMANCE OF COBIA, RACHYCENTRON CANADUM (LINNAEUS 1766): A REVIEW” developed by: Babatunde Taofi k Ademola – Department of Biology, Umaru Musa Ya’radua University, Nigeria. The original article, including tables and figures, was published on MARCH, 2024, through INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF AQUACULTURE AND FISHERIES SCIENCIES. The full version can be accessed online through this link: https://www.agriscigroup.us/articles/IJAFS-10-190.php

Goa sets up state poultry corporation to develop and regulate the sector

Edusehat — Tue, 04 Aug 2026 23:50:12 +0700

The government of Goa has established the Goa State Poultry Development Corporation Ltd., a new public company tasked with promoting, organising and supporting the development of the state’s poultry sector. The move is part of a broader strategy to strengthen local poultry production, improve market organisation and support a more structured and efficient value chain.

According to the information available, the corporation is expected to play a key role in implementing the state’s poultry development policy by supporting initiatives related to production, biosecurity, farmer awareness and the overall organisation of the poultry value chain. While the detailed scope of its operational responsibilities has not yet been fully outlined, the corporation is intended to contribute to the development and oversight of the sector.

The decision comes at a time when Goa continues to rely heavily on poultry supplies from other Indian states, a situation that the government has identified as a constraint on the long-term development and self-sufficiency of the local poultry industry. Strengthening domestic production is therefore one of the central objectives of the new initiative.

The new corporation could become an important tool for the development of Goa’s poultry industry. Beyond supporting production, it may help reduce dependence on poultry supplies from outside the state, improve the availability of locally produced poultry products and create a stronger institutional framework for the sector’s long-term growth.

From an industry perspective, the move is notable because it introduces a dedicated public body focused on poultry development and sector coordination. By supporting biosecurity initiatives, value chain organisation and the implementation of state poultry policies, the corporation could contribute to greater stability and more strategic planning for the industry.

For the wider Indian poultry industry, Goa’s initiative offers an interesting example of how public intervention can be used to strengthen and better organise the sector. The key question now is whether the new corporation will be be able to translate its objectives into tangible improvements in production, efficiency and market stability.

Key highlights from the PSA Annual Meeting and World Poultry Congress 2026

Edusehat — Tue, 04 Aug 2026 20:15:09 +0700

The PSA Annual Meeting 2026 and the World Poultry Congress (WPC) 2026 together created an unprecedented eight-day hub of poultry science in Toronto, highlighting cutting-edge research in genetics, nutrition, welfare, sustainability, and biosecurity. Both events reinforced the sector’s commitment to innovation and global food security.

PSA Annual Meeting 2026: cutting-edge research

Precision nutrition and gut health

One of the standout presentations at the PSA Annual Meeting was on enzyme supplementation and microbiome modulation. Researchers demonstrated that targeted enzyme blends improved feed efficiency by up to 7% while reducing nitrogen excretion, offering both economic and environmental benefits. Another session highlighted benzoic acid and essential oils in breeder hens, showing improved hatchability and chick quality, a breakthrough for hatchery management¹.

Biosecurity advances

A keynote on avian influenza preparedness introduced next-generation vaccines capable of faster strain adaptation. This research emphasized the need for integrated surveillance systems to mitigate Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza (HPAI) risks.

Take-home message

The PSA meeting reinforced that precision feeding and biosecurity innovation are central to reducing antibiotic dependence and safeguarding flock health.

World Poultry Congress 2026: global innovations

Genomics and disease resistance

A keynote titled “From Indigenous Resilience to Genomic Innovation” showcased how genomic tools are being applied to breed poultry resilient to endemic diseases in Africa, bridging traditional knowledge with biotechnology.

Welfare and sustainability

Sessions on slow-growth broilers and lighting systems revealed welfare improvements without compromising productivity. Another highlight was holistic nutritional strategies to alleviate heat stress, crucial for climate resilience in tropical regions².

AI and predictive tools

AI applications were presented for in ovo sexing and hatchery management, reducing waste and improving efficiency. Predictive modeling tools for flock health were also demonstrated, marking a shift toward data-driven poultry farming.

Nutrition breakthroughs

Mixed science researchers presented findings on reducing crude protein diets in laying hens while maintaining egg weight, a strategy that lowers environmental impact without sacrificing production.

Take-home message

The WPC emphasized that genomics, AI, and sustainable nutrition are redefining poultry science, with global collaboration driving resilience against climate and disease pressures.

Conclusion

The PSA Annual Meeting and WPC 2026 together delivered actionable breakthroughs: precision nutrition strategies, biosecurity innovations, genomic resilience, AI-driven management, and sustainable feeding approaches. These findings provide clear take-home messages for industry professionals: reduce antibiotic reliance, prepare for emerging diseases, adopt climate-resilient practices, and leverage technology for efficiency and welfare.

References

South Korea turns to U.S. eggs to ease supply shortfall

Edusehat — Tue, 04 Aug 2026 20:15:09 +0700

South Korea is set to import about 210 million table eggs from the United States and Thailand in July and August as the country works to stabilise supplies ahead of the September Chuseok holiday. The move comes after highly pathogenic avian influenza significantly reduced layer numbers and pushed domestic output below the level needed to balance demand.

According to the original report, the government is allocating about $67 million to cover transportation, repackaging and other import-related costs. The bulk of the eggs will be sourced from approved U.S. suppliers, with imports restricted to disease-free regions and subject to Korean food-safety approval.

The supply gap reflects the impact of earlier avian influenza losses. RFD News reported that 11.3 million laying hens were culled starting in November 2025, while daily production remained around 46 million to 47 million eggs, below the roughly 50 million needed to keep the market in balance. Retail prices have also remained firm, adding pressure on consumers and food-service demand.

The Korean market has already relied on imports to support supply in 2026. The country brought in 16.5 million eggs during the first half of the year, including around 775 metric tons from the United States, underscoring how trade has become an important buffer when domestic production is disrupted.

For U.S. exporters, the shortfall opens a commercial window, but access depends on disease status, importer approval and registration requirements. As the Reuters and other reports show, South Korea has repeatedly turned to imports during bird flu-related shortages, making biosecurity and market access critical for future sales.

Edible enrichments for commercial poultry

Edusehat — Tue, 04 Aug 2026 02:10:03 +0700

By Rosie Whittle, PhD, University of Arkansas

Introduction

Chickens are highly motivated to peck, forage, and explore their environment. Providing opportunities for birds to express these motivated behaviors, is a key component of animal welfare, and edible enrichments can be an effective way to encourage engagement with the environment.

Edible enrichments are materials that birds can peck, manipulate, consume or forage from. Unlike traditional feed, they are intended to promote natural behavior rather than to meet nutritional requirements.¹ Peck stones, insect larvae and bales have attracted interest because they encourage exploratory and foraging behavior and may be viable to incorporate into commercial production systems.

Why use edible enrichments?

The ancestors of modern chickens are foragers, and commercial housing systems may limit the opportunities for foraging behavior. Feed is readily available, but the environment may lack suitable foraging substrates.¹

Edible enrichments help address this challenge by encouraging birds to spend time interacting with their surroundings. Potential benefits include:

Increased activity and environmental engagement
Greater expression of foraging behavior
Reduced boredom and frustration
Diverting pecking behavior away from flock mates
Increased environmental complexity

Types of edible enrichment

Peck stones

Peck stones, also referred to as mineral blocks or pecking blocks, are compressed products designed to provide birds with an outlet for pecking behavior. They are typically made from minerals and other feed-grade ingredients bound together into a hard structure that requires repeated pecking to break apart (Figure 1). Pecking is one of the most frequently performed behaviors in chickens and peck stones may deter inter-bird pecking in layers² and broilers.³ Birds naturally investigate objects and peck stones provide a durable target that can satisfy this motivation (Figure 2). Peck stones also promote foraging, dustbathing and comfort behaviors.³

To maximize effectiveness, peck stones should be distributed in locations that are easily accessible to birds and to maintain uniform flock distribution. Producers should also monitor wear and consumption rates as some flocks may show more interest than others and it may depend on age^4,5 strain,⁴ housing conditions and availability of other enrichments.

Figure 1: Commercial laying hens in cages used mineral-based peck block enrichment
Credit: Dr. Ana Rentsch

Insect larvae

Insect larvae, like black soldier fly larvae and mealworms actively stimulate foraging behavior.^6-8 When scattered in the litter or dispensed through enrichment devices, birds must search, peck, and compete to locate them.⁶ This closely resembles natural foraging activities. Because birds actively search for larvae, this form of enrichment may be useful for stimulating movement and encouraging the use of different areas within a barn.

Insect larvae may be more expensive than other edible enrichments. Producers should also consider how larvae are distributed, scattering them widely will promote foraging and reduce competition or prevent birds from congregating.

Hay bales

Hay bales are more commonly used in broiler or cage-free operations due to their size. They provide both a physical structure for perching⁹ and an edible material that can be pecked, pulled apart and consumed.^2,10 The fibrous nature of hay bales encourages prolonged interaction.

Bales should be free from mold, excessive dust, or contaminants. As the bale gets broken down, material may become integrated with the litter. While this stimulates additional foraging behavior, litter quality may be altered and should be monitored. Because hay bales occupy floor space, placement should be considered to ensure accessibility to the enrichment while maintaining normal bird movement.

AT A GLANCE!

Peck stones

Best for: Durable pecking outlet

Long lasting and durable

Easy to place

Low maintenance

Encourages pecking and foraging behavior

Figure 2: Mineral based (left) and grain based (right) peck stones
Credit: Dr. Ana Rentsch

Insect larvae

Best for: Promoting foraging

Stimulates searching and foraging behaviors

Encourages movement and activity

Short term engagement

Figure 3: Dried black soldier fly larvae
Credit: Lets Fly (letsflyfood unsplash)

Hay bales

Best for: Dual purpose use

Edible and structural enrichment

Long lasting and durable

Encourages pecking, pulling, and exploration

Figure 4: Laying hen on a bale of hay
Credit: Eric Daoust (dazto unsplash)

Science backed facts!

Edible enrichments may benefit more than behavior. In one study, hens provided with peck stones and hay bale enrichment had less plumage and skin damage compared with hens housed without enrichment² in addition to decreased beak length,^2,5 suggesting enrichments can support both welfare and improve feather condition.

Some hens are consistent peck block users while others rarely interact with them. Pecking blocks are used more in the afternoon, during the time of eggshell formation¹¹ and birds with existing keel bone fractures show greater use of pecking blocks.¹² This suggests that hens may selectively use these enrichments when mineral demands are higher.

Hay bales: a playground that becomes a rest stop. Studies have found that birds with access to hay bales spend more time exploring,¹⁰ perching and dustbathing, while also showing less gentle feather pecking.⁹ As birds age, they tend to peck at the bales less and use them more as resting areas.¹⁰

Few enrichments capture a bird’s attention like insects. Studies have found that mealworms and black soldier fly larvae increase scratching, litter pecking and foraging activity,^6,8 with some birds displaying “worm running” behavior that is more rarely observed in unenriched flocks.⁶ However, these bursts of activity are often short-lived, occurring primarily immediately after larvae are provided.⁶ Engagement in insect enrichment may vary depending on time of day and broilers may engage less than layers.¹³

Black soldier fly larvae may do more than feed curiosity. Studies have reported reduced feather pecking,⁸ lower fearfulness toward novel objects⁸ and increased comfort behaviors such as preening, wing flapping, and allopreening in birds provided larvae.⁷ In some breeds, larvae enrichment has also been associated with improved body weight and egg production.⁷

Important considerations

Biosecurity: Enrichment bales can improve welfare but may increase pathogen exposure due to contamination from wildlife if improperly sourced or managed.¹⁴

Insect larvae may harbor parasites: Insect use requires consideration of biosecurity, feed safety, storage conditions, and economic feasibility. Feeding untreated larvae may risk disease transmission between insects, animals and humans.¹⁵

Accessibility: Large enrichments may take up floor space and enough should be provided so that all birds can interact without crowding or competition for the resource.^14,16

Litter quality: Enrichments can affect litter quality by changing bird activity and distribution. While foraging and scratching may improve litter aeration and add litter material as bales break down,¹⁴ hay and straw bales can also accumulate moisture and fecal material if not managed properly.

Summary

Edible enrichments promote motivated behaviors such as pecking, foraging and exploration.
Biosecurity, litter quality, accessibility and cost should be considered before implementation.
When managed appropriately, edible enrichments can be a tool for supporting poultry

References

Quino, M.A.; Baker-Cook, B. Targeting Frustration: A Review on Reducing Abnormal Behaviors in Broiler Breeders via Environmental Enrichment. Frontiers in Ethology 2026, 4, 1717389, doi:10.3389/FETHO.2025.1717389.
Schreiter, R.; Damme, K.; Klunker, M.; Raoult, C.; von Borell, E.; Freick, M. Effects of Edible Environmental Enrichments during the Rearing and Laying Periods in a Littered Aviary—Part 1: Integument Condition in Pullets and Laying Hens. Poult. Sci. 2020, 99, 5184–5196, doi:10.1016/j.psj.2020.07.013.
Guy, J.H.; Wright, A.N. British Poultry Science Effect of Enrichment with Pecka-Blocks^TM on the Behaviour and Feather Condition of Commercially-Reared Broilers. Br. Poult. Sci. 2010, 44, 29–30, doi:10.1080/713655280.
Schreiter, R.; Damme, K.; Freick, M. Edible Environmental Enrichments in Littered Housing Systems: Do Their Effects on Integument Condition Differ Between Commercial Laying Hen Strains? Animals 2020, Vol. 10, Page 2434 2020, 10, 2434, doi:10.3390/ANI10122434.
Baker, P.E.; Nicol, C.J.; Weeks, C.A. The Effect of Hard Pecking Enrichment during Rear on Feather Cover, Feather Pecking Behaviour and Beak Length in Beak-Trimmed and Intact-Beak Laying Hen Pullets. Animals 2022, Vol. 12, Page 674 2022, 12, 674, doi:10.3390/ANI12060674.
Pichova, K.; Nordgreen, J.; Leterrier, C.; Kostal, L.; Moe, R.O. The Effects of Food-Related Environmental Complexity on Litter Directed Behaviour, Fear and Exploration of Novel Stimuli in Young Broiler Chickens. Appl. Anim. Behav. Sci. 2016, 174, 83–89, doi:10.1016/J.APPLANIM.2015.11.007.
Bellezza Oddon, S.; Biasato, I.; Ferrocino, I.; Imarisio, A.; Renna, M.; Caimi, C.; Gariglio, M.; Dabbou, S.; Pipan, M.; Dekleva, D.; et al. Live Black Soldier Fly Larvae as Environmental Enrichment for Native Chickens: Implications for Bird Performance, Welfare, and Excreta Microbiota. animal 2024, 18, 101341, doi:10.1016/J.ANIMAL.2024.101341.
Tahamtani, F.M.; Kittelsen, K.; Vasdal, G.; Tahamtani, F.M.; Kittelsen, K.; Vasdal, G. Dried Black Soldier Fly Larvae (Hermetia Illucens) as Environmental Enrichment for Laying Hens – a Full-Scale Commercial Study. J. Insects Food Feed 2025, 11, 2617–2631, doi:10.1163/23524588-BJA10220.
Daigle, C.L.; Rodenburg, T.B.; Bolhuis, J.E.; Swanson, J.C.; Siegford, J.M. Use of Dynamic and Rewarding Environmental Enrichment to Alleviate Feather Pecking in Non-Cage Laying Hens. Appl. Anim. Behav. Sci. 2014, 161, 75–85, doi:10.1016/J.APPLANIM.2014.10.001.
Da Silva, M.I.L.; De Lima Almeida Paz, I.C.; Jacinto, A.S.; Filho, M.A.N.; De Oliveira, A.B.S.; Dos Santos, I.G.A.; Dos Santos Mota, F.; Caldara, F.R.; Jacobs, L. Providing Environmental Enrichments Can Reduce Subclinical Spondylolisthesis Prevalence without Affecting Performance in Broiler Chickens. PLoS One 2023, 18, e0284087, doi:10.1371/JOURNAL.PONE.0284087.
McAuley, M.; Caston, L.J.; Widowski, T.M. Laying Hens Prefer Softer over Harder Mineral-Based Pecking Stones and Peck Them More at the End of the Light Period. Poult. Sci. 2025, 104, 104575, doi:10.1016/J.PSJ.2024.104575.
Ehigbor, T.F.; Edwards, A.M.; Rentsch, A.K.; Kiarie, E.G.; Harlander, A.; Widowski, T.M. Pecking Block Use at Individual Level Is Associated with Improved Eggshell Quality and Keel Fractures in Laying Hens. Poult. Sci. 2025, 104, 105716, doi:10.1016/J.PSJ.2025.105716.
Wood, B.; Rufener, C.; Makagon, M.M.; Blatchford, R.A. The Utility of Scatter Feeding as Enrichment: Do Broiler Chickens Engage with Scatter–Fed Items? Animals 2021, 11, 3478, doi:10.3390/ANI11123478.
Riber, A.B.; Van De Weerd, H.A.; De Jong, I.C.; Steenfeldt, S. Review of Environmental Enrichment for Broiler Chickens. Poult. Sci. 2018, 97, 378–396, doi:10.3382/PS/PEX344.
Müller, A.; Wiedmer, S.; Kurth, M. Risk Evaluation of Passive Transmission of Animal Parasites by Feeding of Black Soldier Fly (Hermetia Illucens) Larvae and Prepupae. J. Food Prot. 2019, 82, 948–954, doi:10.4315/0362-028X.JFP-18-484.
Xu, D.; Shu, G.; Liu, Y.; Qin, P.; Zheng, Y.; Tian, Y.; Zhao, X.; Du, X. Farm Environmental Enrichments Improve the Welfare of Layer Chicks and Pullets: A Comprehensive Review. Animals 2022, Vol. 12, Page 2610 2022, 12, 2610, doi:10.3390/ANI12192610.

To view all issues of Poultry Press, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Edible enrichments for commercial poultry appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Research shows recombinant HVT vaccines in broiler flocks can curb post-vaccination reactions in dual ILT strategies

Edusehat — Mon, 03 Aug 2026 22:35:02 +0700

A university challenge study has examined how recombinant HVT-ILT vaccines used at the hatchery affect the response to live, chicken-embryo-origin (CEO) ILT vaccines applied later as part of a dual infectious laryngotracheitis (ILT) vaccination program.

ILT is a serious respiratory disease that typically peaks in the colder months, causing mortality spikes. It affects both broilers and broiler breeders, though the effects are more severe in broilers. Biosecurity interventions help reduce outbreaks, but vaccination is standard practice in regions where the risk of ILT is endemic.

Producers have vaccine choices

Live ILT CEO vaccines are commonly used to curb mortality during outbreaks. However, prevention strategies have begun to rely on recombinant HVT-ILT vaccines at the hatchery.

In high-challenge areas, the use of a CEO or tissue culture origin (TCO) ILT vaccine has been added to the recombinant ILT vaccination program. Live vaccine choices are often dictated by biosecurity and vaccine regulations across the US, with some states restricting the use of ILT CEO vaccines due to potential increased virulence in flocks and adverse bird reactions.¹

“The aim is to mitigate issues with ILT in flocks over time,” said Alexandra Reilley, PhD, MS, of Merck Animal Health. “ILT CEO vaccines are good at reducing virus shedding and symptoms, but they can cause post-vaccinal reactions and regain virulence if not properly administered to the birds.

“If administration of the ILT CEO vaccine does not achieve complete coverage, birds can experience rolling respiratory reactions, which can be very aggressive,” she explained. “Using a recombinant ILT vaccine as the program foundation becomes more important if live vaccines are included for additional protection.”

Testing broiler performance under challenge

Gel drop administration of the ILT CEO vaccine at day of age has seen increased use in the industry in recent years as a method to improve early coverage of chicks against ILT challenge in the field. However, questions have been raised about the effectiveness of this method of vaccination with ILT CEO in birds this early.

A study led by Reilley aimed to put the dual ILT vaccination program to the test. Her team used five groups of broiler chicks:²

Vaccinated with Innovax®-ILT-IBD in ovo, challenged
Vaccinated with gel drop live ILT CEO vaccine at day of age, challenged
Vaccinated with Innovax-ILT-IBD in ovo and live ILT CEO vaccine gel drop, challenged
Unvaccinated, challenged
Unvaccinated, unchallenged

Birds were challenged at 30 days of age with Genotype VI strain ILT virus, via ocular and nasal routes. Seven days post-challenge, they assessed clinical signs, survival, body weight and body weight gain.

Dual vaccination program cuts clinical signs

The researchers found that birds vaccinated with the ILT CEO vaccine via the gel drop method alone had severe clinical signs at 6 to 10 days post-vaccination and experienced 20% mortality.

In comparison, the vaccinated group receiving only the Innovax-ILT-IBD vaccine showed no clinical signs, as expected. The dual vaccination approach (Innovax-ILT-IBD + ILT CEO gel drop) had mild to moderate signs. Neither the Innovax-ILT-IBD group nor the dual vaccination group had any mortality.

The dual vaccination program resulted in the lowest viral load among challenged groups at 3 and 5 days post-challenge. This vaccination program also had the highest body weight gain over the course of the study.

The reliability of the Innovax-ILT-IBD vaccine comes from its high stability and consistent titers, Reilley noted, as well as the fact that full immunity is achieved by 28 days, complementing the earlier immunity from the ILT CEO vaccine, creating a more diverse immune response.

“Using Innovax-ILT-IBD vaccines, you can reduce respiratory issues related to the post-vaccination reactions observed with ILT CEO vaccines,” she said. “Those reactions are costly, so reducing their severity can help support flock performance.

“The gel drop method has been adopted as a way to strengthen early protection,” Reilley said. “What this study suggests is that timing and program design matter.

“When the recombinant vaccine is used as the foundation, and the ILT CEO vaccine is layered on, we saw less severe post-vaccination reactions while maintaining protection under challenge. That balance is important from a performance standpoint.”

1 García M. 2017. Current and future vaccines and vaccination strategies against infectious laryngotracheitis (ILT) respiratory disease of poultry. Vet Microbiol. 206:157–62.
2 Mendoza-Reilley A, Zamora A, Paudel R, Ellington C, Maekawa D, Alvarado IR, Garcia M. Infectious laryngotracheitis control: Assessment of a rHVT-ILT vaccine administered alone or in combination with a CEO vaccine. 2025. XXIII WVPA Congress, Malaysia.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Research shows recombinant HVT vaccines in broiler flocks can curb post-vaccination reactions in dual ILT strategies appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Assam poultry vaccination drive reaches 250 farmers in Nalbari

Edusehat — Mon, 03 Aug 2026 22:30:07 +0700

The ICAR–AICRP on Poultry Breeding, under the Directorate of Research at Assam Veterinary and Fishery University (AVFU), has organised a poultry vaccination and awareness programme in Jagra Model Village, Nalbari district, to promote scientific poultry farming and disease prevention. According to the original report, the initiative trained around 250 poultry farmers and vaccinated nearly 5,000 birds against Ranikhet, also known as Newcastle disease.

The campaign was carried out in collaboration with the Institute of Veterinary Biologicals, the State Veterinary Dispensary at Jagra and the Anajori Development Society. Farmers also received free medicines, multivitamins, mineral mixtures and nutritional supplements as part of the programme, which aimed to reduce disease-related losses and improve poultry productivity in rural areas.

The awareness drive focused on practical vaccination techniques, recommended vaccination schedules and general poultry health management. Organisers said the event was designed not only to strengthen farm-level disease prevention, but also to support rural livelihoods through better flock health and improved production efficiency.

The Institute of Veterinary Biologicals, based in Guwahati, is the state facility responsible for producing several veterinary vaccines, including vaccines used in poultry against Ranikhet disease and fowl pox. The research framework behind the campaign is also linked to the AICRP on Poultry Breeding, a long-running ICAR-supported project active in Assam’s poultry sector.

EBID backs poultry expansion in The Gambia with $10.04 million financing for G Farms Ltd

Edusehat — Mon, 03 Aug 2026 22:30:07 +0700

The ECOWAS Bank for Investment and Development (EBID) has signed a $10.04 million financing agreement with G Farms Limited to support the company’s expansion in The Gambia, with a strong focus on the poultry sector. The investment is intended to strengthen production capacity across key agricultural value chains, especially table eggs, broiler meat, and day-old chicks.

According to EBID, the project will increase the laying hen flock from 120,000 to 500,000 birds, raise broiler output from 651,146 to more than 3.2 million birds, and expand day-old chick production from 3.3 million to 5.5 million units by 2035. These targets underline the scale of the company’s growth ambitions and the strategic importance of poultry in the country’s food supply system.

A major component of the project is feed manufacturing, with production capacity set to reach 10 tonnes per hour. For the poultry sector, this is a crucial element, as feed costs remain one of the main drivers of production efficiency and profitability. Greater local feed capacity can also help improve supply stability and reduce reliance on imported inputs.

The investment is not limited to poultry. G Farms Ltd also plans to expand its dairy operations, increasing its cattle herd from 110 to 2,500 head. This reflects a broader agribusiness strategy aimed at building integrated and more resilient food production systems in the country.

For EBID, the deal forms part of its wider strategy to promote agricultural modernization, economic diversification, and sustainable development in West Africa. For The Gambia, it could support local food production, generate employment, and reduce import dependence, while creating a stronger base for the long-term development of the poultry industry.

Get your forks out

Edusehat — Mon, 03 Aug 2026 19:10:05 +0700

The news this week is about the Guild of Fine Food‘s Golden Fork nominees for various Great Taste 2026 products from the four nations of the UK (England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland), along with Spain, Greece, Italy, the rest of Europe and the rest of the world, have been released.

The contest had 15,038 entries from more than 3,917 companies across 116 countries, and these have been narrowed down to just 33 Golden Fork nominees that are set to compete for the top prize.

On 15 September, the trade will gather in central London in order to witness the live judging session for the Supreme Champion this year, from all of the products, at the awards dinner and ceremony.

I note that the bulk of the different categories have at least one dairy product in their segment. Out of the 33 product nominees, at least 11 of the top nominees are affiliated with dairy. This ranges from the Spanish selection, where the anchovies are in spicy butter, to the Northern Irish pork chops marinated in buttermilk, as well as delicious cheeses such as Cashel Blue Organic. Just marvellous.

It is all very exciting and a continuing celebration of what makes our industry great – the tasty, nutritious products that form the foundation of the dairy world. Dairy delivers and is found in so many places, both as a carrier, and a flavourful addition to various products that are regularly reaching the heights of the culinary world.

In other news, I used the excuse that we ran across Cheese Passion in Sevenoaks at the Bligh’s Market to buy nice bread and have cheese for dinner this weekend. I forgot how much I enjoy Taleggio PDO. Sometimes, dairy is the centrepiece of the meal and a very tasty one at that. (https://www.facebook.com/cheesepassionltd/)

The post Get your forks out appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Advancing poultry sustainability to meet 2050 protein needs

Edusehat — Mon, 03 Aug 2026 18:50:09 +0700

Introduction: the 2050 protein challenge

Global demand for animal protein is projected to rise by more than 70% by 2050, driven by population growth and urbanization. Poultry, as a relatively efficient protein source, will play a central role in meeting this demand. However, sustainability challenges—environmental impact, resource efficiency, and animal welfare—must be addressed to ensure resilience. Recent reviews emphasize the need for integrated nutritional and environmental strategies to balance productivity with ecological responsibility¹.

Nutritional innovation for sustainable growth

Feed formulation is a critical driver of sustainability. Traditional reliance on soybean meal (SBM) contributes to deforestation and high carbon footprints. Studies highlight the potential of alternative protein sources such as insect meal, algae, and agro-industrial by-products, which can reduce SBM dependence by 20–40% while maintaining bird performance. Optimized carbohydrate utilization and microbial management further enhance feed efficiency, lowering nitrogen excretion and greenhouse gas emissions.

Circular resource management

Circular economy principles are increasingly applied to poultry systems. Manure valorization into biofertilizers, renewable energy adoption, and water recycling are proven strategies to reduce waste and emissions. Life cycle assessment (LCA) studies confirm that combining feed innovations with environmental management yields greater reductions in carbon footprint than isolated measures. This integrated approach aligns poultry production with climate-smart agriculture goals².

Digital and biotechnological frontiers

Emerging digital tools and biotechnology are reshaping sustainability pathways. Precision feeding systems, sensor-based monitoring, and AI-driven resource optimization improve efficiency and reduce environmental burdens. Biotechnology advances, such as nanomaterial-based feed additives and microbial engineering, open new frontiers for sustainable protein production. These innovations support the transition toward a circular bioeconomy, where poultry production contributes to broader food system resilience³.

Policy and global collaboration

Scientific progress must be reinforced by policy frameworks and international collaboration. Regulatory incentives for renewable energy, sustainable feed adoption, and waste valorization are essential. Moreover, global partnerships—linking academia, industry, and governments—can accelerate the scaling of innovations. Evidence suggests that region-specific sustainability plans, supported by digital technologies, will be crucial to adapt strategies to local contexts while meeting global protein needs.

Conclusion

Advancing sustainability in poultry production requires a multi-dimensional strategy: nutritional innovation, circular resource management, digital integration, and supportive policy frameworks. By aligning these elements, the poultry industry can meet the projected 2050 protein demand while minimizing environmental impact. The convergence of science, technology, and governance offers a pathway toward resilient, climate-smart poultry systems that safeguard both food security and ecological integrity.

References:

Al Khayyat Investments commits $100 million to transform animal health across the Middle East

Edusehat — Mon, 03 Aug 2026 15:20:04 +0700

Al Khayyat Investments (AKI), a diversified Emirati family-owned holding company, has announced a strategic $100 million investment to launch VetHealth, a new veterinary business vertical focused on bringing world-class animal health solutions to more organisations and government entities across the region.

The investment reflects AKI’s belief that animal health is a critical pillar of regional food security, public health resilience, and sustainable economic development. Through VetHealth, AKI aims to further contribute to national development initiatives across the region, such as the UAE’s National Food Security Strategy 2051.

Headquartered in the UAE, VetHealth supports both the commercial animal production sector and the rapidly expanding companion animal market. Its establishment comes as the Middle East and Africa’s (MEA) veterinary healthcare market is projected to rise to $6.91 billion by 2033^[1], driven by a demand for livestock productivity alongside a significant surge in pet ownership.At launch, VetHealth operates across five core divisions: Pharmaceuticals, Biologicals, Biosecurity, Nutrition, and Diagnostics. VetHealth will partner closely with regional and global leaders in these disciplines to accelerate their market expansion and long-term business growth.

Backed by AKI’s six-decade legacy in the healthcare industry, VetHealth is ready to serve a wide range of customers, from animal farms and feed mills to veterinary clinics, pharmacies and government entities operating at the intersection of animal care and food-producing animal biosecurity. By combining AKI’s expertise in healthcare innovation and its extensive regional distribution network, the landmark investment behind VetHealth positions AKI as a defining force in animal health across the region.

“Animal health is a strategic enabler of food security, public health, and long-term economic resilience. Through this investment, we are building VetHealth as a regional platform that connects governments, producers, veterinary professionals, and global partners with trusted, world-class solutions. This is a long-term commitment to strengthening the systems that protect animals, people, and communities across the region,” said Zaid S. Al Khayyat, Managing Director, Al Khayyat Investments.

“At AKI, we invest in sectors that create real, lasting value for society. VetHealth reflects our belief in the power of compassionate care. We are committed to supporting the professionals, the institutions, and other industry stakeholders that improve animal wellbeing and ensure the sustainability of food production in the region,” said Malik Hassan, General Manager, AKI Environmental – VetHealth.

SuperZoo Sneak Peek: Must-See Cat Products at SuperZoo 2026

Edusehat — Sat, 01 Aug 2026 06:05:07 +0700

We’re counting down the days to SuperZoo 2026! As one of the pet industry’s biggest events, SuperZoo brings together the latest trends, products, and innovations, all in one place. It’s where pet professionals connect, network, and discover what’s new and next in the world of pet care.

Join us at Mandalay Bay from Wednesday, August 12 to Friday, August 14 for an unforgettable experience.

Take a look at our top “Must-Visit” booths below!

Booth #3000: Inspired by founder Bud’s lifelong love of pets, Bud’s Wonder Solution uses powerful enzymes to break down organic messes, leaving your home smelling fresh and pet friendly. budswondersolution.com

Come learn more about Calitti® CRYSTALS Lavender Scent, featuring instant odor control, dust-free silica gel crystals, moisture absorption, and soft comfort for paws; keeping litter boxes fresh and easy to maintain. calitti.com

Booth #4745: Catit is an international brand recognized for its innovative products, from iconic drinking fountains and interactive toys to nutritious food and treats, all designed to enrich the lives of cats and their families. catit.com

Booth #3552: Introducing all NEW! Kitten Recipes – cans, pouches and dry food with goat milk, plus a new dry food line for adventurers that’s so tasty, even the fussiest of cats can’t resist! fussiecat.com

Booth #2605: JoyFull makes pet wellness simple with vet-formulated functional treats and supplements made with real protein and clean ingredients that support pets’ gut health. joyfullpet.comBooth #2601: Ollie B. Good creates thoughtfully designed pet enrichment products, including slow feeders and lick mats that combine functional innovation, playful aesthetics, and premium food-grade silicone to enrich daily mealtimes of cats and dogs. olliebgood.com

Booth #3119: Open Farm is proud to continuing launching new products at SuperZoo, stop by the booth for exclusive show deals. openfarmpet.com

Booth #: Pawfit Lite has the most reliable 4G network for fast and accurate tracking technology to keep cats safe. The 100% waterproof, smart GPS location and activity tracker is loaded with features to keep pets safer, healthier and happier. Shop amazon.com or pawfit.comBooth #3912: Come learn more about Pioneer Pet Products and SmartCat®, featuring innovative solutions that improve cats’ lives and support natural behaviors. Enjoy 15% off SmartCat® Litter August 12–19, 2026 with wholesale pricing. pioneerpet.com

Booth #11744: Visit Red Rocket Pets to experience the launch of the new CLEO Twist’R Litter Disposal System, providing efficient, odor free litter disposal with innovative convenience, plus our complete lineup of premium pet products. redrocketpets.com

Booth #3715: Reveal creates premium cat food using natural, high-quality ingredients and real protein. New products include nutritious Entrées Broths and Bone Broths, offering delicious meals, hydration, collagen, and essential nutrients without artificial additives. revealpetfood.com

Booth #10368: SOYSAND is a revolutionary tofu litter, not pellets! Crushed for a traditional litter feel, it delivers the eco-friendly benefits Asia has loved since 2015. Visit us for SuperZoo specials, giveaways, free shipping, and more. soyand.com

Booth #4157: Celebrating 10 years in business, Suzie’s CBD Treats proudly unveils our rebrand! Enjoy the same trusted treats in fresh, eco-friendly packaging. Visit our booth to see the new look, learn what’s changed, and take advantage of exclusive show specials! suziepettreats.com

Booth #7757: Vetericyn, a leader in pet wellness products, launches a new line of Relief Kits to help pet owners relieve their pet’s itchy and irritated skin, eyes, or ears — some of the most common problems owners must deal with. vetericyn.comBooth #10552: Cat not going in the box? Break their bad habits with the litter that combines the long-lasting power of corn with a natural, plant-based ingredient that naturally attracts cats to the litter box. worldsbestcatlitter.comBooth #4467: All Yeowww! Catnip toys are made in the USA and fully stuffed with 100% organically grown catnip – no fillers or chemicals. Stop by our booth at SUPERZOO and see what’s new and take advantage of our show specials. yeowww.com

Discover more upcoming events by visiting our events page!

The post SuperZoo Sneak Peek: Must-See Cat Products at SuperZoo 2026 appeared first on Modern Cat.

VAL-CO: Coming Soon

Edusehat — Sat, 01 Aug 2026 05:35:03 +0700

Watch this space for educational content from VAL-CO.

The post VAL-CO: Coming Soon appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Dr. Luis Alejandro Vinatea to Deliver a Plenary Lecture at LACQUA26

Edusehat — Fri, 31 Jul 2026 22:40:12 +0700

Por: LACQUA 2026 Organizing Committee

The Latin American and Caribbean Aquaculture Congress – LACQUA26 is pleased to announce that Dr. Luis Alejandro Vinatea Arana will be one of the event’s Plenary Speakers, joining the scientific program of the leading aquaculture conference in Latin America and the Caribbean.

LACQUA26 will take place October 27–30, 2026, in San Salvador, El Salvador. The conference is organized by the Latin American and Caribbean Chapter of the World Aquaculture Society (LACC-WAS) in partnership with the Salvadoran Authority for the Blue Economy (ASEA) and with the support of the Government of El Salvador.

Over three days, the congress will bring together researchers, producers, industry leaders, students, universities, research institutions, government agencies, and international organizations to exchange knowledge, showcase innovations, strengthen collaborations, and promote the sustainable development of aquaculture throughout the region.

Dr. Vinatea has built an outstanding academic and scientific career. He holds a degree in Biology, a Master’s Degree in Aquaculture, and a Ph.D. in Human Sciences from the Federal University of Santa Catarina (Brazil). He also completed postdoctoral studies in intensive shrimp farming and recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS) for fish production.

For nearly three decades, he served as Full Professor at the Federal University of Santa Catarina (UFSC), was a researcher with Brazil’s National Council for Scientific and Technological Development (CNPq), and has been a visiting professor at universities in Colombia and Peru.

Throughout his career, Dr. Vinatea has supervised numerous undergraduate and graduate students, advised leading aquaculture companies and international organizations such as the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), and made significant scientific contributions through the publication of 7 books, 10 book chapters, 78 peer-reviewed scientific papers, and the delivery of more than 166 lectures and training courses in several countries.

As part of the LACQUA26 Plenary Program, Dr. Vinatea will present the keynote lecture:

“Economic Efficiency of Electric Aeration in Large Aquaculture Production Units”

During this plenary lecture, he will address one of the most important challenges facing modern aquaculture: optimizing electric aeration systems to improve productivity, increase energy efficiency, reduce operational costs, and enhance the economic and environmental sustainability of aquaculture production.

His participation will further strengthen the high-level scientific program of LACQUA26, which will feature plenary lectures, specialized scientific sessions, oral and poster presentations, technical workshops, short courses, and a comprehensive commercial exhibition showcasing the latest products, technologies, and services for the aquaculture industry.

There is still time to participate in LACQUA26!

The Organizing Committee warmly invites researchers, professionals, students, universities, research institutions, producers, companies, and organizations involved in aquaculture to join this premier regional event.

Important Deadlines

Abstract Submission Deadline: July 31, 2026

Submit your abstract here:
https://www.was.org/Meeting/Abstract/Submit/LACQUA26

Early Registration Discount Available Until: August 1, 2026

Register here:
https://www.was.org/Meeting/Registration/Submit/LACQUA26

LACQUA26 offers a unique opportunity to present research findings, exchange experiences, establish new collaborations, and discover the latest scientific and technological advances shaping the future of aquaculture in Latin America and the Caribbean.

We look forward to welcoming you to San Salvador, El Salvador, from October 27–30, 2026, as we work together to advance a sustainable and innovative future for aquaculture in our region.

LACQUA26 Organizing Committee

Sustainable Aquaculture, a Blue Future for Latin America and the Caribbean

October 27–30, 2026
San Salvador, El Salvador

carolina@was.org

Dr. Foluke Areola Makes History as First African President of the World Aquaculture Society, Outlining Vision for Sustainable Global Food Security

Edusehat — Fri, 31 Jul 2026 22:40:11 +0700

Distinguished Nigerian fisheries leader steps into global governance to amplify African voices, foster youth and women empowerment, and drive innovation across international aquatic food systems.

In a historic milestone for international aquatic agricultural governance, Nigerian fisheries and aquaculture authority Dr. Foluke Omotayo Areola has officially assumed office as the President of the World Aquaculture Society (WAS). Formally inaugurated on June 2, 2026, during the World Aquaculture 2026 conference in Singapore, Dr. Areola becomes the first African professional to hold the highest executive office in the organization’s distinguished history. Her election represents a transformative moment for global aquaculture, signaling a heightened international focus on sustainable aquatic food systems, inclusive governance, and the vital role of the Global South in feeding the world’s growing population.

Dr. Areola brings to the global presidency more than four decades of exemplary leadership, academic rigor, and policy expertise. A native of Nigeria whose deep passion for aquatic resources stems from her rural upbringing where fish served as a primary dietary staple, Dr. Areola built her career on the conviction that sustainable aquaculture is essential for poverty alleviation, nutritional security, and community resilience. Her extensive professional background spans key government directorships, international consultancy, research, and non-governmental sector advocacy.

Dr. Areola sharing a delightful moment with former President of WAS, Dr. David Cline.

A Legacy of Pioneering Public Leadership and Policy Reform

Dr. Areola’s academic foundation includes advanced studies in fisheries and aquaculture sciences at the University of Ibadan in Nigeria, Humberside College of Higher Learning in Grimsby, England, and a PhD in Fisheries from Lagos State University. Her technical proficiency has been further sharpened through high-level international executive trainings, including Israel’s MASHAV/CINADCO intensive aquaculture program, Sanitary and Phytosanitary measures coursework through the USDA and Nigeria Agricultural Quarantine Service, and South Africa’s Science-Policy Lab (S-PoL) on Innovations for Sustainable Aquatic Food Systems.

Throughout her career within Nigeria’s Federal Department of Fisheries, Dr. Areola shattered administrative glass ceilings. She served as Acting Federal Director of Fisheries, Acting Director of Fisheries and Aquaculture, and held the historic distinction of becoming Nigeria’s first Director of Fisheries Quarantine Services. In these positions, she spearheaded regulatory reforms, fortified aquatic animal health and biosecurity protocols, and championed public-private stakeholder collaboration. She also made history as the first female National President of the Fisheries Society of Nigeria (FISON), where she secured a crucial World Bank Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSME) grant to deliver nationwide best-practice aquaculture training programs.

Reflecting on her trailblazing administrative journey and the structural barriers she faced in traditionally male-dominated sectors, Dr. Areola noted: “Serving in a pioneering leadership role within Nigeria’s fisheries administration was both a privilege and a responsibility. The challenges included limited funding, inadequate infrastructure, weak policy implementation systems, low levels of technological adoption, and the need to overcome gender-related barriers in traditionally male-dominated leadership spaces. However, I truly appreciate the mentors who shaped me into the professional I have become over the years, and hence my strong inclination towards mentoring others.“

Empowering Africa and Mobilizing Global Communities

Following her retirement from government service, Dr. Areola transitioned into international consultancy, leading impactful initiatives with global organizations including the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), African Union Interafrican Bureau for Animal Resources (AU-IBAR), WWF Norway, and the Fisheries Committee for the West Central Gulf of Guinea (FCWC). Notably, she co-authored the first Aquaculture Welfare Training Guides for Nigeria, which have since been adopted as landmark educational benchmarks across the African continent.

Her commitment to elevating African expertise led her to serve as President of the World Aquaculture Society African Chapter (WAS-AC) over the past two years. Under her dynamic tenure, WAS-AC achieved a remarkable 454% membership growth within a single year. She actively expanded student access through sponsored memberships, elevated African representation on the global WAS Board, and organized flagship continental events, including the annual Aquaculture Africa Conferences (AFRAQ) and the World Aquaculture Safari 2025 in Uganda.

Dr. Areola delivering an opening remark at the Opening Ceremony of the World Aquaculture Safari, Uganda 2025.

Regarding her decision to seek the WAS global presidency and her historic election victory, Dr. Areola expressed profound gratitude and a firm commitment to collaborative stewardship: “It was both humbling and historic. My election reflected the growing global recognition of Africa’s contributions and potential in aquaculture. It also demonstrated confidence in inclusive leadership, diversity, and the importance of bringing broader global perspectives into international professional governance. For me, it was not just an individual achievement but a victory for Africa, women, and emerging aquaculture professionals across the Global South… My role is to be a leader who is humble enough to recognize the talent in others so that together we fulfill our purpose of bettering the experience of His creation.”

Addressing Sectoral Challenges and Aligning with UN Mandates

As WAS President, Dr. Areola emphasizes that unlocking Africa’s vast aquaculture potential—and ensuring global food security—requires targeted investments to solve persistent systemic bottlenecks. She identifies three primary hurdles facing producers in emerging economies: restricted access to quality seed, feed, and affordable financing; weak technical extension networks; and fragmented market infrastructure, including insufficient cold-chain logistics.

Dr. Areola advocates for robust public-private partnerships, climate-smart production technologies, and digital extension systems to bridge these gaps. Furthermore, aligning her leadership agenda with the United Nations’ declaration of 2026 as the International Year of the Woman Farmer, Dr. Areola is issuing a global call to action to break down institutional barriers for women in agriculture and aquatic food chains.

“Women are central to food systems, family welfare, nutrition, and community resilience. Across Africa and the world, women fish farmers and aquaculture professionals continue to make invaluable contributions despite numerous constraints. Governments and institutions must invest more deliberately to empower women by expanding access to land, financing, technology, education, markets, and leadership opportunities.”

To the rising generation of scientists and entrepreneurs, her message remains clear: “Believe in your capacity, remain committed to excellence, and never underestimate the value of persistence, integrity, and continuous learning… Africa must not only participate in global aquaculture — Africa must help shape its future.”

Looking Ahead: World Aquaculture Tanzania 2026

Dr. Areola will officially preside over the upcoming World Aquaculture Tanzania 2026 (WA26T), held in joint partnership with AFRAQ2026 from December 1 to 4, 2026, in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania. The landmark event will gather international scientists, policymakers, industry pioneers, and small-scale farmers to discuss sustainable blue economy solutions and advance global scientific exchange.

About the World Aquaculture Society (WAS)

The World Aquaculture Society (WAS) is the premier global non-profit organization dedicated to advancing the sustainable development of aquaculture through scientific research, technical exchange, educational outreach, and international networking. With thousands of members spanning more than 100 countries, WAS connects academia, government entities, commercial producers, and development organizations to address critical global food security challenges.

Photos: World Aquaculture Society Secretariat — African Chapter

For more information:

World Aquaculture Society Secretariat — African Chapter

Email: africanchapter@was.org

Website: www.was.org/meeting/code/AFRAQ26

Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global 2027 Conference Program Call for Proposals Is Open

Edusehat — Fri, 31 Jul 2026 22:40:10 +0700

By: Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global s

Experts in aquaculture, blue foods strategy and policy, processing and equipment, automation and machine learning, consumption trends and more can apply to speak at the largest seafood trade event in the world.

Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global is now accepting speaker and session applications for its 2027 conference program. Professionals across the seafood supply chain and at leading NGOs, research and data institutions, foodservice, retail and technology companies can submit proposals on the most pressing and innovative topics shaping the global seafood industry. Submissions are open now through 18 September 2026, offering professionals a chance to secure a spot on the seafood industry’s largest global stage.

Taking place in Barcelona on 20-22 April 2027, Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global is the world’s largest gathering of seafood buyers and suppliers from around the world coming together for three days of networking, education and business growth opportunities. Last year’s event brought more than 35,500 seafood professionals with companies exhibiting from 85 countries.

The event’s conference program is led by industry experts who share insights, case studies, research and data impacting the global seafood marketplace.

Topics of Interest

Aquaculture.
Automation/Machine Learning.
Blue Foods Strategies & Policy.
Corporate Due Diligence.
Consumption Trends.
Emerging Markets & Species.
Processing & Equipment.
Product Innovation & Marketing.
Seafood Business & Finance.
Sustainable Seafood Innovation & Responsible Management.
Supply Chain Compliance & Control.
Traceability & Transparency.

How to Submit a Proposal to Speak:

Review the submission guidelines.
Create your proposal on one of the many topics.
Use the online form to create your speaker portal login.
Submit your idea!

Read submission guidelines and submit your proposal at

Call for Proposals

For questions about the conference program or how to submit a proposal, contact the conference team at conference@seafoodexpo.com

About Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global 

Seafood Expo Global and Seafood Processing Global make up the world’s largest seafood trade show. Thousands of buyers and sellers from around the world attend the three-day annual event to meet, connect, and do business. Buyers include importers, exporters, wholesalers, restaurants, supermarkets, hotels, and other companies in the retail and foodservice sectors. Exhibitors showcase the latest innovations in seafood products, processing and packaging machinery, and services for the seafood industry. SeafoodSource.com is the official media. The organizer is Diversified, the international leader in seafood events and media. www.seafoodexpo.com/global 

About Diversified

Diversified is a global B2B events and media company that strengthens business communities by fostering a space, in person and online, for professionals and businesses to connect and grow. The company serves as a trusted partner across several industries including active lifestyle, business management, clean energy, commercial marine, healthcare, seafood, technology and more. Established in 1949 and headquartered in Portland, Maine, the global company has divisions and offices around the world in Australia, Canada, Hong Kong and the United Kingdom. Diversified is a third-generation, family-owned business. For more information, visit: www.divcom.com.

Leading Canadian Fish & Aquaculture Research Institute Joins Initiative to Fully Use Each Fish

Edusehat — Fri, 31 Jul 2026 22:40:09 +0700

By: Conference of Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers

Québec-based Merinov becomes first research facility and first Québec organization to sign the 100% Great Lakes Fish Pledge

Merinov, one of Canada’s leading fish and aquaculture research centers, has signed the 100% Great Lakes Fish Pledge, becoming both the first research facility or laboratory and the first organization from Québec to join the initiative. Merinov is the 46th company or organization participating in the growing binational movement to ensure that every part of each fish is fully used and not wasted.

Merinov provides research, development, and innovation services to the fisheries, aquaculture, and seafood processing sectors. With multidisciplinary expertise and world-class infrastructure, Merinov supports businesses and organizations in the design, testing, and deployment of high-performance, sustainable technological solutions tailored to the industrial and regional realities of the blue economy.

Merinov’s participation follows the recent expansion of the Pledge to include laboratories and research facilities in the Great Lakes States, Ontario, and Québec that work with fish and fish materials. These organizations commit to productively using all fish and fish parts handled through their work, rather than sending them to landfill.

As part of the Pledge, Merinov will work alongside other participating companies and organizations to promote the full use of fish. This includes raising awareness of opportunities for innovative applications of fish co-products, such as compost, fertilizer, protein, marine collagen, leather, and other new, high-value products.

The Pledge is part of the 100% Great Lakes Fish initiative created by the Conference of Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers (GSGP), an organization representing the Governors of the Great Lakes States and the Canadian Premiers of Ontario and Québec.

“Merinov is known globally as a leader in the marine bioresource technology space, so having them become both the first research facility and the first organization from Québec to join the Pledge is a significant step forward for the initiative,” said David Naftzger, Executive Director of GSGP. “Research institutions will play an essential role in developing the technologies, products, and partnerships needed to fully use every fish. We are honored to partner with Merinov and learn from its expertise.”

Merinov lab.

The Great Lakes region is home to growing aquaculture operations and sizeable commercial fisheries, but only about 40% of each fish (the fillets) are usually eaten or productively used. In contrast, the remaining 60% of the fish is often relegated to inexpensive uses or discarded. The 100% Great Lakes Fish initiative seeks new and innovative ways to fully use each fish to reduce waste, create more value and jobs, and support rural economic development. Iceland pioneered this approach and has seen the value of products made from each cod skyrocket from $12 for just the filet to a remarkable $5,000 for products including cosmetics, medical bandages, nutritional supplements, and a range of other products.

“Finding the best possible uses for marine products and their co-products is central to Merinov’s mission,” said Laurent Girault, Project Manager and Head of Merinov’s Centre of Expertise in Marine Biotechnologies. “Joining the 100% Great Lakes Fish Pledge is a natural extension of that commitment. We look forward to sharing our expertise, collaborating with other participants, and helping advance innovative approaches that create value from every part of the fish.”

More information on 100% Great Lakes Fish, including a copy of the Pledge, is available at htps://gsgp.org/projects/100-great-lakes-fish/.

About the Conference of Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers

www.gsgp.org

The Conference of Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers unites the chief executives from Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, New York, Ohio, Ontario, Pennsylvania, Québec, and Wisconsin. The Governors and Premiers work as equal partners to grow the region’s USD 8 trillion economy and protect the world’s largest surface freshwater system.

Australian Free CSIRO Program Helps Small to Medium-Sized Aquaculture Enterprises in Research and Development Plans

Edusehat — Fri, 31 Jul 2026 22:40:08 +0700

They are invited to apply for the latest “Innovate to Grow” program.

The Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization returns to the Australian people USD 5.91 for every USD 0.70 invested

The free eight-week online program “Innovate to Grow”, delivered by Australia’s national science agency CSIRO, helps local small to medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) developing solutions for the aquaculture turn early-stage ideas into actionable research and development (R&D) plans while building connections with expert facilitators and researchers. Since its commencement in 2020, more than 900 SMEs have taken part in the program. The new edition of the program will commence in September and applications are now open and close on 16 August 2026.

Mat Cook, Aquaculture Research Director at Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization (CSIRO), said the field of aquaculture offers significant opportunities for Australian businesses developing new products and technologies. “Whether it’s breeding, animal health, nutrition or new production systems, good ideas often stall because businesses aren’t sure what evidence they need or where to start with R&D,” Cook said.

“Innovate to Grow connects SMEs with researchers and gives them a clear, practical process for working out what R&D their idea actually needs,” he added.

Successful Cases

Rebecca Parlett, Director of Bio Tribute Systems, participated in a previous “Innovate to Grow” program. The Australian startup develops circular innovations to support soil health and environmental recovery and joined the program seeking scientific validation and feasibility data to help transition its early-concept innovations into market-ready, scalable solutions. “The program helped me to clarify the real status of my innovation and better understand the R&D pathway required to progress it,” she said.

“It also helped me identify that my project is not simply a product-development issue, but requires regulatory clarification, claims discipline, independent validation, a funding strategy and a staged evidence pathway. The program gave me a more structured and realistic framework for deciding what needs to happen next,” Parlett added.

Applications Are Now Open

The head of the program explained that, with the initiative “CSIRO’s Innovate to Grow”, aquaculture is open to Australian SMEs developing or supplying solutions in subsectors like breeding, health, nutrition, production systems and optimization, digital and AI, sustainability and circular agri-aquaculture, packaging, enabling indigenous-led aquaculture.

Applications are now open and close on 16 August 2026. The program will commence in September.

Improving Economic and Social Performance

The Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization is an independent agency of the Australian federal government responsible for scientific research. Its primary role is to improve the economic and social performance of industry for the benefit of the community.

CSIRO collaborates with leading organizations around the world. From its headquarters in Canberra, CSIRO operates more than 50 sites in Australia, as well as in France, Chile, and the United States, employing approximately 5,500 people. Over 5,000 industry and government partners, including nearly 2,000 small and medium businesses.

“For a century we’ve been improving the lives of people everywhere with our science. We’ve advanced Australia with a range of inventions and innovations that have had significant positive impact on the lives of people around the world. These include fast Wireless LAN (WLAN) connectivity, polymer banknotes, the CSIRO Total Wellbeing Diet, and Aerogard, just to name a few,” they explain.

According to them, for every USD 0.70 invested in CSIRO, at least USD 5.91 in value is returned to the Australian people. Considering CSIRO’s 2024-25 budget, this equates to approximately USD 9.28 billion of benefit to the nation.

“We work with industry, government and the research community to turn science into solutions across six research areas: Energy and Minerals, Food and Fibre, From Wonder to Discovery, Nature, One Health and Tech Economy. We also steward research infrastructure on behalf of the nation and provide an important connecting role between science and society,” they assure.

First Water Signs USD 5.77 Million Contract to Complete Phase 1 Expansion in Iceland

Edusehat — Fri, 31 Jul 2026 22:40:07 +0700

Norwegian company First Water announced that has signed a USD 5.77 million contract with precast concrete specialist Overhalla Betongbygg for the final part of Phase 1 of its land-based salmon farming facility in Þorlákshöfn, Iceland. The contract covers approximately 4,300 tons of precast concrete elements for eight large fish tanks. Each tank will measure 28 meters in diameter and 9.5 meters in height, with a capacity of around 5,600 m³ of water. Production will take place in Norway, with delivery to Iceland scheduled for early 2027.

Completion of Phase 1 will increase First Water’s annual production capacity from 5,000 to 10,000 tons of gutted salmon. The agreement represents another major step in First Water’s phased development and supports the company’s ambition to become a leading producer of sustainably farmed salmon.

“This is an important milestone in the development of our facility in Þorlákshöfn,” said Eggert Þór Kristófersson, CEO of the company. “First Water is being developed to set new standards for sustainable land-based salmon farming. The project is planned in six phases, with a long-term target of producing 60,000 tons annually,” he assured.

Detailed Coordination

First Water and Overhalla Betongbygg have worked closely to develop technical solutions suited to the scale and complexity of the project. The delivery requires detailed coordination across engineering, production, transport and installation.

“We are pleased to support First Water in the continued development of this pioneering project,” says Arnt Ove Amdal, CEO of Overhalla Betongbygg. “The contract demonstrates the value of combining strong industrial expertise with close collaboration.”

Ideal Growing Conditions for Salmon

Some weeks before the announcement, First Water held its Annual General Meeting, where the Chairman of the Board, Orri Hauksson, and the CEO reviewed the company’s current position. In January of this year, the company began harvesting and packing 5 kg gutted land-based salmon weekly for export from Þorlákshöfn.

Last year, the company invested around USD 115.33 million in property and equipment on Laxabraut, while total investment now amounts to approximately USD 265.27 million. The company has now completed the financing of its first permanent phase and will focus on completing that work this year and next, with the continued construction of 28-meter farming tanks.

They highlighted that there was a temporary decline in salmon sales last year as the company worked on growing larger salmon. However, they said, responses from foreign and domestic buyers indicate that sales are expected to increase significantly this year, as the 5 kg salmon is rated as a high-quality, superior-grade product by buyers.

The largest market areas for the company are in Europe are the United Kingdom and the Netherlands. First Water is also working with demanding buyers in Canada and the United States that serve canteens and restaurants operated on behalf of technology giants and investment banks.

Around 40% of the fish is sold to the United Kingdom, 23% to European Union countries, and around 28% goes to North America. A smaller portion of First Water’s salmon is furthermore sold on the domestic market.

Excellent Reviews

The salmon farmed and sold by First Water has received excellent reviews and is regarded as a high-quality product. The fish thrive exceptionally well in the 25 metre tanks, growth rates are strong, and mortality rates are among the lowest known. The key to this, in addition to the size of the tanks, is the unique water quality the salmon enjoy in the tanks.

The entrepreneurs who founded First Water believed that by using subterranean seawater that has passed through 10,000-year-old lava layers, they would obtain a high-quality fluid that creates ideal growing conditions for salmon. It has now become clear that the entrepreneurs were exactly right. Measurements of samples of so-called environmental DNA, or eDNA, taken in June 2025 by ÍSOR GeoSurvey and analysed by the independent research laboratory Matís, confirm these properties of the geothermal seawater.

First Water then treats the subterranean seawater from the tanks using the latest technology, so that discharge from First Water’s operations measures cleaner than the seawater in the Atlantic Ocean itself. This creates a sustainable and environmentally friendly cycle that delivers a high-quality product to consumers.

Looking ahead, further development is planned, with the aim of completing the first phase of the project by the end of 2027. This will increase the company’s capacity from 5,000 HoG tons of salmon to 10,000 HoG tons.

Alternative feed additives to help broilers cope with heat stress

Edusehat — Fri, 31 Jul 2026 22:10:08 +0700

With increasing pressure to reduce antibiotic use and rising ambient temperatures, new research from North-West University (NWU) in South Africa highlights a promising nutritional strategy: the combined use of probiotics and stimbiotics in broiler diets to support performance and resilience to heat stress.

The study, conducted by Ramokone Millicent Mokonyama as part of her master’s programme at NWU, evaluated whether this combination could represent an alternative to conventional antibiotic growth promoters (AGP) in broilers. The work examined not only growth and feed conversion, but also meat quality, health indicators, bone characteristics and behavioural responses under cyclic heat stress conditions.

Experimental design and dietary treatments

In total, 600 broiler chicks were assigned to five dietary treatments over a six-week production cycle. The experimental layout included: a negative control without AGP, a positive control with conventional AGP, a diet supplemented with probiotics only, a diet with stimbiotics only and a diet with the combination of probiotics and stimbiotics. Birds were managed under a protocol that included controlled periods of cyclic heat stress to simulate realistic field conditions, allowing researchers to assess the effectiveness of antibiotic-based and antibiotic-free feeding strategies before and during heat stress exposure.

Growth performance and early-stage advantages

In the early rearing phase, broilers fed either probiotics alone or the probiotics–stimbiotics combination showed higher growth rates than the other groups. Importantly, these early advantages did not compromise overall performance: over the full six-week production cycle, the combination of probiotics and stimbiotics maintained overall productivity and feed efficiency comparable to those of birds receiving AGP, even under cyclic heat stress. These findings suggest that this strategy can sustain production while reducing reliance on antibiotic growth promoters.

Meat quality, bone characteristics and blood profile

One of the main concerns when replacing AGP is the potential impact on carcass composition, meat quality and physiological status. In Mokonyama’s work, the inclusion of probiotics and stimbiotics did not adversely affect carcass traits, bone characteristics or blood biochemical parameters. In addition, birds receiving stimbiotics exhibited lower cholesterol and triglyceride levels under thermoneutral sampling conditions than AGP-fed broilers, suggesting favourable effects on lipid metabolism. The dietary treatments also influenced antioxidant characteristics of the meat, with probiotic- and stimbiotic-fed birds showing improved antioxidant capacity in specific assays.

Behaviour and heat adaptation

The diets also influenced bird behaviour during periods of elevated temperature. Broilers fed probiotics and stimbiotics showed differences in certain behaviours, including time spent resting, seeking cooler areas and feeding patterns during the hottest hours of the day. These behavioural changes suggest adaptive responses to cyclic heat stress, while the birds did not exhibit signs of severe thermal distress. Overall, the results indicate that combining the two additives may help support the physiological and behavioural responses of broilers exposed to heat stress.

Towards antibiotic-free and more climate-resilient production

The findings suggest that probiotics and stimbiotics can act in a complementary way within feeding programmes aimed at reducing antimicrobial use while maintaining productive performance under challenging environmental conditions. The absence of adverse effects on growth, health, carcass traits and meat quality, together with favourable changes in lipid profile and antioxidant characteristics, makes this nutritional strategy particularly relevant as heat stress becomes more frequent under changing climatic conditions.

The inclusion of probiotics and stimbiotics in broiler diets may enable producers to maintain production performance, help birds cope with increasingly frequent heat stress events and contribute to more responsible poultry production. This work places Mokonyama and the NWU research team among the groups investigating functional feed additives as potential alternatives to antibiotic growth promoters, with the aim of supporting productivity and physiological adaptation in modern broiler production systems.

USPOULTRY’s Women’s Leadership Conference to focus on professional growth and resiliency

Edusehat — Fri, 31 Jul 2026 18:15:09 +0700

USPOULTRY’s 2026 Women’s Leadership Conference will focus on topics that address the challenges women face in the workplace and the skills necessary for professional growth. The program was developed by a team of professional women at various levels of management who understand these challenges. This year’s conference will be held Aug. 20-21, at the Hilton Sandestin Beach Golf Resort & Spa in Destin, Fla.

“The planning committee looked inward at what we face as women in the workforce, and we were able to provide timely and relevant topics for this year’s conference. The agenda offers many areas to help empower women to become successful leaders, as well as expand their professional achievements,” said Emily Crawford, associate director at Cobb-Vantress Inc., and program planning committee chair.

Session topics include Smart Risks and Successful Negotiations; Leading High-Performance Teams to Help Avoid Burnout/Setting Boundaries; Successes, Setbacks and Comebacks; Building Personal Brand and Reputation; Be an AI Champion; the Importance of Women in Ag; and Powered by Happy: Balancing Your Life While Boosting Your Career.

The 2026 Women’s Leadership Conference planning committee includes Kenyell Carson, Pilgrim’s; Emily Crawford, Cobb-Vantress Inc., and planning committee chair; Kelly Davis, Aviagen Inc.; Jaimee Handsborough, Soules Foods; Gracie Heinen, Fieldale Farms Corporation; Alicia Helle, Cooper Farms; Hannah Jolly, Koch Foods, and Lisa Noffsinger, Mississippi State University.

To register for the Women’s Leadership Conference and to view the full agenda, click here or visit www.uspoultry.org.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Keatley Joins The Livestock Conservancy Staff

Edusehat — Fri, 31 Jul 2026 07:45:04 +0700

Ashley Keatley, an experienced agricultural educator, has joined the staff of The Livestock Conservancy as education and outreach coordinator.

With more than 15 years of teaching experience, she holds degrees from the State University of New York at Cobleskill, State University of New York – Schenectady and Greensboro College. A former agriculture agent with Cornell University Cooperative Extension, Keatley joins the North Carolina-based nonprofit with a wide range of livestock and education experience. She has raised several heritage breeds, including the Oberhasli goat, Jersey Giant chickens, Sebastopol geese and has worked with Tamworth pigs.

She will be responsible for the development of Livestock Conservancy programs, events and initiatives to assist members with rare breed production, public education campaigns and serve as the point of contact for the organization’s popular Shave ‘Em to Save ‘Em program, an effort to introduce fiber artists to heritage breed wools.

The Livestock Conservancy is a national membership organization dedicated to promoting, conserving and protecting over 180 endangered breeds of agricultural livestock spanning 11 species.

The post Keatley Joins The Livestock Conservancy Staff appeared first on The Livestock Conservancy.

Fiber Mills Knit Together Breeders and Artists

Edusehat — Fri, 31 Jul 2026 07:45:03 +0700

By Les O’Dell

For many wool producers and artisans, the gap between raw fleece and finished products can be intimidating. Not only are there multiple steps involved in transforming recently shorn wool into yarn and other ready-to-use products, but the process can also be labor-intensive and time-consuming. That is where fiber mills come in.

“Fiber mills are so valuable,” explains Jeannette Beranger, senior program manager with The Livestock Conservancy. “Without them, breeders are likely to struggle to find the resources to make their wool into a usable product.”

Simply put, these mills are processors, taking bulk wool and using a range of technology and methods to process it into fiber and finished products for craftspeople, artists and consumers.

“We take fiber from animals and turn it into whatever products our clients want,” says Christian Davies, co-owner of C&M Acres, a Maxwell, Iowa, full-service fiber mill, “Whether it be yarn, roving, rugs or something else.”

To make the transition, commercial mills use massive, high-speed machines and processes, Davies outlines. For example, rather than carding fleece with a 4- or 8-inch hand carding tool, his mill uses a 32-inch carder which weighs nearly three tons.

“Also, instead of hand-treading a single spinning wheel, we spin eight threads at 5000 RPM,” Davies says. “It’s exactly the same as hand spinning, just commercialized and streamlined.”

Davies says he has learned over his 13 years as a mill owner how to work with heritage breed fibers.

“There’s only one or two breeds on the Conservation Priority List where I’ve not worked with their wool. Working with some of them for the first time was quite surprising,” he says. “I was used to thinking of more standard crimp and normal staple length, and then suddenly, I’m working with super long fibers with very little crimp and a very stout micron count.”

He says he had to learn to make the proper adjustments to machines and processes when working with heritage-breed fiber, adding that he has also embraced the role of educator, both with producers and consumers.

For breeders, Davies says mills can provide insight on the health of herds just from the wool they process.

“There are times I’ve had to call a client after looking at a fleece and tell them that we can’t make yarn from it because something must have happened during the growth cycle, and the fiber is breaking,” he shares. “They will tell me, ‘Oh, yeah, the animal was sick or there was a dog attack or something.’ We can see that health plays a huge part in hair. When the animal is sick or fighting something or stressed, the animal’s body focuses on taking care of itself and not the hair and the hair gets thinner during stress and then goes back to normal, but that thinner part is what breaks.”

Davies and other mill operators also serve as cheerleaders and connectors for unique fibers.

“A big part of what we do is education, helping people discover what they actually have with their fiber and how they can make it better,” he explains, adding he also encourages breeders and artists to try new things. “I don’t claim to be an expert, but we’ve been exposed to so much that we will try to connect people to other breeders or breeds that complement what they have.”

Roy Clemes of Clemes and Clemes, a manufacturer of fiber art equipment, says a big part of what his company does is connecting customers with fibers that perhaps they may not have tried yet—especially when it comes to heritage breed wool.

“I think the interesting thing is that you can find rare breed fiber in all styles; some are really fine and crimpy, others are nice, medium wools, while some of the primitive breeds are multi-coated,” Clemes explains. “So, if somebody tells me what they want to do, but do it with a heritage breed—almost any project—I’m able to say, ‘Go try this one,’ and they’ll be happy.”

Mills play a vital role for sheep breeders and fiber artists.

“Using a mill can be great,” explains Amy Barnes, a Wisconsin sheep breeder. “They can do bigger projects, and the fiber comes back more uniform. Plus, it’s easy to send it off and have it come back as a finished product.”

But – and it is a big but – there are a couple of kinks in the wool works: the workload on mills is, at times, overwhelming and, perhaps more concerning, some in the industry say the number of mills is shrinking like a poorly washed wool sweater.

Davies says his customers must routinely wait as long as 22 months for their finished products. For that reason, some producers prefer the time-consuming task of spinning their own fiber.

“It’s easier to send it to a mill, but sometimes the waiting list is years long,” Barnes says.

Margie Schafer of Round Barn Fiber Mill in Durand, Illinois, admits the processing wait time can be lengthy, but she says reports of fewer mills might be threadbare.

“There have been a lot of mill closings, especially in the last six to 12 months,” Schafer explains. “However, there are always new mills opening, and there has always been a big turnover in mills. Just from my looking at it, though, I don’t think it is signifying a big seismic shift in the fiber mill industry.”

Schafer says it may appear that there are fewer mill operators because many of the new mills are much smaller than those that have recently closed. She says many of these fiber providers simply need to broaden their search for a mill.

“It’s true that some people feel a little panicky because they haven’t been able to get a relationship with a mill, but I think that maybe some of them just don’t realize that there are a lot of other mills around,” Schafer, who also raises Jacob-American sheep, says.

She says the demand for millwork may continue to increase in part due to growing demand for fiber, thanks to new fiber artists and programs like The Livestock Conservancy’s Shave ‘Em to Save ‘Em initiative.

“The backbone of most small mills in America is to assist small farmers and shepherds with adding value to their wool. Fiber artists, hand-spinners, weavers, knitters, and crocheters are looking for high-quality yarn produced and processed in America. The textile industry in this country primarily resides in small fiber mills,” she adds.

This article originally appeared in the Winter 2026 edition of The Livestock Conservancy Newsletter, a quarterly publication sent to members of the organization. To join, visit www.livestockconservancy.org/join

The post Fiber Mills Knit Together Breeders and Artists appeared first on The Livestock Conservancy.

Why new IBV variants keep emerging — and what producers can do about it

Edusehat — Fri, 31 Jul 2026 00:00:05 +0700

The poultry industry has spent decades chasing infectious bronchitis virus (IBV), adjusting vaccination programs and developing new vaccines as new variants emerge. Yet despite those efforts, the cycle continues.

According to Mark Jackwood, PhD, a consultant for Ceva Animal Health and one of the world’s leading IBV researchers, that’s not a sign that vaccination has failed. It’s simply the nature of the virus.

“IBV is constantly evolving,” Jackwood said. “As long as the virus is replicating, genetic change is occurring.”

The question isn’t whether new variants will emerge, but how quickly. Scientific evidence suggests that the answer depends on how effectively producers can limit viral replication in commercial flocks — a factor that may influence not only disease control today but the emergence of future variants as well.

That may sound like a subtle distinction, but it has important implications for how the industry approaches infectious bronchitis control. Although vaccines remain the cornerstone of prevention, Jackwood said their value extends beyond reducing clinical disease and production losses. Effective vaccination also helps slow the emergence of future variants by reducing opportunities for the virus to replicate and evolve.

A costly and persistent challenge

IBV remains one of the most economically important viral diseases affecting poultry worldwide. The avian coronavirus primarily targets the respiratory tract, causing signs such as coughing, gasping and tracheal rales, but its impact can extend well beyond respiratory disease.

Depending on the strain involved, IBV may affect the kidneys, reproductive tract and overall flock performance. In laying hens, infections can lead to drops in egg production, poor shell quality and reduced egg quality. Some strains can damage the kidneys, while infection of young pullets may permanently damage the developing oviduct, resulting in so-called false layers.

“The virus affects much more than the respiratory system,” Jackwood said. “The production losses associated with IBV can be substantial, particularly when secondary bacterial infections become involved.”

Those losses may include poorer feed conversion, reduced weight gain, increased condemnations at processing and lower reproductive performance. In severe outbreaks, the economic consequences can quickly become significant.

Yet what makes IBV particularly challenging isn’t simply the damage it causes. It’s the virus’s remarkable ability to change.

Why IBV keeps changing

Like other coronaviruses, IBV carries its genetic information as RNA rather than DNA. Every time the virus replicates, it must copy that genetic material. The enzyme responsible for making those copies is prone to mistakes, creating mutations throughout the viral genome.

“Those mistakes generate genetic diversity,” Jackwood explained. “Most of the time, the mutations don’t matter. But occasionally, one mutation provides an advantage that allows the virus to survive or spread more effectively.”

Over time, those accumulated mutations can produce meaningful changes in the virus. This process, known as genetic drift, is responsible for the emergence of most new IBV variants.

Many of those changes occur in the spike protein, the structure the virus uses to attach to and enter host cells. The spike protein is also a primary target of the bird’s immune response.

“When mutations occur in key regions of the spike protein, the immune system may recognize the virus differently,” Jackwood said. “That’s how new antigenic variants emerge.”

IBV can also evolve through recombination, a process in which two different virus strains infect the same cell and exchange genetic material. Although recombination has contributed to the appearance of some new variants, Jackwood said most significant IBV types arise through the steady accumulation of mutations over time.

“The challenge is that IBV replicates extraordinarily efficiently. A single infected bird can transmit the virus to many others, creating countless opportunities for additional mutations to occur,” Jackwood said. “The more replication you have, the more opportunities the virus has to change.”

An unexpected role for vaccination

That relationship between replication and evolution has led researchers to think differently about vaccination.

For years, poultry health professionals viewed vaccination primarily as a way to prevent disease. Although that remains true, Jackwood said vaccination can also influence how quickly new variants emerge.

The reason lies in a concept that can be difficult for producers to fully appreciate: IBV vaccination does not produce sterile immunity.

“Even when birds are very well protected, field virus can still infect and replicate at low levels,” Jackwood said. “Vaccination dramatically reduces replication and transmission, but it doesn’t eliminate them entirely.”

At first glance, that may sound discouraging. But in reality, it highlights why strong vaccination programs remain so important.

When a flock is well protected, virus replication is greatly reduced. Fewer infected cells mean fewer opportunities for mutations to occur, fewer opportunities for transmission and a lower chance for the virus to spread through the population.

“In a fully protected flock, you’re slowing the virus down,” Jackwood said. “You’re reducing the amount of replication that’s occurring and reducing the opportunities for new variants to emerge.”

Partial protection ‘worst-case scenario’

Interestingly, research suggests that the greatest evolutionary pressure may occur not in fully susceptible flocks or fully protected flocks, but somewhere in between.

According to Jackwood, partially protected populations can create conditions that favor the selection of viral variants capable of escaping existing immunity.

“The worst scenario for the emergence of new variants is often partial protection,” he said. “The virus is under pressure to survive, but it’s still able to replicate. That combination can favor the selection of viruses with advantageous mutations.”

That doesn’t mean vaccination causes new variants. Rather, it underscores the importance of achieving consistent, high-quality protection throughout the flock.

“The goal is to reduce replication as much as possible,” Jackwood said. “The more effectively you control the virus, the fewer opportunities it has to evolve.”

Staying ahead of a moving target

Because IBV continues to evolve, vaccination alone is not enough. Producers also need a clear understanding of which virus types are circulating in their region and how those viruses are changing over time.

Modern molecular diagnostic tools have transformed the industry’s ability to monitor IBV. Tests such as reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) and sequencing can rapidly identify circulating strains and help veterinarians determine whether existing vaccination programs remain appropriate.

“Surveillance is critical because it tells us what’s happening in the field,” Jackwood said. “You can’t make informed vaccination decisions if you don’t know which viruses are circulating.”

For Jackwood, that combination of surveillance and effective vaccination is central to Ceva’s approach to infectious bronchitis control. Through its Ibron® portfolio, the company emphasizes using surveillance data to help veterinarians tailor vaccination programs to local IBV challenges as the virus continues to evolve.

That information becomes increasingly valuable as the virus continues to evolve. Although researchers have made tremendous progress in understanding IBV, Jackwood believes producers should expect change to remain a constant feature of the disease.

“This virus isn’t standing still,” he said. “New variants will continue to emerge because that’s what RNA viruses do.”

The good news is that producers are not powerless against that process. Effective vaccination, strong biosecurity and ongoing surveillance can all help reduce viral replication and limit opportunities for change.

“We may never completely stop IBV evolution,” Jackwood said. “But by reducing replication and transmission, we can slow it down and stay ahead of the next challenge.”

Want to learn more?

Explore Ceva’s Infectious Bronchitis Knowledge Hub for additional technical resources, practical guidance and expert insights on infectious bronchitis vaccination.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Why new IBV variants keep emerging — and what producers can do about it appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Genetic strain affects mobility, footpad health in silvopasture and conventional production

Edusehat — Fri, 31 Jul 2026 00:00:04 +0700

Research evaluating the effects of housing systems and genetic strains on broiler mobility demonstrated that slow-growing strains exhibited fewer footpad health problems than fast-growing strains in both indoor and outdoor environments.

“Based on previous research, we hypothesized that both slow- and fast-growing strains would have improved mobility and footpad conditions in the silvopasture environment compared to the indoor environment,” reported Athena He-DeMontaron, graduate student, North Carolina State University (NCSU), who is advised by Allison Pullin, PhD.

However, the results showed that, compared with the fast-growing strain, the slow-growing strain produced lower footpad scores, translating to healthier footpads in the indoor environment. Additionally, the slow-growing strain had better mobility than the fast-growing strain in both environments.

He-DeMontaron discussed the research and mixed results at the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting.

Monitoring gait, footpad health

Researchers used 500 SASSO broilers for the slow-growing strain and 500 Ross 708 broilers for the fast-growing strain. SASSO birds were raised to 56 days of age and the Ross 708 birds to 42 days of age.

The NCSU chicken education unit was used for the indoor conventional environment. A local farm provided a silvopasture environment with daytime access to trees and grass.

Both locations housed 50 birds per pen and five pens per breed. All pens had two drinkers, two feeders and the same amount of indoor space, 188 square inches per bird. The silvopasture pens had an additional 288 square inches of space outdoors per bird.

The research team conducted gait scoring at 41 and 42 days of age using a 3-point scale from the National Chicken Council Welfare Guidelines. Birds were walked for 5 feet and mobility scored: 0 (normal), 1 and 2.

Footpad scoring was performed during processing after feather plucking and also used a 3-point scale from the welfare council. Normal footpads scored 0. Footpads with less than 50% lesions were 1, and footpads with more than 50% lesions were 2.

SASSO gait, footpad scores best

“We were examining genetic strain, rearing location and the interaction between the two,” He-DeMontaron reported. “For gait, rearing location did not affect the percentage of broilers within any gait-score category, so I will discuss how each score differed by strain.

“Regardless of location, the SASSOs demonstrated overall better mobility than the Rosses,” she continued. “More SASSOs were able to walk balanced for 5 feet, while more Rosses had abnormal gait scores of 1.” An abnormal gait must be uneven, awkward steps for 5 feet.

Footpad scores revealed more differences between strains. The SASSOs exhibited three times as many normal footpads as Ross 708 birds.

“There was an interaction between strain and rearing location for the footpad score of 1,” He-DeMontaron said. “SASSOs reared indoors had the lowest prevalence of score 1, while SASSOs reared outdoors had similarly high prevalences as the fast-growing Rosses in both environments.”

She noted that the outdoor unit was hit by a tropical storm that produced 12 to 14 inches of rain.

“Footpad dermatitis was exacerbated by the weather and negatively impacted our birds,” she explained. “Mitigating ground moisture in outdoor environments definitely warrants further investigation.”

Genetic strain effects

The results of this research show that genetic strain was the main predictor of walking ability. The fast-growing Rosses were more susceptible to lameness and gait issues than the slow-growing SASSOs, which showed improved gait in both outdoor and indoor environments.

“Contrary to our original hypothesis, rearing location did not affect mobility,” He-DeMontaron said. “Although previous literature has reported that improvements in walking ability were associated with silvopasture, that was not the case in this study.”

The post Genetic strain affects mobility, footpad health in silvopasture and conventional production appeared first on Modern Poultry.

The use of enzymes in broiler chicken diets

Edusehat — Thu, 30 Jul 2026 20:20:10 +0700

The use of exogenous enzymes in broiler nutrition is a well‑established strategy to enhance feed efficiency, reduce production costs, and mitigate the environmental impact of poultry systems. Phytases, carbohydrases, and proteases contribute to increasing nutrient availability and digestibility, counteracting the anti‑nutritional effects of plant‑based feed ingredients and supporting the productive performance of broiler chickens.

Introduction

In recent decades, broiler nutrition has seen a substantial increase in the use of exogenous enzymes aimed at improving feed efficiency, reducing production costs, and limiting environmental impact. Market analyses indicate that more than 45% of poultry feeds now incorporate enzymatic additives, with forecasts predicting continued growth driven by the widespread inclusion of phytases, carbohydrases, and proteases in feed formulations. Beyond productive outcomes, enzyme supplementation provides benefits to the intestinal microbiota and reduces nutrient excretion, underscoring its central role in the sustainability of the entire poultry sector.

The enzymes most commonly used in broiler feeding include phytases, carbohydrases (arabinoxylans, β‑mannans, and β‑glucans), and proteases. Each of these categories performs specific, often complementary, functions that enhance nutrient availability and digestion.

Phytases

Phytase is the most widely used enzyme in broiler feed. Its catalytic action involves the hydrolysis of phytic acid, the main storage form of phosphorus in plant-derived ingredients, which is poorly bioavailable to monogastric animals due to their limited endogenous phytase activity. The inclusion of phytase in the diet enables the release of bound phosphorus, as well as complexed calcium, trace minerals, and amino acids, thereby reducing the need for supplementation with inorganic mineral sources and markedly decreasing fecal phosphorus excretion. Currently, phytases account for more than 39% of the global feed enzyme market, representing the dominant segment in both volume and economic value; their adoption continues to expand owing to their substantial productive, economic, and environmental benefits. At high inclusion levels, phytase supplementation can restore productive and physiological parameters in broilers fed low‑phosphorus diets, achieving performance comparable to that obtained with nutritionally adequate formulations, while simultaneously improving feed efficiency and significantly reducing the environmental impact associated with phosphorus emissions.

Carbohydrases

Carbohydrases represent a key class of exogenous enzymes used for the degradation of non‑starch polysaccharides (NSPs), such as arabinoxylans, β‑mannans, and β‑glucans, which are structural components of the cell walls of plant‑derived feed ingredients. In broiler chickens, these NSP exert anti‑nutritional effects by increasing intestinal viscosity and limiting the activity of digestive enzymes, ultimately reducing nutrient digestion and absorption. The inclusion of exogenous carbohydrases helps decrease intestinal viscosity, improve nutrient availability and absorption, increase metabolizable energy, and favorably modulate the intestinal microbiota.

Among the most widely used carbohydrases, xylanases are particularly effective in degrading arabinoxylans. These enzymes, produced mainly by fungi and bacteria (e.g., Aspergillus spp. and Bacillus spp.), promote the hydrolysis of insoluble fiber present in cereals such as wheat, barley, and rye. The chemical structure of arabinoxylans has been shown to vary considerably among cereal species and even among varieties within the same species, influencing the response to xylanase supplementation and the extent of intestinal viscosity reduction. The degradation of NSP improves energy digestibility, limits undesirable fermentative processes, and reduces the risk of proliferation of intestinal pathogens associated with high digesta viscosity. Numerous studies have also demonstrated that xylanase supplementation can improve feed efficiency even under reduced dietary energy levels. In trials conducted on Cobb 500 broilers, diets formulated with lower metabolizable energy resulted in impaired productive performance; however, the inclusion of xylanase derived from Bacillus subtilis partially compensated for the energy reduction, improving growth and feed conversion ratio (FCR) during the final stages of the production cycle.

β‑Mannanase, although less widely used than xylanase, plays an important role in the degradation of mannans and galactomannans, non‑starch polysaccharides primarily found in legumes (soybean, pea, guar) and in various plant by‑products used in poultry feeding. These compounds, part of the hemicellulosic fraction of cell walls, exert marked anti‑nutritional effects in broilers by increasing intestinal viscosity, reducing nutrient digestibility, and interfering with protein utilization. A distinctive feature of β‑mannans is their ability to non-specifically stimulate the intestinal immune system by mimicking pathogen‑associated molecular patterns, triggering an unnecessary inflammatory response. This immune activation entails an energetic cost that diverts resources away from growth and tissue accretion, thereby impairing feed efficiency. The inclusion of exogenous β‑mannanase enables the hydrolysis of mannans, reducing intestinal viscosity and mitigating the anti‑nutritional effects of these polysaccharides. Numerous studies have shown that β‑mannanase supplementation improves crude protein and metabolizable energy digestibility, reduces unnecessary immune activation, and enhances growth and FCR, particularly in diets containing high levels of legumes or by‑products rich in galactomannans.

β‑Glucanases constitute another nutritionally relevant class of carbohydrases in broiler diets, especially when barley and oats are included. These enzymes specifically hydrolyze β‑glucans, non‑starch polysaccharides composed of glucose units linked by β‑1,3 and β‑1,4 bonds, located in the cell walls of plant ingredients. β‑Glucans also exert strong anti‑nutritional effects by increasing intestinal viscosity, slowing digesta transit, and impairing the interaction between nutrients and digestive enzymes. High intestinal viscosity particularly interferes with lipid emulsification, hindering the action of bile salts and pancreatic lipases and reducing the formation of micelles required for fatty acid absorption. These alterations promote conditions conducive to dysbiosis, with increased proliferation of undesirable microbes and reduced absorption of energy and nutrients. The inclusion of exogenous β‑glucanases enables the breakdown of high‑molecular‑weight β‑glucans into shorter, more soluble fractions, resulting in a significant reduction in intestinal viscosity. This leads to improved energy and lipid digestibility, as well as enhanced feed efficiency and growth performance. Numerous studies have shown that the effects of β‑glucanases are particularly pronounced in high‑barley diets and that, when used in combination with other carbohydrases, they contribute to a synergistic reduction in intestinal viscosity and optimization of nutrient utilization, supporting intestinal health and microbiota stability in broilers.

Overall, the use of carbohydrases represents a targeted nutritional strategy to optimize the utilization of alternative feed ingredients and improve the productive and physiological efficiency of broilers, particularly in feeding systems oriented toward cost reduction and the use of ingredients with high compositional variability.

Proteases

Proteases are exogenous enzymes responsible for the hydrolysis of proteins, with significant effects on the release of digestible amino acids and on the reduction of protein‑based anti‑nutritional factors present in plant feed ingredients, such as trypsin and chymotrypsin inhibitors, lectins, and antigenic proteins, which can impair protein digestion and stimulate intestinal inflammatory responses. In broiler chickens, dietary inclusion of proteases improves protein digestion by facilitating the action of endogenous proteases, reducing the amount of undigested protein reaching the distal intestinal tract, and increasing the ileal availability of essential amino acids. The use of proteases is particularly advantageous in formulations characterized by reduced dietary protein or amino acid levels, as well as in the presence of alternative protein sources to soybean meal, which are often associated with greater compositional variability and lower digestibility. In such contexts, protease supplementation helps release essential amino acids and maintain adequate productive performance, while also contributing to cost reduction through more efficient feed formulation. Furthermore, recent evidence indicates that protease supplementation may exert positive effects on meat quality parameters, improving technological traits such as water‑holding capacity and pH stability in the pectoralis major muscle. These effects contribute to better final product quality and greater carcass uniformity.

Conclusions

In conclusion, the use of exogenous enzymes in broiler diets enhances digestive efficiency and nutrient utilization by counteracting the anti‑nutritional factors present in plant‑based feed ingredients. Phytases, carbohydrases, and proteases exert complementary actions that support productive performance and intestinal health, contributing to the environmental sustainability of poultry production systems.

GLP-1 medications and AI reshape how consumers buy, prepare and eat chicken

Edusehat — Thu, 30 Jul 2026 20:20:10 +0700

GLP-1 medications and artificial intelligence (AI) are rapidly impacting the way Americans plan meals, shop for groceries and consume fresh chicken, according to new consumer research presented today at the 2026 Chicken Marketing Summit.

The study, commissioned by the National Chicken Council (NCC) and WATT Global Media and conducted online by Circana in June 2026, surveyed 535 U.S. consumers (ages 18-67) who purchase fresh chicken. The research explored how evolving health priorities, emerging technologies and changing dietary guidance are influencing today’s protein purchases.

“Chicken is uniquely positioned to meet consumers where they are — whether they’re managing a health goal, short on time or looking for AI-powered meal inspiration,” said Tom Super, spokesman for the National Chicken Council. “This research reinforces why chicken remains America’s protein of choice.”

GLP-1 medications are reshaping eating habits

One of the study’s most significant findings is the rapid rise of GLP-1 medication use. Twenty-seven percent of respondents said they or someone in their household has used a GLP-1 medication, more than double the level reported two years ago.

Those consumers reported substantial changes in their eating habits. They are snacking less, eating out less frequently and drinking less alcohol while increasing consumption of poultry, fruits and vegetables.

The research also found consumers are responding to updated dietary guidance by purchasing more fresh foods and ingredients for cooking from scratch while reducing purchases of heavily processed products.

“Health and wellness priorities are reshaping consumer behavior in meaningful ways,” said Erkin Peksoz, Principal, Protein Practice at Circana. “As consumers become more intentional about what they eat, fresh chicken is well-positioned as a nutritious, versatile protein that aligns with these evolving preferences.”

AI moves from novelty to everyday kitchen tool

Artificial intelligence has quickly become part of consumers’ food routines.

More than half of fresh chicken buyers now use AI for recipes and meal inspiration, while approximately one-third use it for meal planning or grocery shopping. Usage increased dramatically across every category compared with last year’s survey, with younger consumers continuing to lead adoption.

The findings suggest AI is becoming an increasingly important touchpoint in how consumers discover recipes, make purchasing decisions and prepare meals at home.

Fresh chicken aligns with changing consumer priorities

The study found that 64% of respondents believe fresh meat is the best source of protein, up from last year’s survey.

Consumers also expressed a willingness to pay more for production attributes that reinforce quality and trust. Free-range, antibiotic-free and locally sourced chicken ranked highest among the product claims shoppers value, with Millennials showing the strongest willingness to pay premiums.

Even as consumers become more focused on health, convenience continues to influence purchasing decisions. Fast preparation time remains the top meal-preparation priority, and six in 10 consumers purchase groceries online or through a mobile app at least monthly.

Together, the findings illustrate how changing health priorities, emerging technologies and evolving shopping behaviors are reshaping the fresh chicken marketplace and creating new considerations for producers, retailers and marketers.

Funding for the study was provided by Elanco Animal Health, National Chicken Council and WATT Global Media.

A full copy of the presentation is available here.

Source: National Chicken Council press release

SOMMET DE L’ÉLEVAGE 2026 : The international showcase for tomorrow’s livestock farming

Edusehat — Thu, 30 Jul 2026 13:20:07 +0700

The major event in the farming calendar that combines excellence in livestock genetics,innovation in agriculture, public debates and for its renowned international focus, the SOMMET DE L’ÉLEVAGE is back again for its 35th edition, from 6 to 9 October 2026 in Clermont-Ferrand, France.With close on 1,800 exhibitors and 120,000 visitors expected from more than 100 countries and 2,000 animals representing 70 different breeds, the SOMMET is set to reinforce its statusas one of the world’s biggest trade shows dedicated to agriculture and more importantly, livestock production.And for this new edition, the SOMMET is also the national highlight of the International Year of Rangelands and Pastoralists, as designated by the UN/FAO (the Food and Agriculture Organization at the UN).

SOMMET DE L’ÉLEVAGE THE INTERNATIONAL REFERENCE FOR LIVESTOCKFARMERS
For 35 years, the SOMMET DE L’ÉLEVAGE has continued to reflect the changes taking place in the livestock and agriculturalsectors. Every year, the show attracts more visitors and exhibitors from both France and abroad. This exponential growth canbe attributed to the quality of the animals on display, the diversity of the exhibitors’ products and services, and the SOMMET’sability to bring together, at one single event, the entire agricultural ecosystem: livestock farmers, businesses, researchers,cooperatives, animal breeding organisations, technical institutes, public decision-makers and future generations of farmers.

Today, the SOMMET embodies a powerful forum where not just farmers and breeders, but all elements of the livestock industrymeet, conduct business, share ideas and develop tomorrow’s livestock farming models.

THE SOMMET IS STRUCTURED AROUND FOUR KEY PILLARS

An effective business event
Innovation
A high-profile political and trade union hub
Its reputation for hospitality

SO WHAT’S NEW IN 2026?

A livestock health For the first time, we’ll be bringing together interest parties and experts in the field of animal health in one single venue. An Agora will address the sector’s key challenges and feature discussion groups and conferences.
Growing the show’s exposure to grain-eating livestock. The pig and poultry sectors are playing an increasingly significant role at the SOMMET DE L’ELEVAGE with the addition of more exhibitors and a new dedicated Agora.
Expanding the farm machinery exhibition space. The site is being expanded by 10,000 m², as such the SOMMET becomes France’s largest agricultural machinery show, including a new Agora discussing the challenges facing the sector.
Field demonstrations. This year, machinery exhibitors will enjoy a dedicated area where they can showcase their latest products and conduct field demonstrations of agricultural
Changes to Exhibition Hall 4 (milk cattle). A new location and a new, standalone show ring will further enhance visitor experience and the quality of all the dairy cattle

SOMMET

The toolbox for tomorrow’s livestock farmers

Faced with the challenges posed by climate change, the economy and society, livestock farmers are now seeking practical solutions to adapt their production systems.

The SOMMET meets this need by bringing together all the expertise required to drive transformation within the sector: businesses, research institutes, equipment manufacturers, livestock genetics organisations, start-ups and other industry players.

A HUB FOR BUSINESS AND IDEAS

With over 160 conferences covering key agricultural issues (from the CAP, energy transition and decarbonisation, food sovereignty, generational renewal, pastoralism, etc.) as well as our annual innovation competition (The Sommets d’Or), the SOMMET is bringing technical innovation into the real world. More than just a trade fair, it is a platform for action to shape the future of livestock farming in France, Europe and the greater world.

For more information : www.sommet-elevage.fr

No Pain, Big Gain: What Shrimp Nerves Can Teach Us About the Future of Aquaculture

Edusehat — Thu, 30 Jul 2026 06:20:03 +0700

* By FishProf

As Associate Professor Tomer Ventura’s research reveals, the definition of success in aquaculture is changing. Moving beyond traditional lagging indicators, advanced genomics allows us to decode the shrimp nervous system and map stress-response genes. This groundbreaking work establishes practical molecular welfare indicators to turn invisible stress into measurable parameters. Ultimately, prioritizing animal welfare becomes a vital business tool that directly drives farm profitability and market trust.

I had one of those “stop and think” moments at the Evoke conference in Melbourne last week.

You know the kind. You’re in yet an other session, coffee in hand, half your brain on the next panel – and then someone quietly upends one of the fundamentals you thought you understood about aquaculture.

This time it was Associate Professor Tomer Ventura from the University of the Sunshine Coast, talking about shrimp welfare and genomics. Not a new topic on paper, but the depth of what his team is uncovering made me realize how far and how fast our industry is moving.

The definition of success in shrimp farming is changing from simple harvest volume to responsible production. Consumers, retailers, and regulators now demand verifiable assurance regarding animal welfare, which is increasingly baked into international certifications, procurement policies, and market price.

For decades we’ve said, often with a shrug, “Well, prawns don’t scream.” They don’t vocalize, they don’t pull a sad face, and in a pond of millions you don’t see individuals limping around. So, we’ve used the blunt tools we had: survival, growth, feed conversion, maybe a bit of behavior. If they’re growing and not dying, they must be fine… right?

Ventura’s work suggests that this is no longer good enough – for the science, for the market, or for our social license.

Two men have now been charged for cheating.

The Silent Animals That Are Not So Silent

Shrimp farming has exploded over the past 30 years. It’s gone from niche coastal ponds to a global protein engine, feeding local communities and international markets alike. As volumes grew, systems became more sophisticated and technology took hold: aeration, feeding systems, genetics, biosecurity, you name it.

But the definition of “success” is changing.

It’s no longer just tons harvested and cost per kilo. Consumers, retailers and regulators want assurance that those tons are produced responsibly, with genuine attention to welfare. That’s not some fluffy NGO slogan; it is increasingly baked into certifications, procurement policies and – crucially – price.

Unlike cattle or salmon, shrimp cannot be individually monitored and do not exhibit obvious, vertebrate-type pain behaviors in dense, murky systems. This has left the aquaculture sector relying on lagging indicators like mortality spikes, poor growth, and disease outbreaks to detect chronic stress.

For shrimp, this creates a practical problem. Unlike cattle or salmon, they can’t be individually monitored. They don’t exhibit obvious, vertebrate-type “pain behaviors”. They live in dense, murky systems where subtle signs are easily missed.

As Ventura points out, this has left the sector relying on lagging indicators – mortality spikes, poor growth, disease outbreaks – to tell us something is wrong. By the time those signals show up, the animal has been under stress long enough to damage performance and profitability.

The question his group asked is simple: can we listen to shrimp in a different way?

Freshwater Prawns (Courtesy: Hope Vale Foundation).

Decoding the Shrimp Nervous System

The answer, it turns out, is sitting in the genome.

For years, scientists argued about whether crustaceans even have the molecular machinery to detect and respond to harmful conditions in a way that is comparable – biologically, not emotionally – to vertebrates.

Thanks to advances in sequencing and bioinformatics, we now know that shrimp possess a remarkably sophisticated suite of sensory and stress-response genes.

Ventura’s team and others have identified:

» TRP channels – receptors that respond to heat and chemical cues.

» Piezo channels – specialist sensors for mechanical pressure.

» Acid-sensing receptors – responsive to changes in pH and acidity.

» Volta-gegated sodium channels – core components of neural signaling.

» Purinergic receptors – involved in signaling tissue damage and inflammation.

In plain language, shrimp have the “hardware” to detect when something in their environment is physically or chemically wrong. They don’t yelp, but their cells light up.

The work doesn’t stop at sequence hunting. The group is mapping where these genes are active in the body – measuring gene expression across tissues like the antennal nerves, central ganglia and gills. High activity in those areas paints a picture of where shrimp “feel” the world, and how that sensory information moves through their nervous system.

Advanced sequencing and bioinformatics reveal that shrimp possess a sophisticated suite of sensory and stress-response genes. These include TRP channels for chemical cues, Piezo channels for mechanical pressure, acid-sensing receptors for pH changes, and purinergic receptors for tissue damage signaling.

This is not armchair science. It’s the foundation for something extremely practical: molecular welfare indicators.

But the definition of “success” is changing.

By characterizing stress-response genes, researchers can identify genomic biomarkers that spike under adverse farm conditions. These markers can be built into practical diagnostic tools like qPCR assays, allowing farmers to objectively measure the stress of grading, transport, or harvest protocols.

The question his group asked is simple: can we listen to shrimp in a different way?

550 abalone, allegedly taken from the Pt Hicks Marine National Park.

Decoding the Shrimp Nervous System

The answer, it turns out, is sitting in the genome.

Thanks to advances in sequencing and bioinformatics, we now know that shrimp possess a remarkably sophisticated suite of sensory and stress-response genes.

Ventura’s team and others have identified:

» TRP channels – receptors that respond to heat and chemical cues.

» Piezo channels – specialist sensors for mechanical pressure.

» Acid-sensing receptors – responsive to changes in pH and acidity.

» Voltage-gated sodium channels – core components of neural signaling.

» Purinergic receptors – involved in signaling tissue damage and inflammation.

Freshwater Prawns (Courtesy: Hope Vale Foundation).

From Gene Lists to Farm Tools

One of the points Ventura made – and we discussed afterwards – is that full-blown welfare experiments can be ethically sensitive and expensive. Nobody wants to design a trial that deliberately hurts animals just to see how bad it gets. And smaller research groups simply don’t have the budget for elaborate, repeated challenge studies.

Genomics Offers a Different Path

By characterizing the genes, and then watching how they switch on and off under different conditions, you can start to identify “biomarkers” – genes that reliably spike when the animal is under stress.

Once those markers are validated, they can be built into practical diagnostic assays such as qPCR tests. Take a small tissue sample, run the assay, and you don’t have to guess whether the grading protocol, transport system or harvest method is stressing the stock – you see it in the expression profile.

That opens up a long list of possibilities:

» Comparing different handling or transport methods to see which is genuinely least stressful.

» Testing new technologies (aeration, lighting, feed regimes) for welfare benefits rather than marketing claims.

» Providing hard data for certification schemes that want “welfare proof”, not just a policy statement.

» Integrating those welfare indicators into digital traceability and QR-based labelling, allowing stories about “better shrimp” to be backed by real numbers.

If you are a farmer, this is not an abstract ethics seminar. Chronic stress knocks down immunity, opens the door to disease, worsens feed conversion and drags down growth. Turning invisible welfare problems into measurable parameters is another lever to improve performance.

No pain, big gain, indeed.

Welfare as a Business Tool, Not a Burden

One of the enduring myths in aquaculture is that welfare is always a cost

In reality, as Ventura’s work reinforces, welfare and profitability are tightly linked. Stressed shrimp are expensive shrimp: they get sick more, convert feed less efficiently and die more often. Every percentage point of stress you can remove from the system – by better design, handling, or technology – shows up somewhere on the bottom line.

The genomics angle simply gives us a finer lens

Instead of waiting for a crash, we can monitor early stress signatures and adjust before damage accrues. It is no different in principle to watching dissolved oxygen or pH, but with a direct line into the animal’s physiology rather than the water column.

The other side of the coin is social license. As public scrutiny of aquaculture grows, “trust me, we care” is not enough. Objective, third-party-verifiable indicators of welfare give farms a stronger story to tell retailers and consumers – particularly in premium markets that are already paying more for certifications tied to ethics and environment.

At Evoke, I was struck by how much the conversation has shifted. Ten years ago, a talk like Ventura’s might have been parked in an academic breakout. Now, welfare genomics is front-and-center in discussions about sustainability, market access and digital traceability.

Welfare is an operational business tool rather than a cost burden because chronic stress directly knocks down shrimp immunity. Monitoring early molecular stress signatures allows producers to optimize feed conversion, prevent disease outbreaks, and secure a premium competitive advantage.

Where does this leave the wider seafood world?

So, what does this mean beyond shrimp? First, it reminds us that science is moving inside the animal, not just around it. We have spent decades optimizing systems – feeds, cages, ponds, logistics. The next frontier is understanding, and optimizing, the biology of welfare itself.

Second, it shows how data can bridge the gap between ethical expectations and practical farming. Consumers increasingly want to know not just that their seafood is safe and legal, but that it was produced in a way they can live with. Genomics, if translated sensibly, can provide part of that reassurance.

Third, it challenges all of us – farmers, processors, retailers, and yes, consumer advocates like the Seafood Consumers Association – to think about how these tools get into the hands of operators, not just sit in journal articles.

Ventura’s “no pain – big gain” proposition is not about wrapping shrimp in cotton wool. It is about using the finest tools of modern biology to run better farms, make better products and build better trust. When you can read stress in a shrimp’s genes, you are a long way from the days of “if it’s alive at harvest, it must be okay”.

At Evoke, that realization was both humbling and exciting. The next time someone tells you welfare is a cost center, point them towards the emerging genomics of shrimp. The data says otherwise.

And as FishProf, I’ll be watching closely to see which producers turn that science into a genuine competitive advantage – because in the seafood world, those who listen earliest are often the ones still standing when the music changes.

References and sources consulted by the author on the elaboration of this article are available under previous request to our editorial staff.

EU guidance values for key mycotoxins in animal feeds

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Jul 2026 19:25:05 +0700

By Marie Gallissot, Global Manager Feed Quality Solutions, EW Nutrition

EU guidance values for key mycotoxins in animal feeds

After years of discussions, and the publication by EFSA of several scientific opinions in the past 10 years, the new EC recommendation on the presence of deoxynivalenol (DON), zearalenone (ZEA), ochratoxin A (OTA), T-2 and HT-2 toxins (T-2/HT-2) and fumonisins (FB1+2) in feed is out!
EW Nutrition dissected the new recommendation – see below the summary of the key points.

2006 : first recommendation of mycotoxin levels in raw materials and feed destined to animal feed is published (2006/576/EC).
• Toxicity for animals is recognized, risk for humans (consuming animal products) is considered marginal
• T-2/HT-2 not considered, by lack of data and reliable analytical method. The EC is amended in 2013 (2013/637/EU) to provide guidance value for cat feed (considered most at risk)
• The need for more analysis (occurrence data), especially simultaneous analysis (for co-occurrence estimation) is stressed
• Values for cereals and their products are set as upper values, considering most tolerant species, and should be used carefully.

2026: 20 years of research have enriched the knowledge and risk understanding, so now much more complete recommendations are out.
• Switch from considering “toxic effects” to “animal health” > better consideration for sub-clinical toxicity
• Risk for humans no longer considered marginal
• Need for continuous monitoring still up to date
• New EFSA opinions fed the European commission for this new recommendation (mainly from 2017 to 2023, depending on the mycotoxin)
• Very new: the EC acknowledges the use of mitigation measures when the guidance values cannot be respected!
• Recommendation coming into effect July 1, 2027 (October 1, 2027 for some raw materials).
• Many more categories included: recommendations for aqua species, equines, rabbits; inclusion of soybean and oilseed feedstuffs, forages…

How can EW Nutrition help you?

We provide EU-approved proven mitigation strategies to secure your feed and animal performance, in a profitable way. Contact us to find the adequate solution for your situation.
With our team of experts, we support you in measuring, understanding and managing mycotoxin risk, for sustainable operations and production.

The post EU guidance values for key mycotoxins in animal feeds appeared first on EW Nutrition.

EuroTier 2026: What Poultry Producers Can Learn from Other Livestock Sectors

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Jul 2026 19:20:04 +0700

For poultry producers, industry events often focus exclusively on poultry housing, equipment, and flock management. EuroTier 2026, however, offers another dimension. Taking place from 10 to 13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany, the world’s leading trade fair for animal farming and livestock management brings together the entire livestock sector under one roof, creating opportunities to learn not only from poultry specialists but also from dairy, beef and pig producers facing many of the same challenges.

Today’s livestock farms operate in an increasingly complex environment. Labour shortages, rising energy costs, stricter environmental requirements, animal welfare expectations and the rapid development of digital technologies affect all sectors. While production systems differ, many of the solutions being developed for dairy, pig and cattle farming are also highly relevant for poultry businesses.

EuroTier’s strength lies in this cross-sector exchange. Visitors can explore innovations in automation, sensor technology, robotics, ventilation, feeding systems, energy management and data-driven decision-making. Advances developed for one livestock sector often inspire solutions in another. In particular, topics such as biosecurity, emission reduction, animal health monitoring and resource efficiency are becoming increasingly interconnected across animal production. In addition, the co-located EnergyDecentral exhibition provides valuable insights into renewable energy generation, energy storage and integrated on-farm energy concepts that can help livestock businesses improve profitability and resilience.

Across 13 halls, under the guiding theme “Intelligence in Animal Farming”, more than 2,100 exhibitors from over 50 countries are expected to present technologies and services designed to improve productivity, sustainability and animal welfare. Poultry professionals will find dedicated poultry content, including the DLG Expert Stage Poultry and the Spotlight Emission Reduction in Pig and Poultry Farming, but they can also benefit from exploring innovations and management concepts from other sectors.

Beyond technology, EuroTier remains one of the most important international networking platforms for livestock professionals. Farmers, researchers, veterinarians, consultants and industry representatives from around the world come together to discuss practical solutions and future developments. Events such as the International Poultry Day, DLG-VetCon and numerous international networking formats provide opportunities to exchange ideas and build new partnerships.

For poultry producers, EuroTier is therefore more than a poultry exhibition. It is a unique opportunity to gain fresh perspectives from across animal agriculture and discover innovations that can help build more efficient, resilient and sustainable farming businesses for the future.

https://www.eurotier.com/en/

The post EuroTier 2026: What Poultry Producers Can Learn from Other Livestock Sectors appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

New Zealand moves to require bird flu biosecurity plans for poultry farms

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Jul 2026 19:10:09 +0700

New Zealand is set to tighten farm-level preparedness for highly pathogenic avian influenza, with regulations that would require commercial poultry operators to develop and implement formal biosecurity plans to manage the risk of H5N1. The proposed framework is part of a wider government strategy to reduce the impact of a possible outbreak on poultry production, animal health and food supply.

Under regulations approved by Cabinet, commercial poultry operators with more than 100 birds will be required to develop, register and implement farm biosecurity plans for avian disease, covering measures such as disease prevention, depopulation, disposal, cleaning and disinfection, record-keeping, auditing and compliance requirements. The regulations will make farm biosecurity a legal requirement rather than a voluntary industry practice.

The Ministry for Primary Industries says the framework has been developed in close cooperation with the poultry industry, which entered into a Government Industry Agreement with the government in 2025 to prepare for and respond to exotic poultry diseases, including H5N1. MPI also notes that rigorous on-farm biosecurity remains the best way to protect individual farms from infection, especially through measures that limit contact with wild birds and strengthen hygiene, access control and containment.

The move comes after New Zealand confirmed its first detection of H5N1 clade 2.3.4.4b in a brown skua on 15 July 2026. While no infections have been reported in commercial poultry, officials expect the virus to become established in wild bird populations, making stronger farm biosecurity an important safeguard for the poultry sector.

FAO adopts global action plan for sustainable livestock transformation

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Jul 2026 15:35:09 +0700

OneHealthFAO Member countries have adopted the Global Plan of Action for Sustainable Livestock Transformation (GPA) during the 30th Session of the Committee on Agriculture (COAG), marking the adoption of the first globally negotiated framework dedicated to the sustainable transformation of the livestock sector.

The Global Plan of Action is a voluntary, non-binding and country-driven framework intended to help governments and stakeholders address the economic, social and environmental dimensions of livestock production. It is structured around four priority areas: food security, nutrition and healthy diets; better livelihoods and inclusive economic growth; animal health through a One Health approach; and the sustainable use of natural resources, climate action and biodiversity.

The framework is intended to support the livestock sector as demand for animal products continues to grow while addressing challenges including zoonotic diseases, antimicrobial resistance, biodiversity loss, greenhouse gas emissions, and soil and water pollution.

Overall, the plan sets out 17 strategic priorities and 85 actions spanning the entire livestock value chain. These include measures to improve feed and feed resource management, strengthen animal disease prevention and control, promote responsible antimicrobial use through good management practices, enhance animal welfare, reduce food loss and waste, improve market access for livestock producers, and support the sustainable management of rangelands and pasturelands.

Many of these actions are directly relevant to poultry production, particularly those related to feed management, food safety, animal health, antimicrobial stewardship and animal welfare.

FAO is encouraging Member countries to develop or adapt national plans of action that reflect their own contexts, needs and priorities. The organisation will support implementation through technical assistance where appropriate, while the FAO Sub-Committee on Livestock will periodically review progress and make recommendations.

The Global Plan of Action was developed following a request from FAO Members at the 2024 Session of the FAO Sub-Committee on Livestock and was prepared in consultation with Member countries over the past two years.

Do Cats Miss You When You’re Gone? The Truth According to a Feline Behaviour Expert

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Jul 2026 05:25:07 +0700

If you’ve ever returned home to a cat who greets you at the door, flops dramatically at your feet, or scolds you with a series of indignant meows, you’ve probably wondered: Did you miss me? The short answer is yes—many cats do miss their people. The longer, more interesting answer is how and why they miss us, and what that tells us about the social lives of cats.

Illustration by Michelle Simpson

Cats Are Not the Aloof Loners We Once Thought

For decades, cats were labeled as solitary, independent animals who merely tolerated human companionship. Modern behavioural science tells a very different story.

Cats are indeed solitary hunters, meaning they hunt alone rather than cooperatively like wolves. But hunting style does not equal social preference. When food resources are abundant—as they are in our homes—cats form rich, complex social relationships with both cats and people. In free-living cat colonies, researchers observe stable social groups where cats develop preferred social partners, often referred to as affiliates. These relationships may look like:

A “best friend” pair who groom each other frequently
A caretaker dynamic, where one cat consistently comforts or protects another
A mentor-like relationship between an older and younger cat
A bonded pair that sleeps together, rubs bodies, or shares space with each other peacefully

These roles are not random. They’re chosen—and they matter.

Cats Form Similar Bonds with Humans

What surprises many people is that cats can—and do—apply this same social framework to humans. From a cat’s perspective, you’re not just a food dispenser with opposable thumbs.

You may be:

Their primary attachment figure
A preferred social partner
A source of safety and emotional regulation
A predictable, comforting presence in an otherwise chaotic world

Scientific studies using the secure base test (similar to those used with human infants and dogs) have shown that many cats display secure attachment to their owners. When their person leaves, these cats show signs of stress; when the person returns, they relax and resume normal behaviour. That’s not indifference. That’s attachment.

rai106/Shutterstock

Can Cats Have Separation Anxiety?

Yes—cats can experience separation-related distress, and in some cases, full separation anxiety. This doesn’t always look like dramatic howling or destruction (though it can). In cats, signs may include:

Excessive vocalization when alone
Changes in appetite
Overgrooming or stress-related skin issues
Litter box problems
Withdrawal or clinginess when the owner returns

Some cats become noticeably more affectionate when their person comes home, while others act aloof—an emotional strategy known as avoidant coping. (In other words, “I missed you terribly, but I refuse to discuss it.”)

How Cats Experience Missing You

Cats don’t sit by the window counting the minutes until you return, but they do notice absence and disruption of routine.

Cats thrive on predictability. When a key social partner disappears, it creates uncertainty. For cats who are strongly bonded to their owners, that absence can feel unsettling—especially if the cat relies on that person for play, affection, or emotional security.

Many cats respond by:

Sleeping more than usual
Waiting near doors or favoured resting spots
Becoming less playful
Showing heightened excitement when their person returns

That excited greeting—tail up, chirping, rolling, rubbing—is not accidental. It’s a reunion behaviour.

Why Greeting Behaviour Matters

When cats greet their humans enthusiastically, they’re doing what they would do with a preferred feline affiliate. In cat-to-cat relationships, friendly reunions involve:

Nose touching
Body rubbing
Tail wrapping
Gentle vocalizations

When your cat rubs against your legs, head-bunts your face, or follows you from room to room after you’ve been away, they’re engaging in social reaffirmation—essentially saying, You’re back. We’re okay again. I especially like to promote head-bunting with my cats as I have found this to promote even more bonding with them and assuredness that I am their person.

What is Bunting?

Bunting = a friendly, affiliative behaviour
Cats gently press, rub, or bump their head, cheeks, or forehead against people, other cats, or objects.

It’s very different from an aggressive head butt.

Why Do Cats Bunt

Kristi Blokhin/Shutterstock

Bunting is all about scent and social bonding. Cats have scent glands on the forehead, cheeks, lips, and chin.

When a cat bunts you, they’re:

Marking you as “safe” and familiar
Reinforcing social bonds
Showing trust and affection
Sometimes initiating interaction
In feline social groups, bunting is a high-trust behaviour

Can Owners Do It Back?

Yes—but carefully and respectfully. Acceptable ways for humans to “return” bunting:

Gently offering your forehead or cheek, staying still, and letting the cat initiate contact
Softly leaning your head in place without pushing
Using your hand or fingers to mimic cheek rubbing instead (often safer and clearer)

What not to do:

Don’t push your head into the cat
Don’t force contact
Don’t do it with a cat that’s fearful, overstimulated, or unfamiliar

Many cats enjoy a calm, slow reciprocal motion—but the key rule is: the cat should always control the interaction.

Individual Cats, Individual Feelings

Not all cats miss their owners in the same way. Social behaviour in cats exists on a spectrum influenced by:

Early kitten socialization
Genetics
Past experiences
Household stability
The quality of the human-cat relationship

Some cats form intense bonds with one person. Others distribute their affection more broadly. A few genuinely prefer solitude. None of these responses are “wrong.” What matters is recognizing that cats are emotionally complex animals capable of forming deep social attachments—even if they express those attachments subtly.

So… Does Your Cat Miss You?

If your cat is bonded to you, the answer is very likely yes. They may miss your presence, your voice, your routines, and the emotional security you provide. They may not miss you in a human, nostalgic sense—but they absolutely notice when you’re gone and respond when you return. And if your cat pretends they don’t care at all? That, too, is very on-brand cat behaviour. After all, missing someone doesn’t mean admitting it. . . .

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Do Cats Miss You When You’re Gone? The Truth According to a Feline Behaviour Expert appeared first on Modern Cat.

The Best Cat Toys for Every Play Style

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Jul 2026 05:25:06 +0700

Climbers, hunters, scratchers, and loungers welcome! Find the perfect toy match for your cat’s unique personality in this round-up of toys to suit all play preferences.

1. For Cats That Love That Crinkle

Designed for batting, chasing, and pouncing, ZippyClaws’ NomNomz Fast Food 4-Pack will awaken your cat’s natural hunting instincts and turn every play session into a tasty adventure!

With both crinkles and catnip, these too-cute toys make playtime irresistible. Fun crinkle material and catnip spark the senses and keep cats engaged: the enticing sounds and scents encourage active play, satisfying your cat’s urge to stalk, swat, and pounce. ($19, zippyclaws.com)

2. For Cats That Live to Hunt

Encourage your cat to paw, poke, and pull their hidden treasures free: the SmartCat Peek & Play Toy Box turns everyday play into an exciting hunting adventure!

Because cats love cracks and crevices, the excitement begins the moment they spot a toy tucked just out of reach. Designed to satisfy your cat’s instinct to stalk and hunt, this interactive toy keeps indoor cats mentally sharp and physically active. Add treats or catnip to the box for an extra layer of enrichment and engagement. Two starter toys are included to spark the fun. ($28, amazon.com)

3. For Cats That Love to Bunny Kick & Lick

Give your feline friend a toy to truly sink their claws into. The Kick n’ Lick catnip toy from Alice’s Cottage is designed for cats who love to grab, bunny-kick, wrestle, and blissfully lick their way through playtime.

Filled with premium North American-grown catnip—cultivated without pesticides or chemicals—it delivers irresistible fun in every pounce. Generously sized, it’s ideal for cats who love full-body wrestling sessions and satisfying back-foot kicks. ($8, alicescottage.com)

4. For Cats That Must Catch the Red Dot

This 3-in-1 USB Cool Cat Laser by Cat Lures receives 5-star reviews for its cute design, bright laser, and USB charging—one charge gives you hours of play! Cats love racing around the house trying to catch the red dot.
A convenient switch means you don’t need to hold down a button, and a built in UV stain detector and flashlight make this a toy or tool you’ll use daily. Ideal for encouraging bored or inactive cats to play! ($12, christhecat.com)

5. For Cats That Love the Thrill of the Chase

Unleash your cat’s inner predator with Rompicatz CrittrBugz Insectz Play Kit from Pet Ki. Designed to ignite natural stalking, pouncing, and batting instincts, this creepy-crawly collection keeps cats captivated from the very first wiggle.

The award-winning wand toy combo features five wriggly, interchangeable bug attachments that mimic realistic insect movement, instantly triggering your cat’s hunting drive. The flexible, telescoping rod adds lifelike motion, bringing every flutter and skitter to life for endless, unpredictable fun. ($92, rompicatz.ca)

6. For Cats Who Love to Track Movement

Catit’s Senses Circuits Ball Track System is a favourite for good reason. This modular track system keeps cats engaged with fast-moving balls they can chase, bat, and re-route. Designed to stimulate focus, coordination, and extended independent play sessions, it keeps cats busy and entertained! (from $20, catit.com)

7. For Cats That Go Crazy for Catnip

Turn up the fun with Yeowww! Catnip’s Stinkies Sardines Trio—a delightfully pungent catch your catnip-crazy kitty won’t be able to resist. These brightly coloured, embroidered sardines are stuffed to the gills with 100% organically grown catnip, delivering maximum aroma and excitement.

Each fish is designed for safe, long-lasting play and packed entirely with premium USA-grown pesticide-free catnip—no fillers, no fluff—so you know your cat is getting the good stuff. Pure catnip bliss. ($9, yeowww.com)

FAQ

What types of toys do cats like best?

Most cats enjoy toys that mimic prey, such as feather wands, balls, toy mice, and interactive electronic toys. Puzzle feeders are also excellent for curious, food-motivated cats.

How often should I rotate my cat’s toys?

Rotating toys every one to two weeks helps keep them novel and encourages continued interest.

Are interactive toys better than regular cat toys?

Interactive toys provide valuable mental stimulation and exercise, but most cats benefit from a mix of interactive toys and independent-play toys.

What toys are best for indoor cats?

Indoor cats often enjoy wand toys, tunnels, climbing trees, puzzle feeders, treat-dispensing toys, and battery-operated toys that encourage chasing and pouncing.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post The Best Cat Toys for Every Play Style appeared first on Modern Cat.

USPOULTRY Hatchery-Breeder Clinic Highlights Flock Health, Performance and Leadership

Edusehat — Tue, 28 Jul 2026 17:45:10 +0700

The 2026 USPOULTRY Hatchery-Breeder Clinic brought together poultry industry professionals to explore the latest advances in breeder management, hatchery performance and flock health. The program featured presentations on leadership and operational excellence, breeder nutrition, hatchery performance indicators and the evolving U.S. experience with avian metapneumovirus (aMPV). Speakers shared practical strategies to strengthen flock health, optimize breeder and hatchery management, and improve production performance.

Bill Griffith, chief operating officer at Peco Foods, discussed the critical connection between leadership and operational excellence, emphasizing that long-term organizational success depends on balancing strong leadership with disciplined processes. He highlighted that effective leaders inspire and influence through clear communication, accountability, emotional intelligence and vision, while operational excellence focuses on improving efficiency, reducing waste and delivering consistent results. Griffith also stressed the importance of empowering employees, using data to guide decisions, fostering cross-functional collaboration, and embracing continuous improvement to overcome challenges and drive sustainable growth.

Noting the importance of combining sound nutrition with effective feeding management to optimize broiler breeder performance, Dr. Benton Hudson, poultry nutritionist at CSA Animal Nutrition, emphasized that breeder success depends on much more than feed formulation, highlighting the critical roles of feed delivery, distribution, access, equipment, bird behavior and overall flock management. Hudson remarked that closely observing birds, adapting feeding practices as genetics evolve and fostering strong collaboration among nutrition, feed mill and production teams are essential to maintaining breeder health, fertility and productivity.

Tommy Lively, director of hatcheries technical support at Pilgrim’s, highlighted the key performance indicators that drive hatchery success, emphasizing that closely monitoring eggshell temperature, moisture loss and chick temperatures is essential for maximizing hatchability and chick quality. He explained that maintaining optimal incubation conditions throughout the process helps reduce embryonic mortality, cull chicks and post-hatch health issues, while preventive maintenance, ventilation, sanitation and equipment performance remain the foundation of consistent hatchery operations.

As part of his update on the U.S. experience with aMPV, Dr. Brian Jordan, director of technical services at Zoetis, noted that Type A continues to spread more rapidly than Type B and may eventually become the predominant strain. He explained that the disease affects poultry species differently, with turkeys experiencing the greatest impact, and discussed the industry’s evolving vaccination strategies as producers gain more field experience. He stated that continued research and experience will help refine vaccine protocols and improve disease management as the industry continues to better understand aMPV.

Source: USPOULTRY press release

NOREL’S PARTICIPATION IN JRA 2026

Edusehat — Tue, 28 Jul 2026 14:15:05 +0700

NOREL participated in the Poultry Research Days (JRA) in France, represented by its Area Sales Manager for France, Germany, and Belgium, Marie Cadieu. This French scientific congress was held over two days, on March 18 and 19, 2026, in the city of Tours. The event is organized every two years by ITAVI, INRAE, ANSES, and CTCPA, with the support of the WPSA and WVPA organizations. It provides an excellent opportunity for researchers and professionals to present and share new challenges and innovations in the poultry sector.

NOREL was proud to present two posters on its product DICOSAN+ (sodium butyrate protected with salts of medium-chain fatty acids):

• Targeted administration of butyric acid: performance and mortality in broiler chickens receiving different protected forms of butyric acid in feed

• Targeted administration of butyric acid: cytokine and serological responses in broiler chickens receiving different protected forms of butyric acid in feed

NOREL’s participation in this event was important to better understand current challenges in the poultry industry, as well as regulatory requirements and market and consumer expectations. It was also an opportunity to meet with industry professionals, exchange knowledge, and learn more about recent scientific research in the poultry sector. Several key challenges in the poultry industry were addressed, including avian influenza, climate change, carbon footprint, protein autonomy, nutritional values, artificial intelligence, mycotoxins, Calcium and phosphorus metabolism, Salmonella contamination, and animal welfare.

How Dogs Can Burn Energy Safely During Days of Extreme Heat

Edusehat — Tue, 28 Jul 2026 03:50:02 +0700

Summer is a great time to get outside and enjoy the sunshine with your dog, but unfortunately, not every day is safe for outdoor adventures. During extreme heat, high temperatures and humidity can quickly become dangerous for pups, increasing the risk of overheating and heat exhaustion.

That said, when your dog’s energy levels are high, those zoomies are hard to ignore. So, how can you help your pup burn off energy safely when it is too hot to spend time outdoors? In this post, we cover:

INCLUDE MENTAL ENRICHMENT GAMES IN YOUR DOG’S DAY

Mental stimulation is a great way for your dog to keep their mind sharp and improve their problem-solving skills. Activities like teaching your pup new tricks, having them navigate treat and puzzle toys, or trying out a snuffle mat can all help your dog burn some energy and strengthen their mental muscle. Rotate between activities every couple of days to keep things novel and to encourage your dog to remain engaged.

PLAY INDOOR GAMES THAT GET YOUR DOG MOVING

Indoor play can provide plenty of exercise without exposing your dog to dangerous temperatures. Some fun options can include:

Find the treat: Hide some of your pup’s favorite treats around your home and let them use their incredible sense of smell to find them. This doggy scent game can increase in difficulty as they get familiar with the act of finding each treat.
Indoor obstacle course: Using the items you likely already have around your home, you can build an enriching obstacle course that will help your dog burn energy in a safe, exciting way. The course can include dining room chairs to walk around, objects to weave around, broomsticks to jump over, and more.
Hide and seek: This activity offers a great way to strengthen recall skills, while combining physical movement with mental problem solving. Have your dog stay in one spot while you hide in a room, then call them to come find you. Increase the distance each time to help keep your pup active.

TIPS WHEN YOU NEED TO SPEND TIME OUTDOORS WITH YOUR DOG

Even on extremely hot days, most dogs still need to go outside for potty breaks and walks, so it is important to make those outings as safe as possible. Keep the following tips in mind:

Schedule brief walks and potty breaks during off-peak hours like early in the morning or later in the evening when the temperature is cooler.
Avoid concrete or asphalt and stick to grassy and shaded areas where possible.
Before going out, test the concrete, such as on your driveway, using the back of your hand. If it’s too hot after a few seconds, it is too hot for your dog’s paw pads.
Bring fresh water with you, such as in a portable dog water bottle, to prevent dehydration.
Watch for signs of overheating in your dog, such as excessive drooling or panting, slow movements, rapid breathing, etc.
Keep frozen treats on hand like frozen lick mats or frozen fruit to help your pup cool off after spending time outside

See also

Hydration Hacks: Creative Ways to Encourage Dogs to Drink More Water

BRING YOUR DOG TO DOGTOPIA FOR A DAY OF FUN

When outdoor play is not an option for your pup during extreme heat, indoor doggie daycare is the place to be! At Dogtopia, we climate-control our spacious playrooms, so it’s always a comfortable temperature while pups play, exercise, learn, and socialize with like-minded friends. You can rest assured that your dog will receive plenty of enriching activity throughout the day and safely expend energy without the dangers associated with being in extreme heat.

With supervised play by our team of expert Canine Coaches, scheduled rest breaks, agility-focused activities, brain games, and occasional themed events and treat days, your pup will have a tail-wagging fun time in our care and will come home ready to relax. Reach out to your local Dogtopia today to book a daycare visit.

The post How Dogs Can Burn Energy Safely During Days of Extreme Heat appeared first on Dogtopia.

The world on fire

Edusehat — Mon, 27 Jul 2026 20:25:04 +0700

The news that Canada, Spain and France are seeing flames this year, along with the Scottish highlands, is news to nobody on this planet. It is a potent symbol of our collective failure to tackle climate change on a large scale, one would say. I would like us to have sorted out the climate catastrophe, as a Radio 4 expert labelled it this morning, but as I say to my offspring, we cannot deal with what we would have liked to have happen, we have to deal with what is in front of us. This is us now.

While it is depressing that we can’t seem to stop the fires, we have had success with other areas as a species. Lots of whales now (no more hunting), where there were few, for example. It is a bumper crop for butterflies this year. London’s overall pollution levels have dropped, thanks to electric cars and vans and maybe the ultra low emission zone. I don’t know, the sky is a lot clearer where I live. Solar panel installations are epidemic now.

Let us look at those and then go back to tackling the heat. And no, having ever more air conditioning units is not the only answer, but keeping cows cooler and less stressed is a key goal, as well as making that chill chain we all rely on more environmentally friendly in various ways.

I think the issue of heat is also one that is a bit subjective depending on where you live. My American friends discussed how it cooled down to the 80s (28 or so) from the latest heatwave. In the UK, that is a heatwave. Once it hits 30 here (86), the panic starts to set in. There are lots of alerts and we all clutch our reusable water bottles. Stay cool, wherever you are.

The post The world on fire appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

WMU Targets Expansion to Become Southeast Asia’s Largest Cage-Free Egg Producer

Edusehat — Mon, 27 Jul 2026 12:55:11 +0700

WMU aims to gradually expand its capacity to 500,000 hens by 2027, potentially making it the largest cage-free egg producer in Southeast Asia

To meet the needs of this growing market, WMU is gradually expanding its cage-free egg production capacity from its current flock of approximately 200,000 laying hens to 500,000 birds, with completion targeted by 2027. We are confident that demand for cage-free eggs will continue to increase. Therefore, we are building production capacity now to ensure we are prepared to respond to future demand growth,” said Mahawijaya in Jakarta on Friday (June 19, 2026).
Currently, WMU markets its cage-free eggs through a business-to-business (B2B) model, serving a wide range of customers including catering companies, hotel chains, restaurants, and quick-service restaurant operators. The company is also preparing to launch its own cage-free egg brand for the retail market.
“This expansion is not intended to replace existing markets, but rather to create a new, higher-value segment while responding to increasing consumer interest in sustainability, food safety, and animal welfare. As a publicly listed company, WMU is also committed to sustainability. Implementing animal welfare practices through cage-free farming is one tangible example of that commitment,” he added.
Responding to the expansion plan, Sandi Dwiyanto, Sustainable Poultry Program Manager at Lever Foundation, expressed appreciation for WMU’s efforts to increase cage-free production capacity in Indonesia. According to him, growing commitments from both consumers and businesses toward sustainability and food quality are creating significant opportunities for the cage-free egg sector.
“Over the past several years, demand for cage-free eggs has continued to grow, particularly from the retail, hospitality, restaurant, FMCG, and foodservice sectors. Today, more than 2,000 food companies worldwide have committed to sourcing 100 percent cage-free eggs, including major international brands operating in Indonesia such as KFC, Burger King, Hyatt, Marriott, and Swiss-Belhotel International. At the same time, an increasing number of domestic companies are adopting or transitioning toward cage-free egg sourcing policies, including Super Indo, Ismaya Group, Bali Buda, Jiwa Jawi, and many others,” said Sandi.

The growth of cage-free products is also reflected in consumer research conducted by GMO Research, a Japanese market research and consumer panel company. The survey found that 55 percent of Indonesian consumers prefer purchasing products from brands that exclusively use cage-free eggs. Additionally, 72 percent of respondents agreed that eggs used by food companies should come from farms that implement animal welfare standards.
Beyond market demand, cage-free production is also increasingly associated with food safety benefits. A multi-country study conducted by the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) found that cage-free egg farms have up to 25 times lower risk of contamination from certain strains of Salmonella bacteria compared to conventional cage systems.

“In addition to being driven by market demand and product quality considerations, WMU’s expansion is also aligned with the issuance of Indonesia’s Minister of Agriculture Regulation No. 32 of 2025 on Animal Welfare Implementation. We hope WMU’s leadership will inspire more egg producers across Indonesia to prepare for evolving market expectations. Lever Foundation remains committed to supporting the development of Indonesia’s cage-free ecosystem to ensure that growing market demand is matched by a reliable and sustainable supply,” Sandi concluded.

Botswana launches regular weekly hatching egg exports to Mozambique

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Jul 2026 18:45:10 +0700

Botswana has marked a new milestone for its poultry sector with the official launch of a regular weekly export programme supplying 90,000 hatching eggs to Mozambique. The initiative represents the country’s first regular commercial export programme for hatching eggs to its neighbouring market and supports the government’s strategy to expand agricultural exports and regional poultry trade.

The launch ceremony took place on 22 July 2026 and was attended by the Minister of Lands and Agriculture, Dr Edwin Gorataone Dikoloti, together with Ross Breeders Botswana Managing Director Allen Bradford. The initiative was presented as an important achievement for Botswana’s poultry industry and a sign of the sector’s growing capacity to supply high-quality poultry genetics to regional markets.

Economic and employment impact

According to Minister Dikoloti, the project has created around 370 direct jobs, contributing to local income generation and broader economic activity. He said the programme demonstrates the value of collaboration between the private sector and government policies aimed at supporting investment, business growth and market expansion.

The weekly export programme is also expected to generate wider economic activity across the poultry value chain. By establishing a regular export flow, the initiative supports Botswana’s efforts to expand its regional poultry exports and develop new agricultural markets.

Ross Breeders’ production capacity

Bradford said the hatching eggs are produced at the company’s breeder farm in Artesia, where three breeder production sites are currently in operation. He stated that each site has the capacity to accommodate approximately 31,000 breeder hens.

Bradford also said that two additional breeder production sites are under development, which are expected to further expand the company’s production capacity in the coming years.

Under the new programme, Ross Breeders will supply 90,000 hatching eggs per week to Mozambique. According to the company, the expansion of breeder production capacity is intended to support future growth in export volumes.

Policy support and sector diversification

During the launch ceremony, Minister Dikoloti said the Ministry of Lands and Agriculture will continue working to improve market access, certification procedures and veterinary services in support of agricultural exports. He also encouraged farmers, entrepreneurs and aspiring agribusiness owners to take advantage of ministry programmes designed to help expand production and develop commercially viable enterprises.

The minister also highlighted the importance of diversifying Botswana’s livestock sector, noting that BMC refers to the Botswana Meat Commission, not the “Botswana Beef Commission.” He stressed that, alongside the country’s cattle industry, greater investment in poultry, goat and sheep production will strengthen food security, increase rural incomes and reduce reliance on a single agricultural subsector.

Regional significance

The launch of this regular weekly hatching egg export programme reflects Botswana’s broader strategy to build a more diversified and competitive agricultural economy. The initiative follows the country’s recent achievement of self-sufficiency in chicken meat and table eggs and aligns with government efforts to expand regional agricultural exports.

With government support, private-sector investment and a focus on quality production, Botswana is continuing its efforts to expand agricultural exports and diversify its livestock sector. For Ross Breeders Botswana, the programme expands the company’s export activities within Southern Africa, while for the country it represents another step in implementing its strategy to diversify agricultural production, increase regional trade and support long-term growth across the poultry sector.

Indonesia asks feed mills to hold price increases as ministry steers soybean meal imports through state enterprise

Edusehat — Sat, 25 Jul 2026 20:45:09 +0700

Indonesia’s Ministry of Agriculture has urged feed mills to postpone planned price increases, as the government tries to ease pressure on poultry producers facing live chicken prices below the official reference level. At the same time, the ministry is moving soybean meal import management partly through state-owned PT Berdikari in an effort to stabilize feed raw material supply and costs.

The issue was discussed during a coordination meeting in Jakarta on 9 July 2026 involving the Ministry of Agriculture, feed mills, and poultry associations. According to Director General of Livestock and Animal Health Agung Suganda, the transfer of part of soybean meal import management to PT Berdikari does not amount to a government monopoly, since private importers remain active and continue to hold a substantial share of supply.

Feed costs under pressure

The ministry’s request comes at a time when Indonesian poultry farmers are already under financial strain. Live chicken prices remain below the government’s reference level, while higher feed costs would further squeeze margins across the sector.

Agung said around ten feed mills had already increased prices and asked companies to reconsider those moves in light of the difficult situation faced by farmers. The government’s message was clear: do not pass additional cost pressure on to producers while farmgate chicken prices remain weak.

PT Berdikari and soybean meal supply

Soybean meal has become a strategic issue in Indonesia’s feed market. Indonesia has been implementing a gradual shift in import oversight for soybean meal toward PT Berdikari, with the stated aim of improving price stability and ensuring reliable supply for the livestock industry.

The ministry also said soybean meal supplies remain adequate and emphasized that private importers are still part of the system. In fact, officials noted that 18 private importers had received import recommendations. Since 8 May 2026, revised import regulations have introduced new recommendation and approval procedures for soybean meal imports and other plant-based feed ingredients, increasing government oversight of feed raw material flows.

Industry reaction

Poultry groups welcomed the effort to stabilize the market, but they also called for mechanisms that better support small-scale farmers. Ki Musbar Mesdi, president of the National Layer Farmers Association, said any soybean meal import policy should be paired with a distribution system that gives smaller producers more direct access to feed inputs.

Feed industry representatives also signaled support for the government’s request to defer price increases. Among the participating feed companies, PT Malindo Feedmill publicly expressed support for the initiative.

Wider policy context

The meeting took place against a broader regulatory backdrop. Since 8 May 2026, Indonesia has required import licensing for soybean meal and other plant-based feed ingredients under new government rules, tightening oversight of feed raw material flows. Reuters had already reported earlier in the year that the burden of expanded soymeal import commitments would fall partly on a state agency, highlighting the political and commercial sensitivity of the issue.

For Indonesia’s poultry sector, the central challenge remains balancing raw material availability, feed affordability, and farm profitability. If feed costs continue to rise while live chicken prices stay weak, pressure on producers is likely to intensify further.

Why it matters

This development matters well beyond Indonesia. Soybean meal remains one of the most important protein sources in poultry feed, and policy shifts affecting import control can quickly influence feed prices, supply reliability, and producer margins.

Indonesia’s case shows how governments can intervene directly when volatility in input costs threatens livestock production. The outcome will depend on whether the new import and distribution framework can deliver lower volatility without creating bottlenecks or uncertainty for mills and farmers.

Mediterranean Field Trial Tests Enhanced Trawl Technology to Reduce Seabed Impact While Sustaining Fishing Performance

Edusehat — Sat, 25 Jul 2026 10:25:07 +0700

By FAO

A new scientific field trial is underway off the coast of Alicante, Spain, to evaluate an enhanced fishing technology that could help reduce the environmental footprint of bottom trawl fisheries while sustaining the catch performance that commercial fishers rely on.

The project will evaluate the performance of semi-pelagic trawl doors compared with conventional trawl doors. Designed to operate slightly above the seabed, semi-pelagic doors – also known as flying doors – have the potential to reduce direct contact with the seafloor and limit sediment disturbance while maintaining the horizontal opening and stability required for efficient fishing operations.

This collaborative initiative brings together the General Secretariat for Fisheries of the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food of Spain and the General Fisheries Commission for the Mediterranean (GFCM) of the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), with the participation of the Spanish Institute of Oceanography, which is leading the field activities.

©Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food of Spain.

A Step Towards Sustainable Trawling

To avoid potential discrepancies associated with comparing different vessels, a single commercial bottom trawl vessel is being used throughout the trial, first operating with semi-pelagic doors and then with conventional doors. Conducting both phases in immediate succession and in the same fishing grounds minimizes the effects of seasonal, environmental and spatial variability, ensuring a robust comparison between the two gear configurations.

The trial is particularly relevant to Mediterranean bottom trawl fisheries targeting commercially important species such as deep-water rose shrimp (Parapenaeus longirostris), European hake (Merluccius merluccius), red mullet (Mullus barbatus), broadtail shortfin squid (Illex coindetii), blue and red shrimp (Aristeus antennatus), Atlantic horse mackerel (Trachurus trachurus), mantis shrimp (Squilla mantis) and common pandora (Pagellus erythrinus).

“During the fishing operations, researchers will assess catch rates, catch composition, gear geometry, trawl door behavior and operational efficiency. The objective is to determine whether semi-pelagic doors can reduce environmental impacts without compromising fishing performance or the practicality of day-to-day commercial operations”, explained Sergi Tudela, Fishery Officer and Coordinator of the GFCM Western Mediterranean Technical Unit.

The fisheries and oceanographic research vessel Emma Bardán, operated by the Spanish General Secretariat for Fisheries, plays a key role in the trial. The vessel will produce high-resolution maps of the seabed before and after trawling with both door types, providing a direct comparison of their effects on the marine environment. It will also monitor water clarity during fishing operations to assess how much sediment is disturbed by each type of trawl door.

The project is carried out under the GFCM MedSea4Fish programme and directly contributes to the implementation of the GFCM 2030 Strategy by providing scientific evidence to support the adoption of lower-impact fishing technologies. Its findings will help inform future fisheries management decisions aimed at balancing healthy marine ecosystems with productive and resilient fisheries across the Mediterranean.

About the GFCM

Beyond Replacement Why Marine Ingredient Scarcity Is Reshaping the Future of Aquaculture

Edusehat — Sat, 25 Jul 2026 10:25:06 +0700

By Innovafeed

Marine Ingredient Scarcity Is Becoming Structural, Not Cyclical.

For decades, aquaculture has relied on fishmeal and fish oil as its nutritional foundation. Today, that model is under increasing pressure. Several indicators point to a structural shift:

✓ Fishmeal prices have risen sharply since May 2026, reaching the highest levels seen in years.

✓ Peru and Chile, which account for the majority of global anchovy production, have reduced catches following lower biomass assessments.

✓ Fish oil prices increased by more than 40% in one quarter, reflecting growing pressure on marine resources.

✓ Climate change and recurring El Niño events are expected to further increase supply volatility.

The question is no longer whether shortages will occur, but how the industry can adapt.

Scarcity Changes the Role of Alternative Ingredients

Historically, alternative proteins were developed to replace fishmeal. Today’s challenge is different.

The objective is no longer simply to substitute marine ingredients, but to use them where they deliver the highest biological value while complementing them with functional ingredients that improve animal performance, resilience and supply security.

This represents a shift from ingredient replacement to ingredient optimization.

Functional Ingredients Are Becoming Strategic Assets

At Innovafeed, we believe the next generation of aquafeeds will combine several complementary ingredients rather than rely on a single substitute.

Hilucia Black Soldier Fly Larvae (BSFL) ingredients naturally provide:

These compounds contribute not only to nutrition but also to gut health, immune support and animal robustness.

Key Figures

+ 44% increase in fish oil prices (Q1 2026)

– 28% global fishmeal production (IFFO).

35% lower anchovy biomass in Peru versus previous estimates.

Up to 1.8 M tons of alternative ingredients needed annually to maintain future aquaculture production under severe forage fish shortage scenarios (Nature Food).

Sources

✓ IFFO.

✓ Nature Food.

✓ World Bank

✓ IMF.

✓ Rabobank Research.

✓ Innovafeed White Paper (2026) www.innovafeed.com

Quality, Health and Trusted Certification are Reshaping Seafood Purchasing, New Global ASC Research Reveals

Edusehat — Sat, 25 Jul 2026 10:25:05 +0700

By Aquaculture Stewardship Council

Global study of almost 15,000 consumers shows growing interest in sustainable seafood, with trusted certification increasingly helping shoppers buy with confidence.

Consumer interest in sustainable food is growing rapidly, with a more than 10 percentage point increase since 2024 in consumers who say they prefer environmentally friendly products and look for sustainability claims on food. Yet when shoppers buy seafood, health, taste and quality still come first. Trusted certification is increasingly helping consumers turn their sustainability intentions into purchasing decisions.

The study, one of the world’s largest pieces of consumer research focused on seafood, surveyed almost 15,000 consumers across 14 countries. It found independent certification schemes are now the most trusted source of information about seafood and sustainability, ranking ahead of environmental organizations, seafood brands and retailers.

Consumer trust in the ASC label has continued to increase across most markets since ASC’s 2024 global consumer research. Following the introduction of the new ASC on-pack label in March 2026, awareness of both the original and new ASC labels continued to exceed that of every other farmed seafood certification program in every country surveyed. Together, these findings confirm that ASC remains by far the world’s most recognized farmed seafood certification label.

The research reveals a shift in consumer thinking. Sustainability is no longer just an environmental consideration – increasingly, it’s becoming a signal of the quality, health and confidence consumers look for when buying seafood. While taste, health and quality remain the primary drivers of seafood purchases, trusted certification helps consumers identify products that deliver those attributes.

What This Means for Retailers, Brands and Seafood Businesses

The research highlights four trends shaping seafood purchasing decisions:

✓ Consumer trust is becoming a commercial advantage, alongside traditional drivers such as taste, quality and price.

✓ Independent certification is the most trusted source of seafood sustainability information, giving businesses a credible way to build confidence with shoppers.

✓ Consumers increasingly associate sustainability with health, quality and food safety, making trusted certification relevant to mainstream purchasing decisions.

✓ Clear, recognized certification labels help shoppers make informed choices quickly, creating greater value at the point of purchase in an increasingly competitive retail environment.

Willem de Bruijn, Chief Commercial Officer at ASC, said, “Consumer expectations are changing. People still buy seafood because they enjoy it and recognize its health benefits, but they’re increasingly looking for trusted reassurance about the products they choose. Independent certification has become one of the clearest signals they use to buy with confidence.

“One of the most interesting findings is that consumers no longer see sustainability in isolation. They increasingly connect it with the things they already value most – quality, food safety and health. For retailers, brands and seafood businesses, that makes trusted, independent certification an increasingly valuable way to build consumer confidence.

“We’re delighted to see ASC maintain its position as the world’s most recognized farmed seafood certification label, with trust continuing to grow following the launch of our new on-pack label. It’s encouraging to see the collective efforts of ASC and our partners helping make certified seafood easier to recognize, understand and choose.”

Want to Know More?

ASC will share further findings from the research, including market-specific insights and commercial implications for retailers, brands and seafood businesses, during a webinar on 8 September 2026. You can find out more and register here.

About the Research

The research was conducted by the independent and awarded market research agency The Conversation Studio on behalf of ASC as part of its biennial global consumer research program. Almost 15,000 consumers were surveyed across 14 countries to better understand changing attitudes towards seafood purchasing, sustainability and certification.

About the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC)

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC), an independent non-profit organization, is driving the improvement of environmental and social practices in seafood farming through its leading, third-party assured certification program.

ASC certification delivers measurable impact in aquaculture through science-based requirements—developed and revised through multi-stakeholder processes—covering biodiversity, animal welfare, greenhouse gas emissions, feed ingredient sourcing and human rights, all independently verified.

The ASC sustainability label on products provides proof that the seafood originates from farms certified to the robust ASC environmental and social standard, enabling credible substantiation of sourcing claims and making it the most globally recognized and trusted label for farmed seafood.

ASC is setting the standard for farmed seafood. www.asc-aqua.org

Minister Launches the New Nova Scotia Seafood Sector Strategy

Edusehat — Sat, 25 Jul 2026 06:50:06 +0700

• One of its key actions is development of the Sector Innovation Hub for applied research, innovation, technology adoption and commercialization support, with a budget of USD 1.07 million for 2026-2027

Kent Smith, Minister of Fisheries and Aquaculture at the Executive Council of Nova Scotia, released some days ago the new Nova Scotia Seafood Sector Strategy, at the facilities of the company Sea Star Seafoods, in Clark’s Harbour, Shelburne County. The three-year strategy aims to help seafood businesses respond to challenges including rising costs, labor shortages and global trade uncertainty. According to them, the Strategy will help the industry adapt, compete and create more economic benefit for Nova Scotians.

Nova Scotia’s new seafood sector strategy is built around four pillars: industry growth and innovation, market and product diversification, operational efficiency, and communications and collaboration, they reported.

“The seafood sector is one of our strongest natural assets and has enormous potential to grow,” said Smith. “This strategy provides a clear and practical road map to improve services, strengthen partnerships, expand market opportunities and better support businesses across the seafood sector,” he added.

For his part, Kris Vascotto, Executive Director, Nova Scotia Seafood Alliance, said: “The Nova Scotia Seafood Sector Strategy clearly moves Nova Scotia’s fish and seafood industry from the side of the table to the center of the plate. The strategy illustrates a crisp vision for the future of the sector and delivers a clear path for both government and industry to achieve prosperity for all Nova Scotians.”

Key Actions

Some of the key actions of the Strategy are launching the Seafood Sector Innovation Hub for applied research, innovation, technology adoption and commercialization support; the 2026-2027 budget includes USD 1.07 million this year and ongoing annual funding for this priority commitment; and improve of programs and funding to grow sector innovation, efficiency and resilience.

Other keys are the grow of Nova Scotia aquaculture sector; provide support for product diversification, value-added processing and full product utilization; offer expanded market diversification funding and supports; the 2026-2027 budget includes USD 2.84 million over three years for this priority commitment; improve processes, policies and workflows to support faster approvals; and improve communication of services and supports for the seafood sector too.

Four Pillars

As said, the strategy clearly defines specific roles for the government and opportunities for industry and is built around four pillars: industry growth and innovation, market and product diversification, operational efficiency, and communications and collaboration.

Research, sector analysis and input from industry representatives, partners and stakeholders helped shape the plan. It reflects a shared goal of a seafood industry that is diverse, efficient, resilient and known worldwide for premium quality and sustainability.

Creating Opportunities for the Next Generation

Seafood is Nova Scotia’s top export industry; it employed about 19,000 people in 2025, when Nova Scotia seafood exports were worth about USD 1.56 billion.

In that sense, Kerry Cunningham, sales-procurement, Sea Star Seafoods, and director of Nova Scotia Seafood Alliance declared: “This strategy recognizes that Nova Scotia’s seafood sector can’t rely on doing things the way we did 20 years ago. Investments in automation, innovation, market diversification and workforce development are essential if we’re going to remain globally competitive. The sector supports thousands of families in rural Nova Scotia, and continues creating opportunities for the next generation and ensuring Nova Scotia remains a global leader in premium seafood. Ultimately, we have to move fast and together.”

For his part, Jeff Bishop, Executive Director of the Aquaculture Association of Nova Scotia assured: “AANS is pleased to see the release of a Nova Scotia Seafood Sector Strategy focused on growth, innovation, diversification and efficiency. Work in these areas will help unlock the untapped potential of the aquaculture sector in our province and our region.”

Aker BioMarine Reports That Krill Oil Continues to Boom in the Second Quarter, With A 21% Increase in Revenue

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Jul 2026 23:35:06 +0700

Aker BioMarine reported some days ago continued momentum in krill oil sales in the second quarter of 2026, with revenues up 21% to USD 31.5 million on solid volume growth. The company also secured a new Lysoveta contract worth USD 4 million in first-year revenues and won new Superba krill oil business ranking among the company’s largest customers. The company also informed about its revenue of USD 57.9 million in the second quarter, an increase of 5% compared to the same period last year. Adjusted EBITDA came in at 12.9 million USD, 4 percent below last year.

“Krill oil sales continued their strong momentum in the second quarter, with revenues up 21% year-over-year on solid volume growth. We are also pleased to have secured a new Lysoveta contract worth USD 4 million in first-year revenues, in addition to a large win for Superba Krill oil, important commercial milestones for our ingredient portfolio,” said the company’s CEO, Matts Johansen.

Human Health Ingredients (HHI) delivered revenue growth of 17% to 34.1 million. Sales of krill oil alone reached USD 31.5 million, an increase of 21%, driven mainly by solid volumes, with prices supported by product mix and a higher share of capsulated oil. Adjusted EBITDA for the segment increased 14% to USD 15.9 million, they explained

Production in Houston was lower in the quarter, impacting QHP sales, but stabilized to normal levels at quarter end.

Consumer Health

The company also confirmed that the Consumer Health Products (CHP) reported revenue of USD 26.4 million, a 6% decline compared with the previous year. Lang declined 4 percent on lower sales through key United States (US) retail chains, while Epion continues a marketing repositioning that is weighing on short-term revenues but is expected to be positive over time. Adjusted EBITDA came in at USD 1.1 million, reflecting lower revenues and gross profit.

Human Health Ingredients expects continued year-over-year growth and improved profits, supported by good underlying demand across multiple markets. Consumer Health Products is expected to return to modest growth.

The sale process for Understory is ongoing, with advanced discussions with one interested party. Aker BioMarine, a leading human health and nutrition company that develops sustainable marine-based ingredients, has engaged Jefferies and Houlihan Lokey as investment banks to explore strategic alternatives for the Human Health Ingredients business, working toward a transaction in 2026.

24/7 Renewable Energy Agreement

Some weeks before the release of that information, Aker BioMarine has signed a 24/7 renewable energy agreement with ENGIE, reinforcing the company’s long-term focus on operational sustainability and responsible energy sourcing. The agreement reinforces the company’s broader sustainability strategy and marks an important step in reducing the environmental footprint of its operations. Through the deal, Aker BioMarine expects to reduce Scope 2 emissions at its Houston manufacturing facility, while strengthening the transparency and precision of its climate reporting.

“Through this agreement, we expect to reduce our Scope 2 emissions, marking an important milestone in our broader sustainability journey,” commented Johansen. “ENGIE has delivered an affordable, innovative and transparent solution that allows us to match our electricity consumption for our Houston manufacturing facility with renewable power generation. The transparent data ENGIE provides strengthens our climate reporting while helping us continue delivering high-quality products with a lower environmental footprint.”

As an early mover in the biotechnology sector, Aker BioMarine is advancing its sustainability efforts through adopting site-specific Renewable Energy Certificates that link each unit of electricity consumed to power generated from named renewable energy projects. With approximately 90% of electricity consumption matched hourly with local renewable generation, the structure provides a more precise alignment between energy demand and clean supply than traditional renewable procurement models.

The agreement goes beyond traditional renewable procurement by providing around-the-clock, site-specific clean energy backed by a diversified portfolio of assets. The Impact Solar Project in Lamar County, Texas, along with other designated renewable assets, will anchor the supply that supports this agreement, they assured.

“Working with companies that have made sustainability a core part of their strategy is essential to delivering meaningful progress,” said Taymur Bunkheila, Regional VP and Retail Supply Lead for ENGIE’s US 24/7 product. “By aligning energy solutions with operational needs, we can help organizations improve transparency, strengthen accountability, and deliver measurable outcomes. This agreement demonstrates how companies can take practical steps today while building toward long-term sustainability objectives.”

More than a compliance measure, the agreement integrates energy accountability into Aker BioMarine’s day-to-day operations. The company continues to take a systematic, value-chain-wide approach to reducing emissions, prioritizing reductions that are technically and operationally feasible, while tracking progress toward its 2030 carbon intensity goal.

Government of Tanzania Officially Launches World Aquaculture Tanzania 2026 (WA26T)

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Jul 2026 23:35:05 +0700

By World Aquaculture Tanzania 2026 Conference

The government of Tanzania, through the Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries (MLF), officially launched the World Aquaculture Tanzania 2026 Conference (WA26T). This event marks a significant step in building both national and international momentum for the conference and mobilizing participation from government institutions, private sector, development partners, academia, and other stakeholders. WA26T is scheduled to take place from December 1 to 4, 2026.

The launch event was held at the Tanzania Fisheries Corporation (TAFICO) premises in Dar es Salaam and officiated by the Minister of Livestock and Fisheries Honorable Ambassador Dr. Bashiru Ally Kakurwa (MP), along with several high-level delegates from the Ministry. The event included the signing of the conference’s hosting agreement, which outlines the roles and responsibilities of both the WAS and MLF. Additionally, the conference theme, branding, organizational arrangements, and partnership opportunities were unveiled, establishing Tanzania as a preferred destination for international conferences, investment, and sustainable Blue Economy development.

Representatives from MLF, local universities, research institutions, industry representatives—including the Aquaculture Association of Tanzania (AAT), WAS members, media, and various support entities—also attended the launch and witnessed the signing ceremony. Virtual statements of solidarity were issued by the African Union Development Agency (AUDA-NEPAD), the Southern African Development Community (SADC), and Aller Aqua – which is WAS African Chapter Corporate Sponsor.

The WAS’s World Aquaculture Conferences are the premier annual gatherings of aquaculture scientists, industry leaders, policymakers, investors, development partners, and other key stakeholders. Organized by the WAS in collaboration with host countries and partners, the conferences serve as leading global platforms for sharing knowledge, showcasing innovations, fostering partnerships for advancing sustainable aquaculture development.

In recognition of Tanzania’s rapid growth in aquaculture and its commitment to advancing the Blue Economy, the WAS has selected the Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries to host the WA26T Conference at the Julius Nyerere International Convention Centre (JNICC) in Dar es Salaam, under the theme “Aquaculture Driving Blue Transformation.”

The conference is expected to attract more than 2,000 delegates from over 100 countries, placing Tanzania at the forefront of global discussions on sustainable aquaculture, food security, aquatic food systems, investment, innovation, and the Blue Economy. It will feature keynote addresses from internationally renowned experts, scientific and technical presentations, policy dialogues, business-to-business networking opportunities, and an international exhibition showcasing the latest technologies, products, and services across the aquaculture value chain. This event will be a unique opportunity for Tanzania to highlight its achievements, investment potential, research capability, and innovations while strengthening collaboration with global partners.

The launch event also included the official release of the Aquatic Foods Recipe Book – Tanzania, developed by the Government of Tanzania in collaboration with WorldFish and Aquatic BioSolutions Tanzania (ABiST) under the Program for Improving Fisheries Governance and Blue Economy Trade Corridors in the SADC Region (PROFISHBLUE). The publication aims to promote the consumption of aquatic foods, strengthen fisheries and aquaculture value chains, improve nutrition, and create new market opportunities for aquatic food products. The digital version of the book can be found [here]

The WAS is pleased to invite conference sponsors, exhibitors, presenters (abstracts), and the general aquaculture community to register and prepare to be in Tanzania on 1-4 December, for WA26T. This conference is hosted by the United Republic of Tanzania through the Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries and Ministry of Fisheries and Blue Economy (Zanzibar), along with key sponsors such as AUDA-NEPAD, and various WAS Global Premium Sponsors.

For more information on registration, exhibition opportunities, abstract submissions, special sessions, travel details, and other relevant information, please visit the official WA26T website. https://was.org/meeting/code/afraq26. For general inquiries, contact the WAS-AC Secretariat at africanchapter@was.org.

Genetic immunity to avian influenza: new FFAR–Iowa State–CSIRO project

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Jul 2026 19:35:09 +0700

Highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) continues to pose a structural threat to the U.S. poultry industry, causing billions of dollars in economic losses, production disruptions and increased costs along the supply chain. Alongside biosecurity measures and vaccination strategies, there is growing interest in approaches that leverage the host’s genetic response to reduce the impact of influenza viruses.

A $300,000 ROAR grant for H5N1 and H7N9

The Foundation for Food & Agriculture Research (FFAR), in collaboration with Iowa State University and the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO), has awarded $300,000 through the Rapid Outcomes from Agricultural Research (ROAR) program. The goal is to identify genetic factors in birds that modulate the host response to H5N1 and H7N9 viruses, helping to unravel the molecular mechanisms involved in the response to infection and to pinpoint potential targets for future control strategies.pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih+2

Although global attention is currently focused primarily on H5N1, H7N9 also remains an avian influenza virus of particular scientific interest due to its zoonotic potential and is being studied to better understand the mechanisms of the host immune response.

FFAR, USDA and protecting profitability

The project falls under FFAR’s research priority area “Increasing Profitability of Farmers and Ranchers,” which aims to develop innovative tools to protect poultry production in both the short and long term. Established under the 2014 Farm Bill, FFAR builds public–private partnerships to fund high‑impact research on key agri‑food challenges, matching federal funds with private investment through programs such as ROAR, designed to rapidly support research projects addressing emerging issues in the agricultural sector.

Scientific focus: host genes and immune response

The project, led by Joaquín Caceres, assistant professor in the Department of Veterinary Microbiology and Preventive Medicine at Iowa State University’s College of Veterinary Medicine, uses advanced genomic tools and experimental models to study how birds respond to H5N1 and H7N9 infections. The team aims to identify genes and molecular pathways involved in the host response to infection, with the goal of improving our understanding of the mechanisms that determine susceptibility or resilience to influenza viruses. Over time, the knowledge generated may contribute to the development of new control strategies, including genetic selection of more resilient animals and, more broadly, the identification of potential targets for future therapeutic or vaccine applications.pubmed.

Resilience and resistance: insights from the literature

A recent review by the USDA‑ARS group distinguishes between genetic “resilience” and “resistance”: resilient animals can become infected but limit clinical severity and recover more quickly, whereas resistant animals impede virus entry or replication, significantly reducing infectivity and transmission. Among the most studied host genes are ANP32A, an essential cofactor for influenza polymerase; SLC35A1, involved in the synthesis of sialic‑acid–containing receptors; and the innate immune receptors TLR3 and TLR7. The Mx (myxovirus resistance) gene has also been proposed as a possible antiviral factor, although its protective role in chickens remains debated in the scientific literature. Another key point of interest is RIG‑I, an important sensor of antiviral immunity present in several avian species, such as ducks, but absent in the domestic chicken, a feature that may contribute to inter‑species differences in susceptibility to influenza viruses.

Genetic approaches for greater resilience to avian influenza

A further review authored by CSIRO researchers highlights how the development of chicken lines resilient to avian influenza is emerging as a promising long‑term management strategy, complementary to vaccination and biosecurity. The authors emphasize the potential of intracellular restriction factors, large‑scale genomic screening to identify new candidate genes, and proof‑of‑concept studies based on transgenesis and gene editing to modify antiviral genes without compromising production performance.

From the lab to commercial genetics

A dedicated review on commercial genetic selection for disease resistance shows how poultry breeding companies are increasingly integrating tools such as genome‑wide association studies (GWAS), molecular markers and genomic selection to improve animal resilience and robustness, thereby reducing reliance on pharmaceutical treatments. The application of gene editing to avian influenza—for example through modifications of ANP32A aimed at weakening its interaction with viral polymerase—remains confined to experimental research and is not yet used in commercial populations, due both to high development costs and to regulatory and consumer‑acceptance challenges.

Implications for HPAI control

The research line supported by FFAR aims to expand the “toolbox” available for HPAI control by complementing virus‑directed strategies, such as vaccines and biosecurity, with host‑directed approaches grounded in an understanding of the host’s genetic mechanisms. Because host genetic factors are generally more stable than influenza virus genomes, such approaches could offer new opportunities to strengthen the resilience of poultry production systems.

Looking ahead, the identification of genetic markers associated with improved control of infection and reduced viral shedding could be integrated into selection programs for major commercial lines, contributing to the development of more resilient flocks and greater stability across the global poultry value chain.

VIV Select China and Pet Fair Asia Launch First Joint Initiative in Shanghai

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Jul 2026 16:10:07 +0700

VIV Select China and Pet Fair Asia will launch their first strategic collaboration in Shanghai this August, creating a cross-sector business platform linking livestock production and animal health with the global pet industry.

VIV Select China 2026 will take place from August 19–21, 2026 at the Shanghai World Expo Exhibition & Convention Center (SWEEC). The 28th Pet Fair Asia will be held concurrently from August 19–23, 2026 at the Shanghai New International Expo Centre. Organized by the same event organizer, Globus Events, the two exhibitions will enable international buyers, manufacturers and industry professionals to explore complementary resources across livestock production, feed and ingredients, animal health, supply chain services, pet food and finished pet products during one business trip to Shanghai.

Connecting Upstream Expertise with Downstream Demand

The collaboration brings together VIV Worldwide’s more than 40 years of experience across the global feed-to-food value chain and Pet Fair Asia’s established position as a leading pet industry exhibition in the Asia-Pacific region.VIV Select China 2026 will host more than 500 exhibitors across over 50,000 square meters and will cover poultry, waterfowl, swine and other livestock sectors, with solutions spanning animal health, feed and feed additives, farm equipment, biosecurity and production technology.

Meanwhile, Pet Fair Asia will occupy 320,000 square meters, including 17 main exhibition halls, 10 supply chain halls, and an outdoor area. The event is expected to bring together more than 2,600 domestic and international exhibitors and approximately 530,000 trade and public visitors.Together, the exhibitions will provide an integrated sourcing and business development platform connecting upstream technologies and ingredients with downstream product innovation and consumer demand.

New Opportunities in Animal Health and Pet Food

Animal health is one of the key areas linking the two sectors. At VIV Select China, international suppliers will present solutions in disease prevention, biosecurity, vaccines, antibiotic-reduction strategies and animal nutrition. Technologies proven in livestock production may also support innovation in companion animal healthcare, veterinary products and clinical disease management.Pet food provides another important point of connection. Pet Fair Asia will showcase products across staple diets, functional treats, veterinary diets and specialized nutrition, bringing together established brands, emerging companies and OEM manufacturers.

Insights into pet food innovation and consumer trends can help livestock producers and ingredient suppliers identify new opportunities in raw material development, formulation, sourcing and production planning. The collaboration is designed to encourage more efficient coordination across the value chain, from farm and ingredient supply to finished pet products.

Complimentary Shuttle Service Between Venues

To help professional visitors attend both exhibitions efficiently, the organizer will operate a complimentary shuttle bus service between the two venues on August 20 and 21. Frequent point-to-point departures will connect the Shanghai World Expo Exhibition & Convention Center with the Shanghai New International Expo Centre.Current and previous VIV Select China visitors may also qualify for dedicated Pet Fair Asia trade visitor benefits, including access to the professional visitor days on August 20 and 21, subject to advance registration and eligibility requirements.

Event Information

VIV Select China 2026

Dates: August 19–21, 2026

Venue: Shanghai World Expo Exhibition & Convention Center

The 28th Pet Fair Asia

Dates: August 19–23, 2026

Venue: Shanghai New International Expo Centre

August 19: VIP Trade Day, invitation only
August 20–21: Trade Visitor Days, advance registration required
August 21–23: Public Days, ticket required

Visitor registration for both exhibitions is now open.

The first joint initiative between VIV Select China and Pet Fair Asia will offer global industry professionals a new opportunity to connect livestock expertise, animal health technologies, ingredient sourcing and pet market innovation in one city. Shanghai will serve as a central meeting point for cross-sector sourcing, knowledge exchange and international business development in August 2026.

El Niño raises fresh uncertainty for global feed markets

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Jul 2026 16:00:10 +0700

Weather patterns do not usually dominate discussions in the poultry industry. This year may prove different.

With El Niño now established in the equatorial Pacific, attention is increasingly focused on the world’s major grain and oilseed producing regions. According to RaboResearch, there is an 81% probability that the current event will strengthen into a very strong El Niño, raising fresh uncertainty over crop production in several key exporting countries during the 2026/27 season.

That does not automatically translate into lower harvests or higher feed costs. One of the report’s central messages is that El Niño does not produce the same outcome every time. Its influence is based on historical weather patterns rather than fixed predictions, and the timing and location of weather anomalies ultimately determine the impact on agricultural production.

For feed markets, the picture is therefore far from one-sided.

In South America, Argentina is among the countries that could benefit from improved rainfall. Better soil moisture would support the production of corn, soybeans and winter wheat, while parts of the southern United States are also expected to experience favourable growing conditions. Stronger harvests in those regions could help offset weaker production elsewhere if weather conditions deteriorate in other exporting countries.

Australia presents a different risk. Historically, El Niño has been associated with hotter and drier conditions across much of the country’s eastern and central grain belt, where wheat, barley and canola are grown. Crops entered the current season in generally favourable condition following near-normal winter rainfall, but RaboResearch notes that the timing of any shift towards drier weather will be critical as harvest approaches. For international feed markets, Australia matters well beyond its own borders, as it remains one of the world’s leading wheat exporters.

Brazil offers perhaps the clearest reminder that El Niño rarely produces uniform outcomes. Southern soybean-producing states often receive more rainfall during El Niño years, although excessive precipitation can disrupt field operations, delay harvest and reduce grain quality. Further north, conditions tend to move in the opposite direction. Central, northern and northeastern producing regions are more likely to experience below-average rainfall, increasing production risks if dry conditions persist. The report also points to another potential consequence: lower water levels in the Amazon Basin could restrict barge traffic, increasing grain transport costs along Brazil’s northern export corridors.

Elsewhere, weaker monsoon conditions could create additional pressure on crop production in parts of Asia, including corn. Even so, RaboResearch notes that substantial grain reserves held by countries such as India and China reduce the likelihood that moderate production losses would immediately trigger a sharp increase in import demand.

Although cereals and oilseeds remain the main focus for poultry producers, the report highlights one market where El Niño is already having a measurable effect. Warmer waters off the Peruvian coast have disrupted the country’s anchovy fishery, sharply reducing the availability of fish meal and fish oil. Prices have reacted accordingly. While these ingredients play a much larger role in aquaculture than in commercial poultry diets, the development illustrates how quickly weather-related disruptions can spread through global feed ingredient markets.

For the poultry sector, the most important developments will be those affecting the production of feed ingredients in the world’s major exporting regions. The extent of any impact on feed ingredient markets will ultimately depend on when—and where—the effects of El Niño materialise across the world’s main producing areas during the remainder of the 2026/27 production cycle.

Source: www.rabobank.com

Getting more from today’s coccidiosis control tools

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Jul 2026 05:20:03 +0700

With no new anticoccidial drugs expected anytime soon, poultry producers are being pushed to get more out of the tools they already have. In the second installment of Phibro Academy’s three-part webinar series, “Coccidiosis Tools and Strategies,” Greg Mathis, PhD, president of Southern Poultry Research, Inc., made it clear that effective coccidiosis control today depends less on new product development and more on how well existing strategies are combined.

Mathis outlined three primary approaches to control — anticoccidial drugs, vaccines and phytogenics — emphasizing that each plays a distinct role in improving performance, reducing mortality and maintaining flock uniformity.

Why subclinical coccidiosis still matters

Coccidiosis is fundamentally a disease of intestinal damage, disrupting digestion and nutrient absorption and reducing performance. Even low-level infections can carry measurable economic consequences, particularly when they occur later in the grow-out.

Research has shown that even mild infections can impair nutrient absorption and reduce weight gain, reinforcing the importance of consistent control throughout the production cycle.

Among the major Eimeria species, E. maxima stands out as especially important. Its location in the mid-intestine, deeper tissue damage and associated mucus production make it a key contributor to necrotic enteritis by creating a favorable environment for Clostridium perfringens.

No new drugs on the horizon

One of the clearest realities facing the industry is the lack of new anticoccidial drugs.

Mathis said the industry should not expect any new standalone anticoccidial drugs in the foreseeable future.

That leaves producers relying on the same core set of tools — reinforcing the need to use them more strategically.

Ionophores, synthetic anticoccidials still anchor control

Despite changes in production systems, anticoccidial drugs remain foundational. Ionophores continue to provide a balance of direct parasite control and controlled cycling that allows immunity to develop, making them one of the most practical and economical approaches available.

Synthetic anticoccidials offer strong, broad-spectrum activity across multiple life stages of the parasite. Their potency makes them valuable in high-challenge situations but also underscores the need for careful use to avoid accelerating resistance.

Together, these products remain central to control programs, even as their role evolves within more integrated strategies.

Vaccination continues to expand

Vaccination has become an increasingly important tool, particularly in systems reducing antibiotic use. By providing early, controlled exposure, vaccines stimulate immunity that protects birds later in the grow-out.

Mathis noted that vaccination offers an important advantage in resistance management. It does not drive resistance and can help shift coccidial populations toward more drug-sensitive strains while building strong immunity by 28 to 35 days of age.

Bio-shuttle programs bridge the gap

Bio-shuttle programs combine vaccination with targeted anticoccidial use to manage peak infection pressure. By modulating coccidial cycling at critical points, these programs reduce the severity of infection without compromising immunity.

In research trials, this approach improved feed conversion and weight gain, highlighting the practical value of combining strategies rather than relying on a single tool.

Phytogenics play a supporting role

Interest in phytogenics — including saponins, essential oils and tannins — continues to grow, particularly in no-antibiotics-ever programs. Although these products cannot provide significant anticoccidial or antibacterial effects, they can improve immunity development and reduce intestinal inflammation. Thus, their role is supportive rather than primary.

“They shouldn’t be used as a sole program… they are better as a support role for drugs and for vaccines,” Mathis said.

Research has shown that saponins and polyphenols can modulate inflammation and immunity development, reduce lesion severity and improve nutrient digestibility. When used alongside ionophores or vaccines, they can contribute to improved feed conversion and overall performance.

Not all alternatives behave the same

One key challenge with phytogenics is variability. Differences in source material, processing and formulation can lead to inconsistent results.

Mathis cautioned that higher inclusion levels of some phytogenic products can reduce feed intake and negatively impact performance if not managed carefully.

That variability makes careful product selection and program integration essential, particularly when used alongside vaccination.

Integration is the future

If the first webinar in the series emphasized preserving anticoccidials through rotation, this session underscored a complementary reality: long-term success depends on how well those tools are combined.

Drugs provide consistency and strong control. Vaccines build immunity and help shift sensitivity. Phytogenics support gut health and modulate immunity.

“We can manage coccidiosis, but we need to utilize all the tools we have — drugs, vaccines and alternatives,” Mathis said.

This article is based on the second session in Phibro Academy’s three-part webinar series, “Coccidiosis tools and strategies.” To access the full webinar series, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Getting more from today’s coccidiosis control tools appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Inhouse Farming Feed & Food Convention 2027: registration now open for exhibitors

Edusehat — Thu, 23 Jul 2026 18:20:09 +0700

21-22 April 2027, Congress Center Hamburg (CCH), Germany – International DLG conference and business platform for the feed and food systems of the future – Exhibitors and sponsors can now register: Exhibitor and sponsor registration

The Inhouse Farming Feed & Food Convention 2027 has opened registration for exhibitors and sponsoring partners. Taking place on 21 and 22 April 2027 at the Congress Center Hamburg (CCH), the international event, organized by the DLG (German Agricultural Society), will bring together companies, start-ups, research institutions and decision-makers. Under the theme “Driving Innovation across the Agrifood System,” the convention will explore innovations and business opportunities shaping the future of feed and food production.

The exhibition accompanying the convention offers companies and organizations a highly targeted platform to showcase solutions, technologies and services within the context of a high-level conference program, while providing direct access to international stakeholders from across the agrifood value chain.

At the event, exhibiting companies will be positioned as drivers of innovation, covering topics ranging from agricultural raw materials and production technologies to food processing, market development and regulatory frameworks. Participation opportunities include exhibition space, sponsorship packages and customized formats integrated into the convention environment.

The exhibition is closely linked to the convention program, both physically and conceptually. “As all delegates meet up in the exhibition area during networking breaks and on their way to sessions, this space creates valuable opportunities for exhibitors to connect with decision-makers from agriculture, food and feed production, processing industries, technology suppliers, research institutions and trade organizations,” says Yuliya Bondarenko, Project Manager of the Inhouse Farming Feed & Food Convention, DLG

Covering the entire agrifood value chain

The two-day conference program comprises 18 themed sessions across three parallel blocks, complemented by plenary sessions that feature international keynote speakers. Topics will address the full spectrum of future feed and food systems:

Raw Materials: Agricultural raw material sources for feed and food production, vertical farming, alternative protein sources, aquaculture, algae and novel biomass sources.
Technologies: Fermentation and biotechnology, automation, sensors and artificial intelligence (AI), indoor and vertical farming, insect farming and cellular agriculture.
Processing: Industrial scaling, integration of novel production systems and high-value crops.
Markets: Novel foods, food safety, business models, financing, sustainability, environmental, social and governance (ESG) considerations, and regulatory frameworks.

Further sessions will focus on technologies such as fermentation, biotechnology, automation, artificial intelligence, sensor systems, indoor and vertical farming, insect farming and cellular agriculture. Additional program points will explore industrial scaling, the integration of new production systems, high-value crops, novel foods, food safety, business models, financing, sustainability and regulatory developments.

The program will feature a new Startup Award as well as interactive networking formats, including innovation pitches, technology tours and matchmaking sessions. These elements actively connect exhibitors with industry partners, investors and potential customers while fostering knowledge exchange and business development.

“The convention is specifically designed to create opportunities for networking across the agrifood sector. Topic-focused networking lounges, an international networking evening, and startup and innovation pitch sessions followed by investor and partner matchmaking make the convention a key meeting point for the global agrifood community,” says Bondarenko.

Registration now open

Companies, startups and institutions can now register for participation in the exhibition and secure a range of sponsorship opportunities. Further information on exhibition packages, sponsorship options and participation formats is available at: Exhibiting & Sponsorship – Inhouse Farming

www.inhouse-farming.com/en/feed-food-convention/exhibiting-sponsorship

Source: DLG (German Agricultural Society) press release

Leveraging Artificial Intelligence in Aquaculture Management

Edusehat — Thu, 23 Jul 2026 08:00:07 +0700

Artificial intelligence is changing the way aquaculture farms monitor fish, manage resources, and make daily production decisions. By combining sensors, cameras, automated equipment, and data analysis, AI can turn large amounts of farm information into practical recommendations.

Instead of relying only on periodic observations, farmers can use AI-supported systems to monitor water quality, feeding activity, fish behavior, health indicators, and environmental conditions continuously. These tools can identify patterns that may be difficult to notice through visual inspection alone.

However, artificial intelligence is not meant to replace experienced farm managers. Its greatest value comes from helping people make faster, more accurate, and better-informed decisions.

What Is Artificial Intelligence in Aquaculture?

Artificial intelligence in aquaculture refers to computer systems that analyze farm data, recognize patterns, predict potential problems, and recommend or automate specific actions.

These systems can collect information from:

Water-quality sensors
Underwater cameras
Automated feeders
Fish-behavior monitoring systems
Weather stations
Production records
Mobile applications
Internet of Things devices

Machine-learning models can then compare current information with historical data to identify unusual conditions, estimate future performance, or recommend operational changes.

The Food and Agriculture Organization’s digital aquaculture resources highlight how digital tools can support water-quality monitoring, feed management, disease tracking, and farm decision-making.

Continuous Monitoring Supports Earlier Detection

Water conditions can change quickly, especially in intensive ponds, tanks, cages, and recirculating aquaculture systems. Temperature, dissolved oxygen, pH, salinity, turbidity, and ammonia can all affect aquatic animal health and growth.

Traditional testing provides information from a particular moment. In contrast, connected sensors can collect measurements throughout the day and night. AI can analyze these readings continuously and look for sudden changes or developing trends.

For example, the system may detect:

A gradual decline in dissolved oxygen
An unexpected increase in water temperature
Unusual pH fluctuations
Conditions associated with ammonia buildup
Differences between ponds or production units
Recurring problems during particular times of day

This can give farmers more time to inspect equipment, increase aeration, adjust water flow, reduce feeding, or take other appropriate action.

A NOAA guide to aquaculture water quality explains how temperature influences dissolved gases and other production conditions. AI does not change these biological relationships—it helps farmers monitor them more consistently.

AI Makes Feeding More Precise

Feed is one of the most significant operating costs on many aquaculture farms. Overfeeding wastes money, reduces feed-conversion efficiency, and can contribute to poor water quality. Underfeeding, meanwhile, may slow growth and increase competition among animals.

AI-supported feeding systems use underwater cameras, acoustic equipment, sensors, and behavioral data to estimate:

Whether fish are actively feeding
How quickly feed is being consumed
When feeding activity begins to decline
How much biomass is present
Whether environmental conditions are suitable for feeding

The system can then recommend or automatically adjust the feeding rate.

Research into AI-driven aquaculture technologies describes how underwater imaging and hydroacoustic tools can monitor feeding behavior in real time. When properly calibrated, these technologies can help reduce waste while supporting healthy growth.

More precise feeding can also lower the amount of uneaten feed and excess nutrients entering the surrounding environment.

Disease and Stress May Be Identified Earlier

Disease outbreaks can cause serious financial losses, particularly when warning signs are discovered only after fish stop eating or mortality increases.

Artificial intelligence can help identify early indicators of stress by analyzing changes in:

Swimming speed
Schooling behavior
Feeding response
Surface activity
Body position
Color or visible appearance
Water-quality conditions
Mortality patterns

Computer-vision systems may detect behavioral changes that are too subtle or gradual for workers to recognize during routine inspections. When combined with environmental and production data, these observations can create an early-warning system.

However, an AI alert should not be treated as a final diagnosis. It should prompt further inspection, water testing, sampling, or consultation with an aquatic animal health professional. Human expertise remains essential when determining the cause of a health problem and selecting an appropriate response.

A review of artificial intelligence applications in aquaculture discusses the use of cameras, sensors, and machine learning to monitor fish behavior, health, feeding, and water resources.

Growth Predictions Improve Production Planning

Estimating growth and biomass accurately is important for feeding, stocking, harvesting, and marketing. Conventional sampling can be labor-intensive and may temporarily stress the animals.

AI-supported imaging systems can estimate fish size and biomass from photographs or underwater video. These measurements can then be combined with feeding records, water conditions, stocking data, and previous production results.

This information can help farmers predict:

Expected growth rates
Feed requirements
Future biomass
Harvest dates
Production volumes
Stocking-density adjustments
Potential supply for buyers

Better forecasting can also help producers coordinate labor, processing, transportation, and sales more effectively.

Automation Reduces Repetitive Work

Artificial intelligence becomes especially useful when it is connected to automated farm equipment. Depending on the system and the level of human oversight, AI may help operate:

Feeders
Aerators
Pumps
Water-control systems
Filtration equipment
Lighting
Sorting and grading equipment
Alarm and notification systems

For example, a monitoring system could detect declining dissolved oxygen and send an alert. A more advanced system might automatically activate an aerator while notifying the farm manager.

Automation reduces the need for constant manual adjustment and can help maintain stable production conditions outside regular working hours. Nevertheless, farms should maintain backup procedures in case sensors, communications, software, or automated equipment fail.

AI Can Improve Resource Efficiency

Aquaculture profitability depends on using feed, energy, water, labor, and equipment efficiently. Even small inefficiencies can become expensive when repeated across large farms or multiple production cycles.

AI can compare data from different ponds, cages, tanks, or facilities to identify where resources are being wasted. It may reveal that one production unit consistently uses more feed, requires more aeration, or produces slower growth than similar units.

Farm managers can use these findings to improve:

Feed-conversion ratios
Water use
Energy consumption
Labor scheduling
Equipment maintenance
Stocking strategies
Waste management

The FAO’s discussion of sustainable aquaculture in action recognizes digitalization and capacity building as important components of future aquaculture development.

Historical Data Supports Better Long-Term Decisions

The value of AI increases as a farm develops reliable records across multiple production cycles. Instead of depending entirely on memory or isolated spreadsheets, farmers can build a searchable history of production performance.

They can compare:

Species and production batches
Seasonal conditions
Feed types
Stocking densities
Disease events
Water-quality patterns
Growth and survival rates
Harvest results

These comparisons can help managers understand why one cycle performed better than another. Over time, the farm can refine its practices using its own evidence rather than relying solely on general recommendations.

Challenges of Adopting AI in Aquaculture

Although AI offers considerable potential, successful implementation requires more than purchasing new technology.

Common challenges include:

High initial equipment costs
Limited internet access in remote locations
Poor-quality or incomplete farm data
Sensors that require regular cleaning and calibration
Systems that may not work equally well for every species
Lack of staff training
Compatibility problems between different technologies
Data ownership and cybersecurity concerns
Overreliance on automated recommendations

AI models are only as dependable as the information they receive. A damaged sensor, dirty camera, incorrect calibration, or poorly trained model can produce misleading results.

Therefore, farms should introduce AI gradually, test it under local conditions, and compare its recommendations with professional judgment.

How to Begin Using AI on an Aquaculture Farm

Farmers do not need to automate an entire facility at once. A smaller, carefully measured pilot project is usually a practical starting point.

1. Identify the most expensive or recurring problem

Begin with a specific challenge, such as excessive feed use, low nighttime oxygen, inconsistent growth, or delayed disease detection.

2. Improve data collection

Make sure sensors and production records are reliable before introducing advanced analysis.

3. Start with one pond or production unit

Testing the technology on a limited scale makes it easier to evaluate results and correct problems.

4. Establish human oversight

Decide which actions require manager approval and which low-risk adjustments may be automated.

5. Measure performance

Track indicators such as feed-conversion ratio, growth, survival, labor hours, energy use, and operating cost.

6. Expand only after proving the value

Once the system produces dependable results, it can be adapted to other parts of the operation.

The Future of AI in Aquaculture Management

Artificial intelligence is helping aquaculture become more predictive, efficient, and data-driven. It can strengthen water-quality monitoring, improve feeding decisions, detect potential health problems, estimate growth, automate routine operations, and support long-term planning.

The technology is most effective when it combines reliable data with the knowledge of experienced farmers, technicians, scientists, and aquatic animal health professionals.

AI should not replace human expertise. Instead, it should extend that expertise by providing faster analysis, earlier warnings, and clearer information. When used responsibly, artificial intelligence can help aquaculture businesses improve profitability while reducing waste and supporting better environmental outcomes.

Join the Ecolonomic Action Team

Would you like to learn more about artificial intelligence, aquaculture, sustainable business, and innovative ways to make a positive environmental impact?

Join the Ecolonomic Action Team Community. EAT connects entrepreneurs, growers, landowners, environmental professionals, and lifelong learners who want to create practical solutions that benefit both people and the planet.

Explore new ideas, learn from experienced professionals, and discover how innovative technologies can help you make a little money while making the planet better.

References and Related Resources

The post Leveraging Artificial Intelligence in Aquaculture Management first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Stuff We Love: The Best Cat Products for Spring/Summer 2026

Edusehat — Thu, 23 Jul 2026 04:15:07 +0700

Welcome to our latest Stuff We Love roundup, where we share the best cat products, accessories, and clever finds for feline families. From enrichment toys that keep curious cats entertained to stylish upgrades for your home, these editor-approved picks are designed to make life with your cat happier, healthier, and more fun.

Our Favorite Cat Products for Spring/Summer 2026

#1 Keep Doors Open For Your Cat, But Block You Dog

Keep your dog out of the cat food and litter box! Door Buddy Cat Door Prop keeps doors open just wide enough for cats to enter while blocking pups, saving your sanity and your cat’s dignity. ($21, thedoorbuddy.com)

#2 A Self-Cleaning Filtered Water Bowl

Turn tap water into clean, mineral-balanced hydration with this self-cleaning filtered water bowl. The GOpure Pet Bowl combines a double-walled stainless-steel design with advanced ceramic filtration. The built-in natural purification system removes toxins and prevents biofilm, delivering your cat the same purified water trusted by thousands of GOpure’s human customers. ($50, gopurepod.com)

#3 An Automatic Litter Box (Goodbye Scooping!)

Bid adieu to stinky litter boxes! Leo’s Loo Too automatic litter box is loved by cats and owners alike thanks to its safe and quiet operation, sleek design, and excellent odour control. It even includes app integration with weight tracking for added health insights. ($599, casaleopet.com)

#4 A Solution for Facial Injuries and Allergies

Relieve discomfort from facial injuries or allergies with Vetericyn Plus Feline Facial Therapy. Designed to clean and heal common feline issues like acne, eye discharge, ear infections, and skin irritations, this non-toxic, safe-if-ingested antimicrobial spray speeds healing without antibiotics or steroids. ($13, vetericyn.com)

#5 A Cat-Centric Picture Book

Author Lorraine Abrams’s lively picture book, A Cat’s Historical Yarn or the Taming of the Humans, puts cats at the center of hundreds of years of history. Fun illustrations bring this cat-centered re-imagining to life. A delightful picture book for cat lovers young and old alike. ($14, amazon.com)

#6 A Custom Mosaic Cremation Urn

Mosaic Mirm’s beautiful custom mosaic cremation urns honour the memory of your beloved companion. Lovingly handcrafted and designed to hold ashes, each urn is one of a kind—just like your cat—and can include photographs, tags, and your cat’s name. ($370, etsy.com/shop/MosaicMirm)

#7 A Cat Food Your Kitten Will Love

Fussie Cat delivers a knockout kitten food with their creamy and flavourful Tuna & Chicken with Pumpkin in Goat Milk Mousse Kitten Recipe. High protein, hydrating, and easy to digest, this DHA-rich food delivers everything kittens need for healthy growth. ($2, fussiecat.com)

#8 A Book Full of Fascinating Cat Facts

Why have legends of cats having nine lives persisted throughout the centuries? Are the molecules of cat mummies embedded in our morning cereal? Dive into these thought-provoking topics and more in Mews and Views for the Curious Cat Lover, a fascinating look at feline mysteries, behaviour, adaptations, and history. ($13, amazon.com)

#9 Probiotic Support For Cats

Replenish your cats natural gut flora with good bacteria. Ideal for stress, diarrhea, post-illness, or daily support, FeliOtic is the only daily liquid probiotic with lactobacillus reuteri developed from the cat, for the cat! ($24, bluegrassanimalproducts.com)

#10 A Supplement Especially For Senior Cats

Make sure your senior cat gets everything they need with WellyTails Senior Cat Care ADVANCED. Super-star ingredients like DHA & EPA Omega-3s, probiotics and digestive enzymes, cancer-fighting phytonutrients and antioxidants, cranberry extract, and glucosamine support overall wellness. ($35, wellytails.com)

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Stuff We Love: The Best Cat Products for Spring/Summer 2026 appeared first on Modern Cat.

Dovria Ultra Monitor – Features and Advantages

Edusehat — Thu, 23 Jul 2026 03:40:07 +0700

Some equipment simply gets the job done. The Dovria was built to stand out.

A touchscreen that adapts to you. Masimo technology built right in. A layout designed for your pace, not the other way around.

We are not showing you everything here, but the Dovria has earned its moment in the spotlight. Take a closer look.

Peaches, honey and barn cats: Tackling HPAI mental health challenges

Edusehat — Thu, 23 Jul 2026 00:10:03 +0700

By Tom Tabler, PhD
Professor, Extension Poultry Specialist
University of Tennessee Extension Service/Animal Science Department
Middle Tennessee AgResearch and Education Center
Spring Hill, Tennessee

In March 2025, egg prices reached an all-time high of $6.23 per dozen due to the ongoing highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) outbreak. By March 2026, the poultry industry had made progress in replacing lost flocks, although HPAI outbreaks still occurred regularly.

With egg prices now closer to normal, news media attention is focused elsewhere. However, we must not forget the toll that HPAI continues to take on producers’ mental health.

HPAI devastation continues

A look at USDA’s website that tracks HPAI detections (Confirmed Pathogenic Avian Flu in Commercial & Backyard Flocks | APHIS) indicates that commercial broiler, turkey, table-egg, duck, pullet and breeder flocks, along with backyard flocks, live-bird markets and upland game-bird flocks have all been recently affected. Even with heightened biosecurity, no flock is totally safe, and over 205 million birds have been affected since the outbreak began on February 8, 2022.

The constant concern of an HPAI outbreak has been an issue for every poultry producer (commercial, backyard and game bird) for over 4 years now, with no end in sight. In addition, in March 2024, HPAI was diagnosed in dairy cattle, spreading to 1,088 confirmed cases in 19 states.

Livestock farming was never easy, and HPAI adds to the mental health stress that producers live with every day.

Rural mental health challenges

Livestock operations are typically located in rural agricultural areas that often have a shortage of health care professionals, especially those capable of treating mental health disorders. This shortage makes it difficult for farmers to find a practitioner to address mental health challenges, including suicidal concerns.

It’s important to note that there are differences between people who grow up on a farm and those who grow up in town.

I grew up on a small farm in west central Arkansas. Town, for us, was a small rural community (population ~3,200 folks back then) about 5 miles to the northwest. Many of us who grew up on farms or in isolated rural areas tend to have — how shall I tactfully put this — unique demographic characteristics; distinctive, culturally related behaviors; and health disparities different from our townsfolk cousins.

Hard day’s work

It has been my observation that this disparity between country and city has only widened over the years. Poultry and dairy farming is difficult work that is 24/7/365, and most folks today aren’t interested in working a schedule with long hours, harsh environments, tough working conditions and low pay. As a result, there is a large immigrant workforce in the US that performs much of the hard manual labor on farms, fields, orchards, etc. Mental health concerns and treatment options are an even bigger issue for this migrant workforce.

Farmers are known for not complaining when it comes to aches and pains, especially when the aches and pains are mental. Personally, I tend to think this is even more pronounced in the immigrant workforce population. Farming is physically demanding, emotionally taxing and, depending on circumstances, terribly isolated and occasionally lonely. Farm life is often hard, even harder when you’re tired and lonely.

Throw in extreme weather, labor shortages, volatile markets and the stress of running a farm, and you have one of the most high-pressure and dangerous jobs in existence. No wonder studies indicate that farmer suicide rates are two to five times higher than the national average,^1,2 and mental health concerns like anxiety, financial worry, depression and burnout are so common in this demographic.

Who’s farming now?

Even though the average age of rural farmers is 58.1 years old,³I don’t think that farmer suicide and mental health concerns are issues only for old white guys. Although male, Caucasian farmers make up most folks in farming in the US, the demographics of farmers are changing as more women, people of color, new farmers and younger individuals are increasingly represented in the workforce.^4,5

Case in point: 36% of all farm producers are female, 56% of all farms have at least one female decision maker, 11% of farmers are veterans and 25% are new farmers.⁶

I’m the first to praise life in rural America. However, speaking from experience, it can be lonely, secluded, isolated, detached and forlorn. Again, farmers are strongly reluctant to seek mental health care. Fear of stigma and discrimination is a significant consideration, as small rural communities offer little chance to keep private things private.^7,8 As so eloquently described in the lyrics to “Midnight Girl/Sunset Town,” “everyone knows when the neighbors cough” in these small, tight-knit communities.

In addition, most farmers have a tough persona and do not see mental health concerns as issues requiring outside assistance but more as a matter to endure and tough out on their own.

The ongoing HPAI outbreak means that increasing numbers of farmers and poultry company executives are facing difficult and overwhelming decisions about where to go from here after an HPAI break. But just because these decisions become more common as the outbreak drags on, it doesn’t lessen the mental anguish folks feel or the attention they may need.

Catch more flies with honey

At the nagging insistence of the assistant dean of what was then the College of Agriculture and Home Economics at the University of Arkansas, I took a human relations course in my last semester as an undergraduate. It was far from my favorite class but, in hindsight, one of the most valuable.

Why ask, pray tell? Because we learned “human relations”: how to “relate” with “humans” (particularly in difficult situations), think before you speak, put yourself in someone else’s place and consider what someone may be going through. The class taught the value and the need of empathy, sensitivity, compassion, consideration, kindness, sympathy and tenderness for others, subjects not typically on the mind of the average 22-year-old.

I learned that you catch more flies with honey than you do vinegar. I always try to remember that, especially when dealing with folks in a tough spot.

That being said, a human relations class can teach you how to recognize when someone may be in trouble, but I’m not sure it can teach you how to respond. You may not know that until you are in the moment, and then you may just have to wing it and do the best you can. Each of us handles adversity differently, but I’m proof that the more you do it, the better you get at it.

Poultry growers dealing with an HPAI outbreak (or other disasters like a tornado, flood, hurricane, etc.) are in a tough spot physically, but the mental stress can be even more challenging and devastating. Those of us on the outside looking in must always be aware of this.

Be mindful of the pain and struggles these growers are dealing with and recognize the importance of “human relations.” Understand how valuable a little kindness and consideration can be to someone going through a hard time, even if it’s just holding someone’s hand at a kitchen table or sitting on a pickup tailgate listening to someone let off a little steam. It’s not always important what you say or do; simply being there, and caring enough to be there, is enough.

Peaches and barn cats

I offer a nugget of wisdom here that I can’t take credit for, but I do find valuable in dealing with HPAI. Donnie Smith, former president and CEO of Tyson Foods, has a unique perspective on corporate structure. I use that same unique outlook in everyday life to set my own moral compass and maintain my mental health.

Instead of seeing typical corporate pyramid structures with the stars at the top, Smith sees peach trees. And who are the stars on a peach tree? That’s right — the peaches. Smith sees himself at the bottom of the tree, as the roots that bring in resources and provide stability, support and structure for the stars.

Why will this same philosophy not work with everyday mental health? Farmers are a close, small, tight-knit community, much like peaches on a tree. If we all made it a priority to nourish and provide resources, stability, structure and direction to those peaches, couldn’t we lessen many of the mental health challenges facing rural America? The sooner the better. Otherwise, to paraphrase Cormac McCarthy, “By the time you figure it out, it will be too late.”

We will still be dealing with HPAI into the foreseeable future, but even if your flock is affected, don’t let that lead to mental despair or something worse. Don’t think that there isn’t anyone who will understand or listen, because there is.

Personally, I’ve had many long, weighty and meaningful conversations with a menagerie of barn cats over the years, and every cat has listened to what I had to say. An upside to these conversations is that you get to do most of the talking.

There’s nothing wrong with asking for help or offering help if you’re concerned about a friend or neighbor. If the stress of HPAI or even everyday farm chores is affecting your happiness or mental state, I humbly ask you to please consider talking things over with someone (or your barn cat). There are plenty of folks, including the suicide prevention hotline, 988. Plus, I have connections with a few barn cats that will listen to you.

But don’t wait too long to do it! I was not the biggest fan of the Coen brothers’ 2010 remake of “True Grit,” but it has grown on me over the years. The older version of Mattie has a final line that I think is appropriate here: “Time just gets away from us.” That is truer than most folks realize until it is too late.

Keep that in mind, friends, and remember that those of us in rural America can use all the peaches we can get!

References

Ringgenberg W, Peek‐Asa C, Donham K, Ramirez M. Trends and characteristics of occupational suicide and homicide in farmers and agriculture workers, 1992–2010. J Rural Health. 2018;34(3):246-253. doi:10.1111/jrh.12245.
Steelesmith DL, Fontanella CA, Campo JV, Bridge JA, Warren KL, Root ED. Contextual factors associated with county-level suicide rates in the United States, 1999 to 2016. JAMA Network Open. 2019;2(9):E1910936.
USDA-NASS. USDA releases 2022 Census of Agriculture data. News release. 2024. Available at: USDA releases 2022 Census of Agriculture data. Accessed: March 19, 2026.
Steelesmith DL, Fontanella CA, Campo JV, Bridge JA, Warren KL, Root ED. Contextual factors associated with
Reed DB, Claunch DT. Risk for depressive symptoms and suicide among U.S. primary farmers and family members: a systematic literature review. Workplace Health Saf. 2020;68(5):216507991988894-248. doi:10.1177/2165079919888940.
Ibid
Judd F, Jackson H, Fraser C, Murray G, Robins G, Komiti A. Understanding suicide in Australian farmers. Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol. 2006;41(1):1-10. doi:10.1007/s00127-005-0007-1.
Bjornestad A, Brown L, Weidauer L. The relationship between social support and depressive symptoms in midwestern farmers. J Rural Mental Health. 2019;43(4):109-117.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post Peaches, honey and barn cats: Tackling HPAI mental health challenges appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Indonesia eyes China and the Middle East for poultry exports

Edusehat — Wed, 22 Jul 2026 20:30:09 +0700

Indonesia is continuing to explore export opportunities for poultry products in China and the Middle East, aiming to broaden market access, absorb domestic surplus, and support poultry farmers’ incomes. Deputy Agriculture Minister Sudaryono said the government is pursuing export expansion as part of efforts to strengthen the poultry sector and respond to growing global food demand.

The effort is part of a broader strategy to strengthen Indonesia’s poultry sector, which has already begun shipping products to overseas markets. In March 2026, the Agriculture Ministry dispatched 545 tons of poultry and poultry products to Singapore, Japan, and Timor-Leste, with a reported value of Rp18.2 billion.

Target markets and policy goals

According to the reports, China and the Middle East are being treated as priority destinations for Indonesian poultry exports because they offer significant market potential and could help ease pressure from domestic oversupply. The government sees export expansion as a way to create additional demand for domestic poultry production.

China is especially important because of its scale and demand for animal protein, while Middle Eastern markets remain attractive as the government looks to diversify export destinations. At the same time, the available evidence shows that Indonesia’s export base is still developing, with current shipments remaining modest in volume.

A sector in expansion

The export push follows other government initiatives aimed at supporting the agricultural sector and research-based innovation. ANTARA has also reported that the Agriculture Ministry and BRIN have strengthened cooperation on agricultural research and innovation to support food security and downstream development.

For poultry producers, access to new markets could help stabilize domestic prices and improve farm profitability over time. In the longer term, exports to China and the Middle East may become an important pillar of Indonesia’s international poultry growth strategy, although the market-opening process is still underway.

Best Chew Toys for Aggressive Chewers: A Practical Guide for Indian Pet Parents

Edusehat — Wed, 22 Jul 2026 20:25:04 +0700

Why Aggressive Chewers Need Special Toys

Some dogs treat every toy like a personal challenge. Within minutes, squeakers vanish, plush stuffing covers the living room, and rubber balls turn into rubber crumbs. If this sounds familiar, your dog is likely what trainers call a power chewer or aggressive chewer. This behaviour is not bad manners. It is a natural response to teething, boredom, anxiety, or simply having strong jaws that need a proper outlet.

Choosing the right chew toy is not only about saving your furniture. It is a safety matter. Small pieces broken off flimsy toys can cause choking or intestinal blockages, and the American Kennel Club warns that toys which are too hard can crack teeth. The right balance sits between soft enough to protect teeth and tough enough to survive determined jaws. Indian pet parents also face a specific climate challenge, since heat and humidity can weaken low-quality plastics and adhesives faster than in cooler regions.

How to Identify an Aggressive Chewer

Before you shop, confirm your dog actually needs heavy-duty toys. Buying industrial-grade rubber for a gentle chewer is unnecessary, and giving light toys to a power chewer is risky.

Toys marked as tough last less than a week in your home.
Your dog destroys plush or latex toys within minutes.
You often find small torn pieces around the house.
Breeds like Labradors, German Shepherds, Rottweilers, Boxers, Pit Bulls, and Indies with strong jaws often fall in this category.
Puppies aged three to seven months chew intensely during teething.

What Makes a Chew Toy Safe and Durable

Not every tough-looking toy is safe. Use these markers when comparing options on the shelf or online.

Material Quality

Natural rubber, food-grade nylon, and rubber blends designed for dental use are the gold standard. Avoid vinyl toys with strong chemical smells, since they often contain phthalates that are unsuitable for pets.

The Fingernail Test

Veterinary dentists suggest a simple rule. If you cannot make a slight dent in the toy with your fingernail, it is likely too hard and could fracture teeth. PetMD explains that tooth fractures from overly hard chews are one of the most common preventable dental injuries in dogs.

Size and Shape

The toy must be larger than your dog can fit fully inside the mouth. Odd shapes with ridges also give teeth better grip and reduce slippage.

Climate Suitability

In humid Indian cities like Mumbai, Chennai, and Kochi, soft rubber toys can develop mould if left damp. Choose non-porous materials and rinse toys after outdoor play, especially during monsoon.

Best Chew Toy Types for Aggressive Chewers

Rather than a ranked list of brands, focus on toy categories that consistently perform well for power chewers. This makes shopping easier whether you buy online or in a local pet store.

1. Solid Rubber Chew Toys

Thick, hollow rubber toys shaped like snowmen or cones are famous for a reason. They bounce unpredictably, can be stuffed with treats or peanut butter, and handle serious jaw pressure. Look for firm natural rubber with a slight give. You can find sturdy options in the dog toys collection on PetsWorld, filtered by size and chewing strength.

2. Nylon and Reinforced Bones

Nylon bones flavoured with chicken, bacon, or peanut butter are excellent for dogs who prefer to gnaw for long stretches. They wear down slowly and give teeth a workout without splintering. Replace them once they become small enough to swallow.

3. Rope and Fibre Toys

Braided cotton or hemp ropes double as chew toys and tug toys. The fibres also help clean teeth as your dog chews. Supervise the first few sessions, since heavy chewers sometimes rip strands loose, and remove the toy once it starts fraying badly.

4. Dental Chew Toys

Textured toys designed to massage gums serve two purposes at once. They satisfy the chewing urge and support oral hygiene. Pair them with regular brushing and quality dog dental care products for a complete routine.

5. Treat-Dispensing Puzzle Toys

Puzzle toys keep intelligent, high-energy breeds mentally engaged. When your dog works to get kibble or paste out of a toy, chewing becomes a game rather than a destructive habit. These are especially useful for dogs left alone during work hours in city apartments.

Chew Toys to Avoid

Some popular items look harmless but pose real risks to power chewers.

Cooked bones of any kind, which splinter easily.
Cheap plastic toys with squeakers that can be swallowed.
Rawhide sticks, which can swell in the stomach and cause blockages.
Tennis balls used as chew toys, since the fuzz wears down enamel and the rubber cracks into sharp pieces.
Sticks from the garden, which can splinter and lodge in the throat.

Matching Chew Toys to Your Dog’s Size and Age

A toy that is perfect for a Beagle can be dangerous for a Great Dane, and the other way around.

Small breeds under 10 kg: choose medium-firm rubber and smaller nylon bones.
Medium breeds 10 to 25 kg: opt for large rubber toys and durable rope options.
Large and giant breeds above 25 kg: pick extra-large, reinforced toys marked for power chewers.
Puppies: use softer teething toys until adult teeth fully emerge around seven months.
Senior dogs: switch to softer rubber to protect ageing teeth and gums.

How to Use Chew Toys the Right Way

Even the best chew toy fails if used incorrectly. A few habits make a big difference.

Rotate three to four toys through the week so your dog does not lose interest. Wash rubber and nylon toys with mild soap once a week, and dry them fully to prevent mould in humid weather. Supervise the first hour with any new toy, and throw away toys once cracks appear or pieces start breaking off. Combine chew time with daily exercise, since a tired dog chews with less frantic energy.

Pair chew sessions with a balanced diet and joint support, especially for large breeds. Explore dog supplements that support dental health, joint strength, and overall wellness alongside daily chewing.

Signs Your Dog Needs a New Toy

Replace a chew toy the moment you notice any of these signs. Deep cracks or splits in rubber, visible layers of nylon peeling away, pieces small enough to swallow, sharp edges from wear, or persistent bad odour despite cleaning. A fresh toy is far cheaper than an emergency vet visit.

Final Thoughts

Aggressive chewing is not something to punish. It is something to channel. With the right toys sized to your dog, made of safe materials, and matched to their age, you protect your home, your dog’s teeth, and your peace of mind. Start with two or three high-quality options across different categories like solid rubber, nylon, and puzzle toys, and observe what your dog prefers. Over time, you will build a small rotation that keeps them happy for years.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. Which chew toy lasts the longest for aggressive chewers?

Solid natural rubber toys and reinforced nylon bones tend to last the longest for power chewers. Look for products specifically labelled for extreme or aggressive chewing, and match the size to your dog’s weight class for maximum durability.

2. Are rubber chew toys safe for Indian summers?

Yes, provided you choose non-toxic natural rubber and store toys away from direct sunlight. High temperatures can soften cheap rubber and release odours, so avoid leaving toys in hot cars or on sunny balconies.

3. Can puppies use chew toys made for aggressive chewers?

Most heavy-duty toys are too hard for puppy teeth. Use softer teething toys until your puppy is at least seven months old, then gradually introduce firmer options as adult teeth strengthen.

4. How often should chew toys be replaced?

Inspect toys weekly. Replace any toy with cracks, missing chunks, or sharp edges immediately. Even intact toys are usually replaced every two to three months for aggressive chewers, depending on daily use.

5. Do chew toys help with separation anxiety?

Chew toys, especially treat-dispensing puzzle toys, can reduce mild separation anxiety by giving your dog a calming task. For severe cases, combine chew toys with training and consult a veterinarian or certified behaviourist.

Evonik completes backward integration of its global MetAMINO® production network

Edusehat — Wed, 22 Jul 2026 13:30:06 +0700

Evonik has completed the backward integration of its world-scale MetAMINO® (DL-methionine) production hub in Mobile, Alabama. With on-site production of the key intermediate methyl mercaptan in Europe (Antwerp), Asia (Singapore), and now the Americas (Mobile), the company has fully integrated its global methionine production network, further strengthening efficiency, supply security, and sustainability.

“We are proud to have completed the backward integration of our Mobile hub, a complex and demanding project that marks an important step forward for our methionine asset strategy,” says Gaetano Blanda, head of the Animal Nutrition business line at Evonik. “It strengthens our global production network, reduces exposure to market volatility, and enhances our operational position, enabling us to grow together with our customers in a sustainable way.”

The optimized production setup in Mobile reduces the carbon footprint of DL-methionine by around seven percent, supporting Evonik’s high sustainability ambitions. It also reduces the need to transport hazardous intermediates, contributing to improved safety and lower logistical risks.

“For our MetAMINO® customers in the Americas, a reliable regional supply is essential,” says Paulo Teixeira, Regional Vice President Americas at Evonik Animal Nutrition. “By producing key intermediates on-site in Mobile, we are less exposed to global supply disruptions and can provide the stability our customers – and ultimately the end consumers of food products – need in an increasingly volatile environment.”

MetAMINO® is used in livestock production to support efficient, healthy, and sustainable animal nutrition. With its science-based approach, Evonik’s Animal Nutrition business line develops products, services, and system solutions that help provide a growing global population with safe, high-quality, and affordable animal protein.

Brazil shifts from soybean acreage expansion to productivity gains

Edusehat — Wed, 22 Jul 2026 13:20:09 +0700

Brazil’s soybean acreage is expected to remain broadly unchanged in the 2026/27 season, marking a break from more than two decades of almost uninterrupted expansion. According to RaboResearch, the country’s soybean industry is moving into a phase where future growth will increasingly come from higher productivity rather than the steady conversion of new land into crop production.

Brazil is the world’s largest soybean producer and exporter, making developments in its crop outlook particularly relevant for the global feed industry, where soybean meal remains one of the main protein sources used in poultry diets.

RaboResearch says the economic environment has become less supportive of rapid expansion. Lower soybean prices, tighter margins, higher financing costs, more restrictive credit conditions and uncertainty surrounding input markets have all weighed on investment decisions. Instead of expanding acreage, producers are increasingly focused on preserving cash, improving efficiency and managing risk.

The tighter financial environment is also increasing the amount of agricultural land being offered for sale or lease as some producers look to improve liquidity and rebalance their finances. According to the report, this is likely to slow further expansion through pasture conversion while encouraging more intensive use of land already in production.

The report does not suggest that Brazil’s soybean sector is entering a period of contraction. Planted area is forecast to remain close to current levels, while the 2026/27 crop is projected at 178 million metric tons. The slight decline from the record harvest achieved in 2025/26 reflects a return to more typical yield levels rather than a reduction in cultivated area.

Future production growth is expected to come from productivity gains, wider adoption of double-cropping systems and incremental improvements in operational efficiency. Rather than relying on new land, Brazil’s soybean industry is expected to produce more from farmland that is already under cultivation.

Because Brazil accounts for a substantial share of global soybean production and exports, a slower pace of output growth could contribute to a more balanced global supply and demand environment while influencing international trade flows. RaboResearch nevertheless expects the country to remain the world’s leading soybean exporter.

The outlook remains subject to weather risks. The current forecast does not include potential production losses associated with a possible El Niño event during the second half of 2026. Should adverse weather affect yields in key producing regions, the report says international soybean prices could come under upward pressure during the 2026/27 marketing year.

Be Part of the 2026 Holiday Gift Guide

Edusehat — Wed, 22 Jul 2026 10:05:04 +0700

We’re already gearing up for the holiday season and invite you to be part of our 2026 Heritage Breed Gift Guide!

The Gift Guide – a free outreach effort of The Livestock Conservancy – is designed to showcase your heritage breed products throughout the upcoming gift-giving season through promotion on our social media channels, our website and in the Autumn edition of our quarterly magazine, The Livestock Conservancy Newsletter.

Enrollment is due by Sept. 1. (Those responding after Sept.1 may be included in online promotion, but will not be included in the magazine coverage.)

There is no cost to participate; Participants must:

Be current members of The Livestock Conservancy. To join or renew, visit https://livestockconservancy.org/get-involved/membership-subscribers/
Promote products they raise/produce (no reselling) – please send us the highest resolution photos you can. Copies of images from websites will not reproduce well in the magazine.
Provide quality photographs of the product(s) and a description of the product(s). (Please note that submission of photographs grants permission to The Livestock Conservancy to use images to promote heritage breeds and heritage breed products/services both in the gift guide and in the future).
Provide a working link to where the product can be purchased online (farm’s own website, Etsy shop, etc.) Please make sure links work!
Products must promote heritage breed(s) or be from a heritage breed. Other products on the linked site may be non-heritage breeds but should not be the primary focus of the Gift Guide (for example, a producer who promotes Belted Galloway Beef Snacks might also offer Angus snacks).
Provide the following:
- Individual’s Name
- Farm or Business Name (if different)
- Address, City, State and Zip
- Telephone
- Name of Product to be highlighted. (If you are including several items, we would like to know which one you are most interested in us promoting!)
- General description of the product and farm/homestead operation
- Link to where the product can be purchased.
- Up to four high-quality photographs of the product.

Please send everything via email to lodell@livestockconservancy.org. Remember, we need to hear from you by Sept. 1.

The post Be Part of the 2026 Holiday Gift Guide appeared first on The Livestock Conservancy.

The Infrastructure Behind Ten Years of Impact

Edusehat — Wed, 22 Jul 2026 02:40:04 +0700

Ten Years In: What the PMI Program Taught Us About Building Poultry Systems That Last The Poultry Multiplication Initiative (PMI) is World Poultry Foundation’s (WPF) flagship program model, a private-sector-led approach that builds self-sustaining poultry value chains in rural communities. At its core, the model works through a simple chain: hatcheries produce day-old chicks, Brooder Units raise them for four to six weeks, and small-scale producers purchase those teen birds to grow for eggs and meat. Each link in the chain is a real business generating real income and that commercial logic is what makes the model durable long after WPF’s direct involvement ends. Central to the PMI model is the dual-purpose poultry (DPP) bird, a breed positioned between commercial breeds and local indigenous chickens. DPP birds grow faster than village chickens, produce more eggs, and thrive in low-input rural environments. Introducing this breed into new markets, and building the value chains to support it, is the work of the PMI program. It sounds straightforward. In practice, it rarely is. A decade into the PMI, the WPF team has learned more from the unexpected than from anything that went according to plan. We asked team members across programs, finance, data, and field operations to share the challenges they didn’t see coming and what those challenges ultimately changed about how we work. This is part two of a three-part series on unanticipated challenges and opportunities in the PMI program over the last ten years. In this installment, we look at how the program measures, learns, and adapts through data systems and financial oversight. By: Thierry Binde, Tokozile Ngwenya, and Earl Pearce Part 2: The Infrastructure Behind Ten Years of Impact – How the program measures, learns, and adapts through data systems and financial oversight. A program can be well-designed and well-delivered and still fail to learn from itself. The team members in this installment work in data and analytics, and what they found, consistently, is that the quality of information flowing through a program is just as important as the quality of the work happening in the field. Data tells you what happened. Farmers tell you why.

Thierry Binde leads a data training for Field Service Representatives.

For MEL Analyst Thierry Binde, the most valuable lesson of the last several years has come from learning to read two datasets at once. “CommCare gave me strong operational visibility,” he says. “But when I listened directly to farmers through the pulse survey, I found discrepancies between the system data and the voice of the farmer.” Activities were being recorded, but farmer feedback sometimes pointed to gaps in how support was actually being experienced on the ground. The insight prompted a shift in how data is used across the program from reporting to learning. “I became more deliberate about building a data-use loop: collect, review, interpret, discuss, act, and verify,” Thierry says. “A dashboard is only useful when people trust it, understand it, and have a structured space to use it.” His approach now combines Power BI analysis with regular pulse survey review. “We do not rely only on one dataset or one indicator. We compare routine monitoring data, pulse survey insights, and field realities before drawing conclusions.” The broader lesson, he says, is deceptively simple: “Data systems do not create learning by themselves. Learning happens when routine data, farmer voice, and program judgment are brought into the same conversation.” Clean data doesn’t happen by accident. Data quality starts in the field and WPF’s CommCare Coordinator Tokozile Ngwenya has seen what happens when that foundation isn’t secure. One of the biggest data quality challenges was duplicate farmer registrations: FSRs entering the same farmer multiple times under slightly different name spellings or phone numbers. The effects compounded quickly. Farmer progress became difficult to track as farmer flock records could not be linked to a single farmer. Reporting became fragmented. The same farmer’s production and participation could appear under different profiles, making it nearly impossible to tell their story accurately. The response was both technical and cultural. New validation rules were built into CommCare, prompting FSRs to check whether a farmer already exists before registering. But Tokozile was clear that technology alone wasn’t the answer. “Training alone is not enough. Ongoing reminders, mentorship, and reinforcement in the field are just as important.” A related issue emerged around flock closures. Many FSRs weren’t formally closing flocks in CommCare after the birds had been sold or lost because from their perspective, once the birds were gone, there was no reason to return and record the outcome. The result was a significant gap in the program’s ability to show actual sales prices, income generated, and farmer success. “When we explained why flock closure data matters, not just for reporting, but for demonstrating impact, compliance improved significantly,” Tokozile says. “Good data systems rely not just on technology, but on people, behaviours, and habits.” The numbers don’t sit still

Earl Pearce meets with a Field Service Officer during a farmer visit in Zambia.

For Data Analyst, Earl Pearce, the surprise wasn’t in the field. It was in the spreadsheet. Coming from the commercial broiler breeder side of the industry, Earl was used to working with clean, consistent and complete data: flocks visited every week, performance tracked by age, analysis possible at the flock level with reliable regularity. DPP field data works very differently. “Visits are irregular,” he says. “Essentially you get snapshots of what happened based on a best guess for the past week. You don’t get every age. It’s not always the same day of the week. Brooder Units are visited more often, but they’re only on the farm for four to six weeks. SSPs are visited only a few times across their entire lifespan because there are simply so many flocks.” The result is that meaningful analysis has to happen at a higher level, averaging across common ages, relying on regression after removing outliers, and looking at the same indicator across multiple definitions. You have to work with what’s there rather than what a cleaner system might provide. “My initial response was a little panic,” Earl admits. “And then I thought, this is going to be one of the most analytically challenging, and exciting, problems I’d worked on and it continues to be.” What ten years actually looks like. A decade in, the PMI model works because the people behind it built the tools to know when it wasn’t. What Thierry, Tokozile, and Earl have each described is the infrastructure that makes that learning possible: systems that catch problems early, and data that can give a clear picture of what is happening on the ground. What hasn’t changed is the fundamental logic: build private-sector poultry value chains that generate real income, improve nutrition, and continue to grow long after WPF’s direct involvement ends. Getting there requires exactly what this team has built, not just good programs, but good systems for knowing whether those programs are working.

The post The Infrastructure Behind Ten Years of Impact appeared first on World Poultry Foundation.

Ten Years of Shrimp Postlarvae in Mexico: Growth, Consolidation (2016–2025)

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Jul 2026 19:45:05 +0700

Editorial Staff | Aquaculture Magazine

Source: Aquaculture Health Committees / ANPLAC · Data 2016–2025 (2025 preliminary) · Own statistical analysis

A decade of records allows us to trace, for the first time, the complete trajectory of Mexico’s shrimp larval industry: a sector that grew 27.5%, remapped its geography, and set a historic production record in 2025 — with internal dynamics that foreshadow fundamental change.

19,805 M

PLS produced in 2025
Historic period record

+27.5%

Total growth
2016 → 2025

2.74%

Annual compound growth rate
(CAGR) 2016–2025

The Underlying Trend: Moderate Expansion with Inter-Annual Volatility

Between 2016 and 2025, shrimp postlarva production in Mexico grew 27.5% in absolute terms, rising from 15,529 million units to 19,805 million. The compound annual growth rate (CAGR) for the period was 2.74% — real expansion, but at a moderate pace that contrasts with the perception of an industry in rapid acceleration.

The series is not linear. The 2016–2025 period describes a stair-step pattern of advancement, with two significant contractions and two major recovery cycles. The first decline occurred in 2017 (−5.0%); the second, in 2024 (−5.7%), the most pronounced of the period and the only one to interrupt a three-consecutive-year growth streak (2021–2023). In both cases, the industry recovered the following year with growth exceeding 6%, indicating resilience — though also some vulnerability to factors that the available statistics do not allow direct identification of.

The two years of greatest expansion were 2019 (+11.0%) and 2021 (+10.8%). The 2021–2023 triennium constituted the longest growth cycle of the period. The year 2025 closed with a +6.2% increase, setting a new all-time record for the series.

ANPLAC Members vs. Independent Shrimp Hatcheries: The Narrowing Gap

In 2016, ANPLAC members accounted for 89.5% of Mexico’s production with 19 active shrimp hatcheries. In 2025, that share fell to 85.1%, with 18 shrimp hatcheries. The difference seems small in percentage terms, but in market dynamics it is significant.

Independent shrimp hatcheries — those not affiliated with ANPLAC — went from producing 1,630 million PLS in 2016 to 2,948 million in 2025, an increase of 80.9% over ten years. Their CAGR was 6.81%, nearly three times the 2.17% recorded by the affiliated segment. The number of active independent shrimp hatcheries grew from 16 to a peak of 29 in 2024, though in 2025 it dropped to 24, which may indicate a consolidation process among smaller operators.

In 2023 and 2024, non-affiliated shrimp hatcheries reached their peak share of the period: 19.2% and 19.6% of Mexico’s total production respectively. In 2025 that figure fell back to 14.9%, partly because several smaller independent shrimp hatcheries reported declines. Even so, the long-term trend of the independent segment is unambiguously upward.

The ten highest-producing shrimp hatcheries in Mexico in 2025 are, without exception, ANPLAC members. The first independent shrimp hatchery in the ranking appears at position eleven, with 367 million PLS (1.86% of the total). This concentration of productive leadership in the affiliated segment is perhaps the clearest indicator of the competitive advantage conferred by ANPLAC membership in terms of scale, technology, and access to high-performance genetics.

Table 1 — Historical Series of Shrimp PLS Production in Mexico (2016–2025)

Year	ANPLAC Members (M PLS)	Independent (M PLS)	Total Mexico (M PLS)	% ANPLAC	% Indep.	Total Var.	ANPLAC Labs	Indep. Labs
2016	13,899	1,630	15,529	89.5%	10.5%	—	19	16
2017	13,179	1,567	14,747	89.4%	10.6%	−5.0%	18	26
2018	12,536	2,251	14,787	84.8%	15.2%	+0.3%	19	25
2019	14,706	1,715	16,421	89.6%	10.4%	+11.0%	23	13
2020	13,590	2,562	16,152	84.1%	15.9%	−1.6%	17	21
2021	15,148	2,750	17,897	84.6%	15.4%	+10.8%	17	22
2022	15,630	2,876	18,506	84.5%	15.5%	+3.4%	17	23
2023	15,986	3,798	19,783	80.8%	19.2%	+6.9%	18	27
2024	15,001	3,652	18,653	80.4%	19.6%	−5.7%	17	29
2025*	16,858	2,948	19,805	85.1%	14.9%	+6.2%	18	24

*Preliminary 2025 data. Figures in millions of postlarvae (PLS). Source: Aquaculture Health Committees / ANPLAC. Own elaboration. Scroll horizontally to see all columns on small screens.

The Major Shift: Sonora Overtakes Sinaloa within ANPLAC

For the first eight years of the period — 2016 to 2023 — Sinaloa continuously held the production lead within ANPLAC member shrimp hatcheries. In 2024, for the first time, Sonora surpassed Sinaloa in the ANPLAC segment, with 6,963 million PLS versus 6,724 million from Sinaloa. In 2025, that gap widened: Sonora produced 8,116 million within ANPLAC versus 7,771 million from Sinaloa.

Long-term trend analysis confirms the consistency of this shift. From 2016 to 2025, production from ANPLAC shrimp hatcheries operating in Sonora grew 42.3%, equivalent to a CAGR of 3.99%. Sinaloa, in the same segment, grew only 17.9% with a CAGR of 1.84%. Nayarit recorded a slightly negative CAGR (−0.48%), meaning its ANPLAC production in 2025 was practically the same as in 2016, with no structural growth trend.

Sonora’s Shift: Key Data

2024: Sonora surpasses Sinaloa for the first time in ANPLAC production — 6,963 M vs. 6,724 M PLS.

2025: Sonora widens the lead — 8,116 M vs. 7,771 M from Sinaloa (difference: +345 M PLS).

CAGR 2016–2025: Sonora ANPLAC grows at 3.99% per year, more than double Sinaloa ANPLAC’s 1.84%.

Note: Considering all shrimp hatcheries (including independents), Sinaloa remains the state with the highest total production in Mexico: 9,965 M PLS in 2025 versus 8,335 M from Sonora. The difference is made by independent shrimp hatcheries, which operate predominantly in Sinaloa.

Sonora: Mexico’s Most Organized Market

In Sonora, only two shrimp hatcheries with reportable operational presence operate outside the ANPLAC scheme — a minimal figure given the state’s total volume. The production of those two independent shrimp hatcheries in Sonora represented just 2.6% of the state’s total output in 2025. Virtually all of Sonora’s shrimp larviculture operates under the association’s rules, protocols, and standards.

This degree of organization has implications beyond the numbers. First, it suggests that Sonora has a more homogeneous larval industry in terms of traceability, biosecurity, and genetic quality — which may represent a competitive advantage for the state’s shrimp producers when certifying the origin and quality of their seed. Second, the scant presence of independent shrimp hatcheries in Sonora indicates that the barrier to entry for operating outside ANPLAC in that market is considerably higher than in Sinaloa.

The contrast with Sinaloa is illustrative: in that state, independent shrimp hatcheries produced approximately 2,194 million PLS in 2025, equivalent to 22% of the state’s total production. In Sonora, that same proportion does not exceed 3%. Two very different market models, both with high production, but with radically distinct internal competitive structures.

In Sonora, two independent shrimp hatcheries represent just 2.6% of the state’s production, making it the most organized and homogeneous shrimp larviculture market in Mexico. Nearly all its production is carried out under ANPLAC standards, which could confer differential advantages in biosecurity, genetics, and traceability.

The Ten Highest-Producing Shrimp Hatcheries in Mexico (2025)

The productive concentration of Mexico’s larval sector is high. The ten largest shrimp hatcheries — all ANPLAC members — accounted for 74.9% of all the country’s postlarva production in 2025. Aquapacific, operating from Sinaloa, Sonora, and Nayarit, exceeded 3,540 million PLS, equivalent to 17.9% of the total. Genitech, whose main operation is in Sonora, contributed an additional 2,671 million PLS. Together, the two leading shrimp hatcheries account for more than 31% of Mexico’s total 2025 production.

The first independent shrimp hatchery in the consolidated ranking occupies position eleven, with 367 million PLS. That figure is lower than the individual output of each of the ten member shrimp hatcheries and amounts to just under 2% of Mexico’s total production.

Table 2 — Top 10 Highest-Producing PLS Shrimp Hatcheries in Mexico · 2025

#	Shrimp Hatchery	State(s)	Production (M PLS)	% Mexico	Category
1	Aquapacific, S.A. de C.V.	Sin / Son / Nay	3,540	17.88%	ANPLAC
2	Genitech, S.A. de C.V.	Sonora	2,671	13.49%	ANPLAC
3	Comercializadora de Larvas, Nauplios y Camarón	Sin / Son / Nay	1,645	8.30%	ANPLAC
4	Biomarina Reproductiva, S de RL de CV	Sin / Nay	1,594	8.05%	ANPLAC
5	Acuícola Selecta, S.A. de C.V.	Sonora	1,569	7.92%	ANPLAC
6	Larvas Gran Mar, S.A. de C.V.	Sin / Son / Nay	943	4.76%	ANPLAC
7	Larvas el Dorado, S.A. de C.V.	Sonora	787	3.97%	ANPLAC
8	SRY Laboratorio, S.P.R. de R.L.	Son / Sin	731	3.69%	ANPLAC
9	Maricultura del Pacífico, S.A. de C.V.	Sin / Son / Nay	723	3.65%	ANPLAC
10	Larvas Génesis, S.A. de C.V.	Sin / Son	626	3.16%	ANPLAC
11*	Lab. de Productos de Larvas de Camarón SA de CV	Sin / Nay	367	1.86%	Independent

*Position 11 (first independent shrimp hatchery) included for comparative reference. Preliminary 2025 data. Source: Aquaculture Health Committees / ANPLAC. Scroll horizontally to see all columns on small screens.

Shrimp Hatcheries: More, or More Efficient?

Within ANPLAC, the number of shrimp hatcheries remained relatively stable between 17 and 23 units throughout the period, stabilizing at 17–18 since 2020. This implies that the segment’s growth did not come from new entrants but from increased installed capacity at existing units. Efficiency per shrimp hatchery within ANPLAC rose from an average of 732 million PLS per unit in 2016 to 936 million in 2025 — the highest figure in the entire series.

In the independent segment, the story is different: the number of active shrimp hatcheries nearly doubled, from 16 in 2016 to a peak of 29 in 2024, but production per unit grew far less. In 2025, the retreat to 24 active independent shrimp hatcheries, combined with a 19.3% drop in total segment production compared to 2023, points to a shakeout process among the smallest or least efficient operators.

Trends, Signals, and Questions for the Industry

Integrating all elements of the analysis, four trends emerge that should be of interest not only to Mexico’s larval sector but to those following shrimp aquaculture in Latin America and other regions with organized larviculture industries.

The first is the moderate but sustained expansion of productive capacity. A CAGR of 2.74% over ten years indicates that the sector can grow without structural oversupply pressure. The question is whether that pace is sufficient to keep up with regional shrimp producer demand.

The second is the market reconfiguration toward a greater weight of independent shrimp hatcheries. Their growth rate is three times that of ANPLAC members. This is not necessarily negative, but it raises questions about the standardization of sanitary and genetic protocols among actors operating outside the association’s frameworks.

The third is the rise of Sonora as a consolidated larval hub. Its model — few shrimp hatcheries, large-scale, almost all under ANPLAC — has produced sustained and differentiated growth. The fact that Sonora surpassed Sinaloa in ANPLAC production for a second consecutive year in 2025 is not a minor data point; it could be the beginning of a leadership shift that will be confirmed in coming cycles.

The fourth is the growing concentration among leading shrimp hatcheries. The ten largest producers — all ANPLAC — concentrated nearly 75% of Mexico’s total production in 2025. The first independent shrimp hatchery in the ranking produces less than one-tenth of Aquapacific’s output. This gap suggests the market is polarizing between a group of leaders growing through efficiency and a broad base of smaller operators competing in niches or specific geographies.

The declines of 2017 and 2024 remain without a clear statistical explanation from this data. Cross-referencing these figures with whole shrimp production data in the affected states — and with the health records of the period — is a pending task that could reveal correlations relevant to larval sector risk management.

Conclusion

Shrimp postlarva production in Mexico between 2016 and 2025 describes an industry in genuine expansion — (though at a moderate pace) — with solid internal organization in the ANPLAC-affiliated shrimp hatchery segment and an independent dynamic that is systematically gaining ground. The stronger growth of the independent segment has not displaced the affiliated segment, but it has permanently reconfigured market distribution.

The most structural change of the period is the rise of Sonora as the leading ANPLAC production state in 2024 and 2025, driven by shrimp hatcheries that rank among the country’s largest and that operate in a market virtually free of independent competition. That model — consolidated, organized, and large-scale — contrasts with Sinaloa, which maintains the leadership in total production thanks in part to a broader and more active ecosystem of independent shrimp hatcheries.

Mexico’s shrimp larval industry closes 2025 at its all-time record. What matters now is understanding whether that mark is the beginning of a new expansion phase or the ceiling of a cycle. Upcoming data will tell.

Sources and Methodology

Data source: Aquaculture Health Committees of Sinaloa, Sonora, Nayarit, and Baja California Sur. Statistical compilation: ANPLAC (AsociaciÃ³n Nacional de Productores de Larvas de CamarÃ³n, A.C.). The 2025 data are preliminary at the time of this analysis. Production figures are expressed in millions of postlarvae (PLS).

Methodology: Final statistics sheets were used for each year where both preliminary and final versions existed. The number of active shrimp hatcheries corresponds to those reporting production greater than zero. Variation rates and CAGRs are calculated on the reported annual totals. The categorization “ANPLAC Members” and “Independent” corresponds to the classification used in the association’s own statistics. Statistical analysis and interpretations are the author’s own.

Aquaculture Magazine is the leading English-language publication for the global aquaculture industry. Edited by DP International, Inc., it covers science, technology, markets, and trends in aquaculture worldwide. Contact: info@dpinternationalinc.com

Summer heat stress is detrimental to broiler chickens

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Jul 2026 19:20:09 +0700

Summer heat stress severely harms broiler chickens, impairing production performance, gut health, immune function, and meat quality.

The article examines physiological effects (panting, reduced feed intake, metabolic changes), worsened by relative humidity and stocking density, with annual U.S. losses of $128-165 million.

Tom Tabler, Professor and Extension Poultry

Specialist, Department of Animal Science, University of Tennessee Institute of Agriculture

Yi Liang, Associate Professor, Department of Biological and Agricultural Engineering/Center of Excellence for Poultry Science, University of Arkansas

Logan Lewis, Extension Agent, University of Tennessee Extension, Montgomery County

Tanner Thornton, Graduate Research Assistant, Department of Animal Science, University of Tennessee Institute of Agriculture

Jonathan Moon, Extension Instructor, Department of Poultry Science, Mississippi State University

The effects of heat stress resulting from high environmental temperatures continue to threaten poultry production in the United States and around the globe. Heat stress (HS) is a condition in which animals are unable to dissipate excess heat in their bodies to the surrounding environment, resulting in an increase in body temperature (Sugiharto, 2020). Poultry are homoeothermic; however, modern-day broiler and layer chickens are highly susceptible to HS due to their inefficiency in dissipating heat from their bodies because of feather cover and the lack of sweat glands. During HS, the heat load is higher than the chickens’ ability to regulate it. As a result, this can disturb normal physiological functioning, affect metabolism and cause behavioral changes, respiratory alkalosis and immune issues in poultry. These adverse effects can reduce nutrient absorption and energy metabolism, consequently reducing production and causing economic losses (Mangan and Siwek, 2024).

Heat stress can be described as acute (short and sudden periods of extremely high temperatures) or chronic (extended periods of increased environmental temperatures) (Kpomasse et al., 2021). Both types can lead to serious physiological problems, immune suppression and gut microbial imbalance (Sohail et al., 2012; Lara and Rostagno, 2013; Attia et al., 2018; Chang et al., 2020; Wasti et al., 2021). Because birds lack sweat glands, they resort to reducing their physical and behavioral activities (less walking, increased resting, wing spreading and dustbathing), reducing feed intake to reduce heat production as well as increasing their panting and water consumption to dissipate heat loss by evaporation (Renaudeau et al., 2012).

These detrimental effects reduce production performance, health and food safety, subsequently causing high morbidity, mortality and consequently leading to economic losses. It is reported that in the United States, an estimated $128 to $165 million is lost annually by the poultry industry due to heat stress effects (St-Pierre et al., 2003; He et al., 2018; Kim et al., 2021), making it essential to find mitigatory strategies that will help ameliorate the detrimental effects of heat stress.

Figure 1 – Relationship of heat stress with physiological and biochemical changes in chicken and how it affects broiler chicken meat quality
Source: Nawaz et al., 2021.

Heat stress factors to consider

Climate factors

Seasonal variations in poultry production occur in relation to the cyclical changes and fluctuations in the output of poultry over different seasons of the year. Seasons characterized by high temperatures (late spring, summer, early fall) present a series of obstacles for poultry growers. Lara and Rostagno (2013) discussed many of the consequences resulting from HS, including diminished meat quality, poor feed efficiency, altered behavior and increased mortality. Heat stress further compounds the variety of problems that poultry growers must overcome (Apalowo et al., 2024). Lin et al. (2005) emphasized that broilers exhibit increased water usage to adapt to elevated temperatures. Genetic aspects of heat tolerance introduce an additional level of intricacy, necessitating meticulous breeding programs and selection processes to improve overall resistance to HS (Lara and Rostagno, 2013). Broiler production is significantly impacted by seasonal HS, which adversely affects health, performance and economic outcomes. Therefore, it is critical that integrators and growers implement comprehensive management strategies, wise selection of genetic stock and advanced ventilation/cooling systems (adequate wind speed, sprinkler cooling, evaporative cool cells) to ensure sustainability and profitability of broiler production.

Temperature plays a major role in flock performance. Birds are homeothermic animals, possessing the capability to regulate their internal body temperature within a relatively constant range. The ability to regulate temperature occurs quite effectively when the birds are kept within a thermoneutral zone, ranging from 21 to 28 °C (~70 to 82 °F) (Soliman and Safwat, 2020), allowing them to maintain a stable internal temperature. A fluctuation in the environmental temperature above the upper limits of the thermoneutral zone leads to heat stress (Purswell et al., 2012), which affects the overall performance of the bird and can result in mortality. Due to their genetic potential for a high level of production, fast-growing broilers with a substantial body weight are extremely susceptible to HS when environmental temperatures exceed the bird’s thermoneutral zone. While in the absence of fully developed thermoregulatory organs, neonatal chicks are vulnerable to cold stress. The optimal temperatures at which the bird can function most effectively are determined by its age, body weight, housing system, feeding level, relative humidity, air velocity and overall health (Olanrewaju et al., 2010). Chickens in high ambient temperature situations have greater energy requirements than those under thermoneutral conditions.

Relative humidity plays a key role in mortality losses during high environmental temperature periods. It is not high temperature alone that kills chickens in summer. It is the lethal combination of high temperatures and high humidity. Chickens can tolerate some fairly high temperatures if the humidity can be maintained at or below 70 percent. Heat dissipation is an additional aspect of heat management that is subject to the influence of several variables, in addition to heat production. Evaporative heat dissipation is a critical mechanism significantly influenced by the relative humidity of the surrounding environment (Apalowo et al., 2024).

Elevated humidity reduces evaporative heat loss. The effect of humidity on the thermal regulation response of broilers is affected by the age of the birds and air temperature (Lin et al., 2005). To optimize the thermal comfort and well-being of broilers under a variety of climatic situations, it is critical to control these climate variables.

Management factors

The adverse effects of heat stress on poultry production are a global concern. Chickens are particularly susceptible to environmental heat stress, owing to their physiological characteristics, which include a lack of sweat glands, panting to lose body heat and metabolic heat loads associated with rapid growth (Chowdhury et al., 2012; Vandana et al., 2021). While temperature has been the focus of most studies, both temperature and relative humidity of the in-house environment are major factors that cause thermal stress (Zhou et al., 2019).

Housing. Proper management of poultry housing is critical in reducing heat stress. Previous research has highlighted the importance of ensuring adequate temperature regulation and ventilation controls in environmentally-controlled housing for preventing HS (Saeed et al., 2019; Rostagno, 2020). There are multiple factors (outside conditions, stocking density and heat produced by the birds, internal environment, the roof and the degree of insulation, the process of fecal matter biodegradation, etc.) that contribute to the overall HS load on chickens, which is reflected in the internal environment of the poultry house. Addressing these factors to the extent possible is critical for maintaining a healthy environment for the birds and avoiding heat stress-related problems, particularly in near-market-age flocks. Achieving effective HS management in poultry production requires examination of the various heat generation sources present in the broiler house, as well as development of solutions to alleviate the detrimental effects these sources have on the birds (sprinklers, cool cell pads, fans and tunnel ventilation are common methods to reduce heat stress).

Water. It is critical to take into consideration the availability, temperature and quality of water when growing broilers, especially when HS is a factor. Water that contains harmful bacteria or other contaminants can affect the digestive system and weaken the immune system (Martinez et al., 2021). Birds drink more water when they are hot as a natural cooling mechanism, but any contaminants in the water might worsen health conditions and lower productivity. An increase in water temperature in the drinker lines may occur because of HS and high ambient temperatures (Yahav, 2009). Hot water in the drinker lines can cause birds to drink less water, which can make them even more dehydrated and increase the adverse effects of HS (Wilson and Edwards, 1952). Sufficient water is necessary for broilers to regulate their body temperature and keep their physiological functions operating smoothly. Lack of water intake because of HS can make it harder for nutrients to be absorbed, which can affect growth and performance. During periods of heat stress, it is vital to have an adequate water supply for drinking and cooling use and control the temperature of drinking water to offset detrimental HS impacts.

Welfare. Heat stress has detrimental effects on the welfare of broiler chickens. Heat stress can be divided into two categories depending on the duration and intensity of the stressor. Acute HS refers to a sudden increase in temperature and humidity over a short period of time while chronic HS occurs when there is a sustained period of high temperature and humidity. In poultry, HS can range from 27 C to 38 C (~81 F to 100 F) for one to 24 hours (acute), seven days (moderate), and more than seven days (chronic) (Vandana et al., 2021). Poultry are most susceptible to HS because of their inability to dissipate heat due to the presence of feathers and the lack of sweat glands (Zhang et al., 2017). Multiple studies have shown that HS can negatively affect the health, physiology and efficiency of broilers (Quinteiro-Filho et al., 2012; Hosseini-Vashan et al., 2020; Hu et al., 2022; Sun et al., 2023), laying hens (Deng et al., 2012), ducks (Oluwagbenga et al., 2022; Ma et al., 2014) and turkeys (Farghly et al., 2017). Broiler stocking density is often reduced throughout the warmer months to lessen HS and prevent overcrowding. Research has indicated that broilers are more likely to experience the effects of HS due to overcrowding, including decreased digestion and absorption, mucosal injury and compromised intestinal processes (Li et al., 2019). Intestinal mucosal injury in broilers is closely linked to the increase in corticosterone, which is caused by stress connected to high stocking density, including factors like competition for feed and water space, elevated ambient house temperature and increased litter moisture and ammonia levels (Law et al., 2019).

Meat quality

The broiler industry faces a serious challenge from HS each summer, which increases production costs and can severely damage the meat quality due to poultry’s susceptibility to heat because of their rapid metabolic rate and high growth potential (Nawaz et al., 2021). Metabolic changes occur in broilers reared in a HS environment, causing a considerable decrease in breast muscle size (Nawaz et al., 2021). In addition, HS is also responsible for the reduction in the protein content of muscles (Zhang et al., 2012). Both acute and chronic HS may cause a sharp decline in the metabolism of broilers, which in turn will induce serious complications regarding growth and performance, such as a change in meat color, a decline in muscle pH, water-holding capacity and juiciness of chicken meat (Song and King, 2015; Gonzalez-Rivas et al., 2020). Numerous studies have revealed that high ambient temperature causes oxidative stress by producing reactive oxygen species (ROS, Reactive Oxygen Species). These ROS have severe implications on skeletal muscle development, as they are responsible for lipid peroxidation in muscles (Altan et al., 2003; Kumar, 2012). Thus, understanding the underlying mechanisms, the causes and the effects of HS and strategies that can be put into place to control its effects can be beneficial in addressing global food insecurity issues. Figure 1 illustrates the physiological, metabolic and genetic changes amid HS and its relation to meat production and quality in chicken.

Heat stress can impact meat production in multiple ways (Nawaz et al., 2021) including:

Reduction in feed intake and poor weight gain
Increase in fat and reduction in protein contents of poultry meat
Excessive production of ROS impairs meat quality
Acidosis lowers water-holding capacity and damages meat texture
Thyroid hormone imbalance under HS impairs skeletal muscle development
Drip loss
Development of pale, soft, and exudative meat
Production of protein carbonyls

Heat stress is becoming more challenging for the poultry industry to overcome. Genotype selection in broilers for higher growth rates to meet the ever-increasing food requirement has made broilers increasingly vulnerable to HS. It is increasingly difficult for modern broilers to withstand HS, resulting in substantial economic losses to the industry, triggering increasing food security issues. Genetic selection for heat tolerance in poultry will be critical to addressing the negative implications of HS.

Effects of heat stress on gut health and the immune system

Gut health plays a vital role in ensuring efficient digestion and absorption of feed, water and electrolyte balance as well as in immune system development (Rostagno, 2020). Heat stress can alter the gut microbiota, therefore, leading to gut dysbiosis (an imbalance of the types of organisms present in the gut) and subsequently affects gut barrier functions (Brugaletta et al., 2022). Multiple studies have demonstrated the effects of HS on the gut microbiota composition and health of birds (Ringseis and Eder, 2022). The precise mechanisms underlying the effects of HS on the structure and function of the gut microbiota remain elusive (Kers et al., 2018), however, it is well-known that the intestinal tract is extremely sensitive to HS and all other forms of stress (Slawinska et al., 2019). Poultry production requires the birds to have an efficiently functioning intestinal tract because the intestinal tract greatly affects the birds’ overall well-being and productivity (Kadykalo et al., 2018). The integrity of the intestinal barrier is compromised by HS, leading to an increase in intestinal permeability.

Alhenaky et al. (2017) indicated that an increase in permeability and localized inflammation along the small intestine are significant consequences of HS on the intestinal barrier. Heat stress causes morphological alterations and mucosal damage in the intestines of chickens because it reduces blood flow, nutrient and oxygen availability, and feed intake (Quinteiro-Filho et al., 2017).

Knowing how HS impacts the immune response in chickens is the subject of much research. Multiple studies have shown that HS weakens the immune system of both broilers and laying hens (Apalowo et al., 2024). As previously mentioned, when birds experience severe heat stress, their bodies produce more ROS, which causes oxidative stress. Reactive oxygen species overproduction causes oxidative stress by taxing the bird’s immune system to the breaking point. The immune system responds by producing heat shock proteins (HSP). These HSP aid in the correct folding of other proteins, stop misfolded proteins from clumping together, and speed up the breakdown of damaged proteins, and they are necessary for cell production (Apalowo et al., 2024). The primary function of these HSP is to allow cells to deal with and recover from stress.

Concentrations of HSP tend to rise when HS is applied to broilers and laying hens. This suggests that their cells are responding by reducing the harmful effects of ROS (Prieto and Campo, 2010).

Future directions

Extensive research across numerous studies consistently demonstrates that HS negatively impacts various aspects of poultry production, including production performance. The poultry sector’s transition towards environmental sustainability and resource-efficient practices highlights the role that precision livestock farming (PLF, Precision Livestock Farming) practices will play in the future.

Resolving HS issues in broiler production in the future will require combining intelligent sensors and real-time data analytics along with other PLF practices that optimize environmental conditions for the comfort and performance of broilers. Environmental stewardship and sustainable practices are evolving as guiding principles of poultry production going forward. The environmental well-being and longevity of broiler production are enhanced by the implementation of sustainable measures such as optimized feed formulas and waste management systems (Boliko, 2019). In addition, future research into more climate-resilient genetics and more water-efficient broilers must continue and even increase. Addressing HS in poultry today requires a multifaceted, complex approach and is a journey that, from this point forward, will be built on precision agriculture techniques, genetic selection and sustainable practices.

References are available on request

By courtesy of The University of Tennessee Institute of Agriculture and UT Extension

The Best Toys to Keep Puppies Busy and Happy

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Jul 2026 19:15:06 +0700

Bringing a puppy home is exciting, but it does not take long to notice one thing: puppies have endless energy. They chew, they bounce, they chase shadows, and they get bored the moment nothing is happening. Without the right outlets, that energy often turns into shredded slippers, gnawed table legs, or midnight zoomies across the living room. The simplest fix is also the most enjoyable one, which is giving your puppy the right toys. Good toys keep a young dog mentally stimulated, physically active, and emotionally settled, which matters even more in Indian homes where apartment living and warm afternoons limit outdoor time. Picking from a well-curated range of dog toys makes a real difference to how quickly your pup settles into a happy routine. This guide walks you through the best puppy toys, what to look for while buying, and how to use them to raise a calm, curious, and confident dog.

Why Toys Matter for a Growing Puppy

A puppy is not just a small dog, it is a rapidly developing animal learning about the world through its mouth, nose, and paws. Toys play a direct role in that development. Chewing helps soothe sore gums during teething, which typically lasts from around three weeks to six months of age. According to the American Kennel Club, providing safe chew items during this stage helps redirect biting away from furniture and human hands. Beyond teething, toys build problem-solving skills, encourage independent play, and reduce separation anxiety when you step out for work or errands. In the humid Indian climate, where long walks are often limited to early mornings or evenings, indoor play with the right toys becomes essential for burning off energy without overheating your puppy or exposing them to street risks.

What to Look For in a Puppy Toy

Not every toy on the shelf is puppy-appropriate. Size matters most: a toy that is too small becomes a choking hazard, while one that is too large will not engage a small mouth. Look for soft yet durable materials such as natural rubber, food-grade silicone, or tightly stitched fabric. Avoid toys with loose squeakers, glued-on eyes, or thin plastic that shatters when chewed. For Indian conditions, choose items that can be wiped clean easily, as dust and humidity can quickly turn plush toys into a home for germs and mites. Non-toxic and BPA-free labels are worth checking, especially since puppies mouth everything within reach. If your puppy is a heavy chewer, prioritise reinforced rubber over plush. If your puppy is timid, softer toys with gentle sounds work better as first companions.

The Best Types of Toys for Puppies in India

Chew Toys for Teething Relief

Teething is the most difficult stage for both puppies and their humans. Rubber chew toys with textured surfaces massage sore gums and keep puppies occupied for long stretches. Freezable teething toys are particularly useful during Indian summers, as the cool surface calms inflamed gums and offers instant relief on hot afternoons. Explore a dedicated range of dog chew toys built for young mouths and softer teeth. Avoid rawhide for very young puppies, as it can be difficult for them to digest and may cause blockages.

Interactive Puzzle and Treat-Dispensing Toys

Puzzle toys are a game-changer for busy pet parents. These toys hide small treats or kibble inside compartments that the puppy must roll, nudge, or paw at to release. This kind of enrichment tires out a puppy mentally, which is often more effective than a long walk. The ASPCA highlights environmental enrichment as key to preventing behaviour issues in young dogs. Start with easy puzzles and increase difficulty as your puppy learns the mechanics. Load them with small pieces from your favourite puppy treats and chews for a rewarding, low-calorie session that also builds patience.

Plush and Comfort Toys

A soft plush toy often becomes a puppy's first best friend. Many puppies cuddle plush toys during naps, mimicking the warmth of their littermates. This can ease the transition during the first few nights in a new home, especially if the pup was recently separated from its mother. Choose plush toys with double-stitched seams and no small removable parts such as buttons or ribbons. Wash them weekly, as Indian humidity encourages odour and bacteria buildup faster than in drier climates.

Fetch and Tug Toys

Balls, flying discs, and tug ropes are excellent for building bonding time and burning energy. A soft rubber ball is safer than a hard tennis ball for a growing puppy's teeth. Tug toys help teach impulse control when paired with basic commands such as sit, drop, and wait. Keep fetch sessions short and indoors on hot afternoons, and always use a flat, non-slippery surface to prevent joint injuries in your growing pup.

Rope Toys for Dental Health

Rope toys serve a dual purpose. They entertain and gently clean teeth as the puppy chews on the woven fibres, acting like a natural floss. Always supervise rope play, and replace the toy once threads start unravelling to avoid accidental ingestion of loose strings. Combine rope play with a proper dental care routine using items from a trusted range of dog grooming essentials to keep your puppy's mouth healthy from day one. Rope toys also work well for short indoor tug sessions when the weather outside is too warm or wet for a full walk.

Safety Tips While Choosing Puppy Toys

Safety is not optional when it comes to puppies. Inspect every toy weekly for cracks, loose parts, or sharp edges, and discard damaged toys immediately. Never leave a puppy alone with a brand-new toy until you understand how they interact with it. Some puppies chew calmly, while others rip things apart within minutes. Avoid children's toys, as they are not built to withstand canine jaws and often contain small parts that can be swallowed. Clean rubber and silicone toys with warm water and mild soap at least once a week. In monsoon months, dry all toys thoroughly before returning them to the play area to prevent fungal growth. If your puppy ever swallows a foreign object or a torn piece of a toy, contact your veterinarian right away.

Rotating Toys to Keep Interest Alive

Puppies get bored quickly, and even the best toy loses its charm after a few days of constant use. A simple trick used by trainers is toy rotation. Keep three or four toys out at a time and store the rest away in a clean, dry box. Every few days, swap them out. The stored toys feel exciting and new again when reintroduced, and your puppy stays curious without you needing to buy something every week. Rotation also helps you observe which toy types your puppy truly enjoys, so future purchases become smarter and more targeted. Pay attention to how long a toy holds attention and whether it soothes or excites your puppy, and use that pattern to plan calm evenings or high-energy morning play.

Final Thoughts

The right toys are more than entertainment for a puppy, they are tools for growth, comfort, and confidence. A thoughtful mix of chew toys, puzzles, plush companions, and fetch items will keep your pup mentally sharp and physically well-exercised, even on the hottest Indian afternoons when outdoor play is not an option. Start small, observe what your puppy loves, and build a rotation that grows with them. With a little planning and the right selection, you will not only save your slippers, you will also raise a well-adjusted, happy dog for years to come.

Frequently Asked Questions

How many toys does a puppy really need?

Four to six well-chosen toys across different categories are usually enough. A good starter set includes one chew toy, one puzzle toy, one plush companion, and one fetch item. Rotate them weekly to keep your puppy interested without overspending.

Are squeaky toys safe for puppies?

Squeaky toys are safe as long as the squeaker is securely embedded and the outer material is durable. Always supervise play, and remove the toy immediately if the squeaker becomes exposed or the fabric tears open.

At what age can puppies start using chew toys?

Puppies can begin using soft rubber chew toys as early as eight weeks of age. Choose age-appropriate sizes and softer materials for very young pups, and upgrade to firmer textures as their adult teeth come in.

How do I stop my puppy from chewing furniture?

Redirect the behaviour with an appropriate chew toy every time you catch them chewing on furniture. Pair this with regular puzzle-toy sessions for mental stimulation. Most puppies outgrow destructive chewing within a few weeks of consistent redirection.

Can I make DIY puppy toys at home?

Yes, simple options such as a knotted cotton cloth or a frozen carrot can work well for short play sessions. Avoid materials that fray easily, contain dye, or can be swallowed in chunks, and always supervise DIY toy use.

How Toys Help in Preventing Dog Anxiety and Boredom

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Jul 2026 19:15:05 +0700

Every dog needs more than food, walks, and cuddles to stay truly happy. Behind those wagging tails and playful zoomies lies a curious, intelligent mind that needs regular stimulation. When that mental engagement is missing, dogs often turn to chewing shoes, barking at nothing, digging holes in the garden, or pacing anxiously around the house. For pet parents across India, especially in busy cities where dogs spend long hours indoors, this challenge is becoming increasingly common. The good news is that a well-chosen set of toys can quietly do a lot of heavy lifting. Toys are not just playthings; they are tools that support emotional balance, ease separation anxiety, burn off nervous energy, and give bored dogs something meaningful to do. This blog explores how the right toys can transform your dog's daily routine and keep both anxiety and boredom firmly at bay.

Understanding Dog Anxiety and Boredom

Dogs are social, curious, and energetic animals. When they do not get enough physical exercise or mental stimulation, they experience what behaviour experts often call under-stimulation. According to the American Kennel Club, mental enrichment is just as important as physical exercise for a dog's overall wellbeing. A bored dog is more likely to develop destructive habits, while an anxious dog may whine, tremble, or refuse to eat when left alone. In Indian households, factors such as long working hours, apartment living, hot summer afternoons that limit outdoor time, and loud festival seasons like Diwali can quickly push dogs toward these behaviours. Boredom and anxiety also share overlapping symptoms, which is why many pet parents find it hard to tell them apart. A dog that keeps stealing socks may look mischievous, but the same behaviour could point to an under-stimulated mind. Recognising early signs like excessive licking, restlessness, sudden aggression, or constant shadowing of family members is important. Once you understand the root of these behaviours, you can address them thoughtfully, and toys are one of the simplest, most effective starting points.

Why Toys Play Such a Powerful Role

Toys work on a very simple principle. They give your dog something purposeful to focus on. When a dog chases, chews, tugs, or solves a puzzle, its brain releases feel-good chemicals like dopamine, which naturally reduce stress. Toys also mimic the hunting, sniffing, and problem-solving behaviours dogs would engage in if they lived in the wild. This built-in familiarity is why a good toy can hold their attention for hours. For anxious dogs, toys act as comforting distractions during thunderstorms, festival fireworks, or when the family steps out for work. For bored dogs, toys turn empty afternoons into stimulating play sessions. Choosing from a well-curated range of dog toys can make a real difference in how balanced your dog feels each day.

Types of Toys and How They Help

Chew Toys

Chewing is a natural stress-reliever for dogs. It calms nerves, keeps teeth clean, and helps puppies through the teething stage. Sturdy rubber or nylon chew toys are especially useful for high-energy breeds like Labradors, Beagles, and Indies. When your dog has a satisfying chew, it stops targeting your slippers, furniture, or charging cables. Exploring durable chew toys and treats can help redirect that natural urge in a safe, productive way.

Puzzle and Treat-Dispensing Toys

Puzzle toys are ideal for mental workouts. They challenge your dog to think, sniff, and problem-solve to earn a hidden treat. Just fifteen to twenty minutes with a puzzle toy can tire a dog out as much as a long walk. These toys are perfect for hot Indian afternoons when stepping outside is not comfortable. They also work wonderfully for senior dogs who cannot exercise as much but still need mental engagement.

Interactive and Fetch Toys

Balls, tug ropes, and frisbees are excellent for building the bond between you and your dog. They encourage movement, teamwork, and trust. For dogs living in apartments, soft indoor fetch toys are a great option since they do not damage furniture. Regular interactive play also helps reduce reactive behaviours like barking at strangers or lunging on leash walks.

Comfort and Plush Toys

Some dogs, especially rescues or puppies newly separated from their litter, find deep comfort in soft plush toys. These toys often become their sleeping companions and help ease separation anxiety. For nervous dogs, having a familiar-smelling toy nearby can significantly reduce stress during grooming sessions or vet visits.

Building a Daily Routine with Toys

Simply buying toys is not enough. How you use them matters just as much. Rotate two or three toys every few days so your dog does not lose interest. Use puzzle toys during mealtimes to slow down fast eaters and add mental challenge. Offer a chew toy right before you leave for work to help your dog associate your departure with something positive. During monsoon or peak summer, when walks are shorter, increase indoor play sessions with interactive toys to compensate for the missing outdoor activity. A structured toy routine helps regulate your dog's energy levels and reduces the chances of anxiety-driven behaviours creeping in.

Choosing the Right Toys for Indian Conditions

India's climate and living spaces call for a slightly different approach when picking toys. In humid cities like Mumbai, Chennai, or Kolkata, avoid fabric-heavy toys that can quickly develop mould. Opt for washable rubber, silicone, or nylon options. In colder regions like the north during winter, plush toys work well as cosy companions. Always match the toy size to your dog's breed and jaw strength. A toy that is too small can be a choking hazard, while one that is too hard may damage teeth. Regularly inspect toys for wear and tear, and replace them when they start breaking apart. Pairing playtime with the right dog grooming and accessories also helps maintain a healthy, hygienic play environment at home.

Signs Toys Are Making a Positive Difference

When you introduce the right toys, changes often show within a couple of weeks. Your dog may sleep more soundly, greet you calmly instead of jumping on you, stop chewing household items, and appear less clingy when you leave the house. Some dogs even start bringing their favourite toy to you as an invitation to play, which is a lovely sign of emotional security. If your dog continues to show extreme anxiety despite consistent play and enrichment, it is worth speaking with a certified veterinarian or canine behaviourist. Pairing enrichment with calming dog supplements recommended by your vet can also support long-term emotional balance.

Safety Tips When Introducing New Toys

Introducing a new toy is exciting, but a few simple checks keep playtime safe and stress-free. First, always supervise the initial few sessions to see how your dog interacts with the toy. Some dogs try to swallow squeakers or tear apart soft stitching, which can be risky. Second, wash new rubber and silicone toys with mild soap before the first use to remove any manufacturing residue. Third, avoid toys with small detachable parts, especially for puppies and small breeds. Fourth, store toys in a clean, dry basket rather than leaving them scattered on damp floors during monsoon. Lastly, watch your dog's mood. If a particular toy seems to overexcite or frustrate them, swap it out for something calmer. Thoughtful supervision turns toys into reliable partners in your dog's emotional wellbeing.

Final Thoughts

Toys are far more than just fun accessories. They are everyday tools that support your dog's emotional health, mental sharpness, and overall happiness. In a country like India, where lifestyles are busy and climates vary widely, thoughtful toy choices can make a genuine difference in how peacefully your dog lives at home. Start small, observe what your dog enjoys most, and build a rotation that keeps both body and mind engaged. A calmer, happier, more balanced dog is often just a few well-chosen toys away.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. Can toys really reduce separation anxiety in dogs?

Yes. Toys, especially treat-dispensing and chew varieties, keep your dog mentally engaged when you are away. According to PetMD, providing enrichment activities before leaving the house can significantly ease separation-related stress in dogs.

2. How many toys should my dog have?

Most dogs do well with four to six toys in rotation. Keep a mix of chew, puzzle, plush, and interactive toys, and swap them every few days to keep things interesting.

3. Are puzzle toys suitable for all breeds?

Yes, puzzle toys work for almost every breed and age group. You just need to match the difficulty level. Start with easy puzzles and increase complexity as your dog gets better at solving them.

4. My dog destroys every toy quickly. What should I do?

Choose toys labelled as heavy-duty or made for aggressive chewers. Avoid soft plush or thin rubber. Always supervise chew sessions and remove pieces that break off to prevent choking.

5. How do I know if my dog is bored or anxious?

Bored dogs often become restless, dig, or chew furniture. Anxious dogs may pant heavily, hide, whine, or follow you constantly. Observing these patterns helps you pick the right kind of toy and support.

A Solution for Sustainable Utilization of Aquaculture Waste: A Comprehensive Review of Biofloc Technology and Aquamimicry

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Jul 2026 08:55:05 +0700

* By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

Can aquaculture waste become a valuable resource instead of an environmental problem? Biofloc Technology converts organic waste into nutrient-rich microbial biomass to enhance shrimp farming sustainability. This comprehensive review highlights that for large-scale production, utilizing high-density polyethylene (HDPE)-lined ponds with central drainage is ideal. Alongside aquamimicry, these closed systems drastically reduce water exchange, suppress pathogens, and lower feed costs, presenting a highly profitable and environmentally friendly future for global aquaculture.

Aquaculture plays an increasingly important role in meeting the food demands of a global population approaching 7.8 billion people. To sustain production growth, farming systems must expand while adopting environmentally responsible management practices. Intensive aquaculture often generates large amounts of organic waste and carbon-based pollutants that can negatively affect water quality and the surrounding environment. Traditional solutions such as frequent water exchange or recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS) can reduce these impacts, but RAS is often too costly for widespread adoption.

Biofloc Technology (BFT) converts fish and shrimp waste into microbial biomass. Manipulating the carbon-to-nitrogen ratio stimulates heterotrophic bacteria to assimilate inorganic nitrogen, generating microbial protein that improves water quality and lowers feed costs.

As a result, Biofloc Technology (BFT) has emerged as a sustainable and cost-effective alternative. BFT promotes the growth of beneficial microorganisms that recycle nutrients, remove nitrogenous wastes, improve water quality, and produce microbial protein that can be consumed by culture species. This reduces feed conversion ratios and production costs. Since feed accounts for approximately 50% of aquaculture operating expenses, BFT offers significant economic advantages by converting waste into valuable biomass.

The reviewed study examines both Biofloc Technology and aquamimicry as sustainable approaches for increasing aquaculture productivity while minimizing environmental impacts and resource use.

Biofloc Technology

BFT was developed as a sustainable and cost-effective aquaculture system designed to improve water quality while reducing water consumption, particularly in regions where water resources are limited. The systems work by promoting the growth of beneficial microorganisms that convert fish and shrimp waste into microbial biomass, known as biofloc. In conventional aquaculture, 70-80% of dietary protein can be lost as nitrogenous waste.

BFT addresses this problem by manipulating the carbon-to-nitrogen (C:N) ratio, encouraging heterotrophic bacteria to assimilate inorganic nitrogen and transform it into microbial protein. To maintain an effective system, the C:N ratio is kept above 10 through the addition of carbon sources such as molasses, starch, or wheat flour.

This process improves water quality while simultaneously generating a supplementary protein source that can be consumed by cultural species. First developed in the 1970s as the French Research Institute for Exploration of the Sea, BFT has been successfully applied to the culture of several shrimp species, particularly Litopenaeus vannamei.

Because it operates as a closed system with minimal water exchange, BFT reduces environmental impacts, prevents eutrophication, and enhances biosecurity. The dense microbial community sustainable suppresses harmful pathogen, strengthens the immune system of cultured organisms, and increases resistance to diseases such as infectious myonecrosis virus (IMNV) and Vibrio infections.

For large-scale biofloc fish or shrimp production, high-density polyethylene (HDPE)-lined ponds with well-prepared dikes are preferred. HDPE-lined ponds with sufficient elevation and central drainage are ideal for biofloc-based farming. The BFT can be conveniently applied in recirculatory aquaculture or raceway systems by including it in situ or producing the floc ex situ through an activated sludge system. The harvested biofloc is then put into the production system. The system is adequately agitated and aerated to keep the microbial floc in suspension.

Operating with minimal water exchange, BFT prevents eutrophication and enhances biosecurity. Its dense microbial community naturally suppresses harmful pathogens, strengthening the immune system of cultured species against lethal diseases and Vibrio infections.

These economic, environmental, and health benefits have made BFT one of the most promising technologies for aquaculture development. Biofloc formation occurs in well-aerated aquaculture systems where carbon sources such as molasses, starch, or wheat flour are added to stimulate heterotrophic bacterial growth.

These bacteria convert nitrogenous wastes into microbial biomass, improving water quality and producing nutritious bioflocs. Continuous aeration and monitoring ensure stable microbial development and system performance (Figure 1).

Approaches for Biofloc Generation

Biofloc can be generated through three main approaches: the natural transition, inoculum, and customization methods. The natural transition approach relies on the gradual conversion of autotrophic communities into heterotrophic microbial populations by adding carbon sources and maintaining an appropriate carbon-to nitrogen ration (12-15:1).

Factors such as salinity and carbon source influence both the speed and quality of biofloc formation. Although effective, this method is relatively slow and may require several days before a stable biofloc community develops. The inoculum approach accelerates biofloc development by introducing previously cultures biofloc into a new production system.

The inoculum approach accelerates biofloc development by introducing previously cultured biofloc into new systems. Fermenting carbon sources with biofloc powder reduces initialization time, stabilizing the environment and enhancing overall production efficiency.

Carbon sources such as rice bran or molasses are fermented and aerated before being combined with dried biofloc powder from an earlier culture cycle. This method significantly reduces the time required to establish biofloc and improves production efficiency. The customization approach is the most advanced technique, incorporating probiotics and beneficial microorganisms into the biofloc system.

These microbes enhance water quality, improve disease resistance, reduce ammonia and hydrogen sulfide accumulation, and stimulate immune responses in cultured species. Common probiotic groups include Bacilus, Pseudomonas, and lactic acid bacteria. The recommended water quality parameters for tropical species (e.g., Litopenaeus vannamei and Oreochromis niloticus) of BFT are shown in Table 1.

BFT: Microbial Community, Nutritional Value, Sustainability and Applications

Biofloc also provides significant nutritional benefits. It contains approximately 50% crude protein, along with lipids, fiber, minerals, and energy, making it a valuable supplementary feed source. Its nutritional composition varies according to particle size, microbial composition, and carbon source used. Studies have shown improvements in feed conversion ratio (FCR), feed efficiency, growth performance, survival, reproductive success, and egg quality in several cultured species when biofloc is present.

One of the major advantages of BFT is its ability to drastically reduce water consumption and nutrient discharge. Compared with conventional aquaculture, BFT requires minimal water exchange, decreases nitrogen and phosphorus waste, improves biosecurity, and enhances disease resistance. Beneficial microbial communities suppress harmful pathogens while promoting animal health.

Nutritious bioflocs provide up to 50% crude protein alongside essential lipids and minerals. Cultured species show significant improvements in feed conversion ratios, growth performance, reproductive success, and egg quality when biofloc is present.

The technology has been successfully applied to shrimp, tilapia, carp, prawns, ornamental fish, and several other commercially important species. Although BFT requires continuous aeration and careful management, studies demonstrate higher productivity, reduced feed costs, improved profitability, and greater environmental sustainability. Furthermore, integrating BFT with multirophic aquaculture systems allows waste recycling among species, enhancing nutrient utilization and supporting sustainable aquaculture development.

Aquamimicry and Waste Utilization in Aquaculture

Aquamimicry is an aquaculture approach that mimics natural estuarine ecosystems by promoting blooms of copepods, zooplankton, and beneficial microorganisms through the addition of fermented rice bran and probiotics. Unlike conventional biofloc systems, it requires less aeration while providing natural supplemental nutrition that improves shrimp growth, survival, and water quality.

Copepods serve as efficient nutrient recyclers and high-quality feed organisms. Both aquamimicry and biofloc systems enhance waste utilization by converting uneaten feed and nitrogenous wastes into valuable biomass, improving nutrient recovery, reducing water exchange requirements, increasing biosecurity, and supporting more sustainable and environmentally friendly aquaculture production.

Aquamimicry vs. BFT

Both aquamimicry and BFT rely on external carbon sources to improve water quality and nutrient recycling. BFT maintains a strict carbon-to-nitrogen ratio and depends on continuous aeration to support bacterial protein production. Aquamimicry, developed in Thailand, uses fermented rice bran to stimulate natural blooms of zooplankton, microalgae, and beneficial bacteria, creating conditions similar to estuarine ecosystems. While aquamimicry requires less pond preparation and no antibiotics, it is difficult to implement indoors, requires large treatment ponds, and generates sediments that cannot be recycled as efficiently as in BFT.

Aquamimicry mimics natural estuarine ecosystems using fermented rice bran and probiotics. This practice promotes blooms of zooplankton and copepods, which recycle nutrients, require less artificial aeration, and provide high-quality supplemental nutrition.

Conclusion

BFT offers a sustainable solution to increasing seafood demand by improving productivity, reducing water use, lowering feed costs, and enhancing biosecurity. Aquamimicry complements this approach by mimicking natural ecosystems through copepod production. Both technologies support environmentally friendly, cost-effective aquaculture and hold significant potential for future industry growth.

This article is sponsored by: REEF INDUSTRIES INC.

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “A SOLUTION FOR SUSTAINABLE UTILIZATION OF AQUACULTURE WASTE: A COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW OF BIOFLOC TECHNOLOGY AND AQUAMIMICRY)” developed by: NISAR, U., PENG, D., and MU, Y. – Ocean University of China and SUN, Y. – Qingdao Agricultural University. The original article, including tables and figures, was published on JANUARY, 2022, through FRONTIERS IN NUTRITION. The full version can be accessed online through this link: 10.3389/fnut.2021.791738

aMPV, HPAI and lack of drug options top turkey industry concerns

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Jul 2026 01:25:03 +0700

Avian metapneumovirus (aMPV), highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) and a lack of effective treatment options are the top health concerns facing the US turkey industry, according to an industry survey.

The Turkey Industry Annual Report, which gathers perspectives from producers and veterinarians working in the US industry, ranked aMPV, lack of efficacious drugs and HPAI as the top three management concerns among 39 reported issues.[1] It marks the second year that aMPV has been highlighted as a top issue for the industry, after previously being the lowest-ranked concern.

A joint response to standout disease

Report author Steven Clark, DVM, veterinary technical service manager, turkeys, for Huvepharma, said he was not surprised by the trends, which reflect the significant disease pressures facing producers.

“aMPV continues to stand out not only for its clinical impact, but also for the speed of emergence and geographic spread, reinforcing the need for coordinated industry response,” Clark explained.

He said USDA approval for the emergency import of live vaccines used in Europe to tackle the disease was “amazing,” noting it bypassed the usual system, whereby products must be US-manufactured – a process that can often take 4 to 5 years.

“That was a substantial change and an important listen from USDA. It also required everybody to collaborate. It’s a big positive,” he said.

No change on new drugs, HPAI

The lack of drugs troubles the industry, and the report underscores that bacterial challenges are the issue prompting producers and veterinarians to seek a broader toolbox.

“The industry recognizes that the number of approved and available efficacious drugs is limited and is asking for the FDA to support and encourage poultry-labeled drug development and approvals,” Clark said.

Now in its fifth year, the US HPAI outbreak continues to affect turkey producers, with some having to undergo the strain of multiple depopulations as part of the government’s stamping-out policy. While vaccines remain under discussion, “we don’t see anything in the short term suggesting that those would be available for the industry,” Clark said.

Reovirus on the rise

Reovirus also ranked highly in the survey, with turkey reovirus digital flexor tendon rupture and turkey hepatitis reovirus appearing high on the list of the turkey industry’s worries. Clark noted that the virus could also be implicated in the more general category of “leg problems,” which ranked eighth in the survey.

“The pathogen continues to move, change and adapt in our industry and continues to cause health and welfare issues, with no approved vaccines available,” Clark said.

“Not only did it change and become adapted to the tendons, but after a while, we found that it was showing up as liver disease or hepatitis. Now, we’ve also had some recent diagnoses of reovirus that have been isolated in the brain.”

Reovirus problems are spread by contaminated farms and flocks, as well as by infected breeders and the number of poults and eggs moved around the country, Clark said. Limited turkey-specific diagnostics also make outbreaks more difficult to diagnose and control.

The report also showed that clostridial dermatitis and colibacillosis continue to be significant contributors to morbidity and production loss, although rankings shifted slightly year to year. Meanwhile, respiratory diseases made up five of the industry’s top 10 concerns.

“Overall, the findings highlight a continued shift toward respiratory and complex, multifactorial disease challenges, alongside ongoing gaps in available control tools,” explained Clark.

Collaboration key, but questions remain

Clark said the aim of the report is to guide research priorities, field strategies and industry dialogue, while supporting alignment across production, academia and regulators.

“It’s encouraging to see how the survey continues to support shared understanding and collaboration, especially during evolving health challenges. It’s an honor to be able to help by communicating that,” he said.

Looking ahead to next year, Clark expects to see movement on US-designed and manufactured vaccines against aMPV, as well as greater clarity for the turkey industry around HPAI.

“The industry needs more assistance and direction, particularly on the ability to effectively use vaccines,” he added. “Other questions are emerging about how sustainable the government’s HPAI stamp-out policy is. There’s still got to be some discussion on that.”

1 Clark, S., Froebel, L., Cremers, C., 2025. 2025 Turkey Industry Annual Report—Current Health Issues Facing the US Turkey Industry.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post aMPV, HPAI and lack of drug options top turkey industry concerns appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Dairy brings people together

Edusehat — Mon, 20 Jul 2026 18:30:06 +0700

I went to a party this weekend, with the swimming folks. It is always interesting to hear what people do for a living outside of paddling up and down the lanes at the local lido (outdoor pool). Plus, chat with people you normally see wearing silicone swimming caps. They have hair!

The host of the event asked me about my cheeseboard recommendations (I was a bit vague about it, but said, make it four different types), and she then went and had a jolly time tasting cheese at Neal’s Yard Dairy in Borough Market. As you can see it was a lovely spread. Baron Bigod is always a winner and who doesn’t like a bit of Montgomery Cheddar? She went for Stichelton, which is a solid choice. And the goat cheese was Karst, which is made by Siobhán Ní Gháirbhith in County Clare, Ireland, using milk from her herd of Saanen and Toggenburg goats. There was also a walnut infused French cheese from another guest. And Boursin, because who doesn’t like a bit of that?

I realise my cheese tastes are quite diverse, but everyone loved the cheeseboard and it was a talking point. The host also said her experience of Neal’s Yard and selecting the cheese board has now ruined her for lesser cheeses.

I shall direct her to the Academy of Cheese, I think. One person at a time, we are showing the world what cheese making and dairy is about. The joy and the taste of cheese making and tasting.

Lastly, congratulations to Spain on being the FIFA World Cup winners. It was not a glorious end for Argentina, and frankly, the behaviour of some of the players after the whistle blew was appalling. That being said, let’s remember the earlier matches, such as the tiny country of Cabo Verde drawing with the winners. We quite enjoyed the larger World Cup format overall.

The runner up game between France and England was a much better quality match for both teams, and Kylian Mbappé’s Golden Boot was another well-deserved accolade. Just a great match with lots of goals. They looked like they were having fun. And hey, that’s what football is about, no matter what level you play at.

The post Dairy brings people together appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Brazil debates possible feed additive restrictions as it races to meet EU antimicrobial rules

Edusehat — Mon, 20 Jul 2026 18:10:09 +0700

Brazil faces the risk of a suspension of EU meat and poultry shipments if compliance with the bloc’s antimicrobial import requirements is not demonstrated by the 3 September 2026 deadline. On one side, the country is tightening export controls to show full compliance with EU antimicrobial rules; on the other, officials and industry stakeholders are debating whether restrictions on some feed additives, including ionophores such as monensin, could facilitate compliance discussions with the EU.

According to RaboResearch, the EU has already tightened its stance: as of January 28, 2022, antimicrobials may not be used for growth promotion or production enhancement in food-producing animals, and Brazil must prove compliance if it wants to remain eligible to export. Brazil has aligned more closely with EU rules in recent years, including a 2020 ban on several antimicrobials used as growth promoters and a broader April 2026 ban on the use of antimicrobials for that purpose. However, analysts say the challenge remains the ability to provide the level of auditability, traceability and documentary evidence expected by EU authorities.

The immediate response has been administrative. A July 1 circular from Brazil’s Agriculture Ministry requires EU-authorized facilities to use auditable control systems, maintain traceability, and keep documentary evidence proving that EU-bound batches meet bloc requirements. Reuters likewise reported that Brazil has adjusted export controls for meat and derivatives to avoid a suspension of shipments to the EU starting in September.

Rabobank warns that the possible fallout would be significant on both sides. The EU is Brazil’s second-largest beef market and its largest chicken market, importing about 211,000 tons of chicken and 92,000 tons of beef from Brazil, roughly 25% of total imports in both categories. If imports were suspended, EU beef and poultry prices would likely rise, while Brazilian exporters would face downward pressure at home and would need to redirect volumes to markets such as the UK, Mexico, the Middle East and Asia.

The broader feed-additive debate adds another layer. Brazilian producers warn that a nationwide restriction could raise costs and hurt competitiveness, especially in beef exports to China, where Brazil sold nearly 1.7 million tons worth about US$8.8 billion in 2025, compared with about 128,000 tons worth roughly US$1 billion to the EU. Fourteen livestock organizations have already urged the government not to impose a sweeping rule just to satisfy a single export market.

Al Khayyat Investments Commits $100 Million to Transform Animal Health Across the Middle East

Edusehat — Mon, 20 Jul 2026 14:45:07 +0700

At launch, VetHealth operates across five core divisions: Pharmaceuticals, Biologicals, Biosecurity, Nutrition, and Diagnostics. VetHealth will partner closely with regional and global leaders in these disciplines to accelerate their market expansion and long-term business growth.

For more information, please visit : https://www.akigroup.com/

2026 USPOULTRY Financial Management Seminar explores leadership, market dynamics and the future of animal protein

Edusehat — Sun, 19 Jul 2026 20:35:09 +0700

Finance professionals from across the poultry and egg industry gathered at the 2026 USPOULTRY Financial Management Seminar to gain insights into the leadership, economic and market trends shaping the future of the business. The program emphasized the evolving role of finance as a strategic driver of organizational success while examining market conditions, trade developments, and the long-term outlook for animal protein.

Kevin McDaniel, president and CEO of Wayne-Sanderson Farms, presented “A CEO’s Leadership Perspective of Poultry Financial Management,” emphasizing that finance should serve as a strategic partner rather than a back-office function, with a responsibility to help shape organizational strategy and influence decisions at every level. He encouraged finance professionals to provide clear, timely, decision-oriented insights, focus on the information that matters most and translate complex data into actionable recommendations. McDaniel stressed the importance of leadership through accountability, ownership of performance and forecasting, disciplined financial stewardship and complete transparency. Ultimately, he noted that finance plays a critical role in an organization’s success, emphasizing that sound judgment, courage and confident leadership are just as important as technical financial analysis.

An overview of U.S. trade and market trends was provided by Greg Tyler, president and CEO of the USA Poultry & Egg Export Council. Highlighting record broiler production in 2025, growing domestic demand for poultry protein and evolving global export opportunities despite softer overall export volumes, Tyler discussed increasing competition from global producers, expanding opportunities in key export markets and the potential trade implications of highly pathogenic avian influenza vaccination policies. He also addressed geopolitical risks, noting that disruptions to global shipping and fertilizer supplies could increase feed costs and impact poultry trade.

Christine McCracken, executive director of Animal Protein at Rabobank, examined the key factors shaping current and future animal protein markets, highlighting that changing consumer demand is expected to have the greatest near-term impact alongside modest production growth, persistent biosecurity risks and a more cautious investment environment. McCracken noted historically tight U.S. beef supplies driven by the smallest cattle herd in decades, while chicken production is expected to see modest growth and pork production remains relatively steady despite projected global declines in 2026. Looking toward 2030, she emphasized strong long-term global protein demand, with poultry and seafood leading volume growth, continued advances in technology and innovation improving efficiency, shifting trade patterns as China expands its role as a poultry exporter and ongoing influences from animal health, demographics, dietary trends and sustainability on the future of the protein industry.

USPOULTRY is registered with the National Association of State Boards of Accountancy as a sponsor of continuing professional education on the National Registry of CPE Sponsors. Up to 12 CPE credits may be awarded to seminar attendees. State boards of accountancy have final authority on the acceptance of individual courses for CPE credit.

Source: USPOULTRY press release

Cold weather pushes up egg prices in Tanzania’s Iringa Region

Edusehat — Sat, 18 Jul 2026 23:05:10 +0700

A seasonal drop in temperatures is putting pressure on egg production in Tanzania’s Iringa Region, with prices rising in several local markets. According to The Citizen, colder weather has reduced laying performance, tightening supply and pushing up both wholesale and retail prices.

The article points to a clear seasonal pattern: as temperatures fall, egg output declines and market availability becomes more limited. Local poultry farmers have reported lower production during the colder months, particularly where housing conditions, nutrition and flock management are not fully adapted to seasonal weather changes.

The price impact is evident in local markets. A tray of eggs is selling at higher-than-normal levels, while individual eggs are reaching 400–500 Tanzanian shillings each. The increase reflects the reduction in local egg supply caused by the seasonal decline in production.

For the poultry sector, the case illustrates how seasonal weather can influence egg production, particularly in systems with limited climate control. It also highlights the importance of adapting housing, nutrition and flock management practices to help reduce production losses during colder periods.

Proximar Seafood Initiates Its Strategic Review

Edusehat — Sat, 18 Jul 2026 02:01:33 +0700

Japan-based Proximar Seafood reported that they contemplate a private placement of a convertible bond with an initial tranche of minimum USD 10.33 million. The first tranche will comprise of at least NOKUSD 7.75 million in new subscriptions and USD 2.58 millions of rollover from the company’s existing convertible bond. The net proceeds will be used to fund working capital and operations and to strengthen the Company’s liquidity buffer as it continues to build biomass and harvest volumes. The convertible bond also supports extensions to the Company’s debt maturity profile.

“We are pleased with the continued support from our banks and investors, which secures our near-term liquidity and allows us to keep full attention on operations. Our priority remains a stable supply of fish above 3 kilos, which together with our attractive investment cost and operating cost advantages leaves us well-positioned for strong margins. We are confident that our recent positive operational development keeps us well on track to reach profitable operations,” said Proximar Seafood’s CEO Joachim Nielsen.

They declared that Proximar intends, as far as practically possible, to invite all shareholders and existing bondholders not invited to subscribe for further tranches of the Convertible Bond on equal terms within the next one to two months, subject to applicable law, stock exchange rules and market practice.

Strengthening the Cash Position

While ABG Sundal Collier is acting as manager for the convertible bond offering, the bond issue is supported by several of the company’s largest shareholders and bondholders, but remains subject to a number of conditions, including final subscription orders, approval by the Company’s general meeting, approval by bondholders of the Company’s existing convertible bond, and an acceptance of certain conditions by Grieg Kapital AS, as guarantor and creditor in the Company.

Part of the proceeds will address a request from the company’s banks to strengthen its cash position in conjunction with a waiver of the sales covenant under Proximar‘s syndicated bank loan for the second quarter of 2026. The waiver relates to two-month running sales for the second quarter of 2026, as described in the first quarter 2026 report published on 29 May 2026.

Proximar, they reported, is experiencing constructive dialogue and support from its banks and remains proactive in assessing future funding and financing options, including a potential 12-month extension of its USD 60.53 million syndicated bank loan maturing in August 2026.

Strengthening Capital Structure

With reference to the company’s first quarter 2026 report, published on 29 May 2026, the board has engaged Nomura International Plc, a leading Japanese investment bank, to conduct a strategic review of the company. The review aims to strengthen and position Proximar for the future and address the longer-term refinancing of the Company’s balance sheet.

The review will consider a broad set of solutions, including seeking a long-term industrial investor for its Japan business, building on the strong investor interest for the Company in Japan.

Following a period of improved operational and biological performance and a positive outlook, the Board considers this is the right time to initiate this process to support the Company and its prospects.

The Key Terms of The Convertible Bond

The key terms of the convertible bond are: minimum USD 10.33 million; Maturity for July 2029; conversion price: USD 0.062 per share (non-convertible first 6 months); coupon: first year: 13% payment in kind (PIK), and thereafter: 15% PIK or 7% cash p.a.; holders of the company’s existing convertible bond who subscribe in the new issue may roll existing holdings into the new bond at a ratio of 1:2; existing investments rolled into new bond issue shall be non-convertible for 12 months, have a lock-up for 12 months and be callable at 130% for 12 months; and existing convertible bond not rolled shall extend maturity to the same date as the new convertible bond.

Short Story

Proximar Seafood is a Norwegian land-based salmon farming company with its first production facility and production at the foot of Mount Fuji in Japan. The company inserted its first batch of eggs in October 2022 and carried out its first harvest on 30 September 2024. Proximar’s brand and logo (Fuji Atlantic Salmon) were officially launched in October at their partner Marubeni Corporation’s head quarter in Tokyo.

Through land-based salmon farming, using high-quality groundwater secured close to Mount Fuji, the company produces fresh Atlantic Salmon, harvested the same day. Proximar‘s location, near one of the world’s most important fish markets, implies significant advantages, both in terms of reduced cost and carbon footprint.

The Atlantic Canada Aquaculture Innovation Studio Opens in St. John’s, Newfoundland

Edusehat — Sat, 18 Jul 2026 02:01:30 +0700

• The nine-month program brings together ten early-stage companies from the aquaculture, aquatic technology, and marine biotechnology sectors across the region.

• The goal is to help turn promising technologies into investment-ready businesses that are ready to enter the market.

The nine-month program Atlantic Canada Aquaculture Studio has launched in Saint John’s (Newfoundland), bringing together 10 early-stage aquaculture, aquatech and marine biotechnology companies from across the region to help transform promising technologies into investable, market-ready businesses. Run by Hatch Blue with Oceans Advance, it has the support from the Government of Canada through the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency and Canada’s Ocean Supercluster, together with the Government of Newfoundland and Labrador.

The program began with a two-week intensive in St. John’s before continuing with structured support throughout the year. Participation is free, and no equity is taken. Across the program, founders receive one-to-one support from Hatch Blue’s team and mentors drawn from its global aquaculture network.

The focus is on strengthening commercial strategy, building industry partnerships and preparing companies to raise investment. Through direct engagement with producers, technology and feed partners, investors and local delivery partners, the Studio will help companies accelerate commercialization and build the relationships needed to scale.

“The launch of the Atlantic Canada Aquaculture Studio marks a pivotal moment for our region. We are creating the conditions for company founders to accelerate their ideas, attract investment and build scalable companies right here at home. This studio is about more than supporting entrepreneurs – it is about positioning Atlantic Canada as a global center for aquaculture technology,” said Shelly Petten, CEO of Oceans Advance.

For his part, Wayne Murphy, Co-Founder & Partner of Hatch Blue, said: We’re delighted to launch this innovation studio in Atlantic Canada. Given the region’s rich blue economy heritage, we see fertile ground here for both aquatech innovation and top talent to scale it. The timing is perfect, given the Canadian federal government’s recent food security strategy to drive local, sustainable production and consumption. Looking forward to supporting this cohort of 10 high-potential Canadian companies.”

Innovation Across the Aquaculture Value Chain

The inaugural cohort represents innovation across the aquaculture value chain, from feed and animal health to emissions reduction, water treatment and marine circularity, the Studio informed.

One of the ten aquaculture, aquatech and marine biotechnology companies from across the region is Smallfood (Nova Scotia), which specializes in precision-fermentation producing protein- and DHA-rich microalgae biomass as an aquaculture feed ingredient, offering a replacement for fishmeal and fish oil.

The others are Atlantic BioCorp (Newfoundland and Labrador), which is developing a pigmented protein feed additive from Northern shrimp biomass as a natural alternative to synthetic astaxanthin, the pigment behind farmed salmon’s colour; EVAH Atlantic (Prince Edward Island), dedicated to developing RESETtx, a first-in-class in-feed treatment for sea lice in farmed Atlantic salmon, now in field trials.

The fourth one is Acuicy (Nova Scotia), a climate-fintech software platform that turns aquaculture operators’ asset-level emissions data into costed decarbonization pathways, modelling CAPEX, payback and savings. The fifth one, Clean Valley (Nova Scotia), an algae biofilter that treats wastewater from land-based aquaculture, absorbing nutrients from farm effluent while producing algae that can be reused, including as oyster feed.

Others are Mekapisk EnviroBlu Solutions (Newfoundland and Labrador), company that is developing a water-based, biodegradable, non-corrosive industrial cleaner and degreaser for marine, energy and industrial sectors, with aquaculture as an emerging application; and FinLeaf Technologies (Nova Scotia) – converts solid waste from land-based aquaculture into phosphorus-rich biostimulant fertilizers for crop growers

Finally, NL Marine Organics (Newfoundland and Labrador), which biorefines liquid fish-hydrolysate fertilizer from aquaculture mortality and wild fish processing waste, stabilized close to source by dockside ensiling; HoldfastNL (Newfoundland and Labrador), that produces kelp-based liquid agricultural biostimulants from cultivated sugar kelp; and BioLabMate (Newfoundland and Labrador), company that converts seaweed into thermoplastic bio-resins that replace petroleum-based plastics in laboratory and medical consumables such as weigh boats and tube racks.

Solutions Shaping the Future

The studio closes with “Innovate Aquaculture: the solutions shaping the future,” an invitation-only forum on 23 July 2026 in St. John’s, Newfoundland. It brings the people driving the sector’s future into the same room: producers across salmon, shellfish and the wider value chain, the feed and technology companies supplying them, the investors backing the sector, and the early-stage ventures shaping what’s next.

The morning features keynotes, a panel on Atlantic Canadian aquaculture innovation, and a showcase where the 2026 Studio companies present what they’re building.

“Atlantic Canada has every ingredient needed to lead the next wave of global aquaculture innovation – world-class science, deep ocean expertise and a growing community of ambitious technology companies,” finished the CEO of Oceans Advance.

Wahdat Poultry expands after PSX listing, adds 100,000 layer birds

Edusehat — Sat, 18 Jul 2026 01:35:09 +0700

Wahdat Poultry Farm Limited has approved its annual budget and business plan for the financial year ending June 30, 2027, and is moving ahead with an expansion plan that includes a new flock of 100,000 layer birds and facilities for value-added egg products.

The company’s latest filing follows its successful listing on the Pakistan Stock Exchange (PSX) Main Board on May 8, 2026, after raising PKR 956 million in its initial public offering at a strike price of PKR 18 per share. PSX said the IPO was oversubscribed 5.2 times in the book-building phase, reflecting strong investor interest.

Expansion plan

According to the company’s announcement, the expansion programme includes rearing an additional flock of 100,000 layer birds, which is expected to start commercial egg production in November 2026. The company had already outlined IPO-funded growth plans in its prospectus, including investment in a liquid egg pasteurisation plant and poultry capacity expansion.

The additional flock is expected to increase egg production capacity once the birds reach laying maturity. once the birds reach laying maturity. Earlier pre-IPO reporting also described Wahdat as a vertically integrated layer-egg business with a strong presence in Pakistan’s packaged and enriched egg segment.

IPO background

The IPO received regulatory approval from the Securities and Exchange Commission of Pakistan (SECP) in April 2026, with PSX later confirming the listing and the final offer structure. PSX’s listing notice said trading began on the Main Board on May 8, 2026, with the company quoted in the Food & Personal Care Products sector. The exchange also stated that the company is considered Shariah compliant under the KMI All Share Islamic Index screening criteria.

Company profile

PSX’s company profile shows that Wahdat Poultry Farm was incorporated in Pakistan in 2019 and later converted into a public unlisted company in December 2025 before its market debut. Its principal activity includes poultry layer farming, egg and feed processing, marketing, branding, distribution, and related import-export business. The company operates under the “Farm Fresh Eggs” brand, which was highlighted in pre-listing investor materials and related coverage.

Why it matters

The new flock and value-added processing plans suggest Wahdat Poultry is trying to move beyond commodity egg production and strengthen margins through processed egg products. For Pakistan’s poultry sector, the listing is notable because it brings a vertically integrated layer business to the public market and signals investor appetite for agribusiness growth stories.

Family-Run Trout Farm Modernizes Operations with Ace Aquatec Technology to Meet Retail Demand

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Jul 2026 22:25:10 +0700

By Ace Aquatec

Britford Trout Farm has successfully upgraded its harvesting operations enabling it to meet demand for quality trout from high profile retail partners. Shifting from outdated manual processes to industry-leading stunning technology supplied by Ace Aquatec, Britford now supplies high grade trout fillets to Waitrose.

Opened in 1983 by Mark Heaven, Britford soon positioned itself as a leading provider of quality trout. Over 40 years later and with a new retail partnership to supply, an upgrade to existing harvesting systems was needed to meet increasing welfare and traceability demands.

Ace Aquatec’s Humane Stunner Universal (A-HSU®), specifically designed for trout, provided the ideal solution and, with the ability to process up to 15 tons per hour, presented a significant uplift to the farm’s ability to meet demand in an efficient and humane manner.

Since the installation of the A-HSU® system, Britford has seen a significant improvement of 5 – 6% in fillet yield alongside marked improvements in texture and shelf life and enhanced welfare and traceability compliance. The farm is now planning to scale tonnage from 200 to 350 tons annually and is in talks around upcoming commercial opportunities with other UK supermarkets.

Additional support from the British Trout Association and a USD 40,401.75 Fisheries and Seafood Scheme (FAWSS) grant helped make this vital capital investment viable for a small family business like Britford.

Jack Heaven, Business Partner at Britford Trout Farm, said: “We’ve been in the trout business for a long time, but our own methods of stunning were not sufficient for future demand so we needed a harvesting solution that reflected the high standards we set for our business and our customers. Since installing Ace Aquatec‘s humane stunner, we’ve seen significant improvements in both efficiency and product quality. The harvesting process is smoother and more streamlined, and we’ve received extremely positive feedback from our processor, including reported fillet yield improvements of five to six percent, alongside excellent shelf life and firm texture. With Ace Aquatec on board and their humane stunning device in place, our family business has greater confidence in our operation and the product we bring to market.

Tara McGregor-Woodhams, CSMO at Ace Aquatec said: “Britford’s story is one of a successful family business operating on a global scale. Our award winning humane stunning technology has already delivered significant improvements in the volumes and quality of trout fillet supplied by the farm and will help Mark and Jack to continue to grow and supply some of the UK’s largest supermarkets while meeting strict welfare and traceability requirements.”

About Ace Aquatec

Ace Aquatec is a cutting-edge aquaculture technology company focused on creating welfare-first products to make fish farming more efficient and sustainable. Backed by bluegrowth fund Aqua-Spark, Chroma Ventures (who brought Minecraft to console), deeptech fund Earth Capital, Stolt Ventures and Scottish Enterprise, we are on a mission to accelerate global adoption of sustainable and welfare-focused aquaculture practices.

For more information about Ace Aquatec, visit www.aceaquatec.com

After 8 Years, Final Permit Issued for Velella Epsilon Offshore Aquaculture Demonstration Project in the Gulf

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Jul 2026 22:25:09 +0700

By Ocean Era, Inc.

• First-ever demonstration fish grow-out in Federal waters in the Gulf will be a single, small batch of red drum, over 40 miles offshore of Sarasota

• “One of the primary goals of this demonstration project is to show the Florida fishing and boating communities that offshore aquaculture will be something that they will love. We now, finally, have our chance to do that.” – Neil Anthony Sims, Ocean Era Founder and CEO

Ocean Era, Inc. and GulfStream Aquaculture, LLC. have announced that the final, remaining permit has been issued for their offshore aquaculture demonstration net pen project. This now allows the project – dubbed “Velella Epsilon” – to move forward.

“Barring the unforeseen, the project – supported by the National SeaGrant Program, and in partnership with University of Miami – should now be able to move forward by early 2027,” said Ocean Era’s Founder and CEO, Neil Anthony Sims.

“One of the primary goals of this demonstration project is to show the Florida fishing and boating communities that offshore aquaculture will be something that they will love. We now, finally, have our chance to do that,” said Sims.

“A further goal was to pioneer the permitting process for offshore aquaculture in Federal waters in the Gulf. So, as a demonstration project, it has been tremendously successful, in that it has demonstrated with abundant clarity that regulatory reform is sorely needed.”

Sims listed the underlying imperatives for offshore aquaculture:

“The USA has a seafood trade deficit of over USD 20 billion per year. We believe that Americans should be growing our own fish, instead of putting all of our eggs in other country’s baskets. We believe that we can create good-paying aquaculture jobs here, in the USA, rather than shipping jobs overseas. We believe that Americans want the food safety and environmental safety assurances that come from a local seafood industry, that we manage to our own standards. But to be able to make this happen, the current regulations around offshore aquaculture clearly need to change.”

The project faced a protracted 8 year permitting process that involved navigating through nine different Federal and State laws, and engaging with twelve different federal and state agencies, as well as responding to anti-aquaculture activist appeals that were consistently rejected as baseless by the EPA’s Environmental Appeals Board.

“This proposed project is a very small-scale, temporary demonstration – just a single, small batch of fish. The project will be closely monitored for environmental and social impacts, and the results will all be made publicly available,” said Sims.

Sims expressed hope that Congress could help resolve the current constraints: “There is presently moving through Congress – with strong bi-partisan support – the Marine Aquaculture Research for America Act (the MARA Act), that would authorize NOAA to proceed with permitting additional demonstration offshore projects around America’s coastlines. This would then expand the opportunities for communities, scientists, and regulators to better understand the actual benefits that would spring from this industry, and where the real issues lie. We hope that the challenges that our Velella Epsilon project has faced will help our legislators understand the very real costs of continuing the status quo.”

Ocean Era’s prior Velella Beta-test demonstration project in Hawai`i attracted an abundance of pelagic fish species around the array. The project cultured a single cohort of fish, over an 8-month period (Photo credit: © Rick Decker).

GulfStream Aquaculture, LLC. – a Florida-based environmental consulting company – led the project’s permitting process, as a largely pro-bono effort. Dennis Peters – GulfStream’s principal – provided over USD 450,000 worth of environmental and technical expertise and advice to the project over the 8 years.

“I have been fishing and boating in the Gulf for almost all of my life. I have also worked in aquaculture projects throughout the Americas, and I am honored and excited to help bring this opportunity to fruition,” said Peters.

Sims was one of the original founders of what is now the Blue Ocean Mariculture farm, offshore of Kona, Hawai`i. This farm has been producing up to 900 tons/year of sashimi-grade Hawaiian Kanpachi® for over 20 years. Extensive environmental monitoring has shown no significant impact on water quality, or on the seabed beneath the net pens, or the pristine stretch of coral reef located a mere half mile inshore of the farm site.

Earlier iterations of the Velella Projects were located in Federal waters offshore of Kona. These proved to be spectacular fishing hot-spots, with the net pen acting as a Fish Aggregating Device (FAD), attracting wahoo, mahimahi, tuna, and marlin. The plan for the Velella Epsilon is to now bring this experience to the Gulf fishing community.

“We want Florida folks to see for themselves, rather than have their decisions made for them by activist groups who blithely ignore the evidence in the water. That’s the whole point of a small-scale demonstration project,” said Sims.

Sims also noted that the world’s leading, science-driven environmental NGOs, such as Environmental Defense Fund, World Wildlife Fund (WWF), Conservation International, and The Nature Conservancy all now advocate for expanding the world’s supply of seafood through aquaculture.

“The Environmental Defense Fund – through the Coalition for Sustainable Aquaculture – is leading the advocacy for the MARA Act. That speaks volumes.”

“The environmental arguments all now underscore the need for increasing aquaculture production – it is one of the least impactful forms of animal protein production. We in America need to be developing innovative, sustainable ways to do this here, in our waters, and to be creating jobs and maintaining working waterfronts in our towns. That is the very essence of food security.”

About Ocean Era, Inc.

Ocean Era, Inc. (www.ocean-era.com) is an aquaculture research and development company, based in Kona, Hawai`i, with experience in permitting and growing fish, shellfish, and seaweeds in Hawai`i, the South Pacific, Mexico, and the Gulf. The company’s mission is to soften humanity’s footprint on the seas. Current research work focuses on marine fish hatchery production, farming of herbivorous reef fish (such as kyphosids, or chubs), and culture of seaweeds (with commercial production of a range of native Hawaiian limu, under the “Kona Limu Company” brand). Previous Velella demonstration projects in Hawai`i were featured in Time magazine (as one of the “Best Inventions of the Year” for 2012), and on Bob Ballard’s National Geographic TV Special “Alien Deep”.

Website: www.ocean-era.com
Instagram: ocean_era_inc
Email: neil@ocean-era.com
Gulfstream Aquaculture
Email: dennis@gulfstreamaquaculture.com
Principal photo: Ocean Era’s prior Velella Beta-test demonstration project pioneered the permit process for aquaculture in Federal waters, offshore of Kona, Hawai`i. The array acted as a superb FAD (Fish Aggregating Device), and proved very popular with the Kona fishing community (Credit: © Rick Decker).

Wellfish Tech and Salmon Group Enter Partnership to Bring Systematic Fish Health Monitoring Across Norwegian Salmon and Trout Production

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Jul 2026 22:25:08 +0700

By WellFish Tech and Salmon Group

WellFish Tech has entered a commercial partnership with Salmon Group. Headquartered in Bergen, Salmon Group represents 40 owner companies and 62 food-producing companies along the Norwegian coast. Together, the network produces more than 220,000 tons of salmon and trout annually, equivalent to more than one billion meals each year. The agreement is the largest commercial contract in WellFish Tech‘s history to date.

Under the partnership, WellFish Tech will work with Salmon Group and its owners’ companies to provide systematic blood biomarker analysis based on blood biochemistry across sites and companies within the network, generating fish health data that gives the group a consolidated overview of biological status across its production base. The data will serve both operational and regulatory purposes, supporting member companies’ fish health reporting as well as their own biological decision-making.

A central element of the partnership is the group-level view developed specifically for Salmon Group: a consolidated overview of fish health data across all owner companies in the network. Where individual companies today have visibility into their own biological status, the group view gives Salmon Group a complete picture of conditions across its entire production base at once.

The value of this becomes particularly clear where member companies share fjord systems. Consolidated biological data provides a shared factual basis for coordination between neighboring sites, structured experience-sharing between companies, and coordinated contingency and response plans for biological challenges such as sea lice or disease. This gives Salmon Group a collective resource that no individual member company would have access to on its own.

“We need solutions that actually tell us what is happening inside the fish, not just what we can observe from the outside,” says Jan Olav Langeland, CEO, Salmon Group. “Blood biochemistry gives us that. And when we can see the fish health status across sites and fjord systems, it opens up a completely different level of coordination and joint preparedness. That is what this agreement is about.”

“Bringing systematic blood biomarker monitoring to a network of this scale is a significant step, not just for WellFish Tech, but for what evidence-based fish health management can look like across the industry,” says Charlie Granfelt, CEO, WellFish Tech. “It shows that clinical biochemistry monitoring can scale from a single site to an entire network, and that is exactly the direction we believe the industry is heading. We are looking forward to working with the central administration and the companies of Salmon Group.”

About Salmon Group

Salmon Group is one of the world’s largest networks of locally owned, family-operated salmon and trout farming companies, headquartered in Bergen, Norway. The company is owned by more than 40 locally owned aquaculture companies located along the Norwegian coast and represents an annual production equivalent to more than one billion salmon and trout meals. www.salmongroup.no

About WellFish Tech

WellFish Tech gives fish farmers a 28-day mortality forecast built from blood biochemistry – detecting early physiological signs of disease and stress weeks before visible symptoms, at an accuracy no environmental or production data alone can match. The method is built on the company’s own patents and non-lethal sampling methodology in line with Norwegian Food Safety Authority (Mattilsynet) regulations. Headquartered in Paisley, Scotland, WellFish Tech employs 26 people and operates in the United Kingdom and Ireland, Norway, and Canada. www.wellfishtech.com

Cooke Enters into Share Purchase Agreement to Acquire Mowi Canada East

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Jul 2026 22:25:07 +0700

• The company’s plans to relocate concessions are moving forward in Chile

Cooke announced a few days ago that the company has entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (SPA) to acquire the salmon farming operations of Mowi Canada East. The transaction, valued at USD 160.24 million, excluding debt, and involving a business with an annual production of 9,000 metric tons, is expected to be completed during the second half of 2026. The acquisition remains subject to due diligence and customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals.

“This is an exciting growth opportunity for our Atlantic Canada operations. We look forward to welcoming Mowi Canada East’s 250 employees to Cooke, and to working together to grow the sector and sustainably farm Atlantic salmon for customers in this region and beyond,” said Glenn Cooke, CEO of Cooke, after the announcement.

Mowi has operations in New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island and Newfoundland and Labrador, including freshwater hatchery facilities, sea farming sites and two processing plants. Standing salmon biomass was 9k GWT as of the end of June. As a result of this divestment, Mowi has lowered its production forecast for 2026 to 600,000 metric tons, down from the previously estimated 605,000 metric tons.

Committed to Growing the Sector

Atlantic Canada’s finfish aquaculture sector employs over 9,400 people, generates USD 3.2 billion in economic output, produces more than 356 million meals annually and supports more than 1,400 local businesses, contributing over USD 600 million in additional economic activity, highlighted Cooke.

“Cooke is committed to growing the sector and continuing to invest in the region’s rural coastal communities,” says Cooke. “Our immediate objectives will be to stabilize and reinvest in the operations through synergies with our existing farming operations across Atlantic Canada.”

The Largest Private Family-Owned Seafood Company

Cooke Inc. was established in 1985 by the Cooke family in New Brunswick, Canada. From humble beginnings of one farm site and 5,000 salmon, Cooke Inc. is the largest private family-owned seafood company in the world employing 15,000 people in 16 countries. The Cooke family of companies operate global aquaculture and wild fishery divisions providing a sustainable seafood source reaching tables all over the world.

“Cooke’s core purpose is to cultivate the ocean with care, nourish the world, provide for our families and build strong communities,” they say.

Relocation of Concessions in Chile

A few days later, and although the National Reconstruction Plan has not yet been approved by the Chilean Congress, Cooke Chile reported that they had submitted a new proposal for the relocation of its concessions, involving the division, merger, and relocation of a salmon farm, in accordance with the provisions of the General Law on Fisheries and Aquaculture.

The objective of the project, which involves an investment of USD 6 million, is the construction and operation of a salmon farm through the Aquaculture Concession Relocation procedure, specifically via the division and merger of a farm — referred to as “original concessions.” The concessions will be relocated to a new sector, or “replacement concession,” northwest of Estero Iclai, located in the municipality of Aysén, Aysén Region.

There, a salmon farm will be established and operated within an Area Suitable for Aquaculture and in accordance with regional coastal zoning regulations. According to Cooke Chile, the project’s location will comply with all regulatory requirements.

A salmon farm will be established and operated there, in an Area Suitable for Aquaculture and in accordance with regional coastal zoning regulations. According to Cooke Chile, the project’s location will comply with all regulatory requirements.

The project will be developed at sea, covering an area of 3.2 hectares, and will include a farming module and 10 square net pens measuring 40x40x15 meters, with the goal of producing a maximum of 7,000 metric tons of Atlantic salmon over a total cycle of 15 months.

Alternatively, the facility could operate with coho salmon, with an estimated maximum production of 3,220 metric tons over a cycle of approximately 8 months.

In addition to complying with the regulatory framework governing aquaculture, this project aims to contribute to regional development through sustainable practices, as detailed by Cooke Chile in the Environmental Impact Statement.

Investment Firm Bluefront Invests Acquired 55% of Cleaning Specialist Meox

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Jul 2026 22:25:06 +0700

• They build underwater cleaning robots and ROVs that improve fish welfare and support a more sustainable aquaculture environment.

• They are the market leader of the industry in Chile.

Bluefront Equity (Bluefront), an investment firm in the fishing industry, revealed a few days ago that it has acquired a majority stake in Meox, a rapidly growing company that offers proprietary robotic cleaning solutions for the aquaculture and maritime industries. Through Bluefront Capital II, they have acquired 55% of Meox from Jaras Invest, which remains the second-largest shareholder. Let’s remember that this is the third transaction between Bluefront and companies associated with Jaras Invest, which is part of Trøndelag-based JarasGruppen.

Headquartered in Namsos, Meox builds underwater cleaning robots and ROVs that improve fish welfare and support a more sustainable aquaculture environment – powered by a patented cavitation-based method that cleans effectively while reducing wear on equipment.

“Achieving an average annual growth rate of around 20 percent over the past five years clearly shows that the team that is doing many things right. Fish farming companies in Norway and internationally have increasingly adopted Meox’s solutions in recent years. We look forward to contributing with capital and competence to further strengthen and expand the products and services that Meox offer its customers,” comented Simen Landmark, partner and chief investment officer at Bluefront.

Underwater Robotic Systems

Meox develops and delivers a range of proprietary underwater robotic systems that contribute to improved fish welfare and a more sustainable aquaculture environment. The company’s core products include specialized cleaning robots for net cleaning, as well as robotic solutions for cleaning of mooring lines and ropes, lice skirts, cage collars, vessel hulls and land-based aquaculture facilities. In addition, Meox supplies remotely operated vehicles (ROVs) for inspection of nets, hulls and other technical equipment. The company also offers robotic solutions for retrieval of dead fish and sludge handling.

A key component of Meox’s cleaning technology is its patented cavitation-based method, where air bubbles are pulsed into the water jet. This significantly reduces mechanical wear on the equipment that is being cleaned as the air bubbles perform most of the cleaning by effectively dislodging biofouling from nets and other surfaces.

Ambition to Expand

The headquarter of Meox and its manufacturing facility is located in Namsos in Trøndelag county, Norway. The company, that has a team with 11 people, reported revenues of approximately USD 4.55 million in 2025. Since inception, the company has delivered an average annual revenue growth of around 20 percent and positive operating result each year.

According to Kristian Kåre Hjertvik, managing director of Meox: “We are the market leader for provision of cleaning robots to the aquaculture industry in Chile, and our market share is growing rapidly in Norway. A key reason for bringing Bluefront on board is to strengthen our service and aftermarket capabilities, including further expanding our capacity and footprint to provide even closer customer support. In addition, we share an ambition to expand internationally, including into Scotland and Canada.”

History

Regarding Bluefront Equity, they raised USD 113.63 million for its second fund in 2025, with recent investments including proptech company Piscada and aquaculture advisory firm Aqua Kompetanse.

In the autumn of 2023, Bluefront-owned Seaqloud acquired the environmental monitoring software and products, including the ‘Guardian’ product portfolio, from Meox, which has Jaras as shareholder. Moreover, in September last year Bluefront acquired shares from Jaras Invest, via Havbruksparken Utvikling, when it became majority owner of fish health company Aqua Kompetanse.

Now, they say: “We look forward to supporting Kristian K. Hjertvik and the Meox team in the next phase of growth,” they said. Simen Landmark and Maria Benedicte Færevaag will join Meox‘s board of directors. In that sense, Færevaag commented: “A core part of our investment mandate is to back companies that promote sustainability through improved fish welfare and ocean health. This is exactly what Meox’s product portfolio does.”

Study suggests H5N1 D1.1 circulated before its first detection in North America

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Jul 2026 18:25:09 +0700

By the time the H5N1 D1.1 genotype was first detected in the Pacific Flyway during the autumn of 2024, it had probably already been circulating in North American wild birds before it was identified through routine surveillance.

That is the conclusion of a new study published in Emerging Infectious Diseases, in which researchers reconstructed the early expansion of the virus using genomic data from wild birds across the United States. Their findings suggest that D1.1 became established during the summer of 2024 before it was identified through routine surveillance.

D1.1 subsequently became the predominant clade 2.3.4.4b genotype detected in wild birds and domestic poultry in the United States. The genotype has also been responsible for several confirmed human infections in the country, including a fatal case reported in Louisiana.

To investigate how the genotype emerged, the researchers combined wildlife surveillance carried out in Arizona with publicly available H5N1 genome sequences from across the United States. Their analyses estimated that the common ancestor of the circulating D1.1 viruses dates to late June or mid-July 2024, while divergence from its closest known ancestor likely occurred several months earlier. According to the authors, this timeline is consistent with a period of undetected circulation before the virus entered routine surveillance.

The genomic reconstruction also provides a clearer picture of how the virus spread across North America. Rather than moving directly between distant regions, D1.1 appears to have expanded mainly between neighbouring migratory bird flyways. The Pacific Flyway showed patterns consistent with an early source of viral expansion, followed by movement into the Central and Mississippi flyways before the genotype reached the Atlantic Flyway later in the 2024 autumn migration season. The analyses found only limited support for direct exchange between the Pacific and Atlantic flyways.

The authors caution that flyways should not be interpreted as transmission routes in themselves. Instead, they provide a geographical framework for describing broad patterns of virus movement. Migration, surveillance intensity and sampling all contribute to the distribution observed in genomic datasets. Even so, the analyses consistently showed stronger links between neighbouring flyways than between those separated by greater distances.

Wildlife surveillance in Arizona provided additional evidence consistent with the broader genomic reconstruction. H5N1-positive birds included several raptor species, among them great horned owls, barn owls and red-tailed hawks. Although incomplete genome coverage prevented definitive genotype assignment, the available sequence data placed these viruses within the same haemagglutinin lineage as D1.1.

The researchers also examined mutations in the haemagglutinin (HA) protein. None of the Arizona samples carried the Q226L substitution, a mutation that experimental studies have associated with altered binding to human-type receptors. Nevertheless, the authors emphasise that continued genomic surveillance remains essential to detect genetic changes that could influence the biological characteristics of emerging H5N1 viruses.

Beyond reconstructing the emergence of a single genotype, the study highlights a broader surveillance challenge. New HPAI variants may circulate for a period before they are recognised through routine monitoring. The authors conclude that earlier genomic surveillance, faster sequencing and closer integration of wildlife, poultry and mammalian surveillance within a One Health framework could improve the early detection of newly emerging H5N1 genotypes.

Source: Scotch M., Faleye T.O.C., Urquidez-Negrete A., Varsani A., Fan A., Justice-Allen A. Rapid Expansion of Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza A(H5N1) Clade 2.3.4.4b Genotype D1.1 Virus across Flyway Regions, North America, Fall 2024. Emerging Infectious Diseases, Vol. 32, No. 8, August 2026.

USSEC Highlights How High-Quality Sustainable Feed Ingredients Can Boost the Region’s Aquaculture Performance

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Jul 2026 15:00:10 +0700

AquaCON conference explores the importance of consistent, reliable, and nutritious U.S. soybean meal to drive the industry forward.

Investing in superior quality aquafeed is essential for aquaculture’s long-term success. At AquaCON, hosted by the U.S. Soybean Export Council (USSEC) in collaboration with WorldFish Egypt, U.S. soybean farmers, educators, nutritionists, and aquaculture’s most prominent voices from across the Middle East, North Africa and South Asia (MENASA) region gathered to discuss forward-thinking strategies, best practices, and the role of feed in sustainably growing the industry.Production from global fisheries and aquaculture reached a new record of 235 million tonnes in 2024[1], underscoring the industry’s important role in feeding the world. Regionally, Egypt is Africa’s largest aquaculture producer and a top 2 market for whole U.S. soybeans. Bangladesh is the sixth-largest global aquaculture producer and South Asia’s largest market for U.S. soybeans. These rapid growth trajectories demonstrate U.S. Soy’s growing presence and potential in the region.

A panel discussion moderated by Kevin Roepke, Executive Director – MENASA, USSEC, featuring U.S. soybean farmers: Brad Doyle, Chairman of the Arkansas Soybean Promotion Board; Daryl Cates, Director of the American Soybean Association (ASA); David Williams, Representative of the Michigan Soybean Committee; Roberta Simpson-Dolbeare, Vice Chair of USSEC; Larry Rusch, Treasurer of the Indiana Soybean Alliance; and Lawrence Sukalski, Director of United Soybean Board (USB)

Consistency: The Foundation of Performance Optimization

U.S. soybean meal is proven to deliver superior results when compared to soy from other origins. Research shows that whole U.S. soybeans have 5x less damage than Brazilian soybeans[2]. Unlike South American soybeans which are grown in tropical climates, U.S. soybeans have the advantage of drying naturally in the sun. In contrast, South American soybeans are harvested in wet conditions, requiring excess moisture removal through mechanical wood-fired driers – a process that damages the soybeans while reducing their nutritional integrity.U.S. soybeans, therefore, are drier, have lower heat damage, higher digestibility, and, in turn, greater metabolizable energy. These qualities translate into improved aquaculture performance.“The consistent superior quality that U.S. soybean meal brings to the feed mills allows aquaculture producers to minimize safety margins and operational costs,” adds Kevin Roepke, Executive Director – MENASA at USSEC. “This consistency and reliability put U.S. Soy ahead of its competitors,”

Sustainably Nourishing the WorldU.S. Soy is verified sustainable and has the lowest carbon footprint compared to soy from other origins. An extensive third-party audit program known as the U.S. Soy Sustainability Assurance Protocol (SSAP) ensures that U.S. Soy is sustainably produced, helping international customers meet their ESG requirements.

“U.S. Soy farmers care deeply about sustainability,” added Roberta Simpson-Dolbeare, USSEC Vice Chair and U.S. soybean farmer from Illinois. “From the soil to harvest, we make sure sustainability is integrated across our growing practices.” As producers in the MENASA region expand aquaculture operations to meet growing protein demands, U.S. soybean meal can play a crucial role as a reliable, high-quality, sustainable feed ingredient.About U.S. Soybean Export Council:

The U.S. Soybean Export Council (USSEC) focuses on differentiating, elevating preference, and attaining market access for the use of U.S. Soy for human consumption, aquaculture, and livestock feed in more than 90 countries internationally. USSEC members represent the soy supply chain, including U.S. Soy farmers, processors, commodity shippers, merchandisers, allied agribusinesses, and agricultural organizations. USSEC is funded by the U.S. Soy Checkoff, USDA Foreign Agricultural Service matching funds, and industry. Visit  www.ussec.org for the latest information about USSEC and U.S. Soy internationally. 

Hydration Hacks: Creative Ways to Encourage Dogs to Drink More Water

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Jul 2026 01:05:03 +0700

Keeping your dog hydrated is especially important throughout the summer months. Unlike humans, pups don’t sweat to cool themselves down. Instead, they cool down by panting, which causes them to lose moisture and fluids.

Getting your dog to drink enough water can help replace those lost fluids, support healthy digestion, and keep them cool. Proper hydration is also crucial for regulating body temperature and reducing the risk of dehydration and heat-related illnesses during hot weather. As a general guide, dogs need about one ounce of water per pound of body weight each day, with more required on hot days or after active play. While some dogs are natural water lovers and drink throughout the day, others need a little extra encouragement to sip more frequently. Let’s look at some fun and easy ways to help your pup stay hydrated.

FROZEN TREATS AND PUPSICLES

A fun way to help keep your pup hydrated is to make homemade dog pupsicles with broth and/or dog-friendly fruits and vegetables high in water. Not only do frozen treats keep your dog hydrated and cool, but they also provide a fun and tasty source of enrichment, as licking frozen treats can encourage pups to slow down and stay mentally stimulated and engaged.

See also

Frozen Dog Treat Recipes for Summer

Pupsicles can be easy to make, prepared ahead of time, and stored in the freezer for whenever your dog needs a hydrating, fun snack. Try ingredients like low-sodium chicken or beef broth, plain Greek yogurt, and dog-safe fruits and vegetables like apples, pineapple, strawberries, watermelon, cucumber, and carrots to make tasty, lickable treats your pup will enjoy.

Remember to avoid adding ingredients that are toxic or hazardous to dogs, such as grapes, xylitol, seeds/stems from certain fruit, etc. As always, check with your veterinarian before adding new food to your dog’s diet and serve all treats in moderation.

ADD FLAVOR TO THEIR WATER

Adding a pet-safe flavor boost to your pup’s water can encourage them to drink more, especially if they’re not naturally big water drinkers.

Try adding a splash of low-sodium chicken or beef broth, or a small amount of tuna or salmon water (if they already enjoy that on its own) to give their water a savory flavor. You can also add pet-safe fruit like sliced apples, watermelon, or cucumber slices to add a bit of variety to their daily water routine.

SET UP WATER STATIONS AROUND YOUR HOME

Placing multiple water bowls throughout your home can help make sure your pup always has easy access to fresh water, which can be helpful for senior dogs or those experiencing mobility issues who may be less willing to walk long distances for water.

See also

How Often Should I Clean My Dog’s Belongings?

Having several water stations also means there is always a nearby option, even if one location is empty or needs to be refreshed. The easier it is for your dog to access water, the more likely they are to take a drink and stay hydrated throughout the day.

Be sure to wash water bowls daily and refill them regularly to keep the water clean and appealing.

TRY A PET WATER FOUNTAIN

A pet water fountain can be a fun, encouraging way to get your dog to drink more water. Many pups are naturally curious about moving water as they can instinctively associate it with freshness and safety, so this addition can seem more appealing than water in a traditional bowl.

Many pet water fountains come with built-in filters to help remove dirt and hair, keep water clean, and remove bad tastes from tap water. Plus, circulating water can stay colder, making it more refreshing, especially on warmer days

It may take your pup a little while to get used to the fountain, so consider placing it next to their familiar water bowl until they’re comfortable with it.

EXPERIENCE THE FUN AT DOG DAYCARE

At Dogtopia, we know how important it is to incorporate hydration into our pups’ day, especially as they play and exercise with their friends, which is why we provide fresh water bowls in our playrooms. We also love incorporating occasional treat days and special enrichment experiences to keep dogs engaged while supporting their overall well-being.

Looking for a fun and safe way to keep your pup active, socialized, and cared for? Book a daycare visit at your nearest Dogtopia location and let your pup experience the Dogtopia difference.

Photos courtesy of: Dogtopia of Stamford and Dogtopia of Geneva.

This blog was reviewed/edited by Dogtopia’s Senior Director of Health & Safety Lorraine Rhoads, an experienced animal biologist and environmental scientist.

The post Hydration Hacks: Creative Ways to Encourage Dogs to Drink More Water appeared first on Dogtopia.

Genetics, environment shape broiler cecal microbiota

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Jul 2026 00:35:04 +0700

Consumer interest in poultry welfare has led to the expansion of unconventional poultry-rearing systems, such as silvopasture. But information on how different systems affect poultry and the cecal microbiota is limited.

To find answers, Justin Lowery, MS, and a team of researchers from North Carolina State University conducted a broiler research trial. The trial compared the impact of conventional and silvopasture production systems on the cecal microbiota of slow- and fast-growing broilers.

The results indicated that both genetics and environment shape the ceca of broilers.

“This means producers must carefully choose breeds that are most suited for specific environments,” Lowery said. “If you want a bird that performs very well in an outside environment, you need to pick that breed and vice versa for inside production.”

Lowery discussed his research at the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting.

Measuring cecal content

“We hypothesized that we would see differences in the ceca between the slow-growing SASSO and fast-growing Ross 708 broilers and between floor-pen and silvopasture systems,” Lowery said.

The trial involved 500 SASSO broilers and 500 Ross 708 broilers placed separately in traditional floor-pen production and silvopasture environments. The silvopasture provided access to trees, grass and housing.

The Ross 708 birds were grown to 42 days of age, and the slower-growing SASSO birds grew to 56 days of age.

The cecal contents were aseptically collected at processing (after feather picking) from 10 birds per treatment, for a total of 40 birds. The ceca collections were stored in liquid hydrogen until microbiota analysis using 16S ribosomal RNA amplicon sequencing and other test methods.

The microbial analysis included determining alpha and beta diversity. Alpha diversity is the diversity of species within a sample, while beta diversity indicates how microbial communities differ between samples.

The researchers also examined evenness, which describes the distribution and relative abundance of species within a sample.

Microbiome diversity compared

“We saw higher overall evenness in cecal microbiota in the Sasso broilers than in the Ross birds,” said Lowery, adding, “There was also a trend toward higher microbiome evenness in floor pens than in silvopasture.

“We found a significant difference between microbial communities,” he continued. “What this shows is a more even distribution of microbes in the gut with a floor-pen system. Where there is a floor pen, birds don’t have outside access, so they aren’t getting many microbes into the gut. Additionally, SASSOs can maintain a more even distribution of microbes in the gut.”

Regarding beta diversity, the researchers observed that silvopasture birds exhibited more distinct microbial groups than birds on floor pens, regardless of broiler strain.

This was also true for breeds, with SASSO broilers displaying more microbial diversity than Ross 708 birds.

Match breed to rearing method

Altogether, trial results indicate that rearing slow-growing broilers in outdoor environments results in low microbial evenness and more distinct microbial groups than fast-growing broilers in floor pens.

“Silvopasture broilers have a more varied diet due to foraging outside and developing more dominant taxa in the gut from exposure to various microbes,” Lowery said.

“As trends continue toward alternative rearing environments, bird choice for each environment will become increasingly important,” he added. “Birds will need the ability to cope with a fluid environmental microbial load.

“If you want a bird to perform well in an outside environment, you need to pick a bird that can handle it,” Lowery concluded.

The post Genetics, environment shape broiler cecal microbiota appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Pearls of protein: celebrating 30 years of World Egg Day!

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Jul 2026 00:30:10 +0700

On Friday 9 October, the world will celebrate the 30th anniversary of World Egg Day.
This year’s theme, ‘Protein that Powers and Protects’, highlights how the high-quality protein and vital nutrients found in eggs power the body and protect overall health.
Since 1996, #WorldEggDay has been celebrated in many unique, innovative and exciting ways across the globe.

World Egg Day 2026 will be celebrated around the world on Friday 9 October. This will be its 30^th anniversary and the theme ‘Protein that Powers and Protects’ emphasises how the high-quality protein found in eggs supports health and wellbeing at every stage of life.

“Since 1996, World Egg Day has been celebrated by people, organisations and communities across the globe. Although it has grown in size and reach each year, its mission remains the same – to celebrate the fantastic benefits of the humble but mighty egg,” says Julian Madeley, Director General of the World Egg Organisation (WEO).

He adds, “This year the focus is on the high-quality protein found in eggs and how they help to power the body and protect overall health. As a key contributor to physical and cognitive development, it is vital that high-quality protein is accessible to the entire global population. That is what makes eggs so special – they are a source of essential nutrients and one of the highest-quality proteins that can be produced and enjoyed all around the world!”

WEO are also delighted to introduce ‘Eggwin’ – the official mascot for World Egg Day 2026. He will help communicate the value of egg protein in a way that appeals to audiences of all ages.

World Egg Day takes place every year on the second Friday of October. Last year saw over 100 countries worldwide celebrate, with many in-person events including a record-breaking omelette, meal donations, and competitive egg-based cooking.

To support the egg industry with celebrating, WEO has created an interactive toolkit. This includes the theme and key messages, social media graphics, GIFs, a 30^th anniversary video and inspiration from 2025’s activities.

All World Egg Day resources can be accessed on the WEO website: https://www.worldeggorganisation.com/our-work/world-egg-day/

Source: World Egg Organisation press release

Australia reports first H5N1 detection in a resident native bird species

Edusehat — Thu, 16 Jul 2026 20:55:10 +0700

Australia has reported its first detection of highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) H5N1 in a resident native bird species after the virus was identified in a greater crested tern (Thalasseus bergii) found near Robe, on South Australia’s Limestone Coast.

The detection was announced by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry (DAFF), which described it as “a concerning development” because it is the first confirmed H5N1 detection involving a resident native bird species. Previous detections in Australia had been recorded in migratory seabirds.

The latest DAFF update brings the total number of confirmed or presumed positive H5N1 detections to 14. All have involved wild seabirds, with the greater crested tern remaining the only resident Australian bird species found to be infected.

Despite the latest finding, Australian authorities said there is no evidence of HPAI H5N1 in commercial poultry, and no unusual mass mortality events have been reported in wild birds linked to the current detections.

Biosecurity authorities are continuing surveillance of wild bird populations, particularly in coastal areas, while urging poultry producers to maintain strict biosecurity measures and report any signs of disease without delay.

According to DAFF, the current risk to the general public remains low.

Source: www.agriculture.gov.au

Australian poultry industry steps up H5N1 preparedness after seabird detections

EU adopts stricter emission rules for large poultry farms

Edusehat — Thu, 16 Jul 2026 20:55:10 +0700

Large poultry farms across the European Union are now subject to tighter environmental controls under the revised Industrial Emissions Directive (IED 2.0, Directive (EU) 2024/1785), which entered into force in August 2024. The updated law, which covers around 75,000 large industrial installations and intensive livestock farms in the EU, remains the main EU instrument to limit air, water and soil pollution and to drive greater efficiency in the use of energy and raw materials.

The revision aims to align industrial and livestock activities with the European Green Deal and the “zero pollution” ambition, by significantly cutting emissions of fine particulate matter, nitrogen oxides, non‑methane volatile organic compounds, ammonia and methane by 2050 compared to 2020 levels. According to the European Commission, full implementation of IED 2.0 ould reduce emissions of several key air pollutants by up to 40% by mid‑century, with stricter control of intensive pig and poultry production playing an important role in this reduction.

Scope and thresholds for poultry production

Under the revised directive, the coverage of intensive pig and poultry farms is extended and strengthened, while the focus remains on the largest and most polluting operators. For poultry, the political agreement endorsed by Parliament and Council sets livestock‑unit‑based thresholds that determine which farms fall within the scope of the directive. In practical terms, this means that the rules apply to large poultry units such as:

broiler farms with more than 280 livestock units (LSU), roughly equivalent to 40,000 birds;
laying hen farms with more than 300 LSU, corresponding to about 21,400 layers;
mixed pig–poultry farms above 380 LSU in total.europarl.europa+1

Extensive and organic systems, as well as farms where animals are kept outdoors for a significant part of the year, are generally excluded from the IED regime and continue to be regulated under other EU and national environmental and animal production rules. The Commission emphasises that expanding coverage to a greater share of intensive pig and poultry units is “key to reducing nitrogen pollution” from agriculture.

Permitting, BAT requirements and implementation timeline

Poultry farms falling within the scope of IED 2.0 will be required to operate according to best available techniques (BAT), a well‑established concept already applied to other industrial sectors. This involves implementing technical and management measures to reduce emissions to air, water and land, improve manure and litter handling, limit odour, and increase efficiency in water, energy and resource use.

The revised directive streamlines permitting for covered livestock operations by introducing, for many cases, a lighter electronic registration regime instead of complex individual permits, while maintaining stringent environmental performance and emission monitoring requirements. National authorities are granted stronger powers to suspend non‑compliant operations and must impose dissuasive penalties, with fines reaching at least 3% of an operator’s EU turnover for the most serious infringements.

Legally, the directive entered into force in August 2024, and member states now have 22 months to transpose it into national law. Once transposed, national authorities will need to update or issue environmental permits in line with the new standards, with a gradual implementation that is expected to bring the largest intensive poultry units into full compliance between the early 2030s and 2032, in line with the revision cycles of sector‑specific BAT conclusions.

Transparency, citizen rights and the Industrial Emissions Portal

IED 2.0 also marks a step change in how citizens are protected from pollution generated by covered installations, including large poultry farms. For the first time in EU environmental law, individuals are explicitly granted the right to seek compensation for health damage caused by illegal pollution from regulated activities. At the same time, the transformation of the European Pollutant Release and Transfer Register into a new EU Industrial Emissions Portal will provide more comprehensive information on permits, emissions and environmental performance for each installation.

According to the European Parliament, the new rules are expected to deliver significant health and environmental benefits by improving public participation in permitting procedures and strengthening access to justice in cases of non‑compliance. Emission and performance data will be reported and published progressively, with the first data flows to the new portal expected from 2028 onwards.

Criticism and next steps: cattle farms still outside the scope

Despite the broader coverage of intensive pig and poultry farms, the revised directive has been criticised by NGOs and environmental groups for failing to more comprehensively address emissions from cattle farming, which remains outside the scope of IED 2.0. Initial proposals to include large cattle units were dropped during the negotiations, and the final text only commits the Commission to assess by 31 December 2026 whether further action on livestock emissions, including from cattle, is needed.

For the poultry sector, the main challenge will be to meet these more stringent environmental requirements while preserving economic viability and competitiveness, in a context of rising public scrutiny of animal production systems and growing demands for transparency along the supply chain. The regulatory framework set by IED 2.0 is a key milestone in this transition, pushing large operators to adopt more efficient and less polluting technologies and management practices, while leaving a significant share of EU livestock production – particularly extensive cattle systems and small‑scale poultry units – outside the directive’s industrial scope.

How to Get Rid of Litter Box Smell: 12 Expert Tips That Actually Work

Edusehat — Thu, 16 Jul 2026 07:10:06 +0700

Ah, litter boxes–the one downside of sharing your home with a cat. But living with a cat doesn’t have to mean living with unpleasant odours. These expert tips will banish any trace of litter box smell, make your cat’s life better, and prevent issues with inappropriate elimination—a win all around!

Pixel-Shot/AdobeStock

Why Cat Urine Smells So Strong

Cat urine is notoriously pungent—and there’s a biological reason for it. As descendants of desert dwellers, cats evolved highly efficient kidneys that produce extremely concentrated urine to conserve water. This concentrated urine contains high levels of urea, which decomposes into pungent ammonia. Combine that with pheromones and sulphur-based mercaptans and you have a powerful, lingering smell.

Pee-ew! Why is Cat Pee So Potent?

High concentration. Cat urine is more concentrated than that of most animals.
Bacterial breakdown. As urine sits, bacteria convert urea into ammonia.
Hormones. Un-neutered males produce strong-smelling pheromones for marking.
Health conditions. Kidney disease, diabetes, or urinary issues can intensify odour.
Diet. The high-protein diets of felines contributes to stronger-smelling waste.

How to Keep Your Cat’s Litter Box Area Smelling Fresh

Wondering how to get rid of litter box smell for good? These veterinarian- and cat behaviour–approved tips tackle litter box odour at the source, helping keep your home fresh while making your cat happier, too.

1. Scoop daily—at a minimum.

You should scoop your cat’s litter box at least once a day but twice is ideal. Especially with multiple cats or finicky felines, scooping more frequently becomes necessary to keep odours down and prevent your cat from holding it, which can cause health issues.

Make the job easier with a dedicated disposal system like the Kitty Twist’R Plus, which helps contain smells and simplifies cleanup.

Bonus: Health Check-In. Daily scooping helps you spot early signs of illness. Changes in number or size of urine clumps, stool consistency, or behaviour (like straining or vocalizing) can signal a problem. Litter additives like World’s Best Cat Litter Health Check-In Boosters change colour to alert you to potential health issues. Simply sprinkle on top of your cat’s litter.

2. Add an extra litter box.

Follow the gold-standard rule: one litter box per cat, plus one extra. This reduces odour buildup and prevents territorial stress or avoidance.

3. Replace litter on a regular basis and deep clean.

Pixel-Shot/AdobeStock

Oxford-trained cat behaviourst Mieshelle Nagelschneider recommends fully replacing the litter every 30 days (more often for non-clumping varieties) and giving the box a thorough deep clean at the same time.

For deep cleaning, she recommends using a mild soap and hot water, or a very diluted bleach solution. Rinse thoroughly—and then rinse again—to ensure no residue remains.

If you find yourself putting this off, a subscription service like Kitty Poo Club can simplify the process by delivering a fresh, recyclable litter box each month—no scrubbing required.

Also keep in mind: plastic absorbs odours over time. Nagelschneider advises replacing litter boxes annually. Given a cat’s extraordinarily sensitive sense of smell, lingering odours can contribute to litter box aversion.

A clean box encourages regular use. Neglecting it can lead to your cat avoiding the box and urinating elsewhere.

4. Maintain litter level.

It’s important to maintain the litter level and not let it get low even as you approach the 30-day cleaning mark, says Nagelschneider. Keep two to three inches of litter in the box at all times. Letting levels get too low reduces clumping performance and increases odour.

5. Choose a litter with superior odour control.

High-quality litter is one of your best defences against smell. Look for options that offer strong clumping and natural odour absorption.

A high performance, plant-based litter like SoySand is especially effective, using natural materials to trap odours while remaining low-dust and eco-friendly.

6. Use this DIY odour control booster.

Boost your litter’s odour control with a simple addition: Baking soda. A thin layer at the bottom of the litter box helps neutralize smells.

7. Use a deodorizing spray.

For an extra layer of freshness, a cat-safe deodorizing spray like No Cat spray by Chris the Cat can help neutralize lingering odours around the litter box area without overwhelming your cat’s sensitive nose.

8. Try an automatic litter box.

If keeping up with scooping feels overwhelming, an automatic litter box like the Litter-Robot can be life changing. This highly rated, self- cleaning litter box stands out for its automatic scooping, advanced odour control, and smart app features that make daily maintenance effortless.

While many cats quickly adapt to the always-clean environment, some may need a little time. Introduce the new box gradually and keep the old one available during the transition to help them adjust.

A self-cleaning litter box ensures the box is scooped and clean after each visit.

9. Improve ventilation.

Good airflow is key. Place litter boxes in well-ventilated areas and avoid tight, enclosed spaces. Adding an air purifier nearby can further reduce lingering odours and airborne particles.

10. Support your cat’s diet and hydration.

A well-hydrated cat produces less concentrated urine, which means less smell. Feeding a moisture-rich diet (like wet food) and ensuring constant access to fresh water can make a noticeable difference.

11. Use an enzymatic cleaner for accidents. Accidents happen—but lingering odours can lead to repeat behaviour.

A pet-safe enzymatic cleaner like Bud’s Wonder Solution breaks down the compounds in urine, eliminating smells at the source rather than masking them.

12. Skip the lid.

Covered litter boxes may trap odours for you—but they trap them for your cat, too. Many cats prefer open boxes because they’re better ventilated and feel less confining.

Photography by Adri/AdobeStock

Eliminating litter box smell isn’t about covering it up—it’s about consistent, thoughtful care. With daily scooping, the right products, proper cleaning, and attention to your cat’s health, you can keep your home fresh and your cat happy. Because at the end of the day, a clean litter box isn’t just a nice-to-have—it’s essential for your cat’s comfort and wellbeing.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post How to Get Rid of Litter Box Smell: 12 Expert Tips That Actually Work appeared first on Modern Cat.

HTP-1500 Maintenance & Troubleshooting: Quick Reference Guide

Edusehat — Thu, 16 Jul 2026 02:55:05 +0700

Why This Matters

Routine care of your HTP-1500 recirculating water pump goes a long way toward protecting your equipment investment and keeping patient warming performance reliable. Below you’ll find the full maintenance routine: daily inspections, a two-week flush cycle, yearly descaling, along with fixes for the three most common error codes: CHEC FLO, H1, and H2.

Works with Dispomed’s warming tables.

Safety First

Unplug the unit completely before performing any maintenance.
Only distilled water should be used in the reservoir.
Never operate the pump when water levels are low. Once cleaning is complete, add a minimum of 750 mL of distilled water, checking that the level stays visible in the side sight glass and doesn’t drop below 50% capacity during operation.

Daily Checks

Look at the white indicator on the pump’s side to confirm water level.
The reservoir should stay at least half full at all times for the unit to function properly.
Examine tubing and connection points for kinks, cracks, or damage that table movement may have caused.

Biweekly Routine

Confirm the pump is unplugged.
Remove the black cap and drain the reservoir fully.
Add a minimum of 750 mL of distilled water back in, keeping the level visible in the sight glass and above 50% capacity once running.

Yearly Deep Clean

Drain the reservoir completely.
Add roughly 1 L of a distilled water and white vinegar mix (50/50 ratio).
Set target temperature to 100°F (38°C).
Run the pump for 15 minutes.
Shut off and drain the reservoir.
Refill with 1 L of plain clean water.
Run for another 15-minute cycle.
Shut off and drain once more.
Add back at least 750 mL distilled water, confirming the sight glass shows the level at or above 50%.
Your unit is now ready for use.

Troubleshooting Guide

“CHEC FLO” Error

Signals that water flow is either too low or blocked.

Likely Causes

Reservoir water level dropped too low.
Tubing has kinks restricting flow.
Sediment buildup inside is blocking circulation.

Steps to Resolve

Drain the reservoir and refill with approximately 1 L of a 50/50 distilled water-vinegar solution.
Set temperature to 100°F (38°C).
Power on the pump.
Pinch one of the clear tubes about once per second, continuing for 1–2 minutes to loosen sediment.
Allow the pump to run for 30 minutes.
Power off.
Swap the inlet and outlet connections to run a backflush.
Power on again and let it circulate for 30 more minutes.
Power off and drain the reservoir.
Refill with 1 L of clean water.
Run for 15 minutes.
Drain again and refill with at least 750 mL distilled water.
Contact our service team if the error hasn’t cleared.

“H1” and “H2” Errors

Both indicate the pump has exceeded a safe temperature threshold.

H1: First threshold reached – heating stops, but circulation keeps running.

H2: Second threshold reached – both heating and circulation shut down.

Steps to Resolve

Power down the unit and give it several hours to cool completely before restarting. Once cooled while unplugged, the alarm typically resets on its own.

Still Need Help?

Dispomed’s technical service team is here to support your clinic beyond this guide. If your HTP-1500 keeps showing an error after these steps, reach out — we offer phone support, remote troubleshooting, and on-site visits when needed.

The Importance of Play: Why Toys Are Essential for Dogs

Edusehat — Thu, 16 Jul 2026 02:50:04 +0700

Ask any Indian pet parent what changed the day they brought a dog home, and most will point to the same thing: the house suddenly feels alive. That energy is a signal. Dogs are wired to move, sniff, chase, chew, and problem-solve, and when that wiring has nowhere to go, trouble follows. Play is not a luxury reserved for weekends. It is a daily need, and the right toys are the tools that make that need easy to meet, even inside a small city apartment or during a long monsoon afternoon.

What Play Actually Does for a Dog

Play is not just entertainment. It is exercise, learning, stress relief, and social bonding rolled into one activity. A short game of tug builds muscle and impulse control. A puzzle feeder turns dinner into a thinking task. A gentle wrestle with a plush toy lets a puppy rehearse the bite inhibition it will need as an adult. Structured play also helps dogs regulate their emotions, which is why a well-exercised dog is usually a calmer housemate.

The American Kennel Club notes that play helps dogs build confidence, sharpen social skills, and reduce anxiety, and these benefits show up at every life stage, from a curious eight-week-old puppy to a greying senior who still enjoys a slow game of hide-and-seek.

The Hidden Cost of an Under-Stimulated Dog

When a dog does not get enough physical and mental activity, that energy does not vanish. It gets redirected. Chewed slippers, dug-up plants, endless barking at the balcony, pacing at 2 a.m., or a sudden fondness for the sofa leg are rarely signs of a badly behaved dog. They are usually signs of an under-stimulated one. Boredom in dogs can also lead to compulsive habits such as tail chasing, excessive licking, or destructive chewing, all of which are harder to unlearn than to prevent.

The ASPCA describes enrichment through toys and games as a core part of preventing behaviour problems, and most trainers in India will say the same thing in simpler words: a tired dog is a good dog.

Matching the Right Toy to the Right Dog

Not every toy suits every dog. A heavy chewer will destroy a soft plush in minutes, while a senior with dental issues will struggle with a hard rubber bone. Choosing well is easier when you think in categories rather than brands.

Chew Toys

Chewing is a self-soothing activity for dogs of all ages. Puppies chew because they are teething. Adults chew because it relaxes them. A good chew toy protects your furniture and gives your dog a legal outlet for a very natural urge. Rubber chews, rope toys, and long-lasting dental chews and treats also help scrape plaque off the teeth, which is a quiet win for oral health.

Puzzle and Treat-Dispensing Toys

These are the toys that work your dog's brain. A snuffle mat, a treat ball, or a slow feeder can turn a ten-minute meal into a thirty-minute activity, which is especially useful on rainy days when a walk is not possible. Mental work tires a dog out faster than a plain walk, so puzzle toys are a smart choice for high-energy breeds like Labradors, Beagles, and Indies.

Fetch and Tug Toys

Balls, flying discs, and rope tugs are the classics. They build fitness, teach recall, and give you an easy way to spend focused time with your dog. For Indian summers, keep fetch sessions to early morning or late evening, and always carry water. A rubber ball that floats is a bonus if you have access to a safe pool or a clean pond.

Comfort and Plush Toys

Soft toys are not just for cuddling. Many dogs, especially rescues and anxious pups, use a favourite plush the way a child uses a blanket. It becomes a source of calm during thunderstorms, travel, or vet visits. Choose plush toys with reinforced stitching and no small plastic eyes that can be chewed off.

Playing Smart in the Indian Climate

Weather shapes how your dog plays almost as much as breed does. Summers in most Indian cities are brutal on paws and lungs, so outdoor play should shift to before sunrise and after sunset. The monsoon brings its own challenge: wet coats, slippery floors, and long stretches indoors. This is where indoor-friendly toys earn their keep. A snuffle mat in the living room, a frozen chew on a hot afternoon, or a short tug session in the hallway can meet your dog's needs without stepping outside.

Winter in North India is often the best play season, but short-coated breeds like Boxers and Dobermans may need a light coat during early-morning fetch. Keeping a rotation of two or three toy types on hand, one for indoors, one for the yard or park, and one purely for chewing, makes daily play feel effortless rather than planned.

Safety Checks Before You Hand Over a Toy

A well-chosen toy is safe. Run through this quick checklist before adding anything new from the dog toys collection to your dog's basket:

Size matters. A toy small enough to fit fully inside your dog's mouth is a choking risk.
Avoid toys with removable squeakers, plastic eyes, or loose bells for strong chewers.
Check ropes and plushies weekly. A frayed rope can cause serious intestinal blockages if swallowed.
Wash rubber and plush toys regularly, especially during monsoon, when damp toys grow mould quickly.
Retire any toy with cracks, sharp edges, or missing chunks. A loved toy is not a safe toy forever.

How Much Play Is Enough

There is no single number that fits every dog, but a useful rule of thumb is two focused play sessions a day of fifteen to twenty minutes each, in addition to regular walks. Puppies need shorter, more frequent bursts. Working breeds like German Shepherds and Border Collies often need more, and much of it needs to be mental, not just physical. Seniors benefit from gentle, low-impact games such as scent work or a slow puzzle feeder.

If your dog is very active or recovering from illness, pairing structured play with the right nutrition and joint and wellness supplements can help protect joints and maintain stamina over the long term. Speak with your vet before adding anything new.

Signs Your Dog Needs More Play in the Day

Dogs are not shy about telling you when they are bored. The messages are just easy to miss. Look out for restlessness in the evening, sudden zoomies at odd hours, chewing on non-toy items, over-attachment or clinginess, and a general sense that your dog is looking for a job. Adding one more short play session, or swapping a walk for a puzzle-toy meal, often fixes the problem within a few days.

Pair play with the right walking gear from a good collars, leashes, and harness range, and you have the full daily package: exercise, mental work, and safe outdoor time.

The Bottom Line

Toys are not extras. They are how dogs meet some of their deepest instincts inside a human home. A thoughtful mix of chew toys, puzzles, fetch options, and a comfort plush covers physical energy, mental stimulation, and emotional wellbeing all at once. Choose the right sizes, check them often, and match play to the season, and you will have a calmer dog, a quieter home, and a bond that grows a little stronger every single day.

Frequently Asked Questions

How many toys should a dog have at home?

Most dogs do well with four to six toys in active rotation, covering chewing, puzzle work, fetch, and comfort. Rotating them every few days keeps things interesting without needing to buy new toys constantly.

Are soft plush toys safe for puppies?

Yes, as long as the stitching is strong and there are no small plastic parts. Supervise the first few sessions to make sure your puppy is not tearing the toy apart and swallowing the stuffing.

My dog gets bored of new toys within a day. What should I do?

Try rotation instead of replacement. Put half the toys away for a week, then swap them out. A familiar toy after a break often feels new again. Puzzle and treat-dispensing toys tend to hold attention longer than passive toys.

Can I use household items instead of dog toys?

Some items, like a clean empty plastic bottle inside a sock, work briefly, but they are not built for repeated chewing and can splinter or fray. Purpose-made dog toys are safer for daily use and last much longer.

How do I keep my dog engaged during the monsoon?

Lean on indoor mental work. Snuffle mats, slow feeders, hide-and-seek with treats, and short training games can burn off surprising amounts of energy. A frozen chew is also a great way to keep a dog calm and busy on a wet afternoon.

At what age should I stop giving my dog toys?

Never. Senior dogs still enjoy play, though the pace and type change. Soft toys, gentle scent games, and low-impact puzzles suit older dogs and can even help slow cognitive decline.

Diverse secondary infections complicate Mississippi’s avian metapneumovirus picture

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Jul 2026 23:20:04 +0700

Cases from an outbreak of avian metapneumovirus (aMPV) among broiler flocks in Mississippi are mostly coming with secondary infections, which can exacerbate disease severity.

Types A and B of aMPV, which affect both chickens and turkeys, have been spreading in the US since 2023, predominantly affecting the eastern states. An outbreak of type A was first detected in Mississippi in February 2025.

Previous research has pointed to a high prevalence in aMPV of diverse bacterial infections and from unusual infection sites. This prompted a research team led by Autumn Gregg, DVM, a poultry resident at Mississippi State University, to investigate the infections appearing in the outbreak.

Gregg presented the study results at the 2026 International Poultry Science Forum.

E. coli dominates; other threats lurk

The research team examined 68 cases from broilers and broiler breeders submitted to the university’s laboratory. They confirmed aMPV using PCR, which detects genetic material, and ELISA testing, which detects proteins. The researchers then swabbed lesions at necropsy for bacteria and used mass spectrometry, a rapid and sensitive technique, to identify the species found.

They found secondary bacterial coinfections in 58 of the cases. There were 177 individual bacterial isolates, with Escherichia coli accounting for 116, or over 65%, of them. Gregg noted that this dominance was “not a big surprise,” given E. coli’s common association with aMPV.

Enterococcus cecorum was the second most seen, occurring in 15 cases. Gallibacterium anatis, Staphylococcus aureus, S. agnetis, S. chromogenes, Salmonella spp. and Pasteurella multocida were also isolated in numerous cases.

Salmonella coinfections cause concern

Gregg pointed to the significance of three types of Salmonella of public health concern that her team isolated in the study: Infantis, Enteritidis and Kentucky.

“It’s important to remember the immunosuppressant effect of aMPV and the effect that that can have on public health when we send these birds for processing,” she said.

Disease links to infection sites

The research team observed severe signs of disease in the study, including respiratory and neurological symptoms. Some signs differed between broilers and broiler breeders, with neurological presentations more common in broiler breeders. Lesions also differed, with yolk peritonitis being the most common in broiler breeders and leg lesions being the most common in broilers.

Broilers also had higher mortality rates than the broiler breeders.

Given the range of clinical findings, where the positive samples were swabbed from in the birds’ bodies provided food for thought, Gregg noted.

“We isolated E. coli and G. anatis from the brain, head bone and subcutaneous tissue. Although we can’t confirm this, we think that this is a major contributing factor to all the neurological signs that we were observing in the broiler breeders.”

Gregg also drew attention to the isolates of S. agnetis from the innermost layer of the skin and from the ovaries of birds, and of S. chromogenes in the same skin tissue.

“When bacteria are isolated from these locations, we traditionally think of these as being less pathogenic or things we don’t have to worry about as much. But in some cases, these were the primary isolates that we had from those birds, so they could be causing the clinical signs of severe disease. This is concerning, and it shifted our thinking about these bacteria,” she said.

Thinking beyond the obvious

The study suggested that producers would be wise to put aside preconceptions about tackling aMPV outbreaks, Gregg explained.

“Both common and emerging bacteria were isolated from birds infected with aMPV, so it’s important to remember that when treating these birds, we’re not just dealing with E. coli. We may have a lot of other bacteria present as well, which can complicate treatment,” she added.

The post Diverse secondary infections complicate Mississippi’s avian metapneumovirus picture appeared first on Modern Poultry.

New Zealand confirms first H5N1 case in migratory seabird

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Jul 2026 23:15:10 +0700

New Zealand has confirmed its first case of highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) H5N1, after a migratory brown skua found on a beach near Wellington tested positive for the virus.
Key facts of the New Zealand caseNew Zealand’s Ministry for Primary Industries (MPI) reported that a single ocean-going brown skua, collected on Petone beach near Wellington, tested positive for H5 bird flu, identified as the “concerning” H5N1 strain circulating globally since 2021. Biosecurity Minister Andrew Hoggard stated there is currently no evidence of mass mortality in wild birds, no signs of sustained transmission between wild birds in New Zealand, and no detections in domestic poultry flocks.Authorities have stressed that this is an isolated detection in a wild seabird and that New Zealand’s commercial poultry sector remains free of H5N1 infection at this time. The case follows earlier detections of H5N1 in migratory seabirds in Australia and underscores the risk posed by long-distance migratory species moving between sub-Antarctic, Australian, and New Zealand waters.
Biosecurity measures and vaccination of endangered birds

MPI and the Department of Conservation (DOC) have activated enhanced surveillance and response arrangements, asking the public to report clusters of three or more sick or dead birds or marine mammals through the national exotic pest and disease hotline. Prior to this first confirmed case, DOC had already announced a precautionary vaccination programme against H5N1 for some of New Zealand’s most threatened birds, triggered by detections of the same virus in migratory seabirds in Australia.

The vaccination campaign focuses on around 300 core breeding birds from several critically endangered species, including iconic endemics such as kākāpō and takahē, to reduce the risk that an H5N1 incursion could wipe out small, vulnerable populations. Authorities emphasise that vaccination is being used as a targeted conservation tool for selected captive or intensively managed populations, not as a broad measure for wild birds or commercial flocks.

Since 2020, a variant of H5N1 belonging to clade 2.3.4.4b has caused unprecedented mortality in wild birds and repeated outbreaks in poultry across Africa, Asia, Europe, and the Americas, with spread to all seven continents following the first detections in Australia in 2026. The World Health Organization notes that human infections with H5N1 remain rare and are typically linked to close contact with infected birds or contaminated environments; the virus does not currently exhibit sustained human-to-human transmission, although sporadic zoonotic cases continue to be reported.

According to WHO, sporadic human infections with H5N1 continue to be reported, mainly following close contact with infected birds or contaminated environments. Sustained human-to-human transmission has not been observed. New Zealand officials have echoed this stance, saying the country’s geographic isolation bought time to prepare but that the arrival of H5N1 in a migratory seabird confirms it was “a matter of time”, and reinforcing that interagency plans across biosecurity, conservation and health sectors are in place.

Poultry revitalisation in Ghana: progress and implementation issues

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Jul 2026 19:40:10 +0700

Ghana’s “Nkoko Nkitinkiti” poultry revitalisation programme is a flagship intervention under the Feed Ghana agenda, designed to boost domestic poultry production and gradually reduce the country’s reliance on imported frozen chicken. Government communications describe the initiative as a livelihoods and food‑security measure: birds, starter feed and basic technical support are distributed to households and small farmers, with the aim of increasing egg and meat output, creating income opportunities and strengthening the local value chain.

Officials, including the Minister for Food and Agriculture Eric Opoku, have presented the first, household‑focused phase as broadly successful. In their narrative, strong uptake by beneficiaries and higher domestic supply have contributed to lower poultry prices in some markets and have laid the foundation for a second phase centred on larger commercial operations, which should further support job creation and import substitution. Projections linked to the programme suggest that, if fully implemented, it could cut the poultry import bill and generate savings in foreign exchange over time.

Industry stakeholders, however, offer a more cautious reading of early results. The Poultry Farmers Association of Ghana acknowledges the programme’s potential but warns that lower prices may also reflect weak demand and marketing challenges, rather than clear improvements in productivity or structural growth. The Association reports that in some communities birds distributed to households have been consumed rather than reared and reinvested, which they interpret as a sign that not all beneficiaries were adequately selected or prepared for poultry production. In this perspective, assumptions that every household is willing and able to keep poultry risk diluting the programme’s impact if they are not matched by training, follow‑up and realistic assessments of capacity.

Critical voices also focus on implementation gaps across different regions. Ranking Member on Parliament’s Food, Agriculture and Cocoa Affairs Committee, Dr. Isaac Yaw Opoku, has pointed to constituencies where the programme appears to be barely visible or not yet operational, and to cases in which beneficiaries received very few birds. He argues that before expanding Nkoko Nkitinkiti, government should undertake a structured review of the first phase, comparing planned targets and actual distributions, examining local variations and clarifying to what extent the initiative is influencing production volumes and trade flows in practice.

These differing perspectives converge on one key point: the strategic rationale for strengthening domestic poultry is widely shared, but the effectiveness of Nkoko Nkitinkiti will depend on how well design and implementation are aligned with field realities. A more targeted selection of beneficiaries, stronger technical training and public communication, and closer integration between household producers, commercial farms, processors and markets appear central to translating the programme’s ambitions into measurable and sustainable outcomes for Ghana’s poultry sector.

2027 USPOULTRY Family Farm Environmental Excellence Award open for nominations

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Jul 2026 19:40:10 +0700

The U.S. Poultry & Egg Association (USPOULTRY) is now accepting nominations for the 2027 Family Farm Environmental Excellence Award. This award recognizes family farmers who demonstrate exceptional environmental stewardship in poultry and egg production. Eligible nominees include family-owned poultry growers or egg producers who supply products to a USPOULTRY member or are independent producers that are USPOULTRY members. The deadline for nominations is Oct. 23.

In January 2026, the award was presented to five distinguished family farms in various regions of the country. Additionally, an award was presented to a State Poultry Association nominee. The winners were Will Anderson of Quad A Farms in Register, Ga., nominated by Claxton Poultry Farms; Sammy and Lorraine Hoover of Oak Ridge Farms in Versailles, Mo. Nominated by Cargill; The Kreider Family of Kreider Farms in Manheim, Penn.; and Steve and Crysti Hopkins of Riverview Farms in Louisa, Va., nominated by Cargill. Rick and Beth Weaver of B&R Poultry in Barclay, Md., nominated by the Delmarva Chicken Association, were the State Poultry Association winners.

Additionally, one family was recognized as a State Poultry Association Nomination finalist – Earl “Sonny” Woolf of Woolf Farms in Mayfield, Ky., nominated by the Kentucky Poultry Association.

Nominations for the 2027 award can be submitted by USPOULTRY members, affiliated state poultry associations, or individually by poultry and egg producers that raise poultry or produce eggs for USPOULTRY members. Each integrator or egg processor may nominate two growers or producers per processing facility in each state where they operate. Previous winners must wait three years before reapplying.

“Poultry growers and egg producers keep environmental stewardship on their farms at the forefront of their sustainability efforts. The dedication embodied by our award winners is worthy of celebration,” said Bill Griffith, Peco Foods and USPOULTRY chair.

Finalists from each region will receive a trip that includes travel expenses and hotel accommodations for two nights to attend the 2027 International Poultry Expo, part of the International Production & Processing Expo (IPPE), in Atlanta, Ga. Winners and finalists will also receive a Family Farm Environmental Excellence Award sign to display on their farm, recognizing their accomplishment.

Regional winners will be announced at a special ceremony during the Animal Agriculture Sustainability Summit, held in conjunction with IPPE, on Jan. 26, 2027. Each regional winner will receive a $1,000 cash award and will be featured on USPOULTRY’s website, with the Association assisting in promoting the award in local, regional and national media.

The application and competition details are available on the USPOULTRY website at https://www.uspoultry.org/programs/environment/ffee-award/. You can also view some of the past Family Farm Environmental Excellence Award winners here.

For more information on the 2027 Family Farm Environmental Excellence Award competition, contact Paul Bredwell at pbredwell@uspoultry.org or by telephone at 678.514.1973.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

EuroTier 2026: From Data to Decisions: How AI is Changing Livestock Farming

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Jul 2026 16:15:13 +0700

10–13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany – Theme: “Intelligence in Animal Farming” – From data collection to data-driven decision-making – AI supports animal welfare, efficiency and farm management – www.eurotier.com

Artificial intelligence (AI) is increasingly becoming the link between data collection and decision-making. Under the guiding theme “Intelligence in Animal Farming”, EuroTier 2026 will showcase how digital technologies are helping farmers improve animal welfare, reduce workload and manage increasingly complex production systems. Organized by the DLG (German Agricultural Society), EuroTier, the leading trade fair for livestock professionals, takes place from 10 to 13 November, in Hanover, Germany.

In the last decade, livestock farmers have invested in sensors, management software and automated systems. Data on animal behaviour, feed intake, climate conditions and health status are now collected continuously on many farms. The challenge is no longer gathering intricate information. The challenge is turning these growing volumes of data into practical management decisions.The livestock sector has already been building digital infrastructure. Sensors record activity, cameras monitor animals and herd management software stores enormous amounts of information.“Sensors collect real-time data 24/7,” says Susanne Gäckler, livestock expert at the DLG. “Artificial intelligence helps interpret the data and identify areas where action is needed – often much earlier than would be possible without digital support,” she adds.The current technical developments go a step further. While earlier digital systems focused primarily on monitoring individual parameters, AI-supported systems can integrate information from multiple sources, identify complex patterns and provide more comprehensive decision support.

According to Prof. Matthias Schick of Strickhof and AgroVet-Strickhof in Switzerland, the future of livestock farming lies in connected systems that combine data from sensors, cameras and herd management platforms. By integrating artificial intelligence into these data streams, farmers can identify problems earlier, optimise processes more quickly and make more informed decisions on animal welfare, labour efficiency and farm profitability.Recent developments include systems capable of listening to animals and detecting health issues through sound analysis, camera-based technologies for assessing the condition and behavior of animals, and AI-powered tools that analyse data to support management decisions.“These developments show how artificial intelligence is making the leap from experimental applications to practical animal husbandry. Based on current market trends, we expect to see even more AI-powered innovations at EuroTier 2026,” says Gäckler.

Early Detection
One of the most visible applications of AI is animal monitoring. Modern systems combine cameras, microphones, wearable sensors and digital identification technologies to track animal behaviour around the clock. Changes in movement patterns, feeding behaviour, body condition or vocalisation can indicate potential health issues long before they become visible during routine inspections.In dairy farming, camera systems are increasingly being used to detect lameness, monitor body condition and support calving management. In pig production, sensors and cameras help identify deviations from normal behaviour and allow farmers to intervene earlier.

For many producers, the value lies not in replacing the stockperson’s eye, but in helping direct attention where it is needed most.

The Rise of Camera-Based Monitoring

While many early digital systems relied on individual sensors, a growing trend is the use of camera-based technologies. According to EuroTier trend analyses, camera systems are increasingly being used alongside other monitoring tools. Combined with AI, they can assess behaviour, mobility and welfare indicators across larger groups of animals without requiring manual observation.The development reflects another important trend: animal welfare is becoming increasingly measurable. Researchers are already investigating how movement patterns, tail posture or even animal vocalisations can be used as objective welfare indicators.

Connected Systems Instead of Isolated Solutions

Despite rapid progress, one challenge remains. Many digital tools still operate independently from one another. Sensors, herd management software, climate systems and feeding equipment often generate valuable information but do not communicate effectively across platforms.Experts therefore see cross-manufacturer connectivity as one of the next major steps in digital livestock farming. The goal is not simply to generate more data, but to combine information from multiple systems to support decision-making on animal health, welfare, labour management, energy use and profitability.

Beyond Animal Monitoring
The role of AI extends beyond animal housing. As documentation and reporting requirements continue to grow, AI-powered systems are beginning to support regulatory compliance and administrative processes. Automated documentation and digital records could reduce paperwork while providing more transparent evidence of animal welfare and management practices.This development may become increasingly important as consumers, regulators and supply chain partners demand greater transparency in livestock production.

Farmers Remain Central
Despite growing interest in AI, one message is clear: technology is designed to support, not to replace livestock producers. The quality of decisions will still depend on the experience and judgement of farmers. What AI offers is faster access to relevant information and better tools for dealing with increasingly complex production systems.Examples presented as world premieres at EuroTier at the last edition include systems that continuously analyse sounds in livestock houses to identify potential respiratory problems at an early stage. Other innovations used image recognition and computer vision to assess animal condition automatically, while AI-supported decision-support tools combined data from multiple sources to optimise feeding, health management and production performance.

AI at EuroTier 2026
From 10 to 13 November 2026 in Hanover, EuroTier will provide a comprehensive overview of the latest developments in AI, digital livestock farming and connected management systems.Companies, researchers and livestock professionals will present practical solutions designed to improve animal welfare, efficiency and sustainability. Under the guiding theme “Intelligence in Animal Farming”, visitors will be able to explore how data, digitalisation and artificial intelligence are reshaping livestock production—and how these technologies can generate value on farms today.

Avian cholera: epidemiology, transmission and control measures

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Jul 2026 16:05:10 +0700

Avian cholera remains a significant threat to poultry and wild bird populations. Effective control relies on biosecurity, surveillance and appropriate carcass management measures.

Definition and causative agent

Avian cholera is caused by Pasteurella multocida, a bacterium that induces acute septicemia in birds. It affects domestic poultry and wild waterfowl, often leading to sudden, high mortality events. The pathogen’s persistence in soil and water makes eradication difficult, and migratory birds act as reservoirs, spreading infection across regions.

Pasteurella multocida: the pathogen behind avian cholera

Pasteurella multocida is a Gram-negative, non-motile coccobacillus belonging to the family Pasteurellaceae. It is widely recognized as an opportunistic pathogen in multiple animal species, including poultry, cattle, swine, and companion animals. In birds, it is the causative agent of avian cholera, producing acute septicemia that often results in sudden death.

Biological characteristics

Morphology: Small, encapsulated bacterium that stains bipolar with Giemsa or Wright’s stain.
Virulence factors: Capsule, lipopolysaccharides, and various toxins that enhance immune evasion and tissue damage.
Survival: Can persist in soil and water for weeks, facilitating environmental transmission.

Symptoms and transmission routes

Clinical signs: sudden death, depression, anorexia, ruffled feathers, cyanosis of combs/wattles.
Transmission: direct bird-to-bird contact, contaminated feed/water, and exposure to infected carcasses.
Reservoirs: migratory waterfowl are critical in maintaining and spreading the pathogen.

Control measures

Biosecurity

Restrict farm access and disinfect vehicles/equipment.
Provide clean feed and water.
Quarantine new or returning birds before flock integration.

Surveillance

Monitor mortality patterns and conduct bacteriological testing.
Report outbreaks promptly to veterinary authorities.
Extend surveillance to wild bird populations.

Carcass management

Incineration or deep burial away from water sources.
Avoid open disposal to prevent spreading to scavengers and wild birds.

Broader implications

Avian cholera outbreaks cause serious economic losses in poultry production, including trade restrictions and reduced food security. In wildlife, mass die-offs disrupt ecosystems and increase risks of cross-species transmission. The persistence of outbreaks in 2026 underscores the need for integrated control strategies combining farm-level biosecurity, regional surveillance, and wildlife health monitoring.

In summary, avian cholera continues to challenge poultry producers and conservationists worldwide. The most effective strategies remain biosecurity, surveillance, and carcass disposal, supported by international cooperation and a One Health approach that recognizes the interconnectedness of animal, human, and environmental health.

References

Merck Veterinary Manual. Fowl Cholera.

WOAH. Manual of Diagnostic Tests and Vaccines for Terrestrial Animals – Fowl Cholera

USGS. Avian Cholera in Wild Birds.

Empowering the future of poultry – Wadi Group hosts 12th Poultry Academy

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Jul 2026 16:05:10 +0700

Wadi Group successfully held its 12^th Wadi Poultry Academy, bringing together poultry professionals and industry experts for four days of intensive learning, collaboration and professional development. Held from 11-14 May, the Academy continued Wadi Group’s long-standing commitment to advancing poultry knowledge and supporting the sustainable growth of Egypt’s poultry industry. Through the continued collaboration between Wadi Group and Aviagen, participants gained access to both local expertise and global best practices covering the latest developments in poultry production, flock management, biosecurity, nutrition, quality assurance and performance optimization of their Ross^® 308 flocks.

As Aviagen^®’s Ross distributor in Egypt, Wadi Group has worked closely with Aviagen for decades to support poultry producers with world-class genetics, expertise and customer support. The Wadi Poultry Academy has become a cornerstone of this shared commitment, creating opportunities for current and future industry professionals to learn from experienced practitioners and leading experts while supporting succession planning and equipping the next generation with the knowledge and skills needed to drive the industry’s future success.

Puzant Dakessian, CEO, Poultry Sector, Wadi Group opened the event, reaffirming Wadi’s belief that education remains one of the strongest drivers of industry progress. He also highlighted Wadi’s ongoing growth plans despite the challenges facing the global poultry sector.

Since it was established, the Wadi Poultry Academy has evolved into one of the region’s most respected poultry education initiatives. The Academy reflects Wadi Group’s broader mission of fostering continuous learning, strengthening customer relationships and supporting the long-term success of the poultry sector.

The event concluded with a closing ceremony and certificate presentation recognizing participants’ commitment to professional development and industry excellence.

As Wadi Group looks toward the future, the company remains dedicated to sharing knowledge, promoting innovation and empowering poultry professionals with the tools needed to succeed in an increasingly dynamic industry.

“The success of the Wadi Poultry Academy reflects the strengt6h of our collaboration with Aviagen and our shared belief that education is essential for the future of poultry production. By bringing together global expertise and local experience, we are helping poultry professionals develop the knowledge and skills needed to meet the challenges of a rapidly evolving industry”, commented Puzant.

Kayhan Gursel, Senior Commercial Manager, TMENA, added, “The Wadi Poultry Academy has become an outstanding example of how collaboration and knowledge sharing can help drive industry progress. We are proud to continue working alongside Wadi Group to support poultry producers throughout Egypt and the wider region.”

Source: Aviagen press release

How Does Humidity Affect Dogs?

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Jul 2026 13:05:03 +0700

When summer arrives, temperature may be the main focus before heading outside, especially on walks or outdoor adventures with your dog. However, paying attention to the humidity level can be just as important. Even if it may not be too hot out temperature-wise, humid weather can still make it harder for pups to stay cool and comfortable.

Because dogs primarily cool themselves through panting rather than sweating like humans, high humidity can reduce their ability to regulate their internal temperature, increasing the risk of overheating, heat exhaustion, or worse if precautions are not taken in advance.

In this post, we help answer:

HOW DOES HUMIDITY IMPACT A DOG’S ABILITY TO REGULATE BODY TEMPERATURE?

When it is hot outside, dogs pant to try to cool themselves down. When this happens, moisture evaporates from their tongue, mouth, and respiratory tract, which helps release excess body heat. However, when the air is already wet and humid, this moisture cannot evaporate as easily, making panting less effective and ultimately impacting their ability to regulate their body temperature.

WHY DOES HUMIDITY AFFECT CERTAIN DOGS MORE THAN OTHERS?

All dogs can struggle to regulate their temperature in hot and humid weather, but some are more vulnerable than others, such as:

Puppies
Senior dogs
Overweight dogs
Brachycephalic breeds (aka pups with flat faces), such as Bulldogs and Pugs, because of shortened nasal passages
Dogs with heart or respiratory conditions
Dogs with thick coats

See also

The Importance of a Midday Rest for Dogs During Summer Activity

These pups may need more frequent rest breaks and extra supervision, particularly during the summer months.

SIGNS OF OVERHEATING IN DOGS

Recognizing the signs that your dog is overheating or is being affected by humidity before it becomes an emergency is key. Watch for symptoms like:

Heavy or excessive panting
Thick drool or excessive salivation
Weakness or unusual fatigue
Bright red or pale gums
Slowing down or refusing to continue walking
Vomiting or diarrhea
Confusion or disorientation

German Shepherd dog laying down on grass outside with trees in the background

" data-image-caption="

German Shepherd dog laying down on grass outside with trees in the background

" data-medium-file="https://s3-prod.dogtopia.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/summer-heat-safety-300x200.png" data-large-file="https://s3-prod.dogtopia.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/summer-heat-safety.png">

See also

Summer Heat Safety for Dogs

THE ROLE HUMIDITY HAS ON A DOG’S SKIN

When a dog’s coat remains damp, such as from excessive humidity, it can trap heat and moisture close to their skin, creating a breeding ground for bacteria and yeast. Because of this, it is important to keep an eye out for hot spots (aka acute moist dermatitis), which are inflamed, irritated patches/lesions that can appear on a dog’s skin and cause pain if left untreated.

You may find your pup is excessively licking, chewing, or scratching certain areas of their body if they develop this, which can worsen the irritation. Other signs to look for include red/moist skin, hair loss in the area, an unpleasant odor, or constant licking. If you notice these signs, it is best to contact your vet before it progresses.

Ways to prevent hot spots or skin infections on your dog after they’ve spent time in humid weather include regular grooming, drying your pup thoroughly after being outside or in water, and keeping their coat clean.

Check out our line of dog grooming products over on our Dogtopia Shop site.

CAN HUMIDITY AFFECT DOGS’ PAW PADS?

Humidity can make paw pads more sensitive or vulnerable. If dampness gets left between your pup’s toes, yeast infections can develop. Additionally, softer paw pads may be more susceptible to irritation. However, all paw pads can be equally affected by extremely hot surfaces, such as hot concrete or asphalt after being in the sun.

After spending time outdoors, check your dog’s paw pads for any signs of redness, lodged debris, burning, or irritation.

HOW TO TELL IF IT IS TOO HUMID TO WALK YOUR DOG

Just like you would check the temperature before heading outdoors, it’s worth glancing at the “feels like” temperature and/or the humidity percentage. If the heat index is climbing and you notice your pup is panting more or you yourself can feel the weather is hot and sticky, consider shortening your walk or waiting until the heat/humidity is not at its peak, such as early in the morning or later in the evening.

You know your dog best, so watching for signs that may be out of the ordinary for them when spending time outside, even if it’s just for a walk, is key.

HOW DOG DAYCARE CAN HELP DURING HUMID SUMMER WEATHER

Summer weather shouldn’t mean your pup’s playtime gets cut short. At Dogtopia, all our facilities feature spacious, climate-controlled indoor playrooms so we can keep the air cool and comfortable for dogs.

Instead of spending time in the heat, pups can enjoy supervised indoor play, social interaction with their friends, exercise to burn excess energy, and mental enrichment, all in a secure environment designed with their well-being in mind.

Contact your local Dogtopia to book your dog’s summer fun today!

This blog was reviewed/edited by Dogtopia’s Senior Director of Health & Safety Lorraine Rhoads, an experienced animal biologist and environmental scientist.

The post How Does Humidity Affect Dogs? appeared first on Dogtopia.

Research shows promise for AI-based Salmonella detection in poultry

Edusehat — Mon, 13 Jul 2026 22:00:10 +0700

New artificial intelligence (AI)-based tools could help poultry producers detect Salmonella more quickly using smartphone images and bird activity patterns, according to a newly published study conducted at the University of Georgia. The project was funded by the USPOULTRY Foundation to advance innovative solutions for poultry health and food safety. The research is part of the Association’s comprehensive research program, which encompasses all phases of poultry and egg production and processing, and is made possible in part through proceeds from the International Poultry Expo, part of the International Production & Processing Expo.

**Project # F-114: Salmonella detector: a mobile application for on-site broiler Salmonella infection diagnosis**

(Dr. Guoming, Li, Department of Poultry Science and Institute for Artificial Intelligence, University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.)

A research team led by Dr. Guoming Li explored whether AI and computer vision technologies could provide a faster, more practical approach to monitoring Salmonella in poultry flocks. The project had two primary objectives. First, the team developed and evaluated an AI system capable of predicting the presence of Salmonella using smartphone images of poultry feces. Second, researchers investigated whether changes in bird activity and daily movement patterns, known as the Broiler Activity Index, could serve as early indicators of Salmonella infection.

The findings demonstrate the potential for AI and computer vision to provide rapid, low-cost tools for monitoring Salmonella on poultry farms, offering producers new opportunities to strengthen flock health management and biosecurity.

The research summary can be found on the USPOULTRY website. Information on other Association research may also be obtained by visiting the USPOULTRY website.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Water is an issue

Edusehat — Mon, 13 Jul 2026 18:45:06 +0700

Over the weekend they turned our water supply at the allotment off to fix a leak elsewhere, and forgot to turn it back on. Cue pure panic from everyone at the plots, as we are starting to harvest water hungry crops such as cucumbers and tomatoes. Not to mention feeding plants like pumpkins, which are also greedy.

Due to the dryness, I’ve managed to actually pick several nice lettuces as well. Usually I feed those to snails and slugs, but this year we had no rain in April, and then a lot of rain, and now we are in a heat wave down south in the UK. I’ve also invested in extra water harvesting, with three water collection units now at the house (they’re known as water butts here) attached to the downpipes from the roof.

Part of the issue is the small pond I have, which does have to be topped up regularly as it is quite small. But it does keep the local wildlife topped up too. It is interesting as there is a move to build more ponds on farms, with the Water Net Gain (WNG) project, which is funded by the Water Regulation Services Authority (OFWAT) Innovation Fund. It is investigating new ways farmers can increase water resilience, bolster drought affected water supplies and ease associated river health pressures through on-farm water storage ponds.

The UK Dairy Roadmap comes to the fore, as the work put in there has helped farmers with a 24 per cent increase in water efficiency, while the processors have seen a 20 per cent increase in that area. Dairy UK notes that as the UK sees wetter winters and drier summers, this will put pressure on water availability both on farm and further down the supply chain.

So, interesting times ahead. In the meantime, any advice on further drought resistant crops is welcomed.

The post Water is an issue appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

American Dairy XPO Positioned to Support NorthEast Dairy Growth Amid Historic Processing Expansion

Edusehat — Mon, 13 Jul 2026 14:55:06 +0700

“The Northeast dairy industry is experiencing significant growth, including historic investments from prominent dairy processors, and ongoing support of family farms throughout the Northeastern States. The great NYS Fair has featured dairy cows since its inception in 1841 and has been serving up cold cups at the Famous Milk Bar for decades – what better venue for the 2026 American Dairy XPO. It’s an exciting time to navigate sustainable expansion opportunities with industry partners from across the Nation this November,” says Northeast Dairy Producers Association Chair and dairy farmer AJ Wormuth.

Taking place November 4-5, 2026, at the Exposition Center at the New York State Fairgrounds in Syracuse, New York, the American Dairy XPO (ADX) continues to build momentum as the Northeast’s premier dairy-focused trade show. Featuring global equipment manufacturers, genetics companies, nutrition providers, processors and producer organizations, ADX is designed to provide practical solutions that help dairy farms improve efficiency, profitability and long-term sustainability.

The event comes as processors, including Chobani, Fairlife and Great Lakes Cheese, continue investing heavily in expanded milk processing capacity across the Northeast. Together, the recently announced Chobani and Fairlife facilities alone are expected to require an additional 17 million pounds of milk per day, equivalent to the production of approximately 190,000 to 210,000 dairy cows, depending on production levels. “This unprecedented growth represents one of the most significant opportunities for Northeast dairy producers in decades. Meeting this demand will require not only additional cows, but also investments in facilities, genetics, feed production, labor, animal health, automation and management practices that support greater efficiency and productivity,” says Jordon Underhill, DLG Director of USMCA Exhibitions.

As processors compete for a reliable supply of high-quality milk, dairy farms across New York, Pennsylvania, Vermont and neighboring states are uniquely positioned to benefit from expanded market access and long-term demand.
“The Northeast dairy industry is amid an exciting growth phase,” explains Underhill. “The investment from processors recognize the strength of this region and its dairy producers. The region now demands more milk cows, production and protein. ADX is uniquely positioned to help connect producers with the innovations, technologies and industry expertise needed to support strategic growth and increased profitability on farm and all levels of the value chain.”

The American Dairy XPO 2026 has seen a surge in leading global genetic companies signing on to support ADX and the required production expansion in the Northeast. Market leaders such as Premier Select Sires, ABS, Urus, Alta, Blondin Sires, Triple-Hil Sires, NoBull Sires and Kinetic Genetics can be found at ADX 2026, serving producers’ genetic needs while supporting customer participation in the new live Genetics Stage. This addition to ADX will feature producers from across the Northeast and their elite dairy daughters from their herds, highlighting genetic opportunities available to fellow producers.

“We’re excited to participate in ADX and support Northeast market growth from a genetics standpoint”, said Stephanie Aves-Schroeder, USA Sales Manager at Blondin Sires, “And we’ll be encouraging our customers to bring their best to the live Genetics Stage”.

In addition to showcasing live genetics and innovations, ADX will feature the Dairy Classroom educational program, DairyFEST networking and youth fundraising with 4-H serving grilled cheese and milkshakes and FFA members volunteering throughout the trade show.

Stay tuned for additional exhibitor announcements, educational programming details and full event information in the coming months at americandairyxpo.com. The Pride In Dairy countdown is on, now 120 days out from the American Dairy XPO!

For more information, please visit : https://americandairyxpo.ca/

Chew Toys vs Rope Toys: Which Do Dogs Prefer?

Edusehat — Mon, 13 Jul 2026 14:40:05 +0700

Every dog parent in India has stood in a pet store aisle facing the same question. Should you pick up a durable chew toy or a colourful rope toy for your furry companion? Both look appealing, both promise hours of fun, and both claim to keep your dog happy and healthy. Yet dogs themselves seem to have very clear opinions on the matter. Understanding what your dog actually prefers, and why, can save you money, reduce boredom at home, and even improve your pet's dental and mental health. This guide breaks down the real differences between chew toys and rope toys, what draws dogs to each, and how to choose the right option for your home and climate.

Understanding the Difference Between Chew Toys and Rope Toys

Chew toys are usually made from rubber, nylon, or tough natural materials designed to withstand strong biting. They come in shapes like bones, rings, or textured balls, and some can be stuffed with treats for extra engagement. Rope toys, on the other hand, are woven from cotton or polyester fibres and are built for pulling, tugging, and shaking. They often carry knots at the ends, which dogs love to grip and chew on.

The core difference lies in purpose. Chew toys are meant for solo play and long chewing sessions that soothe your dog and keep destructive behaviour in check. Rope toys are more social. They invite interaction, tug of war games, and bonding time between you and your pet. If you browse the range of dog toys at PetsWorld, you will notice this clear split in design and function.

Why Dogs Love Chew Toys

Chewing is a natural instinct for dogs of all ages. Puppies chew to soothe teething discomfort, while adult dogs chew to relieve stress, clean their teeth, and stay mentally busy. According to the American Kennel Club, chewing helps release endorphins that keep dogs calm and content.

Chew toys give your dog a safe outlet for this instinct. A good rubber chew or textured bone can hold your pet's attention for long stretches, which is especially useful during monsoon months or peak summer afternoons in India when outdoor playtime is limited. Chew toys also support dental hygiene by helping scrape off plaque and massage the gums during regular use.

For heavy chewers, brands often design tougher versions that resist tearing. Treat dispensing chew toys add another layer of interest by rewarding your dog with small food pieces as they play. Exploring a variety of dog chew toys that suit different sizes, ages, and chewing strengths helps you find the best fit for your pet.

Why Rope Toys Appeal to Dogs

Rope toys tap into a different set of instincts. Dogs are naturally drawn to tugging, pulling, and shaking motions that mimic the way their wild ancestors handled prey. A rope toy in the mouth feels satisfying because the woven fibres offer resistance against the teeth and gums.

Rope toys are also brilliant for interactive play. A quick game of tug of war after a long day builds trust, burns energy, and strengthens the bond between you and your dog. This kind of social play is important for Indian pets that spend most of their time indoors, particularly in apartments where space for running is limited.

Another reason dogs enjoy rope toys is the sensory experience. The frayed ends between knots feel like flossing on the teeth, and many dogs find this texture oddly satisfying. Rope toys are also lightweight and easy to toss, which makes them a favourite for fetch games in the living room or on the balcony. Options within the dog rope toys selection at PetsWorld cater to small, medium, and large breeds alike.

What Science and Behaviour Say About Dog Preferences

Research on canine behaviour suggests that dogs pick toys based on texture, sound, and novelty rather than colour. Insights shared by PetMD indicate that dogs prefer toys that squeak, move unpredictably, or feel similar to prey in the mouth.

This preference varies by breed and personality. Working breeds such as Labradors, German Shepherds, and Indian breeds like the Rajapalayam tend to enjoy rope toys because of their strong pulling drive. Smaller companion breeds like Shih Tzus or Pomeranians often favour softer chew toys they can carry around and gnaw at their own pace.

Age plays a role too. Puppies below six months usually prefer softer rope toys during teething, while adult dogs with stronger jaws lean toward firm rubber chews. Senior dogs often go back to softer options that are gentle on ageing teeth. Watching your dog's natural chewing style over a week gives you the clearest answer about what they truly enjoy.

Choosing the Right Toy for Indian Homes and Climate

India's varied climate directly affects how your dog interacts with toys. In humid coastal cities like Mumbai or Chennai, rope toys can absorb moisture and develop a musty smell if not dried regularly. Rubber chew toys handle humidity better and are easier to wash. In dry northern regions, both types perform well, but chew toys tend to last longer because there is less wear from moisture.

Apartment living also matters. If your dog stays indoors for most of the day, a mix of both toy types keeps boredom away. Use chew toys for solo time when you are working, and bring out rope toys for evening play sessions. During the monsoon, when walks are shorter, indoor tug games with rope toys help release built up energy without needing a park visit.

Budget is another practical factor. Rope toys are usually more affordable and can be replaced often, while good quality chew toys cost slightly more but last much longer. A balanced toy box with a few of each type gives your dog variety without straining your monthly pet budget.

Safety Considerations for Both Toy Types

No matter which toy your dog prefers, safety should come first. Chew toys should be free of small parts that can break off and be swallowed. Always pick a size that suits your dog's mouth, as toys that are too small pose a choking risk. Check for cracks or sharp edges regularly and replace worn out toys promptly.

Rope toys need close supervision. The American Veterinary Medical Association advises pet owners to watch for loose threads that dogs may swallow. Ingested fibres can cause serious intestinal blockages if not spotted early. Trim frayed ends when needed and discard the toy once it starts falling apart.

Cleaning is often overlooked. Wash rope toys weekly and let them dry fully in the sun to prevent bacterial growth. Wipe chew toys with warm soapy water and rinse thoroughly. Pairing safe toys with healthy dog treats and chews keeps playtime rewarding without compromising on hygiene.

So, Which Do Dogs Actually Prefer?

The honest answer is that most dogs enjoy both, but for very different reasons. Chew toys satisfy the quiet, self soothing side of your pet, while rope toys bring out their playful, social spirit. If you observe closely, you will notice your dog reaching for a chew toy when they want to relax and a rope toy when they want to engage with you.

Rather than choosing one over the other, offer both and rotate them every few days to keep interest high. This variety supports mental stimulation, dental health, and emotional wellbeing. In most Indian homes, a small collection with two or three chew toys and a couple of rope toys covers all your dog's play needs beautifully.

Frequently Asked Questions

Are rope toys safe for daily use?

Rope toys are safe when used under supervision and replaced once they start fraying heavily. Loose threads can be swallowed and cause digestive issues, so daily inspection before and after play is important.

Which toy is better for teething puppies?

Softer rope toys and rubber teething rings work best for puppies. They soothe sore gums without being too hard on developing teeth. Always pick puppy specific sizes to avoid choking hazards.

Can chew toys really clean my dog's teeth?

Yes, textured chew toys help reduce plaque build up by gently scraping the teeth during chewing. They do not replace brushing but work well as a supporting dental care habit.

How often should I replace my dog's toys?

Replace rope toys every one to two months or sooner if they fray. Chew toys can last three to six months depending on your dog's chewing strength. Discard any toy with cracks or missing pieces immediately.

Do all dog breeds prefer the same toys?

No, preferences vary by breed, age, and personality. High energy breeds usually enjoy rope toys, while calm or senior dogs often prefer chew toys. Try both and observe what your dog reaches for most often.

Reimagining Poultry: Technology, Sustainability & Next-Generation Business Models

Edusehat — Mon, 13 Jul 2026 00:25:05 +0700

Dr. Anjan Goswami | PhD (ISB) · MBA (IIM Bangalore) · M V Sc
Professor & Mentor, Centre for Entrepreneurship & Innovation, Mahindra University · Founder, Utpan- An Agri Fintech Platform
dranjangoswami@gmail.com
Mobile No: +919449871819
Linkedin

India’s poultry sector stands at a defining inflexion point. Powered by robust macroeconomic tailwinds, a young and aspirational population, and rapidly evolving consumer preferences, the industry is poised to double its scale within a decade. Yet, capturing this opportunity demands a fundamental reimagining, away from commodity-driven, price-competitive models toward technology-enabled, brand-differentiated, and sustainability-compliant enterprises.

This article synthesises the key themes presented by the author at the VIV Workshop (April 2026): India’s growth trajectory, global market dynamics, shifting consumer behaviours, digital and sustainable innovations, decommodification strategies, the 5C framework for global competitiveness, and the imperative of collaborative ecosystem building.

SECTION 1 | INDIA’S ECONOMIC GROWTH STORY

India has emerged as one of the most dynamic economies of the 21st century. Between 2014 and 2024, the country sustained an average GDP growth rate of 7.6% (excluding the COVID-19 contraction of −6.6% in FY21), firmly establishing itself as the world’s fastest-growing major economy. The V-shaped recovery — with 8.7% growth in FY22 — underscored the structural resilience of the Indian economy. By 2025, India’s GDP crossed USD 4.15 trillion, making it the fourth-largest economy globally, with a stated national target of USD 5 trillion by 2027–28.

For agribusiness and the poultry sector in particular, these macroeconomic fundamentals are not merely statistical headlines; they are the bedrock of a multi-decade demand expansion story. Six drivers converge to make India poultry’s single largest opportunity:

A population of 1.45 billion — the world’s second-largest consumer market
Rising disposable incomes, with per capita income at ₹1.97 lakh (FY24, nominal)
Urbanisation at 36% and climbing at over 1% per annum
A dietary shift toward protein-rich foods across all age groups
A young demographic profile, with 65% of the population under 35 years of age
Projected agri-food sector CAGR of 8–9% through 2025–30

“The question is no longer whether Indian poultry will grow — it is whether India’s poultry businesses are prepared to capture that growth.”

SECTION 2 | GLOBAL & INDIAN POULTRY MARKET

The global poultry market, valued at approximately USD 490 billion in 2024, is projected to grow at a CAGR of 8.2% through 2030. Global broiler meat production stands at 130 million metric tonnes (MMT), while global egg production reaches 83 MMT annually.

India’s Market Position
India occupies a position of growing strategic significance in global poultry:

Ranked 4th globally in broiler meat production
Ranked 3rd globally in egg production
The domestic poultry industry is valued at over USD 27 billion, projected to reach USD 34 billion by 2030
Annual capacity: over 6,500 million birds slaughtered, 42,000+ registered hatcheries, and 50 million+ livelihoods supported
10-year egg export CAGR: from 210,000 MT (2015–16) to 452,000 MT (2024–25), with export value growing from USD 62M to USD 168M

India currently ranks fifth globally in egg exports, with key markets in the Gulf and Southeast Asia. The Netherlands, Turkey, and Poland lead the global export rankings, but India’s cost competitiveness and scale position it for a rapid ascent — particularly as geopolitical shifts redirect trade flows across the Middle East.

Section 3 | CONSUMPTION PATTERNS & THE NEW INDIAN CONSUMER

India’s per capita poultry consumption tells a story of significant opportunity. At 6.2 kg per person per year, India remains approximately 2.5 times below the world average of 15 kg. This is not a sign of market saturation — it is a measure of addressable headroom. China bridged a comparable gap within 15 years; India is narrowing the gap at approximately 0.4 kg per year, and on its current trajectory, could reach 10 kg per capita by 2035, effectively doubling the market.

Similarly, per capita egg consumption grew at approximately 5% CAGR over 14 years. India’s national target of 180 eggs per capita by 2030 (DAHD) would require annual production of 260 billion eggs — necessitating a 30%+ capacity addition across the value chain.

The Six Drivers of Consumer Behaviour Shift

Six structural forces are reshaping the demand landscape for poultry products in India:

Urbanisation: Urban consumers spend 3x more on poultry than rural counterparts. Nuclear families prefer convenience formats, and quick commerce platforms (Blinkit, Swiggy Instamart) are driving impulse purchase behaviour.
Health Consciousness: Protein awareness surged 40% post-COVID. Poultry, perceived as lean protein, is benefiting from a decisive shift away from red meat. Demand for antibiotic-free (ABF) and cage-free products is growing rapidly.
Rising Incomes: India’s middle class is expected to double by 2030. Willingness to pay premium for safe, branded poultry is increasing, with per capita food spend rising 8–10% annually.
Digital Commerce: The online meat category grew 4x post-2020. D2C brands such as Licious and FreshToHome are scaling, with social media actively influencing protein diet choices.
Ready-to-Cook / Ready-to-Eat: Marinated and value-added formats are growing at 20%+ CAGR, driven by busy urban households and the QSR boom (McDonald’s, KFC, Popeyes).
Sustainability Concern: Gen Z consumers demand ethical sourcing and transparent supply chains. Organic and free-range products command a 40–60% price premium, with packaging and traceability becoming active purchase criteria.

The India 1 / 2 / 3 Consumer Segmentation Framework

A structured approach to consumer segmentation is essential for any serious market participant. The three-tier India 1/2/3 framework maps poultry demand across distinct consumer strata:

The strategic implication is clear: India 1 drives margin through premiumisation; India 2 drives volume through branded affordability; India 3 represents the opportunity for low-cost nutritional access at scale. A winning poultry enterprise must design differentiated product lines for all three strata — simultaneously.

SECTION 4 | DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY, SUSTAINABILITY & ESG

Digital Technology & Automation

The convergence of IoT, artificial intelligence, and automation is fundamentally restructuring the economics of poultry farming. Smart shed management systems — combining environmental sensors, automated feeding and drinking lines, and real-time health monitoring — are delivering measurable performance improvements:

Blockchain-based farm-to-fork traceability is transitioning from a differentiator to a prerequisite for institutional buyers and export markets. AI-driven disease prediction models are enabling early intervention, dramatically reducing flock losses. Robotics in processing is improving throughput consistency and food safety compliance.

Sustainability & ESG Imperatives

Sustainability in poultry operations is no longer a corporate social responsibility (CSR) exercise — it is a market access and cost management imperative. The following table maps key ESG issues, their priority levels, and their business rationale for Indian poultry operators:

SECTION 5 | DECOMMODIFICATION & GLOBAL COMPETITIVENESS

The Value Ladder: From Commodity to Experience

The single most important strategic transition for Indian poultry businesses is decommodification. Commodity pricing — driven by live bird transactions, unnamed farm output, and wet market sales — destroys value and compresses margins to the bone. The escape route is a deliberate, upward migration along the value ladder:

The shift from commodity to experience is not merely cosmetic — it involves rethinking the entire business model: from price-per-kg to value-per-meal, from nameless farm output to QR-traceable farm-to-fork stories, from wet market transactions to subscription-based D2C relationships.

The 5C Framework for Global Competitiveness

For businesses aspiring to compete in global markets, the 5C Framework provides a strategic roadmap. Winning on all five dimensions is not a choice — it is the minimum requirement for enduring global market presence:

“Mastering the 5Cs is not a choice — it is the minimum requirement for enduring global market presence.”

SECTION 6 | COLLABORATION OVER COMPETITION

One of the most counterintuitive — yet empirically well-supported — insights for the Indian poultry sector concerns the limits of competitive rivalry. Pure competition, characterised by price wars and fragmented ecosystems, systematically weakens the industry’s collective capacity to grow, innovate, and withstand systemic shocks.

The costs of unchecked competition are measurable and severe: price-driven rivalry erodes reinvestment capacity; parallel infrastructure inflates operational costs through resource duplication; fragmented R&D prevents any single player from absorbing the full cost of technology adoption; incompatible cold chains block traceability at scale; and when disease outbreaks (such as Avian Influenza) demand coordinated industry responses, siloed players cannot mount effective collective action.

The Strategic Balance Imperative

The answer is not the absence of competition — it is strategic balance. The principle is straightforward:

Compete where differentiation matters: quality, innovation, brand, and consumer experience.
Collaborate where collective progress creates value: biosecurity protocols, cold chain infrastructure, industry standards, and policy advocacy.
Share infrastructure where it makes strategic sense: cluster-based development, shared logistics hubs, joint cold storage facilities.
Co-invest in public goods: R&D, veterinary and technical training, industry-wide data platforms.
Advocate collectively: for export policy, farmer welfare schemes, and regulatory harmonisation with global standards.

“Compete where differentiation matters; collaborate where collective progress creates value.”

India’s aspiration to become a global poultry export powerhouse will not be realised by individual enterprise heroics. It will be built through ecosystem leadership — the ability of diverse sector participants to create shared infrastructure, shared standards, and shared ambition.

CONCLUSION | KEY TAKEAWAYS

The reimagining of Indian poultry is not a singular event — it is an ongoing strategic transformation. Six themes crystallise the imperative for the next generation of poultry leaders:

“The future of Indian poultry belongs to those who think like technologists, act like entrepreneurs, and build like ecosystem leaders.”

More about the Author: Click here

The post Reimagining Poultry: Technology, Sustainability & Next-Generation Business Models appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Philippines reports H5N1 bird flu outbreak among backyard birds in Oriental Mindoro

Edusehat — Sat, 11 Jul 2026 19:20:12 +0700

The Philippines has reported a new outbreak of highly pathogenic H5N1 bird flu among backyard birds in Oriental Mindoro, according to the World Organisation for Animal Health and Reuters. The event was detected in a flock of 39 birds in the town of Capalan, as reported by WOAH through the Philippine authorities.

The case is relevant for the poultry sector because backyard flocks often sit at the interface between domestic birds, wildlife, and informal movement of animals, making surveillance and containment more difficult. So far, the available reports only confirm the outbreak notification and do not indicate any spillover to commercial farms or any human infections linked to this event.

From a public health perspective, the situation does not change the broader global risk profile, but it does reinforce the need for monitoring and biosecurity. WHO notes that avian influenza viruses do not spread easily from person to person, although they can cause severe disease and continue to require close surveillance. FAO likewise describes avian influenza as a highly contagious disease with zoonotic potential, underscoring the importance of rapid reporting and preventive control.

This outbreak adds to the continuing circulation of avian influenza in different regions of the world. For producers and veterinarians, the key message is that backyard holdings remain a sensitive point in early detection and disease control, especially where biosecurity is inconsistent. Rapid notification, movement controls, and separation between backyard and commercial poultry systems remain the most important practical measures.

EU unveils Livestock Strategy with focus on competitiveness, animal health and poultry welfare

Edusehat — Sat, 11 Jul 2026 15:45:10 +0700

The European Commission has placed livestock at the heart of its long-term vision for European agriculture with the adoption of its first-ever Livestock Strategy, a policy framework designed to strengthen the sector’s competitiveness, resilience and sustainability. Accompanied by a Protein Action Plan, the initiative also aims to reduce Europe’s dependence on imported oilseeds and protein crops used for animal feed while reinforcing the EU’s food security.

For the poultry industry, the new policy marks an important shift. Alongside measures to improve disease preparedness and support investment, the Commission has confirmed that targeted revisions of animal welfare legislation for laying hens and broilers will be prepared on the basis of scientific evidence, with appropriate transition periods and financial support.

The Commission acknowledges the economic importance of livestock production across the European Union. The sector accounts for around 40% of the EU’s agricultural added value, generates approximately €400 billion in annual turnover and provides employment for about 7 million people on 4 million farms. At the same time, it recognises that producers are operating in an increasingly challenging environment, shaped by rising production costs, animal disease outbreaks, changing market conditions and growing expectations regarding environmental performance and animal welfare.

A central element of the strategy is improving preparedness for future crises. The Commission plans to strengthen risk-management tools, explore new insurance and reinsurance schemes, and help Member States improve disease prevention, early detection and response. Investments to increase climate resilience and reduce dependence on imported inputs also form part of the package.

Improving competitiveness is another key objective. The Commission intends to facilitate investment in innovation, circular economy initiatives and biomass valorisation, while exploring ways to improve access to finance, including support for the transition to cage-free systems. It also plans to strengthen international competitiveness through greater reciprocity in trade, better alignment of production standards where appropriate, and expanded agri-food diplomacy to create new market opportunities.

The sustainability chapter adopts a tailored approach that reflects the diversity of European livestock systems. Alongside future revisions of animal welfare legislation for laying hens, broilers and pigs, the Commission will develop harmonised methods for calculating farm-level livestock emissions, promote better nutrient management and encourage more efficient use of natural resources.

The strategy also highlights the importance of maintaining livestock production across Europe’s rural regions. Planned initiatives include support for locally integrated livestock value chains, measures for vulnerable farming areas and the development of a roadmap for low-capacity and mobile slaughterhouses aimed at reducing animal transport while strengthening regional economies.

Another objective is to increase the visibility of European livestock production. The Commission intends to reinforce EU origin labelling, introduce a European Excellence scheme recognising higher production standards and sustainability, and further promote EU livestock products through dedicated promotion policies and quality schemes.

Alongside the Livestock Strategy, the Commission has introduced a Protein Action Plan to strengthen Europe’s self-sufficiency in feed protein. In 2025, only 25% of the protein derived from oilseeds and protein crops used in the EU originated from European production. The objective is to increase this share to 35% by 2035 by supporting protein crop cultivation, encouraging innovation and strengthening links between food, feed, energy and industrial value chains.

The package has been welcomed by the European Association of Poultry Processors and Poultry Trade (AVEC), which described it as an important change in the way livestock is viewed within EU policy.

According to Birthe Steenberg, AVEC Secretary General, the new approach recognises livestock not only for its production but also for its contribution to food security, resilience and Europe’s strategic autonomy. The association also welcomed the stronger emphasis on disease prevention through surveillance, vaccination, regionalisation and improved early-warning systems, together with the Commission’s commitment to simplify legislation, strengthen circularity and reinforce origin labelling and reciprocity in international trade.

At the same time, AVEC stressed that implementation will determine the strategy’s success. While supporting the Commission’s intention to present targeted revisions of animal welfare legislation for laying hens and broilers by the end of 2026, the association emphasised that future requirements should be based on sound science, robust impact assessments, workable transition periods and financial support that enables producers to invest.

Among the measures AVEC considers particularly important for the poultry meat sector are EU/non-EU origin labelling for products containing poultry meat, simplified permitting procedures, stronger biosecurity and vaccination policies, and genuine reciprocity for imported products.

For the poultry sector, the publication of the strategy marks the beginning rather than the end of the process. Its practical impact will depend on how the proposed measures are translated into legislation, funding and practical support over the coming years. AVEC has made clear that science-based policymaking, workable legislation and fair competition will be essential if the strategy is to deliver lasting benefits for European poultry producers.

The Next Outbreak in Aquaculture Won’t Be Biological

Edusehat — Sat, 11 Jul 2026 09:00:06 +0700

By Sandra Silva | Guest Columnist | Aquaculture Magazine

Regulatory outbreaks reach the aquaculture sector with the same logic as sanitary ones: no warning, a clearly identifiable causal agent, and a predictable propagation map. Five algorithmic governance regulations are landing on Latin American aquaculture operations at the same time, driven both by local regulators and by European buyers. Having a protocol in place before the first case is what separates the companies that absorb the change from those that pay for it.

A year ago I began documenting how the European algorithmic regulation regime is reaching Latin American aquaculture producers by way of contract. The scene keeps repeating itself: a European buyer asks its supplier for things it did not ask for in 2023. Algorithmic traceability in supplier selection. A written declaration on the use of artificial intelligence at the plant. Documentary evidence of human review over automated decisions. These are not tariff or sanitary requirements. They are something else. They arrive unannounced, in a new clause.

The phenomenon has all the features of a regulatory outbreak: symptoms, a causal agent, a propagation map, and a possible treatment. Five regulations are reaching the aquaculture sector at the same time, uncoordinated with one another. The European Artificial Intelligence Act applies as of August 2, 2026. The European Deforestation Regulation, after the second postponement approved by the European Parliament on December 17, 2025, takes effect for large and medium-sized companies on December 30, 2026. Chile activates Law 21.719 on December 1, 2026. Brazil has applied the LGPD since 2020, with the ANPD’s sanctioning regime in force since August 1, 2021. Peru activated the operational regulations of its Artificial Intelligence Law on January 22, 2026, through Supreme Decree 115-2025-PCM. They all push in the same direction: the European client faces regulatory pressure of its own and passes it on to Latin American suppliers by contract.

Five regulations are reaching the aquaculture sector at the same time, uncoordinated with one another. The European client faces regulatory pressure of its own and passes it on to Latin American suppliers by contract.

Chile as Ground Zero

Chile is not the first country on the continent to regulate. But it is the first to assemble the complete package: a demanding law, a new agency, enforcement from day one, and real penalties. Law 21.719 requires that every algorithmic decision affecting people have documentary traceability, meaningful human review, and auditable criteria. “Decisions affecting people” means how suppliers are selected, how plant staff performance is evaluated, how shifts are assigned to seasonal workers, and how prices or commercial penalties are set for a mid-sized fish farmer. These are not laboratory decisions. They are everyday operations.

Fines scale with severity. For the most serious infractions with recidivism, the ceiling is 20,000 UTM (Chilean monthly tax units) or 4% of annual revenue, whichever is greater. For a mid-sized Chilean salmon farmer, that ceiling amounts to several million dollars for a single infraction. Over the coming year, regulators and executive teams across the rest of the continent will be watching Chile closely. It is either a window for learning or a window for repetition.

For the most serious infractions with recidivism, the ceiling is 20,000 UTM or 4% of annual revenue, whichever is greater. For a mid-sized Chilean salmon farmer, that ceiling amounts to several million dollars for a single infraction.

The Map, Country by Country

Chilean salmon farmers: fully within the scope of the 21.719 regime. The large companies with European buyers already received their first documentation requests in May and June. Mid-sized companies are moving at a different pace, still in the early stages.

Ecuadorian shrimp farmers: since February 12, 2026, when the Superintendency for Personal Data Protection issued Resolution SPDP-SPD-2026-0009-R, a general rule has been in force on the use of artificial intelligence systems and personal data, with obligations on transparency, risk assessment, and auditing. The additional pressure arrives through European commercial contracts, not from the Ecuadorian authority — indirect, and therefore harder to detect: it shows up in the buyer’s email, not in the official gazette.

Brazilian tilapia farmers: double exposure. They have had the LGPD in force since 2020, with the ANPD’s sanctioning regime since August 2021, and they have European clients who make demands as well. Those that went through the first LGPD wave are better prepared.

Peruvian producers (whiteleg shrimp, paiche, trout): Law 29733 on data protection is in force with partial enforcement, and since January 22, 2026, the operational regulations of Law 31814 on the use of artificial intelligence apply as well. Large producers are already adapting; mid-sized ones are not yet reading the issue.

Spain, a dual role. As a producer (Galician mussels, Mediterranean sea bream), it has complied with the GDPR since 2018 and applies the European AI Act directly. As a demanding client, it passes its legal obligations on to Latin American suppliers by contract. That is what the Latin American reader is feeling, even without ever having read a Spanish regulation.

Two Recurring Patterns

One. The companies making the best progress are those treating the issue as an operational adjustment, not as an exclusively legal task. If an inspection detects an algorithmic gap at the plant or along the supply chain, what gets evaluated is the production process, not the signed paperwork.

Two. Generic international certifications — ISO 27001, ISO 27701, sector frameworks such as GLOBALG.A.P. — do not match the Chilean regime point by point. They serve as a technical floor, not as a complete legal answer. The difference is paid on the day the regulator asks for the specific matrix the law requires and the consultancy delivers its generic one.

Generic international certifications serve as a technical floor, not as a complete legal answer. The difference is paid on the day the regulator asks for the specific matrix the law requires and the consultancy delivers its generic one.

What Comes After the First Regulation

Law 21.719 is the current trigger, not the endgame. Others are coming behind it: the European AI Act, with high-risk systems fully enforceable on December 2, 2027; the Chilean artificial intelligence bill making its way through the legislature; and the sector-specific rules that the SMA, Sernapesca, and SAG have yet to issue. Each one will rest on the governance infrastructure a company builds for 21.719 — or the work starts from zero every time.

Producers who treat the law as a one-off project — we solve this and get back to business — will find themselves in 2027 redoing the same work with the AI Act bearing down on them. Those building permanent internal capacity — a committee, a protocol, a decision log, periodic review — will absorb the next regulation without starting over.

Biological outbreaks taught the aquaculture sector to have sanitary protocols ready before the first case. Regulatory outbreaks have not yet taught it anything equivalent, because the sector remains convinced they do not apply to it. They do. They already are.

Biological outbreaks taught the aquaculture sector to have sanitary protocols ready before the first case. Regulatory outbreaks have not yet taught it anything equivalent. They do apply. They already are.

For the Latin American producer reading this from Guayaquil, Florianópolis, La Paz, or Mazatlán: what is happening in Chile is not a Chilean problem. It is a live rehearsal of a regulatory shift reaching the region at different speeds by country. Watching it now is what it takes for the European buyer’s email, when it arrives, not to arrive as a surprise.

References

Law 21.719 (Chile). National Congress Library of Chile.
Regulation (EU) 2024/1689 · AI Act. European Commission AI Act Service Desk.
Regulation (EU) 2023/1115 · EUDR and December 2025 amendment. European Commission · Deforestation Regulation.
LGPD Brazil · sanctioning regime since August 1, 2021. Autoridade Nacional de Proteção de Dados.
Peru · Supreme Decree 115-2025-PCM (Regulations of Law 31814). Official Gazette El Peruano.
Ecuador · Resolution SPDP-SPD-2026-0009-R. Superintendency for Personal Data Protection.

Sandra Silva is a consultant in algorithmic governance and international market development for regulated industries. Author of the whitepaper Compliance with Law 21.719 in the Chilean Salmon Farming Industry (Registration DDI 2026-A-6405 with Chile’s Department of Intellectual Rights · certificate available upon request). Columnist for Diario Lechero and Salmonexpert. Contact: contacto@sandrasilvaautora.com · linkedin.com/in/sandrasilvaautora

International Seafood & Health Conference 2027 in Vietnam to Address Global Nutrition and Sustainable Aquaculture

Edusehat — Sat, 11 Jul 2026 01:45:08 +0700

By: International Conference on Seafood & Health 2027

The International Conference on Seafood & Health 2027 will take place in Vietnam from September 21–23, 2027. This premier international event is dedicated to advancing the role of seafood in global nutrition, public health, sustainable food systems, and economic development. Serving as a unique and collaborative platform, the three-day conference will bring together leading minds from academia, the seafood industry, healthcare, aquaculture, government agencies, and international organizations to discuss the future of aquatic foods.

With the global population rising and the demand for sustainable, nutrient-dense food sources at an all-time high, the 2027 edition will focus heavily on strengthening the connection between seafood production and human health. Through evidence-based approaches, participants will explore innovative strategies that promote sustainable seafood consumption, enhance food security, prevent chronic diseases, and drive responsible aquaculture practices worldwide.

A Global Gathering of Experts and Innovators

The Seafood & Health 2027 conference is expected to convene more than 250 delegates from all corners of the globe. The comprehensive three-day program features international keynote speakers, expert panel discussions, scientific sessions, research presentations, and an industry innovation showcase.

Designed to foster cross-sectoral collaboration, the event targets a wide array of professionals, including:

Producers & Operators: Seafood processors, exporters, aquaculture farmers, hatchery operators, and fisheries professionals.

Health & Science Experts: Nutritionists, dietitians, healthcare practitioners, food scientists, and seafood technology specialists.

Regulators & Advocates: Government agencies, policymakers, environmental NGOs, and sustainability organizations.

Market Leaders: Retailers, food service companies, seafood buyers, and investors driving food innovation.

By breaking down silos between food production and medical science, the event aims to build healthier, more resilient food systems that benefit both people and the planet.

Flexible Participation Options

To ensure global accessibility, the organizers are offering both on-site and online participation pathways:

On-Site Participation: Attendees traveling to Vietnam will enjoy full access to all conference sessions, networking functions, and exhibition activities. On-site registration also includes conference catering during event hours, direct opportunities to meet speakers, and post-event access to presentations.

Online Participation: Virtual attendees can access selected live-streamed conference sessions as well as approved presentation recordings after the event, allowing global stakeholders to participate without travel constraints.

Elite Sponsorship and Exhibition Opportunities

Seafood & Health 2027 offers an array of tailored sponsorship packages designed to provide organizations with maximum visibility, corporate prestige, and direct engagement with global decision-makers.

About the Conference

The International Conference on Seafood & Health 2027 is the leading global forum bridging the gap between aquatic food production and human well-being. By highlighting the latest scientific breakthroughs in nutrition and balancing them with practical sustainability and food safety solutions, the conference serves as a catalyst for policy change, industry innovation, and healthier consumer trends.

For more information regarding registration, full event scheduling, or to secure a customized sponsorship package, please visit the official website or contact the coordination team directly.

Contact Information:
Website: https://seafoodconference.com/
Email: info@seafoodconference.com

Khyber Group Launches India’s Largest RAS-Based Himalayan Trout Farming Facility

Edusehat — Sat, 11 Jul 2026 01:45:07 +0700

By Khyber Group

Khyber Aquaculture to reach maximum capacity of 7,000 metric tons for year-long trout production

Jammu & Kashmir’s leading business conglomerate, the Khyber Group, has launched Khyber Aquaculture. India’s largest, fully integrated, sustainable Recirculating Aquaculture System (RAS) based Himalayan trout farming facility in Kashmir, aimed at transforming the region’s trout industry into an integrated, export-oriented ecosystem by linking advanced aquaculture technology with local farming communities.

Located on the banks of the River Sindhin Akhal, Kangan, in the Ganderbal district of Kashmir. Khyber Aquaculture is spread over 8 acres and has been built with an investment of over USD 10.5 million. It isa technology-driven trout farming model designed to reuse & recycle water, allowing year-round trout production in a climate-controlled environment. Khyber Aquaculture, currently with a 1,500 metric ton capacity, will reach an annual production capacity of 7,000 metric tons within 3 to 5 years. The hatchery of the unit is capable of producing up to 20 million fingerlings annually.

Mr Umar Tramboo, CMD, Khyber Aquaculture, “Our technologically superior facility is an expansion of cold-water aquaculture in Jammu and Kashmir. Our cluster model is designed to integrate production, hatcheries, processing and supply chains while supporting more than 300 local farmers under the Holistic Agriculture Development Program (HADP), through modern aquaculture systems and market access”

With in-house production, processing and packaging units, the initiative is expected to support more than 3,000 indirect livelihood opportunities across the region.

Khyber Aquaculture combines modern aquaculture technology with local environmental conditions and clean production methods that contribute to climate-resilient fish farming in Jammu & Kashmir.

“It has taken us over 5 years to be completely ready. But the wait was worth it. With this launch, we plan to revolutionize India’s aquaculture sector, introducing new standards for fish health and operational control. We want to be known as a platform for scaling trout farming with data-driven systems and localized adaptation,” further continued Mr Tramboo.

Khyber Aquaculture uses American and Danish – bred eyed ova (eggs) along with Danish, French and German precision-controlled systems designed to increase survival rates by 25–30%, lower feed conversion ratios (FCR), and reduce pathogen exposure. It has been designed specifically for international quality and export standards. The fully vertically integrated operation utilizes hyper-hygienic cleaning lines and Modified Atmosphere Packaging (MAP) to achieve a 10-day chilled shelf-life and a 6-month frozen shelf-life making both Fresh/Chilled & Frozen stocks readily available from FY Q3 2025.

The unit’s precision chilling systems maintain an exact 10-14°C water temperature.

Continuous injection maintains high dissolved oxygen levels (8-12 mg/L) required by trout.

The company has adopted a comprehensive sustainability framework encompassing water recirculation, biosecurity management, responsible feed practices, waste management, and environmental monitoring. Through RAS technology, the facility significantly reduces freshwater requirements while ensuring optimal fish health and production efficiency.

As global demand for premium, traceable, and sustainably farmed seafood continues to rise, Khyber Aquaculture plans to develop strong domestic and export market linkages, leveraging the unique geographical and environmental advantages of the Kashmir Valley.

The Khyber Aquaculture processing facility blends Himalayan Glacial water with Danish, French, and Swedish technology, featuring IoT-enabled, zero-waste farming and advanced cold-chain infrastructure.

The India trout market size reached 4,698.7 tons in 2025. IMARC Group expects the market to reach 7,964.7 tons by 2034, exhibiting a growth rate (CAGR) of 5.86% during 2026-2034. The increasing consumer awareness of its high protein content, omega-3 fatty acids, rising consumption among individuals, and government initiatives promoting aquaculture activities to enhance the local economy represent some of the key factors driving the Indian trout market share.

About Khyber Aquaculture

Khyber Aquaculture is a leading player in cold-water fisheries business. Founded in 2022, Khyber Himalayan Trout brings premium, nutrient-rich trout from the pristine Himalayan mountain waters of Kashmir. The company integrates scientific farming practices, modern infrastructure, and environmental stewardship to deliver premium-quality aquaculture products for domestic and international markets. www.khyberaquaculture.com

About the Khyber Group

The Khyber Group is Jammu & Kashmir’s leading business conglomerate with interests spanning luxury hospitality, cement, real estate, healthcare and sustainable aquaculture. Established over 50 years ago in the heart of the Kashmir Valley, the group is known for its commitment to regional economic development. The group has consistently invested in ventures that create long-term value, that generate employment, and contribute to the socio-economic advancement of the region.

From Sea to Fryer: Why Provenance Is Becoming One of the Fish and Chip Sector’s Strongest Tools

Edusehat — Sat, 11 Jul 2026 01:45:06 +0700

By: Norwegian Seafood Council

Norwegian Seafood Council and industry partners highlight how verified origin, traceability and supply chain transparency are giving operators stronger proof points behind the seafood they serve.

Provenance is becoming more than a sourcing message, according to the Norwegian Seafood Council (NSC). For fish and chip shops, it is becoming one of the sector’s strongest commercial assets, helping operators build consumer trust, communicate quality, demonstrate consistency and reinforce value at a time when customers are increasingly value conscious.

With research showing that 76% of UK consumers find dishes and ingredients with provenance appealing¹, the opportunity for fish and chip shops lies in turning origin into a clearer customer story. By showing not only where their seafood comes from, but what that origin represents – from responsible harvesting and traceability to the care taken to protect quality – operators can justify quality, differentiate from competitors and help customers better understand the value of the seafood they are served.

Bjørn-Erik Stabell, UK Director at the Norwegian Seafood Council, said: “Fish and chip shops have always been built on trust. Customers may not always ask directly where their fish comes from, but they rely on operators to make the right choices on quality, sourcing and value.

“As consumer expectations evolve, provenance gives operators an opportunity to demonstrate quality, responsibility and consistency through the seafood they choose.

“By understanding not only the origin of seafood, but also the systems, standards and people behind it, operators can communicate with greater confidence, helping customers feel reassured about what they are eating and the value it represents.”

To demonstrate this in practice, NSC brought this year’s National Fish & Chip Awards winners to Western Norway for a three-day study trip, hosted in partnership with the Norwegian Frozen at Sea industry, as part of NSC’s principal sponsorship of the awards.

During the visit, operators experienced every stage of the Norwegian whitefish supply chain first-hand – from catching, handling and frozen-at-sea processing aboard Geir, a Norwegian Frozen at Sea industry vessel owned by HP Holmeset AS, to discussions with fisheries scientists, regulators and industry organizations about stock management, sustainability and traceability. The program showed how country of origin can be supported by practical, customer-facing detail, giving operators clearer insight into where their fish was caught, how it was handled and how quality is protected from sea to fryer.

Gavin Dhesi, co-owner of The Scrap Box in York, winner of Fish & Chip Takeaway of the Year at the 2026 National Fish & Chip Awards, said:“Knowing where your fish has come from allows you to extend that story to your customer. It gives us another way to bring that provenance story to life and help customers understand the process behind the fish we serve.

“When we open a case of fish now, we understand exactly where it has come from and the process that has gone into it, and our customers appreciate what we are serving a lot more when this is communicated.”

Andrew Crook, President of the National Federation of Fish Friers, said: “The value of this trip is that it helps operators understand the full journey behind the fish they serve. When you see the vessel, meet the crew and understand the care that goes into catching, processing and freezing the fish, you look at the product differently.

“That knowledge matters because it gives shops a stronger story to tell. It helps explain why consistency is so important, why provenance matters and why strong relationships across the supply chain make a real difference to the end product.”

The activity forms part of NSC and the Norwegian seafood industry’s wider work with the UK fish and chip sector, including Seafood from Norway’s role as principal sponsor of the National Fish & Chip Awards. By connecting operators directly with the people, processes and systems behind Norwegian seafood, NSC aims to support greater supply chain understanding and help shops communicate provenance, quality and value with confidence.

About the Norwegian Seafood Council

The Norwegian Seafood Council works with the Norwegian fisheries and aquaculture industries to develop markets for Norwegian seafood through local market intelligence, market development and reputational risk management. The Seafood Council is headquartered in Tromsø and maintains local representatives in thirteen of Norway’s most important international markets. The Norwegian seafood industry finances the activities of the Norwegian Seafood Council via a tariff on all Norwegian seafood exports. The Norwegian Seafood Council is a public company owned by the Ministry of Trade, Industry and Fisheries.

For more information about the Norwegian seafood industry and the work of the Norwegian Seafood Council, visit https://en.seafood.no. For more information, contact the NSC press office on nscpr@williammurray.co.uk

Swayne: HPAI vaccination is effective but not a silver bullet

Edusehat — Fri, 10 Jul 2026 21:50:03 +0700

Highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) is a significant threat to the poultry industry, and vaccination alone is not enough to combat this virus, said David Swayne, DVM, PhD, DACVP a former USDA scientist who has spent more than 30 years studying this disease.

During his presentation at the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting, he emphasized that a three-pronged approach is needed alongside a vaccine program to address HPAI, including biosecurity, surveillance and stamping out.

He pointed out that not all HPAI viruses are the same. There are three virus lineages that have persisted in certain regions.

Global control of HPAI has relied on three core strategies:

Biosecurity to keep the virus out of naïve flocks and contain it if infection occurs.
Surveillance to determine the infection status of flocks and support a country’s disease-free status.
Stamping out, which includes a suite of processes: diagnosis, quarantine with movement controls, population disposal, cleaning and disinfection, and repopulation.

“These strategies work very, very effectively,” Swayne explained, citing a recent US outbreak that was quickly stopped using these methods alone.

However, the challenge today comes from certain strains that spill over from wild birds into poultry populations. Adding a layer of complication, these viruses have become more infectious at lower doses, especially in ducks and turkeys. “Susceptibility is species dependent and dose connected, with ducks requiring the lowest amount of virus to become infected,” Swayne said.

This increased transmissibility explains why traditional control methods sometimes struggle and why vaccinations are used when elimination is difficult.

Vaccination against HPAI

Swayne pointed out that vaccination works primarily by reducing transmission, not by completely blocking infection in every case.

When transmission drops below a critical level, outbreaks decline, Swayne explained. “Vaccination decreases the number of susceptible individuals, slowing and reducing the spread,” Swayne said.

“And if poultry get that infection, they shed a lot less virus, reducing farm contamination, exposure and, therefore, infections. Additionally, you have the prevention of disease and death in poultry. This reduces environmental contamination, reduces transmission within a premises and reduces spread between the barns. Vaccinations maintain growers’ livelihoods and food security for consumers,” he explained.

Debunking common vaccination myths

Swayne addressed four misconceptions about HPAI vaccination:

Myth #1: There are no effective vaccines for US poultry.
Swayne noted that five licensed vaccines have demonstrated protection against the current HPAI strains.

Myth #2: Vaccination leads to widespread silent infections.
“With good batches of vaccines, silent infections are rare in properly vaccinated poultry,” he said.

Myth #3: Vaccines must provide sterilizing immunity.
Swayne noted that some have said sterilizing immunity is a myth perpetuated by some experimental studies that are improperly conducted and interpreted.

Myth #4: All poultry should be vaccinated.
“That’s definitely a myth,” he emphasized. Vaccination should be risk-based, targeting the most susceptible species, production types and geographic areas.

Global use of vaccination

Primarily to protect food supplies and reduce human exposure, global HPAI vaccine use is common in countries where HPAI has become endemic, including China, Egypt, Indonesia and Vietnam.

Swayne noted that France is the first high-income country to implement large-scale vaccination that is focused on ducks. “After vaccinating more than 140 million birds annually, France saw a 95% reduction in HPAI cases, dropping from hundreds of outbreaks to just 10 in one season. Most infections occurred in birds that were not fully vaccinated.”

Surveillance essential

He emphasized that vaccination does not replace surveillance. “Effective programs rely on risk-based monitoring, especially testing dead or sick birds. Random sampling of healthy, vaccinated flocks often fails because immunity can mask infection.”

Swayne cautioned that some advanced surveillance tools, such as DIVA (differentiating infected from vaccinated animals) testing, have shown “very limited value” and can be costly and confusing without follow-up testing.

Final takeaway

Vaccination is not a silver bullet, but when used correctly, it is a powerful addition to HPAI control, Swayne emphasized. Successfully combating HPAI depends on high-quality vaccines, proper dosing, ongoing monitoring and strong surveillance systems. As he noted, vaccination works best as part of a control system, not as a replacement for biosecurity or surveillance.

The post Swayne: HPAI vaccination is effective but not a silver bullet appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Dog Accessories That Make Travel Easier

Edusehat — Fri, 10 Jul 2026 21:40:06 +0700

Travelling with a dog in India is a wonderful experience, but it comes with its own set of small challenges. The long car rides to Lonavala, the unpredictable Bengaluru traffic, the sudden showers in Kerala, and the summer heat in Delhi can all catch pet parents off guard. The good news is that the right accessories can turn a stressful journey into a smooth, enjoyable outing for both you and your dog. A little preparation goes a long way in keeping your companion safe, hydrated, and calm.

Whether you are heading out for a weekend staycation, a hill drive, or a domestic flight, having a thoughtful travel kit makes all the difference. This guide walks you through the essentials that Indian dog parents swear by, along with practical tips suited to our climate, roads, and travel style.

Why Travel Accessories Matter for Dogs

Dogs are creatures of routine. A new environment, unfamiliar smells, and long hours in a moving vehicle can leave them anxious or restless. According to the American Veterinary Medical Association, proper restraint, hydration, and familiar comfort items are essential to keep pets safe and calm during travel. Accessories are not just add-ons; they are practical tools that protect your dog from injury, motion sickness, dehydration, and stress.

For Indian pet parents, the humidity, heat, and long travel distances make a few specific items non-negotiable. Let us look at what truly earns a spot in your dog's travel bag.

Must-Have Dog Travel Accessories

1. Dog Car Harness and Seat Belt

A loose dog inside a moving car is a safety risk for everyone, including the dog. A crash-tested car harness or a seat belt attachment keeps your pet secure and prevents sudden movements during braking. It also stops your dog from jumping into the front seat or leaning out of open windows.

Look for a padded, adjustable harness that clips into the seat belt buckle. For small breeds like Shih Tzus or Pomeranians, a booster seat with a tether works better. Explore reliable options in the dog collars, leashes, and harnesses range to find a fit that suits your dog's size and comfort.

2. Travel Crate or Carrier

A well-ventilated travel crate is a lifesaver for flights, train journeys, and long drives. Airlines in India follow crate size and material rules set by the International Air Transport Association, so pick a carrier that is airline-approved if you plan to fly. For road trips, a soft-sided carrier with mesh windows offers great ventilation in warm weather.

The crate should be large enough for your dog to stand, turn around, and lie down comfortably. Add a familiar blanket or an old T-shirt with your scent to help your dog settle in faster.

3. Collapsible Food and Water Bowls

Hydration is the single most important thing to manage while travelling in Indian weather. Silicone collapsible bowls are lightweight, easy to clean, and take almost no space in your bag. Keep one for water and another for kibble or treats.

Offer water every couple of hours during long drives, especially in summer. Avoid feeding a heavy meal right before travel; a light snack an hour before departure works best to prevent motion sickness.

4. Portable Dog Water Bottle

A dog-friendly water bottle with an attached drinking tray is one of the smartest purchases you can make. It lets your dog sip water on the go without spills and reduces the risk of dehydration during pit stops. Many Indian pet parents find these especially useful during hill drives or beach trips where clean water may not be easily available.

5. Poop Bags and Cleaning Kit

Responsible travel means cleaning up after your dog wherever you go. Carry a roll of biodegradable poop bags, wet wipes, and a small towel. Accidents happen, especially with puppies or senior dogs, and a quick clean-up kit saves you and your car from unpleasant surprises.

Add a bottle of pet-safe deodorising spray to keep your travel space fresh. Wet wipes also help wipe down muddy paws before your dog jumps back into the car.

6. Familiar Bedding and Comfort Toys

A familiar bed, blanket, or chew toy provides emotional comfort in unfamiliar places. Dogs feel more secure when they can smell something that reminds them of home. This is particularly helpful for anxious dogs or first-time travellers.

A long-lasting chew or a treat-dispensing toy also keeps your dog occupied during long journeys. Browse the dog toys collection to pick a few travel-friendly options that hold up well on the road.

7. Pet First Aid Kit

A basic first aid kit for your dog is a travel must, especially for treks, beach visits, or road trips through remote areas. The American Kennel Club recommends packing sterile gauze, antiseptic wipes, tick removers, styptic powder, and any prescription medication your dog takes regularly. Add a copy of your dog's vaccination record and your vet's contact number as well.

8. Cooling Mats and Bandanas

Indian summers can be brutal, and dogs are far more vulnerable to heatstroke than people realise. A cooling mat or a soaked cooling bandana can help regulate your dog's body temperature during warm-weather travel. These are especially useful for flat-faced breeds like Pugs, Bulldogs, and Shih Tzus, which struggle more with heat.

Never leave your dog inside a parked car, even for a few minutes. Interior temperatures can climb dangerously fast, even with the windows cracked.

9. ID Tag, Microchip, and Sturdy Leash

An ID tag with your phone number is a simple accessory that can save your dog's life if they wander off in an unfamiliar place. Combine it with a microchip for permanent identification. A strong, non-retractable leash gives you better control in busy railway stations, airports, and tourist areas.

For added visibility during evening walks, consider a reflective collar or a leash with LED strips. These are handy on poorly lit highways or campsites.

10. Travel Grooming Essentials

Beach sand, forest dust, and unexpected rain can leave your dog needing a quick freshen-up. Pack a small grooming kit with a brush, dry shampoo, paw balm, and ear-cleaning wipes. Paw balm is particularly useful if you are travelling to cold regions like Manali or hot surfaces like beach sand in Goa. Check the dog grooming range for compact, travel-friendly picks.

Practical Travel Tips for Indian Pet Parents

Plan pit stops every two to three hours for water, potty breaks, and light stretching.
Travel during cooler hours, early morning or late evening, to avoid peak heat.
Carry your dog's regular food to avoid stomach upsets from sudden diet changes.
Check pet policies before booking hotels, homestays, or Airbnbs.
Keep a recent photo of your dog on your phone in case they get lost.

How to Get Your Dog Ready for Travel

Preparation begins days before the trip, not on the morning of departure. Start with short car rides to help your dog associate the vehicle with positive experiences. Gradually increase the duration so longer journeys feel less overwhelming. If your dog shows signs of motion sickness like drooling, whining, or vomiting, speak to your vet about safe options.

Do a trial run with the crate at home. Let your dog nap in it, feed treats inside, and keep the door open initially. This helps the crate feel like a safe space rather than a punishment. On the day of travel, keep your dog well-exercised so they are calmer and more likely to rest during the journey.

Final Thoughts

Travelling with your dog should feel like an adventure, not an ordeal. The right accessories make the journey safer, more comfortable, and far more enjoyable for both of you. Start with the basics, adjust based on your dog's temperament and the destination, and always prioritise safety and hydration over convenience.

With a well-packed travel kit, your dog can enjoy the sights, smells, and sounds of India right alongside you. Whether it is a monsoon drive to Coorg or a winter break in Rishikesh, a little preparation ensures your pet feels at home wherever the road leads.

Frequently Asked Questions

What are the most important dog accessories for a road trip in India?

A car harness or seat belt, collapsible water bowl, portable water bottle, poop bags, familiar bedding, and a basic first aid kit are the essentials. Add cooling accessories in summer and a warm blanket for hill trips.

Can I take my dog on a train or flight in India?

Yes. Indian Railways allows dogs in first-class AC coupes and in the luggage van under specific rules. Most Indian airlines allow dogs in the cabin or cargo hold depending on size and breed. Always check the latest airline and railway pet policies before booking.

How do I keep my dog calm during long travel?

Bring familiar bedding and toys, maintain regular feeding times, take frequent breaks, and avoid overfeeding before the trip. Calming chews or vet-recommended anxiety aids can help nervous travellers. Playing soft music or keeping the car temperature comfortable also helps.

Are collapsible bowls better than regular bowls for travel?

Yes. Collapsible silicone bowls are lightweight, spill-resistant, easy to clean, and take very little space. They are the most practical choice for road trips, hikes, and hotel stays.

How do I prevent my dog from getting motion sickness?

Feed a light meal at least two hours before travel, keep the car well-ventilated, take breaks every couple of hours, and let your dog face forward instead of sideways. If symptoms persist, consult your vet for suitable medication.

What should I pack in a dog travel first aid kit?

Include sterile gauze, antiseptic wipes, tick removers, styptic powder, digital thermometer, any prescription medication, vaccination records, and your vet's phone number. A tick and flea comb is also useful for outdoor trips.

Harness Safety Tips Every Owner Should Know

Edusehat — Fri, 10 Jul 2026 21:40:05 +0700

A harness is one of the most useful walking tools you can buy for your dog, but only when it is worn correctly and checked regularly. Many pet parents in India assume that once a harness is on, the job is done. In reality, poor fit, worn straps, and the wrong style of harness cause more injuries and escape incidents than most owners realise. Warm weather, monsoon dampness, and long walking sessions on Indian streets add extra pressure on both the gear and your dog. This guide walks you through practical harness safety tips, from choosing the right style to fitting it properly, spotting damage early, and adjusting for the local climate. Whether you have a playful pup or a strong adult breed, these steps will help you keep every walk safe, comfortable, and stress free.

Why a Harness Is Safer Than a Collar for Most Dogs

A collar puts all the pulling force on your dog's neck, which can strain the throat, thyroid, and spine, especially in small breeds and brachycephalic dogs like Pugs and Shih Tzus. A well fitted harness spreads that pressure across the chest and shoulders, where the body is built to handle it. According to the American Kennel Club, harnesses offer better control for dogs that pull, lunge, or get easily distracted, and they reduce the risk of neck injuries during sudden movements.

For Indian pet parents dealing with crowded lanes, stray dog encounters, and unexpected traffic, this added control matters. A harness gives you a safer point of contact if your dog reacts suddenly, and it lowers the chance of your dog slipping out and running into danger. You can explore breed appropriate options in the dog harness and leash collection at PetsWorld to find something suited to your pet's size and strength.

Getting the Right Fit: The Two Finger Rule

Fit is where most harness problems begin. A loose harness allows your dog to twist out during a scare, while a tight one causes chafing, restricted breathing, and skin sores. The simplest test is the two finger rule. You should be able to slide two fingers comfortably between the harness strap and your dog's body at every adjustment point, including the chest, girth, and shoulders.

Check for these signs of poor fit before every walk. If the harness rides up toward the throat, it is too loose. If your dog's front legs are being pulled inward or their gait looks stiff, the chest strap is too tight or positioned incorrectly. Bald patches, redness, or dark marks under the fur are clear signals that friction is happening in the same spot repeatedly. Puppies grow quickly, so refit the harness every two to three weeks during their first year. Adult dogs should be checked monthly, and more often if their weight changes with the season.

Choosing the Right Harness Type for Your Dog

Not every harness suits every dog. The style you pick should match your pet's size, energy level, and walking behaviour.

Back Clip Harness

The leash attaches to a ring on the back. It is easy to put on and comfortable for calm walkers and small breeds. It is not ideal for dogs that pull hard, since it can encourage pulling further.

Front Clip Harness

The leash clips to the chest, gently redirecting your dog when they try to lunge. This style is a strong choice for training and for medium to large breeds that need better control.

Dual Clip and Y Shaped Harness

A Y shaped harness sits along the natural line of the shoulder without pressing on the throat, and it allows a full range of motion. Vets and canine physiotherapists often recommend this shape because it does not restrict shoulder movement. PetMD points out that harnesses which restrict shoulder rotation can affect long term joint health, especially in active dogs.

Step In Harness

Useful for anxious dogs who dislike anything going over the head. Just make sure the buckles are strong, since these tend to have more failure points.

Material and Climate: What Works Best in India

India's climate is tough on pet gear. Summer heat, monsoon moisture, and dusty walks all take a toll on straps and buckles. The material of your harness has a direct impact on both safety and comfort.

Breathable mesh harnesses with padded chest panels are a good pick for hot months, since they allow airflow and reduce sweat build up under the fur. For monsoon season, look for quick drying nylon or coated polyester, which do not hold water or develop mildew. Avoid thick leather harnesses for daily use in humid regions, as trapped moisture can cause skin infections. Reflective stitching is a smart safety addition for early morning and late evening walks, when visibility is low. If your dog spends time near water or gets bathed often, rinse the harness after each use and let it dry fully before the next walk. You will find climate friendly picks in the dog collars, leashes, and accessories range at PetsWorld.

Common Harness Safety Mistakes to Avoid

Even careful owners make small errors that add up over time. Watch out for these common issues.

Leaving the harness on all day is a habit worth breaking. Continuous wear leads to matted fur, hot spots, and skin irritation, especially in the armpit area. Remove the harness once you are back home. Using a harness that is meant for a smaller or larger dog is another frequent problem. Never rely on brand size charts alone, since chest girth varies widely across breeds. Always measure your dog before buying.

Attaching a retractable leash to a lightweight harness can cause sudden jerks that damage both the gear and your dog's shoulders. Pair strong leashes with sturdy harnesses only. Skipping the pre walk check is also risky. A quick tug on each buckle and a glance at the stitching takes ten seconds and prevents most escape incidents. According to the ASPCA, ill fitting or damaged walking gear is a leading cause of preventable dog runaway cases.

Weekly Harness Safety Checks

Set aside a few minutes each week to inspect the harness properly. Look at the stitching around the D ring and buckle points, since these are the first areas to fail. Check the buckles by opening and closing them a few times to make sure the click is firm. Feel along the straps for fraying, thinning, or sun damage, which is common in India where harnesses often bake in car boots or on balconies. Look at the padding for compressed sections or hard lumps, which mean the cushioning has worn out and can cause bruising.

Replace the harness every twelve to eighteen months for active dogs, and sooner if you spot any of these issues. Grooming sessions are a good time to check the skin under the harness contact points, and you can find gentle cleansers and grooming tools in the dog grooming collection to keep those areas healthy.

Training Your Dog to Wear the Harness Calmly

A safe harness is only useful if your dog accepts it without stress. Introduce the harness slowly by placing it near their bed or feeding area for a day or two so they associate it with calm moments. Offer a small treat when they sniff it, then when they allow you to slide it on. Keep the first few sessions short and pair the harness with a favourite walk or play routine. Never force the harness over a resisting dog, since this creates lasting fear and increases the chance of them wriggling out later.

Final Thoughts

A harness is a small piece of gear that plays a big role in your dog's daily safety. The right fit, the right material for the season, and a few minutes of weekly checks can prevent most walking accidents and keep your pet comfortable through India's changing weather. Take the time to measure your dog properly, choose a style that matches their behaviour, and treat the harness as a tool that needs care, not a one time purchase. Your dog cannot tell you when something feels off, so a mindful owner is their best safety net.

Frequently Asked Questions

How tight should a dog harness be?

A harness should be snug enough that it does not shift when your dog moves, but loose enough for two fingers to slide comfortably under each strap. If you can only fit one finger, it is too tight. If three or more fit easily, your dog can escape.

Can a dog wear a harness all day?

It is not recommended. Continuous wear can cause fur matting, skin irritation, and hot spots, especially in humid Indian weather. Remove the harness at home and use it only for walks, training, or car travel.

Which harness is best for strong pullers?

A front clip or dual clip Y shaped harness works best for strong pullers. The chest attachment redirects forward motion gently and gives you more control without putting pressure on the neck.

How often should I replace my dog's harness?

Most harnesses last twelve to eighteen months with regular use. Replace it sooner if you notice frayed stitching, weakened buckles, thinning padding, or if your dog has changed size significantly.

Is a harness better than a collar for puppies?

Yes. Puppies have delicate necks and are still learning leash manners, so a harness spreads pressure safely and reduces the risk of injury during sudden pulls or jumps. Pair it with short, positive training sessions for the best results.

FEFAC welcomes the EU Protein Plan and Livestock Strategy, reaffirms commitment to a resilient European feed system

Edusehat — Fri, 10 Jul 2026 18:10:10 +0700

The European Feed Manufacturers’ Federation (FEFAC) welcomes the European Commission’s adoption of the EU Protein Plan and the EU Livestock Strategy, as well as the very detailed and concrete actions list, describing the package as a timely and constructive response to the strategic vulnerabilities facing Europe’s feed and food chains. The Protein Plan, which has the most focus on feed, sets out a community-wide benchmark to lift the share of EU-grown oilseeds and protein crops used in domestic feed to 35% by 2035, up from around a quarter today, alongside measures to support farmers, strengthen protein crop value chains and diversify import sources. FEFAC notes that the sector’s exposure runs wider than protein crops alone, as Europe remains even more import-dependent on essential feed additives such as vitamins and amino acids, with a small number of non-EU suppliers accounting for an outsized share of global capacity.

The adoption of the European Commission Action Plans takes place in the background of field visits hosted jointly by FEFAC, FEFANA, DVT and EUROFAC on 6 July, during which European Commissioner for Agriculture & Food, Mr Christophe Hansen, toured two feed industry sites: the DSM-Firmenich vitamin production facility in Grenzach (Germany) and the LORIAL feed mill in Molsheim (France). The visit gave the Commissioner a first-hand view of both the industrial complexity of feed additive production and the practical steps the sector is already taking to diversify protein sourcing through amino acid-based formulation. The DSM-Firmenich’s vitamin production visit underscores why feed additive supply deserves the same strategic attention as protein crops, while LORIAL’s amino acid-based feed formulation shows how reformulation can already reduce dependence on imported soy without compromising animal nutrition or farmer competitiveness.

“We strongly welcome the launch of the EU Protein Plan and support the development of the new EU Livestock Strategy. EU feed manufacturers have long been committed to making the best possible use of locally available vegetable protein sources. At the same time, we must recognise that the EU will continue to rely on imports of high-protein soy from third countries in the years ahead. It is therefore essential to maintain the production of biodiesel and bioethanol, as these sectors provide valuable high-protein vegetable feed co-products, including rapeseed meal, sunflower meal, maize products and other cereal-based feed materials. Feed suppliers are key drivers of both the competitiveness and sustainability of Europe’s livestock sector, and we welcome targeted measures in the future Livestock Strategy that encourage farmers to adopt low-footprint, circular feed solutions.”

Looking ahead, FEFAC reiterates its readiness to contribute to the implementation of the Protein Plan and the Livestock Strategy, including through the forthcoming EU protein dialogues with Member States, and to support the research, innovation and investment needed to scale up EU-sourced feed inputs across both supply and demand.

Source: FEFAC press release

Inhouse Farming Feed & Food Convention 2027: Innovations for the Agrifood Systems of the Future

Edusehat — Fri, 10 Jul 2026 14:45:08 +0700

21–22 April 2027 at the Congress Center Hamburg, Germany – International DLG conference and business platform for future food and feed systems – foyer exhibition for companies and start-ups – exhibitors and sponsors can now register: https://www.inhouse-farming.com/en/feed-food-convention

How can new raw material sources, alternative proteins, and innovative production technologies be integrated into viable business models for resilient food and feed systems? The Inhouse Farming Feed & Food Convention 2027, taking place on 21–22 April 2027 at the Congress Center Hamburg, Germany, provides answers to this question. The second edition of this international DLG (German Agricultural Society) event will once again be held in Hamburg, a convenient and easily accessible hub for international participants. Under the banner “Driving Innovation across the Agrifood System,” the convention combines a technical program, foyer exhibition, and networking to create a platform for exchange, knowledge transfer, and new business connections.

The focus is on innovations across the entire food and feed value chain. The convention addresses four key areas: raw materials, technologies, processes, and markets. These span new resources such as alternative proteins from plant-based sources, insects, and mycelium, as well as biomass and yields from indoor aquaculture systems, including fish and algae. In the field of technologies and production, the spotlight is on forward-looking developments such as fermentation and biotechnology, indoor and vertical farming, as well as automation, sensor technology, and AI. Processing and scaling, particularly industrial integration along the value chain, are also key topics. In addition, the program covers market and regulatory frameworks, including novel foods, food safety, business models, financing, sustainability, environmental, social and governance (ESG), and regulation.

A Platform for New Value Chains
The Inhouse Farming Feed & Food Convention is aimed at companies, start-ups, and institutions that develop, apply, finance, or regulate future food and feed systems. Target groups include farms, the agricultural and food industries, technology providers, plant manufacturers, agricultural, food and biotech start-ups, research institutions, investors, associations, networks, as well as policymakers. As an international conference and business platform, the convention creates a cross-sector meeting point for innovation, practical expertise, and collaboration. Providing guidance in dynamic future markets, the convention brings together stakeholders actively shaping new value chains in the agrifood system.

Foyer Exhibition: Registration Now Open for Exhibitors
The convention is accompanied by a foyer exhibition, offering companies, start-ups, and institutions a dedicated platform for visibility, product presentation, and networking. Exhibitors can showcase their solutions, technologies, and services in direct proximity to the conference program and engage with key decision-makers.
Exhibitors and sponsoring partners can now register for the Inhouse Farming Feed & Food Convention 2027: www.inhouse-farming.com/en/feed-food-convention

Participation options range from exhibition space and sponsorship packages to customised formats within the convention environment.

Conference Programme and Ticket Shop from Autumn 2026
An initial overview of the conference programme will be published in autumn 2026, when the ticket shop will also open. Further information on the convention, its thematic focus, as well as exhibitor, sponsor, and visitor details is available at: https://www.inhouse-farming.com/en/feed-food-convention/exhibiting-sponsorship

Two Formats, One Focus: Convention and Show as the Ideal Complement
Complementing the convention, the Inhouse Farming Feed & Food Show will once again serve as a key industry touchpoint this year. The show will take place as part of EuroTier from 10 to 13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany, offering insights into the latest developments in future-oriented food and feed systems within the context of a leading international trade fair.

Together, the convention and the show form an ideal combination: while the convention, as a specialist conference and business platform, enables in-depth exchange, knowledge transfer, and networking, the show makes innovations tangible and visible in a trade fair setting.
The ticket shop for EuroTier 2026 is already open: https://www.messe-ticket.de/

For more information, please visit : https://www.inhouse-farming.com/en/feed-food-convention

Innov’Space 2026: Award-winning innovations for the poultry sector

Edusehat — Fri, 10 Jul 2026 14:35:10 +0700

The organisers of SPACE have announced the winners of the Innov’Space 2026 Awards, recognising innovations that contribute to the advancement of livestock production. After evaluating 78 applications, the jury selected 32 innovations: 26 received a one-star award and six were granted the highest two-star distinction. The Jury’s Top Choices will be revealed during the Innov’Space Awards Ceremony on 15 September, the opening day of SPACE 2026.

Among the 32 Innov’Space Award winners, several technologies are either specifically developed for poultry production or have applications in poultry farming alongside other livestock sectors. Together, they reflect current priorities in egg production, farm automation, biosecurity, nutrition and flock management.

One of the innovations developed specifically for egg production is Ovoclear, which received a one-star Innov’Space Award for Vencomatic. Integrated directly into the egg handling line, the automated system removes feathers from eggs after leak detection, replacing a task that has traditionally been carried out manually. According to the company, Ovoclear removes up to 90% of feathers, reduces conveyor belt interference by at least 80% and processes up to 45,000 table or hatching eggs per hour, helping increase the proportion of first-grade eggs while reducing manual labour.

Automation is also at the centre of Sharky 430, the one-star award-winning innovation from Big Dutchman. Developed for rearing and laying aviary systems, the autonomous cleaning robot is designed to clean multiple tiers, nests and troughs without the need for guide rails. Powered by batteries, it can operate continuously, including overnight, while programmable cleaning cycles and remote status notifications support routine hygiene management.

The jury also recognised Roll-Bouch, developed by MCJ Innov, with a one-star award. Designed for poultry farms, the electrically powered wheelbarrow distributes straw pellets during litter renewal through an adjustable dispensing system. Its gravity-fed hopper is designed to empty completely without manual intervention, helping reduce the physical workload associated with re-bedding poultry houses.

Another poultry-specific innovation receiving a one-star award is Securitor Flash from CCPA Groupe. Administered through drinking water, the liquid nutritional solution combines aromatic compounds with garlic essential oil to support digestive balance by acting on communication mechanisms within the intestinal microbiota involved in the organisation of bacterial communities and biofilm formation. According to the company, trials conducted under laboratory conditions and on commercial farms demonstrated improvements in final body weight and feed conversion ratio, with up to a 10% increase in margin per bird.

The official Innov’Space selection also includes AviPro™ Salmonella Duo from Elanco, recognised by the jury as a new vaccination solution for poultry.

Several additional award-winning technologies have broader applications across livestock production while also being relevant to poultry farming.

Among them, AGRIPROTECH received a two-star Innov’Space Award for LazerTrac® LZT1000-S, an autonomous laser bird deterrent system equipped with artificial intelligence. Combining a 4K camera with AI-based bird and wildlife recognition, the system identifies target species and automatically adapts laser movements according to observed behaviour. With an operating range exceeding 400 metres, it is designed for long-term bird deterrence across large outdoor areas.

Biosecurity is represented by SANIHOUSE, a one-star award-winning system developed by Maison Bleue and Innovlap. The insulated facility simplifies fallen stock management through automated gates and a motorised platform that transfers rendering bins between the farm and collection areas without requiring collection vehicles to enter the farm perimeter, facilitating compliance with health regulations while simplifying deadstock management.

Foodbasket7, developed by IFIP, is another award-winning innovation with relevance across animal production sectors. The free web-based platform evaluates both the nutritional quality and the environmental impact of complete weekly diets by assessing nutrient intake alongside indicators such as greenhouse gas emissions, water consumption and land use. Rather than evaluating individual foods, it analyses the balance of an entire diet and provides a scientific framework for assessing the contribution of animal-derived foods to healthy, diverse and sustainable diets.

According to Didier Lucas, Chairman of SPACE, the diversity of the award-winning innovations reflects both the variety of exhibitors and the industry’s capacity for innovation. Across all livestock sectors, the 2026 awards highlight three major trends: the growing integration of digital technologies and artificial intelligence, continued advances in agricultural machinery, and increasing attention to animal health and biosecurity.

Visitors will have the opportunity to discover all the Innov’Space 2026 award-winning innovations during SPACE, which will take place in Rennes, France, from 15 to 17 September 2026.

Russian poultry producers face margin pressure as costs rise and market conditions shift

Edusehat — Fri, 10 Jul 2026 00:15:10 +0700

Russia’s poultry industry is facing growing economic pressure as producers contend with rising production costs, expensive financing and changing market dynamics, prompting many companies to focus on efficiency rather than expansion.

Industry experts say profitability has weakened compared with previous years, reflecting higher expenses for feed, logistics, fuel, veterinary measures and debt servicing. Although estimates of average sector profitability vary and are not confirmed by official statistics, analysts broadly agree that financial conditions have become more challenging for poultry producers.

Several of Russia’s largest poultry companies have implemented cost-control measures. Public financial statements show that some businesses have reduced capital expenditure or introduced efficiency programmes in response to the more difficult operating environment.

For example, Cherkizovo Group reported efforts to optimize commercial and administrative costs while also reducing investment spending. At the same time, the company reported improved adjusted EBITDA and stronger profitability during the first quarter of 2026.

Financial statements from Agrocomplex N.I. Tkachev also indicate a significant deterioration in financial performance. The company attributed its net loss primarily to higher interest expenses and lower agricultural yields, while reporting reductions in both workforce and capital investments.

Russia’s Ministry of Agriculture has maintained that domestic poultry production remains sufficient to meet demand in the country’s internal market.

Another factor influencing the market has been the increase in poultry imports from China. According to official Chinese customs data, exports of poultry meat to Russia increased significantly during the first quarter of 2026 compared with the same period a year earlier. Industry analysts believe these additional supplies have contributed to stronger competition in some market segments, particularly for poultry meat used in further processing, although the extent of their impact on domestic prices is difficult to quantify independently.

Russian veterinary authorities also introduced temporary restrictions on imports from two Chinese poultry processing plants after identifying sanitary compliance issues, demonstrating continued regulatory oversight of imported products.

Official statistics from Rosstat indicate that Russian poultry production declined during the first five months of 2026 compared with the same period in 2025. The decrease suggests that producers have become more cautious amid weaker margins and higher operating costs.

Looking ahead, industry observers expect market conditions to stabilize gradually during the second half of 2026 rather than recover rapidly. Future performance will likely depend on several factors, including feed costs, financing conditions and the industry’s ability to prevent outbreaks of avian influenza through continued biosecurity measures.

Ghana eyes Egyptian know‑how to cut poultry imports and boost local production

Edusehat — Thu, 09 Jul 2026 20:40:09 +0700

Accra is exploring cooperation with Egypt to strengthen its poultry value chain as part of a broader strategy to reduce dependence on frozen chicken imports and build domestic self‑sufficiency.

Ghana is stepping up efforts to reduce its heavy reliance on imported poultry by exploring technical and investment cooperation with Egypt, a key producer with a more advanced and integrated poultry value chain. This move fits into Accra’s broader agenda to replace food imports with local production capacity and improve national food security.

Frozen chicken imports currently supply the bulk of Ghana’s poultry market, with estimates indicating that domestic producers cover only a small fraction of national demand. Local stakeholders have warned that cheap imported poultry is undermining the competitiveness of Ghanaian farms and processing plants, squeezing margins and discouraging investment along the value chain. For the government, reversing this trend has become a priority within wider agricultural and industrial policies.

To close the gap, Ghana needs a substantial increase in domestic poultry output, accompanied by stronger feed production, hatchery capacity, animal health services and processing infrastructure. Policy discussions and sector assessments suggest that only a multiple‑fold expansion of local production will allow the country to displace imports in a meaningful way. That requires not only public support programmes, but also access to technology, capital and regional partnerships.

In this context, cooperation with Egypt is seen as a strategic option. Egyptian operators and institutions can offer experience in intensive poultry production, feed milling, genetics, veterinary services and downstream processing. Partnerships may cover joint ventures in production and slaughtering plants, investment in feed mills, knowledge transfer on biosecurity and productivity, and the development of intra‑African trade frameworks under the AfCFTA. While details of any formal agreements remain under discussion, Accra signals that it is keen to tap into regional know‑how rather than relying predominantly on imports from outside the continent.

The poultry drive builds on existing initiatives that seek to strengthen domestic agrifood systems more broadly. Programmes aimed at supporting small and medium‑scale farmers through access to birds, feed, training and finance are being deployed to increase local supply, especially in rural areas. International partners are also backing Ghana’s efforts through technical assistance, targeted investments and support to value‑chain development in feed and livestock.

For Ghana’s poultry sector, deeper cooperation with Egypt and other regional partners could mark a shift from a market dominated by imported frozen chicken to a more balanced structure where local producers capture a larger share of value added. The outcome will depend on the effective implementation of policies, the mobilization of private investment and the ability of Ghanaian farms and processors to scale up competitively while maintaining standards of quality, safety and biosecurity.

Zoetis wins EU approval for Poulvac Procerta HVT-ND against Newcastle and Marek’s disease

Edusehat — Thu, 09 Jul 2026 20:40:09 +0700

Zoetis has received European Commission marketing authorization for Poulvac Procerta HVT-ND, a recombinant vector vaccine for chickens designed to help protect against Newcastle disease and Marek’s disease. The vaccine can be administered in ovo or by subcutaneous injection at hatch, offering protection in a single dose.

According to the company, the EU decision comes at a time when Newcastle disease remains a significant threat to poultry production across the bloc, with recent confirmed outbreaks reported in several European countries. Zoetis also said the authorization expands its Poulvac Procerta portfolio, following earlier EU approvals for HVT-IBD and HVT-IBD-ND.

Poulvac Procerta HVT-ND uses turkey herpesvirus (HVT) as its vector and is indicated for active immunization of one-day-old chicks and 18- to 19-day-old embryonated chicken eggs. The company says the vaccine is already approved in more than 35 markets worldwide.

For European poultry producers, the authorization adds another preventive tool in the fight against two economically important diseases, in a context where vaccination and biosecurity remain central to flock health management.

Introducing the Reptile Systems Eco Mini Heater: Big Performance, Small Footprint

Edusehat — Thu, 09 Jul 2026 03:00:03 +0700

Have you ever needed to fit a heat source in a smaller enclosure but it felt too clunky, oversized, or just not right? Same. That's why we're excited about the new Eco Mini Heater from Reptile Systems coming to Pangea Reptile this fall!

Big Performance, Small Footprint

The Eco Mini Heater uses halogen technology to put out steady, radiant warmth, that supports basking and thermoregulation instead of just warming the air around it. Halogen also gives off a natural-spectrum light that mimics sunlight, which helps support your reptile's day-to-day rhythm and overall wellbeing.

And it does all this while measuring in at just 4 inches by 4 inches and 1.5 inches high. It's built to install inside or outside the enclosure, so you can find the placement that works best for your setup and your species.

What You're Getting

Halogen heat technology
Compact 4"x4" design that fits almost anywhere
Protective mesh covering the bulb so your reptile stays safe
Flexible install, inside or outside the terrarium
Compatible with dimming thermostats for finer control
72 inch power cord with an inline on/off switch
FREE halogen bulb included

Pick Your Version

The Eco Mini Heater comes in four options:

25W Daylight White
50W Daylight White
25W Red
50W Red

Daylight white is a solid daytime pick, giving off light that mimics natural sun. Red halogen works well as a daytime heat source too, especially if you're already running UVB or full spectrum LED lighting and don't want to add much extra visible light on top of that.

Not sure which wattage is right for your tank? It really comes down to enclosure size, room temperature, and your target basking temps, so it's worth checking your species' needs before you decide. Replacement bulbs are sold separately too, so when the bulb eventually needs swapping, you won't need a whole new unit.

Coming Soon to Pangea Reptile

The Eco Mini Heater is coming soon to Pangea Reptile. We'll share more details as we get closer to launch, so keep an eye out.

Compact, safe, and built with the animal's wellbeing in mind, the Eco Mini Heater proves that good heating doesn't have to take up a lot of space.

2026 Build Off Giveaway Winner + All Submissions

Edusehat — Thu, 09 Jul 2026 03:00:03 +0700

When we launched the Build Off Giveaway, we wanted to see how our community uses our wood products in their own enclosures, and you all delivered. We received a great mix of photos and videos, and we loved seeing every single entry.

Before we announce the winner, we're giving every submission its own spotlight below. Scroll through all 15 builds, and stick around to the end to find out who took home the $250 Pangea Reptile gift card.

Let's get into it!

1. Jacqueline's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Cork Round
Home to: Cookie, a gargoyle gecko

2. Lauren's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Cork Rounds
Home to: Olive, a leachianus gecko

3. Sunspotshadow's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Cork Rounds
Home to: Joules, Chiller, and Boon Doc

4. Kadi's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Cork Flats
Home to: Jelly Bean, a Giant Day Gecko

5. Layla's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Ghost Wood & Grapevine
Home to: Ellie, a crested gecko

6. Vivarri's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Manzanita Wood
Home to: A juvenile crested gecko

7. Winx's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Grapevine Branches & Cork Bark
Home to: Ebony, a crested gecko

8. Ashley's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Ghost Wood, Cork Flats, and Cork Rounds
Home to: Mango, a crested gecko

9. Alyssia's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Cork Round
Home to: Mochi & Olive, 2 Green Keel Bellied Lizards

10. GeckoGuy72's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Ghost Wood, Cork Background, Cork Flat, and Cork Accents

11. Stym's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Cork Flats
Home to: A Sambava panther chameleon

12. Brandy's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Cork Bark
Home to: Baymax, a crested gecko

13. Holden's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Ghost Wood, Cork Rounds, and Cork Accents
Home to: Skeet

14. Mia's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Cork Rounds & Cork Flats
Home to: Lenny, a crested gecko

15. Choccy Milk's Enclosure

Featuring: Pangea Cork Flats
Home to: Cano, a Florida kingsnake

And the Winner Is...

Mia and Lenny the crested gecko

whose enclosure featuring Pangea Cork Rounds & Cork Flats took home the win!

Congratulations!

Thank you to everyone who submitted a build and everyone who voted. Keep an eye out for our next giveaway; we can't wait to see what you build next.

Want to shop the products featured in this year's builds? Check out our full lineup Cork, wood, and background pieces at Pangeareptile.com.

Managing heat stress in commercial poultry operations: principles and practical strategies

Edusehat — Wed, 08 Jul 2026 23:10:04 +0700

By Zac Williams, PhD
Extension specialist – Poultry Husbandry and Management
University of Arkansas

Heat stress is one of the most persistent and economically significant challenges facing commercial poultry production, particularly in locations characterized by high temperatures and humidity. Heat-stressed birds will have a poorer feed conversion ratio, decreased body weight gains and higher mortality, resulting in less income for the farmer.

Although it is often associated with hot weather, heat stress is more accurately described as an imbalance between the heat a bird produces internally and its ability to dissipate the heat to the surrounding environment. Effective management depends on recognizing this relationship and designing housing and management practices that prioritize heat removal.

Modern poultry are highly efficient at converting feed into productivity, but this efficiency results in substantial metabolic heat production. Unfortunately, only a portion of dietary energy supports growth and maintenance — generally about 35% to 40% — while the remaining 60% to 65% is metabolic heat that must be removed from the bird’s body to maintain normal physiological function.

This reality makes heat dissipation, rather than lowering air temperature, the key to keeping birds cool. Heat dissipation is a significant challenge in poultry house management, especially in warm weather.

Heat loss mechanisms, challenges

Birds rely on two primary mechanisms to lose heat: sensible and latent heat loss. Sensible heat loss occurs when heat is transferred from the bird to the surrounding air, while latent heat loss occurs through evaporation, primarily via panting. Under optimal conditions, these processes allow birds to maintain a stable internal body temperature within the thermal neutral zone. In other words, the bird is giving off as much heat as it is producing and can maintain a normal body temperature.

When environmental conditions, air temperature or humidity increase, the effectiveness of the heat loss mechanisms is lost, and birds begin to accumulate heat, resulting in physiological heat stress. Panting is often the first visible indicator of this condition, as the bird is switching from sensible to latent heat loss mechanisms. Even when environmental conditions improve and panting subsides, it may take several hours for a bird’s core body temperature to return to normal, emphasizing the importance of proactive rather than reactive management.

Humidity plays a critical role in determining how effectively birds can dissipate heat. Elevated relative humidity reduces the efficiency of latent heat loss, making panting less effective and increasing the risk of heat stress even at moderate temperatures. The interaction between temperature and humidity is particularly important when using evaporative cooling systems.

Although these systems can reduce air temperature, they simultaneously increase humidity. For each 1°F reduction in temperature achieved through evaporative cooling, relative humidity may increase by approximately 2.5%. If not carefully managed, this trade-off can create conditions that are more dangerous than hot air alone. Therefore, using evaporative cooling pads during times of high relative humidity will just add more humidity to the air and have a potentially greater negative impact than not using the pads and relying on wind speed.

Water consumption further complicates the heat stress challenge. Poultry will consume twice as much water as feed under normal conditions. Heat-stressed birds, however, will consume 3 to 4 times as much water. At the same time, evaporative cooling pads will be under maximum usage. Having a water source and system that can handle this added stress is crucial.

Ultimately, high air speed is the most effective tool for managing heat stress in commercial poultry houses. Air movement enhances convective heat loss by removing heat from the bird’s surface and preventing the buildup of warm, humid air around the body. Tunnel ventilation systems are used to achieve high airspeeds, creating this wind-chill effect that significantly reduces the temperature felt by the birds. Evaporative cooling systems should be used strategically and sparingly, with careful attention to their impact on humidity.

Observation remains an essential management tool. Bird distribution within the house provides immediate feedback on environmental conditions, as birds will naturally seek areas that offer greater comfort. Uneven distribution often indicates problems with airflow, temperature gradients or equipment performance.

Summary

Heat stress in modern commercial poultry production is a complex issue driven by the interactions between metabolic heat production, environmental temperature, relative humidity and management practices. The most effective strategies focus on maximizing heat removal through wind speed, with judicious use of evaporative cooling systems. By understanding and applying these principles, producers can reduce losses, maintain performance and improve animal welfare during periods of elevated heat.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post Managing heat stress in commercial poultry operations: principles and practical strategies appeared first on Modern Poultry.

One Health approach to address HPAI in poultry, dairy and humans

Edusehat — Wed, 08 Jul 2026 23:10:04 +0700

Highly pathogenic avian influenza A (HPAI) has challenged the US poultry sector since 2022. Two years later, it spilled over into dairy cows and soon thereafter was identified in dairy and poultry workers. Reports of HPAI infections have since broadened to other animals, including domestic cats and felines in zoos. This wider exposure and the influenza virus’s natural ability to reassort complicate prevention and control strategies.

The One Health approach, which encompasses human, animal and environmental health, is well-suited to address a disease issue such as HPAI. “It is a way of looking at things that’s more system-based,” said Meghan Davis, DVM, PhD, associate professor at John Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health and Engineering, adding that “Systems are dynamic, changing over time.”

Systems within One Health are rooted in partner engagement and transdisciplinary science. “That means veterinarians are working with producers, virologists, economists, engineers and architects, etc.,” she explained in her presentation at the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting.

A dairy veterinarian by training, Davis works at a National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health-funded (NIOSH) Total Worker Health Center. She conducted a scientific and policy analysis to evaluate the interconnectedness of the US poultry and dairy sectors, applying the One Health approach related to HPAI.

“We wanted to look at virus transmission risks and mitigation strategies related to workers, consumers and the public,” she pointed out.

Davis has also worked with the National Academy of Sciences to prevent spillover events, putting her in the thick of the HPAI dairy issue.

Diverse virus, diverse industries

The H5N1 influenza virus, which causes HPAI, is diverse. Although it initially hit domestic poultry, additional concern centered on potential reservoirs and future movement. “We had an unprecedented 175 million birds affected, but what concerns me most about H5N1 is its staying power and what it means in terms of forecasting,” Davis said. “We need to understand the local ecology but also how that interfaces with the ecology of wild animals.”

Due to exposure from migrating birds, H5N1 infections in poultry and other animals tend to occur in seasonal waves. “It’s important to consider the geographic proximity and what that means in terms of environmental exposure and other animals that can be affected,” she said.

Among the challenges posed by recent infections is that the dairy industry is structured differently from the poultry industry, with dairy much less integrated. “So, for 25,000 farms, you have 25,000 decision-makers,” Davis noted. “Because many are family farms, multiple people contribute to the final outcome.”

Dairies vary in size and design, and although there are regional clusters, production is spread out. “Dairy farms have very different biosecurity commitments than our poultry farms,” she added. “Even with a barn, the cows will have contact with wild birds, cats and rodents.”

Non-human vectors

Rodents are a common concern on farms and have been implicated as spillover species for many pathogens. “We have identified H5N1-positive mice on or in proximity of poultry and dairy farms,” Davis said. “What we don’t know is whether they are a reservoir, meaning if they could serve as a host to expose other animals.”

Cats, whether feral or companion, are another avenue that needs more clarity. In a California case, cows were showing mild symptoms of an infection, but cats were dying. “When cats get H5N1, it results in severe neurological disease, and that can signal there’s something else going on,” she said. “A cat with neurological symptoms that tests negative for rabies needs to be tested for H5N1.”

Davis pointed to a dairy worker who changed clothes at home, where the family’s cat rolled around in the clothes and contracted H5N1. “This leads to a public-engagement piece that we need to consider because people love their pets and they don’t want their cats getting sick,” she added.

Along with birds, more answers are needed to determine whether cats on farms, other mammals and rodents play a role in virus exposure and the related control strategies.

Human exposure

Humans are primarily affected through occupational contact, with more dairy workers than poultry workers infected, Davis noted. Working around a dairy cow’s udder presents the potential for splash exposure. “The virus gets on the worker’s hands, they put their hands to their face and it could lead to conjunctivitis, which we’ve seen quite a bit.”

For poultry workers, respiratory symptoms are more common. “We know the virus is in the feathers, feces and dust,” she added. “Birds move around, kick up the dust and expose the workers.”

The type and use of ventilation systems, as well as the way barns are engineered, play a role. Davis cited a poultry barn operating at high ventilation levels during depopulation, exposing workers to H5N1. Some workers were wearing personal protection equipment (PPE), some were not.

“PPE is a big challenge and something we need to think about moving forward,” she said. “Masks, face shields and goggles can be very uncomfortable. If PPE is not comfortable or doesn’t let you do your job, you’re less likely to use it.”

Knowing how to effectively communicate and engage the farm’s workforce is critical. Depending on the workers’ ethnic and language composition, handing them a pamphlet won’t cut it. “You have to engage with the workers, so they understand how to protect themselves and their families and pets,” Davis said. “You don’t want them to transmit the virus to another farm or into the community, because the virus’s ability to reassort is a big concern.”

Not all virus genotypes are the same. While the B3.13 genotype initially challenged workers, the D1.1 genotype emerged, causing more severe human cases and poultry losses. “An Ohio poultry worker was hospitalized with D1.1, and there was a Canadian with no known poultry contact but located in an area with positive-D1.1 farms,” she noted, adding that “there are also risks with backyard poultry flocks.”

There’s a revolving door of dairy cows moving between the US and Canada, Davis pointed out. “We like to sell and trade cows.”

Raw milk can expose the public to H5N1, she added. The virus can survive in meat and eggs, but the exposure risk is more limited. What people feed their pets can further extend the virus’s reach.

Surveillance challenges

Surveillance is key to knowing where the virus is and preventing further exposure to other farms and people. The two basic methods include active and passive surveillance.

Passive surveillance systems continuously collect data to identify where the virus is located. For humans, the CDC has handled this during flu season, testing respiratory samples and sewer effluent. Davis pointed out that this program has ended for H5N1.

For animals, the veterinarian is on the frontline reporting suspect cases. But that’s primarily for domestic animals. “We want to be able to do more remote sensing of the virus in waterfowl, to know where they’re going,” she added.

Active surveillance involves collecting samples from workers, animals, facilities and the environment. It often follows a positive case or detection. Although H5N1-infected birds get quite sick, cows present more of a detection challenge.

That’s what has prompted active surveillance through the national milk-testing strategy for bulk milk, as well as some carcass testing. “This allows us to pool big samples and then go back to individual dairies to see which farm could be infected,” Davis said.

Rural healthcare limitations present a surveillance gap on the human side. “If a worker is sick, are they going to a doctor? Will they be part of the influenza surveillance system?” Davis asked. “Probably not.

“We need to build collaborative systems that don’t rely on them coming to healthcare.” One way may be to set up passive surveillance to monitor dairy waste, she added.

A critical step moving forward is better data sharing on the animal side, including companion animals. Davis again pointed to a California outbreak that began despite a mandatory testing program. While some cows appeared sick, the cats were dying.

Actions to take

On the farm, Davis recommends starting with basic biosecurity steps for poultry and dairy personnel. Two such steps are to change clothes before leaving work and shower into and out of the facility.

“I come back to NIOSH and the hierarchy of controls, which is systemic thinking,” she said. “Identify where to put your money and effort for the most effective biosecurity strategies.” For example, make PPE readily available and train workers in its use. But be aware that they may not wear it correctly every time, and identify other biosecurity options.

One such option is to establish a workflow so that workers move from the lowest- to higher-risk areas. “Engage the workforce so that they are part of the solution to address H5N1,” Davis said.

Davis’s long-term goal is to have the poultry and dairy industries re-engineer facilities to better protect workers and animals.

More communication and data sharing across animal and human sectors must be a priority. “We need to think about different kinds of groups that need to be involved,” she said. “The One Health concept is a shared responsibility to address emerging challenges, and we lack that now.”

Veterinarians, of course, are on the frontlines. But the lingering question is, do we have veterinarians in all the right places? “We have a lot of veterinary-care deserts, especially in poorer areas,” Davis noted.

Bottomline, she emphasized the need for better control and mitigation strategies moving forward, because both cows and birds can be virus factories.

The post One Health approach to address HPAI in poultry, dairy and humans appeared first on Modern Poultry.

First Avipro Hubbard Conference held in Kenya

Edusehat — Wed, 08 Jul 2026 23:05:10 +0700

Kenya – Avipro, the Hubbard Efficiency Plus distributor in East Africa, and Hubbard were pleased to co-organise the first “Avipro Hubbard Conference” at the Pullman hotel in Nairobi, Kenya on June 11 and 12, 2026.

The Avipro and Hubbard teams successfully hosted customers and experts from more than 10 different African countries to celebrate the growing success of the Hubbard Efficiency Plus in the region.

Following the words of welcome by Denis Claude Pilot and Bruno Briand, Frédéric Bardothier took the opportunity to introduce his team to the many attendees and provided insight into Avipro’s operations in Nakuru, Kenya. Bruno Briand presented Hubbard’s operational excellence across the entire broiler breeding value chain.

“This conference was designed to bring together our customers from across Africa, to share experiences, discuss the challenges ahead, and identify the key drivers that will support the sustainable growth of our industry”, said Frédéric Bardothier.

“Through continued investment in breeding and close collaboration with our customers in the field, we aim to support the development of a more efficient and sustainable poultry sector in Africa,” added Bruno Briand.

Over the course of two days, experts shared the performance of the Hubbard Efficiency Plus in the region, insights into African market dynamics, and highlighted the opportunities, emerging trends, and challenges in the African poultry value chain. Victor Lesigne (Hubbard Senior Technical Manager MEA), Baptiste Nevejans (Hubbard Technical Manager East Africa), and Dr. David van Grieken (Hubbard Animal Health Director) discussed innovative techniques and their applications to increase farmers’ resilience against external challenges.

External speakers included Paul Lapy of NTD France, on the practical solutions concerning poultry housing in Africa; Dr. Herman Bosman of the Poultry Practice, who spoke about feeding strategies for broilers and biosecurity challenges; Nan-Dirk Mulder from Rabobank (on line) on poultry economics and market dynamics in Africa; John Jakobsson of AgDevCO, on investing in the poultry value chain in Africa; and David Speller from Optifarm on the farming of tomorrow.

The Speakers from left to right: Victor Lesigne, John Jakobsson, Baptiste Nevejans, Frédéric Bardothier, Bruno Briand, David Speller, Dr. David van Grieken, Dr. Herman Bosman and Paul Lapy. (not present Denis Claude Pilot and Nan-Dirk Mulder)

The event also provided a buoyant platform for networking, enabling participants to exchange experiences and best practices. Ultimately, these two days gave the opportunity to further strengthen and deepen the collaboration between Avipro and Hubbard with their customers and offered them the impetus to shape a resilient African broiler value chain.

The next event is scheduled for 2028. The countdown has begun!

Source: Hubbard press release

Dog Chocolate Toxicity Calculator

Edusehat — Wed, 08 Jul 2026 23:05:04 +0700

If your dog ate chocolate, our chocolate toxicity calculator for pets can help you understand the risk and know exactly what to do next. Select dog or cat and the type of chocolate to get more information about your pet’s exposure. . If your pet ingested chocolate, do not wait for symptoms to appear.Call Pet Poison Helpline at (855) 764-7661 now .Our team of toxicology experts are ready 24/7 to help and guide you on next steps.

Pet Poison Helpline

Chocolate & Your Pet

Select your pet and the type of chocolate to learn what you need to know, and the right next step to take.

Step 1 of 2

Which pet got into the chocolate?

Dog

Cat

If this is an emergency, please call your veterinarian or Pet Poison Helpline at 855-764-7661 right away.

Your Pet

—

Chocolate Type

—

Have questions? We're here around the clock.

855-764-7661

Pet Poison Helpline, 24/7 | One $89 fee per case includes unlimited follow-up calls

A note from our team: This guide provides general educational information about chocolate and pets. It is not a substitute for professional veterinary advice or a toxicity assessment. Every pet and every situation is unique. The type of chocolate, the amount consumed, your pet's size, health history, and other factors all play a role. Please contact Pet Poison Helpline or your veterinarian for guidance specific to your pet.

This website uses cookies. We use cookies for our legitimate interests of providing you with personalized content, enabling you to more easily use our website, evaluating use of our website, and assisting with ad reporting functions. For more detailed information about how we use cookies, please review our Privacy Policy. By checking the "I agree" box, you consent to our use of cookies on this website. You may revoke this consent by contacting SafetyCall at privacy@safetycall.com or call 952-806-3812 or you may choose to manage cookies in your browser settings. Certain cookies are necessary for the website to function. If you do not agree to this consent or disable certain cookies in your browser settings, you’ll be unable to use the website.I agree to Pet Poison Helpline's use of cookies on this website.

Privacy & Cookies Policy

How Much Chocolate Is Poisonous to Dogs?

Chocolate contains two compounds that are poisonous to dogs: theobromine and caffeine. Dogs process both substances far more slowly than humans, which allows them to build up to dangerous levels in the body. How much chocolate is poisonous to your dog depends on three things: the type of chocolate, the amount eaten, and your dog’s weight.

Different types of chocolate contain very different concentrations of theobromine. As a general rule, the darker and more concentrated the chocolate, the greater the concern:

White chocolate: Very low theobromine content
Milk chocolate: Moderate theobromine content
Dark chocolate: High theobromine content
Semi-sweet / bittersweet chocolate: High theobromine content
Baker’s chocolate: Very high theobromine content
Cocoa powder or cacao: Extremely high theobromine content

Even white chocolate, which poses the lowest theobromine risk, can still cause pancreatitis in dogs due to its high fat content. The safest approach is always to contact a professional regardless of the chocolate type involved.

How Much Chocolate Can Kill a Dog?

This is one of the most common questions pet owners search for, and it is an important one. There is no single answer, because the risk depends on the type of chocolate, the amount consumed, and your dog’s size. A small dog who eats even a small amount of baker’s chocolate or cocoa powder faces a much more serious risk than a large dog who gets into a piece of milk chocolate.

What is important to understand is this: chocolate poisoning can become life-threatening, and symptoms do not always appear right away. A dog who seems fine in the hours after eating chocolate may still be at risk. Do not wait for symptoms to appear before seeking guidance. The sooner a chocolate exposure is assessed by a veterinary professional, the more options there are for keeping your dog safe and healthy. Seeking help from a trusted veterinarian or Pet Poison Helpline at (855) 764-7661 is always the right next step if your pet ingested chocolate.

Signs of Chocolate Poisoning in Dogs

Symptoms of chocolate poisoning can appear within a few hours of ingestion, though the timing varies. Common signs include:

Vomiting and/or diarrhea, often among the first signs pet parents notice
Increased thirst and urination
Restlessness, hyperactivity, or agitation
Rapid breathing or panting
Elevated heart rate or abnormal heart rhythm
Muscle tremors
Seizures in more serious cases
Pancreatitis, which can develop from the high fat content in many chocolate products, regardless of the amount eaten

It is important to know that a dog who seems normal after eating chocolate is not necessarily safe. Some dogs do not show symptoms right away, which is why a professional assessment matters even when your dog appears okay at the moment.

What to Do If Your Dog Ate Chocolate

Acting quickly is the best step you can take to support your dog after a chocolate ingestion. Here is what to do right now:

Remain calm & know that help is available. Chocolate exposure can happen to pet parents with the best of intentions. Take a deep breath and know that resources like Pet Poison Helpline are available to help you.
Do not wait for symptoms. The sooner a chocolate exposure is addressed, the safer, less stressful, and less costly the treatment tends to be.
Gather the packaging or any remaining product. Knowing the exact type and brand helps our team or your veterinarian assess the situation accurately.
Note the time your dog may have eaten the chocolate, if possible.
Do not try to induce vomiting at home unless specifically instructed by a veterinary professional. It is not always safe or appropriate.
Call Pet Poison Helpline at (855) 764-7661 or contact your veterinarian right away.

Other Harmful Ingredients to Check For

Some chocolate products contain additional ingredients that can be poisonous to dogs. When you call, check the chocolate packaging and let our team know if the chocolate ingested contained any of the following:

Xylitol (birch sugar): Found in some chocolates, candies, and baked goods. Can cause a life-threatening drop in blood sugar and liver failure in dogs.
Macadamia nuts: Can cause weakness, vomiting, tremors, and elevated body temperature in dogs.
Raisins or grapes: Can cause kidney failure in dogs.
Coffee beans or espresso: Add additional caffeine, which compounds the effects of theobromine already present in chocolate.
Alcohol: Found in some liquor-filled chocolates. Can cause dangerous drops in blood sugar, blood pressure, and body temperature.

Chocolate and Cats

While dogs are far more likely to eat chocolate, cats are not immune to its effects. Theobromine is poisonous to cats as well. If your cat has eaten chocolate, call Pet Poison Helpline at (855) 764-7661 for support and guidance specific to your pet.

About Pet Poison Helpline

Pet Poison Helpline is a 24/7 animal poison center staffed by board-certified veterinary toxicologists, licensed veterinarians, and trained toxicology professionals. With over 20 years of experience and more than 2 million cases managed, we are the most trusted resource for animal poisoning guidance in North America.

When you call, our team assesses your pet’s unique situation and provides guidance tailored to your specific animal. If your pet needs to visit a veterinarian, we also consult directly with the treating veterinary team at no additional charge, helping guide your pet’s care from start to finish.

One $89 fee per case includes unlimited follow-up calls.

Frequently Asked Questions

How much chocolate is poisonous to a dog?

The amount that poses a risk depends on the type of chocolate, amount eaten, and your dog’s weight. Darker, more concentrated chocolate such as baker’s chocolate and cocoa powder are a much greater concern than milk chocolate, and smaller dogs face higher risk than larger dogs with the same amount. Use the chocolate toxicity calculator above to get more information on your dog’s specific exposure. The next best thing you can do is call a trusted veterinarian or Pet Poison Helpline for professional guidance and assessment.

My dog ate chocolate but seems fine. Should I worry?

While it’s easy to stop worrying if your pet seems normal and ‘fine’, it’s important to know that the dangers of chocolate poisoning haven’t completely passed yet. Symptoms of chocolate poisoning do not always appear right away, and a dog who appears normal in the hours after eating chocolate may still be at risk. It is always better to call and get a professional assessment than to wait and see if symptoms appear. Contact Pet Poison Helpline at (855) 764-7661 for guidance specific to your pet’s exposure.

Can dogs have white chocolate?

White chocolate contains very little theobromine, so the risk of chocolate poisoning from theobromine is low. However, white chocolate is very high in fat and sugar, which can cause gastrointestinal upset and potentially trigger pancreatitis in dogs. If your dog ate white chocolate, it is still worth reaching out to a professional, particularly if your dog is small or has a history of digestive issues.

How long after eating chocolate will a dog show symptoms?

Symptoms of chocolate poisoning can appear within a few hours of ingestion, though the timing varies depending on the type and amount of chocolate and your dog’s size and health. Because signs can be delayed, it is important not to wait for symptoms before seeking help.

How much does it cost to call Pet Poison Helpline?

One $89 consultation fee covers your pet’s entire case, including unlimited follow-up calls. Our veterinary toxicology experts are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.

Get Expert Help 24/7

Our chocolate toxicity calculator is a helpful starting point, but it cannot replace professional guidance. If your dog ate chocolate, call Pet Poison Helpline at (855) 764-7661 right away. Our veterinary toxicology experts are available 24/7 to provide support and guidance specifically tailored to your pet and their exposure

Call Pet Poison Helpline if:

You are uncertain about the type or amount of chocolate consumed
Your dog is showing any symptoms
Your dog has underlying health conditions
You simply want reassurance from a toxicology expert

A note from our team: This guide provides general educational information about chocolate and pets. It is not a substitute for professional veterinary advice or a poisoning assessment. Every pet and every situation is unique. The type of chocolate, the amount consumed, your pet’s size, health history, and other factors all play a role that require assessment by a veterinary professional to be able to provide treatment guidance. Please contact Pet Poison Helpline or your veterinarian for guidance specific to your pet.

The post Dog Chocolate Toxicity Calculator appeared first on Pet Poison Helpline.

New Anthoney’s partners with University of Peradeniya to independently verify antibiotic-free chicken production

Edusehat — Wed, 08 Jul 2026 19:30:09 +0700

Sri Lankan poultry producer New Anthoney’s Farms has entered into a partnership with the University of Peradeniya to independently verify its antibiotic-free chicken production. Under a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU), the University’s Food Safety and Quality Assurance Laboratory (FSQAL) will conduct laboratory testing to confirm the absence of antibiotic residues in the company’s poultry products.

The FSQAL laboratory is accredited to ISO/IEC 17025, the international standard for testing and calibration laboratories. According to the agreement, the laboratory will perform independent analyses of product samples, providing third-party verification of the company’s production claims.

The initiative comes amid growing global efforts to address antimicrobial resistance (AMR), which the World Health Organization (WHO) has identified as one of the most significant threats to public health. The inappropriate use of antibiotics in both human medicine and animal agriculture contributes to the emergence and spread of antimicrobial-resistant bacteria. According to a landmark study published in The Lancet, antimicrobial resistance was directly responsible for an estimated 1.27 million deaths worldwide in 2019 and was associated with nearly 5 million deaths.

The issue is also receiving increasing attention in Sri Lanka. Research conducted in commercial poultry farms in the Kurunegala district found widespread antimicrobial use and identified high levels of resistance to several commonly used antibiotic classes, including tetracyclines and fluoroquinolones. The findings highlight the importance of strengthening antimicrobial stewardship and biosecurity measures throughout the poultry sector.

New Anthoney’s states that its production system does not rely on antibiotics, instead emphasizing biosecurity, flock management and preventive health practices. The collaboration with the University of Peradeniya is intended to provide independent verification of these claims through regular laboratory testing.

The company also describes itself as Sri Lanka’s only producer of fully antibiotic-free chicken. However, this claim could not be independently verified through publicly available certification schemes or industry-wide assessments and should therefore be regarded as a company statement rather than an independently established fact.

Similarly, the company’s proposal to introduce a national “No Antibiotics Ever” standard reflects its own policy position and has not been adopted as a regulatory requirement in Sri Lanka.

The partnership nevertheless reflects a broader trend within the poultry industry toward reducing antibiotic use and increasing transparency through independent verification, in line with international efforts to combat antimicrobial resistance while maintaining animal health and food safety.

Beyond viscosity: The prebiotic mechanism of xylanase enzymes in poultry

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Jul 2026 22:00:07 +0700

Whilst non-starch polysaccharide-degrading enzymes have been around for over 35 years, we are still learning about their potential benefits. One area of current interest is the production of xylo-oligosaccharides. This article looks at what we currently know and its potential implications.

Martin Smith
Scientific Product Manager, Enzymes
Kaesler Nutrition GmbH

Let us start by reminding ourselves what we mean by a prebiotic. The International Scientific Association for Probiotics and Prebiotics (ISAPP) defines prebiotics as “a substrate that is selectively utilized by host microorganisms, conferring a health benefit.”

So, we can think of prebiotics as foods or stimuli that support the success of “beneficial” micro-organisms in the gut of our animals, at the same time suppressing the opportunities for “non-beneficial” micro-organisms to thrive.

When we add enzymes, such as ENZY Carboplus, to combat non-starch polysaccharides (NSP), the resulting breakdown products include fragments of the targeted NSPs referred to as xylo-oligosaccharides (XO). For example, in most cases the NSP here is arabinoxylan, or AX (Figure 1). Figure 1 also indicates the bonds between monomers that are disrupted by β-1,4 xylanase enzymes.

Figure 1. Arabinoxylan structure (Sinha et al., Food Chemistry 2011)

The resulting XOs vary in size and depending upon the region of cleaved bonds, the chain length may be as short as 2 monomers, to as long as 8. This difference in size is termed as the degree of polymerization (DP); this is used to classify the XOs as High DP (longer chains) or LP (shorter chains).

Source: zlikovec | Shutterstock

HOW DO XO ACTUALLY HELP?
There has been a lot of work over the last 10 years on modes of action, and much work is still required; but there are two main threads to this work.
1. As fermentation substrates, utilisable by the enteric microbiota
2. As stimulants (“stimbiotics”) to increase microbial activity and ability to use carbohydrates

Trials with commercial livestock have shown the benefits of XOs:
• Feed Conversion Ratio (FCR): Over a range of studies in broilers, FCR improvement is fairly consistent, with an average improvement of around 10%. In some challenge trials (Ren 2024, Cao 2025) FCR improvements are even greater, where the comparison is between a challenged control and addition of XO.

• Bodyweight Gain (BWG) shows less consistent improvements, but slightly higher at 9% – for example, an increase in average daily weight gain from 63 g to 68 g, potentially reducing grow-out period by 2 days.

• There appears to be a beneficial effect on intestinal architecture and integrity. In several trials, villus height increases and crypt depth declines, indicating better potential nutrient absorption with lower energy expenditure on enterocyte replenishment. Additionally, when experiments have looked at gene expression of tight junction proteins, these are often significantly up-regulated, suggesting a more secure intestinal structure.

• Inflammation and oxidative stress might also be improved, with some limited trials showing reductions in markers such as malonaldehyde (MDA), Interleukin 6 (IL-6), and Tumour Necrosis Factor α (TNF-α).

Many of these trials have been conducted with added XO products. These are manufactured from various vegetable materials, and result in products with variable – and usually unmeasured – degree of polymerization. In these studies, the inclusion levels of these products ranged from 0.15 g up to 30 g per kg of feed. This, in turn, resulted in a varied concentration of active xylo-oligosaccharides ranging from 0.019 g to 21 g/kg of feed!

CAN WE APPLY THIS KNOWLEDGE TO ENZYME APPLICATIONS?
If we consider a broiler diet based on wheat and soya, we can calculate the potential XO release by ENZY Carboplus as follows:

This means the potential supply of XO from an effective carbohydrase enzyme like Carboplus can be up to ten times higher than levels used in trials that showed beneficial results.

The answer is therefore, yes: we can apply such knowledge to enzyme applications.

THIS SHINES A LIGHT ON THE BENEFITS SEEN IN MAIZE-BASED DIETS
This concept also answers a fundamental question about NSP-degrading enzymes: why are they still effective when used in a maize-based diet? For all enzymes to be effective, they must have a substrate to work upon; and the level of the substrate is one of the factors that determines the value of an enzyme. The NSP content of maize is a lot lower than that for wheat.

Total NSP content for maize is typically 30% lower than for wheat. Even more striking is the soluble NSP content – over 55% lower. Our understanding of the detrimental effect of NSPs is that a lot of the problem comes from increased viscosity, which is directly related only to the soluble portion. We would therefore expect improvements in performance in maize-based diets to be proportionately less.

However, now that we understand that a significant portion of improvements come from a prebiotic effect, we can begin to appreciate why – even in diets based on maize – we can expect considerably greater improvements in performance, or an appreciable allocation of nutrient sparing capacity.

Source: Kaesler

VARIATION IN XO STRUCTURE
It was previously mentioned that the structure of XO is variable. When the NSP enzyme cleaves the arabinoxylan structure along the xylan “backbone”, it results in fragments that vary in size, from only two xylose molecules linked together up to eight or more. The larger XO are said to have a higher degree of polymerization (DP). Do these differences have an impact on their ability to function as prebiotics?

Research in the field is scarce. Ren et al. (BMC Microbiology,2025) conducted in-vitro trials based on collected broiler caecal contents. This culture medium was then used to test the ability of XO with varying degrees of polymerization to resist the impact of avian pathogenic Escherichia coli (APEC). Bacterial population evenness (Pielou index) was significantly reduced by APEC, whilst application of all XO treatments improved evenness. Diversity was improved by all XO treatments, compared to APEC challenge. The treatment with the highest DP – X4, xylotetraose – enhanced levels of Bifidobacterium very significantly, whilst X3, xylotriose was most effective at increasing butyric acid levels. Both of these factors are associated with “improved” gut environment.

Wallace et al. (Animal Nutrition 2026) used extracts from commercial XO products to produce low DP (X2, X3) and high DP (X4 and above) test materials, fed at 150 g / tonne of feed (Figure 2). When fed to broilers to 35 days of age using a diet based on wheat, barley and sorghum, the results shown in Table 2 were obtained.

Figure 2. Composition of XO Test Products (Wallace et al., 2026)

Additionally, there were differences in bacterial populations in the ileal digesta and excreta. Here, the low DP containing diet showed a significant increase in Enterobacteriaceae. This is of potential concern, as this large family of Gram-negative bacteria contains the potential pathogens Salmonella and Escherichia coli.

It appears the birds responded more favourably to higher DP XO additions. The authors theorise that this may be due to a “stimbiotic” effect – that is, XO act as signaling molecules, stimulating fibre-degrading microbiota to increase extracellular enzyme production.

SUMMARY AND THE WAY FORWARD
What does all of this mean for our conventional approach of adding NSP-degrading enzymes to broiler diets? In addition to the well-known effects of reducing digesta viscosity and disrupting the “cage effect”, we now see the potential of the break-down products of arabinoxylan disruption to act as stimulators and modulators of hind gut fermentation. In turn, this leads to enhanced performance and – potentially – enhanced protection against pathogens such as APEC, Salmonella and Clostridia.

More work is clearly required to confirm the potential of this approach, and the preferred degree of polymerization of XO. Once this is established, research then needs to be conducted to quantify the XO classifications arising from application of different xylanase products.

About Martin Smith
Scientific Product Manager, Enzymes at Kaesler Nutrition GmbH, Martin Smith is a practicing commercial nutritionist, with extensive knowledge across a wide range of additives and their impact on animal performance, health and welfare.

Beyond viscosity: The prebiotic mechanism of xylanase enzymes in poultry yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Animal welfare in rabbit farming: Meeting the “cage-free” challenge through precision nutrition

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Jul 2026 22:00:06 +0700

The European Citizens’ Initiative “End the Cage Age” marks a major turning point for farming in Europe. Faced with growing societal and regulatory pressure, phasing out cages is no longer just a possibility. It is a shared goal that all stakeholders must work towards. For the rabbit industry, transitioning to alternative systems requires rethinking production models. The main challenge? Balancing the expression of the animals’ natural behaviours with maintaining zootechnical and economic performance, while managing environmental stress. In this complex equation, precision nutrition stands out as an essential strategic tool.

Paméla Vastel
Rabbit Specialist
Techna

Animal welfare is defined as “the physical and mental state of an animal in relation to the conditions in which it lives and dies”. According to the World Organisation for Animal Health, this concept is based on the “Five Freedoms”, which include:
• freedom to express normal behaviour for its species;
• freedom from fear and distress;
• freedom from physical and/or thermal stress;
• freedom from pain, injury and disease;
• freedom from hunger, thirst and malnutrition.

Therefore, nutrition plays a central role. It must constantly adapt to housing and environmental conditions to preserve health and ensure optimal welfare.

THE “CAGE-FREE” CHALLENGE: BALANCING NATURAL BEHAVIOURS AND ZOOTECHNICAL PERFORMANCE
The European Citizens’ Initiative (ECI) “End the Cage Age” gathered nearly 1.4 million signatures. This prompted the European Commission to make a ban on cages a legislative priority for 2026. Rather than just undergoing these changes, the French rabbit industry has been proactive. It has engaged in a collaborative approach, setting an ambitious goal: to reach 30% alternative housing for fattening rabbits by 2030.

A. Undeniable behavioural benefits
New housing methods (parks, floor pens with or without outdoor access) aim to improve rabbits’ ability to express natural behaviours. Studies conducted by TECHNA⁽¹⁾ confirm the positive impact of these floor systems (Figure 1) on behavioural welfare. Although resting remains the rabbit’s main activity (about 66% of the time), animals raised in alternative systems move around significantly more. Moving time increases from 4.8% in conventional cages to 6.2% in parks, and up to 13% in floor pens with outdoor access. Furthermore, there is a notable reduction in stereotypic behaviours. For instance, excessive grooming, considered a response to an unstimulating environment, is seen in 16% of caged rabbits, compared to an average of only 7% in alternative systems. Rabbits can also stand on their hind legs more easily, directly reflecting their behaviour in the wild (Figure 2).

B. The zootechnical and health dilemma
However, the core challenge of transitioning to cage-free systems lies in maintaining farm performance. Despite the behavioural benefits, TECHNA’s studies and field feedback highlight real difficulties. Increased physical activity in group parks leads to lower growth performance. This results in a tendency towards lower body weights and a worsened feed conversion ratio, assuming the diet remains the same. Health risks are also higher because the group effect increases contagion and the frequency of digestive issues. Additionally, hygiene becomes more complex. Managing cleaning and disinfection protocols is harder in pens, which helps pathogens survive. For the nutritionist, a successful transition therefore relies on a multi-criteria approach, combining animal welfare, technical performance, and economic viability.

MANAGING FARM CONDITIONS: PREVENTING HEAT STRESS TO ENSURE RABBIT WELFARE
Evaluating welfare goes beyond the size of the enclosure. It involves knowing how to manage farms in all conditions, especially when facing climate hazards. This means respecting the freedom from thermal stress.

The rabbit is highly sensitive to heat. It struggles metabolically as soon as the temperature exceeds 26°C. We can even see early signs of poorer performance at more moderate temperatures, starting from 21°C. A TECHNA study⁽²⁾ showed a 22% drop in feed intake when the average temperature rose from 19°C to 25°C in maternity (Figure 3). This caused lower growth rates in young rabbits, a loss of body condition in females, and a higher health risk. Relative air humidity makes things worse by changing the temperature actually felt by the animals. For example, 35°C combined with 100% relative humidity is much harder to tolerate than 40°C with only 20% humidity. Even in closed, well-equipped buildings (with fans and cooling systems), fine-tuning temperature and humidity remains difficult.

PRECISION NUTRITION: THE SCIENTIFIC
LINK BETWEEN WELFARE
AND RABBIT PERFORMANCE
In this context of major challenges (cage-free systems, climate hazards, health pressures), precision nutrition stands out as a vital strategic tool. At TECHNA, this approach is built on three main pillars (Figure 4).

Pillar 1: Fibre Expertise, The Foundation of Digestive Safety
In rabbit farming, nearly half of all health issues are digestive (bacteria, viruses, dysbiosis, stress). These can lead to high mortality rates. Controlled starch and protein levels are necessary, but the role of fibre is absolutely crucial for the health of the caecum, the main reservoir in the rabbit’s digestive tract. Research by TECHNA, recognised as an expert in rabbit fibre nutrition, shows the importance of balancing two main types of fibre:

• Indigestible fibres (cellulose and lignin): Barely digested, they act as a mechanical “sweeper”. They reduce the time feed spends in the digestive tract, preventing the growth of harmful bacteria and the build-up of gas. They are vital for reducing diarrhoea symptoms.

• Digestible fibres (hemicelluloses and pectin): Used as a substrate by the gut flora, they are fermented and produce volatile fatty acids (VFAs), which provide energy for the rabbit. This fermentation lowers the caecal pH, creating a hostile environment for pathogens. They are particularly effective in reducing paresis (stoppage of the digestive transit).

This expertise also involves maintaining a strict balance between these two types of fibre during formulation. This is achieved mainly by using the Digestible Fibre / ADF ratio⁽³⁾. This scientific expertise is directly applied through Lapilest. This raw material was specifically designed by TECHNA to make rabbit feed safer, while keeping things simple for the feed manufacturer.

Source: Adobe Stock

Pillar 2: Dynamic Formulation and Adaptive Feeding Strategies
Precision nutrition means adapting specifications to different physiological stages and farming contexts. This aligns nutritional intake with the animals’ needs. To do this, it relies on fine-tuning raw material matrices based on the results of strict quality control plans.

• Matrices: Technical and economic safety goes beyond simply checking raw materials and finished products (nutritional and hygiene criteria). TECHNA’s added value for its feed manufacturer clients lies in the dynamic, real-time adjustment of their formulation matrices. This is done notably using Black Box, a dedicated tool for creating raw material matrices. Regularly adapting the matrices guarantees absolute nutritional consistency. This is essential for stabilising the rabbit’s digestive system, which is sensitive to major changes in the feed formula.

• Adapted feed specifications: The shift to group parks, along with climate change, alters the rabbits’ needs. They are more active and eat less feed. TECHNA includes these new variables when formulating diets. These specifications help offset the increase in energy expenditure or the drop in feed intake, while managing digestive risks.

• Adjusted feeding programmes: TECHNA supports feed manufacturers in designing tailor-made feeding programmes and distribution plans. These are adapted to the farm’s constraints and goals, as well as health conditions and genetics. TECHNA’s deep understanding of rabbit feeding behaviour allows it to perfectly tailor its feeding recommendations.

Source: Adobe Stock

Pillar 3: Functional Supplementation, A Key Lever for Health Prevention
Phasing out cages and increasing flock sizes in floor parks undeniably raise infection pressures. More frequent heatwaves also put a heavy strain on the animals’ bodies. In this context, beyond basic nutrition, the strategic use of feed additives is the third fundamental pillar for ensuring farm viability.

To help the industry face these challenges, TECHNA’s scientific approach relies on providing targeted functional solutions.

• Controlling the digestive and parasitic ecosystem: The rise in parasites is strongly linked to higher floor densities. Controlling health issues therefore requires dedicated nutritional strategies. This is exactly the goal of specialised product ranges like Suriance and Rabiance, designed to limit these risks.

• Physiological support against environmental stress: Because animals are more exposed, particularly to heat stress, using liver protectors, antioxidants, electrolytes, or respiratory tract protectors is highly recommended to maintain homeostasis.

• Strengthening overall immunity: Optimising immune status and improving the herd’s general resistance complete this preventive approach. Solutions like Imun’up or Kaoline perfectly illustrate this commitment to supporting the animal’s natural defences against new environmental stresses.

CONCLUSION
“End the Cage Age” is a shift that should drive innovation across the whole rabbit industry. To meet this major challenge, the approach must move away from standard models and become holistic. It must combine rigorous on-farm welfare assessments – using reference tools like EBENE® – with complete scientific control of farming practices and nutritional levers. By rolling out its expertise in precision nutrition (fibre balance, adjusted matrices), farming techniques (feeding methods), and natural health (dedicated additives), TECHNA is committed to helping its manufacturing clients improve sustainable performance. In the future, success will belong to those who can turn environmental and societal challenges into opportunities for progress. This will ensure animal health, the economic viability of the industry, and comfortable daily working conditions for farmers.

Bibliography:
(1) Study of the fattening rabbit behavior according to four housing systems, Rebours et al., WRC, 2024
(2) Effets de la température ambiante sur les consommations d’aliment et les performances en maternité, Vastel et al., JRC, 2025
(3) Effets du rapport entre fibres digestibles et indigestibles dans l’aliment sur la santé digestive et les performances des lapins en engraissement, Rebours et al., JRC, 2019

About Paméla Vastel
Holding an engineering degree in Animal Production, Paméla Vastel has dedicated her career to the rabbit sector across its entire supply chain, active within bodies like ASFC, WRC, JRC, and CLIPP. Following field experience in feed manufacturing, she has been a Rabbit Specialist at TECHNA for 16 years. She leverages her expertise to provide feed mills with tailored solutions driving performance, economic profitability, animal welfare, and the long-term sustainability of the rabbit industry.

Animal welfare in rabbit farming: Meeting the “cage-free” challenge through precision nutrition yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

How can we get bird flu under control?

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Jul 2026 21:55:10 +0700

Emergency and laboratory monitoring

Bird flu is affecting an increasing number of birds in the Netherlands, leading to the culling of tens of thousands of animals, such as the 71,000 chickens culled on a single farm in Drenthe. Because culling alone does not stop the virus—which continues to be introduced by wild birds from Southeast Asia—researchers are seeking long-term solutions. All suspicious samples in the Netherlands are sent to the Wageningen Bioveterinary Research facility in Lelystad. This research takes place in the High Containment Unit (HCU), one of the most secure laboratories in the country, designed to handle highly contagious viruses. Security protocols are extremely strict: researchers must leave all personal items (including jewelry and watches) outside, wear specialized sterile clothing, and shower before leaving to ensure the virus is not carried out on their bodies or hair.

Diagnosis and viral analysis

To test for the virus, researchers use swabs taken from the throat and cloaca of the birds. The virus is transferred into a liquid, and a machine then isolates the RNA. A PCR test is used to multiply the RNA; if the sample crosses a specific threshold, it is confirmed as positive. This process allows researchers to identify subtypes, such as H5. While some variants are “low pathogenic” and cause only mild symptoms, subtypes like H5 and H7 can develop into “high pathogenic” versions that are far more contagious and lethal.

Advanced Sequencing and Containment

Beyond basic diagnosis, researchers now use full genome sequencing to analyze the virus’s entire genetic structure. This allows them to determine if an infection originated from another farm or was introduced by wild birds. It also helps monitor mutations that might allow the virus to adapt to mammals or humans. When an outbreak is confirmed, the NVWA (Netherlands Food and Consumer Product Safety Authority) culls the remaining animals and imposes transport bans on products like eggs. A national housing order (ophokplicht) is often implemented to prevent contact between farmed poultry and wild birds.

Transmission and biosafety

Despite housing orders, infections still occur. Research suggests that while transmission via air/wind is highly unlikely, the virus is often carried into barns by humans via contaminated shoes or hands. Therefore, strict biosafety measures, such as changing clothes and footwear in a dedicated anteroom before entering the stable, are essential. Additionally, because the Dutch landscape of water and grasslands is highly attractive to wild waterfowl, the risk of infection is higher near these areas. To mitigate this, researchers are testing modern “scarecrows” like lasers to keep wild birds away from poultry farms.

Vaccination: the next frontier

To prevent the annual culling of hundreds of thousands of animals, hope is being placed in vaccination. Experiments in the HCU have shown that certain vaccines not only prevent chickens from getting sick or dying but also effectively stop the transmission of the virus to other birds. The primary risk of vaccination is “silent spread,” where the virus circulates undetected because vaccinated birds show no symptoms. To prevent this, it is crucial to distinguish between antibodies from a vaccine and those from a natural infection. Since the vaccine only contains a small piece of the virus, vaccinated birds only produce antibodies against that specific part, whereas an infected bird produces antibodies against the entire virus. The Dutch ministry is currently using this research to develop a plan for large-scale vaccination.

Source: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sDZCiSkQh58

Call for entries: DLG Agri Influencer Award 2026 now open 07.07.2026 12:00 CET

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Jul 2026 21:55:10 +0700

International award honors outstanding agricultural content creators on social media – Farmers from around the world invited to apply until 30 August 2026 – Winners to be recognized at EuroTier 2026 in Hanover, Germany.

The DLG (German Agricultural Society) has opened applications for the DLG Agri Influencer Award 2026, an international competition that recognizes professional farmers who communicate agriculture through social media in an authentic, engaging and impactful way. Farmers representing livestock, arable and horticultural enterprises can apply until 30 August 2026. DLG will present the awards during EuroTier 2026, the world’s leading trade fair for professional animal farming and livestock management, taking place from 10 to 13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany.

Since its launch in 2022, the award has attracted participants from across the agricultural world. Previous finalists and winners have represented a wide range of farming sectors and countries, including Argentina, Germany, Ghana, Poland, Slovenia, Spain, Switzerland, Turkey, the U.S. and the United Kingdom highlighting the increasingly international nature of agricultural communication on social media. Their channels demonstrate how farmers use digital platforms to share knowledge, increase transparency and build trust in modern agriculture.

Showcasing agriculture beyond the farm gate

Through social media, the farming professionals offer authentic insights into modern farming, taking their audiences into fields, livestock buildings and tractor cabs while explaining agricultural practices and often engaging in an open dialogue with the public. With the DLG Agri Influencer Award, DLG not only recognizes these efforts, but also supports agricultural communicators in their work and encourages more farmers to engage in digital communication. As a non-profit organization dedicated to advancing knowledge exchange and innovation in agriculture, DLG also views the award as an opportunity to strengthen dialogue between farming and society.

“No two days in farming are the same. Farmers are constantly adapting to weather conditions, market developments, new technologies and changing societal expectations. The best DLG agri influencers capture this reality and share it with audiences around the world. Their content not only showcases agriculture but also builds trust and encourages dialogue,” says Theresa Günther, Project Manager of the DLG Agri Influencer Award, and Social Media Manager at DLG.

Two award categories are presented:

DLG Best Agri Influencer International

DLG Best Agri Influencer in German

The international category is open to farmers, farms and agricultural businesses that regularly publish agricultural content in languages other than German. The German-language category recognizes creators who produce agricultural content in German.

Applicants must be actively involved in agriculture, operate their own social media channels and have a minimum of 1,000 followers.

DLG selects one winner in each of the two categories and also honors second- and third-place finalists.

What winners receive

DLG will be inviting the winners to Hanover, Germany, for the award ceremony during the Young Farmers’ Party at EuroTier 2026 on 12 November. The organization covers travel expenses. and admission to EuroTier and the Young Farmers’ Party.

In addition to the award, winners become part of the extensive media and public relations activities surrounding the award, giving them additional visibility among agricultural professionals, media representatives and the wider public.

How the jury assesses applications

An independent international jury appointed by DLG evaluates all submissions. The panel brings together respected agricultural advisors, practitioners, communication specialists and media professionals from different countries.

The jury looks for authentic and engaging agricultural communication that provides meaningful insights into modern farming. In its assessment, the jury considers the range and relevance of the topics covered, the creativity and quality of the content, the creator’s visible commitment to agriculture, and the ability to communicate effectively with online communities. Particular attention is paid to how applicants engage with followers, encourage dialogue and represent the diversity of modern agriculture.

Apply by 30 August 2026

Applications for the DLG Agri Influencer Award 2026 remain open until 30 August 2026.

Further information and the online application form are available at:

www.dlg.org/landwirtschaft/awards/dlg-agri-influencer-award

Source: DLGAgri press release

Healthy Paws: Best Cat Wellness Products for a Healthier, Happier Cat

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Jul 2026 08:10:07 +0700

Discover the cat wellness products the Modern Cat team is obsessed with. From mobility solutions and superior cat litter to a water fountain that encourages hydration, these are the cat products that will make both your lives better!

1. Eco-friendly Litter Cats Love

Catalyst Pet reinvents kitty litter with upcycled soft‑wood fiber that clumps naturally, controls odour, and stays low‑dust—delighting discerning cats and mindful owners. Lightweight, biodegradable, and sustainably sourced, it’s designed to make litter box chores cleaner, greener, and more efficient while reducing your environmental paw print. (under $10 a month, catalystpet.com)

2. CBD Support Tailored for Cats

Support your cat’s mobility, calm, and cognitive function with ElleVet Sciences Feline CBD Oil. Designed for feline physiology with veterinarian‑backed dosing and safety research, this complete‑spectrum CBD + CBDA hemp‑derived oil is formulated to soothe stress and discomfort while enhancing your cat’s overall quality of life. ($67, ellevetsciences.com)

3. Treats with Benefits

Deliciously creamy and packed with prebiotics to support feline gut health, these Prebiotic Tuna Squeeze Treats for Cats from Joyfull deliver irresistible taste in a vet‑formulated, clean‑ingredient package. Made with real wild‑caught tuna and free from artificial flavours and preservatives, they turn treat time into a smart wellness boost your cat
will adore. ($26, joyfullpet.com)

4. Fresh, Flowing Water

The AquaPurr 5 delivers fresh, flowing water straight from your faucet with a motion‑activated sensor—no bowls to refill, pumps to maintain, or slime to scrub. Designed for felines who crave running water, it encourages hydration and supports urinary health with effortless, always‑fresh hydration at every sip. ($129, aquapurr.com)

5. Pawfit Lite GPS Tracker for Cats

Sleek, feather‑light, and built for curious cats, this compact GPS tracker delivers real‑time location and activity monitoring via a responsive app. Built‑in safety zones, unlimited range, and waterproof design offer peace of mind for feline adventurers and their humans alike— all while keeping tabs on your cat’s daily steps and fitness. ($45, pawfit.com)

6. Frito Feet

Is your cat suffering from smelly, itchy, irritated paws or skin? Combat stinky, yeasty paws and more with Zymox’s Funky Paws Paw Nose & Fold Cream for cats and dogs. The LP3 enzyme system reduces bacteria overgrowth, soothes irritation, and hydrates with vitamin D3 and oat extract for fast relief. ($15, zymox.com)

7. A Wild-Caught Seafood Feast

Treat your cat to ocean-inspired indulgence with Pure Cravings Seafood Variety Pack Cutlets in Gravy, the only 100% mercury-tested tuna and salmon for cats. Featuring wild-caught tuna, salmon, and sardines, this premium, grain-free recipe delivers human-grade sustainably caught fish in rich, savory gravy. With no by-products, it’s a clean, protein-packed feast. ($30/12 pack, purecravings.com)

8. Vet Finder

ZooDoc easily connects you with trusted veterinary specialists in your area! Available on the App Store and Google Play, it helps you find and book licensed, background-checked vets across the U.S. With over 10,000 professionals, scheduling appointments—instantly or later—is fast, easy, and convenient. (zoodoc.org)

9. Lickable Cat Treat

Fussie Cat’s Super Premium Chicken with Duck in Goat Milk Purée is a lickable treat cats love. Featuring succulent chicken and duck in a delectable goat milk gravy, the grainfree formula is perfect for sensitive stomachs. ($4, chewy.com)

10. A Better Recovery

Goodbye cone of shame! The Suitical Recovery Suit for Cats is a breathable, comfortable alternative designed to support healing after surgery, wounds, hotspots, or skin conditions. Its stretchy fit maximizes your cat’s freedom (and allows litter box use!), while aiding recovery, preventing licking, and protecting sensitive areas. ($34, suitical.com)

11. A High-Performance Natural Litter

Upgrade your cat’s litter with Dofu Cat Tofu Litter. This acclaimed, all-natural, plant‑based, quick clumping litter is made from bean fiber—an eco-friendly, highly absorbent solution that’s extremely low dust. The gentle formula is tough on odour and reduces tracking for a cleaner home. Ideal for sensitive cats and owners seeking sustainable, effortless litter maintenance. ($17, dofucat.com)

12. Illness and Accident Coverage

Make sure you have your cat’s health care covered. Healthy Paws Pet Insurance offers straightforward, comprehensive coverage for accidents, illnesses, emergency care, and more, helping pet owners manage unexpected veterinary costs. With fast claims processing and no annual or lifetime caps, it’s a trusted choice for protecting your cat’s health and ensuring peace of mind. (healthypawspetinsurance.com)

13. An Extra Spacious, Self-Cleaning Litter Box

HomeRunPet’s self-cleaning litter box CS106 is the world’s largest, accommodating cats up to 25 pounds. Awarded CNN’s Best Self-Refilling Litter Box of 2026, it has a large capacity waste bin for up to 20 hands-free days. ($899, homerunpet.com)

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Healthy Paws: Best Cat Wellness Products for a Healthier, Happier Cat appeared first on Modern Cat.

Kogut: What ‘gut health’ really means for broiler performance

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Jul 2026 00:30:04 +0700

Gut health is often discussed in poultry production. But according to immunologist Michael Kogut, PhD, lead research microbiologist at the USDA-ARS, College Station, Texas, the term is really about gut homeostasis, which enables birds to maximize performance and reach their full potential.

Kogut presented his thoughts on gut health, intestinal integrity and biomarkers during the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting.

“Birds have been selected for their ability to grow,” he said. “When we’re talking about a healthy bird, we’re talking about how close to that potential the bird has come.”

Gut health is crucial, Kogut noted, because it determines a bird’s ability to reach its genetic potential.

Gut ecosystem

Kogut emphasized that the gut must be viewed as a complete ecosystem that includes both the microbiota and the bird itself, not just bacteria.

“When we’re talking about the gut, we really need to talk about both systems together — the host and the microbiota,” he said.

The host side includes epithelial cells, immune cells, mucus layers and the enteric nervous system. These layers work together to regulate digestion, nutrient absorption, immune tolerance and protection against pathogens.

Kogut pointed out that different regions of the gut have distinct roles. The upper gut, including the duodenum and jejunum, is where most digestion and nutrient absorption occur, despite having relatively low microbial populations. The lower gut contains far more bacteria, but immune activity there is reduced.

“This is the ecosystem under homeostatic conditions,” he said.

Inflammation comes first

Kogut stressed that microbe disruption doesn’t occur on its own.

“Dysbiosis, by definition, is the disruption of the population of microbes. But it doesn’t occur if you don’t have a dysfunctional change in the intestine itself.”

In other words, inflammation comes first. And he emphasized, “dysbiosis almost never induces inflammation. Rather, inflammation induces dysbiosis.” When inflammation damages epithelial cells and tight junctions, the gut barrier weakens, allowing bacteria to leak from the intestine. This can lead to “leaky gut.”

“When you have bacterial translocation, obviously you are now going to stimulate the immune system,” he explained. Once bacteria enter circulation, they can contribute to systemic problems, including joint and leg issues.

Fiber’s role in the gut

Kogut noted that dietary fiber plays a significant role in gut integrity, but quality matters. He compared the positive and negative effects of dietary fiber on intestinal integrity.

He contrasted beneficial fiber with poorly fermentable or highly viscous fiber sources, explaining that high-quality fiber can:

Stimulate gut development
Improve intestinal structure and function
Provide substrate for beneficial microbes

In contrast, poor-quality fiber can:

Increase digesta viscosity
Slow feed passage
Reduce nutrient absorption
Trigger inflammation and leaky gut

In some cases, poor fiber quality has also been linked to gizzard erosion, further compounding digestive challenges.

Measuring gut health

Because gut health is directly tied to performance, producers often ask Kogut how to objectively measure it.

Kogut’s recent research may have the answers. He examined the potential of biomarkers as tools to detect intestinal inflammation before performance losses occur. Historically, he explained, studies relied on invasive methods such as histology or gene expression, which require euthanizing birds. He noted that these approaches are impractical for field use and often lack baseline reference values, making interpretation difficult.

Kogut’s approach focused on noninvasive markers that are measurable in feces or blood.

Noninvasive indicators

Kogut examined birds fed high levels of rice bran to induce chronic, diet-driven inflammation and observed birds with no visible disease or performance loss. “The kicker was there was no gross pathology,” he said. But despite this, biomarkers revealed ongoing inflammation.

Kogut said the most promising non-invasive indicators included:

Calprotectin, a marker of innate immune activation
Lipocalin, an acute-phase inflammatory protein
Hypoxia-inducible factors, which reflect metabolic stress

“Calprotectin is the No. 1 marker for inflammatory bowel disease in humans due to its sensitivity and non-invasive nature,” Kogut explained.

Interestingly, Kogut’s research showed that these biomarkers increased before observable performance problems, suggesting they could serve as early warning signals in broiler flocks.

Chronic inflammation unnoticed

Kogut highlighted that chronic gut inflammation often goes unnoticed because it doesn’t resemble acute disease.

He pointed out that early inflammation involves macrophage-driven responses but over time shifts to T-cell–driven responses, with different cytokines becoming active as time passes. “These are not cytokines you normally see. The cytokines IL-1 beta and TNF are no longer involved when it comes to chronic inflammation.”

This response shift helps explain why flocks can appear healthy while efficiency quietly declines.

Looking ahead

Although the results of his research are promising, Kogut cautioned that more data are needed. “We have measured 200 birds. There is not enough data generated yet that we can say that these are definitive biomarkers.”

He also emphasized that establishing normal ranges for biomarkers is important and requires larger datasets. “We think we can get there. It’s just a matter of doing experiments to develop that range,” he said.

For producers, the message is clear: Gut health isn’t about avoiding disease alone. It’s about maintaining intestinal balance, preventing silent inflammation and keeping birds on track to reach their genetic potential.

Biomarkers may soon give producers tools to detect problems before performance drops, turning gut health from a buzzword into a measurable management strategy.

The post Kogut: What ‘gut health’ really means for broiler performance appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Football and dairy products

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Jul 2026 21:10:07 +0700

If you haven’t heard already, protein is a hot topic. No doubt the footballers of many nations indulged in their dairy products before getting out onto the very hot pitches and playing for their nations. Last week, dairy giant Lactalis has just purchased an active nutrition company, Protein Works, in the UK. Rather interestingly, it is a direct to consumer model. I also note the cooperation between Glow25 and Ehrmann in Europe reported last week – dairy offers those ingestible beauty and lifestyle products the easy nutrition angle. You may discuss these things on social media platforms.

Back to football. I feel it’s a bit of a shame that Mexico isn’t the one holding the latter games and the final, because let’s face it, they are a footballing mad country. They love the game in a way that you just don’t get in the US or Canada (well, outside the multinational enclaves – I remember spending a hot summer watching one of the World Cup matches at an Irish bar in NYC many years ago). President Sheinbaum would be brilliant to watch handing out the trophy, even if Mexico has gone out.

I did not stay up for the Mexico-England match last night, however. I caught up with it on the radio this morning. I did watch Norway take out Brazil, which was quite an event, earlier in the evening.

I know there has been a lot of craziness with regard to how FIFA is running this event and the runup to it, but I cannot stop watching it. Scotland’s fans taking over Boston, Cabo Verde and the amazing goalkeeper Vozinha, Messi and Mbappe, Haaland and Kane, all coming together and playing very good football. Bellingham getting two goals in under two minutes in the early hours of this morning. Holy hat.

It is compelling viewing. I am not sure what I will do after 19 July but wait until next year when the FIFA Women’s World Cup arrives in Brazil. Let’s go, Lionesses! And this is where my loyalties will be tested, as the USA is the most successful team in Women’s World Cup history. Sadly they do not have a catchy nickname like the Matildas or the Canaries. Or even the Golden Girls, which is Vietnam’s team. They have until next year to work on it.

The post Football and dairy products appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Resetting the field challenge with a strategic IBD vaccination approach

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Jul 2026 20:55:03 +0700

By Eric Shepherd, DVM, Zoetis

Late spring and early summer are good times to take a fresh look at infectious bursal disease (IBD) vaccination strategies. Re-evaluating your approach can help support more consistent bird performance and strengthen immunity across flocks.

Today’s poultry operations have many tools to address disease pressure, but relying too heavily on any one vaccination approach can lead to diminishing returns over time.

In IBD programs, for example, staying on the same vector-vaccine program year after year may create conditions in which a field-virus challenge breaks through earlier over successive flocks. As poultry veterinarians evaluate seasonal vaccination strategies, a rotation to an immune-complex vaccine for IBD is worth considering as a complement to a vector vaccination program.

This type of rotation is a strategic effort to use live vaccines in a way that may help disrupt field-virus pressure, restore disease control and support overall flock health.

Displacing wild-type IBD

For IBD, the live immune-complex vaccine Poulvac® Bursaplex® has been shown to help block and displace wild-type variant viruses,¹ thereby reducing field challenge and helping position vector vaccines to regain efficacy when reintroduced into the vaccine rotation.^2,3

Timing is critical. The first 3 weeks post-hatch are a key risk window for IBD infection. IBD protection starts with hyper-immunizing breeder hens to provide robust maternal antibodies, while strategically vaccinating broiler chicks — including in ovo — can provide complementary protection during this early challenge window.

Poultry complexes that have relied heavily on herpesvirus of turkey (HVT)-vectored IBD vaccines have seen their variant challenge window shift progressively earlier over time.⁴ When that happens, there is greater potential for immune suppression before vectored vaccines elicit protection in young broilers. That can create conditions for other diseases, such as inclusion body hepatitis (IBH), to gain a foothold. IBH is a notable cause of broiler mortality during the first 3 to 4 weeks of life.

A field trial evaluated the effectiveness of the live immune-complex vaccine, Poulvac Bursaplex, in a commercial broiler complex facing a high-variant IBDV challenge.⁵ Investigators assessed bursal surveys and flock-level performance measures to evaluate vaccine effectiveness.

Relative to pre-vaccination performance, flocks in the study that were vaccinated with Poulvac Bursaplex improved in every measured performance category:⁶

15 points of bodyweight
6 points of adjusted feed-conversion ratio
4% livability
13% condemnations
7 cents per pound bodyweight decrease in live cost

Although this complex benefited significantly from the switch to an immune-complex vaccine, each complex may experience its own results after introducing Poulvac Bursaplex.

In the field trial, once Poulvac Bursaplex was introduced into the vaccine program, the complex reported immediate improvements in bursal health, bird health and performance, and a reported reduction in IBH-associated mortality.

Seasonal use of Poulvac Bursaplex has been associated with “crowding out” field-virus types over time, with fewer wild types present and a later challenge window after annual use of the immune-complex vaccine.⁷ In turn, that shift may help vectored IBD vaccines perform better in the future by reducing early field challenge. A major purpose of immune-complex vaccines is to reset challenge-virus pressure year after year and decrease pressure on future vaccine programs.

Developing a rotational IBD vaccine program that includes both immune-complex and HVT-vectored vaccines has shown benefits by helping protect against and reduce persistent variant IBD challenges in the field.⁸

Holistic view of vaccine selection

A holistic understanding of field-virus challenge can help shape vaccine-program recommendations and provide insight into the likely impact of implementing a new program, regardless of disease challenge.

For IBD, active bursal-surveillance programs using bursa boards and bursal surveys can help monitor which IBDV strains are present in a complex and the ages at which those strains are challenging birds. Knowing when a challenge is breaking through has important implications for broiler health programs, as well as breeder programs.

Additional diagnostic tools, including polymerase chain reaction and enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays, can help determine which viral strains are present in a flock. That information can help poultry veterinarians select vaccines that better match the field challenge and help flocks reach their performance potential.

References

Muniz EC, Verdi R, Jackwood DJ, et al. Molecular epidemiologic survey of infectious bursal disease viruses in broiler farms raised under different vaccination programs. J Appl Poult Res. 2018;27:253-261.
Ibid.
Ashraf S, Abdel-Alim G, Al-Natour MQ, Saif YM. Interference between mild and pathogenic strains of infectious bursal disease virus in chickens. Avian Dis. 2005;49:99-103.
Shepherd E, Cummings T, Jordan B, Cookson K. Field experiences with a live immune-complex IBD vaccine in broilers in the Southeast USA. In: Proceedings, International Poultry Science Forum, 2026.
Ibid.
Ibid.
Muniz EC, Verdi R, Jackwood DJ, et al. Molecular epidemiologic survey
Shepherd E, Cummings T, Jordan B, Cookson K. Field experiences with a live immune-complex

The post Resetting the field challenge with a strategic IBD vaccination approach appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Aviagen and Nippon Chunky strengthen long-term relationship in Japan

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Jul 2026 20:50:10 +0700

Aviagen^®is pleased to announce the next step in a long-standing collaboration with valued Ross^® distributor Nippon Chunky, a subsidiary of Marubeni Corporation’s Food and Agribusiness division in Japan. For nearly 60 years, Nippon Chunky has been the exclusive provider of Aviagen’s Ross brand of broiler breeding stock in Japan and is an established and respected presence in the country’s poultry industry.

Effective July 1, 2026, Aviagen has acquired a 66% controlling interest in Nippon Chunky, reinforcing the close ties between the two companies and supporting the ongoing development of Japan’s poultry sector. Marubeni will remain a 34% shareholder and continue to participate actively in the management of the business. As part of Aviagen Asia, Nippon Chunky will continue operating under its existing leadership and identity.

The investment reflects decades of close collaboration and mutual respect between the companies and their focus on supporting poultry producers, advancing innovation and promoting sustainability and animal welfare.

“Nippon Chunky has earned an excellent reputation through its dedication to customers, deep local relationships, and industry knowledge. Over many years, they have played an important role in the development of the Ross brand in Japan. We look forward to building on that success together. This agreement reinforces our continued focus on the Japanese market and the customers we serve,” commented Aviagen CEO Jan Henriksen.

“I am confident the partnership with Aviagen will further strengthen the foundation that Nippon Chunky has built over the years,” added Mr. Masaya Shiraishi, Meat Department General Manager, Marubeni Corporation. “We will continue to strive to develop the Japanese broiler industry even further with Aviagen through a stable supply of high-quality breeding chicks.”

Source: Aviagen press release

World Zoonoses Day: prevention starts on the farm

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Jul 2026 20:50:10 +0700

Today, July 6, we celebrate World Zoonoses Day, dedicated to reminding us how closely animal and human health are connected. This observance recalls Louis Pasteur’s first rabies vaccination in 1885 and highlights the One Health principle, which is crucial to preventing diseases transmitted between animals and people.

The role of livestock farms

In the poultry and livestock sectors, zoonoses represent a concrete risk for public health as well as for production continuity and trust along the entire value chain. Well-known examples include avian influenza, salmonellosis and psittacosis, which can spread through infected animals, excretions, contaminated environments or improperly handled food products.

For this reason, prevention at farm level is the first health barrier: restricting access, applying strict biosecurity measures, sanitizing hands and equipment, using dedicated devices, and promptly monitoring any symptoms in the animals are essential steps to reduce the risk of infection.

Health control and the value chain

Health control does not protect only animals, it also safeguards workers, consumers and businesses. Zoonotic diseases can have major economic consequences, affecting productivity, management costs, the availability of animal proteins and the reputation of the whole supply chain.

In this context, veterinary surveillance, early diagnosis and rapid reporting of suspected cases become strategic tools. Training of staff and proper management of materials, vehicles and visitors also help break the chain of transmission and strengthen the resilience of the entire production system.

A shared commitment

Preventing zoonoses requires continuous cooperation between farmers, veterinarians, health authorities and supply chain operators. Investing in biosecurity, animal welfare and epidemiological monitoring means protecting public health and ensuring continuity in a sector that is essential for food security.

On this day, the message is clear: the health of livestock farms is a decisive component of public health, and prevention remains the most effective measure to protect people, animals and value chains.

Gradual Expansion Positions WMU to Become Southeast Asia’s Largest Cage-Free Egg Producer

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Jul 2026 13:50:07 +0700

Consumer awareness of food products that are not only safe and nutritious but also produced with higher animal welfare standards has continued to grow in recent years. Alongside this trend, demand for cage-free eggs has shown consistent growth, encouraging more egg producers to explore transitioning to or expanding cage-free production systems. Among the most progressive companies is PT Widodo Makmur Unggas Tbk (WMU), whose expansion plans could position the company as the largest cage-free egg producer in Southeast Asia.
According to Tri Mahawijaya Herlambang, Marketing Director of WMU, the market for cage-free eggs in Indonesia continues to expand. He noted that growth is being driven not only by multinational food companies but also by a growing number of domestic businesses and local companies that are beginning to source cage-free eggs.
To meet the needs of this growing market, WMU is gradually expanding its cage-free egg production capacity from its current flock of approximately 200,000 laying hens to 500,000 birds, with completion targeted by 2027. We are confident that demand for cage-free eggs will continue to increase. Therefore, we are building production capacity now to ensure we are prepared to respond to future demand growth,” said Mahawijaya in Jakarta on Friday (June 19, 2026).
Currently, WMU markets its cage-free eggs through a business-to-business (B2B) model, serving a wide range of customers including catering companies, hotel chains, restaurants, and quick-service restaurant operators. The company is also preparing to launch its own cage-free egg brand for the retail market.
“This expansion is not intended to replace existing markets, but rather to create a new, higher-value segment while responding to increasing consumer interest in sustainability, food safety, and animal welfare. As a publicly listed company, WMU is also committed to sustainability. Implementing animal welfare practices through cage-free farming is one tangible example of that commitment,” he added.
Responding to the expansion plan, Sandi Dwiyanto, Sustainable Poultry Program Manager at Lever Foundation, expressed appreciation for WMU’s efforts to increase cage-free production capacity in Indonesia. According to him, growing commitments from both consumers and businesses toward sustainability and food quality are creating significant opportunities for the cage-free egg sector.
“Over the past several years, demand for cage-free eggs has continued to grow, particularly from the retail, hospitality, restaurant, FMCG, and foodservice sectors. Today, more than 2,000 food companies worldwide have committed to sourcing 100 percent cage-free eggs, including major international brands operating in Indonesia such as KFC, Burger King, Hyatt, Marriott, and Swiss-Belhotel International. At the same time, an increasing number of domestic companies are adopting or transitioning toward cage-free egg sourcing policies, including Super Indo, Ismaya Group, Bali Buda, Jiwa Jawi, and many others,” said Sandi.
The growth of cage-free products is also reflected in consumer research conducted by GMO Research, a Japanese market research and consumer panel company. The survey found that 55 percent of Indonesian consumers prefer purchasing products from brands that exclusively use cage-free eggs. Additionally, 72 percent of respondents agreed that eggs used by food companies should come from farms that implement animal welfare standards.
Beyond market demand, cage-free production is also increasingly associated with food safety benefits. A multi-country study conducted by the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) found that cage-free egg farms have up to 25 times lower risk of contamination from certain strains of Salmonella bacteria compared to conventional cage systems.

Stainless Steel vs Plastic Dog Bowls: What Is Safer for Your Dog?

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Jul 2026 13:35:06 +0700

The bowl your dog eats from every single day is easy to overlook. It sits quietly in the corner of the kitchen, gets a quick rinse after meals, and rarely gets a second thought. Yet the material of that bowl can shape your dog's daily health in ways most pet parents never notice. In India, where summers are long, humidity is high, and street dust settles fast, the choice between stainless steel and plastic becomes even more important.

This guide breaks down the safety, hygiene, and everyday practicality of both materials, so you can make a confident, informed choice for your pup.

Why the Bowl Material Matters More Than You Think

Your dog's food and water bowl comes in contact with saliva, food oils, moisture, and warm air, many times a day. Over months and years, the material of that bowl can either resist bacterial buildup or quietly become a breeding ground for it. A poorly chosen bowl can also leach chemicals into food, cause skin reactions on the muzzle, or hold on to smells that put fussy eaters off their meals.

In Indian conditions, three factors make the choice even more critical: high summer temperatures that speed up chemical leaching from plastics, monsoon humidity that encourages bacterial and fungal growth, and hard water in many cities that leaves mineral deposits inside porous surfaces.

The Case Against Plastic Dog Bowls

Plastic bowls are cheap, light, and widely available, which is exactly why so many first-time pet parents buy them. Unfortunately, they carry a set of health and hygiene concerns that stainless steel simply does not.

1. Chemical Leaching and BPA Concerns

Many low-cost plastic bowls contain Bisphenol A (BPA) or similar chemicals used to harden plastic. When exposed to warm food, hot water during washing, or the summer heat common in Indian homes, these chemicals can slowly leach into your dog's meals. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration has flagged BPA exposure as a concern in food contact materials, and while more research is ongoing, most veterinary nutritionists recommend avoiding it where possible.

2. Scratches That Trap Bacteria

Plastic is soft. Every time your dog chews the rim or you scrub the bowl with a rough sponge, tiny scratches form on the surface. These grooves trap food particles, saliva, and moisture, giving bacteria the perfect place to multiply. Even a bowl that looks clean can hold on to biofilm you cannot see or scrub away.

3. Plastic Dish Nasal Dermatitis

This is a real, documented condition. According to the American Kennel Club, some dogs develop a loss of pigment, irritation, or crusting on their nose and lips due to a reaction to chemicals in plastic bowls. It is more common than many owners realise and often clears up simply by switching to a stainless steel or ceramic bowl.

4. Odour and Staining

Plastic absorbs oils and smells from food over time. If your dog suddenly turns picky, the culprit might not be the food but the lingering odour in the bowl itself.

Why Stainless Steel Dog Bowls Are the Safer Pick

Stainless steel has become the default recommendation of most Indian veterinarians, and for good reason. It solves nearly every problem plastic creates.

1. Non-Reactive and Chemical-Free

Food-grade stainless steel does not leach chemicals into food or water, even when exposed to heat, acidic foods, or repeated washing. It stays inert whether your dog is eating warm home-cooked meals or drinking water that has been sitting out through a Delhi summer afternoon.

2. Naturally Bacteria-Resistant

The smooth, non-porous surface of stainless steel gives bacteria almost nowhere to hide. Pet care experts at PetMD note that stainless steel is one of the easiest materials to sanitise thoroughly, which matters a great deal in humid Indian weather when bacterial growth is faster.

3. Built to Last

A quality stainless steel bowl can outlast a plastic one by many years. It resists chewing, tolerates dishwasher cycles, and does not crack when dropped. For growing puppies and enthusiastic eaters, this durability makes it a one-time investment rather than a recurring expense.

4. Safe in Indian Weather

Steel does not warp in summer heat, does not grow mould during monsoon, and does not develop the sour smell plastic often gets during humid months. A quick wash with hot water and it looks and smells brand new.

If you are ready to make the switch, PetsWorld offers a curated range of stainless steel dog bowls and feeders designed for dogs of every size and eating style.

Stainless Steel vs Plastic: A Quick Side-by-Side

Here is a simple breakdown of how the two materials compare on the factors that matter most:

Safety: Stainless steel is chemically inert and safe with hot or acidic food. Plastic can leach BPA and other chemicals, especially in heat.
Hygiene: Stainless steel resists bacterial buildup thanks to its smooth surface. Plastic scratches easily and traps microbes.
Durability: Stainless steel lasts for years. Plastic cracks, warps, and needs frequent replacement.
Odour Control: Stainless steel stays odour-free. Plastic absorbs food smells over time.
Cost Over Time: Stainless steel is a one-time purchase. Plastic feels cheap upfront but adds up with repeated replacements.
Skin Reactions: Stainless steel rarely causes reactions. Plastic can trigger contact dermatitis in sensitive dogs.

Is There Ever a Time to Use Plastic?

There are a few situations where a plastic bowl might be acceptable, though never ideal. Travel bowls that need to fold or collapse, temporary feeding setups during short trips, or use cases where weight is a real concern for very small dogs may justify a food-grade, BPA-free plastic bowl. Even then, replace it every few months, inspect regularly for scratches, and never leave food or water sitting in it under direct sunlight.

For daily home feeding, stainless steel remains the smarter, safer default. Ceramic is another good option, though it can chip or break, which makes it less practical for enthusiastic eaters.

How to Choose the Right Stainless Steel Bowl for Your Dog

Not every stainless steel bowl is created equal. A few practical checks help you pick a bowl that will actually last.

Check the grade: Look for food-grade stainless steel, ideally 304 grade, which is the standard for safe food contact.
Size it right: The bowl should hold a full meal comfortably with room to spare. A small dog needs a shallow, narrow bowl. Large breeds do better with wider, deeper designs.
Look for a non-slip base: Rubber-rimmed bowls or ones with silicone bases stay put during meals and reduce mess.
Consider raised or elevated bowls: For senior dogs or large breeds, elevated feeders can ease neck strain. For giant breeds, always consult your vet first, since raised feeders have been linked to bloat in some cases.
Match the bowl to the eater: Fast eaters benefit from slow-feeder bowl designs that also come in stainless steel with silicone inserts.

Pairing the right bowl with the right diet makes a real difference. Explore high-quality dog food options at PetsWorld to build a complete, balanced feeding routine for your pet.

Keeping Your Dog's Bowl Truly Clean

Even the best stainless steel bowl needs regular care. In Indian climate conditions, cleanliness is not just about looks but about preventing infections and stomach upsets.

Wash the food bowl after every meal with warm water and a mild, pet-safe dish soap.
Rinse and refill the water bowl at least twice a day, more often in summer.
Do a deep clean weekly by soaking the bowl in a mixture of hot water and white vinegar to break down any hidden residue.
Dry the bowl thoroughly before refilling. Standing moisture invites bacteria.
Keep the feeding area clean, since a spotless bowl on a dirty floor still poses a risk.

Good bowl hygiene works hand in hand with regular dog grooming and care, both of which keep your pet healthier through the year.

Conclusion

When it comes to your dog's daily meals, stainless steel is the clear winner on safety, hygiene, and long-term value. Plastic may feel budget-friendly at first, but the health risks, hidden bacteria, and constant replacements make it a false economy. A single, well-chosen stainless steel bowl can keep your dog eating safely and happily for years to come.

Give your dog the healthy, hygienic start every meal deserves. Browse the full range of dog feeding bowls and accessories at PetsWorld and pick a bowl that fits your pet's size, personality, and eating style.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. Are stainless steel bowls really safer than plastic for dogs?

Yes. Stainless steel does not leach chemicals, resists scratches that harbour bacteria, and is easy to sanitise. Plastic bowls can release BPA, cause skin reactions, and hold bacteria in tiny grooves, making steel the safer everyday choice.

2. Can plastic bowls cause allergic reactions in dogs?

They can. Some dogs develop plastic dish nasal dermatitis, which shows up as pigment loss, crusting, or irritation on the nose and lips. Switching to stainless steel or ceramic often resolves the issue within a few weeks.

3. How often should I clean my dog's stainless steel bowl?

Wash the food bowl after every meal and the water bowl at least once a day. In humid or monsoon weather, increase the frequency and do a weekly deep clean with hot water and vinegar to kill any lingering bacteria.

4. Are all stainless steel dog bowls food safe?

Not always. Look for bowls labelled as food-grade stainless steel, ideally 304 grade. Avoid unbranded, ultra-cheap bowls that may contain nickel or other metals in unsafe proportions.

5. Is ceramic a good alternative to stainless steel?

Ceramic is safe and non-reactive if it is lead-free and properly glazed. It is heavier and less likely to slide during meals, but it can chip or crack. For homes with playful or large dogs, stainless steel is usually the more practical choice.

EuroTier 2026: strong commitment from visitors

Edusehat — Sun, 05 Jul 2026 19:45:09 +0700

10–13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany – Theme: “Intelligence in Animal Farming” – Visitor survey reveals strong interest – DLG Spotlights, DLG Expert Stages and networking events – EuroTier app soon available for download – Travel information – Featuring “EnergyDecentral” and the Inhouse Farming – Feed & Food Show – eurotier.com

With four months to go before EuroTier 2026 opens, the world’s leading trade fair for professional animal farming and livestock management is already attracting strong international interest. A visitor survey conducted in May and June 2026 highlights both a strong willingness among industry professionals to attend the event and a high level of investment readiness across the sector. Under the guiding theme “Intelligence in Animal Farming”, EuroTier will take place from 10 to 13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany. Covering all major livestock species, including cattle, pigs, poultry, sheep, goats and horses, the exhibition will showcase a wide range of innovations, including numerous product premieres. Knowledge transfer and professional exchange will take place across nine expert stages featuring presentations, panel discussions, talks and networking opportunities. Visitors can enhance their trade fair experience with the EuroTier app, developed by DLG (German Agricultural Society), organizer of EuroTier.

A preliminary survey conducted among 1,091 potential EuroTier 2026 visitors in May and June 2026 demonstrates considerable interest in the trade fair. 60 percent of respondents have already decided to attend, while a further 39 percent intend to make their decision in the coming months.

Investment readiness is also high. While 63 percent of respondents are planning investments of up to 100,000 euros, 11 percent are considering investments exceeding 500,000 euros.

Survey participants also expressed strong interest in key future-oriented topics for the industry, including animal welfare, automation and robotics, sensor technology and artificial intelligence, digitalization, sustainability and environmental protection.

This demand is reflected throughout the exhibitor offering. Some 2,100 companies will be presenting solutions across the entire value chain – from animal health and animal welfare to modern housing and feeding technologies, as well as feed and feed additives. The exhibition portfolio, spanning 13 halls, is further complemented by innovations in breeding, trading and reproduction technologies, alongside applications in automation and robotics.

“Seeing such strong international commitment to EuroTier already at this stage is very satisfying. We are expecting farming professionals from all over the world who are looking for practical ideas, new technologies and solutions they can take back to their farms,“ says Ines Rathke, EuroTier show director.

“EuroTier brings together the entire spectrum of modern livestock farming, from feed and animal housing to equipment, digital tools and innovations for every species. The fact that so many visitors are already planning their trip and committing to attend several months before the trade fair opens is a wonderful sign. It shows how important personal exchange, inspiration and international networking remain for our industry,” adss Rathke.

The ticket shop for EuroTier 2026 opened this spring. A one‑day ticket costs 33 euros in the online shop, with further options available. Ticket shop link

International technical program and new formats

Among the new highlights at EuroTier are the EuroTier Milky Way, DLG-VetCon, the Innovation Boulevard and the Forage Days. These formats will explore key livestock topics in depth, combining expert insights with practical exhibits. Together with the extensive exhibition, the technical program ensures that EuroTier offers a comprehensive overview of cutting-edge innovations as well as established technologies for efficient, sustainable and animal-friendly livestock production.

DLG Spotlights: Experiencing innovation in practice

The DLG Spotlights offer visitors the opportunity to experience innovations in practical application. The Barn Robot Event will showcase state-of-the-art solutions for automated milking, focusing on the conversion of conventional milking parlours to robotic systems, new-build concepts and milking solutions for large dairy herds.

Further highlights include technologies for reducing emissions in livestock farming and the TopTierTreff (“Top Genetics”) , the international meeting place for breeding companies and breeding organizations presenting live dairy and beef cattle.

With the new Innovation Boulevard, exhibitors will, for the first time, be able to present their officially recognized innovations, submitted and recognized as world premieres in advance. The last event saw over 210 registered world premieres.

Another new feature is the DLG Spotlight “Forage Production”. Companies will demonstrate how smart farming technologies are transforming forage production and how forage quality can be optimized from harvest through to silage. The new Forage Days on 12 and 13 November will complement the program. The DLG Expert Stage Cattle will focus specifically on demand-oriented feeding strategies for ruminants.

Another highlight will be the Horse Theme Day on Thursday, 12 November 2026, featuring expert presentations and guided tours of exhibitors specializing in equine technologies and services.

Additional impulses will be provided by the Start-up Area, showcasing innovative technologies, and the Science Campus, where research findings and job offerings will be presented.

Technical program and international exchange

The EuroTier 2026 technical program will be presented on a total of nine expert stages and will include lectures, panel discussions and networking formats covering all relevant sectors of livestock farming, as well as topics from EuroTier’s partner events:

DLG Expert Stage Cattle (Hall 12)

DLG Expert Stage Pig (Hall 17)

DLG Expert Stage Poultry (Hall 17)

DLG Expert Stage Barn Robot Event and Direct Marketing (Hall 13)

DLG Expert Stage Biosecurity and Feed Safety (Hall 21)

DLG Expert Stage Intelligence in Animal Farming (Hall 13)

DLG Studio Stage (Hall 13)

DLG Expert Stage EnergyDecentral (Hall 25)

DLG Expert Stage Inhouse Farming (Hall 25)

EuroTier’s international importance is further reflected in a wide range of networking opportunities and international events. The International Poultry Conference will take place on 9 November 2026. On 11 November 2026, the International Farmers Day, focusing on Ireland, Poland and the United Kingdom will be held alongside the International Cattle & Pig Event.

The Young Professionals Day on 12 November 2026 is designed specifically for the next generation of industry professionals. Also taking place at the EuroTier venue from 12 to 13 November 2026, DLG-VetCon will be launched as a new international forum for veterinarians. Program highlights include keynote speeches by internationally renowned experts, in-depth workshops, guided innovation-focused tours of the exhibition, a foyer exhibition and networking opportunities for professional exchange. Tickets are now available at the early-bird rate. The program will be complemented by additional networking formats, including the Female Agri Fellows Networking Event.

EuroTier App: Digital support for visitors

The EuroTier app provides visitors with a digital tool that significantly simplifies planning and navigating the exhibition. The app, which will be available for download during the summer, offers an interactive hall plan, targeted exhibitor and product searches, and up-to-date information on program sessions and events. Users can also create personal favorites lists and build their own customized trade fair agenda.

Getting to EuroTier 2026

Good flight connections to Hanover ensure that international visitors can easily reach EuroTier. Once in Hanover, visitors can easily reach the exhibition grounds from Hanover Central Station via tram line 8 and the additional line E, both of which provide direct access to the North Entrance. Alternatively, the S4 commuter rail line connects to Hanover Messe/Laatzen station. During EuroTier, numerous long-distance and regional trains will also stop directly at Hanover Messe/Laatzen station, from where West Entrance 1 can be reached within a few minutes via the Skywalk.

Travel by car is equally convenient. The exhibition grounds are well connected to the motorway network, clearly signposted and offer ample parking facilities.

Source: EuroTier press release

BAU researchers develop new colored-meat chicken line after 15 years of work

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 18:40:09 +0700

Researchers at Bangladesh Agricultural University (BAU) have developed a new chicken subtype that produces colored meat after 15 years of continuous research, according to university officials. The new line is described as fast-growing, with meat texture similar to native chicken but with a reddish color, and it has been developed with both consumer demand and farm profitability in mind.

The research was carried out by the Poultry Science Department under the Livestock and Dairy Development Project (LDDP). Professor Dr Bazlur Rahman Mollah, who led the team, said the subtype was created through preservation, selection and crossbreeding of different parent lines, with the goal of building a stable commercial line for local production.

A seminar held on Tuesday formally presented the final results of the project, with BAU Vice-Chancellor Professor Dr A K Fazlul Haque Bhuiyan, Poultry Science Department Head Professor Dr Md Shawkat Ali and other officials in attendance. University officials said the project reflects a long-term effort to develop poultry genetics suited to local needs and market preferences.

According to Dr Mollah, the team focused mainly on a sex-linked white line with homozygosity improved to between 89% and 93.11%, a level considered important for establishing a consistent commercial line. The researchers also developed a simple PCR method to detect deletion in the SOX-10 gene, which determines feather color and is expected to support future breeding programs.

The team said some parent lines of the subtype produced up to 205 eggs in 62 weeks. They also reported that the day-old chick weight of the new hybrid line was around 38 grams, compared with 26–28 grams for conventional Sonali chickens, and noted that a one-gram increase in day-old chick weight can translate into about 50 grams of additional final market weight.

The birds can reportedly reach around 950 grams within 45 days. Researchers said this performance, combined with improved growth rate, feed conversion efficiency and lower mortality, could help increase farmers’ profits if the birds are produced and managed properly at scale.

One of the project’s main features was direct technology transfer at field level. Instead of relying only on training centers, the research team provided hands-on support in villages to cluster-based groups of 15 to 25 women farmers, with regular technical guidance, timely vaccination and health monitoring.

Field results showed strong improvements where farmers received chicks together with technical support, and many farmers reportedly now keep the birds for 10 to 12 weeks rather than the planned 50 days because of market demand. The birds are being sold at prices of up to Tk 700 per kilogram, allowing farmers to earn higher returns.

On food safety concerns, Dr Mollah said laboratory tests in Dhaka found no antibiotic residues in the meat. He also clarified that the goal is not to market the birds as native chicken, but to create a distinct branded colored-meat product with stronger taste, nutritional value and safety assurance.

Vice-Chancellor Professor Dr Fazlul Haque Bhuiyan stressed that innovation must reach farmers’ doorsteps, not remain in laboratories. He said the project’s core philosophy is to increase farmer income and expand safe animal protein production in Bangladesh, and he also called for the early reopening of the university’s livestock faculty sales centre so research products can be sold directly to the public at affordable prices.

The final presentation was attended by faculty members, researchers and poultry-sector entrepreneurs, and dishes prepared from the newly developed chicken were also served.

Fiskarna Aqua and Globaq Solutions Sign an Agreement to Develop Algeria’s First Integrated Aquaculture Ecosystem

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 08:20:08 +0700

Fiskarna Aqua and Globaq Solutions announced the signing of a General Service Agreement (GSA) in Copenhagen, Denmark. The agreement marks the beginning of a long-term strategic partnership dedicated to developing Algeria’s first integrated aquaculture ecosystem—a project that combines international expertise, innovative technologies, and a shared commitment to sustainable food production. This milestone comes at a pivotal moment for Algeria.

The project of Fiskarna Aqua has recently reached several important milestones, including its designation as a National Aquaculture Strategic Pilot (NASP) and the preliminary approval of dedicated land and marine concessions in the Wilaya of El Tarf. According to them, those achievements reinforce their confidence that Algeria has all the ingredients required to become one of the leading aquaculture hubs in the Mediterranean and Africa. “Fiskarna Aqua is honored to contribute to this national vision”, they said.

Clear Commitment

Over the past few years, the Algerian Government has demonstrated a clear commitment to accelerating the development of the aquaculture sector through ambitious reforms, investment-friendly policies, and strong institutional support. As part of its vision for food security, economic diversification, and the Blue Economy, Algeria is creating the conditions for strategic projects capable of transforming the sector.

Building Far More Than Fish Farms

Together with Globaq Solutions and the Fiskarna Aqua’s network of international partners from Denmark, Norway, Spain, and Italy, they are building far more than fish farms, they assure.

They are designing an integrated ecosystem that will encompass freshwater RAS Aquaculture; offshore marine aquaculture; hatchery development; fish feed and biomass production; and research, innovation, and skills development.

“Our ambition is to establish a model that delivers long-term value for Algeria by promoting technology transfer, developing local expertise, creating highly skilled employment, strengthening food security, and attracting international investment”, they said.

A Unique Opportunity

Their vision is that Algeria’s geographic position, expanding infrastructure, and industrial capabilities provide a unique opportunity to develop a regional center of excellence for sustainable aquaculture technologies and seafood production. “This partnership reflects our shared belief that the future of aquaculture lies in collaboration across borders, innovation, and long-term commitment,” they added.

After the announcement, Fiskarna Aquawould thanked they partners at Globaq Solutions for their trust and professionalism throughout this journey, and also to Christian Sørensen, Kristoffer Lund, Mohamed Ali-Bouacha and Cizar Bachir Brahim. “Together, we are building the foundations of a more resilient, innovative, and sustainable aquaculture industry for Algeria and the African continent”, they finished.

A Young Company

For their part, Globaq Solutions, a company focused on setting new standards in land-based fish farming through advanced recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS), was presented in society in 2024. Founded by Christian Sørensen -the former founder of Billund Aquaculture- and a team with decades of experience in RAS technology and project development, Globaq Solutions builds on the foundation introduced in late 2024. “We move forward with a clear purpose: to deliver cutting-edge, sustainable, and efficient aquaculture solutions, while advancing RAS technology and sustainability in global aquaculture,” they assured.

Globaq designs and delivers RAS that support responsible fish farming. With a dedicated and experienced team, they work side by side with our clients to develop tailored solutions that improve operational efficiency, protect the environment, and help shape the future of a more sustainable aquaculture.

“We are ready for what’s next and proud to move forward under the Globaq Solutions name,” said at that moment Christian Sørensen, Founder of the company. “This new chapter marks our continued commitment to responsible aquaculture and to delivering value for our clients through deep expertise and innovation.” In a few months they built a strong foundation, putting in place the right organization and processes. This allows them to offer a full range of services, including RAS design, turnkey project execution, retrofits, and system upgrades.

The More Than 20-Year Collaboration Between Benchmark Genetics and Avramar Achieves a 76% Genetic Improvement in Its Sea Bream Breeding

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 08:20:07 +0700

Conducted by Benchmark Genetics in collaboration with the Greek-Spanish company Avramar, a new study documents a 76% genetic improvement in harvest weight in gilthead seabream over more than twenty years of selective breeding, one of the most comprehensive long-term assessments of genetic progress ever conducted in a marine aquaculture species. According to Benchmark Genetics, beyond documenting long-term genetic progress, the findings demonstrate the broader value of selective breeding in modern aquaculture.

The study reflects more than two decades of partnership between Benchmark Genetics and Avramar in developing one of the Mediterranean’s longest-running commercial seabream breeding programs.

The study analyzed data between 2002 and 2023 and the research provides rare, large-scale evidence of the long-term value of sustained investment in breeding. production and pedigree data from almost 124,000 gilthead seabreams (Sparus aurata) representing 1,843 families produced between 2002 and 2023. Over more than twenty years of selective breeding, the program achieved a cumulative 76% genetic improvement in harvest weight, equivalent to approximately 15% genetic gain per generation (an average annual gain of 3.6%), while maintaining low levels of inbreeding and preserving genetic diversity.

Strong Scientific Evidence

The findings demonstrate the broader value of selective breeding in modern aquaculture. Improved growth rates have the potential to shorten production cycles, improve resource utilization, reduce biological risk and strengthen the long-term sustainability and competitiveness of aquaculture production. Although this study focused on harvest weight, the breeding program has applied multi-trait selection to improve a range of commercially important characteristics, including robustness, survival and product quality.

“Long-term datasets of this quality are exceptionally rare in aquaculture,” said Ingunn Thorland, Senior Geneticist at Benchmark Genetics and lead author of the study. “This study demonstrates that well-designed breeding programs can deliver sustained genetic improvement over decades while maintaining the genetic diversity needed for future progress. It provides strong scientific evidence of the long-term value of selective breeding for aquaculture.”

“This publication reflects more than two decades of continuous development of our breeding program,” says Nikos Katribouzas, Group Genetics & R&D Manager, Avramar. “The documented genetic gains confirm the value of long-term investment in selective breeding and provide a strong foundation for the continued development of the program.”

Commercial Farming Conditions

Called Sustained genetic gain for harvest weight in gilthead sea bream (Sparus aurata) over more than twenty years of selective breeding, the study also provides one of the clearest examples to date of realized genetic gain achieved under commercial farming conditions, demonstrating that sustained genetic progress can be achieved alongside responsible management of genetic diversity.

As global demand for sustainable seafood continues to grow, the findings reinforce the role of selective breeding as one of the most effective and sustainable technologies for improving biological performance, production efficiency, and long-term competitiveness in aquaculture, said the members of Benchmark. The findings also provide a strong foundation for integrating genomic technologies into commercial breeding programs, enabling even greater improvements in productivity, health and resilience in future generations.

Collaboration in Shellfish Genomics

Some days before the publication of the study, Benchmark Genetics reported that researchers of the company and six leading European research institutions have developed the first high-density SNP array for the Manila clam (Ruditapes philippinarum) and the grooved carpet shell clam (Ruditapes decussatus), providing a powerful new genomic resource to accelerate selective breeding, strengthen conservation efforts, and support the long-term sustainability of shellfish aquaculture.

Benchmark Genetics scientists played a key role in developing and validating the dual-species 63K SNP array, which contains 49,392 markers for Manila clam and 14,193 markers for grooved carpet shell clam. The platform is now available to researchers, breeding programs and industry partners seeking to improve productivity, resilience and population management through advanced genomics.

The achievement has been published in the journal Aquaculture in the paper “A dual-clam species 63K SNP array for sustainable production and conservation of wild resources”.

A New Era for Hospitality: VIITE and Seafood Consumers Association Sign Landmark Agreement to Champion Supply Chain Integrity and Consumer Trust

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 08:20:06 +0700

By Seafood Consumers Association Limited

The future of Australia’s hospitality and culinary sectors has received a major boost with the formal signing of a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) between the Victorian Institute of International Training and Education (VIITE) and the Seafood Consumers Association (SCA). Signed, June 16, 2026, this strategic partnership marks an exciting step forward in bridging world-class vocational training with robust consumer advocacy, food safety, and marketplace transparency.

The collaboration creates a unique framework designed to embed supply-chain traceability, accurate labeling, and consumer first principles directly into the training of the next generation of hospitality leaders. As younger professionals enter the commercial cookery, hospitality management, and professional development streams, they will now be uniquely equipped with the tools necessary to champion fair market practices and authentic food systems.

Transforming the Training Landscape

Modern hospitality professionals require skills that stretch far beyond traditional culinary techniques. Today’s landscape demands an in-depth understanding of food origins, regulatory compliance, and cross-cultural communication. By combining VIITE’s excellence in vocational education with SCA’s deep expertise in consumer protection and seafood integrity, this alliance ensures that future chefs and managers are prepared for the regulatory and ethical realities of tomorrow’s commercial kitchens.

Under the new agreement, both organizations will investigate integrating cutting-edge seafood integrity modules into VIITE’s existing curriculum. Students will gain vital exposure to advanced educational frameworks—including SCA’s specialized I-CADMUS program—enabling them to identify and mitigate industry challenges such as mislabelling, species substitution, and food fraud on the shop floor.

Quotes Attributable to Leadership

Dr. Daman Shrivastav, CEO of the Victorian Institute of International Training and Education (VIITE), expressed his immense enthusiasm for the educational pathways this agreement unlocks: “At VIITE, we are completely dedicated to equipping our local and international students with industry-ready technical skills and global career pathways. Partnering with the Seafood Consumers Association allows us to elevate our professional development and commercial cookery programs to the absolute forefront of modern culinary education. By teaching our students the critical importance of clear, transparent language, accurate labeling, and compliance with rigorous national standards, we are not just training chefs—we are shaping responsible industry champions who respect both the consumer and the raw ingredients they present.”

Roy Palmer, CEO of the Seafood Consumers Association (SCA), highlighted the profound long-term impact of influencing the sector from the ground up: “We are thrilled to partner with an institution as forward-thinking as VIITE. Everyday seafood consumers are the quiet majority, yet they have historically been under-represented in broad food policy. This MoU provides a magnificent opportunity to expand our educational profile and install consumer-centric values at the very root of the hospitality pipeline. Training young professionals in critical frameworks like the Australian Fish Names Standard AS5300 and the incoming Country of Origin Labelling (CoOL) regulations ensures that transparency and fair market practices become the default setting for tomorrow’s dining tables.”

Pioneering a Transparent Future

The partnership comes at a critical time, with significant regulatory updates transforming how food provenance is communicated to the public. The alliance will focus on co-developing specialized post-graduate short courses, micro-credentials, and technical masterclasses aimed at ongoing workforce capability.

Furthermore, the collaboration will explore innovative cross-cultural communication tools. Hospitality and culinary students will have the opportunity to trial cutting-edge digital toolkits—including bilingual infographics, QR-linked provenance explainers, and visual storytelling methods. These tools are designed to break down language and cultural barriers on the retail and restaurant floor, ensuring that diverse communities can access clear, sound nutritional guidance and trusted information seamlessly.

By moving beyond traditional silos, VIITE and SCA are setting a new national benchmark for vocational unity. The three-year agreement lays the groundwork for permanent, scalable education infrastructure, creating a direct line of sight between the student classroom, the restaurant counter, and a highly informed public consumer base.

About VIITE

The Victorian Institute of International Training and Education (VIITE) is a leading vocational education provider delivering premier, specialized training in commercial cookery, hospitality management, and professional development, dedicated to training excellence and global career readiness.

Website: www.viite.edu.au

About Seafood Consumers Association (SCA)

The Seafood Consumers Association (SCA) is an independent, consumer-first charity organization established to improve trust, transparency, nutrition, and food security across seafood markets, representing millions of consumer-stakeholders nationwide.

Website: www.seafoodconsumers.global

Wellfish Tech Has Appointed Erik Tveteraas as Group Finance Director, as The Company Sharpens Its Commercial Position and Prepares for the Next Phase of International Growth

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 08:20:05 +0700

By WellFish Tech

Tveteraas brings a career built at the intersection of aquaculture investment and growth-stage finance. He spent five years at NuFrontiers, the corporate venture capital arm of Nutreco, parent company of global feed business Skretting, where he managed investments across aquaculture farming technologies, fish health, data-driven precision farming, and alternative proteins. He joins from his role as CFO at Norwegian Mycelium (NoMy).

What drew Tveteraas to WellFish Tech, he says, is a combination of solvable problem scale, product maturity, and structural defensibility. “The salmon paradox is a real phenomenon,” says Erik Tveteraas, Group Financial Director, WellFish Tech. “This is the most industrialized, technologically advanced species in aquaculture, and yet mortality rates remain at a level that would not be tolerated in any other protein category. The direction of travel from regulators, from consumers, and from capital markets towards improving fish welfare is clear, and that shift has direct implications for how producers manage health.

WellFish Tech has built the right product for this moment. The value proposition of near-instant biological intelligence seamlessly integrated with customers’ farming operations, a well-structured subscription-based, recurring revenue model, and the physical component of the service – the proprietary blood sampling and analytics – creates a barrier to entry that pure software or AI-based competitors simply cannot replicate. That combination is rare, and it is what brought me here.”

“Erik has seen the aquaculture technology space from the inside, as an investor and as an operator,” says Charlie Granfelt, CEO, WellFish Tech. “He has seen what separates companies that scale successfully from those that do not. That perspective is exactly what we need at this stage of WellFish Tech‘s development. Having someone of Erik’s caliber help us capitalize on that position is a significant step forward for the company. We are very pleased to have him joining the team.”

About WellFish Tech

WellFish Tech is a data-led decision-support company rooted in fish-level biochemistry, providing predictive modelling for aquaculture. Headquartered in Paisley, Scotland, WellFish Tech currently employs 26 people, and operates in the United Kingdom and Ireland, Norway and Canada while supporting customers beyond those borders.

Web: www.welfishtech.com

Celebrity Chef Mindy Woods and the ASC Launch Free Recipe Booklet Celebrating Sea Country, Indigenous Food Culture and Responsible Seafood

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 04:45:08 +0700

By Aquaculture Stewardship Council

**Free print copies available at the Australian National Maritime Museum, with selected dishes featured at HarbourWatch Café during NAIDOC Week**

Acclaimed Bundjalung chef, restaurateur and author Mindy Woods and the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) have partnered to launch Celebrating Sea Country, a free recipe booklet showcasing Indigenous ingredients and responsibly farmed Australian seafood during NAIDOC Week.

Available to download throughout July via the ASC website, the recipe collection features dishes created by Woods using native ingredients alongside ASC labelled barramundi, salmon and prawns available in Australian supermarkets.

Visitors can also continue their Celebrating Sea Country journey at the Australian National Maritime Museum, where complimentary printed copies of the booklet will be available throughout July until they run out. During NAIDOC Week, guests can experience a selection of recipes firsthand at HarbourWatch Café, with the Prawn Sando and Barramundi Fish and Chips with Moray available as limited time menu specials.

Mindy Woods said food provides a powerful platform for sharing culture and connecting people to the stories behind the ingredients they enjoy. “NAIDOC Week is an opportunity to honor First Nations culture, knowledge and connection to Country. Through this collaboration, we want Australians to explore the native foods on their doorsteps and think about the impact of the choices they make every day.”

Sustainable seafood isn’t just about preserving our oceans; it’s about honoring the deep connection between land, sea, and culture. I strive to champion responsible aquaculture that respects both the environment and the communities it supports.”

Ellie Dixon, ASC Australia’s Market Development Manager, said the partnership highlights how cultural knowledge and responsible seafood production can come together to inspire more informed food choices.

“Choosing change is a collective responsibility. When producers, chefs, retailers, food service providers and seafood lovers work together, we can help drive meaningful and lasting impact for people and the planet.”

“The ASC label provides assurance to consumers that their seafood comes from farms that have met the ASC’s robust social and environmental standards.”

Ms Daryl Karp AM, Director and CEO of the Australian National Maritime Museum, said the initiative aligns with the museum’s commitment to ocean health and sustainability. “As a maritime museum, we seek to champion the importance of healthy oceans not only through our exhibitions and programs, but through the choices we make every day. This collaboration brings together culture, food and sustainability in a way that is engaging, accessible and meaningful for visitors.”

HarbourWatch Café recently achieved ASC Chain of Custody certification, ensuring ASC labelled seafood served at the venue can be traced through every stage of the supply chain back to responsibly certified farms and fisheries.

Alessandro Intini, Food & Beverage Director at SRG Hospitality, said transparency and traceability are increasingly important to diners. Humpty Doo Barramundi from NT will be featured on their new menu.

“Understanding where ingredients come from and how they are sourced helps support responsible producers, protect marine ecosystems and gives our customers confidence in the food they enjoy.”

For home cooks, there are now more than 100 ASC labelled seafood products available in Australian supermarkets across chilled, frozen and ambient categories.

Celebrating Sea Country can be downloaded throughout July via the ASC website, while complimentary printed copies will be available at the Australian National Maritime Museum.

Download the recipe booklet: https://au.asc-aqua.org/mindy-woods-cookbook/

About Aquaculture Stewardship Council

ASC certification delivers measurable impact in aquaculture through science-based requirements — developed and revised through multi-stakeholder processes — covering biodiversity, animal welfare, greenhouse gas emissions, feed ingredient sourcing and human rights, all independently verified.

ASC is setting the standard for farmed seafood. www.asc-aqua.org

About Australian National Maritime Museum

The Australian National Maritime Museum is Australia’s museum of the sea. We are the national center for maritime collections, exhibitions, research, and archaeology – a Federal Government National Collection institution, based in Pyrmont, in Sydney, New South Wales. As an island, the ocean and our waterways have been central to our stories throughout time, shaping a sense of what it means to be Australian. Our purpose is to excite people about their connection to the sea, and we are committed to sharing the national maritime story throughout the whole of Australia.

About HarbourWatch

HarbourWatch is a café and events venue set within the Australian National Maritime Museum precinct. HarbourWatch holds ASC Chain of Custody certification, reflecting a commitment to sustainable seafood sourcing and responsible fisheries practices.

HarbourWatch is operated by SRG Hospitality (formerly Sydney Restaurant Group), one of Sydney’s most respected hospitality portfolios. Founded in 2000 by Bill Drakopoulos and overseen by siblings Anastasia, Nicola, Daniel and Perry Drakopoulos, SRG Hospitality has grown from its original flagship Aqua Dining to an impressive collection of waterfront and neighborhood restaurants, cafés, kiosks, event spaces and hotels — all united by a commitment to outstanding food, genuine service and spectacular locations.

Hendrix Genetics Strengthens Salmonids R&D Team to Drive Next-Generation Innovation

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 04:45:07 +0700

By Hendrix Genetics

Hendrix Genetics’ Business Unit Salmonids is entering a new phase of growth with a reinforced R&D team whose diverse expertise is shaping the future of salmon and trout breeding. This strengthened group not only drives scientific innovation but also reinforces the company’s leadership and deepens trust with customers who rely on robust, data driven breeding solutions.

The team brings together specialists from around the world and across species. Vera van der Heijden, with an MSc from the Wageningen University, has been a key contributor to salmon breeding programs since 2016. Dr. Aqeel Ahmad, who completed his PhD from the Norwegian University of Life Sciences on digital phenotyping and feed efficiency in salmon, now supports genetic operations for salmon. Dr. Katharina Correa, a genomic disease resistance expert with a PhD from the University of Chile, supports Troutlodge operations and product management in Chile.

Cross species experience further strengthens the group. Dr. Britt de Klerk, who completed her PhD in cattle genetics and worked years in broiler breeding, brings valuable insights to salmonid R&D. Dr. Rayner Gonzalez-Prendez, whose PhD focused on genomic analyses in pigs, now leads bioinformatics for the business unit after years in dairy cattle genetics. They are supported by Dr. Marco Bink an experienced quantitative geneticist contributing part time from Hendrix Genetics’ Central R&D team.

The group is led by Dr. Kasper Janssen, R&D Director of BU Salmonids. Kasper completed his PhD on the economic optimization of aquaculture breeding programs. He joined Hendrix Genetics in 2019 as a geneticist working primarily on Atlantic salmon breeding programs. Building on this foundation, he transitioned into the role of R&D Director in December 2024, where he now oversees the strategic direction and scientific development of the salmonid’s portfolio.

With this team in place, BU Salmonids is well positioned to support both internal and client breeding programs through both day-to-day support and continuous operational improvement. The expanded capacity enables a stronger push into advanced phenotyping, combining innovative measurement methods, improved equipment, and AI-powered tools.

In genomics, the team is refining the in-house SNP chip to include more informative QTL linked markers and developing new evaluation methods that better capture QTL effects. These innovations will increase the accuracy of breeding value predictions and accelerate genetic progress across salmon and trout.

By investing in people and technology, Hendrix Genetics reinforces its commitment to leadership in aquaculture genetics; delivering reliable, forward-looking solutions that strengthen customer confidence and the company’s global brand.

SUBPESCA Confirms Sponsorship of SRS2026 and Strengthens the Link Between Science and Public Policy in Aquaculture

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Jul 2026 04:45:06 +0700

By INCAR²

The international meeting, to be held in Puerto Varas in November, will bring together key stakeholders to address the main health challenge in salmon farming: Salmon Rickettsial Syndrome.

The Undersecretariat for Fisheries and Aquaculture (SUBPESCA) has confirmed its sponsorship of the first International Conference on Salmon Rickettsial Syndrome (SRS2026) – Integrating Science, Industry and Policy for Sustainable Salmon Aquaculture, which will take place from November 9 to 11, 2026, in Puerto Varas, Los Lagos Region.

The conference, to be held at the Wyndham Petra Hotel in Puerto Varas, will bring together researchers, producers, regulatory authorities, supplier companies, and representatives from civil society to discuss scientific and technological advances related to the prevention, diagnosis, and control of piscirickettsiosis.

According to the event’s Scientific Committee, “Having the sponsorship of the Undersecretariat for Fisheries and Aquaculture at SRS2026 is essential to strengthen the link between the generation of scientific knowledge and decision-making at the national level. SUBPESCA plays a key role in defining evidence-based policies and regulatory frameworks, which are essential to move toward more sustainable aquaculture. Likewise, as INCAR² Center, we deeply value its support for this initiative, as it reinforces the need to address complex challenges such as SRS from an integrated perspective, where science, industry, and public policy work together in a coordinated manner for the benefit of the sector.”

SUBPESCA’s support for SRS2026 underscores the importance of this international meeting, which seeks to coordinate efforts among science, industry, and public policy to address one of the main health challenges in salmon farming.

The Undersecretariat for Fisheries and Aquaculture (SUBPESCA), an agency under the Ministry of Economy, Development and Tourism, is responsible for regulating and managing fisheries and aquaculture activities through policies, regulations, and management measures based on the precautionary principle and an ecosystem approach, supported by the best available scientific evidence. It also promotes the sustainable development of the sector, with an emphasis on transparency, equity, and the participation of men and women involved in fisheries and aquaculture.

From the organizing team, it was highlighted that SRS2026 will mark a milestone as the first international conference devoted exclusively to piscirickettsiosis—better known as Salmon Rickettsial Syndrome—bringing together experts, companies, authorities, and research centers from around the world. In this regard, they extended an open invitation to all stakeholders in the aquaculture ecosystem to take part in the event. “We invite institutions, companies, and organizations to be part of this unique global initiative, which aims to strengthen collaboration among science, industry, and public policy. SRS2026 is an unprecedented opportunity to share experiences, showcase advances, and build joint solutions to one of the main health challenges in salmon farming,” stated the organizing team.

The conference is currently sponsored by Vaxxinova, Alianza Yelcho, Mowi, and Virbac, and supported by SUBPESCA, SERNAPESCA, INTESAL and the industry associations SalmonChile, the Salmon Council, and the Magallanes Salmon Farmers Association. In addition, SRS 2026 Conference will have the participation and support of media partners including Medios AQUA, InfoSALMON, Mundo Acuícola, Partnerfish, AquaHoy, Panorama Acuícola, and AquaFeed.com.

The conference program will include keynote speeches, thematic sessions, scientific presentations, panel discussions, and networking opportunities, featuring national and international experts. Interested institutions and organizations can explore different sponsorship and participation options by contacting the organizing team at eventosincar2@udec.cl, where they can learn about visibility opportunities during the event.

More information and registration: www.srs2026conference.cl

Participant registration: https://puentecientifico.cl/congresses/srs-2026/registration/

Submit Your Abstracts: https://www.srs2026conference.cl/abtract

UK opens funded poultry biosecurity reviews under Animal Health and Welfare Pathway

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 21:10:10 +0700

Poultry producers in England can now apply for funded biosecurity reviews through the Animal Health and Welfare Pathway (AHWP), following the opening of applications on 2 June 2026.

The funding covers veterinary biosecurity reviews carried out on farm as part of the AHWP. According to the National Farmers’ Union (NFU), the scheme was developed following discussions involving government officials, industry stakeholders and NFU representatives, who have been working on poultry biosecurity proposals for more than a year.

NFU Poultry Board Chair Will Raw said the reviews provide an opportunity for producers to assess farm biosecurity with veterinary input at a time when avian influenza continues to pose a risk to the poultry sector.

The scheme is available to a wider range of poultry enterprises than previous AHWP funding measures. Eligible sectors include laying hens, broilers, breeders and pullets, as well as turkeys, ducks and geese.

The NFU said it had worked to extend eligibility beyond the poultry categories traditionally covered by AHWP funding.

Questions remain regarding the eligibility thresholds for participation. The NFU said it continues to discuss the issue with Defra and has argued that producers with bird numbers below the current thresholds could also benefit from access to biosecurity reviews. Defra has agreed to keep the eligibility criteria under review.

The union also welcomed what it described as a simplified application process. According to poultry producer David Brass, applicants need to provide their CPH number, SBI number and poultry register number before arranging a veterinary visit. Producers who complete a review can receive £430 from Defra towards the cost of the visit.

The NFU said the timing of the scheme allows producers to plan veterinary biosecurity reviews ahead of the autumn period, when the risk of avian influenza typically increases.

Source: UK Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (Defra), ‘Poultry Biosecurity Review funding: guidance for poultry keepers and vets

Poultry Technology Trends 2026: From Biosecurity to Automation at EuroTier trade fair

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 17:45:06 +0700

The global poultry sector continues to show strong momentum, driven by rising demand, ongoing investment and solid economic performance in many markets worldwide. As producers expand and modernise their operations, they are also navigating important challenges, including disease risks, fluctuating feed and energy costs, and evolving welfare expectations.

EuroTier 2026, the world’s leading trade fair for livestock professionals, will showcase practical solutions that support the sector’s next stage of growth while helping producers address these challenges. Key trends include biosecurity, feeding efficiency, automation and improved housing systems, offering valuable insights for modern poultry operations around the world.

A global platform for poultry innovation

As poultry production continues to grow worldwide, the sector is benefiting from strong consumer demand, ongoing innovation and increasing efficiency across international markets. Against this dynamic backdrop, EuroTier 2026, taking place from 10 to 13 November in Hanover, Germany, provides a global platform where poultry technologies and production concepts from different regions can be compared and evaluated under practical conditions.

With more than 2,100 exhibitors across 13 halls, the indoor air-conditioned exhibition brings together the entire livestock value chain, including pig and cattle, and offers a comprehensive overview of current developments. Poultry is a central part of this, with a wide range of innovations in housing, feeding, automation and health management expected to be presented.

EuroTier also continues to attract strong international participation, including visitor groups from Asia such as Indonesia and Malaysia, underlining the growing importance of global exchange in livestock production.

Industry drivers shaping technology trends

Across global poultry production systems, several important factors are accelerating technological development. These include the need to further improve animal health and welfare, reduce antibiotic use and emissions, and manage feed and energy costs more efficiently. Feed efficiency remains especially important, as feed accounts for a major share of production costs, making feed optimisation a central priority for producers worldwide.

At the same time, disease risks such as avian influenza continue to influence production strategies in many regions. As a result, biosecurity, feeding efficiency and production management are becoming increasingly interconnected areas of innovation. These developments will also be highlighted at the upcoming International Poultry Conference on 9 November in Hanover, where experts will discuss major trends, innovation drivers and current challenges in the global poultry sector.

Animal health and biosecurity at the centre

Improving animal health remains one of the most important drivers of innovation in poultry production. Advances in vaccination, in particular, are helping to improve both disease control and animal handling. New systems allow vaccines to be applied more precisely and efficiently, contributing to better health outcomes and supporting longer production cycles. This is becoming increasingly relevant, for example, as laying hens are kept for extended periods in order to improve overall efficiency.

One example of this trend is the Vaccybot from Agri Advanced Technologies, a fully automated poultry vaccination system that combines advanced camera technology with robotic precision to administer multiple vaccines accurately. This can help improve vaccination quality while reducing stress for the animals and labour requirements on the farm.

Another important technology trend is the growing use of digital flock monitoring for the early detection of health issues and behavioural abnormalities. Combining sensor technology, data analytics and computer vision, these systems can continuously track parameters such as activity levels, feed and water intake, movement patterns and barn conditions. This helps identify deviations from normal flock behaviour at an early stage, enabling faster responses and supporting animal health, biosecurity and overall production management.

Hygiene also plays a central role, particularly in hatcheries. Innovations in egg disinfection, including advanced sterilisation technologies, are helping to improve chick health while reducing the need for chemical disinfectants.

Automation, labour and feeding innovation

Automation is becoming a core component of modern poultry production, helping to improve consistency, reduce labour requirements and increase overall efficiency. In housing systems, automated solutions are supporting daily management tasks such as cleaning, monitoring and environmental control, while advanced robotic systems can help maintain hygiene standards even in complex aviary structures.

At the same time, feeding systems are becoming more precise and increasingly data-driven. Solutions that use real-time data to support more targeted feeding strategies are gaining attention, helping producers to align feed delivery more closely with animal needs, flock performance and changing production conditions. New concepts also seek to combine efficiency with animal-oriented management, for example through systems that provide protein-rich live larvae and encourage natural behaviour.

Beyond the barn, automation is also advancing in slaughter and processing, where robotics and digital control systems are helping to improve workflow efficiency, consistency and labour utilisation. Taken together, these developments show how automation is becoming increasingly integrated across the poultry value chain, from on-farm management to downstream processing.

Evolving housing systems and animal welfare

Animal welfare continues to shape the development of poultry housing systems. One important trend is the move towards longer production cycles, supported by improved health management and breeding strategies. There is also growing interest in systems that allow birds to be kept with intact beaks while maintaining high welfare standards.

At the same time, innovative housing systems are being developed to reduce stress and improve overall system efficiency. Integrated concepts, in which birds remain in a single system from hatching throughout the production period, are gaining attention. These systems reduce the need for transport and adaptation, helping to lower stress levels and support better animal welfare. In addition, smaller design improvements, such as ergonomically optimised perches, show how even incremental innovations can contribute to both animal welfare and production performance.

A broader structural trend, particularly relevant in international markets, is the gradual shift from cage-based systems to free-range and alternative housing systems, reflecting evolving regulatory frameworks and changing market expectations.

Sustainability and efficiency

Sustainability is becoming an increasingly important factor in poultry production, bringing together economic and environmental considerations. Producers are working to reduce emissions, optimise resource use and manage energy consumption more efficiently. Feed efficiency plays a major role in this context. Improving feed conversion, along with the exploration of alternative feed components, are among the key strategies for reducing both costs and environmental impact.

As feed resources become more constrained globally, technologies that improve feed utilisation are gaining further importance. At the same time, many innovations are aimed at improving overall system efficiency, integrating production processes and reducing reliance on external inputs such as antibiotics or chemical treatments.

Water management and climate resilience are also moving further up the agenda in poultry production. In many regions, producers are increasingly focusing on technologies and management strategies that help improve water efficiency, safeguard water quality and strengthen resilience to more frequent heat periods. In particular, heat stress is becoming a growing concern, as it can affect animal welfare, feed intake, productivity and overall flock performance. As a result, ventilation, cooling, sensor-based climate control and adapted housing concepts are gaining importance as part of integrated approaches to more resilient and resource-efficient poultry production.

From trend to practical application

A defining feature of EuroTier is its focus on practical, farm-ready solutions. The technologies presented are not theoretical concepts, but advanced innovations that are already available on the market or are expected to be launched shortly.

For poultry professionals, this provides an opportunity to assess how new technologies can be integrated into their own operations. The exhibition enables direct comparison of different approaches, helping decision-makers identify solutions best suited to their specific production conditions.

For international visitors, EuroTier offers clear added value as a platform where technologies from different regions can be evaluated in a practical context.

Outlook

The future development of poultry production will continue to be shaped by resilience, biosecurity, efficiency and sustainability. At the same time, the sector’s growth momentum is expected to remain strong, supported by rising global demand and continued innovation. The trends observed in recent years, particularly in animal health, feeding systems, automation and housing, are therefore likely to remain central to the sector’s development.

EuroTier 2026 will provide a comprehensive overview of these developments and offer insights into how the poultry industry can turn growth opportunities into practical progress.

Readers of Poultry TRENDS are warmly invited to visit EuroTier 2026. For further information on visiting the exhibition or joining international visitor programmes, please contact Angelina Laas (DLG) at a.laas@dlg.org or visit www.eurotier.com.

The post Poultry Technology Trends 2026: From Biosecurity to Automation at EuroTier trade fair appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Aviagen TMEA marks leadership transition as Sergio Illán. Succeeds Tom Exley

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 17:35:09 +0700

Aviagen^® TMEA (Türkiye, Middle East and Africa) is marking a new chapter in its regional leadership as Sergio Illán succeeds Tom Exley as President of Aviagen TMEA following Tom’s retirement after a distinguished career in the poultry industry.

During his leadership, Tom played a key role in strengthening collaboration across the TMEA region, bringing together teams, distributors and customers while fostering a strong sense of unity and shared purpose across continents, cultures and markets. His open and approachable leadership style helped deepen trusted relationships throughout the region and reinforced Aviagen’s reputation as a reliable, long-term presence in the industry.

Tom also guided the region through periods of global challenge with a strong focus on resilience, supporting robust supply networks and helping customers navigate an evolving industry landscape with confidence. Under his leadership, TMEA continued to support sustainable poultry production and food security initiatives aimed at meeting growing demand for affordable, high-quality protein. Following the completion of the leadership transition on 1 July, Tom will continue to support the business in an advisory capacity before retiring on 30 October 2026.

“Leading the TMEA region has been an incredibly rewarding experience, and I am proud of what we have achieved together over the years. What stands out most to me are the relationships we have built across our teams, customers and distributors, and the shared commitment to supporting the future of poultry production throughout the region. I leave knowing the business is in very capable hands with Sergio and look forward to seeing the TMEA region grow and succeed in the future,” commented Tom.

As the region enters its next chapter, Aviagen welcomes Sergio Illán as the new President of Aviagen TMEA.

Sergio brings extensive experience within the Aviagen business, most recently serving as General Manager of Aviagen SAU in Spain. He holds a degree in Veterinary Medicine from the Universitat Autónoma of Barcelona, an MSc in Pig Production from the University of Aberdeen and an Executive MBA from ESADE Business School.

Prior to joining Aviagen, Sergio built broad experience across the Spanish agricultural sector in nutrition, production and commercial roles. Throughout his career, he has worked across multiple livestock sectors, supporting operational development, customer service and business growth in international markets.

Known for his focus on operational excellence, sustainability and customer relationships, Sergio will lead the TMEA region into its next phase of growth and development.

Sergio added:“I am honored to take on this new role and continue building on the strong foundation that Tom has established across the region. The region is experiencing strong underlying drivers – population growth, urbanization, and rising incomes – all of which are fueling demand for affordable, high-quality protein. I look forward to working closely with our teams and customers to continue delivering innovation, performance and long-term success.”

Personalized Dog Collars: Why Pet Parents Love Them

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 17:30:05 +0700

A collar is often the first accessory a dog wears, and for many Indian pet parents it becomes far more than a strap around the neck. It carries the name, the phone number, sometimes a tiny bell, and always a bit of personality. Over the last few years, personalized dog collars have moved from being a niche luxury to a everyday essential in homes across Mumbai, Bengaluru, Delhi, Pune, and countless smaller cities and towns. Pet parents are picking them for reasons that go beyond looks, and the shift is easy to understand once you look at what these collars actually offer.

This guide walks through why personalized collars are so loved, what to check before buying one, and how to pick a design that suits your dog and the Indian climate. If you are shopping for a new pup or upgrading from a plain nylon strap, the sections below will help you decide with clarity.

What Is a Personalized Dog Collar?

A personalized dog collar is a collar customized with information unique to your dog. This usually includes the pet's name and the owner's contact number, either embroidered directly on the collar, printed on the material, or engraved on a metal tag or nameplate fixed to the strap. Some pet parents also add the home address, a medical note, or a fun nickname.

Unlike a standard collar, which serves only as a base for a leash, a personalized one carries identification at all times. That single feature has quietly changed how Indian pet parents think about walks, travel, boarding, and even everyday play in the park. You can browse a variety of options across the dog collars and leashes collection to see how designs vary across materials, widths, and closures.

Why Indian Pet Parents Love Personalized Collars

1. Faster Reunion If Your Dog Gets Lost

Even the most careful pet parent can have a heart-stopping moment. A gate left open, a sudden firecracker during Diwali, a loud thunderclap during the monsoon, and a scared dog can bolt in seconds. A personalized collar with your phone number turns any kind stranger into a rescuer. According to the American Kennel Club, visible identification is one of the fastest ways to reunite a lost dog with its family, often faster than microchips because it needs no scanner and no vet visit.

2. A Style That Reflects Your Dog

Indian pet parents are more design conscious than ever. A Labrador in Bengaluru might sport a bright mango-yellow collar with embroidered paw prints, while a Shih Tzu in Kolkata may wear a soft velvet band with a brass nameplate. Personalized collars come in a range of colours, patterns, and finishes, so the accessory feels like an extension of the dog's personality rather than a generic strap.

3. Better Fit and Comfort

Most personalized collars are made to measure, or at least come in more size options than mass produced ones. That matters a lot in India, where dog breeds vary widely from tiny Indies and Pomeranians to sturdy Rajapalayams and Rottweilers. A well fitted collar sits snug without choking, which is important in humid weather when skin irritation and hot spots can develop quickly under a poorly designed band.

4. Silent Identification Without a Jingling Tag

Traditional metal tags dangle and jingle, which some dogs find annoying and some owners find noisy at night. Embroidered or engraved personalization sits flat on the collar, so there is no constant clinking during walks or sleep. For apartment dwellers in cities like Mumbai and Chennai, where noise carries between flats, this quiet feature is a small but real comfort.

5. A Sense of Belonging

There is something quietly emotional about seeing your dog's name on the collar you fasten every morning. Many pet parents describe it as the moment a rescue dog truly becomes family, or the finishing touch when a new puppy comes home. It is a small daily ritual that reinforces the bond, and it is one reason personalized collars are so often gifted at pet adoption events and birthday celebrations.

Popular Types of Personalized Dog Collars in India

Embroidered Nylon Collars

Durable, washable, and available in many colours. The name and number are stitched directly into the strap, so there is nothing to fall off. These are a great everyday pick for medium and large breeds.

Leather Collars With Engraved Nameplates

A classic choice for pet parents who want a premium look. Genuine or vegan leather with a small brass or steel plate riveted to the front. Best kept away from heavy rain, which limits use during peak monsoon in coastal cities.

Reflective Personalized Collars

Made with reflective stitching or piping that catches vehicle headlights. Extremely useful for early morning or late evening walks in poorly lit lanes, which is common in many Indian neighbourhoods.

Padded Fabric Collars

Soft inner padding, usually neoprene or fleece, with embroidered details on the outer fabric. Great for dogs with sensitive skin or thick coats such as Golden Retrievers and Huskies who feel the heat more sharply in Indian summers.

Martingale Collars With Personalization

Designed for dogs with narrow heads such as Beagles and Whippets, or for training situations where you want gentle control without choking. Adding a name and number keeps the safety benefits while ensuring identification.

What to Check Before Buying a Personalized Dog Collar

Correct measurement: Measure your dog's neck with a soft tape and add two finger widths of space for a comfortable fit.
Weather friendly material: In humid coastal regions, quick drying nylon or polyester works better than leather. For drier climates like Delhi or Jaipur, leather holds up well year round.
Strong hardware: Look for rust resistant D-rings and buckles, especially if your dog swims or bathes often.
Clear, lasting personalization: Embroidery lasts longer than printing. Engraved metal plates outlast painted ones.
Right width for the breed: Thin collars for toy breeds, wider ones for large and powerful dogs to distribute pressure evenly.

Pairing the right collar with a matching leash makes daily walks smoother. You can find coordinated sets and sturdy walking gear in the collars and leashes section, which covers everything from soft puppy straps to heavy duty training collars.

Safety Tips Every Pet Parent Should Know

A collar is a safety tool, and a few small habits make a big difference. The ASPCA recommends checking your dog's collar fit regularly, especially for puppies who grow quickly, and removing the collar during crate time or unsupervised play to prevent accidental snagging. In India, where many dogs spend time in gated societies and shared parks, keeping the collar visible and readable is just as important as keeping it clean.

Wash fabric collars every couple of weeks, particularly after monsoon walks when mud and moisture can trap bacteria against the skin. If you notice hair loss, redness, or a strong odour around the neck, loosen the collar and consult your vet. A well maintained collar should feel comfortable enough that your dog forgets it is there.

Occasions When Personalized Collars Shine

Personalized collars are wonderful for pet birthdays, adoption anniversaries, and festival photoshoots. Many pet parents also order a fresh collar before a big trip, whether it is a road journey to Goa or a train ride to visit family. Having the name and contact clearly displayed offers peace of mind in unfamiliar surroundings.

Boarding facilities and pet daycare centres also appreciate personalized collars. Staff can call each dog by name from day one, which helps sensitive or nervous pets settle in faster. Complementing the collar with well chosen dog accessories such as name embroidered bandanas or ID tags builds a small identification kit that travels with your dog wherever you go.

Final Thoughts

Personalized dog collars have become popular in India for good reasons. They keep dogs safer, look wonderful, and add a personal touch to everyday pet parenting. Whether you are welcoming a new puppy, celebrating a rescue adoption, or simply refreshing your dog's wardrobe, a well chosen personalized collar is a small investment that pays back every single walk. Take a little time to measure carefully, pick a material suited to your city's weather, and add the details that matter most. Your dog will wear it proudly, and you will feel just a little more at ease every time you clip on the leash.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. Are personalized dog collars safe for puppies?

Yes, as long as the collar is lightweight, adjustable, and checked for fit every couple of weeks. Puppies grow fast, so a collar that fits at eight weeks may become tight by four months. Choose soft fabric or padded nylon and avoid heavy metal plates until your pup is fully grown.

2. What information should I put on my dog's personalized collar?

The essentials are your dog's name and at least one active phone number. Some pet parents add a second number or the words "Reward if found." Avoid full home addresses on the outside of the collar for privacy reasons; a phone number is enough for a finder to reach you.

3. Do personalized collars replace the need for a microchip?

No, both work best together. A collar offers instant, visible identification that any stranger can read. A microchip is a permanent backup in case the collar slips off. Using both greatly improves the chances of a safe reunion if your dog ever gets lost.

4. How do I clean an embroidered personalized collar?

Most nylon and fabric collars can be hand washed with mild soap and cool water, then air dried in the shade. Avoid harsh detergents and machine drying, which can fade the embroidery. Leather collars should be wiped with a damp cloth and conditioned occasionally to prevent cracking.

5. Which personalized collar is best for Indian summers?

Breathable nylon or padded polyester collars are the most comfortable choice during hot months. They dry quickly, resist odour, and do not trap heat against the skin the way thick leather can. For dogs with heavy coats, a slightly wider collar helps distribute pressure without adding warmth.

6. Can I use a personalized collar for training?

Yes, personalization does not interfere with training. If you are working on leash manners, a personalized martingale or flat collar works well for most breeds. For strong pullers, pair the collar with a harness during training sessions and keep the collar for identification.

How to Introduce Shoes to Your Dog Comfortably: A Practical Guide for Indian Pet Parents

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 17:30:05 +0700

Hot tarmac in May, monsoon puddles in July, and gritty city pavements year round can be tough on a dog's paws. Shoes, or dog boots, offer a simple layer of protection, yet most dogs treat them as invaders on their feet the first time around. The good news is that almost every dog can learn to wear shoes calmly, provided the introduction is patient, positive, and paced to their comfort level.

This guide walks you through the reasons dogs need shoes in Indian conditions, how to pick the right pair, and a gentle training plan that turns a strange sensation into a normal part of the walk routine.

Why Indian Dogs May Actually Need Shoes

Many pet parents assume shoes are only for snowy climates, but the Indian context throws up plenty of situations where paw protection helps. Summer surface temperatures in cities like Delhi, Ahmedabad, and Chennai can climb well above what a dog's pads can tolerate. According to the American Kennel Club, pavement can reach dangerous temperatures on warm days and cause burns within seconds, which is why the back of your hand test on the ground before a walk is a widely recommended safety check.

Shoes are helpful in more than just summer. Consider these everyday Indian scenarios:

Monsoon walks through waterlogged streets carrying bacteria, sharp debris, and chemicals.
Post surgery or paw injury recovery, when the vet advises keeping wounds clean and dry.
Senior dogs with weakened pads or arthritis who benefit from extra grip on tiled floors.
Hiking trips to hill stations where trails have loose stones and thorny undergrowth.
Urban walks near construction zones with broken glass, nails, and hot metal shavings.

Once you see shoes as safety gear rather than a fashion accessory, the effort to train your dog to wear them starts to feel worthwhile.

Choosing the Right Shoes Before You Start Training

A comfortable introduction depends heavily on the right fit. Ill fitting boots slip, pinch, or trap sweat, which makes the whole experience unpleasant and sets training back. Before you begin, measure your dog's paws carefully. Place the front paw on a piece of paper, mark the widest points, and measure length and width in millimetres. Do this while your dog is standing so the pad spreads naturally.

What to look for in a good pair

Breathable material: Mesh panels or soft fabric help in humid Indian weather. Fully waterproof rubber boots are best kept for short monsoon or muddy walks.
Flexible sole with grip: The sole should bend easily and offer traction on smooth flooring and wet roads.
Secure but soft closure: Adjustable velcro straps around the ankle prevent slipping without cutting into the skin.
Reflective detailing: Useful for early morning or late evening walks in low light.
Correct size: There should be a small gap at the toe, and the boot should not spin around the paw when your dog stands.

You can explore a range of paw protection options and other walk essentials in the dog grooming and accessories collection to find a pair that matches your dog's size and lifestyle.

Prepare Your Dog Before the Shoes Come Out

A dog that is anxious about paw handling will find shoes stressful no matter how good the fit is. Spend a few days building comfort around the paws first. Sit beside your dog during a calm moment, gently lift each paw, hold it for a second or two, and release. Reward with a small treat and quiet praise.

Gradually increase the handling to include gentle squeezing between the toes, brushing the top of the paw, and touching the pads. If your dog pulls away, do not force the paw back. Pause, wait, and try again later at an easier intensity. This groundwork makes the actual boot fitting feel like a familiar routine rather than a sudden intrusion.

Clean, well trimmed paws also help. Long fur between the pads can bunch up inside a shoe and cause discomfort, so a light trim before you start is worth the effort. Keep some soft, high value rewards handy from your regular stash of training treats.

A Step by Step Plan to Introduce Shoes Comfortably

The core principle here is simple. Move slowly, pair every new step with something your dog enjoys, and never rush to the finish. Most dogs need three to seven short sessions spread across a week, though very sensitive dogs may take longer. Keep sessions under ten minutes so your dog stays interested rather than overwhelmed.

Step 1: Let the shoes exist in the room

Place the boots on the floor near your dog's bed or feeding area. Let your dog sniff and investigate on their own terms. Drop a few treats around and on top of the shoes so they build a positive association from the very first contact.

Step 2: Touch the shoe to the paw

Pick up one boot, gently touch it to your dog's paw, and immediately offer a treat. Repeat several times on each paw. You are teaching your dog that the shoe touching the paw predicts something good.

Step 3: Slip on one boot only

Put a single boot on one front paw. Do not fasten it fully yet. Reward, praise, and remove it within a few seconds. Repeat with a short break in between. Some dogs freeze or shake the paw, which is a normal first reaction. Stay calm, use a cheerful voice, and encourage forward movement with a treat held slightly ahead.

Step 4: Add the second front boot

Once your dog is neutral about one boot, add the matching front boot. Let them walk around indoors for a minute or two, keeping the mood light with play or treats. The high stepping walk that most dogs do at this stage is completely normal and disappears within a session or two.

Step 5: Introduce the back boots

Back paws are usually the harder pair, so save them for later sessions. Fit both, fasten gently but firmly, and reward every few steps. Try short indoor games like fetch or a simple recall so your dog focuses on the activity rather than the sensation on their feet.

Step 6: Move to outdoor walks

Start with a familiar, quiet route. Keep the first outdoor session in shoes to ten or fifteen minutes. Watch your dog's gait carefully. If they limp, high step continuously, or try to bite the boots off, stop, check the fit, and shorten the session next time.

Common Problems and How to Solve Them

Even with a careful plan, small hurdles are normal. Here is how to handle the most common ones without losing progress.

The dog refuses to walk

This is the classic frozen statue reaction. Do not drag the leash. Kneel a few feet away, call your dog cheerfully, and reward any small step forward. Movement returns once the novelty wears off.

The boots keep slipping off

Nine times out of ten, this is a sizing issue. Check the strap tightness and consider going one size down if there is significant heel gap. Boots meant for wide paws will not stay on slim breeds like Indies or Beagles.

The dog chews the boots

Redirect with a chew toy or a long lasting treat the moment shoes go on. If chewing continues, the fit may be uncomfortable, so recheck for pressure points and rough seams.

Sweaty or smelly paws after use

Indian humidity can cause moisture buildup inside boots. Remove them after every walk, wipe the paws dry, and let the boots air out fully before the next use. A quick paw check for redness or rash is a healthy habit to build in.

Building Long Term Comfort with Shoes

Once your dog accepts shoes, keep the habit consistent. Use them for the situations they were bought for, whether that is scorching afternoons, monsoon outings, or trail walks, rather than every single walk. Overuse can weaken the natural toughness of the pads. The ASPCA notes that pavement heat is one of the leading warm weather hazards for dogs, which makes selective shoe use a smart middle ground.

Rotate between two pairs if your dog wears them often, so each pair gets time to dry completely. Wash the boots as per the label, usually a mild soap rinse works, and inspect the soles for wear every few weeks. Pair the routine with regular paw care, nail trims, and moisturising balm during dry months to keep the pads healthy underneath.

Positive reinforcement remains important even after the training phase. A treat or a warm word after every walk keeps the association pleasant. You can browse gentle reward options in the dog treats and chews range to keep training moments enjoyable for both of you.

When to Consult a Vet

If your dog shows persistent lameness after wearing boots, develops sores or hair loss on the paws, or refuses shoes despite a slow and positive introduction, it is worth a vet visit. Underlying issues like paw pad allergies, interdigital cysts, or arthritis can make shoes uncomfortable in ways that training alone cannot fix. Your vet may also suggest supportive supplements for older dogs whose joints benefit from extra care, which you can explore in the dog supplements range.

Final Thoughts

Shoes are one of those unusual accessories that most dogs never ask for yet often benefit from. With a calm, structured introduction rooted in patience and rewards, your dog can learn to accept boots as just another part of getting ready for a walk. Match the fit to the paw, the material to the season, and the training pace to your dog's personality, and the process becomes a small, thoughtful investment in years of safer, happier walks together.

Frequently Asked Questions

How long does it take for a dog to get used to wearing shoes?

Most dogs adjust within one to two weeks of short, positive sessions. Very sensitive dogs or seniors may need three to four weeks. The pace depends on how comfortable your dog is with paw handling before you begin.

At what age can I start introducing shoes to my puppy?

You can begin gentle paw handling from eight weeks onwards, but actual shoe wearing is best introduced after four months when the paws have grown more. Keep sessions extremely short and playful at this age.

Are dog shoes really necessary in Indian summers?

Yes, for city dogs walked on tar or concrete. Surface temperatures can burn paw pads on hot afternoons. If early morning or late evening walks on cool surfaces are possible, shoes can be reserved for midday outings, vet visits, or car park walks.

What if my dog absolutely refuses to wear shoes?

Slow the process down further. Reward the smallest signs of tolerance, use higher value treats, and try a lighter, more flexible boot. If refusal continues after several patient attempts, alternatives like paw wax, cooling mats, or timing walks around cooler hours are practical options.

Can dogs wear shoes on all four paws right from the start?

It is possible but not recommended. Introducing shoes one paw at a time, then two, and finally all four spreads out the sensory change and keeps stress low. Rushing to all four boots often leads to the frozen statue reaction that is harder to undo.

How do I keep dog boots clean and hygienic in Indian weather?

Rinse them after muddy or wet walks, wipe the insides with a dry cloth, and let them air dry away from direct sunlight to preserve the material. A weekly deeper clean with mild soap keeps odour and bacteria under control.

Jaarbeurs announces acquisition of food & agri innovation platform Foodbytes from Rabobank during VIV Europe 2026

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 14:10:05 +0700

Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs is acquiring the innovation platform Foodbytes from Rabobank. Since 2015, Foodbytes has been an international hub for startups, corporates, and investors active in the agri and food sectors. The platform brings together stakeholders working on areas such as regenerative agriculture, alternative protein production, robotics and automation in farming, and innovations in seaweed production. The acquisition was announced at VIV Europe 2026, the international agritech exhibition currently taking place at Jaarbeurs.

Jaarbeurs has been active worldwide in the agri and food sector for over forty years through VIV Worldwide, a global network of events. Jeroen van Hooff, CEO of Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs:

“With Foodbytes, we are making a significant step forward in creating digital opportunities for our community in this sector. Live encounters are and will remain crucial; with Foodbytes, we are also expanding our online offering of relevant meeting spaces for decision-makers, investors and entrepreneurs. It is not only part of our digital strategy, but also of the further development of our position in this sector. With Foodbytes, we gain insights and knowledge that we can share with the food and agri community to support their growth. Rabobank and Jaarbeurs know each other as trusted and inspiring partners—and we are literally neighbors in Utrecht. We are therefore very pleased to continue our collaboration, including in the context of Foodbytes.”

Foodbytes has grown rapidly in recent years and is now ready to enter its next phase of growth. Roland van der Vorst, Strategic Advisor of the Board of Rabobank and as former Head of Innovation responsible for launching Foodbytes:

“It is impressive how the Foodbytes team has grown from a physical event into a fully-fledged international digital innovation platform. As Rabobank, we are proud of what we have developed, and we also see that Foodbytes has greater potential to grow beyond the confines of a strictly regulated financial institution. With Jaarbeurs, we have found the ideal partner to achieve this: we will continue to work closely with Foodbytes as a strategic partner, and the combination of digital and physical events holds great promise.”

Here are the 5 Best Types of Wood for Desert Enclosures

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 10:45:03 +0700

Whether or not you plan to set up a bioactive vivarium for your pet, wood is a staple of any functional herp enclosure. Branches provide attractive, functional structures for climbing and perching. Flats and hollow logs can be use to make secure, close-fitting hiding places. Wood also makes an excellent basking surface that resists developing uncomfortable (or even dangerous) hot spots. Of course, not all types of wood work for all types of enclosures, so the trick is to choose the right wood for your needs.

The good news is that desert-style enclosures aren’t as susceptible to mold problems, which is the number one destroyer of wood in more humid setups. This means that you can use lighter, less-dense types of wood which would otherwise not be an option! These woods also tend to be less expensive, as an additional perk. Here are 5 types of wood that are commonly available and work well inside desert setups:

Cholla

Cholla wood (pronounced “choy-ya”) comes from Cylindropuntia cacti native to arid regions of the southwest United States and northern Mexico. Cholla cacti look very much like a typical cactus with branching growth and a shrublike habit, but when they die, they take on a whole new look: The flesh shrivels into a lightweight, highly porous wood, and holes develop where barbed spines used to be.

Cholla wood is naturally gray-brown in color, but it is often sandblasted to a yellow-tan color before sale. It’s often hollow, but it’s not unusual for some segments to be almost solid. Length and width vary, but cholla pieces are generally smaller than other types of wood.

In a terrarium context, cholla works well in desert setups because of its cactus origin and the fact that it tends to break down quickly in the presence of moisture. Longer pieces can make excellent climbing objects for lizards because cholla’s texture is easy for claws to grip. Hollow pieces can make attractive hiding opportunities for small lizards and snakes. Cholla’s lattice-like texture also make it excellent for mounting small air plants!

Grapevine

Grapevine wood comes from Vitis vinifera plants — in other words, the same plant grown for table and wine grapes! When agricultural grape vines undergo routine pruning, some of the thicker discards are dried out, sandblasted, and sold as terrarium or home décor. This makes grapevine wood one of the most sustainable options for decorating herp enclosures. Due to its availability, it’s also among the least expensive by length.

Grapevine wood is lightweight and low-density, which makes it very susceptible for mold in humid environments, but perfect for drier setups. Its sandblasted pale yellow/tan color makes it fit in well with arid setups as well. Plus, although it may not seem exotic, grapevine has a uniquely knobby texture with longitudinal “wrinkles” that can make it quite interesting to look at!

In a herp enclosure, larger segments of grapevine can make it a good climbing branch and basking perch. Plus, its irregular shape can make it an interesting challenge for your pet.

Ghostwood/Manzanita

Manzanita wood comes from the manzanita shrub (Arctostaphylos pungens), which is native to western North America. This area tends to experience hot, dry summers, so the wood develops ready for heat and drought. It’s a moderate-weight, hard wood, with contrasting red-brown heartwood and pale sapwood, as well as an attractive swirled grain and twisted shape. Whether left natural or sandblasted, manzanita’s natural colors make it perfect for a desert-style aesthetic.

Manzanita is usually sold as either ghostwood (thicker branches from the lower parts of the shrub) or simply manzanita branches (spindly pieces from the branch ends). Its smooth, thin, red bark is typically sandblasted off before sale, but not always. This also helps smooth off rough texture to make it more herp-friendly, but there may be sharp points that need to be sanded down before adding to the enclosure.

Large pieces work well as climbing and basking perches for heavier-bodied reptiles without risk of breakage, and can be stunning in larger enclosures. The thin branch clusters easily fit into smaller enclosures, and work well to create complex climbing structures for small, lightweight species. (Note that these thin branches tend to be a bit fragile.)

Spider Wood

Spider wood comes from the woody dried roots of Rhododendron plants such as azalea, named for its spindly, tangled texture. This is a lightweight softwood with a pale golden color and smooth grain. Spider wood is relatively low-density and can rot more quickly in humid setups, which can make it great for desert enclosures.

Spider wood’s natural shape makes it a complex and interesting obstacle or climbing item for small, lightweight animals. Although the branches can be thin, they are relatively strong for their size and don’t break too easily.

Cork

Cork comes from the cork oak tree (Quercus suber), native to the west Mediterranean Sea. The cork that we use as reptile keepers usually comes from pieces of bark that have been peeled off of the tree’s trunk and branches, although sometimes whole branches are sold as well. For most trees, peeling off bark is highly damaging to the tree, but cork trees are unique; they are capable of regrowing their bark! When a cork tree regrows its bark, it sequesters more carbon than an unharvested tree, which makes cork oak bark harvesting highly sustainable and eco-friendly.

Cork bark is a lightweight, elastic type of wood with a dark brown color and bumpy texture. Something that makes it unique is that it’s impervious to both gases and liquids (which is why it’s so popular for bottle stoppers). In a desert setup, this durable wood can last a long time before needing to be replaced, and can be especially efficient for creating humid microclimates.

Cork bark is available in flattened panels, flat segments, hollow logs, and branches, so you can use it as a basking surface, hiding place, climbing material, or even an attractive naturalistic background!

Conclusion

The nice thing about building a semi-arid or arid reptile enclosure is that you don’t have to worry as much about mold! This means that your options for wood are broader than if you were setting up an environment for a tropical or even temperate species. You can browse a wide variety of high-quality terrarium wood options here at Pangea Reptile.

To clean your terrarium wood, occasionally scrub it with hot water to remove waste and other debris. If it needs to be disinfected, spray it with a porous material-friendly disinfectant like F10SC or CleanBreak and allow to fully dry before placing it back in the enclosure. Alternatively, smaller pieces can be baked in an oven at 200°F for 2 hours — although keep in mind that these high temperatures can cause the wood to crack and shorten its lifespan.

References

Admin. (2025, February 11). Where does cork come from? Cork Industry Federation. https://cork-products.co.uk/where-does-cork-come-from/

Cork Oak. (2023, September 15). Rainforest Alliance. https://www.rainforest-alliance.org/species/cork-oak/

Manzanita. (n.d.). The Wood Database. Retrieved May 21, 2026, from https://www.wood-database.com/manzanita/

Rees, J. (2026, April 16). The Hardscape Guide to Spider Wood Driftwood (Azalea Root). Terrarium Tribe. https://terrariumtribe.com/spider-wood-guide/

Wikipedia contributors. (2026, June 4). Cylindropuntia. In Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia. Retrieved 17:10, June 24, 2026, from https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Cylindropuntia&oldid=1357826965

Wikipedia contributors. (2026, June 23). Vitis vinifera. In Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia. Retrieved 17:10, June 24, 2026, from https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Vitis_vinifera&oldid=1360745673

The Importance of a Midday Rest for Dogs During Summer Activity

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 03:50:03 +0700

Just like humans, many dogs require some downtime during an activity-filled day. However, in the summer, rest becomes even more important, especially because warmer temperatures can make outdoor play more physically demanding for pups.

Below, we explore why adding a midday nap to your dog’s warm weather routine can help them stay comfortable as they enjoy summer activities. We cover:

HOW DO DOGS REGULATE THEIR BODY TEMPERATURE IN THE SUMMER?

Dogs primarily cool themselves through panting. As they pant, their tongue, mouth, and upper respiratory tract release moisture, helping release excess body heat and lowering their body temperature. Pups also have sweat glands in their paw pads, which can play a small role in cooling them down.

When temperatures are high and humidity increases, it can cause dogs’ bodies to work harder to regulate their temperature, which can tire them out more quickly. Giving pups a chance to slow down and nap, especially midday when temperatures peak, can help them recover before becoming overly tired.

MIDDAY REST CAN HELP REDUCE OVERHEATING IN DOGS

Overheating can happen quickly for dogs. Early signs can include excessive panting, heavy drooling, restlessness, or bright red or dark red gums and tongue. As their body temperature continues to rise, even more serious signs can develop, like weakness or vomiting, which can indicate heatstroke, a medical emergency.

Well before ever reaching the point of overheating, a midday break in a cool, shaded, indoor area with access to water can help reduce risk and give your dog’s body time to cool down before returning to activity.

See also

Keeping Your Dog Cool in The Summer Heat

MIDDAY REST CAN HELP PROMOTE JOINT HEALTH IN DOGS

Summer is a great time to enjoy outdoor activities that keep dogs active and moving, benefiting their health and wellness. However, including time to recover is just as important for reducing continuous strain on their joints and muscles throughout the day. This is especially important for senior dogs and those with mobility concerns.

Balancing exercise with recovery can support your pup’s overall comfort, helping them get back to enjoying all the fun activities that summer has to offer.

MIDDAY REST CAN HELP DOGS CONSERVE ENERGY & REGULATE EMOTIONS

Midday rest can help dogs manage their physical energy and emotional state. During play, exercise, or social interaction, pups naturally expend more energy, which can be even more noticeable in the summer, when warm temperatures place additional strain on the body. Continued stimulation throughout the day can also contribute to mental fatigue.

Providing a quiet, comfortable break in the middle of the day can give dogs a chance to recharge both physically and mentally. Rest allows their bodies time to recover from earlier activity and helps prevent fatigue from building up too quickly. It can also allow them to settle after periods of excitement and sensory stimulation and support a calmer, more balanced state when they return to activity later in the day.

USE DOGTOPIA’S DASH ACTIVITY MONITOR TO KEEP TRACK OF REST BREAKS

Keeping track of when dogs are active and when they are resting can make a big difference in maintaining a healthy summer routine. Exercise and downtime are not always easy to measure, so tools that can monitor activity can be especially helpful in recognizing patterns.

See also

Meet DASH: The New Way to See Your Dog’s Day in Motion

Using Dogtopia’s DASH activity monitor, which attaches onto your pup’s collar, you can keep track of all the activity they get up to in a day, including play sessions and rest periods. The real-time data includes step count, distance traveled, time spent snoozing, and more.

STRUCTURED DOG DAYCARE AT DOGTOPIA

A structured daycare environment can play an important role in supporting a dog’s physical and emotional well-being. At Dogtopia, pups enjoy a daily routine at daycare, where our team of expert Canine Coaches balance playtime with scheduled rest periods, so dogs can recharge rather than engage in continuous activity. Plus, with our climate-controlled indoor playrooms, the temperature is always comfortable, making play and rest time ideal.

If your dog is looking for a summer of fun, be sure to contact your local Dogtopia. We love incorporating exciting activities like treat days, photoshoots, playroom bubble parties, agility exercises, and more into their summer routine.

This blog was reviewed/edited by Dogtopia’s Senior Director of Health & Safety Lorraine Rhoads, an experienced animal biologist and environmental scientist.

The post The Importance of a Midday Rest for Dogs During Summer Activity appeared first on Dogtopia.

Aquaculture 4.0 and the Last Mile of Growth A Conversation with Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Jul 2026 00:05:05 +0700

* By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

In this discussion, Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta outlines Aquaculture 4.0 as the shift from fragmented farming to integrated, data-driven systems. By connecting infrastructure, data, and value chain integration, the industry can eliminate operational uncertainty, reveal unseen biological risks, and unlock large-scale structured finance. This framework provides an essential roadmap for scaling global aquaculture through visibility and understanding.

Few professionals in global aquaculture have operated across as many dimensions of the industry as Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta, from production and consulting to academia, public policy, and international leadership, from working directly with farms to shaping national strategy in Mexico and leading global dialogue as President of the World Aquaculture Society (WAS).

He built his foundation at the farm level, then broadened it through consulting across regions and species, where the same patterns of variability and unpredictability consistently emerged regardless of geography. At Auburn University, he created the Certification for Aquaculture Professionals (CAP), reflecting his belief that technology alone does not transform aquaculture, people do. Later roles at CONAPESCA and as Secretary of Fisheries and Aquaculture in Tamaulipas, Mexico (SEPESCA) positioned aquaculture as a strategic sector tied to food security and economic development.

Today, based in Australia and engaged across Southeast Asia through Intelligon, he operates globally, working with producers, governments, and financial and technology stakeholders to translate innovation into scalable, integrated aquaculture systems.

In this conversation with Salvador Meza, Aquaculture Magazine explores his central thesis: aquaculture will not scale sustainably until it evolves from a fragmented activity into an integrated, data-driven system, a concept he frames as Aquaculture 4.0.

The Making of a Global Aquaculture Leader

Salvador Meza: Antonio, you have worked across nearly every layer of aquaculture. How has that shaped your understanding of the industry?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: It has shown me that aquaculture cannot be understood in isolation. I started at the farm level, aquaculture is biology, and biology defines your limits. Consulting across countries and species allowed me to see patterns, variability, lack of control, and limited predictability exist everywhere.

At Auburn University, that perspective led to the creation of CAP. Human capital remains one of the most underestimated variables in aquaculture.

Moving into policy at CONAPESCA and SEPESCA changed the scale at which I was thinking, from solving problems for a farm to designing systems for entire sectors. My work with WAS reinforced that aquaculture only advances when science, industry, and policy align.

So today I do not see isolated issues, I see a system that has evolved, but not yet integrated. The limitations are structural, not technical, improve production but ignore finance, and you limit scale; improve technology but ignore training, and you limit adoption. The next phase will come from connecting these elements, not optimizing them individually.

The Industry at Its Limits

Salvador Meza: Aquaculture has grown enormously over recent decades. Why do you believe it is reaching a structural limit?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: Because despite that growth, the system remains fundamentally unstable.

We have made major advances in genetics, nutrition, and production technologies, but there is a contradiction:

Improved performance, but not reduced uncertainty.

Production cycles still show high variability because we continue to operate under a reactive model.

Salvador Meza: What drives that instability, and how does it connect to what you call the “black box”?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: Lack of visibility. Aquaculture is driven by biological processes that change continuously, oxygen, feeding response, biomass development, but in many systems these variables are not monitored in real time.

Decisions are based on delayed information or experience alone, and reactive decision-making makes instability inevitable.

We understand inputs and measure outputs, but the process in between remains unseen. That is the black box. When the core of your system is not visible, you cannot stabilize it.

Salvador Meza: How does that connect with finance?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: Directly. Finance depends on measurable risk.

If you cannot observe what is happening inside the system, risk remains opaque, and opaque risk makes capital cautious. That is why aquaculture, despite strong fundamentals, still faces limitations in accessing large-scale structured finance.

From the perspective I have built working across multiple regions with producers, technology companies, and financial stakeholders, the transition is clear:

From uncertainty to visibility, from reactive to predictive systems, from fragmented operations to integrated ones, and most importantly, from unmeasured risk to financeable risk.

Aquaculture 4.0: Unlocking the Last Mile of Growth

Salvador Meza: What is Aquaculture 4.0 for you, in practice?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: At its core, a simple premise:

We cannot manage what we cannot see

Aquaculture has evolved by improving inputs, genetics, feed, and infrastructure, but visibility into what is happening inside the production system has remained limited. The first step is not adding more technology for its own sake, but making the system visible in a continuous and structured way.

I break this transformation into three pillars that only create value together:

Infrastructure, data, and systems integration

Infrastructure, both physical and digital, allows you to see the system.

Data allows you to measure it consistently and transform observations into structured information.

Systems integration connects that information across the value chain.

When these three elements work together, you move from a reactive model to a managed biological system, where decisions are based on what is happening and what is likely to happen next.

At the farm level, this improves stability and efficiency.

At the value chain and institutional level, it improves coordination, predictability, and visibility.

Feed mills understand demand and risk more clearly.

Governments can monitor production dynamics in real time.

And financial institutions can finally assess risk in a structured way.

Salvador Meza: And this is where finance becomes central?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: Yes. This is what I describe as the last mile of growth.

The industry has made real progress in production and technology, but scale is constrained by capital, and capital requires clarity on risk.

Once you have continuous data, you move from assumptions to measurable performance. That allows risk to be structured, understood, and financed.

Infrastructure allows you to see risk.

Data allows you to measure risk.

Systems integration allows you to manage risk.

And that is what converts uncertainty into investable opportunity.

What emerges is a reinforcing cycle:

Data → Risk → Finance → Adoption → Data

Once that flywheel begins to move, transformation accelerates.

Salvador Meza: Where does Intelligon fit into this transformation?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: Intelligon operates precisely at that intersection.

By integrating sensors, feeding systems, satellite information, and environmental data into a unified platform, we are not only improving farm performance, but enabling the translation of that data into actionable intelligence across the entire value chain, including producers, feed companies, governments, and financial institutions.

The objective is not just efficiency.

It is to enable scalable, financeable aquaculture systems at industry level.

Sustainability becomes a natural outcome of this visibility. Better feeding reduces waste, improved oxygen management reduces stress and mortality, and better data reduces environmental variability.

It emerges from better system management, and increasingly, it is directly linked to access to capital.

In one idea:

Aquaculture 4.0 is the transition from producing with uncertainty to producing with understanding.

And once you understand the system, you can manage it.

Once you can manage it, you can finance it.

And once you can finance it, you can scale it.

That is the last mile of growth.

Global Deployment and Validation

Salvador Meza: Where are you actually seeing this transformation happening?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: This is no longer theoretical; it is already happening across multiple regions.

Having worked across these regions over nearly three decades, what stands out is that despite differences in geography, species, and production models, the same patterns are emerging.

In Southeast Asia, particularly Vietnam, export requirements are driving a strong push toward real-time monitoring, automated feeding, and data-driven decision making. Once these systems demonstrate consistent results, adoption accelerates rapidly.

In Latin America, especially Ecuador, we see a more advanced stage of implementation. Producers are not only improving productivity, but integrating data, traceability, and system-level thinking into their operations.

Across Central America and other emerging regions, the conversations are also evolving, shifting from production techniques to resilience, competitiveness, and long-term positioning.

At the global level, what is most relevant is convergence.

Through platforms like FAO and AQUACON, governments, international organizations, and industry leaders are increasingly aligned around the same structural questions, how to operationalize transparency, improve system-level visibility, and enable access to capital.

This is clearly reflected in initiatives such as the FAO Global Conference on Smart Farming, where the integration of digital technologies, data systems, and sustainability is no longer theoretical, but part of a global food system agenda.

When these themes emerge consistently across Asia, the Americas, Europe, and the Middle East, it becomes clear that this is not a regional shift.

It is a global transition.

What Comes Next

Salvador Meza: What should the industry focus on now?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: The priority is scaling.

We already know these systems work. The challenge is how quickly we can deploy them across different regions, species, and production environments.

Salvador Meza: What is holding that back?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: Three things.

Fragmentation, the industry is still segmented.

Access to capital, financial structures are not yet fully aligned.

And mindset, many still prioritize short-term output over long-term system stability.

Salvador Meza: So, this is not just a technical shift?

Dr. Antonio Garza de Yta: No. It is a structural shift.

It requires thinking about aquaculture not as individual farms, but as integrated systems.

Because the next phase of growth will not be defined by how much we produce, but by how well we understand, manage, and connect the systems behind it.

And the speed at which we make that transition will determine who leads the future of aquaculture.

Conclusion

As aquaculture enters its next phase, the question is no longer whether it can grow, but whether it can do so with stability, transparency, and scale.

The answer will depend on how quickly the industry moves from fragmented operations to integrated, data-driven systems.

*Salvador Meza
Editor & Publisher of Aquaculture Magazine.

Bacteriophages demonstrate potential to improve growth performance, immune response and gut health in chickens

Edusehat — Thu, 02 Jul 2026 23:45:03 +0700

By Iqra Nazir, PhD candidate
Department of Animal Sciences
Purdue University, USA

Enteric bacterial pathogens such as Salmonella spp. and avian pathogenic Escherichia coli (APEC) continue to be major health challenges in the poultry industry. These infections in poultry lead to poor gut health, reduced feed efficiency, slower growth and increased morbidity and mortality, directly affecting overall productivity.

The situation is further complicated by the rising prevalence of antimicrobial resistance, which can reduce the effectiveness of commonly used antibiotics for disease control and treatment in poultry. When treatments become less effective, infections can last longer, leading to poor flock performance, higher production losses and an increased risk of disease spread. As a result, researchers are increasingly exploring sustainable alternatives that can control harmful bacteria while maintaining bird health and productivity.^1,2

Potential of bacteriophages

Bacteriophages (or phages), which literally means ‘bacteria eaters,’ are viruses that selectively target and infect bacteria. They are widely distributed in the environment, including soil and water, and are considered the most abundant biological entities on Earth. One of the most attractive qualities of bacteriophages is their high specificity to destroy only the targeted bacteria. Importantly, bacteriophages are generally considered safe for humans and animals.³

Because of these properties, bacteriophages have gained increasing attention as a potential alternative to antibiotics for controlling bacterial pathogens in poultry production. However, the successful application of bacteriophages requires a better understanding of their effects on animal growth and productivity, as any reduction in performance could outweigh the benefits of pathogen control.

Additionally, optimizing delivery methods and evaluating the long-term effects of bacteriophages on animal health and gut microbiome composition are essential for understanding the effectiveness and practicality of phage-based interventions in poultry production.

Study design

With growing interest in bacteriophages as alternatives to antibiotics, we sought to determine whether dietary phage supplementation could influence broiler growth, gut microbial communities and immune response to phages. To address this question, we conducted three experiments:

Experiment #1

We divided 170 one-day-old broiler chickens into five treatment groups:

Control group: No Salmonella gallinarum challenge and no phage treatment
Challenge control group: S. Gallinarum challenged, no phage treatment
Microencapsulated phage cocktail group: S. Gallinarum challenged, treated with microencapsulated phages
Unencapsulated phage cocktail group: S. Gallinarum challenged, treated with unencapsulated phages
Mixture of microencapsulated and unencapsulated phage cocktail group: S. Gallinarum challenged, treated with a mixture of microencapsulated and unencapsulated phages

We collected cecal samples before and after bacterial challenge and phage treatment via oral gavage to evaluate changes in the gut microbiome composition.

Experiment #2

In this experiment, we divided 104 one-day-old broiler chickens into four treatment groups:

Control group: No APEC challenge and no treatment
Challenge control group: APEC-challenged, no treatment
Phage-only group: No APEC challenge, phage cocktail only
Phage-treated group: APEC-challenged, received a mixture of microencapsulated and unencapsulated phages

We collected cecal samples before and after bacterial challenge and phage treatment via oral gavage to evaluate changes in the gut microbiome.

Experiment #3

We used 108 one-day-old broiler chickens in a randomized block design and assigned them to four dietary treatments:

Control diet: No phage supplementation
Placebo group: Sodium alginate beads with lysogeny broth
Salmonella phage group: Diet supplemented with Salmonella Gallinarum phages
APEC phage group: Diet supplemented with APEC phages

We recorded body weight at weekly intervals (days 7, 14, 21, 28 and 35) and measured feed intake to calculate growth performance parameters, including average daily gain and feed conversion ratio. We also collected blood samples at the same time points to check for antibody production against phages.

Effects on gut microbiome

The gut microbiome plays a critical role in digestion, nutrient utilization and disease resistance. Maintaining a healthy balance of intestinal bacteria is essential for bird health and performance.

Our microbiome analysis revealed that phage treatments (Salmonella Gallinarum or APEC phages) primarily reduced targeted bacterial pathogens while leaving the overall gut microbial community largely unaffected. This finding is important because it indicates that phages can selectively control harmful bacteria without disrupting the normal bacterial populations that contribute to gut health.

We also observed a slight increase in beneficial bacterial genera, including Lactobacillus and Bifidobacterium. These bacteria are commonly associated with improved intestinal health, better production and nutrient utilization.⁴

Performance, immune response

Our results showed that dietary phage supplementation improved broiler performance throughout the production cycle (7 to 35 days). Birds receiving phage-supplemented diets had better average daily gain and body weight gain compared to birds that did not receive phages.

These findings suggest that phages can support productivity while helping maintain a healthy intestinal environment. Improved growth performance is particularly important as producers seek alternatives that can enhance efficiency without relying heavily on antibiotics.

One concern surrounding long-term phage use is whether birds might develop an immune response against the phages, reducing their effectiveness over time. In our study, repeated exposure to phages (days 7 to 14 and 21 to 28) during the production period did not trigger measurable phage-specific antibody responses, suggesting that phages can be used during a typical broiler grow-out cycle without losing effectiveness due to immune system interference.⁴

Implications for poultry production

Bacteriophages offer a promising tool to help poultry producers manage bacterial pathogens while supporting bird performance and gut health. Our results demonstrate that phages selectively target harmful bacteria while preserving beneficial microbial populations in the intestine, making them a promising option to reduce antibiotic use while maintaining productivity in commercial poultry production.

Looking ahead, phages may become an important addition to integrated disease-control strategies in modern poultry production. As research continues, phages have the potential to provide producers with a practical and sustainable approach to managing bacterial pathogens, supporting gut health and improving bird performance, while helping reduce reliance on antibiotics.

References

Van Boeckel, T. P. et al. Global trends in antimicrobial resistance in animals in low- and middle-income countries. Science 365, eaaw1944 (2019).
Abbas, R. Z., Alsayeqh, A. F. & Aqib, A. I. Role of Bacteriophages for optimized health and production of poultry. Animals 12, 3378 (2022).
Abd-El Wahab, A. et al. An overview of the use of bacteriophages in the poultry industry: Successes, challenges, and possibilities for overcoming breakdowns. Frontiers in Microbiology Volume 14-2023, (2023).
Nazir, I. et al. Assessing the impact of phage therapy on growth performance, microbiome and phage specific immune response in chickens. Scientific Reports https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-026-45338-y (2026) doi:10.1038/s41598-026-45338-y.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post Bacteriophages demonstrate potential to improve growth performance, immune response and gut health in chickens appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Bird flu spreads in Nepal: over 600,000 poultry culled

Edusehat — Thu, 02 Jul 2026 20:05:10 +0700

Nepal is facing growing concerns over the spread of avian influenza, with outbreaks reported across the Kathmandu Valley and increasing scrutiny over containment measures in both commercial and public settings.

Recent cases of bird flu have been confirmed in multiple locations within the valley, prompting authorities to implement culling operations and tighten biosecurity controls. According to official reports, more than 600,000 poultry birds have been culled nationwide in an effort to contain the virus. The outbreaks have affected commercial farms as well as smaller poultry holdings, raising concerns about the effectiveness of surveillance and early detection systems.

The Kathmandu Valley, a densely populated region and a key hub for poultry consumption and trade, has emerged as a focal point of the crisis. Veterinary services have been mobilized to monitor the situation, while restrictions on the movement of poultry and related products have been introduced in affected areas. Despite these measures, the recurrence of outbreaks suggests persistent gaps in farm-level biosecurity and disease reporting.

Additional controversy has arisen around Nepal’s Central Zoo in Lalitpur, where bird flu cases were detected among captive birds. The zoo’s response has come under criticism from experts and animal health observers, who have questioned whether appropriate containment protocols were followed. Concerns have been raised regarding delayed action, alleged delays in reporting and implementing containment measures, and the potential risk of transmission to other animals.

The situation has highlighted broader structural challenges in Nepal’s animal health system, including limited resources, coordination issues between authorities, and the need for stronger preparedness strategies. Experts warn that without consistent enforcement of biosecurity measures and improved surveillance, the country may continue to face recurring outbreaks.

Authorities are urging farmers to adopt stricter hygiene practices, limit farm access, and report any signs of disease promptly. Public awareness campaigns are also being reinforced to reduce the risk of transmission and ensure safe handling of poultry products.

While no major human health impacts have been reported so far, officials remain on alert, emphasizing the importance of rapid response and inter-agency coordination to prevent further spread of the virus.

France: extreme heat causes hundreds of thousands of losses in poultry farms

Edusehat — Thu, 02 Jul 2026 20:05:10 +0700

The heatwave affecting France has caused the death of hundreds of thousands of birds on farms, putting significant strain on carcass collection services. In the hardest-hit areas, temperatures have exceeded 40°C.

According to Yann Nedelec, president of the French association ANVOL, at least several hundred thousand birds have died, both in indoor and outdoor systems, although it is still too early to provide a definitive estimate. The Chambers of Agriculture of Brittany and Pays de la Loire have reported “massive” mortality events in the two regions, which together account for nearly 60% of France’s poultry population. France is the third-largest poultry producer in the European Union, after Poland and Spain.

Among the affected farmers is Clément Blanchard, in Pays de la Loire, who reported losing around 700 chickens in just a few days, compared to a normal mortality of one or two animals per day. “Animals suffer enormously from the heat and, at times like these, mortality increases abnormally,” he said.

Stéphane Delapré, a farmer from Beauvoir-sur-Mer, reported losing about half of the 17,600 chickens on his farm during the day of June 22, describing the event as unprecedented in his 42 years of activity.

The high number of carcasses has overwhelmed collection services. For this reason, French authorities have exceptionally authorized on-farm burial of dead animals. Farmers have also been advised to spread sawdust or wood shavings over the carcasses to absorb liquids.

As veterinarian Dominique Balloy pointed out, poultry do not have sweat glands and dissipate heat by breathing through their beaks. As temperatures rise, their respiratory rate increases, making these animals particularly sensitive to heat.

The heatwave is also affecting dairy cattle farms. According to reports from western France, high temperatures are reducing feed intake, increasing water requirements, and leading to a drop in milk production of between 15% and 20%.

Fear in laying hens: causes, consequences and management strategies

Edusehat — Thu, 02 Jul 2026 02:15:04 +0700

By Cloude Shao, Ruth Demree, Richard Blatchford, PhD, University of California, Davis

In nature, fear protects animals from danger. In commercial settings, domestic laying hens are shielded from most fear-inducing stimuli, such as predators and unfamiliar situations. Therefore, fear serves as an aversive experience for the hens themselves and leads to undesired behaviors for producers.

Fear tests can provide information on how hens perceive their environment, allowing farmers and researchers to better understand these animals and provide the proper management to improve their welfare (see Poultry Press Vol. 33). This article discusses what we know about fear and its impact on laying hen behavior and welfare.

What is Fear?

Fear is a negative emotional state. In the wild, the aversive experience of fear prepares an animal to respond to perceived dangers by either engaging or escaping (fight or flight response) (Carli & Farabollini, 2022). While domesticated animals tend to show a reduced fear response due to selection for tameness, they can still experience fear similar to their wild ancestors (Jensen et al., 2005).

Even though domestic laying hens are protected from predation, they can still perceive humans or objects in the environment as dangers (Ferreira et al., 2025). The experience of fear is negative and although fear can still help birds respond to perceived threats in their environment, frequent or intense fear in captivity can reduce welfare and create management problems. Being fearful can also lead to behavioral issues that harm individual hens or their flock mates. For example, injurious feather pecking is associated with fearfulness. Chicks that are more fearful are slower to explore a novel environment or a novel object and more likely to develop injurious feather pecking as adults (Jensen et al., 2005; Rodenburg et al., 2004).

Fearful hens are also prone to panic and will try to escape or move away from the perceived danger. During escape attempts, fractures can happen when the hens collide with structures in their housing system or each other. This can be especially dangerous when the birds are housed in large flocks. When fear triggers the movement of a large flock, smothering can occur due to piling of the startled hens (Barrett et al., 2014; Gray et al., 2020). For more information about piling and smothering, see PEC Vol. 30. Lastly, experiencing fear can increase distress in laying hens, which can impact their growth, production and mortality (Barnett et al., 1994; Cockrem, 2007).

Development and Early Life Experience

Since the late 1950s, behavioral researchers have been studying the development of the fear response in laying hens. Tonic immobility (a fear response where the bird lies stationary; Figure 1), can be induced in chicks as early as 1-day post-hatch, which implies that fear is innate (Andrew & Brennan, 1983; Jaynes, 1958; Salzen, 1963; 1966).

Figure 1: Laying hen pullet in tonic immobility at 4 weeks old. Photo credit: Cloude Shao.

The fear response is also shaped by the environment. For example, a hen’s fear response can be reduced over time if exposed repeatedly to a fear-inducing stimulus, such as loud noise. This process is called habituation and has been observed in both layers and broilers (Ratner & Thompson, 1960; Jones, 1977; Jackson et al., 2025).

Strain Differences

Domestication has generally resulted in reduced fear in laying hens. If physically restrained by a rope around their feet, the ancestral red junglefowl will engage in more active fear responses than domestic hens, such as increased pecking at the restraining rope and vocalizing more (Schütz et al., 2001).

Fear responses are influenced by genetics. In general, white-feathered strains display more fear-related behavior than brown-feathered strains. White-feathered birds will remain in tonic immobility for longer periods of time (Albentosa et al., 2003), flee from an approaching human sooner, and take longer to approach a novel object or emerge from a shelter (Nelson et al., 2020). Overall, white and brown-feathered layers seem to adopt differing strategies in response to threats. Brown layers engage in more active responses, such as fighting back or attempting to escape, while white layers engage in more passive responses, such as freezing or remaining in tonic immobility longer (Brown et al., 2022).

There are also differences within similarly colored strains. For example, Tetra layers, a brown-feathered hen, will develop a progressively shorter tonic immobility response over time, but ISA Browns will not (Hocking et al., 2001).

Individual Differences

Differences in fear responses can also be observed at the individual level (Figure 2). During field observations on free-range farms, some hens ran away from an aerial predator while others approached and attacked. There were even instances of hens approaching the bird of prey (coming within 1 meter) and foraging nearby while it was consuming the kill (Bestman & Bikker-Ouwejan, 2020).

Figure 2: Laying hen pullets demonstrate an avoidance of humans from an early age. Strain and individual differences shape the fear response. Photo credit: Ruth Demree.

In standardized fear tests like the tonic immobility test, individual hens will differ in their response, and these differences persist over time. Further, an individual’s response to tonic immobility tests is associated with other behavioral responses, such as their response when isolated from the flock. This indicates that individual hens differ in their coping strategies (Ghareeb & Bohm, 2008), which has management implications.

Strategies to Reduce Fear

Fear behavior can be reduced in a domestic environment. Several strategies for reducing fear are listed below. As fear can be influenced by environment, individuals, and genetics generally, reduction often requires a combination of strategies.

Early-life environment:

Provide environmental complexity from an early age, such as environmental enrichment, perches, dustbathing and foraging areas.
Maintain a predictable routine to encourage habituation.

Stockmanship:

Maintain a calm demeanor when engaging with the hens.
Limit the use of physical restraint.
Use panels to guide/separate hens without chasing them.

Housing Design:

Provide a consistent environment, for instance by minimizing loud noises, avoiding drastic lighting changes, and by knocking or calling before entry.
Be aware of potential risk factors within enclosures. For example, multi-tier aviary structures can be the source of collisions, leading to injury.

Strain selection:

Work with breeder companies to find the right strain and temperament for your housing and management style.

Summary

Laying hens can experience fear from an early age.
Fear negatively affects hen welfare.
Early life experience, strain, and individual differences impact the development of fear in laying hens.
Fear behavior can be reduced, but often requires a multi-pronged strategy.

References

Albentosa, M. J., Kjaer, J. B., & Nicol, C. J. (2003). Strain and age differences in behaviour, fear response and pecking tendency in laying hens. British Poultry Science, 44(3), 333–344. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071660310001598085

Barnett, J. L., Hemsworth, P. H., Hennessy, D. P., McCallum, T. H., & Newman, E. A. (1994). The effects of modifying the amount of human contact on behavioural, physiological and production responses of laying hens. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 41(1), 87–100. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/0168-1591(94)90054-X

Barrett, J., Rayner, A. C., Gill, R., Willings, T. H., & Bright, A. (2014). Smothering in UK free‐range flocks. Part 1: Incidence, location, timing and management. Veterinary Record, 175(1), 19–19. https://doi.org/10.1136/vr.102327

Bestman, M., Verwer, C., Van Niekerk, T., Leenstra, F., Reuvekamp, B., Amsler-Kepalaite, Z., & Maurer, V. (2019). Factors related to free-range use in commercial laying hens. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 214, 57–63. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applanim.2019.02.015

Brown, A. A., Sobotik, E. B., House, G. M., Nelson, J. R., & Archer, G. S. (2022). Differences in fear response strategy and stress susceptibility amongst four different commercial layer strains reared cage free. Frontiers in Physiology, 13. https://doi.org/10.3389/fphys.2022.943471

Carli, G., & Farabollini, F. (2022). Introduction to defensive behavior in vertebrates. In Progress in Brain Research (Vol. 271, Issue 1, pp. 37–49). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/bs.pbr.2022.02.002

Cockrem, J. F. (2007). Stress, corticosterone responses and avian personalities. Journal of Ornithology, 148(S2), 169–178. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10336-007-0175-8

Ferreira, V. H. B., Lansade, L., & Calandreau, L. (2025). How do domestic chickens perceive humans—And why does it matter? World’s Poultry Science Journal, 0(0), 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/00439339.2025.2597741

Ghareeb, K., & Bohm, J. (2008). Fear Behaviour, Ease of Capture and PerformanceTraits of Growing Meat Type Chickens. International Journal of Poultry Science, 7(12), 1185–1189. https://doi.org/10.3923/ijps.2008.1185.1189

Gray, H., Davies, R., Bright, A., Rayner, A., & Asher, L. (2020). Why Do Hens Pile? Hypothesizing the Causes and Consequences. Frontiers in Veterinary Science, 7, 616836. https://doi.org/10.3389/fvets.2020.616836

Hocking, P. M., Channing, C. E., Waddington, D., & Jones, R. B. (2001). Age-related changes in fear, sociality and pecking behaviours in two strains of laying hen. British Poultry Science, 42(4), 414–423. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071660120070686

Jackson, A., Quino, M., Gautam, A., Gilpin, M., Still, K., Landers, D., & Baker-Cook, B. (2025). The impact of multiple exposures and movement on the fear response of poultry. Poultry Science, 104(1), 104594. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2024.104594

Jensen, P., Keeling, L., Schütz, K., Andersson, L., Mormède, P., Brändström, H., Forkman, B., Kerje, S., Fredriksson, R., Ohlsson, C., Larsson, S., Mallmin, H., & Kindmark, A. (2005). Feather pecking in chickens is genetically related to behavioural and developmental traits. Physiology & Behavior, 86(1–2), 52–60. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.physbeh.2005.06.029

Jones, R. B. (1977). Repeated exposure of the domestic chick to a novel environment: Effects on behavioural responses. Behavioural Processes, 2(2), 163–173. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/0376-6357(77)90018-3

Nelson, J. R., Settar, P., Berger, E., Wolc, A., O’Sullivan, N., & Archer, G. S. (2020). Brown and white egg-layer strain differences in fearfulness and stress measures. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 231, 105087. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applanim.2020.105087

Ratner, S. C. (1967). Annelids and Learning: A Critical Review. In W. C. Corning & S. C. Ratner (Eds.), Chemistry of Learning (pp. 391–406). Springer US. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-6565-3_24

Rodenburg, T. B., Buitenhuis, A. J., Ask, B., Uitdehaag, K. A., Koene, P., Van Der Poel, J. J., Van Arendonk, J. A. M., & Bovenhuis, H. (2004). Genetic and Phenotypic Correlations Between Feather Pecking and Open-Field Response in Laying Hens at Two Different Ages. Behavior Genetics, 34(4), 407–415. https://doi.org/10.1023/B:BEGE.0000023646.46940.2d

Schütz, K. E., Forkman, B., & Jensen, P. (2001). Domestication effects on foraging strategy, social behaviour and different fear responses: A comparison between the red junglefowl (Gallus gallus) and a modern layer strain. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 74(1), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0168-1591(01)00156-3

To view all issues of Poultry Press, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Fear in laying hens: causes, consequences and management strategies appeared first on Modern Poultry.

VIV Africa returns to Kigali as registration opens for 2026 edition

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Jul 2026 22:35:10 +0700

Industry professionals can now secure their free badge ahead of the show taking place on 7–8 October at the Kigali Convention Centre.

VIV Africa, part of the VIV Worldwide portfolio organized by VNU Europe, today opened visitor registration for its 2026 edition, to be held on 7–8 October at the Kigali Convention Centre (KCC) in Kigali, Rwanda, with the Leadership Conference taking one day before the official exhibition on 6 October. Now in its fifth edition, VIV Africa has grown from the well-established Poultry Africa into the leading Feed to Food platform for Sub-Saharan Africa, and industry professionals from across the region are invited to register now for free entry.

Spanning 1,650 sqm of exhibition space, VIV Africa 2026 will bring together over 150 exhibitors covering the complete animal protein supply chain across five key sectors: Farm Production, Feed Ingredients & Additives, Feed & Grain Technology, Processing, and Animal Health. With a strong focus on poultry layers and broilers, the show also features a dedicated Dairy Pavilion reflecting its continued focus into broader agrifood sectors. The show expects to welcome 2000 visitors from across the region, including Rwanda, Kenya, Nigeria, Tanzania, Ethiopia, South Africa, Cameroon, and Sudan, as well as international visitors from around the world.

“VIV Africa has become a meeting point where the region’s animal protein industry comes to make real decisions, not just window-shop,” says Natalie Taylor, Project Manager for VIV Africa. “Sub-Saharan Africa is one of the fastest-growing markets for animal protein in the world, and the businesses that get this region right today will be the ones leading it tomorrow. Our job is to make sure that when international suppliers and local producers are ready to do business, VIV Africa is where that happens. Every edition, we see more serious buyers, more depth in the exhibitor line-up, and more deals struck on the show floor — and 2026 is set to be our biggest step yet.”

Why Attend VIV Africa

VIV Africa is designed to turn a three-day visit into measurable business outcomes. The show opens with a high-level Leadership Conference on October 6—one day before the official exhibitions starts—bringing together an international line-up of experts to unpack the trends, challenges, and opportunities shaping poultry, agriculture, and dairy across the continent. For a fee of 140 USD, the Leadership Conference is a must for decision-makers who want the bigger picture before hitting the show floor. The two-day exhibition that follows after (October 7-8) is free entry for those with valid registrations.

The Hosted Buyer Program is also open for senior decision-makers and qualified buyers from across the animal protein value chain. This is a curated opportunity to connect with leading exhibitors and receive a tailored experience of scheduled introductions, exclusive networking opportunities, premium event access, and dedicated support throughout their visit to VIV Africa 2026.

Certain qualifications for the program include: key decision-makers with significant purchasing authority and strategic buying responsibility within their organization, including company owners, directors, or heads of procurement; buyers representing organizations with a clear budget and timeline for purchasing within the next 12 months; and senior technical or operational leads with direct influence over supplier selection.

Register Now for VIV Africa 2026

Visitor registration for VIV Africa 2026 is open now at www.vivafrica.nl. Registering in advance secures a free badge, avoids queues onsite, and gives early access to the exhibitor list and full onsite program — helping visitors plan their visit in Kigali before they even arrive.

Source: VIV worldwide press release

Holding Familia Safir expands production capacity with EUR 16.5 million acquisition

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Jul 2026 19:00:09 +0700

Romanian poultry producer Holding Familia Safir has completed the acquisition of poultry production sites in Tătărăști and Parincea, in Bacău county, as well as Simila-Zorleni in Vaslui county, in a transaction worth EUR 16.5 million, excluding VAT. The deal marks a significant step in the company’s strategy to expand its production capacity and strengthen its long-term growth in the Romanian poultry sector.

The transaction was finalized through Sagem, part of the Familia Safir group, and includes land, buildings, facilities and equipment previously used for poultry farming activities. According to local reports, the acquisition is expected to increase the company’s production by around 39%, supporting a broader expansion plan focused on efficiency and scale.

Holding Familia Safir said the investment is part of a wider effort to reinforce its integrated business model and respond to rising market demand. The group has been building on its long-standing presence in the Romanian meat industry, with recent moves aimed at improving production capacity, product range and operational resilience.

By expanding its production assets, Familia Safir aims to strengthen its production capacity and further consolidate its integrated poultry business in eastern Romania.

Beyond Crude Protein – Rethinking the Nutrition Bundle for Improved Animal Performance

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Jul 2026 15:35:06 +0700

Crude protein, once considered a standard animal performance metric, is now antiquated. In an era of precision nutrition, big data, artificial intelligence, tightening margins with growing demand, a reassessment of how nutritional profiles are measured is a priority. While crude protein measures only nitrogen, a complete profile of animal nutrition must include essential amino acids, digestibility, metabolizable energy, ingredient consistency, and the source of the feed.

This is especially important for poultry producers and feed formulators in the Middle East, North Africa, and South Asia (MENASA) region, where imported soy makes up a large share of poultry diets.

How Geography Dictates Quality

Not all soybeans are created equal. Growing practices, daylight lengths, weather, and handling affect soybean quality, nutritional profile, and animal performance. Understanding the impact of origin can guide purchasing decisions based on value over price for sustained long-term growth.

From Lower-Damaged Soybeans to Higher Quality Feed

One of the key factors influencing soybean quality is moisture.In the United States, soybeans dry in the fields under the sun before harvest. This slow, natural process reduces moisture in the soybeans, eliminating the need for mechanical driers.Conversely, Brazilian soybeans are harvested in a wet, tropical climate requiring wood-fired driers to remove excess moisture.This drying process is inconsistent and paradoxically causes heat damage while leaving pockets of higher-moisture beans, compromising the nutritional integrity and overall quality of the feed and oil. Research shows that U.S. soybeans have 6% lower moisture than Brazilian soybeans, giving U.S. Soy a significant advantage.

Harvesting, handling, and storage also contribute to overall damage to soybeans. This adds up across the supply chain. Therefore, choosing higher-quality soybeans from origin reduces this impact, ensuring lower damage and moisture – traits that translate to better feed. Data shows that U.S. soybeans have 5 times less total damage compared to Brazilian soybeans, making them the strategic choice for customers.

“We have found that U.S. Soy exhibits a high degree of purity and a stable moisture content,” adds Amir Boussouf, General Manager, MILAVITA in Algeria. “This has facilitated the grinding and mixing processes and minimized issues of agglomeration or deterioration during storage. As a result, we have improved operational efficiency, reduced waste, and ultimately lowered our long-term operating costs.”

Higher Digestibility: The Key to Metabolizable Energy

With lower damage that leaves amino acids intact, U.S. soybeans are more digestible and have higher bioavailability, giving them an advantage over South American soybeans. U.S. soybeans also have a higher metabolizable energy content owing to their higher sucrose levels and significantly lower fiber content. For feed formulators, this means requiring fewer added synthetic amino acids, such as lysine and methionine, reducing input costs. This is especially important in times of volatility, with rising freight costs and disrupted trade flows.

Feed made from U.S. soybeans consistently leads to lower feed conversion ratios and improved animal performance. Over time, this consistency results in a higher volume of flock cycles. Consistency is the name of the game. For poultry feed formulators, the predictability that U.S. soybeans deliver increases confidence in feed formulation, resulting in narrower safety margins and higher profits.

Sustainability, the Value Differentiator

In the United States, 95% of soybean farms are multi-generational family farms that use sustainable practices to produce more with fewer resources. U.S. Soy also has the lowest carbon footprint compared to soy of other origins and is verified sustainable under the U.S. Soy Sustainability Assurance Protocol (SSAP), a rigorous auditing process that ensures responsible growing practices.

As sustainability continues to drive purchasing decisions globally, choosing sustainable ingredients is not only a nice-to-have but an intentional business decision to build brand preference.

Strategic Sourcing as a Competitive Advantage

MENASA’s poultry industry continues to expand, and supporting its rising population needs resource optimization, efficient production, and supply chain resilience. Strategic sourcing decisions, such as U.S. Soy, can provide reliable, consistently high-quality protein, empowering poultry producers to maximize profit potential, reduce costs, and boost animal performance.

Learn how you can nourish your business with U.S. Soy at: www.ussec.org/

Poland remains Europe’s HPAI hotspot with 102 poultry outbreaks in spring 2026

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Jul 2026 15:25:09 +0700

Between 28 February and 4 June 2026, Poland remained the European country most affected by highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) in poultry, according to the latest quarterly monitoring report published by the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA), the European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control (ECDC) and the European Union Reference Laboratory for Avian Influenza (EURL).

During the reporting period, 154 HPAI A(H5N1) outbreaks were reported in poultry across 12 European countries. Poland accounted for 102 of these outbreaks, representing 66% of the total. The 102 affected establishments in Poland involved more than 5.7 million birds, representing 88% of the 6.53 million birds recorded in HPAI-affected poultry establishments across Europe during the reporting period.

According to the report, HPAI transmission persisted locally in Poland through multiple primary introductions and secondary spread between poultry flocks, making the country the main hotspot for poultry outbreaks in Europe during the spring. While overall HPAI activity declined compared with the winter months, virus circulation continued to be sustained in Poland.

Additional epidemiological information was available for 97 of the 102 outbreaks. These occurred mainly in commercial turkey, laying hen, breeder chicken and duck farms, with smaller numbers of outbreaks reported in broilers, geese and mixed-purpose poultry establishments. Indirect contact with wild birds was identified as the most likely source of introduction in 57 outbreaks, while indirect contact with poultry was considered the probable source in another 20 cases. Direct contact with wild birds was reported in one outbreak, and the source of introduction remained unknown in 19 outbreaks. Mortality was reported in 92 of the 97 investigated outbreaks.

The report notes that most outbreaks were recorded in the Mazowieckie, Wielkopolskie and Warmińsko-Mazurskie regions. Only seven of the 97 establishments for which additional information was available had outdoor access, while the remaining farms operated without outdoor access.

Across Europe, the overall number of HPAI outbreaks in poultry declined during the reporting period compared with the winter season. However, Poland continued to account for the largest share of outbreaks, underlining the importance of maintaining strict biosecurity and surveillance in areas with sustained virus circulation.

Also read: Avian influenza activity declines across Europe as spring ends

France lowers HPAI risk level and lifts nationwide poultry housing measures

First European detection of H9N2 clade G5.5 reported in Hungarian broiler farms

Pet Water Fountains: Do Dogs Really Drink More?

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Jul 2026 11:45:05 +0700

Pet water fountains have become increasingly popular in Indian homes, with brands promising healthier hydration, cleaner water, and happier pets. The central marketing claim is simple: dogs drink more water from a fountain than a bowl. But is that actually true, or is it just a clever way to sell a product most dogs do not need?

This guide examines the evidence honestly. You will learn why flowing water appeals to dogs, how much more they actually drink, which dogs benefit most, and when a fountain is genuinely worth the investment. No hype, just facts.

The Short Answer

Yes, most dogs do drink more from a water fountain. Veterinary observations and pet parent reports consistently show an increase of 20 to 50 percent in daily water intake when dogs switch from a still bowl to a circulating fountain. The increase is not universal, but it is common enough to be considered reliable for many breeds and temperaments.

The bigger question is why, and whether that extra hydration actually matters for your dog's health. The answer to both is more interesting than you might expect.

Why Dogs Prefer Moving Water

Dogs did not evolve drinking from ceramic bowls. Their instincts are shaped by thousands of years of finding water in streams, rivers, and rain puddles. Moving water signals freshness. Still water signals risk. This instinct runs deep, even in apartment-raised puppies.

Here is what makes flowing water more appealing:

Freshness signal: Moving water is naturally oxygenated and less likely to harbour bacteria. Dogs instinctively trust it more than stagnant water.
Better taste: Circulating water passes through filters that remove chlorine, sediment, and metallic flavours from Indian tap water.
Temperature: Flowing water stays slightly cooler than still water sitting in a bowl under Indian heat. Even a small temperature difference makes water more inviting.
Sound and movement: The gentle sound of trickling water draws curious dogs back to the fountain multiple times a day, creating more drinking opportunities.
Novelty factor: A fountain is more engaging than a flat bowl. Dogs interact with it more frequently, leading to small, frequent sips throughout the day.

The American Kennel Club notes that many dogs are naturally attracted to moving water and may voluntarily increase their water intake when given access to a fountain or running tap.

How Much More Do Dogs Actually Drink?

There is no single universal number, but consistent patterns emerge from vet clinics, pet parent surveys, and product testing:

Most dogs increase water intake by 20 to 50 percent within the first 2 weeks
Picky drinkers and cats often show the most dramatic increase
Dogs already drinking adequate amounts may show only a modest 10 to 15 percent increase
Some dogs show no change at all, especially confident drinkers with no preference for moving water

The increase is most visible in dogs that previously drank too little, picky drinkers, and dogs in hot Indian climates where dehydration risk is high. For dogs already meeting their hydration needs from a bowl, the increase is smaller but the water quality improvement still matters.

Does More Water Actually Help Your Dog?

Yes, within reason. Proper hydration supports nearly every body function:

Better digestion: Water moves food through the digestive tract smoothly. Mild dehydration slows digestion and causes constipation.
Healthier kidneys: Adequate water intake flushes toxins from the kidneys and reduces the risk of urinary tract issues.
Cooler body temperature: Dogs lose heat through panting, which requires water. In Indian summers above 40 degrees Celsius, even slight dehydration raises the risk of heatstroke.
Better skin and coat: Well-hydrated dogs have softer, shinier coats and less flaky skin.
Joint lubrication: Water supports synovial fluid in joints, which matters for active and senior dogs.
Improved energy: Mildly dehydrated dogs often appear tired, sluggish, and less interested in play.

The American Veterinary Medical Association emphasises that consistent access to clean, fresh water is one of the most basic and important elements of responsible pet care.

Which Dogs Benefit Most From a Fountain?

Not every dog needs a fountain, but certain groups show the clearest benefits:

Picky drinkers: Dogs that regularly leave their water bowl untouched or only sip small amounts
Dogs in hot Indian climates: Cities like Delhi, Chennai, Hyderabad, and Jaipur see summer temperatures that push dehydration risk high
Brachycephalic breeds: Pugs, Bulldogs, and Shih Tzus overheat easily and need consistent hydration to regulate body temperature
Senior dogs: Older dogs sometimes forget to drink enough. A fountain's movement serves as a visual and auditory reminder.
Dogs with kidney or urinary issues: Increased water intake dilutes urine and supports kidney filtration
Active and working dogs: Dogs that exercise heavily lose water faster and benefit from appealing, always-available clean water
Multi-pet households: Fountains hold more water and stay fresher longer than shared bowls

For healthy adult dogs that already drink well from a bowl, a fountain is a nice upgrade but not a necessity.

Fountain vs Bowl: A Fair Comparison

Both have merits. Here is an honest side-by-side look:

Freshness: Fountains win. Circulating, filtered water stays cleaner for longer. Bowl water collects dust, hair, and bacteria within hours in Indian humidity.

Cost: Bowls win. A stainless steel bowl costs a fraction of a fountain and needs no electricity, filters, or pump replacements.

Maintenance: Bowls are simpler to clean. Fountains require weekly deep cleaning, pump maintenance, and regular filter changes.

Water intake: Fountains typically win. Most dogs drink more from flowing water than still water.

Noise: Bowls are silent. Some fountain pumps hum or gurgle, which can bother nervous dogs or light sleepers.

Power dependency: Bowls work during Indian power cuts. Fountains stop circulating and filtering without electricity unless battery-backed.

Hygiene in humidity: Fountains resist bacterial slime better due to circulation, but require more effort to deep clean.

The ideal setup for most Indian homes is a fountain as the primary water source, with a backup still water bowl available for power cuts and emergencies.

What Veterinary Science Says

While large-scale clinical trials specifically on dog water fountains are limited, the veterinary consensus supports several key points:

Dogs that drink more water generally show better kidney and urinary health
Filtered, circulating water carries lower bacterial loads than still water in warm environments
Many veterinary clinics recommend fountains for dogs with chronic kidney disease, urinary crystals, or a history of dehydration
Behavioural veterinarians note that fountain interaction can serve as mild environmental enrichment for indoor dogs

The evidence is not dramatic, but it consistently favours moving water over still water for both hygiene and intake volume. For Indian conditions, where heat, humidity, and water quality vary widely, the practical advantages are even stronger.

How to Maximise Your Fountain's Effectiveness

A fountain only helps if you maintain it properly:

Clean the entire unit weekly, including pump and reservoir
Replace carbon filters every 2 to 4 weeks
Refill daily during Indian summers to prevent the pump from running dry
Place away from direct sunlight to prevent algae growth and water heating
Use filtered or clean tap water as a starting point
Monitor your dog's intake during the first 2 weeks to confirm they use the fountain
Keep a backup still bowl nearby during the transition period

A dirty fountain is worse than a clean bowl. If you cannot commit to regular maintenance, a stainless steel bowl changed twice daily serves your dog better.

When a Fountain May Not Be Worth It

A fountain is not always the right choice. Skip it if:

Your dog already drinks well from a bowl and shows no dehydration signs
You live in an area with frequent, extended power outages
You cannot commit to weekly cleaning and filter replacement
Your dog is frightened by the sound or movement of the pump
Budget is extremely tight and a quality stainless steel bowl covers your needs

A good bowl, changed and cleaned twice daily, keeps most healthy dogs well hydrated. The fountain is an upgrade, not a requirement.

Final Thoughts

Pet water fountains do help most dogs drink more. The increase is real, the hygiene benefits are measurable, and the health advantages of better hydration are well documented. But a fountain is only as good as the maintenance behind it. Clean it weekly, replace filters on schedule, and keep a backup bowl ready for power cuts. For dogs in hot Indian cities, picky drinkers, and senior pets, a fountain is one of the simplest health upgrades you can make.

Browse PetsWorld's feeding and hydration collection for trusted pet water fountains and bowls for your dog.

FAQs

Do dogs really drink more water from a fountain?

Yes, most dogs do. Veterinary observations and pet parent reports consistently show a 20 to 50 percent increase in daily water intake. The increase is most noticeable in picky drinkers, dogs in hot climates, and breeds prone to overheating.

Is a pet water fountain better than a regular bowl?

For water quality and intake volume, yes. Fountains filter, circulate, and keep water fresher. However, bowls are simpler, cheaper, and do not depend on electricity. The ideal setup combines both: a fountain for daily use and a bowl as backup.

How long does it take a dog to start using a fountain?

Most dogs start drinking from a fountain within 1 to 3 days. Some curious dogs use it immediately. Nervous dogs may take up to a week. Keep the old bowl available during the transition period and let your dog explore at their own pace.

Are water fountains hygienic in Indian humidity?

Yes, as long as you clean them regularly. Circulating water resists bacterial slime better than still water. However, Indian humidity accelerates mould and algae growth in neglected fountains. Weekly deep cleaning and filter replacement every 2 to 4 weeks keep hygiene levels high.

Can a fountain help dogs with kidney or urinary problems?

Many vets recommend increased water intake for dogs with kidney disease, urinary crystals, or chronic dehydration. A fountain encourages more drinking naturally. Always consult your vet for dogs with existing health conditions before making changes.

Rabobank raises global poultry growth forecast for 2026 to 3–3.5%

Edusehat — Tue, 30 Jun 2026 21:30:10 +0700

The global poultry industry continues to expand, prompting RaboResearch to raise its outlook for 2026. In its Global Poultry Quarterly Q3 2026, Rabobank increased its forecast for global poultry market growth from 2.5–3.0% to 3.0–3.5%, following stronger-than-expected performance across several major producing regions.

According to the report, poultry production expanded by more than 5% year-on-year during the first quarter of 2026 in many major markets. China, the European Union, South Africa, the Philippines and Brazil were among the main contributors to this growth. Poultry meat also continues to benefit from a favourable price position relative to beef, supporting an ongoing shift towards chicken consumption.

Despite the positive outlook, Rabobank notes that weaker economic conditions and increasing price sensitivity among consumers could weigh on demand, particularly in lower-income markets in southern Asia and parts of Africa.

The report also highlights a growing shift towards local production as more countries adopt food security strategies aimed at reducing dependence on imports. This trend is becoming increasingly evident across parts of Africa, the Middle East and Southeast Asia. China is identified as a notable example, having transitioned from the world’s largest chicken importer to a significant net exporter.

Global poultry trade nevertheless remained resilient during the first quarter of 2026, growing by 3.5% year-on-year despite ongoing geopolitical tensions. Trade flows to Gulf markets remained resilient, supported by key exporting countries and regional trade hubs, including Brazil, Ukraine, Türkiye, Iraq, Saudi Arabia and Oman.

Rabobank also notes that the interim agreement between the United States and Iran, which extends the ceasefire and supports the reopening of commercial traffic through the Strait of Hormuz, could reduce short-term risks for energy and shipping markets while supporting trade in poultry products and feed ingredients.

Looking ahead, the report identifies several factors that could influence market conditions, including geopolitical uncertainty, the potential effects of El Niño and a tight global breeding stock market. It also notes that the potential removal of Brazilian poultry products from EU imports could reshape international trade flows, pushing EU prices higher, Brazilian prices lower and increasing imports from alternative suppliers such as Thailand and China.

Against this backdrop, Rabobank concludes that maintaining market balance will require disciplined production planning and a continued focus on operational excellence as the poultry industry operates in an increasingly uncertain and volatile market environment.

European Union: poultry and products semi-annual. The report is out

Edusehat — Tue, 30 Jun 2026 18:00:05 +0700

The USDA semi-annual report on EU poultry forecasts growth in chicken meat production for 2026. It highlights production gains amid easing disease pressures and steady demand.

Production growth

EU chicken meat production is projected at 12.25 million metric tons (MT) in 2026, up from 12.09 MT in 2025 and 11.73 MT in 2024 (Table 1). This uptick stems from robust domestic demand, fewer high-pathogenicity avian influenza (HPAI) outbreaks, and lower energy and feed prices supporting producers’ income, especially in top producers Poland, that holds over 22% of total EU output despite health challenges.

Table 1 – Chicken meat production, supply and distribution

Environmental caps limit gains in the Netherlands, Belgium, and Germany via nitrogen emission rules.

Rising consumption

Domestic consumption climbs 1.4% to 11.235 MT in 2026, fueled by retail and HRI (hotels, restaurants, institutions) sectors. Chicken’s appeal as an affordable, healthy, versatile protein persists over red meats, aligning with long-term trends in price sensitivity and wellness. HRI demand particularly lifts per-capita intake across the EU.

Trade dynamics

Imports edge up 1% to 760,000 MT in 2026 after a 5.4% growth in 2025, driven by HRI needs. The UK remains top supplier but faces post-Brexit checks and imports declined by 8% in 2025; Ukraine stabilizes at 136,000 MT under revised DCFTA (Deep and Comprehensive Free Trade Agreement) quotas from October 2025, curbing sensitive products. Thailand (+16%) and China (+36%, over 55,000 MT for Asian HRI) gain share thanks to lower competition from Ukraine, while Brazil hits EU quota limits.

Lower-priced Ukrainian chicken meat and ongoing HPAI and ND outbreaks may continue to restrain EU exports, while lower production costs support competitiveness.

In 2026 exports are expected to rise by 2% to 1.775 MT, rebounding from 2025’s 2% dip due to HPAI/ND curbs. Losses in Vietnam (-14%) and Saudi Arabia (-21%) are offset by gains in Ghana (+15%), DR Congo (+23%), and Philippines (+65%). The UK leads markets; low costs could boost dark meat competitiveness in sub-Saharan Africa.

The EU has recently finalized and rolled out several free trade agreements (FTAs) that include concessions on livestock products. First of all, Mercosur, for whom negotiations wrapped up in December 2024, leading to formal signatures in January 2026 in Asunción, Paraguay, by representatives from the EU and the Mercosur countries (Argentina, Brazil, Paraguay, and Uruguay). The deal splits into an Interim Trade Agreement covering trade and investment, plus a broader Partnership Agreement. It features strong bilateral safeguard clauses to shield EU agriculture from market disruptions, with the European Parliament approving rules in February 2026 that allow tariff suspensions if sensitive product imports rise more than 5% above a three-year average. Duties will phase out gradually on 91% of EU exports to Mercosur and 92% of their exports to the EU, though the agreement is now under legal review by the European Court of Justice at Parliament’s request to check treaty compatibility.

For Ukraine, the EU offered temporary trade liberalization through Autonomous Trade Measures (ATMs) from June 2022 until June 2025. After that, relations reverted to the original 2014 DCFTA under Regulation 1132/2025, reimposing quotas on Ukrainian agricultural goods until late October. The revised DCFTA then took effect on October 29, 2025 (Regulation 2025/2199), expanding mutual market access beyond 2014 levels while capping EU imports of sensitive products compared to the ATM period. It adds a new safeguard mechanism and aligns Ukrainian production standards with EU rules.

Key EU policies

CAP simplification (May 2025) simplify administrative burdens and environmental requirements linked to eco-payments, effective 2026. Omnibus food safety law (December 2025) includes provisions requiring imported products to meet EU environmental, food safety, and animal welfare standards, in line with the “mirror clause” approach.

On the trade front, significant shifts are underway: the revised Ukraine DCFTA introduces caps on sensitive imports, while the Mercosur deal (formally signed in January 2026) includes agricultural safeguards like tariff suspensions if imports exceed 5%. Meanwhile, EUDR deforestation rules have been delayed until December 30, 2026, with simplifications for EU operators.

Sector implications

The report points to continued growth in 2026 for EU poultry, with export growth of around 2% and production growth of 1.3%. Poland remains the leading producer, although disease and environmental constraints persist in parts of the EU.

Source

European Union: Poultry and Products Semi-annual, USDA Foreign Agricultural Service (FAS).
https://apps.fas.usda.gov/newgainapi/api/Report/DownloadReportByFileName?fileName=Poultry%20and%20Products%20Semi-annual_Paris_European%20Union_E42026-0019.pdf

First European detection of H9N2 clade G5.5 reported in Hungarian broiler farms

Edusehat — Tue, 30 Jun 2026 14:20:09 +0700

The latest avian influenza monitoring report published by the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA), the European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control (ECDC) and the European Union Reference Laboratory for Avian Influenza (EURL) documents the first detection in Europe of low pathogenic avian influenza (LPAI) H9N2 virus belonging to clade G5.5.

The virus was detected in April 2026 in seven establishments keeping broiler chickens located within the same geographical area in Hungary. Increased mortality in one establishment initially raised suspicions of highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI). After laboratory tests ruled out H5 and H7 viruses, further investigations identified H9N2 together with infectious bronchitis virus (IBV), with pathological findings consistent with a co-infection. The source of virus introduction could not be determined.

According to the report, all affected establishments were stamped out, cleaned and disinfected. Testing for H9N2 is planned two to three weeks after repopulation.

Genetic analysis showed that the Hungarian viruses belong to clade G5.5, a lineage that is endemic in domestic poultry in parts of Africa, the Middle East and West Asia but had never previously been detected in birds in Europe. The viruses also carry the HA-Q226L mutation, a marker associated with preferential binding to human-like α2-6-linked sialic acid receptors, as observed in most H9N2 viruses of this clade.

Although H9N2 is classified as a low pathogenic avian influenza virus, EFSA and ECDC note that clade G5.5 has previously been associated with sporadic human infections outside Europe. Because the origin of the Hungarian viruses remains unknown, EFSA and ECDC recommend continued surveillance to monitor any further spread of this lineage in European poultry populations.

Source: www.efsa.europa.eu

Also read: Avian influenza activity declines across Europe as spring ends

Evolving Aquaculture Paradigms: Essential for Sustainability

Edusehat — Tue, 30 Jun 2026 07:35:05 +0700

* By Ph.D. Stephen Newman

As global aquaculture surpasses 100 million metric tons, the shift toward evolving production paradigms is no longer optional but essential for sustainability. This analysis explores how traditional methods are giving way to advanced technological frameworks, including precision genetic selection and automated husbandry. By redefining these core operational standards, the industry can ensure long-term ecological balance while meeting the rising global demand for seafood.

Global aquaculture production has grown exponentially over the last 5 decades. In 1990, aquatic animal production was around 17 million MTs contrasted with 2022 farmed production of almost 95 million MTs. Today in 2026, it is over 100 million MTs with no end apparently in sight. Although not all sectors have grown at the same rate, bivalve culture, salmon, tilapia and shrimp farming are currently the leaders.

Focusing on shrimp farming, there are many countries where paradigms that are little changed from what would have been in use a hundred years ago are still the norm. The common example of this would be non-aerated gravity fed, stocked with wild seed, dirt ponds with hand feeding and harvesting via nets.

Technological advances are ensuring greater control and for some systems may ultimately lower overall costs, resulting in greater returns on investment (ROIs) and more consistency. Aeration, the use of automatic feeders and engineered feeds, as well as genetic selection of stress and pathogen tolerant lines, pond design and advanced animal husbandry are all elements of this.

These advances, while not being adopted universally, I believe are largely inevitable in the long run to ensure sustainable production. Some will not agree although I think that ultimately the largest consumers, which will be those that are buying imported products, will want assurances regarding the manner in which the animals are being produced that include not just animal welfare but owner welfare as well.

Efficiency of farming is essential for shrimp to be priced as large volume consumed commodities. Sustainable, responsible aquaculture will reduce the pressure of a burgeoning human population on the wild fisheries, many of which, if not all, are at risk from over exploitation and environmental variability.

Advances in aeration, automatic feeders, and genetic selection for stress tolerance are transforming aquaculture paradigms. These elements ensure greater control, lowering costs and increasing ROIs for sustainable, large-scale production.

Environmental stewardship, ensuring that the impact on the environment is minimal and properly managed, is an essential element of sustainability. How best to approach this is not necessarily always straight forward and there are many disparate ideas as to what is needed. As Earth’s population continues to grow at what does not appear to be a sustainable pace, a continually changing environment along with the impact of human activities is squeezing and jeopardizing abundant food production on the land and in the sea.

There are challenges that humanity must deal with as a result of the complexities created by high population levels and the pressure this places on resource utilization. The concept that by altering an environment one can impact the need for a species to evolve or die is important. This can happen slowly or quickly.

A naturally occurring equilibrium in the aquatic microbiome is essential. Nonpathogenic Vibrio species stabilize the environment, helping control virulent strains and ensuring the balance necessary for successful monoculture systems.

Humanity has at best incomplete models of how all the pieces of what is a very complex jigsaw puzzle fit and act together. We are still unraveling the layers and while the progress in some areas is nothing short of astonishing, we are still far from having a comprehensive, cohesive model. AI could change this, but will it shape it positively?

In ecology there is a concept that as a population modifies its environment it can create changes that make it problematic for the environment to continue operating in a manner that ensures that a dependent population can thrive. There are innumerable examples where the outcome is extinction. Changes in the environment create a negative feedback loop that further weakens environmental integrity and displaces those animals, plants, bacteria, etc. that rely on the stability.

Even apparently minor disruptions in this chain can have dire impacts. There are some who believe that this is where humanity is headed unless some form of progressive change is not mandated and enforced. Not simple either.

Aquaculture is an essential element of mitigating the impact of our activities on a renewable resource that is fragile (the fishery). Climate is not something that is always the same and human activities can, do and will impact this with a myriad of environmental impacts that are potentially detrimental.

Recognizing that aquaculture, when practiced in a responsible fashion must be a component of the long-term ability of sustainable production to result in positive impacts is critical. Resource depletion is an ever-present sword of Damocles. While there are steps being taken in the right direction, there is not a framework that is universal and that everyone will agree is sustainable. There must be constraints placed on how aquaculture outputs are produced that considers the limits placed on what sustainable methods demand. Not simple either.

Disease is a natural phenomenon. It is an “inconvenience” for humans that are impacted by it. Growing any organism in artificial environments will invariably face disease challenges. The normal balance that complex highly evolved ecosystems have is not there. The risks can be reduced and in some production paradigms, at a cost, appear to be able to be largely eliminated.

Efficiency is critical for shrimp to remain a high-volume commodity. Sustainable methods must balance environmental impact with the cost-effective production required for global market accessibility and food security.

For day-to-day production on a massive scale in open to the environment systems, generally felt to be essential to ensure that shrimp are a commodity that can be sold at a price point that encourages wide spread consumption, the challenges are different than for partially and totally closed systems.

I am of the opinion that the path to sustainability requires an indepth audit by cooperating, non-conflicting, third parties with no stake in the outcome of every phase of each component of the process. Only then can a full picture evolve. Some things are much important than others and what matters is that entire ecosystems are considered with risk benefits and overviews of a spectrum of economic, social and environmental impacts. Bias and capitalist overtones limit this. This is not a onetime thing but requires adapting to change.

The aquatic microbiome is highly complex and variable. Aquaculture has been impacted significantly by elements of this. Vibrios are universally seen as problematic along with a few other genera that also can cause great harm. There are a vocal few who advocate extreme control of the entire genus among others. In my opinion, elimination of any given genus of bacteria is a fool’s errand.

Bacteria are everywhere and as we slowly unravel the pieces of this huge jigsaw it becomes increasingly obvious that they are instrumental in success and not at the root of all failures. Taking a closer look at vibrios, the nonpathogenic vibrio species (of which there are well over a hundred) are important in stabilizing the microbiome which helps to control the levels of virulent strains and ensures a balance (Figure 1). The reality is that there is a naturally occurring equilibrium that the very nature of monoculture can disrupt.

The Figure 1 demonstrates that the spectrum of vibrios present in a production system are critical for stability. Modifying the environment and how the animals are being produced can result in production systems where susceptibility is reduced to those few pathogens that are obligate. Obligate pathogens in this case being defined as specific strains of many different bacteria, fungi, viruses, etc. that will produce disease in healthy animals.

Typically, this is because of the production of virulence factors that overwhelm the ability of a healthy host to fight a given pathogen at the levels that are present in the production environment. Note that this is rarely an all or nothing phenomenon. There are examples where obligate pathogens only produce limited disease and even in some instances although animals are affected, they are able to survive without losses that reduce the value of the crop to the point where money is lost. Opportunistic pathogens abound in aquatic environments. They take advantage of weakened animals. In some instances, they even can become obligate pathogens.

Understanding factors that disrupt homeostasis is vital for sustainability. Minimizing sudden water quality changes and accumulated waste prevents immune responsiveness failure, protecting weak animals from opportunistic pathogen infections.

Stress reduction, understanding what factors negatively impact the homeostatic mechanisms needed for animals to thrive in the artificial environments we need to use to farm them economically, is essential if we are going to be able to truly consider what we are doing is sustainable. This is a fancy way of saying that when you do things that force the animal to use resources that you want geared towards converting food into biomass it comes at an expense. There are many examples of this.

A few, sudden changes in salinity or certain other water quality parameters including temperature, low or no DO, inadequate water depth, large amount of accumulated waste streams from the process itself, etc. Weak animals are susceptible to infection with opportunistic pathogens, which can jump in when obligate pathogens set the stage or they overwhelm enfeebled immune responsiveness.

Exclusion is an important principle and properly operated brood-stock programs reduce the risk of known pathogen transmission. However, unfortunately, the firewalls in some of these facilities are often breached. Some are profiting from these breaches even though a very few changes are all that is needed to minimize these risks. Technological advances can minimize these. No tool will allow farmers to take short cuts with pathogen control and stress reduction and inevitably avoid negative consequences.

Successful aquaculture relies on robust biosecurity elements, including pathogen exclusion and judicious use of disinfectants. Maintaining these protocols avoids economic catastrophes and ensures long-term profitability as production tonnages increase globally.

While populations might indeed be free of specific pathogens at the time that they are placed into hatchery systems these are rarely operated at the same level of biosecurity that a nucleus breeding facility would be. Insects, birds, the wind, water vapor, etc. are all able to enter these facilities even with tight biosecurity of personnel. Disinfectants play a role in this although much as with antibiotics they are best used judiciously when they are needed and work, leaving no discernable negative impacts.

The Figure 2, essential biosecurity elements for healthy farmed shrimp and fish, summarizes many of the various elements of biosecurity that are crucial for success, although they do not guarantee it. Failure to appreciate these can increase the odds of economic catastrophes. Profitability becomes elusive and the costs of ensuring that these elements are part of standard operating procedures results in taking short cuts which further increases the risk.

In summary, a cold hard non biased look is needed to ensure that sustainable elements of production are in place. These vary with the animal being produced, the environment it is being produced in and how things change as production systems mature. While some would argue that frameworks are in place, I see it as being a process that is evolving much as the production paradigms are. This will continue as the tonnage increases and both old and new challenges arise.

* Stephen G. Newman has a bachelor’s degree from the University of Maryland in Conservation and Resource Management (ecology) and a Ph.D. from the University of Miami, in Marine Microbiology. He has over 40 years of experience working within a range of topics and approaches on aquaculture such as water quality, animal health, biosecurity with special focus on shrimp and salmonids. He founded Aquaintech in 1996 and continues to be CEO of this company to the present day. It is heavily focused on providing consulting services around the world on microbial technologies and biosecurity issues.
sgnewm@aqua-in-tech.com
www.aqua-in-tech.com
www.bioremediationaquaculture.com

Signs Your Dog Needs a Break During Play

Edusehat — Tue, 30 Jun 2026 04:10:02 +0700

Frequent play is an important part of a dog’s overall well-being, helping to provide physical activity, maintain a healthy weight, support mental stimulation, and aid in overall happiness. While play is essential, dogs don’t always know when it’s time to slow down, and some may not recognize when they (or a playmate) are ready for a break. Whether they’re physically tired, overstimulated, or simply ready to disengage, pet parents should look at body language and behavior cues to know when to step in.

In this post, we’ll cover the signs that your pup may need to pause playing, including:

WHAT SHOULD HEALTHY PLAY LOOK LIKE IN DOGS?

When dogs are happy and enjoying play, their body language is typically relaxed and easy to read. They will have loose, floppy movements and relaxed bodies and faces.

Healthy play is balanced and reciprocal, with dogs naturally switching roles, taking turns leading the interaction, and respecting each other’s cues. This back and forth helps to make sure the game remains fun and non-threatening for all involved.

You may also notice common play signals, such as a play bow, where a dog lowers their front legs while keeping their rear end high in the air. This is typically an invitation to play or to continue playing. Larger or stronger pups may also voluntarily self-handicap by playing more gently, lying down, softening their movement, and allowing the smaller dog to “win” in order to keep the play fun for everyone.

WHAT ARE SIGNS OF PHYSICAL EXHAUSTION IN DOGS?

As pups often become so engrossed in activity, they don’t always recognize when they’ve reached their physical limit or need to take a break. Early signs of fatigue may be subtle or easily missed, so learning when to step in can help make sure your dog remains safe and comfortable during play.

Signs of fatigue or exhaustion can include, but are not limited to:

Sluggishness or decreased energy, such as moving at a slower pace than usual or struggling to get up from the ground.
Excessive panting, particularly when accompanied by a flared, wide tongue, which can be an indicator that they are overheating.
Disengaging from play by sitting, lying down, ignoring the other pups, or starting to sniff the ground during an active chase.
A full body “shake-off”, which can act as a natural reset or signal that a dog is shaking off tension and may need to briefly disengage. It is typically a sign that fatigue is on its way.

SIGNS OF OVERSTIMULATION OR STRESS IN DOGS

Exhaustion isn’t the only sign to watch for when pups are playing. Changes in body language and behavior can also indicate that a dog is becoming overwhelmed or uninterested in further play. Here are some things to look for:

Tense body language, which can appear as abrupt, stiff movements instead of bouncy, smooth play
Pinned or flattened ears or a tail tucked between legs
Sudden freezing, where a dog stops moving or becomes completely rigid
Raised hackles (hair along the neck or back), which can signal uncertainty or high anxiety
Avoidance behaviors where a dog repeatedly backs away, hides, or tries to leave the play area

At Dogtopia, our Canine Coaches are expertly trained to understand dog body language and how to recognize when pups may need a break from play. When needed, they will step in to redirect activity and provide necessary breaks and structured rest periods so pups can recharge and remain safe, comfortable, and happy throughout the day.

Reach out to your local Dogtopia today to give your dog a safe, supervised environment where play and rest are carefully balanced throughout the day.

This blog was reviewed/edited by Dogtopia’s Senior Director of Health & Safety Lorraine Rhoads, an experienced animal biologist and environmental scientist.

The post Signs Your Dog Needs a Break During Play appeared first on Dogtopia.

Disciplined rotation key to keeping anticoccidials effective

Edusehat — Tue, 30 Jun 2026 00:05:04 +0700

Coccidiosis remains the number one disease challenge facing the poultry industry, and it rarely operates alone. Its close relationship with necrotic enteritis means that consistent control affects not only intestinal health but overall flock performance.

In the opening session of Phibro Academy’s three-part webinar series, “Coccidiosis Tools and Strategies ,” Greg Mathis, PhD, president of Southern Poultry Research, Inc., focused squarely on anticoccidials and the importance of long-term planning.

His central message was straightforward: the industry must preserve the tools it already has. And this requires disciplined rotation and shuttle programs, rather than heavy reliance on any single product.

A limited arsenal

US producers currently have 12 approved anticoccidial drugs: seven chemicals, four ionophores and one combination product. Most are more than 50 years old.

“We only have 12 drugs. They’re over 50 to 60 years old, and that is really all that we have,” Mathis said. The fact that many remain effective is a testament to rotation and shuttle strategies. But history shows what happens when those principles slip.

When success leads to overuse

Mathis pointed to ionophores in the 1970s and 1980s, diclazuril after its US introduction in the 1990s and clopidol after its return to the market. In each case, strong efficacy and favorable economics encouraged extensive use.

With diclazuril, global experience had already shown that resistance could develop if overused. “It was such a great drug…of course, that led to using it extensively, and that led to resistance,” he noted.

Clopidol followed a similar pattern. After several years off the market, sensitivity had largely returned. The plan was conservative use, but repeated exposure again reduced effectiveness. The lesson is clear: short-term gains can erode long-term sustainability.

Why rotation works

Anticoccidial resistance is believed to arise from the selection of pre-existing mutants. The longer and more intensely a product is used, the stronger the selection pressure. “Rotation programs and a change of mode of action eliminate this pressure to select these pre-existing mutants,” Mathis explained.

True rotation requires a meaningful change in the mechanism of action of a given molecule. Moving from a chemical to an ionophore, or shifting between ionophores from different classes, alters the biological pressure on the parasite population. Continuing exposure to the same molecule — even at different inclusion levels — extends that pressure. “If we didn’t rotate and shuttle, [all the anticoccidial drugs] would be gone,” Mathis warned.

Ionophores: decreased sensitivity, not total resistance

Ionophores remain critical tools. Extensive historical use has reduced sensitivity in some operations, yet Mathis emphasized that total resistance to ionophores has not been noted to date.

Ionophores provide both direct control and immunological control. They allow controlled cycling of coccidia, supporting immunity while limiting clinical disease. That dual action complicates the interpretation of lesion scores. Lesions may be present, yet performance remains acceptable because immunity is developing.

Even without total resistance, however, reduced sensitivity reinforces the need to rotate away periodically.

Synthetic anticoccidials: powerful but vulnerable

Synthetic anticoccidials often deliver strong coccidicidal activity. That potency can suppress infections rapidly — but it can also accelerate resistance if mismanaged. “To some degree, resistance has developed to each and every anticoccidial,” Mathis noted.

Some synthetic anticoccidials are stage-specific in their activity, which highlights why program design must consider species composition, timing and challenge pressure. Season, housing, litter conditions and market age all influence outcomes. Rotation strategy must reflect biology — not simply cost or return on investment.

The role of sensitivity testing

Anticoccidial sensitivity testing (AST) remains a valuable planning tool, but interpretation requires context. “You can’t just take an AST result and generalize it,” Mathis cautioned.

Dose, species mix and challenge level all influence results. With ionophore anticoccidials in particular, lesion scores alone may not tell the full story because of their immunological component. Performance indicators such as feed conversion and weight gain must be evaluated alongside lesion scoring.

Vaccination, bio-shuttle programs

Vaccination provides another strategic lever. By introducing drug-sensitive strains, vaccines can displace resistant field populations.

Mathis described how diclazuril resistance declined in complexes that transitioned to vaccination, effectively replacing resistant strains with sensitive ones.

Bio-shuttle programs — using a low dose of an anticoccidial to modulate vaccine cycling — can help manage peak oocyst shedding and potentially reduce necrotic enteritis risk. Timing is critical to avoid interfering with immunity development.

Long-term thinking is essential

Managing coccidiosis purely for immediate performance gains increases the risk of losing sensitivity across a limited arsenal of drugs.

“We have only so many drugs,” Mathis reminded attendees, stressing that preserving them requires discipline, strategic rotation and a willingness to prioritize sustainability over short-term advantage.

This article is based on the first session in Phibro Academy’s three-part webinar series, “Coccidiosis tools and strategies.” To access the full webinar series, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Disciplined rotation key to keeping anticoccidials effective appeared first on Modern Poultry.

European farmers, a heat wave and trains

Edusehat — Mon, 29 Jun 2026 20:45:05 +0700

Last week, I was up north, travelling around Chester and Stafford. The first was the European Dairy Farmers Conference at Chester Racecourse, where farmers from around the EU and UK gathered together to assess both the UK’s place in European farming, and the overall status of the sector. As it has now been 10 years since the Brexit vote, it was a good time to assess what has occurred on that front. The trade outlook is not as dire as it used to be, and new options are emerging. It was also a good time to look at the end of the quota system in Europe, as was discussed.

As one speaker noted, there have been a series of black swan events over the last several years, ranging from a global pandemic to a Middle East conflict that seems to expand ever larger. Meanwhile, in the UK, the number of dairy farmers has dropped below 7,000, with one in five British farmers stepping away. It has not impacted the output, with more milk being produced from fewer cows, and the drive to ensure that every calf has a successful life, according to Susie Stannard of the AHDB.

It was also noted that investment is occurring in the British dairy system, and the UK remains a fantastic place to produce milk, with both consumers eager to consume it, and the climate continuing to be suitable for cows.

The protein trend shows no signs of abating, and most people like a bit of cheese or ice cream. Overall, it was a positive event, although the heat wave kept the animals at Chester Zoo from emerging for the barbecue on one of the evenings.

Dr Judith Bryans was unable to attend in person due to the ongoing heat wave and transport issues (I had gotten up there a couple of days earlier and still missed one of my trains due to the heat issues), but sent a video about Dairy UK‘s work and the ongoing Dairy Roadmap. We work around the weather!

The post European farmers, a heat wave and trains appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

INFAH National Seminar 2026

Edusehat — Mon, 29 Jun 2026 20:35:07 +0700

INFAH National Seminar Charts a New Blueprint for India’s Animal Health and Nutrition

Policymakers and Industry Leaders Convene in New Delhi to Drive Regulatory Harmony, Innovation, and Manufacturing Leadership

NEW DELHI — June 12, 2026 — The Indian Federation of Animal Health Companies (INFAH) successfully hosted its landmark National Seminar today at the India Habitat Centre, New Delhi.

Anchored in the theme “Reimagining Animal Health & Nutrition in India: Driving Ease of Doing Business, Innovation & Leadership” the seminar brought together a gathering of policymakers, leading veterinary scientists, corporate leaders, and academic stalwarts to map out a resilient growth trajectory for the country’s animal healthcare and livestock ecosystem.

The seminar underscored INFAH’s core mission, “Healthy Animals, Healthier India,” demonstrating the critical link between high-standard veterinary healthcare, rural farmer prosperity, national food safety, and public health. Key discussions focused on advancing ease of doing business through modern regulatory frameworks, collaborative governance, and scalable technological innovation.

Fostering Regulatory Vision & Ease of Doing Business

The technical programme was opened by Dr. Vinayak Surve, Joint Secretary, INFAH, reaffirming INFAH’s guiding mission: “Healthy Animals, Healthier India.” This was followed by a welcome address by Dr. Manoj Sood, General Secretary and a national perspective presentation by Mr. Vijay Teng, President, INFAH. Mr. Teng outlined the sector’s macroeconomic contributions and set strategic benchmarks for the sector’s growth.

Delivering the keynote on the regulatory roadmap, Dr. Praveen Malik, CEO of Agrinnovate India and former Animal Husbandry Commissioner (Govt. of India), highlighted the need for a seamless government-industry partnership. Dr. Malik detailed how proactive and transparent governance is turning administrative ease into commercial reality, enabling rapid market launches for vital veterinary therapeutics.

Addressing National Priorities: Disease Mitigation and Food Security

Emphasizing systemic public health resilience, Dr. J.P.S. Gill, Vice Chancellor of GADVASU, delivered a keynote on national disease mitigation. Dr. Gill outlined actionable approaches to reduce the livestock disease burden and championed a comprehensive ‘One Health’ framework to counter antimicrobial resistance (AMR) and zoonotic vulnerabilities.

A major highlight was the felicitation of Dr. Naveena B. Maheswarappa, Animal Husbandry Commissioner at DAHD, following his election as Chairperson of the FAO COAG Subcommittee on Livestock. In his address, “India’s Opportunity through Reform & Innovation,” Dr. Naveena presented a roadmap demonstrating how the animal health industry serves as an engine for GDP growth and Atmanirbhar Bharat.

Dr. Raghvendra Bhatta, Deputy Director General (Animal Sciences) at ICAR, presented animal nutrition as a strategic national priority, outlining how optimized livestock health and nutrition enhances productivity, secures consumer food safety, and directly elevates smallholder farmer incomes across rural India.

Publications Launch and Multi-Sectoral Policy Dialogues

During the event, Dr. Arun Atrey and Dr. Nitin Bhatia, alongside senior dignitaries, officially released INFAH’s comprehensive report on Indian animal healthcare antibiotic usage in 2025.

Distributed as part of official delegate kits, the publication highlights that while India’s livestock sector’s steady annual growth rate is over 5%, prevalent infectious diseases remain a critical productivity challenge. In 2025, total antibiotic consumption reached 1,075 tons, reflecting a 5.7% growth over 2024’s 1,017 tons. Fluoroquinolones were found to be the country’s most utilized antimicrobial class. Overall annual industry usage has grown at a stable five-year CAGR of 2.8%. This full report is available for download from the official INFAH website.

Following a global macro-perspective virtual address by Carel du Marchie Sarvaas, Executive Director of HealthForAnimals, the seminar moved into four technical policy panel sessions:

• Policy Session 1: Regulatory Framework for Animal Health Drugs and Biologicals – Chaired by Dr. Naveena B. Maheswarappa and co-chaired by Dr. Arun Atrey, with panellists Dr. Rubina Bose, Dr. Aruna Sharma, Dr. P. Dhar, Dr. M. Kalaivani, Dr. Vijay Makhija, and Dr. Sanjay Gavkare. The session examined science-based regulatory alignment with CDSCO, DAHD, IVRI, and IPC for fast-tracked, compliant approvals.

• Policy Session 2: Animal Health and Nutrition as a National Priority – Chaired by Dr. Ashis Kumar Samanta (ADG, ICAR) and co-chaired by Mr. Deepak Khosla, with panellists Dr. N.K. Mahajan, Dr. Gagan Garg, Dr. Hundal, Mr. Pradeep Sharma, Mr. Arun Sharma, and Dr. Raja Mukherjee. Discussions centred on BIS standards and enhanced livestock nutrition.

• Policy Session 3: From Reform to Leadership – Chaired by Dr. Praveen Malik and co-chaired by Dr. Yash Goyal, with panellists Dr. Sindura Ganapathi, Dr. Annie Jacob, Ms. Pushpa Vijayaraghavan, Mr. Gaurav Marathe, and Mr. Rajaram Narayanan. The session built an industrial blueprint to accelerate infrastructure development and high-value domestic manufacturing under ‘Make in India’.

• Policy Session 4: Innovation and Focus on Ayurveda and Phytogenics – Chaired by Dr. Ashok Kumar (Former ADG (AH), ICAR) and co-chaired by Dr. Anup Kalra, with panelists Dr. Raman Singh, Dr. Hari Kumar, Dr. Shivi Maini, and Dr. Divya Divakaran. The session pioneered integration of traditional Indian scientific knowledge with modern validation methods for global export excellence.

The seminar culminated in a Valedictory Session and a Vote of Thanks delivered by Dr. Nitin Bhatia, who acknowledged the collective commitment of government ministries, academic institutions, and private organizations in advancing veterinary standards across India.

About INFAH

The Indian Federation of Animal Health Companies (INFAH) is the apex industry body representing the animal health, therapeutics, and biologicals sector in India. Dedicated to its mission of “Healthy Animals, Healthier India,” INFAH bridges government bodies, research institutes, regulatory authorities, and industry to advance world-class veterinary care, ease of doing business, and science-based nutrition.

The post INFAH National Seminar 2026 appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Overview of worm infestations in chickens: integrated control, preventive strategies, and novel diagnostic tools

Edusehat — Mon, 29 Jun 2026 20:25:09 +0700

The transition toward alternative and free-range housing systems has led to a renewed increase in helminth infection pressure in poultry production. Intestinal worms not only cause direct gastrointestinal damage but also impair immune competence and productivity, emphasizing the need for accurate diagnosis, monitoring, and flock-specific control strategies. Integrated prevention, evidence-based deworming programs, and continued research into novel diagnostic and control approaches are essential for sustainable helminth management in modern poultry systems.

➤ Hilde Van Meirhaeghe^1,2, Swati Karki^1,3, Giuditta Tilli¹, Maarten De Gussem^1,2

¹Vetworks bvba, Knokstraat 38, Poeke B-9880, Belgium (hilde.vanmeirhaeghe@vetworks.eu; giuditta.tilli@vetworks.eu; maarten.degussem@vetworks.eu)

² Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, University of Ghent, Salisburylaan 133, 9820 Merelbeke, Belgium

³ Poulpharm bvba, Prins Albertlaan 112, 8870 Izegem, Belgium

Re-emergence of worm infestations in modern poultry production

Back in time, the shift from extensive, free-range keeping on the farmyard or in pens to intensive poultry production with permanent housing and the use of battery cages has largely eliminated worm diseases¹. Due to consumer demand for higher animal welfare standards, the trend has now reversed: chickens are once again spending time outdoors, and following the EU ban on conventional battery cages, the prevalence of worm infections has increased. This higher risk applies not only to free-range chickens but to all housing systems where birds can scratch and peck, thereby coming into contact with feces. According to a recent study looking at the prevalence of worms in worldwide poultry production, the most prevalent worm species are the large roundworm (Ascaridia galli), the small roundworm (Heterakis gallinarum), hairworms (Capillaria spp.), and the large tapeworm (Raillietina cesticillus), out of more than 30 worm species detected². Other species are less common in industrially housed chickens, such as the small tapeworm (Davainea proglottina) and the gape worm (Syngamus trachea).

What should be taken into account for an effective deworming program

To assess and control worm infections, it is essential to understand different key aspects of worms:

Life cycle

The roundworms (Ascaridia, Heterakis, and Capillaria) have a direct life cycle: the worm eggs develop in the external environment, and after 1–2 weeks, a larva forms inside the egg. When the egg is ingested by a chicken, the larva is released and begins its migration through the various stages of the parasite within the gastrointestinal tract. Some larval stages embed in the intestinal wall, while the adult worm resides in the intestinal lumen or in the folds of the mucosa.

The tapeworms (Raillietina, Davainea) have an indirect life cycle: the eggs develop into larvae (cysticercoids) within an intermediate host such as beetles or flies. Chickens ingest the infected intermediate host and the larva is released in the intestine, attaches to the intestinal wall, and develops into an adult worm. After 2–3 weeks, mature segments containing eggs (proglottids) are excreted in the feces and can be ingested by the intermediate host again.

Prepatent period

The prepatent period is the time between ingestion of an infective egg by a chicken and the shedding of worm eggs by the same chicken. This period should be known, as it varies by worm species and is a critical factor when designing a control program.

Mechanisms of resistance in the environment

Worm eggs are highly resilient and, under favorable conditions of temperature, relative humidity, and oxygen availability, can remain infective for months or even years. If the life cycle also involves an intermediate or transport host, such as an earthworm, the parasite’s survival chances are further increased. A transport host serves as a protective carrier for the parasite but is not essential to complete the life cycle. Table 1 summarizes the key aspects for the main worm species.

Table 1 – Summary of the main characteristics of the different worm species

Main problems in poultry production caused by worm infestations

Young birds are particularly susceptible to worm infections; in older birds, the effects are often less severe, suggesting the development of a certain degree of natural immunity. The impact also largely depends on the worm burden and on the level of infection pressure.

Direct damage caused by worms

Ascaridia galli causes inflammation and bleeding in the intestinal wall due to larvae penetrating the mucosa of the small intestine. This results in damage to the intestinal lining, which can lead to diarrhea and reduced nutrient absorption. In cases of heavy infestation, intestinal obstruction may occur due to tangles of roundworms. In laying hens or breeding birds, sudden drops in egg production may be observed. Very rarely, but occasionally reported, worms may reach the egg via migration through the abdominal cavity to the oviduct or via the cloaca. While this does not pose a significant public health risk, it can understandably alarm consumers.

Heterakis gallinarum generally causes limited direct damage, as the worms primarily reside in the cecal lumen and larvae remain in the cecal wall only briefly. Nevertheless, the ceca may exhibit localized inflammation and mucosal thickening. Importantly, Heterakis gallinarum acts as the intermediate host for Histomonas meleagridis, a flagellated protozoan responsible for blackhead disease. Histomonas is an example of a “superparasite”: it not only requires an intermediate host (Heterakis gallinarum) but can also persist in a transport host, such as earthworms, for extended periods, greatly enhancing its spread. Blackhead, well known in turkeys, can also cause severe diseases in laying hens or breeding birds, primarily through cecal inflammation.

Capillaria spp. may be found in the crop and esophagus, but primarily in the small intestine. Mild infections cause thickening and inflammation of the crop and esophagus. Severe infections of the small intestine result in bloody diarrhea, weight loss, and anemia. In free-range or litter-reared chickens, the number of Capillaria eggs can increase significantly, leading to heavy infestations. In laying hens, this may cause reduced egg production and vitamin A deficiency, and in breeding birds, hatchability can be compromised.

Raillietina cesticillus infection can lead to weight loss, weakness, impaired growth, and decreased egg production. This tapeworm resides in the intestinal lumen, and damage is primarily due to competition for nutrients with the host. Eggs are shed in feces approximately two weeks after ingestion of an infected intermediate host, and if an intermediate host is present, it can facilitate new infections. Under favorable conditions, infection pressure can increase rapidly, and eggs can survive for extended periods within the intermediate host.

Indirect damage caused by worms

Beyond the direct damage caused by worms, primarily in the gastrointestinal tract, worm infections also affect the overall health status of chickens. Typically chronic rather than acute symptoms are observed. Worms compete with the host for feed nutrients, which can lead to deficiencies resulting in growth retardation, reduced production, and decreased immunity. In general, infested chickens are less active; however, they may also exhibit more aggressive behavior and take more dust baths.

Because chickens infested with worms have reduced resistance, they are more susceptible to other pathogens, including bacteria and viruses. Local intestinal damage caused by worms facilitates the entry of organisms through the gut wall, increasing their pathogenic potential. Moreover, bacteria or viruses may be present on or within worm eggs, contributing to their spread. This has been reported, for example, with Salmonella and adenoviruses and reoviruses.

Is there natural resistance to worms?

Worm infestations trigger a broad range of immune responses. This is due not only to the parasite’s complex antigenic structure but also to the presence of different developmental stages (larvae and adult worms) located in various tissues. Chickens can develop protective immunity against worms, which helps maintain infection at a low level. Such immunity reduces egg production by the worms, prolongs the prepatent period, and limits worm growth. However, under heavy infection pressure, natural resistance may be insufficient to provide protection. Natural resistance depends on factors such as age, genetic predisposition, hormonal status (e.g., onset of laying), stress, and nutrition.

Diagnosis and monitoring: old and new tools

To determine when a flock should be treated and how it responds to treatment, it is essential to use a reliable method for diagnosis and monitoring. The goal is to identify which worm species are present and to assess the severity of the infestation. On top of the traditional methodologies, new diagnostic and monitoring tools linked to early detection of roundworm infestations are currently being used. A full overview of all the tools is presented in Table 2.

Diagnostic tool	Description	Pros	Cons
Clinical symptoms	Observation of clinical symptomatology from the flock. Tip for success: Start the visit by observing the whole flock signals (What am I seeing, hearing, smelling, feeling? What is the signal behind?).	Non-invasive, minimal equipment needed, could be frequently done.	Very non-specific symptoms (e.g., inactivity, weight loss, increased FCR, drop in production, anemia, ruffled feathers) or no measurable symptoms.
Direct detection of worms	Post-mortem examination of the gut. Qualitative and quantitative assessment can be done (i.e., which worms are present and how many). Tip for success: Proper selection of birds in the barn and examination of the gut throughout its whole length. For round worms: counting of the worms; for tapeworms: counting of the heads (scolex) attached to the intestinal lumen.	Confirmation of the presence of the worms, species identification, quantification of worm infestation burden.	Requires training, valuable birds could be euthanized, small sample size.
Indirect detection of worms	Fecal examination allows determination of the worm species present in the flock. By counting the number of worm eggs per gram of feces (EPG, eggs per gram), an estimate of infestation intensity can be obtained. Tip for success: Collection of representative samples from the flock (mixture of fresh faeces and droppings collected proportionally from different parts of the barn).	Non-invasive methodology, confirmation of the presence of the worms.	Requires training, late diagnosis, difficult to differentiate eggs from some species (e.g., A. galli vs. H. gallinarum), intermittent shedding of eggs (prepatent period) and in varying numbers (immune status).
Serology	ELISA assays designed for the early detection of roundworm infestations are based on the identification of parasite-specific antigens that elicit an immune response in the chicken. Tip for success: Start monitoring the flocks at six weeks.	High sensitivity and specificity, early detection, flock surveillance.	Limited quantification of worm burden, laboratory requirements and costs.

Table 2 – Summary of the main monitoring and diagnostic tools for worm infestations in poultry

Before deciding to initiate treatment, one should consider not only the results of fecal and post-mortem examinations but also the overall health status of the flock.

Treatment options

A good anthelmintic for poultry should be effective against adult worms, larval stages, and eggs, and should cover the different helminth species commonly found in chickens. All birds within the flock must ingest an adequate amount of the product. For this reason, treatment is administered over several consecutive days. Currently in Europe only two active substances are approved for deworming in chickens: flubendazole and fenbendazole. Both can be administered either via feed (powder formulation) or drinking water (oral suspension/emulsion). There is no withdrawal period for eggs. Additional active substances that can be used outside Europe are albendazole, piperazine, and levamisole.

Most helminth species become clinically relevant only when present in large numbers. It is also important to consider the specific worm species identified, as their pathogenicity varies and the prepatent period differs among species.

Different deworming strategies

The goal of an effective control program against worm infections is to maintain infection pressure on the farm as low as possible. Even after deworming, litter or outdoor areas remain contaminated with worm eggs and, in some cases, with intermediate or transport hosts, resulting in continuous reinfection. Two main approaches can be applied: “monitored” or “strategic” monitoring programs.

Monitored treatment involves regular monitoring and intervention only when infection is detected. This carries the risk that significant damage may already have occurred by the time treatment is applied. Strategic treatment involves deworming at regular intervals before eggs can develop into new worms (i.e., within the prepatent period). In theory, this means:

Large roundworm: every 6 weeks
Small roundworm: every 4 weeks
Hairworms: every 3 weeks

Typically, it is recommended to deworm young birds every 6-8 weeks. As hens age, longer intervals can be implemented, because the prepatent period tends to increase. Pullets intended for production should ideally be dewormed before entering lay. This prevents harmful effects of worms during the period when hens are most susceptible, at the onset of laying.

Prevention of worm infestations

As with any infection, preventing introduction is essential in controlling worm infestations. Worm eggs are highly resistant and can survive for extended periods under favorable conditions, such as in free-range environments. Complete disinfection of outdoor areas is practically impossible, but rotation of grazing areas and proper drainage can reduce infection risk.

Feces or litter from infested farms can be introduced via trucks, visitors, or other fomites. Therefore, decontamination measures before entering in contact with the birds (e.g., hygiene locks) should be thoroughly implemented. Another critical point is the control of pests, insects, and wild birds, which is particularly challenging in free-range systems.

Take-home messages

Nearly all floor-housed poultry farms are affected by helminth infections, and the increasing adoption of alternative and free-range systems is expected to further raise infection pressure across the sector. Beyond gastrointestinal damage, helminths impair general health and immune competence, contributing to production losses through nutrient competition and interaction with other pathogens.

Effective control requires a flock-specific, evidence-based deworming strategy integrated into overall farm management and guided by accurate diagnosis and monitoring. Given the renewed relevance of helminth infections under modern housing conditions, further research into resistance, alternative control measures, vaccination, and environmental management is essential for sustainable long-term control.

Bibliography

¹Janssens, P. G., Vercruysse, J., & Jansen, J. (1989). Worms and worm diseases in humans and domestic animals.

²Shifaw, A., Feyera, T., Walkden-Brown, S. W., Sharpe, B., Elliott, T., & Ruhnke, I. (2021). Global and regional prevalence of helminth infection in chickens over time: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Poultry Science, 100(5), article 101082. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2021.101082

Philippines launches animal vaccine programme to support ASF and avian influenza preparedness

Edusehat — Mon, 29 Jun 2026 13:15:14 +0700

The Philippine Department of Agriculture (DA) has launched a ₱140.9-million Animal Vaccine Development Program (AVDP) aimed at supporting the country’s livestock and poultry sectors through the development of locally produced animal vaccines.

The programme was formally launched on 15 June by Agriculture Secretary Francisco Tiu Laurel Jr. in partnership with the DA-National Livestock Program, the Bureau of Animal Industry, the Philippine Carabao Center and Central Luzon State University.

According to the Department of Agriculture, the initiative is intended to support the swine and poultry industries, including efforts to address the impact of African swine fever (ASF) and avian influenza. Funding has been allocated at ₱77.6 million for 2026, ₱30.6 million for 2027 and ₱32.7 million for 2028, for a total of ₱140.9 million over three years.

A central element of the programme is the establishment of a Biosafety Level 3 facility, which will allow researchers to safely handle high-risk animal pathogens and support vaccine development activities.

Initial research will focus on vaccine candidates for African swine fever and foot-and-mouth disease (FMD). The Department of Agriculture noted that while the Philippines remains free of FMD, outbreaks in neighbouring countries continue to pose a potential risk.

Agriculture Secretary Francisco Tiu Laurel Jr. said locally developed vaccines could offer advantages over imported products because they can be tailored to pathogen strains circulating in the country. He described the programme as part of broader efforts to strengthen food security and improve disease resilience in the livestock and poultry sectors.

Choosing the Right Pet Water Fountain for Hydration

Edusehat — Mon, 29 Jun 2026 13:10:05 +0700

Water is the single most important nutrient for your dog, yet it is the one most Indian pet parents overlook. A still bowl of water sitting in a corner all day collects dust, hair, and bacteria, especially in Indian heat and humidity. Many dogs drink less than they should simply because stagnant water does not appeal to them.

A pet water fountain changes that. Moving water stays fresher, tastes better, and encourages dogs to drink more throughout the day. This guide helps you choose the right pet water fountain for your home, covering types, features, materials, and the specific challenges of keeping pets hydrated in Indian conditions.

Why Hydration Matters So Much for Dogs

Water makes up roughly 60 to 70 percent of a healthy dog's body weight. It supports every biological function, from digestion and joint lubrication to temperature regulation and toxin removal. Even mild dehydration affects your dog more than most pet parents realise.

Signs of dehydration include:

Dry nose and gums
Thick, sticky saliva
Lethargy and reduced energy
Sunken eyes
Loss of skin elasticity (the skin pinch test)
Dark yellow urine

The American Kennel Club notes that dogs need approximately 30 to 50 ml of water per kilogram of body weight daily. In Indian summers, this requirement can double.

Indian summers push temperatures past 40 degrees Celsius in many cities. Dogs pant to cool down, losing water rapidly. Without consistent access to clean, appealing water, dehydration creeps in faster than most pet parents expect.

Why a Water Fountain Works Better Than a Bowl

A still water bowl does the basic job, but a fountain brings clear advantages:

Encourages more drinking: Flowing water attracts dogs instinctively. Many dogs drink 30 to 50 percent more from a fountain than a still bowl.
Keeps water fresher: Circulation and filtration reduce bacteria, dust, and hair that collect in a still bowl within hours in Indian conditions.
Filters out impurities: Most fountains include activated carbon or foam filters that remove chlorine, sediment, and odour from tap water.
Cooler water in summer: Circulating water stays slightly cooler than stagnant water sitting in direct heat.
Reduces slime buildup: Still bowls develop a slimy bacterial film within 24 hours in humid Indian weather. Fountains resist this through constant movement.
Less frequent refilling: Most fountains hold 1.5 to 3 litres, reducing the number of daily refills compared to small bowls.
Great for picky drinkers: Some dogs refuse still water but drink eagerly from a running stream.

Types of Pet Water Fountains

Fountains come in several designs. Each suits different dogs and households.

1. Free-Falling Stream Fountains

Water flows from a raised spout and falls into a bowl below. The sound and movement attract dogs naturally. The most common and affordable design. Works well for most small to medium dogs.

2. Bubbling or Dome Fountains

Water bubbles up gently from the centre of a dome or raised platform. Quieter than free-falling designs. Ideal for nervous dogs, cats, and senior pets that prefer gentle water movement over splashing.

3. Multi-Tier or Cascading Fountains

Water flows down multiple levels, creating several drinking points at different heights. Perfect for multi-pet households where dogs of different sizes need to drink comfortably. Holds more water overall, reducing refill frequency.

4. Gravity-Fed Water Dispensers

Not technically a fountain, but a popular alternative. A bottle sits inverted above a tray, releasing water as the level drops. No electricity needed. Best for budget-conscious pet parents or homes with frequent power cuts. Does not filter or circulate water.

5. Smart or WiFi-Enabled Fountains

Connect to a smartphone app for remote monitoring. Track water levels, filter life, and daily drinking volume. Some send low-water alerts. Useful for working professionals and tech-savvy pet parents who want to monitor hydration remotely.

Fountain Materials: Which Is Best?

The material affects durability, hygiene, and taste. Choose carefully:

Stainless steel: The gold standard. Hygienic, scratch resistant, and easy to clean. Does not harbour bacteria in crevices. Handles Indian humidity well. Slightly more expensive.
Ceramic: Heavy, stable, and aesthetic. Easy to clean and does not retain odours. Can chip or crack if dropped. Best for indoor use on stable surfaces.
BPA-free plastic: Lightweight, affordable, and widely available. Scratches over time, which can harbour bacteria. Needs more frequent cleaning and replacement. Some dogs develop chin acne from prolonged contact with plastic.

For Indian homes, stainless steel is usually the best long-term investment. It resists heat, humidity, and the bacterial challenges that come with a warm climate.

Key Features to Look For

Not every fountain is built equally. Prioritise these features:

Multi-stage filtration: Activated carbon filters remove chlorine and odour. Foam filters catch hair and debris. Look for fountains with at least two filtration stages.
Quiet pump: Loud motors scare nervous dogs and annoy families. Submersible pumps are usually quieter than external ones.
Water capacity: 1.5 to 2 litres for small dogs. 2 to 3 litres for medium breeds. 3 litres or more for large breeds and multi-pet households.
Easy disassembly: Every part that touches water should come apart for cleaning. Hard-to-reach corners grow mould fast in Indian humidity.
Low-water indicator or auto shut-off: Prevents the pump from running dry and burning out.
Power cord safety: Chew-resistant cords and a short cord design prevent electrical accidents.
Replacement filter availability: Check that replacement filters are easily available in India before buying.

How to Set Up and Maintain a Pet Water Fountain

A fountain only stays effective with proper setup and regular cleaning.

Setup Tips

Place on a flat, stable surface away from direct sunlight
Keep near your dog's usual resting or feeding area
Use a splash mat underneath to protect flooring
Fill with filtered or clean tap water. Avoid extremely hard water if possible.
Run the fountain for 10 minutes before letting your dog drink, to flush any initial residue

Cleaning Schedule

Rinse and refill daily in summer, every 2 days in winter
Deep clean the entire fountain weekly: disassemble, scrub, rinse, and dry
Replace carbon filters every 2 to 4 weeks depending on use
Replace foam pre-filters every 2 to 3 weeks
Descale the pump monthly if you use hard water
Check for slime on any surface, which signals a cleaning is overdue

The American Veterinary Medical Association advises that clean, accessible drinking water is essential for pet health. Regular cleaning of water vessels prevents bacterial and fungal contamination.

Hydration Tips for Indian Summers

Indian heat demands extra attention to hydration:

Place multiple water stations around the house, not just one fountain
Add ice cubes to the fountain reservoir during peak afternoon heat
Offer water-rich treats like watermelon (seedless), cucumber, and frozen curd cubes
Monitor your dog's water intake during May and June when dehydration risk is highest
Clean the fountain more often during monsoon to prevent algae and bacterial growth
Keep a backup still water bowl available in case of power cuts affecting the fountain pump
Never restrict water access for any dog, especially active breeds and senior dogs

Common Mistakes to Avoid

A few simple errors reduce a fountain's effectiveness:

Skipping regular filter replacements, which defeats the purpose of filtration
Placing the fountain in direct sunlight, which heats water and speeds algae growth
Running the pump dry when water runs low, which burns out the motor
Using only the fountain and removing all still water bowls. Keep a backup.
Ignoring slimy buildup, which indicates bacterial contamination
Buying a fountain without checking if replacement filters are available in India

Final Thoughts

A pet water fountain is one of the simplest upgrades you can make for your dog's daily health. It keeps water cleaner, cooler, and more inviting, which means your dog drinks more and stays better hydrated. Pick a stainless steel fountain with multi-stage filtration, clean it weekly, replace filters on schedule, and keep a backup bowl for power cuts. In Indian summers, this small investment pays back in healthier skin, better digestion, and fewer dehydration scares.

Browse PetsWorld's feeding and hydration collection for trusted pet water fountains, bowls, and accessories for your dog.

FAQs

Do dogs really drink more from a water fountain?

Yes, most dogs do. Studies and vet observations show that many dogs drink 30 to 50 percent more from flowing water than from a still bowl. The movement, freshness, and filtration make water more appealing. Some picky drinkers show dramatic improvement.

Which fountain material is best for Indian homes?

Stainless steel is the best choice for Indian conditions. It resists heat, humidity, and bacterial buildup better than plastic or ceramic. It is also easier to clean and does not scratch over time.

How often should I clean a pet water fountain?

Rinse and refill daily during Indian summers. Deep clean the entire fountain weekly by disassembling all parts and scrubbing. Replace carbon filters every 2 to 4 weeks. Clean more frequently during monsoon when humidity accelerates bacterial growth.

Can puppies use a pet water fountain?

Yes. Puppies over 8 weeks can use fountains. Choose a low-profile, quiet model so the puppy is not intimidated by the sound or splash. Supervise early sessions to make sure the puppy drinks comfortably.

What happens if the power goes out and the fountain stops?

Most fountains stop circulating and filtering during power cuts. The water remains safe to drink for a few hours but starts collecting bacteria like a still bowl. Always keep a backup still water bowl available. Some gravity dispensers work without electricity as a reliable alternative.

France lowers HPAI risk level and lifts nationwide poultry housing measures

Edusehat — Sun, 28 Jun 2026 19:20:09 +0700

France has reduced its risk level for highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) from moderate to negligible, ending nationwide measures that required poultry to be kept indoors.

The change took effect in early June following a decision by the Ministry of Agriculture. As a result, no national HPAI restrictions remain in force.

Poultry producers are no longer required to keep birds indoors under a nationwide mandate. However, local prefects retain the authority to introduce restrictions where local risk assessments justify additional measures.

France had already lowered its HPAI risk level from high to moderate in late April.

Highly pathogenic avian influenza is a seasonal disease that typically emerges in autumn with migratory birds and recedes in spring.

Source: agriculture.gouv.fr

Avian influenza activity declines across Europe as spring ends

Edusehat — Sun, 28 Jun 2026 15:45:10 +0700

Highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) activity continued to ease across Europe during spring 2026, with detections expected to remain at low levels over the summer, according to the latest quarterly report from the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA), the European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control (ECDC) and the European Union Reference Laboratory for Avian Influenza (EURL).

Between 28 February and 4 June 2026, European countries reported 186 HPAI outbreaks in poultry and captive birds, together with 763 detections in wild birds. While the number of outbreaks in domestic birds remained comparable to the same period in 2025, detections in wild birds were more than three times higher, reflecting the intense circulation of HPAI viruses among waterfowl during the past epidemiological season.

Distribution of the number of HPAI virus detections in wild birds (cumulative number n = 19,694) (pink) and establishments keeping domestic birds (cumulative n = 8097) (blue) reported in Europe during seven epidemiological years by month of suspicion, from 1 October 2019 to 4 June 2026 (total n = 27,791). Note: United Kingdom data are from the Animal Disease Notification System (ADNS, former ADIS) up until 31 December 2020. From 1 January 2021 onwards, the data source was WOAH-WAHIS for the United Kingdom (excluding Northern Ireland) and ADNS/ADIS for the United Kingdom (Northern Ireland)5. a If the date of suspicion was not available, the date of confirmation was used to assign the week of suspicion. Source: ADNS/ADIS and WOAH-WAHIS (data extraction carried out on 4 June 2026).

Despite that high level of viral circulation during the winter, the number of detections in mammals remained low. Red foxes were the species most frequently affected within the European Union, while, outside the EU, H5N5 virus was detected in a polar bear and a walrus in Norway. Overall, mammalian detections remained low compared with the number of avian outbreaks recorded during the winter season.

Most poultry outbreaks reported during the period occurred in Poland, where repeated virus introductions combined with secondary spread contributed to disease persistence. In most other European countries, outbreaks were linked primarily to direct or indirect contact with infected wild birds. France continued to report sporadic HPAI outbreaks in vaccinated duck flocks, although at lower levels than in previous reporting periods. Chickens, particularly laying hens and breeders, were the poultry categories most frequently affected.

Number of poultry heads in the HPAI-affected establishments per country (total n = 6,534,773; countries are ranked according to the number of poultry heads affected) . Source: ADIS, EFSA and WOAH-WAHIS (data extraction carried out on 4 June 2026).

Another notable finding was the first European detection of low pathogenic avian influenza (LPAI) H9N2 virus belonging to clade G5.5. The virus was identified in April in seven establishments keeping broiler chickens within a single settlement in Hungary. Increased mortality in one establishment initially raised suspicions of HPAI, but laboratory investigations instead confirmed H9N2 together with infectious bronchitis virus, indicating a co-infection. The source of introduction could not be determined, and all affected establishments were depopulated before cleaning and disinfection, with follow-up testing planned after repopulation.

Geographic distribution, based on available geocoordinates, of HPAI virus detections in poultry and captive birds (186), reported by virus subtype in Europe from 28 February to 4 June 2026. * This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with United Nations Security Council Resolution 1244 and the International Court of Justice Opinion on the Kosovo Declaration of Independence. Source: ADIS and WOAH-WAHIS (data extraction carried out on 4 June 2026).

Although H9N2 viruses have previously been detected in Europe, this is the first report involving clade G5.5, a lineage that has also been associated with sporadic human infections in the Middle East and West Africa. EFSA and ECDC recommend continued surveillance to monitor any further spread of the virus.

The public health assessment remains unchanged. Human infections continue to be rare, with no evidence of sustained person-to-person transmission. The risk for the general public in the EU and EEA is considered low, while people with occupational exposure to infected birds or contaminated environments continue to face a low-to-moderate level of risk.

Also read: EFSA annual report on avian influenza
Avian influenza: How Italy’s pilot vaccination programme for poultry farms will work

South Africa moves to enable HPAI vaccination in poultry sector

Edusehat — Sat, 27 Jun 2026 18:15:09 +0700

South Africa’s Minister of Agriculture, John Steenhuisen, has moved to amend the Animal Diseases Regulations (R.2026 of 1986) to allow the introduction of vaccination against highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI).

The decision follows a formal objection submitted by the South African Poultry Association (SAPA) under Section 23 of the Animal Diseases Act, 1984 (Act No. 35 of 1984). SAPA argued that existing disease-control measures did not provide poultry producers with a practical or affordable way to manage HPAI outbreaks and relied heavily on the culling of affected and exposed birds.

After reviewing the findings of the Section 23 Investigation Committee, Steenhuisen accepted recommendations aimed at introducing vaccination as part of South Africa’s HPAI control strategy. The Minister said the changes would provide poultry producers with a legal mechanism to use vaccination as a disease-control tool.

The proposed approach combines vaccination, biosecurity and testing in the management of HPAI outbreaks. It also marks a shift from the traditional “stamping-out” model, under which infected and exposed birds are destroyed.

The Department of Agriculture plans to amend the Animal Diseases Regulations or issue a formal Section 9 control measure to establish procedures for responding to HPAI outbreaks on poultry farms. The objective is to establish a clear legal framework for the management of HPAI outbreaks and establish clear procedures for outbreak response.

The new rules are intended to provide a framework that accommodates both commercial poultry operations and smallholder farmers. The department will continue to oversee national HPAI surveillance, laboratory testing and compliance with disease-control requirements during outbreaks. It will also remain responsible for maintaining international trade standards.

Steenhuisen said the policy change would allow producers to use vaccination alongside existing disease-control measures while supporting disease prevention and helping protect agricultural jobs.

The Minister has instructed the department to introduce interim control measures while the regulatory amendments are being finalised through the relevant statutory procedures. A deadline has also been set for publication of the necessary government gazette.

Source: SAnews.gov.za

Australian poultry industry steps up H5N1 preparedness after seabird detections

Edusehat — Sat, 27 Jun 2026 14:40:09 +0700

Australia’s poultry industry is strengthening biosecurity following recent H5N1 detections in seabirds in Western Australia and South Australia. No cases have been reported in commercial poultry farms, while federal and state authorities continue preparedness, surveillance and coordination with industry.

According to the Australian Government, preparedness efforts have been underway for several years and involve collaboration between federal and state governments, industry organisations and scientific experts. A dedicated HPAI Preparedness Taskforce was established in 2024, while national surveillance programmes continue to monitor wildlife and poultry as preparedness activities continue across the country.

Poultry producers have also increased on-farm biosecurity. In Western Australia, Ingham’s announced a lockdown of its poultry operations, restricting non-essential access to farms. The company has also announced measures aimed at reducing contact between poultry and wild birds.

Routine biosecurity measures across the industry include strict controls on farm access, restrictions on staff movements between poultry sites, deterrence of wild birds, and rodent and insect control.

Australia has previously dealt with H7-type avian influenza outbreaks in poultry farms. The most recent outbreaks, between 2024 and 2025, affected farms in Victoria, New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory before being declared eradicated in July 2025.

Unlike those earlier H7 outbreaks, H5N1 has caused severe losses in birds and marine mammals in other parts of the world, making prevention and early detection a priority for the Australian poultry sector.

Australia does not routinely vaccinate commercial poultry against H5N1. Current policy is based on maintaining Australia’s avian influenza-free status without vaccination, supporting international trade in poultry products.

The Australian Government has committed more than AUD 113 million to strengthen surveillance, preparedness and response capacity for a potential H5N1 incursion. National response arrangements include wildlife and poultry surveillance, border biosecurity measures, emergency response plans and coordination with industry to minimise animal health and trade impacts.

Source: www.agriculture.gov.au

Cool Cat Finds Every Cat Lover Will Want

Edusehat — Sat, 27 Jun 2026 04:30:08 +0700

Whether you’re shopping for the perfect gift or looking to spoil yourself and your feline friend, these cool cat finds are sure to inspire. From clever cat products and stylish home décor to fun toys, cozy accessories, and unique gifts for cat lovers, we’ve rounded up our current favourite must-have picks. Discover products that celebrate your love of cats while making life with your favourite feline even more fun!

The Best Cat Finds for Every Cat Lover

1. The Cuddler Bed from Armarkat is a deeply cushioned, ultra-soft bed designed for cats who prioritize snuggly comfort above all else. The raised edges create a secure, nest-like space that supports lounging, curling up, and long uninterrupted naps. $55, armarkat.com

2. The Whiskies Cat Bowl by Ollie B. Good is a clean, modern feeding bowl made specifically for cats. Designed to elevate everyday mealtime, it’s made from non-toxic, food-grade silicone and features a raised, tilted design and textured surface to reduce whisker stress. $33, olliebgood.com

3. Daymonilia’s Honey Paw diamond cat paw pendant offers true luxury for cat lovers. The size of a cat’s paw palm, it’s encrusted with natural diamonds on both faces. daymonilia.com

4. WooBia’s beautifully hand-crafted, nature-inspired cat sculptures delight with realistic details that capture everything we love about cats. $320, woobia.com

5. Meowpy’s Cat Christmas Tree is designed to be climbed, explored, and loved! Festive for the holidays, it’s functional all year: convert from Christmas Tree Mode to Cat Tower Mode—a modern, year-round cat tower with multiple levels, cozy cushions, and hidden passages for exploration. $349, meowpy.com

6. Cats love Vesper Play Furniture from Catit. Made from hair-repelling fabric, these soft, foldable play sets are ideal for playing, hiding, and racing. Multiple peek-a-boo openings and areas to explore thrill cats. Combine sets for an extra exciting playtime, then fold away for quick and easy storage! from $35, catit.com

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Cool Cat Finds Every Cat Lover Will Want appeared first on Modern Cat.

Connie’s Book Club: Book Picks for Cat Lovers

Edusehat — Sat, 27 Jun 2026 04:30:06 +0700

Looking for your next great read? Curl up with your cat and a great book with these acclaimed book picks for cat lovers, as seen in the spring/summer 26 issue of Modern Cat magazine.

Pay Attention to Me!

By Kate McKean

This very funny picture book for kids age four to eight will delight the littles in your life. Edgar the Cat dreams of stardom, so that his human will recognize he’s a star and won’t be “too busy” to play. But fame has its downsides—will Edgar choose the red carpet… or his number one fan at home?

I’m Still Here: A Cat’s Purpose Forever

By Cathryn Michon

Anyone who has ever loved and lost a cat will find comfort in this lovely book. I’m Still Here: A Cat’s Purpose Forever offers assurance that your bond remains unbreakable and that love continues in ways we cannot see. Paired with watercolour illustrations by award-winning artist Michelle Detering, this collection of heartfelt reflections is a welcome balm for anyone navigating loss.

Clawed and Dangerous: A Mrs. Murphy Mystery

By Rita Mae Brown

New York Times bestselling author Rita Mae Brown and her feline co-author Sneaky Pie Brown deliver another hit in this purrectly thrilling instalment in the beloved Mrs. Murphy mystery series. When bodies begin to pop up across Crozet, Virginia, our heroine must find the killer with help of her feline sidekicks and trusty hounds. Will she get to the bottom of it before there’s another casualty? You’ll have fun finding out!

We’ll Prescribe You Another Cat

By Syou Ishida

Revisit the enigmatic Kokoro Clinic for the Soul in this delightful follow-up to the award-winning, bestselling Japanese novel We’ll Prescribe You a Cat. In a series of moving, interlinked stories, a lively cast of felines—irresistibly mischievous, stubborn, tenacious—help humans heal emotional wounds, proving again that a prescribed cat has the power to heal. Whimsical and quietly profound, this charming, magical sequel celebrates the healing bond between people and their pets.

Cat

By Phaidon Editors

This playful, visually rich celebration of the house cat across art, history, and pop culture is a captivating exploration of our enduring connection to and fascination with our feline companions. Spanning ancient Egyptian relics to internet-era iconography, it pairs over 200 images in unexpected ways. Featuring figures like Puss in Boots and Andy Warhol, this stylish volume blends scholarship with charm, revealing the cat as both muse and cultural mainstay.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Connie’s Book Club: Book Picks for Cat Lovers appeared first on Modern Cat.